自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
3
Teenage
problems（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.Would
you
like
to
give
me
some
(suggest)
on
how
to
keep
fit??
2.Writing
poems
is
one
of
my
favourite
(hobby).?
3.The
woman
has
to
make
a
(choose)
between
her
family
and
her
career.?
4.Will
you
allow
your
daughter
(take)
part
in
our
activity,Mr
Jones??
5.Simon
is
crazy
about
(chat)
online.That’s
a
problem.?
Ⅱ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.为什么不和我们一起打排球?
volleyball
with
us??
2.(天津中考)很高兴收到你的来信。
It’s
great
to
you.?
3.我同意你的观点,学生不应该玩太多电脑游戏。
I
you
students
shouldn’t
play
too
many
computer
games.?
4.似乎汤姆已经计算出了那道物理难题。
Tom
has
the
difficult
Physics
problem.?
5.(甘肃兰州中考)如果你在外面逗留得太晚,你的父母亲会为你担心。
If
you
stay
out
too
late,your
parents
will
you.?
兴趣起航
How
do
you
learn
about
the
world?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】宾语从句
连接代词what,
who,
whom,
whose,
which和连接副词when,
where,
how,
why等引导的宾语从句中，连接代词与连接副词有具体词义，并且在宾语从句中充当句子成分。在从句中，连接代词多作宾语、主语和定语，连接副词多作状语。
[经典例题]
1.—I
wonder________．
—Someone
who
can
make
me
a
better
person.
A.when
you
often
meet
your
friends
B.how
you
make
your
friends
happy
C.who
you
want
to
make
friends
with
D.where
you
spend
weekends
with
friends
2.I
never
doubt
________________________.
A.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
B.
whether
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
C.
if
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
it
D.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
being
reading
3.Tom
asks
_______
after
he
finishes
his
project.
A.
whether
can
he
go
to
the
cinema
B.whether
he
can
go
to
the
cinema
C.
that
he
can
go
to
the
cinema
D.that
can
he
go
to
the
cinema
4.—Have
you
ever
seen
the
film
The
taking
of
Tiger
Mountain?
—Yes.
And
I
believe
________
it
was
the
best
film
in
2014.
A.that
B.
what
C.
how
D.
if
5.—Excuse
me,
I
wonder
_______
the
plane
can
land
on
time.
—Wait
a
minute,
please.
Let
me
check
it
out.
A.if
B.
which
C.
that
D.
who
6.This
morning
my
mother
asked
me
________.
A.why
he
is
not
here
B.
where
Julia
went
last
weekend
C.what
time
it
is
D.
how
did
my
brother
do
it
7.---What
did
Max
just
say
to
you?
---He
asked
me_____________.
A.If
I
would
like
to
go
skating
B.when
did
I
buy
this
CD
C.where
I
will
spend
the
weekend
D.that
I
had
a
good
time
8.---Bob,please
tell
me
___________.
---In
south
Hill
School.
A.where
will
the
match
be
held
B.where
the
match
will
be
held
C.when
will
the
match
be
held
D.when
the
match
will
be
held
9.I
know
he's
been
curious
about
everything,
but
that's__________.
Be
patient!
A.
what
do
kids
like
B.
what
kids
like
C.
what
are
kids
like
D.
what
kids
are
like
10.---Peter,
is
there
anything
else
you
want
to
know
about
colours?
---
Yes,
I
am
still
wondering_______
.
A.why
do
strong
colours
make
people
take
action
easily
B.that
there
is
a
relationship
between
colours
and
moods’
C.whether
colours
can
change
our
moods
and
improve
our
life
D.what
do
different
colours
represent
and
how
do
they
influence
us
【知识梳理2】表示建议的句型
1）Shall
I(we)
do...?
2）Let’s
do...
3）How/What
about
doing...?
4）Why
not/Why
don’t
you
do...?
[经典例题]
1.—
Do
you
really
think
wearing
yellow
can
bring
good
luck?
—
Well,
I
am
not
sure.
But________
have
a
try?
A.
why
don’t
B.
why
not
you
C.
what
about
D.
why
not
2.—Could
you
tell
me
some
information
about
the
hotels
in
your
country?
—Why
not________on
the
Internet??
A.look
for
it
B.to
look
for
it
C.to
look
it
up
D.look
it
up
3._______
give
up
smoking.
A.
Shall
we
B.
Why
don’t
you
C.
What
about
D.
Perhaps
you
should
4.It’s
too
hot.
How
about______
swimming
this
afternoon?
A.
go
B.
to
go
C.
going
D.
goes
5.—Mum,
I've
caught
a
bad
cold.
I'm
not
feeling
well.
—________
take
this
medicine,
dear?
It
will
make
you
feel
better.
A.Shall
we
B.Why
not
C.Let's
D.Why
don't
【知识梳理2】I
need
silence
when
I'm
studying.
(P40)
当我学习时我需要安静。
silence
，名词，意为“安静，寂静；沉默”。常用短语in
silence，静静地。
Eg.
We
looked
at
each
other
in
silence,
each
equally
shocked.
我们无言地相互对视，每个人都同样地震惊。
[拓展]silence的常见搭配
break
the
silence打破寂静
[拓展]silent，形容词，意为“沉默的，无言的”。
[辨析]silent，quiet，calm
silent
主要用于人，表示“沉默的，不出声的”，但不一定没有活动。
quiet
强调“安静”，指“安静的，宁静的”，没有干扰活动。
calm
强调“镇静的,平静的”，主要指人“沉着镇静”，指大自然“无风无浪”。
【知识梳理3】I
need
someone
to
share
my
worries
with.(P40)
我需要有人来分担我的烦恼。
worry此处为可数名词，意为“担心；令人担忧的事”，其复数形式为worries。也可用作不可数名词，意为“烦恼，担忧”。
Eg.
His
actions
have
always
been
a
worry
to
me.
他的行为总是让我担心。
A
lot
of
mums
and
dads
have
the
same
worries.
许多父母都有同样的担忧。
[经典例题]
1.---The
school
network
will
be
shut
down
for
safety
reasons.
---That
doesn’t________me
at
all.
I’m
not
a
net-worm,
anyway.
A.Satisfy
B.
surprise
C.
worry
D.
include
【知识梳理4】Soon
they
got
his
replies.(P41)很快他们得到了他的答复。
reply此处为可数名词，意为“答复；回答”。
Eg.
We've
had
a
few
replies.
我们已得到了一些答复。
We
received
a
lot
of
letters
in
reply
to
our
advertisement.
我们在登出广告后收到了大批答复信件。
[拓展]
Reply还可以作动词，意为“回答，答复”，后常接动词to，表示回答、回复别人的问题、信件、祝贺等；也可接that从句。
Eg.
I
was
unsure
how
to
reply
to
this
question.
我拿不准该如何回答这个问题。
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】....，classmates
laugh
at
her
and
call
her
a
bookworm.
(P43)...，同学们嘲笑她并叫她书虫。
laugh
at，“嘲笑；对……一笑置之”。laugh用作不及物动词，意为“笑”
Eg.
Don't
laugh
at
your
classmates.
不要嘲笑你的同学。
[拓展]laugh还可用作名词，意为“笑，笑声”
Eg.
His
first
joke
got
the
biggest
laugh
of
the
night.
他讲的第一个笑话博得了当晚最开怀的笑声。
[经典例题]
1.The
girl
cried
because
her
classmates
____________
her
just
now.
A.
smiled
at
B.
laughed
at
C.
cry
at
D.
shout
at
2.I
look
stupid
with
this
haircut.
All
my
classmates
will
________
me.
A.laugh
at
B.agree
with
C.depend
on
D.worry
about
【知识梳理2】I've
made
little
progress
in
my
English,Millie.(P44)
我在英语上没有取得一点进步,米莉。
progress，不可数名词，意为“进展，进步”。make
progress，取得进步。
Eg.
Progress
was
slower
than
expected.
进展比预计的缓慢。
Study
well
and
make
progress
every
day.
好好学习，天天向上。
【知识梳理3】Perhaps
you
should
go
over
what
you've
learnt
as
often
as
possible.(P44)
或许你应该尽可能经常地复习你所学的内容。
1、go
over
，意为“复习；过去”
Eg.
Go
over
your
work
before
you
hand
it
in.
把作业仔细检查后再交。
[经典例题]
1.He
didn’t
pass
the
exam
because
he
didn’t
___________
his
lessons.
A.
come
over
B.
go
over
C.
knock
over
D.
fall
over
2、as
often
as
possible意为“尽可能经常地”，相当于as
often
as
you
can/could.两个as之间用形容词或副词的原级。
Eg.
Write
home
as
often
as
possible
so
as
to
relieve
your
mother
from
anxiety.
尽量多给家里写信，免得你母亲牵肠挂肚。
[拓展]类似结构
as
soon
as
you
can/possible，意为“尽可能快地，尽快”，指时间上尽快，
as
quickly
as
you
can/possible，意为“尽可能快地，尽快”，指速度上尽快；
as
much
as
you
can/possible，意为“尽可能多地”；
as
early
as
you
can/possible，意为“尽可能早地”。
Eg.
Please
come
back
to
dinner
this
evening
as
early
as
possible.
请今晚上尽可能早点儿回来吃晚饭。
【知识梳理4】What
else?
(P44)其他的呢?
else，形容词或副词，意为“其他的，别的"，有以下几种用法：
（1）else放在somewhere，anywhere，nowhere等之后，做后置定语。
Eg.
Many
of
these
animals
are
not
found
anywhere
else.
这些动物中有很多是其他地方没有的。
（2）else
放在疑问代词what,
who以及不定代词somebody，anybody，nobody，something，anything，nothing等之后，意为“还”。
Eg.
I
didn't
know
what
else
to
say.
我不知道还能再说点什么。
（3）else放在疑问副词where,when等之后，意为“别的什么地方/别的什么时候”。
Eg.
When
else
can
I
come
?
别的什么时候我可以来呢？
[辨析]else，other
else和other均可意为“另外(的)，其他(的)”，但用法不同。else
只用于修饰不定代词、疑问代词及疑问副词，且必须后置；而other只用于修饰名词，且置于名词之前。
[典型例题]同义句转换
1.What
else
have
you
got
in
your
pocket?
What
________
________
have
you
got
in
your
pocket?
2.He
heard
something
else
instead.
He
heard
________
________
________
instead.
答案：1.other
things
2.some
other
things
【知识梳理5】Don’t
mention
it.(P44)不用谢。
mention，动词，意为“提及；说起”。Don’t
mention
it.可以用来回答别人的感谢或道歉。
Eg.
Don't
mention
it.
That
is
our
job.
不必客气，那是我们的职责。
[经典例题]
1.---Thank
you
for
sharing
your
lunch
with
me.
---_______.
That’s
what
friends
are
for.
A.
I
think
so.
B.
That’s
not
the
case.
C.
That’s
right.
D.
Don’t
mention
it.
2.---I
heard
you
have
a
chance
to
enter
that
top
university
in
the
world.
---_________.
I
haven't
received
the
offer
yet.
A.
Don't
mention
it.
B.
What's
up?
C.
That's
not
the
case.
D.Is
that
so?
3.---
Mind
your
step!
Someone
has
fallen
over
because
of
the
wet
floor.
---
_______.
A.
Thanks
a
lot
B.
That’s
not
the
case
C.
I
can’t
agree
more
D.Don’t
mention
it
4.---How
could
I
thank
you
enough?
---________.
Any
other
man
would
have
done
that.
A.As
you
like
B.It's
kind
of
you
C.Don't
mention
it
D.Well,
it
depends
【知识梳理6】It
helps
us
understand
what
kinds
of
books
or
articles
we
are
reading,
and
where
we
might
find
information.(P45)
它帮助我们理解我们读的是哪类书或文章，以及我们可以在哪里找到信息。
kind，可数名词，意为“种类，类型”。常用搭配：
（1）a
kind
of意为“一种......”
（2）all
kinds
of意为“各种各样的.....
”；
（3）different
kinds
of意为“不同种类的....”
Eg.
I
had
a
kind
of
feeling
this
might
happen.
我当时就隐约地感到会出这样的事。
They
brought
different
kinds
of
bowls.
他们带去不同类型的碗。
[拓展]kind做形容词，意为“亲切的，和善的，友好的。”
Eg.
It
was
really
kind
of
you
to
help
me.
你帮我的忙，我太感激了。
【知识梳理7】There
is
an
article
called“The
trouble
with
teenagers”.(P45)
有一篇文章叫《青少年的烦恼》。
trouble，不可数名词，意为“忧虑，苦恼，麻烦；困难；疾病”。常用搭配：
（1）have
trouble
doing/with
sth.，做某事有麻烦
（2）in
trouble在困难中，处于困境中
Eg.
I
have
trouble
understanding
it.
我理解起来有困难。
If
you
have
trouble
with
a
lesson,
repeat
it
the
next
day.
如果你对一课没有掌握，第二天要温故这一课。
I've
been
in
trouble
since
I
was
eleven
years
of
age.
我从11岁以后一直处于麻烦中。
【知识梳理8】To
get
a
general
idea
of
a
book
or
an
article，we
should
ask
some
basic
questions.
(P45)
为了获得一本书或一篇文章的主要内容，我们应该问一些基础问题。
句中“To
get
a
general
idea
of
a
book
or
an
article”是动词不定式短语做目的状语。
事实上做任何事都可以有一个目的，所以所有句子都可以在后面加一个不定式作目的状语。
Eg.
The
rules
should
be
paid
attention
to
to
keep
safe.
为了安全起见，大家都应该遵守规则。
[经典例题]
1.He
has
devoted
all
his
life
__________pollution__________a
better
life.
A.to
preventing,to
live
B.to
preventing,living
C.to
prevent,to
live
D.to
prevent,to
living
2.He
made
a
kite_______.
His
father
made
him
_____it
to
his
young
sister.
A.
play;
give
B.
to
play
with;
give
C.
play
with;
to
give
D.
to
play
with;
to
give
【知识梳理9】When
did
it
happen?
(P45)
它是什么时候发生的?
happen，不及物动词，意为“(偶然)发生”
固定搭配：
1.sth
happen
to
sb意为“某人发生某事”。
Eg.
The
lucky
moment
could
happen
to
anyone.
幸运的时刻可能发生在任何人身上。
2.happen
to
do
sth意为“碰巧做某事”。
Eg.
You
don't
happen
to
know
his
name,
do
you?
你不会碰巧知道他的名字吧？
[辨析]happen，take
place
happen
指事情的发生往往带有“偶然”或“意想不到”的意思，通常以物做主语
take
place
多指“有计划地或安排好地发生或举行”，它的主语只能是事物，没有“偶然”的意味。
[注意]happen和take
place都没有被动语态
[经典例题]
1.The
visitors
are
very
_______
to
see
so
many
changes
_______.
A.
surprised;
are
taken
place
B.
surprising;
take
place
C.
surprised;
take
place
D.
surprising;
are
taken
place
2.—When
is
the
sports
meeting
_________
every
year?
—It
__________at
the
beginning
of
the
new
term.
A.
taken
place;
is
held
B.
held;
takes
place
C.
taken
place;
holds
D.
held;
is
taken
place
3.You
know
great
changes
________
in
our
city
in
the
past
ten
years.
A.
have
been
taken
place
B.
took
place
C.
have
taken
place
D.
were
taken
place
4.—I
still
don’t
know
what________while
I
was
away
from
home.?
—You’ll
know
it
all
some
day,I
believe.
A.had
happened
B.would
happen
C.has
happened
D.happened
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】give
up(P46)放弃
give
up作“放弃”解，除作不及物动词短语外，还可作及物动词短语使用，后接名词或动名词（不可接不定式）
Eg.
They'll
have
to
give
up
completely
on
certain
of
their
studies.
他们将不得不完全放弃某些课程。
[拓展]give
away，意为“赠送；分发”
Eg.
We
must
decide
what
to
keep
and
what
to
give
away.
我们必须决定哪些该留、哪些该扔。
[经典例题]
1.[2019
?山东省滨州市]They’ll
succeed
in
working
out
the
problem
because
they
never
________.
A.
wake
up
B.
give
up
C.
look
up
D.
make
up
2.[2019
?湖北省黄冈市]---I
don’t
know
how
to________
the
old
books.
---Why
not
give
them
away
to
poor
children?
A.
hand
out
B.
give
up
C.
deal
with
D.
take
up
3.[2019
?临沂市]Cathy
sold
some
of
her
things
in
a
yard
sale
and
_______the
money
to
a
children's
home.
A.
gave
away
B.
gave
up
C.
gave
out
4.[2019
?湖北省孝感市]All
the
members
decided
to
________the
money
from
the
book
sale
to
homeless
people.
A.
give
up
B.
give
away
C.
take
up
D.
take
away
5.[2019
?山西省]Fighting
for
your
dream
is
like
climbing
a
mountain.
Whatever
difficulties
you
meet,
don’t
_______.
Just
move
on.
A.
set
off
B.
come
out
C.
give
up
D.
look
up
【知识梳理2】Keep
it
to
yourself.(P46)把它密而不宣。
Eg.
I
hope
you
can
keep
it
to
yourself.
我希望你能保守秘密。
[经典例题]
1.Mother
often
tells
me
______________________.
A.
to
keep
my
worry
to
me
B.
to
keep
my
problems
to
yourself
C.
not
to
keep
my
problems
to
myself
D.
not
to
keep
her
problems
to
her
2.---Bill,
you’d
better
not
forget
_____________
your
homework
next
time.
---I
won’t.
But
please
keep
the
secret
_____________
yourself
for
me
this
time.
A.about;
for
B.about;
to
C.of;
for
D.
of;
to
3.Most
Americans
prefer
to
keep
their
problems
______
themselves
and
solve
their
problems
______
themselves.
A.
to;
by
B.
by;
to
C.
for;
to
D.
in;
on
【知识梳理3】You
are
unhappy
with
your
weight,
but
you
do
not
know
how
to
change
it.(P47)
你因为体重不开心，但是你不知道怎样改变它。
1、be
unhappy
with/
about/
at的含义:对…不满意的
Eg.
I'm
unhappy
with
the
direction
our
club
is
taking.
我对俱乐部的发展趋势不满意。
2、weight，不可数名词，意为“重量”。
Eg.
The
ice
is
too
thin
to
bear
your
weight.
冰太薄，承受不住你的重量。
【知识梳理4】Many
students
of
our
age
have
this
problem.(P47)
与我们同龄的许多学生都有这个问题。
of
one’s
age意为“与……同龄”
Eg.
This
book
is
suitable
for
people
of
my
age.
这本书适合我这年龄段的人看。
[经典例题]
1.You
will
find
as
you
read
this
book
that
you
just
can't
keep
some
of
these
stories
to_______.You
will
want
to
share
them
with
a
friend.
A.
itself
B.
yourself
C
himself
D.
themselves
2.Children
need
friends
_________
their
own
age
to
play
with.
A.
of
B.
for
C.
in
D.
at
3.Some
students
________his
age
like
playing
computer
games.
A.
of
B.
in
C.
at
D.
for
【知识梳理5】Your
parents
care
too
much
about
your
marks
after
each
exam.(P47)
你的父母太在意你每次考试后的分数。
care
about意为“操心,焦虑,(对……)关心,介意,在乎”
Eg.
Contact
people
you
care
about
before
and
after.
不时地与你所关心的人联系。
能力实践
一、选择题
1.
The
patient
needs________
and
he
needs________，too.
A.
to
take
care
of；
to
take
more
exercise
B.
taking
care
of；
taking
more
exercise
C.
to
take
care
of；
taking
more
exercises
D.
taking
care
of；
to
take
more
exercise
2.
We
haven't
decided________.
A.
if
we'll
visit
the
park
or
not
B.
whether
will
we
visit
the
park
C.
if
to
visit
the
park
D.
whether
to
visit
the
park
3.
He
made
a
kite_______.
His
father
made
him
_____it
to
his
young
sister.
A.
play；
give
B.
to
play
with；
give
C.
play
with；
to
give
D.
to
play
with；
to
give
4.
Nick
sat
________
to
his
mother
with
his
eyes
half
________.
A.
closed；
opened
B.
close；
open
C.
closely；
opening
D.
close；
opened
5.
---Where
do
you
think
______
he
_____
the
TV
set？
---Sorry，I've
no
idea.
A.
/，bought
B.
has，bought
C.
did，buy
D.
did
bought
6.
People
don't
allow
____
cars
here.
But
he
is
allowed
_____his
car
here.
A.
parking；
parking
B.
to
park；
to
park
C.
to
park；
parking
D.
parking；
to
park
7.
When
we
had
no
choice
but
______，he
did
nothing
but
_____
up
and
down.
A.
to
wait；
to
walk
B.
wait；
walk
C.
to
wait；
walk
D.
wait；
to
walk
8.
"I
am
a
teacher，"Jack
said.
→Jack
said
_________.
A.
that
he
was
a
teacher
B.
that
I
was
a
teacher
C.
that
he
is
a
teacher
D.
that
I
am
a
teacher
9.
"You've
already
got
well，haven't
you？"she
asked.
→She
asked
________.
A.
if
I
have
already
got
well，hadn't
you
B.
whether
I
had
already
got
well
C.
have
I
already
got
well
D.
had
I
already
got
well.
10.
---Thank
you
for
telling
me
the
good
news.
---___________.
A.
Don't
mention
it
B.
Never
mind
C.
That's
right
D.
Please
don't
二、完形填空（培优）
O.
Henry
was
a
pen
name
used
by
an
American
writer
of
short
stories.
His
（1）
name
was
William
Sydney
Porter.
He
was
born
in
North
Carolina
in
1862.
As
a
young
boy
he
lived
an
（2）
life.
He
did
not
go
to
school
for
very
long，but
he
（3）
teach
himself
everything
he
needed
to
（4）
.
When
he
was
about
20years
old，Henry
went
to
Texas，where
he
tried
（5）
jobs.
He
first
worked（6）
a
newspaper，and
then
had
a
job
in
a
bank.
（7）
some
money
went
missing
from
the
（8）
，O.
Henry
was
believed
to
have
（9）
it.
Because
of
that，he
was
（10）
to
prison.
During
the
three
years
in
（11）
，he
learned
to
write
short
stories.
After
he（12）
prison，he
went
to
New
York
and
（13）
writing.
He
wrote
mostly
about
New
York
and
the
life
of
the
poor
there.
People
liked
his
stories，because
simple
as
the
tales
were，（14）
would
finish
with
a
sudden
change
at
the
end
to
the
（15）
surprise.
1.
A.
realB.
the
otherC.
lastD.
first2.
A.
importantB.
excitingC.
unhappyD.
uneasy3.
A.
yetB.
stillC.
managed
toD.
wanted
to4.
A.
doB.
writeC.
readD.
know5.
A.
difficultB.
differentC.
importantD.
good6.
A.
withB.
onC.
forD.
as7.
A.
BecauseB.
SoC.
WhenD.
Where8.
A.
newspaperB.
prisonC.
schoolD.
bank9.
A.
seenB.
gotC.
hadD.
stolen10.
A.
sentB.
madeC.
givenD.
taken11.
A.
schoolB.
bankC.
North
CarolinaD.
prison12.
A.
got
out
ofB.
stayed
inC.
went
inD.
looked
out
of13.
A.
stoppedB.
continuedC.
enjoyedD.
finished14.
A.
readersB.
peopleC.
theyD.
he15.
A.
readers'B.
newspaper'sC.
book'sD.
stories'
三、阅读理解（培优）
A
A
man
in
a
very
famous
restaurant
started
to
take
off
his
jacket.
As
soon
as
he
saw
this，the
head
waiter
rushed
over
to
his
table
and
said，"I'm
afraid
I
must
ask
you
to
keep
your
jacket
on，sir，because
it
is
not
good
manners
（礼貌）
to
do
it
in
such
a
nice
restaurant.
"
"Now，listen，"said
the
man.
"I
will
let
you
know
that
the
Queen
（女王）
of
England
gave
me
permission
（许可）
to
take
off
my
jacket
here.
"
"The
Queen
of
England？"said
the
waiter
in
great
surprise.
"Sure.
"replied
the
man，"When
I
was
in
England
last
month，a
friend
of
mine
took
me
to
see
the
Queen.
It
was
very
hot.
I
started
taking
my
coat
off.
The
Queen
looked
over
and
said，‘You
may
do
that
in
the
United
States，but
you
may
not
do
it
here!'
So
I
got
the
Queen's
permission，right？"
1.
We
can
be
sure
that
the
story
happened
in
.
A.
America
B.
the
Queen's
palace
C.
England
D.
an
small
restaurant
2.
When
the
head
waiter
asked
the
man
not
to
take
off
his
jacket，the
man
.
A.
took
his
advice
at
once
B.
left
the
restaurant
angrily
C.
refused
to
listen
to
him
D.
wanted
to
see
the
manager
3.
The
man
told
the
waiter
that
he
could
take
off
his
jacket
because
.
A.
the
weather
was
very
hot
B.
the
Queen
of
England
let
him
do
so
in
the
USA.
C.
he
was
very
rich
D.
he
was
free
to
take
off
his
clothes
anywhere
4.
What
did
the
Queen
really
mean？
A.
People
in
the
USA
were
less
polite.
B.
She
let
him
take
off
his
jacket
in
America.
C.
The
English
and
the
Americans
enjoyed
different
ways
of
life.
D.
He
shouldn't
take
off
his
coat
on
such
a
formal
occasion
（正式场合）
in
England.
5.
From
the
story
we
can
see
that
.
A.
the
man
went
to
have
dinner
with
his
friend
B.
the
head
waiter
was
afraid
of
the
Queen.
C.
the
man
went
to
see
the
Queen
of
England
with
his
friend.
D.
the
Queen
invited
the
man
to
have
dinner
in
a
restaurant.
B
When
this
story
happened，they
were
working
around
a
very
large
house.
Their
job
was
to
do
the
cleaning.
It
was
not
a
difficult
job，but
sometimes
it
was
a
little
dangerous，because
they
had
to
walk
below
where
workmen
were
working.
Often
these
workmen
dropped
something
from
the
top
of
the
house
many
meters
high
to
the
ground.
One
morning
Joe
was
working
near
the
house
with
a
cigarette
behind
one
of
his
ears.
Suddenly
somebody
on
the
top
shouted，"Look
out!"
But
Joe
did
not"
look
out".
He
looked
up.
And
as
he
did
so，a
long
knife
missed
Joe's
head，but
it
cut
off
one
of
his
ears.
At
once
he
put
his
hand
to
one
side
of
his
head
and
cried
out，"I've
lost
an
ear.
Help!
Help!"
Jeff
ran
up
to
help
his
friend.
"Look
for
my
ear，"Joe
told
him.
"It
must
be
on
the
ground
somewhere.
"Jeff
looked
everywhere
for
the
missing
ear.
At
last
he
found
an
ear
on
the
ground.
He
picked
it
up
and
carried
it
to
Joe.
"Here
you
are，"he
said，"I've
found
it.
"Joe
looked
at
it.
"No，that's
not
my
ear.
"he
said，"Mine
had
a
cigarette
behind
it.
"
6.
What
were
Joe
and
Jeff？
A.
Soldiers.
B.
Drivers.
C.
Farmers.
D.
Cleaners.
7.
How
did
Joe
lose
his
ear？
A.
He
cut
it
off
by
himself.
B.
Jeff
cut
it
off
with
a
knife.
C.
A
falling
knife
cut
it
off.
D.
A
cigarette
burned
it
up.
8.
At
the
end
of
the
story
Jeff
found
.
A.
someone
else's
ear
B.
Joe's
ear
C.
a
long
knife
D.
a
cigarette
9.
From
the
passage，we
know
Joe
was
not
.
A.
Strong
B.
kind
C.
foolish
D.
clever
10.
Which
is
the
most
possible
title
for
this
passage？
A.
A
Lost
Ear
B.
A
Busy
Cleaner
C.
A
Falling
Knife
D.
A
forgetful
Man.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
期末复习Unit
5-8
易错回顾
【19-20苏州市区期末统考真题】
1.
Many
cities
are
closed
the
serious
situation.
A.
since
B.
as
C.
because
D.
because
of
解析：考察介连词和介词短语辨析，句意为：由于形势严峻，很多城市封城了，横线后是表达原因的名词短语，结合句意选D。
2.
Skimming
is
a
kind
of
reading
skill.
It
means
reading
the
text
to
get
the
main
idea.
A.
quickly
B.
patiently
C.
clearly
D.
widely
解析：考察副词辨析,句意为：略读是一种阅读策略，它意味着我们快速地阅读文章了解主要内容，结合句意选A。
3.After
Joe
moved
into
his
new
house,
he
planted
some
trees
the
yard
to
keep
it
beautiful.
A.
above
B.
around
C.
beyond
D.
below
解析：考察介词辨析，句意为：乔搬进新房子后，他在院子周围种了一些树，以保持它美丽，结合句意选B。
4.
---The
house
prices
are
rising
so
fast
these
years.
---As
a
rule,
prices
always
follow
needs.
general
B.
real
C.
usual
D.
same
解析：考察形容词辨析，句意为：“这些年房价上涨得太快了”，“一般说来，价格总是跟随需求（变化）”，结合句意选A。
5.
---Why
did
you
buy
such
a
small
shelf'?
books
shoes
can
be
put
on
it.
---But
my
cups
can,
I
guess.
Both;
and
B.
Either;
or
C.
Neither;
nor
D.
Not
only;
but
also
解析：考察连词词组辨析，句意为：“你为什么买了一个这么小的架子？”，“书和鞋子都放不下”,“但我想我的杯子可以”，结合句意选C。
6.---Excuse
me,
I
wonder
.
---Yes,
and
the
nearest
one
is
to
the
west
of
the
mall.
A.
what
the
underground
station
is
B.
when
the
underground
station
is
open
C.
how
I
can
get
to
the
underground
station
D.
if
there
is
an
underground
station
near
here
解析：考察宾语从句中从句的正确语序，句意为“不好意思，我想知道附近有没有地铁站”，“是的，最近的一个在购物中心的西边
”，结合句意选D。
7.
---When
will
the
programme
be
sent
out?
---As
soon
as
it
tomorrow.
records
B.
will
record
C.
is
recorded
D.
will
be
recorded
解析：考察从句中正确的时态，句意为：“节目什么时候播出？”，“录好了就播”结合句意选C。
8.---Please
.
There’s
nothing
to
worry
about.
---All
right.
Thank
you.
I
feel
a
little
better
now.
hurry
up
B.
carry
on
C.
calm
down
D.
look
out
解析：考察动词+副词固定搭配式辨析，句意为：“请冷静，
没什么好担心的”，“好的，谢谢，我现在感觉好多了
”，结合句意选C。
9.
---Mom,
it's
really
boring
to
stay
at
home
all
day
long.
---
You
know
we'd
better
not
go
out.
A.
What
about
going
for
a
walk?
B.
Let's
go
to
the
shopping
mall.
C.
Shall
we
play
football
together?
D.
Why
not
watch
TV
for
a
while
?
解析：考察情景对话，句意为：“妈妈，整天呆在家里真的很无聊。”“为什么不看一会儿电视呢，你懂的我们最好不要出去”，结合句意选D。
10.
---I'm
afraid
I
will
fail
in
the
speech
competition.
---
.
Every
dog
has
its
day.
A.
Yes,
you
will
B.
It's
hard
to
say
C.
Of
course
D.
It's
possible
解析：考察简略回答及谚语的准确理解，句意为：“恐怕我会在演讲比赛中失败。”“难说，每个人都会走运的”，结合句意选B。
兴趣起航
Do
you
like
reading
detectives
stories?
乐学善思
【U5考点精讲】
考点1.
musical
adj.
音乐的(教材P65
Welcome)
[知识精讲]
musical
talent音乐天赋。
musical是形容词，它的名词形式为music，意为“音乐”。
“音乐家”是musician。如：
A
drum
is
one
of
the
oldest
musical
instruments.
鼓是最古老的乐器之一。
Some
students
like
listening
to
music
in
their
free
time.
一些学生喜欢在他们的空闲时间里听音乐。
I
do
not
think
much
of
her
as
a
musician.
她作为一名音乐家，我认为不怎么样。
[考点精练]
1.
(2019?淮安涟水模拟)Though
he
doesn't
have
________(music)
talent,
he
is
very
interested
in
music.
2.
Some
jazz
__________(music)
are
great
because
they
can
make
up
music
while
playing.
3.
A
black
young
________
named
Sheku
KannehMason
is
confident
enough
to
show
that
people
of
colour
can
take
on
any
challenge
of
classical
________．
A.
musician；
music
B.
music;
musician
C.
musician;
musician
D.
music;
music
考点2.
winner
n.
获胜者(教材P66
Reading)
[知识精讲]
winner的动词形式为win，意为“赢得，获得；获胜”，其过去式为won。如：
The
winners
of
the
competition
will
be
announced
next
month.
竞赛的获胜者将于下个月公布。
He
won
the
Nobel
Prize
for
Physics.
他获得了诺贝尔物理学奖。
[考点精练]
4.
(2019?无锡江阴澄要片模拟改编)During
the
World
Athletics
Championships,
the
___________(win)
final
time
was
58
seconds.
5.
A
comedy
drama
performed
by
our
class,
________(win)
first
prize
at
the
school
art
festival.
考点3.
breath
n.
呼吸(教材P72
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
breath的动词形式为breathe。
be
out
of
breath
＝
breathe
heavily，意为“上气不接下气”。如：
He
ran
so
fast
that
he
was
out
of
breath.
他跑得如此快以至于上气不接下气。
hold
one's
breath
屏住呼吸
breathe
in
吸入
take
a
deep
breath
深呼吸
breathe
deeply
深呼吸
[考点精练]
6.
—
Shall
we
go
outside
and
________(呼吸)
some
fresh
air?
—
Good
idea.
7.
Lights
are
out.
The
concert
is
to
begin,
and
the
fans
hold
their
________(breathe)
for
Jay
Chou's
appearance.
8.
Tired
and
________，
we
reached
the
top
of
the
mountain
and
stopped
to
admire
the
beautiful
scenery.
A.
out
of
breath
B.
held
the
breath
C.
breathe
heavily
D.
caught
the
breath
考点4.
last
vi.
持续(教材P72
Grammar)
[知识精讲]①
last作不及物动词时意为“持续，维持”。如：
Our
summer
holiday
usually
lasts
for
two
months.
我们的暑假通常持续两个月。
②
lasting是形容词，意为“持久的”。如：
Nothing
can
break
the
lasting
friendship
between
us.
没有什么东西能破坏我们之间永恒的友谊。
[考点精练]
9.
(2019·南京玄武二模)The
________(持久的)
peace
and
the
common
prosperity
are
two
common
wishes.
10.
I
like
classical
music
very
much
because
it
sounds
beautiful
and
has
a
________(last)
value.
11.
I
can't
stand
the
hot
weather,
but
it
will
________
until
September.
A.
last B.
finish
C.
end
D.
begin
考点5.
go
on
doing,
go
on
to
do和go
on
with(教材P66
Reading)
[知识精讲]①go
on
doing
sth.指做某一件事因故暂停，尚未做完，再“继续”做下去。它还可以表示“一直做某事”。如：
Although
it
was
very
late,
she
went
on
working.
虽然天很晚了，她还继续工作着。
②
go
on
to
do
sth.表示某一件事已做完，再“接着”去做另一件事。如：
He
went
on
to
talk
about
the
world
situation.
他接着谈了谈世界形势。
③go
on
with后面通常接名词或代词作宾语。如：
—
May
I
go
on
with
my
work
now?
我现在可以继续我的工作了吗？
—
Of
course
you
can.
当然可以。
[考点精练]
12.
The
man
was
so
tired
but
he
still
went
on
________．
A.
working
hard
B.
work
hard
C.
to
work
hard
D.
worked
hard
13.
After
graduating
from
high
school,
he
________
to
study
in
a
foreign
country.
A.
went
with
B.
went
on
C.
came
on
D.
carried
on
14.
It
hasn't
been
decided
whether
he
will
________
his
study
at
the
university.
A.
take
on
B.
agree
with
C.
go
on
with
D.
talk
with
15.
That's
all
for
the
text.
Now
let's
go
on
________
the
grammar.
A.
to
learn
B.
learning
C.
learned
D.
with
learning
考点6.
be
known
for,
be
known
as与be
known
to(教材P66
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①be
known
for意为“因……而著名”，后接表示闻名的原因的词，与be
famous
for
同义。如：
Dainan
is
known
for
its
steel
products.
戴南因其钢产品而著名。
②be
known
as
意为“作为……而闻名”，后接表示职位、身份、名称的词，与be
famous
as同义。如：
Zhang
Jie
is
known
as
a
singer.
张杰作为一名歌手而闻名。
③be
known
to意为“被……所熟知”，后接某些人群，与be
famous
to同义。如：
Jack
Ma
is
known
to
many
people
around
the
world.
马云被全世界许多人所熟知。
[考点精练]
16.
Nowadays
China
________
its
new
“four
great
inventions”—shared
bicycles,
electronic
payment,
highspeed
railways
and
online
shopping.
A.
is
known
to
B.
is
known
as
C.
is
knowing
D.
is
known
for
17.
(2019·盐城东台模拟)The
boy
is
interested
in
FAST,
also
________
“China's
Eye
of
Heaven”.
He
wonders
how
much
money
the
government
has
spent
on
it.
A.
known
for
B.
known
as
C.
known
to
D.
known
of
18.
(2019·宿迁改编)山东潍坊现在因制作风筝而出名。
___________________________________________
考点7.
When
he
was
very
young,
Tan
showed
an
interest
in
music.
当谭盾很小的时候，他就对音乐表现出兴趣。(教材P66
Reading)
[知识精讲]
show
an
interest
in
对……表现出兴趣(相当于be
interested
in)。如：
When
did
you
first
show
an
interest
in
tennis?
你最初是什么时候对网球表现出兴趣的？
show
no
interest
in
对……不感兴趣
interest
sb.
使某人感兴趣，引起某人注意
create
an
interest
in
对……产生兴趣
[考点精练]
19.
Not
all
children
who
watch
this
video
will
become
a
scientist,
but
some
may
________
science.
A.
play
a
role
in
B.
take
pride
in
C.
become
interested
in
D.
believe
in
20.
(2019·苏州高新区二模)When
I
was
a
kid
________
your
age,
I
showed
________
art.
A.
at;
an
interest
in
B.
for;
interested
in
C.
of;
an
interest
on
D.
of;
an
interest
in
考点8.
After
a
while,
we
saw
Amy
running
towards
us.
过了一会儿，我们看见埃米向我们跑来。(教材P72
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
①
after
a
while过了一会儿；不久。如：
After
a
while,
driving
will
become
your
second
nature.
不久，开车就会成为你的第二天性。
②see
sb.
doing
sth.看见某人正在做某事，强调看见某一动作正在发生；而see
sb.
do
sth.
强调看见全过程或经常看见某人做某事。如：
The
suspect
was
seen
entering
the
building
at
3
p.m.
有人看到犯罪嫌疑人在下午3点进入那幢楼房。
John
saw
her
drive
off
about
an
hour
later.
约翰看到她大约在一小时后驾车离去。
[考点精练]
21.
At
first,
the
boy
felt
very
sick,
but
________，
he
felt
much
better
and
began
to
play
with
his
friends
in
the
yard.
A.
for
a
while
B.
after
a
while
C.
in
a
while
D.
for
a
moment
22.
When
I
saw
my
father
________
for
me
on
a
cold
winter
night,
I
couldn't
keep
back
my
tears.
A.
wait
B.
waited
C.
to
wait
D.
waiting
23.
Every
morning,
Tim
often
sees
groups
of
middleaged
women
________
in
the
square.
A.
dance
B.
to
dance
C.
dances
D.
danced
24.
Roy
Wang(王源)
was
seen
________
when
he
was
in
the
restaurant.
He
is
regretting
doing
that.
A.
smoke
B.
smoking
C.
to
smoke
D.
to
smoking
考点9.
She
encouraged
me
to
keep
trying
and
make
more
wonderful
pictures.
她鼓励我继续尝试并创作更多漂亮的图画。(教材P77
Task)
[知识精讲]
encourage的名词形式为encouragement，意为“鼓励”。
encourage
sb.
to
do
sth.
鼓励某人做某事
[考点精练]
25.
(2019·广西北部湾经济区四市)Every
time
I
want
to
give
up,
my
parents
always
________(鼓励)
me
to
keep
trying.
26.
(2019?重庆B)Miss
Chen,
my
dear
English
teacher,
often
encourages
me
________
the
challenges
in
my
study.
A.
face
B.
faces
C.
facing
D.
to
face
考点10.
because引导的原因状语从句(教材P70
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
原因状语从句是指在复合句中表示主句动作发生的原因的句子。如：
—
Because
it
was
raining,
we
had
to
stay
at
home.
因为正在下雨，我们不得不待在家里。
—
What
a
pity!
多可惜呀！
because意为“因为”，表示动作发生的直接原因，语气很强，常用来回答why引导的疑问句。如：
—
Why
didn't
he
go
with
you
yesterday?
他为什么昨天没和你们一起去？
—
Because
he
was
too
tired.
因为他太累了。
注意：汉语里我们习惯说“因为……所以……”，但使用英语时不能将because与so连用。
[考点精练]
27.
—
Although
Mr
Li
is
at
an
old
age,
she
is
always
healthy.
—
Yes,
________
she
exercises
every
day
and
has
healthy
habits.
A.
when
B.
after
C.
because
D.
while
28.
—
Tom,
why
are
you
so
unhappy?
—
I
didn't
get
full
marks
in
the
exam
________
carelessness.
A.
since
B.
because
of
C.
as
a
result
D.
in
order
to
29.
________
I
have
run
out
of
my
money,
________
I
can't
buy
the
book.
A.
Because;
so
B.
So;
because
C.
/;
because
D.
/;
so
30.
—
I'm
a
teenager's
mother.
Sometimes
I
don't
know
why
my
son
gets
angry
very
often.
—
________
he
feels
stressed.
A.
But
B.
As
C.
Because
D.
Since
考点11.
since和as引导的原因状语从句(教材P71
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
我们也可以用since和as引导原因状语从句。如：
—
Since
you
are
free,
you'd
better
tidy
your
bedroom.
既然你有空，你最好把你的卧室打扫一下。
—
OK,
Mum.好的，妈妈。
As
you
were
not
there,
I
left
a
message.
因为你不在那里，所以我留了个信儿。
注意：和because相比，
since和as的语气较弱。
since意为“既然；由于；因为”，表示已知的、显然的理由，较为正式，多位于句首。如：
Since
it
is
late,
I
shall
go
home
right
now.
(由于)时间不早了，我得马上回家。
He
deserved
to
know
the
truth
since
everyone
in
his
family
knew
it.
既然他家里的每个人都知道了，他值得知道真相。
[考点精练]
31.
________
it
is
raining,
we
can't
go
running
on
the
playground.
A.
As
B.
However
C.
Whether
D.
If
32.
________
everyone
has
known
about
it,
I
don't
want
to
talk
any
more.
A.
Because
B.
Since
C.
But
D.
Even
答案：
1.musical
2.musicians
3.A
4.winner's
5.won
6.breathe
7.breath
8.A
9.lasting
10.lasting
11.A
12.A
13.
B
14.C
15.A
16.D
17.B
18.Weifang
in
Shandong
Province
is
famous/known
for
making
kites
now.
19.C
20.D
21.B
22.D
23.
A
24.B
25.
encourage
26.D
27.C
28.B
29.D
30.C
31.A
32.B
【U6考点精讲】
考点1.
up-to-date
adj.
最新的；现代的(教材P80
Reading)
[知识精讲]
up-to-date
相当于
the
latest/newest，但up-to-date和latest指“(与时间有关)最新的，最近的”，而newest指“(新旧程度)最新的”。
Up-to-date
information
最新信息
They've
just
got
the
uptodate
information
about
the
policy.
他们刚刚得到有关这个政策的最新消息。
[考点精练]
1.
With
the
development
of
society,
people
are
used
to
searching
for
the
__________(最新的)
information
on
the
Internet.
2.
They
wear
the
latest
fashions
with
the
most
________
accessories(配饰)．
A.
up-to-date
B.
out-of-date
C.
up
to
date
D.
out
of
date
考点2.
coming
adj.
即将来临的(教材P80
Reading)
[知识精讲]
coming相当于following或next。如：
the
coming/following/next
Saturday
下周六
This
coming
Sunday
is
her
birthday.
下个星期天是她的生日。
[考点精练]
3.
Emily,
you're
playing
video
games
again!
Study
hard,
or
you
will
fail
the
________
exam.
A.
comes
B.
to
come
C.
coming
D.
came
考点3.
direct
vt.
导演；指导(教材P81
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①direct作动词时意为“导演；指导”。它对应的表示人的名词是director，意为“导演”。如：
Who
directed
that
film？＝
Who
is
the
director
of
that
film?
那部电影是谁导演的？＝那部电影的导演是谁？
②direct还可作形容词，意为“直接的”，对应的副词是directly，意为“直接地”。如：
He
took
a
direct
flight
to
New
York.
他乘坐了直达纽约的航班。
She
has
never
talked
with
Tom
directly.
她从没直接和汤姆说过话。
[考点精练]
4.(2019·扬州邗江二模)On
March
21,
President
Xi
Jinping
took
the
________(直接的)
flight
to
Rome
and
visited
Italy.
5.—
How
do
you
find
the
film
by
that
famous
________(direct)?
—
I
can't
stand
it.
I
guess
he
is
out
of
his
talent.
6.
—If
you
want
to
know
more
about
the
news,
you
can
search
for
it
on
the
Internet
______(direct)．
—
OK.
考点4.
wealthy
adj.
富有的(教材P81
Reading)
[知识精讲]
wealthy是形容词，它的名词形式是wealth，意为“财富，财产”。如：
That
young
man
was
born
in
a
wealthy
family.
那个年轻人出生于一个富裕的家庭。
Mr
Wang
passed
on
the
family's
wealth
to
his
son.
王先生把家产传给了他的儿子。
[考点精练]
7.
He
made
a
lot
of
money
and
became
very
________．
A.
poor
B.
weak
C.
rapid
D.
wealthy
8.
The
old
man
leads
a
simple
life,
although
he
has
a
lot
of
________.
A.
health
B.
Healthy
C.
wealth
D.
wealthy
考点5.
a
number
of与the
number
of(教材P80
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①a
number
of意为“一些”，后面跟可数名词的复数形式，相当于some，可用large,
small修饰。如：
A
large
number
of
women
want
to
be
teachers.
大量的女性想要成为教师。
Only
a
small
number
of
people
have
come
here.
只有很少的人来过这里。
②
the
number
of意为“……的数目”，后接可数名词复数，但作主语时谓语动词应用单数形式，因为其真正的主语是the
number，而不是后面的复数名词。如：
—
How
many
students
are
there
in
your
class?
你班上有多少名学生？
—
The
number
of
the
students
in
our
class
is
fifty.
我们班学生人数是50。
[考点精练]
9.
(2019?宿迁模拟)________
the
children
under
12
with
infantile
autism(自闭症)
________
up
to
2
million
now.
A.
A
number
of;
is
B.
The
number
of;
is
C.
The
number
of;
are
D.
A
number
of;
are
10.
(2019·黔南三州)There
are
three
thousand
students
in
the
school.(同义句转换)
The
________
of
the
students
in
the
school
________
three
thousand.
考点6.
About
300，000
fans
have
voted
online
for
their
favourite
songs,
singers
and
music
videos,
and
the
results
will
be
announced
during
the
show.
大约30万歌迷已经在网上为他们最喜欢的歌曲、歌手和音乐视频投票，其结果将在节目中宣布。(教材P80
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①
vote
online
for
sth.
＝
vote
for
sth.
online,
意为“为某事在网上投票”。如：
You
can
vote
online
for
your
favourite
programme
of
the
Spring
Festival
Gala.
你可以在网上给你最喜欢的春节联欢晚会节目投票。
②announce作动词，意为“宣布，发表”。其名词形式是announcement，意为“通告，布告”。如：
The
president
will
make
an
important
announcement.
总统将要发表一项重要声明。
They
haven't
formally
announced
their
engagement
yet.
他们还没有正式宣布订婚。
[考点精练]
11.
Every
member
of
the
club
________(投票)
online
for
the
project
yesterday.
12.
No
public
_____________(announce)
was
made
until
last
week.
13.
It's
said
the
result
we
are
interested
in
__________________(announce)
as
soon
as
possible.
14.
—
Who
will
win
first
prize
in
the
drawing
competition?
—
Nobody
can
know
the
result
until
it
________
tomorrow
morning.
A.
is
presented
B.
is
voted
C.
is
announced
D.
is
sent
考点7.
This
one
hour
documentary
takes
a
close
look
at
the
life
of
tigers
in
India.
这部长达一小时的纪录片近距离观察了印度虎的生活。(教材P81
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①英语中可以用复合形容词作定语，其基本结构为“基数词＋连字符＋单数名词”。如：
Tom
did
quite
well
in
the
men's
100metre
race.
汤姆在男子一百米赛跑中表现得相当好。
The
three-year
old
girl
can
dress
herself.
这个三岁的小女孩会自己穿衣服。
英语中也可用“基数词＋连字符＋单数名词＋连字符＋形容词”作定语，修饰名词。如：
His
mother
is
looking
after
a
12monthold
baby.
他妈妈正在照顾一个12个月大的婴儿。
②take
a
look意为“看一看”，相当于have
a
look，强调看的动作。其中look为可数名词，通常用单数形式。若有看的内容作宾语时，就用take
a
look
at
sth.表示。如：
—
I
hear
you
bought
a
new
dress.
Let
me
take
a
look.
我听说你买了一条新连衣裙。让我看一看。
[考点精练]
15.
—
Have
you
heard
about
Zhangjiajie
Glass
Footbridge?
—
Of
course.
It's
built
over
a
nearly
________
canyon
in
the
Zhangjiajie
National
Forest
Park.
A.
300metre
deep B.
300metres
deep
C.
300
metre
deep D.
300metres
deep
16.
(2019?宿迁)Wu
Dajing,
a
________
Chinese
skater,
set
a
new
world
record
at
the
Short
Track
World
Cup
last
year.
A.
25yearsold
B.
25
year
old
C.
25yearold
D.
25
years
old
17.
—
Can
I
________
your
photos,
please?
—
Sure,
here
you
are.
A.
have
a
look
at
B.
have
a
look
C.
look
for
D.
look
after
考点8.
Watching
TV
ads
is
just
a
waste
of
time.
看电视广告就是在浪费时间。(教材P88
Integrated
skills)
[知识精讲]
a
waste
of
time意为“浪费时间”，其中waste是名词，
waste还可以作动词，意为“浪费”。如：
I
don't
want
to
waste
your
time.
我不想浪费你的时间。
Playing
computer
games
is
totally
a
waste
of
time.
玩电脑游戏完全是浪费时间的。
考点精练3
18.
More
and
more
people
have
realized
that
we
shouldn't
________(浪费)
food.
19.
—
A
lot
of
water
________(waste)
every
day
just
in
our
houses.
—
Yes,
we
should
save
water.
20.
Mr
Liu
seldom
watches
TV.
He
thinks
watching
TV
is
________.
A.
of
importance
B.
in
need
C.
a
waste
of
time
D.
very
valuable
考点9.
if
引导的条件状语从句(教材P84
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
if意为“如果”时，可引导条件状语从句：
①主句用一般将来时，条件状语从句用一般现在时。如：
If
we
grow
more
bamboo,
giant
pandas
will
have
more
food.
如果我们种更多的竹子，大熊猫就会有更多的食物。
—
If
you
see
him,
give
him
this
note.
你要是见到他，就把这个便条给他。
—
No
problem.
没问题。
②条件状语从句的位置可在主句前，也可在主句后。如：
If
he
goes,
I
won't
go.
＝
I
won't
go
if
he
goes.
如果他去，我就不去。
③if还可以作“是否”讲，引导宾语从句。试比较：
We'll
visit
the
Great
Wall
if
it
doesn't
rain
tomorrow.
如果明天不下雨，我们将去游览长城。
I
wonder
if
I
should
wear
a
coat
or
not.
我不知道该不该穿外套。
这里第一句中if意为“如果”，引导的是条件状语从句；第二句中if意为“是否”，引导的是宾语从句。
whether也可用于引导宾语从句，大部分情况下可与if替换；但whether可与or
not连用，而if不能。如：
He
asked
whether/if
you
received
the
letter.
他问你是否收到了信。
[考点精练]
21.
—
The
students
of
Grade
9
have
to
take
part
in
the
P．E.
test.
—
Yes.
________
you
want
to
pass
it
and
be
stronger,
practice
more.
A.
Unless
B.
Until
C.
If
D.
After
22.
—
What
did
our
teacher
say
just
now?
—
He
asked
________．
A.
whether
we
had
any
question
B.
if
we
needed
any
help
or
not
C.
what
did
we
do
D.
that
we
could
finish
homework
on
time
23.
________
you
like
the
idea
or
not,
I
am
going
to
carry
it
out.
A.
Whether
B.
May
C.
Unless
D.
If
考点10.
unless引导的条件状语从句(教材P85
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
unless相当于if
...not，意为“除非，如果不”，引导条件状语从句，从句的位置可以放在主句前，也可以放在主句后，但如果放在主句前要用逗号隔开。主句常用一般将来时，从句常用一般现在时。如：
Unless
you
have
a
map,
you'll
get
lost
easily.
＝
You'll
get
lost
easily
unless
you
have
a
map.
＝
If
you
don't
have
a
map,
you'll
get
lost
easily.
除非你有一张地图，否则你容易迷路。
[考点精练]
24.
(2019?镇江)—
Is
your
WeChat
account(账户)
safe?
—
Yes,
even
my
father
can't
use
it
________
I
tell
him
the
password.
A.
when
B.
unless
C.
while
D.
if
25.
(2019?扬州树人中学三模)—
Could
you
give
me
some
advice
on
travelling?
—
Take
a
map
with
you
________
you
don't
have
a
guide.
A.
if
B.
unless
C.
although
D.
because
答案：
1.latest/up
to
date
2.A
3.C
4.direct
5.director
6.directly
7.
D
8.C
9.B
10.number
is
11.voted
12.announcement
13.will
be
announced
14.C
15.A
16.C
17.A
18.waste
19.is
wasted
20.C
21.C
22.A
23.A
24.B
25.A
【U7考点精讲】
考点1.
actress
n.
女演员(教材P94
Reading)
[知识精讲]
actress是由动词act变化而来。act作为动词，意为“表演，扮演”；
actor是名词，意为“演员(通常指男演员)”，
actress意为“女演员”。如：
Audrey
Hepburn
was
one
of
the
greatest
actresses
in
history.
奥黛丽·赫本是史上最伟大的女演员之一。
My
favourite
actor
is
Jackie
Chan.
He
has
acted
many
famous
characters.
我最喜欢的男演员是成龙。他扮演过许多著名的角色。
[考点精练]
1.
(2019?铜仁改编)Jackie
Chan
is
not
only
an
________(act)
but
also
a
singer.
2.
(2019·苏州)Everyone
should________(行动)
now
to
separate
rubbish
into
different
groups.
3.
—
Zhao
Liying,
who
played
in
Legend
of
Chu
Qiao,
says,
“As
an
________(act),
you
must
be
hardworking.”
—
She's
my
icon.
考点2.
mark
vt.
表明；标志(教材P94
Reading)
[知识精讲]
mark作动词，意为“表明；标志；做记号”；作名词，意为“记号；成绩；水平”。如：
This
speech
may
mark
a
change
in
government
policy.
这篇演讲可能标志着政府政策的变化。
[考点精练]
4.
Changes
of
price
in
the
1990s
________(标志)
the
beginning
of
the
fast
development
age
of
TV.
考点3.
beyond
prep.
超出，除……之外(教材P95
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①beyond作介词，意为“超过(时间)”。如：
Some
shops
keep
open
beyond
midnight.
有些商店营业到午夜以后。
②beyond还可意为“超出；多于(范围、水平、限度、能力等)；为……所不能及”。如：
His
bad
behaviour
is
beyond
a
joke.
他的不良行为超出了玩笑的范围。
③beyond作副词，意为“在……的另一边；在更远处”。如：
The
road
is
beyond
the
hill.
路在山的另一边。
[考点精练]
5.
The
exercise
was
too
difficult.
It
was
________
the
abilities
of
most
of
the
class.
6.
—
This
task
is
really
________
me.
—
Well,
if
you
can't
solve
it,
you
won't
get
paid.
A.
over
B.
under
C.
beyond
D.
below
7.
________
the
river
stood
a
power
station,
you
can
find
it
easily.
A.
In
B.
Far
C.
Beyond
D.
Under
考点
4.fell与feel(教材P101
Integrated
skills)
[知识精讲]
这两个词形似，但意思和用法完全不同。
①
fell
是fall的过去式，意为“落下；跌倒”。如：
An
apple
fell
to
the
ground.
一个苹果落到地上。
He
turned
over
in
bed,
and
fell
asleep
again.
他在床上翻了个身，接着又睡着了。
②
feel是系动词，意为“感觉”，过去式是felt。
feel
like
doing
sth.想要做某事。如：
I
suddenly
felt
a
sharp
pain
in
my
back.
我突然感到背部剧烈疼痛。
Do
you
feel
like
taking
a
walk?
你想不想去散步？
[考点精练]
8.
David
________
fast
asleep
while
he
was
watching
a
football
game.
A.
fall
B.
fell
C.
feel
D.
felt
9.
Ann
was
so
close
to
the
winner,
but
the
second
place
made
her
________
pretty
good
too.
A.
feel
B.
fell
C.
felt
D.
fall
10.
I
don't
feel
like
________
around
for
him
to
make
up
his
mind.
A.
waiting
B.
waited
C.
to
waiting
D.
waits
考点5.
On
20
January
1993,
she
passed
away
peacefully
in
her
sleep.
1993年1月20日她(赫本)在睡梦中安然辞世。(教材P95
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①pass
away，委婉语，意为“死去，去世”，一般用于指名人或伟人去世。如：
Our
great
Premier
Zhou
Enlai
passed
away,
but
he
is
still
alive
in
people's
hearts.
我们伟大的周恩来总理去世了，但他仍然活在人们的心中。
pass
away还可意为“消失；消逝”。如：
That
day
passed
away
pleasantly
as
we
talked
about
our
happy
childhood.
当我们谈论着快乐的童年时，那天愉快地过去了。
②
peacefully，副词，意为“安静地，宁静地；和平地”；形容词形式是peaceful，意为“和平的，安宁的”；名词形式是peace，意为“和平，安宁”。
如：
I
hope
you
can
solve
the
problem
peacefully.
我希望你们能和平地解决这个问题。
[考点精练]
11.
There
is
a
place
in
my
heart
where
all
nations
will
live
___________(peace)
some
day.
12.
—
Jack's
grandma
________
last
night
and
he
was
very
sad.
—
I'm
sorry
to
hear
that.
A.passed
by
B.
took
away
C.
put
away
D.
flew
away
13.
After
years
of
war,
the
people
in
the
country
are
thirsty
for
________.
A.
price
B.
noise
C.
peace
D.
course
14.
我们玩得非常开心，周末不知不觉就过去了。
___________________________________________
考点6.
Jackie
Chan
is
considered
by
many
people
as
a
superstar,
not
only
for
his
success
in
action
films
but
also
for
his
efforts
in
charity
work.
许多人认为成龙是个超级明星，不仅因为他在动作电影中的成功，还因为他在慈善工作方面的努力。(教材P105
Task)
[知识精讲]
consider意为“认为”，
consider
sb.
as
...意为“认为某人是……，把某人当作……”，被动语态是sb.
be
considered
as
...意为“某人被认为是……”。
拓展：
consider
还表示“考虑”，
consider
sth./doing
sth.意为“考虑某事/做某事”。
[考点精练]
15.
(2019?苏州常熟模拟改编)Why
not
________(考虑)moving
to
another
city
if
you
don't
like
being
here?
16.
Paul
has
found
a
new
job
and
is
___________(consider)
moving
to
a
new
flat
near
his
company.
17.
Stephen
Hawking
_____________(consider)
to
be
“the
greatest
scientist
in
history”，
along
with
Isaac
Newton
and
Albert
Einstein.
18.
You'd
better
consider
____________(cancel)
the
sports
meeting
because
of
the
awful
weather.
考点7.
although/though的用法(教材P98
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
although
相当于though，意为“尽管，虽然”，用来引导让步状语从句。它所引导的从句不能与并列连词but等连用，但可以和yet,
still等单词连用。如：
There
is
air
all
around
us,
although
we
cannot
see
it.
虽然我们看不见空气，但它却遍布在我们的周围。
考点精练1
19.
(2019?南京溧水二模)—
Are
you
satisfied
with
your
students'
performance
this
time?
—
Sure,
________
not
all
have
passed
the
exam.
A.
though
B.
if
C.
because
D.
since
考点8.
so
...that的用法(教材P99
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
①
so
...that
...意为“如此……以至于……”，引导结果状语从句，常可与too
...to以及not
...enough
to互换。如：
My
daughter
is
so
young
that
she
can't
dress
herself.
＝
My
daughter
is
too
young
to
dress
herself.
＝
My
daughter
isn't
old
enough
to
dress
herself.
我的女儿太小了以至于不能自己穿衣服。
②
so
...that的常用句型：
(1)
so
＋形容词/副词＋
that从句。如：
He
ran
so
quickly
that
we
all
couldn't
catch
up
with
him.
他跑得如此快，以至于我们都追不上他。
(2)
so
＋形容词＋
a/an
＋可数名词单数＋
that从句。如：
This
is
so
interesting
a
book
that
we
all
enjoy
reading
it.
这是一本如此有趣的书，以至于我们都喜欢读它。
(3)
so
＋
many/few
＋可数名词复数＋
that从句。如：
He
has
so
many
balls
that
I
can't
count
them.
他有如此多的球，以至于我数不清它们。
[考点精练]
20.
(2019?无锡锡山东亭片一模)—
Ted,
how
did
you
make
Father's
Day
special
for
your
father?
—
Oh,
we
had
________
and
made
a
crown
that
I
expressed
my
love
for
him.
A.
such
interesting
picnic
B.
so
interesting
a
picnic
C.
so
an
interesting
picnic
D.
such
interesting
a
picnic
21.
(2019?新疆生产建设兵团)The
story
is
________
interesting
________
everybody
likes
it
very
much.
A.
very;
that
B.
so;
that
C.
such;
that
D.
such;
because
22.
(2019?宿迁)Santaishan
Forest
Park
is
________
beautiful
that
it
has
become
a
hot
tourist
attraction.
A.
so
B.
very
C.
such
D.
quite
考点9.
such
...that的用法(教材P99
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
①
such
...that
...意为“如此……以至于……”，引导结果状语从句，
such后接名词或名词短语。如：
He
is
such
a
funny
boy
that
everyone
likes
him.
他是一个如此有趣的男孩，以至于大家都喜欢他。
②
such
...that的常用句型：
(1)
such
＋
a/an
＋形容词＋可数名词单数＋
that从句。如：
He
is
such
an
honest
man
that
we
all
believe
in
him
very
much.
他是一个如此诚实的人，以至于我们都很信任他。
(2)
such
＋形容词＋可数名词复数＋
that从句。
如：
There
are
such
interesting
storybooks
in
this
bookshop
that
it
is
filled
with
people
every
day.
这家书店有如此有趣的故事书，以至于每天都挤满了人。
(3)
such
＋形容词＋不可数名词＋
that从句。如：
He
has
made
such
great
progress
that
his
parents
are
very
pleased
with
him.
他取得了如此大的进步，以至于他的父母对他很满意。
③如果名词前有many,
much,
few,
little等单词修饰，则不用
such而用so。如：
There
are
so
many
beautiful
bikes
in
this
shop
that
I
can't
decide
which
one
to
buy.
这家店有如此多漂亮的自行车，以至于我不能决定买哪辆。
[考点精练]
23.
He
has
made
________
great
progress
________
his
mother
is
very
pleased
with
him.
A.
so;
that
B.
enough;
to
C.
so;
too
D.
such;
that
24.
—
________
fine
day
it
is
today!
—
Yes,
the
sunshine
is
________
beautiful
that
I'd
like
to
go
swimming
in
the
sea.
A.
How;
such
B.
What
a;
very
C.
How;
so
D.
What
a;
so
25.
The
camera
is
________
expensive
________
I
can't
afford
it.
A.
so;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
so;
as
to
D.
enough;
that
26.
Miss
Gao
asked
a
question,
but
it
was
________
that
nobody
could
answer
it.
A.
very
difficult
B.
too
difficult
C.
difficult
enough
D.
so
difficult
27.
To
my
surprise,
he
could
get
over
________
difficult
problems.
A.
so
many
B.
such
many
C.
so
few
D.
such
few
考点10.
so
that用法(教材P100
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
引导目的状语从句，表示“以便；为了”，从句中常使用can/could/may/might/will/would/should等情态动词或助动词；引导结果状语从句时，从句中一般不用can和may等词，在so
that前可以用逗号，意思是“因此；所以”。如：
We
will
come
at
eight
so
that
the
meeting
can
begin
earlier.
我们八点来，以便会议能提前点开始。
[考点精练]
28.
—
What
a
mess!
The
sharing
bikes
are
thrown
everywhere.
—
Let's
collect
and
put
them
in
the
right
place
________
they
can
be
used
conveniently.
A.
unless
B.
so
that
C.
because
D.
so
long
as
答案：
1.actor
2.act
3.actress
4.marked
5.beyond
6.
C
7.C
8.B
9.A
10.A
11.peacefully
12.A
13.C
14.We
had
so
much
fun
that
the
weekend
passed
away
before
we
realized
it.
15.consider
16.considering
17.is
considered
18.cancelling
19.A
20.B
21.B
22.A
23.D
24.D
25.
A
26.D
27.A
28.B
【U8考点精讲】
考点1.
truth
n.
事实，真相(教材P107
Welcome)
[知识精讲]
①
truth由形容词true变化而来。
speak/tell
the
truth说实话。如：
He
was
afraid
to
tell
her
the
truth.
他害怕告诉她真相。
To
tell
the
truth,
he
is
getting
on
really
well
with
his
classmates.
说实话，他与同学相处得真好。
②
true，形容词，意为“真实的”；
truly，副词，意为“真实地，真诚地”。
come
true
实现，成真。如：
This
is
a
true
story.
这是一个真实的故事。
He
knew
he
had
behaved
badly
and
he
seemed
truly
sorry.
他知道自己表现得差，并且似乎真的懊悔。
If
you
work
hard,
your
dream
will
come
true
one
day.
如果你努力工作，你的梦想总有一天能实现。
[考点精练]
1.
(2019·宿迁)—
Anna,
how
does
the
dress
look
on
me?
—
To
tell
you
the
________，
it
doesn't
fit
you
well.
A.
trade
B.
trust
C.
truth
D.
treat
2.
—
My
60yearold
grandpa
has
learned
to
chat
with
us
on
WeChat!
—Amazing!It's
________
never
too
late
to
start
doing
things.
A.
more
B.
only
C.
truly
D.
exactly
3.
—
Do
you
believe
that
humans
could
live
on
Mars?
—
I
don't
think
that
it
will
________．
A.
come
true
B.
come
on
C.
come
out
D.
come
in
考点2.
somewhere
adv.
在某处(教材P108
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①
somewhere作副词，经常用于肯定句中。如：
Little
Tom
must
be
somewhere
near
here.
小汤姆一定在这附近的某个地方。
②
somewhere还可以作代词，意为“某地”。如：
The
man
has
to
find
somewhere
to
live.
这个人不得不找个地方住。
③
当有形容词修饰somewhere,
anywhere或nowhere等不定副词时，形容词应该放在不定副词之后，如somewhere
else,
somewhere
quiet等。如：
My
grandparents
would
like
to
live
somewhere
quiet.
我的祖父母想住在某个清静的地方。
[考点精练]
4.
(2019·扬州一模)—
Where
is
my
watch?
I
can't
find
it.
—
Don't
worry.
It
must
be
________
in
your
room.
A.
somewhere
B.
anywhere
C.
everywhere
D.
nowhere
5.
(2019·泰州泰兴二模)—
Yesterday
afternoon,
I
left
my
key
________
in
the
shop
before
I
went
back
home.
—
What
a
strange
thing!
I
didn't
find
it
________
either.
A.
somewhere;
anywhere
B.
somewhere;
somewhere
C.
anywhere;
everywhere
D.
everywhere;
anywhere
考点3.
safety
n.
安全，保险(教材P116
Integrated
skills)
[知识精讲]
safety由safe变化而来，
safe作形容词，意为“安全的；安然无恙的”；
safe作名词，意为“保险箱”；
safely，副词，意为“安全地，平安地；稳定地”。如：
It
is
not
safe
to
drive
like
that.
You
must
slow
down.
那样开车是不安全的。你必须减速。
Please
put
the
money
in
the
hotel
safe
for
safety.
为安全起见，请把钱放到宾馆的保险箱里。
The
pilot
landed
the
plane
safely.
飞行员安全降落飞机。
[考点精练]
6.
(2019?荆门)Nowadays,
the
education
of
________(safe)
has
caught
the
attention
of
the
whole
society.
7.
The
policemen
are
working
hard
to
make
the
town
a
________(安全的)
place.
8.
(2019?辽阳)Although
our
plane
met
with
a
storm,
it
landed
________．
A.
safely
B.
suddenly
C.
secretly
D.
heavily
考点4.
bleed与blood(教材P108
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①
bleed作动词，意为“流血”，过去式和过去分词是bled，现在分词是bleeding。bleed
to
death
意为“流血致死”。如：
His
nose
bled
badly.
他的鼻子流血很多。
She
slowly
beld
to
death.
她慢慢地失血死去。
②
blood是不可数名词，没有复数形式，其本意为“血，血液”，也指无脊椎低等动物体中相当于血液的体液；还可引申为“血统，亲属，血气，脾气”。如：
Your
blood
pressure
is
only
a
little
high.
你的血压只是稍微高一点儿。
[考点精练]
9.
If
a
person
loses
a
lot
of
________，
he
will
become
ill
and
may
die.
________
is
very
important.
A.
blood;
Bleed
B.
bleed;
Blood
C.
blood;
Blood
D.
bleed;
Bleed
10.
When
you
cut
your
skin,
you
________.
Some
people
even
drank
a
lot
of
________
to
make
them
strong!
A.
bleed;
blood
B.
blood;
bloods
C.
bleed;
bloods
D.
bleed;
bleed
考点5.
“He
was
charged
with
breaking
into
several
computer
systems
over
the
last
year，”
said
Detective
Lu.
陆警探说：“他被指控在过去一年中闯入数个电脑系统。”
(教材P109
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①
be
charged
with意为“被指控”，其主动语态为charge
sb.
with
...，意为“指控某人……”。如：
The
police
charged
him
with
murder.
警方指控他有谋杀罪。
②
break
into意为“闯入；侵入；强行进入”，后带宾语。如：
Someone
broke
into
the
shop
and
took
everything
of
value.
有人闯进了商店，把所有值钱的东西都拿走了。
break
out
突然开始；爆发 break
up
打碎；分裂
break
down
发生故障 break
the
record
打破纪录
[考点精练]
11.
The
young
man
will
________
breaking
into
that
bank.
A.be
pleased
to
B.
be
sent
to
C.
be
charged
with D.
be
attacked
with
12.
Yesterday,
the
robbers
________
his
house
and
took
away
a
lot
of
money.
A.
broke
B.
broke
down
C.
broke
out
D.
broke
into
13.
—
What
shall
we
buy
for
Lucy
as
a
present?
—
Let's
buy
a
new
bike
for
her.
Her
bike
________
from
time
to
time
after
all.
A.
broke
down
B.
broke
into
C.
broke
D.
broke
up
考点6.
...it
turned
out
that
he
had
nothing
to
do
with
this
case.
……结果证明他跟这次案件无关。(教材P114
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
turn
out意为“原来是，结果是”。
have
nothing
to
do
with意为“与……无关”；
have
something
to
do
with
意为“与……有关”。
You
must
have
something
to
do
with
the
case,
or
the
police
won't
ask
you
so
many
questions.
你一定和这起案件有关，否则警方不会问你这么多问题。
If
the
day
turns
out
wet,
we
may
have
to
change
our
plans.
如果那天下雨的话，我们可能得改变计划。
[考点精练]
14.
If
the
weather
________
to
be
rainy,
we
may
have
to
cancel
the
sports
meeting.
A.
runs
out
B.
breaks
out
C.
finds
out
D.
turns
out
考点7.
定语从句(教材P112
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
在英语中修饰名词或代词的句子叫作定语从句。定语从句通常由关系代词或关系副词引导，它们在定语从句中充当一定的成分，常见的引导定语从句的关系代词有who,
which,
that等。
①当先行词指人时，关系代词可以用that或who。如：
The
girl
that/who
is
behind
the
tree
is
Kate.
树后面的那个女孩是凯特。
I
helped
an
old
man
that/who
lost
his
way
yesterday.
昨天我帮助了一位迷路的老人。
②
当先行词指物时，关系代词可以用that或which。如：
He
bought
a
new
TV
set
that/which
was
made
in
Japan.
他买了一台日本制造的新电视机。
—
Where's
the
letter
that
came
yesterday?昨天来的信在哪儿？
—
On
the
table.在桌子上。
③
在一些特殊情况下，定语从句只能由that引导。
(1)
当先行词为不定代词时，定语从句由that引导。如：
There
is
something
that
is
making
a
lot
of
noise
over
there.
那儿有某个正发出很多噪音的东西。
(2)
当先行词被形容词最高级修饰时，定语从句由that引导。如：
This
is
the
most
exciting
film
that
I
have
ever
seen.
这是我看过的最令人激动的电影。
—
You
are
the
most
generous
person
that
I've
ever
met.
你是我见过的最慷慨的人。
—
Thank
you
for
being
so
sweet.
谢谢你这么贴心。
(3)
当先行词被序数词或the
last修饰时，定语从句由that引导。如：
He
caught
the
first
bus
that
starts
at
5：30
every
morning.
他赶上了每天早上五点半发车的首班公交车。
Tom
is
always
the
last
student
to
get
to
school
because
his
home
is
too
far
away
from
his
school.汤姆总是最后一个到校的学生，因为他家离学校太远了。
(4)
当先行词被the
only,
the
very,
the
same修饰时，定语从句由that引导。如：
The
only
book
that
explains
how
the
Internet
works
was
bought
by
John.
唯一的一本解释因特网是如何运作的书被约翰买走了。
He
was
the
only
person
that
I
knew.
他是我唯一认识的人。
(5)
当先行词是由两个并列的既有人又有物的词构成时，定语从句由that引导。如：
The
person
and
the
bike
that
they
are
looking
for
are
behind
the
building.
他们正在找的人和自行车在这幢楼后面。
(6)
当先行词被all,
little,
much,
no,
none等词修饰时，定语从句由that引导。如：
I
lost
all
the
money
that
my
father
had
given
to
me.
我把我父亲给我的所有钱都弄丢了。
[考点精练]
15.
I
like
teachers
who
________(be)
always
friendly,
helpful
and
fair
to
each
student.
16.
(2019?天水)—
Have
you
seen
the
film
The
Wandering
Earth(《流浪地球》)?
—
Yes.
It's
the
best
one
________
I
have
ever
seen.
A.
that
B.
which
C.
what
D.
it
17.
(2019?达州)—
Frank,
look!
Who
are
the
children
under
the
tree
________
waiting
in
line?
—
They
are
the
students
from
No.1
Primary
School.
A.
that
are
B.
where
are
C.
which
is
D.
who
is
18.
(2019?滨州)—
Do
you
know
the
man
________
spoke
at
the
meeting
just
now?
—
No,
I
don't
know.
A.
what
B.
who
C.
which
D.
whose
19.
(2019?河南)—
Do
you
know
the
boy
over
there?
—
The
one
________
is
holding
a
ball?
Oh,
that's
my
neighbour
Phil.
A.
what
B.
which
C.
who
D.
/
20.
(2019?鄂州)—
Do
you
like
the
weekly
talk
show
The
Readers
on
CCTV?
—
Sure.
It's
a
great
TV
programme
________
can
develop
the
habit
of
reading.
A.
who
B.
that
C.
what
D.
whose
21.
(2019?随州)—
What
kind
of
movies
do
you
like?
—
I
prefer
movies
________
give
me
something
to
think
about.
A.
which
B.
who
C.
what
D.
when
22.
(2019?淮安)The
charities
have
helped
more
children
with
the
money
________
people
raise.
A.
who
B.
what
C.
where
D.
which
答案：
1.C
2.C
3.A
4.A
5.A
6.safety
7.safe
8.A
9.C
10.A
11.C
12.D
13.A
14.D
15.are
16.A
17.A
18.B
19.C
20、B
21.A
22.D
能力实践
【19-20园区期末真题】
二、英语知识应用(共20
小题;每小题1分，满分20分)
A)单项选择(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并将选项填写在答题卷相应的位置上。
21.
John's
uncle
is
IT
engineer,
and
he
usually
develops
a
new
type
of
software
every
few
months.
A.
the;
a
B.
an;
a
C.
a;/
D.
an;
/
22.
I
could
control
my
feelings
at
the
moment.
The
song
brought
back
so
many
memories.
A.
really
B.
hardly
C.
nearly
D.
clearly
23.
We
may
meet
difficulties
in
the
future,
but
we
should
be
confident
enough
to
any
challenge.
A.
put
on
B.
get
on
C.
try
on
D.
take
on
24.
I
really
enjoyed
his
speech,
there
were
some
parts
I
didn't
quite
understand.
A.
because
B.
since
C.
though
D.
otherwise
25.―My
computer
works
much
more
slowly
these
days.
―Maybe
it
has
caught
a
virus.
The
computer
requires
regularly.
A.
checking
B.
to
check
C.
check
D.
checked
26.―I'm
stressed
from
time
to
time.
Could
you
give
me
some
advice?
―
sharing
your
worries
with
your
parents?
A.
How
about
B.
Why
don't
you
C.
Will
you
D.
Would
you
like
27.―Would
you
like
to
play
tennis
with
me
it
doesn't
rain
tomorrow?
―Sure,
I
am
busy.
A.
if;
since
B.
whether;
but
C.
if;
unless
D.
because;
until
28.―I
don't
know
why
he
left
without
any
words
this
morning.
―Maybe
he
had
something
important
to
do.
A.
in
a
moment
B.
in
a
hurry
C.
in
a
way
D.
in
a
sense
29.―What
did
your
father
say
to
you
just
now?
―He
asked
me
.
A.
that
I
would
like
to
see
a
movie
B.
where
I
will
spend
my
winter
holiday
C.
whether
I
enjoyed
myself
at
the
party
D.
when
did
I
attend
the
graduation
party
30.―Are
you
going
to
try
out
for
the
host
of
the
English
party?
―
?It's
such
a
good
chance
to
practise
my
English.
A.
What's
up
B.
Why
not
C.
What's
wrong
D.
Why
me
B)完形填空(共10
小题:每小题1分，满分10分)
先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A,
B,
C,
D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并将选项填写在答题卷相应的位置上。
What
inspires(鼓舞)you
to
work
hard?
Having
your
own
goals
is
31
.
Good
sleep
also
helps.
But
32
it
turns
out,
having
a
plant
on
your
desk
can
improve
your
work
as
well.
Mike
Robinson,
an
engineer
from
Canada,
owns
his
own
small
company.
One
day,
his
wife
33
picking
out
some
plants
and
putting
them
on
his
workers'
desks.
Robinson
34
the
idea
at
first.
What
good
would
plants
do?
He
thought
they
might
even
be
distracting(让人分心的).
But
he
decided
to
try
out
the
35
.
First,
Robinson
bought
20
plants
for
his
workers.
He
asked
each
worker
to
make
a
small
sign
that
said
"My
name
is
……"
and
write
their
own
name
36
the
sign.
Then,
they
put
the
sign
on
the
plant
they
chose
and
took
it
back
to
their
desk.
To
37
surprise,
Robinson
found
that
his
workers
were
working
much
harder
and
getting
along
much
better
than
before.
It
could
be
because
his
workers
formed
"
38
"
with
their
plants.
They
would
take
good
care
of
them,
and
in
turn,
take
39
care
with
their
work.
Plants
can
help
to
40
a
relaxed
atmosphere(氛围)as
well.
What
about
your
classroom?
If
not,
you
might
want
to
ask
your
teacher
about
this.
It
could
be
a
nice
way
to
make
your
classroom
more
lively
and
get
to
know
your
classmates
even
better.
31
.A.
difficult
B.
important
C.
romantic
D.
traditional
32.
A.
as
B.
before
C.
after
D.
until
33.
A.
avoided
B.
canceled
C.
risked
D.
suggested
34.
A.
accepted
B.
doubted
C.
encouraged
D.
praised
35.
A.
research
B.
plant
C.
idea
D.
talent
36.
A.
on
B.
in
C.
off
D.
under
37.
A.
their
B.
her
C.
his
D.
my
38.
A.
achievements
B.
friendships
C.
influences
D.
promises
39.
A.
little
B.
less
C.
many
D.
more
40.
A,
admire
B.
balance
C.
create
D.
discover
三、阅读理解(共12小题;每小题2分，满分24分)
阅读下列短文。从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，并将选项填写在答题卷相应的位置上。
A
The
Fisherman
climbs
down
the
mountain.
"Don't
send
me
away.
Please,
don't
send
me
away!"
the
Fisherman's
Soul
calls
to
him.
"You
are
not
important
to
me,"
says
the
Fisherman.
"Go
away.
Go
where
you
want.
My
love
is
calling
me."
The
Fisherman
arrives
at
the
seashore(海岸).
He
stands
with
his
back
to
the
moon.
He
looks
at
the
sea.
White
arms
are
calling
him.
His
shadow(影子)lies
before
him.
His
shadow
is
the
body
of
his
soul.
"Send
me
away
with
your
heart,"
the
Soul
speaks
again.
"How
can
I
love
my
Mermaid
with
no
heart?"
replies
the
Fisherman.
"Be
kind,"
says
the
Soul.
"Give
me
your
heart."
"My
heart
is
for
my
Mermaid.
Go!"
"Can
I
not
also
love?"
the
Soul
tries
again.
"Go!
You
are
not
important
to
me,"
cries
the
Fisherman.
He
takes
the
little
knife
and
he
cuts
his
shadow
away
from
his
feet.
The
shadow
rises
and
stands
before
him.
The
shadow
is
the
same
size
as
the
Fisherman.
"Go!"
says
the
Fisherman.
"I
don't
want
to
see
you
again."
"No,"
replies
the
Soul.
"I
want
to
meet
you
again:'
"How?"
asks
the
Fisherman.
"You
cannot
follow
me
under
the
sea."
"Every
year
I
can
come
back
to
this
place,"
says
the
Soul.
"I
can
call
you
and
you
can
come."
"OK,"
replies
the
Fisherman.
"I
can
come."
The
Fisherman
jumps
into
the
water.
The
Tritons
blow
their
horns(号角)and
the
little
Mermaid
comes
to
meet
him.
She
kisses
him.
They
go
down
under
the
water.
The
Soul
watches
on
the
beach.
He
is
all
alone.
41.
The
underlined
phrase
"White
arms"
refers
to(指的是)
.
A.
the
big
fish
B.
the
little
Mermaid
C.
the
sad
soul
D.
the
peaceful
sea
42.
How
does
the
Fisherman
send
his
soul
away?
A.
He
puts
it
away
carefully.
B.
He
breaks
it
into
pieces.
C.
He
cuts
it
away
from
his
body.
D.
He
leaves
it
behind.
43.
Which
of
the
followings
can't
we
infer(推断)from
the
passage?
A.
The
Tritons
don't
like
the
Soul
to
meet
the
little
Mermaid.
B.
The
Fisherman's
heart
is
also
important
to
the
Soul.
C.
The
Soul
is
as
big
as
the
Fisherman.
D.
The
Soul
can
still
see
the
Fisherman
again.
44.
What
does
the
passage
mainly
talk
about?
A.
The
Soul
wants
to
get
away
from
the
Fisherman.
B.
The
Soul
tries
to
come
back
to
the
Fisherman.
C.
The
Fisherman
and
the
Mermaid
get
together.
D.
The
Fisherman
sends
his
soul
away.
C
We
often
reach
a
point
in
our
life
when
we
should
be
ready
for
change
that
will
help
us
unlock
our
self-improvement
power.
However,
there's
always
something
staring
at(凝视)us
right
under
our
nose
but
we
don't
see
it.
The
only
time
we
think
of
unlocking
our
self-improvement
power
is
when
everything
gets
worst.
When
do
we
realize
that
we
need
to
change
diets?
When
none
of
our
shirts
and
jeans
would
fit
us.
When
do
we
stop
eating
candies
and
chocolates?
When
all
of
our
teeth
have
fallen
off
When
do
we
realize
that
we
need
to
stop
smoking?
When
our
lungs(肺)have
gone
bad.
We
see
the
warning
signs
and
signals
when
things
get
rough
and
difficult.
The
only
time
most
of
us
ever
learn
about
unlocking
our
self-improvement
power
is
when
the
whole
world
is
falling
apart.
We
think
and
feel
this
way
because
it
is
not
easy
to
change,
but
change
becomes
more
painful(疼痛的)when
we
don't
notice
it.
Change
will
happen,
like
it
or
hate
it.
At
one
point
or
another,
we
are
all
going
to
finally
unlock
our
self-improvement
power
not
because
the
world
says
so,
but
because
we
realize
it's
for
our
own
good.
Happy
people
don't
just
accept
change;
they
embrace(拥抱)it.
Unlocking
our
self-improvement
power
means
unlocking
ourselves
out
of
the
box
of
thought
that
is
just
the
way
we
are.
It
is
such
a
poor
excuse
for
people
who
fear
change.
Jane
always
tells
everyone
that
she
doesn't
have
the
courage
to
be
around
groups
of
people.
She
heard
her
family
tell
the
same
things
about
her
to
other
people.
Over
the
years,
that
is
what
Jane
has
believed.
Every
time
a
great
crowd
come,
she
steps
back
and
locks
herself
up
in
a
room.
Jane
not
only
believes
in
her
story,
but
lives
it!
Self-improvement
may
not
be
everybody's
favorite
word,
but
if
we
look
at
things
in
a
different
way,
we
might
have
greater
chances
of
enjoying
the
whole
process(过程)instead
of
counting
the
days
until
we
are
fully
improved.
Three
sessions
in
a
week
at
the
gym
would
result
in
a
healthier
life.
Reading
books
every
day
would
build
up
knowledge.
And
only
when
we
are
enjoying
the
whole
process
of
unlocking
our
self-improvement
power
will
we
realize
that
we're
beginning
to
take
things
light
and
become
happy.
49.
The
writer
mentions
the
three
questions
in
Paragraph
2
to
show
that
.
A.
we
learn
our
lessons
when
we
experience
pain
B.
we
are
grateful
for
the
problems
we
meet
C.
life
fails
us
when
we
get
into
the
wrong
way
D.
life
is
a
long
journey
full
of
ups
and
downs
50.
What
is
the
key
to
solving
Jane's
problem?
A.
She
needs
to
remember
why
she
started.
B.
She
has
to
know
how
to
get
on
with
people.
C.
She
has
to
realize
she
is
not
what
she
is
in
her
story.
D.
She
needs
to
understand
the
importance
of
confidence.
51
.The
writer
probably
agrees
that
.
A.
the
world
tells
us
how
to
improve
ourselves
B.
people
change
when
they
find
it
easy
to
do
that
C.
welcoming
change
in
life
is
a
drive
to
become
better
D.
enjoying
the
process
of
self-improvement
makes
life
harder
52.
Which
of
the
following
would
be
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A.
Is
it
important
to
take
things
light?
B.
To
hold
on
to
the
last
moment
or
to
give
up?
C.
Is
it
necessary
to
embrace
challenges?
D.
To
free
ourselves
out
of
the
box
or
to
stay
in
it?
五、单词拼写(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或上下文语境，在答题卷上标有题号的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。每空只写一词。
58.
It
was
only
an
hour
later
that
he
discovered
his
(枪)was
missing.
59.
It
is
important
to
keep
(镇静的)when
you
are
in
danger.
60.
The
list
of
the
(获胜者)will
be
announced
tomorrow.
61.
Her
novels
are
very
(高度)praised.
62.
Not
only
Jack
but
also
his
brother
(致力于)their
energies
to
writing
films.
63.
You
are
so
lazy!
This
is
the
(不整洁的)room
I
have
ever
seen.
64.
Audrey
Hepburn
was
(误认为)
for
a
real
princess.
65.―She
likes
reading
books
and
her
classmates
call
her
a
bookworm.
―Don't
at
her.
She
is
just
hard-working.
66.―I
failed
the
English
exam
again.
―Don't
worry.
You
can
achieve
success
your
effort.
67.―What
do
you
think
of
David?
―He
is
shy
and
quiet.
He
loves
sitting
in
the
comer
in
.
六、句子翻译(共5
小题;每小题3分，满分15分)
将下列句子译成英语，并写在答题卷标有题号的横线上。
68.他因他的音乐闻名于世。
_________________________________________________
69.我们别无选择只能严格要求自己。
_________________________________________________
70.王老师建议他们不要过于关注细节。
_________________________________________________
71.她宁愿玩手机也不愿跟父母交流。
_________________________________________________
72.上学期我表弟学习不太努力，以至于他的德语没有进步。
_________________________________________________
七、阅读表达(共3小题:满分6分)
阅读下面的短文并用英语问答问题，并将答案写在答题卷上标有题号的横线上。
When
you
want
to
spend
time
with
your
friends,
what
do
you
do?
You
can
go
to
a
movie,
go
shopping
or
go
to
a
coffee
shop
and
talk.
But
there
is
another
choice.
You
can
go
to
a
board
game
cafe!
These
places
have
many
board
games.
You
can
choose
one
that
you
want
to
play.
And
most
board
game
cafes
serve(提供)food
and
drinks.
You
can
enjoy
them
while
you
play
the
game.
Two
people
can
play
some
board
games,
such
as
checkers(西洋棋)or
chess.
Players
take
turns
moving
game
pieces
across
a
board.
They
must
capture(夺取)the
other
player's
pieces
to
win
the
game.
These
games
take
a
lot
of
thinking
and
skill.
Other
games
have
more
players
and
are
less
about
skill
and
more
about
luck.
These
games
usually
have
a
die(骰子)that
players
roll.
The
die
tells
the
player
how
many
spaces
they
can
move.
Each
player
moves
their
piece
around
the
board.
In
many
games,
the
first
player
to
get
to
the
finish
wins.
If
you
want
to
be
a
good
board
game
player,
learn
the
goal
of
the
game.
Is
it
to
earn
the
most
money?
Is
it
to
solve
a
mystery?
is
it
just
to
finish
the
game
first?
Whatever
the
goal
is,
work
out
the
best
and
fastest
way
to
reach
that
goal.
Then
you
can
win
the
game,
if
you're
lucky!
73.
Where
can
you
play
board
games
according
to
the
passage?
(1分)
_________________________________________________
74.
How
can
you
be
a
good
board
game
player?
(2分)
_________________________________________________
75.
Would
you
like
to
play
board
games?
Why
or
why
not?
(3分)
_________________________________________________
参考答案
二、英语知识应用(共20
小题;每小题1分，满分20分)
A)单项选择(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分)
21-25
DBDCA
26-30
ACBCB
B)完形填空(共10
小题:每小题1分，满分10分)
31-35
BBDBC
36-40
ACCDC
三、阅读理解(共12小题;每小题2分，满分24分)
A)41-44
DCAD
C)
49-52
ACCD
五、单词拼写(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分)
58.
gun
59.
calm
60.
winners
61.
highly
62.
devotes
63.
untidiest
64.
mistaken
65.
laugh
66.
with
67.
silence
六、句子翻译(共5
小题;每小题3分，满分15分)
将下列句子译成英语，并写在答题卷标有题号的横线上。
68.
He
is
famous
for
his
music.
69.
We
have
no
choice
but
to
be
strict
with
ourselves.
70.
Mr.
Wang
advised
them
not
to
pay
too
much
attention
to
detail.
71.
She
would
rather
play
with
her
cell
phone
than
communicate
with
her
parents.
72.
My
cousin
didn't
study
very
hard
last
term,
so
much
so
that
his
German
didn't
make
progress.
七、阅读表达(共3小题:满分6分)
73.
In
a
board
game
café.
74.
Learn
the
goal
of
the
game.
Work
out
the
best
and
fastest
way
to
reach
that
goal.
75.
略。言之有理即可。
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
6
TV
programmes（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.Both
of
the
twins
are
(迷)
of
the
football
player
Messi.?
2.Tomorrow’s
football
match
will
be
covered
(现场).I
must
watch
it.?
3.Many
people
like
the
films
that
are
(导演)
by
Zhang
Yimou
in
China.?
4.(山东济宁中考改编)China
is
the
biggest
country
in
(亚洲).?
5.If
you
know
the
answer,please
send
text
(信息)
to
me.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给单词或短语的适当形式填空
get
scared,
wealth,
horror
film,
come,
late,
cover
1.Here
is
a
round-up
of
the
news.?
2.I
have
to
get
ready
for
the
exams.?
3.It
is
not
good
to
watch
.So
I
never
watch
them.?
4.A
businessman
was
killed
last
night.?
5.They
when
they
heard
strange
sounds
last
night
in
the
neighbourhood.?
6.CCTV
News
all
the
major
news
around
the
world
every
day.?
兴趣起航
What
type
of
TV
programmes
do
you
like
?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】条件状语从句
1、if引导的条件状语从句
（1）意思：“如果;假如”,表示在某种条件下某事很可能发生。
（2）位置：if引导的条件状语从句可放在主句之前,这时要用逗号把从句和主句隔开；但当主句在前,从句在后时,则不需用逗号隔开。
（3）时态：
①主将从现
（主句为一般将来时,从句为一般现在时）；
Eg.
If
it
doesn’t
rain
tomorrow,
we’ll
go
to
the
Great
Wall.
明天如果不下雨，我们就去长城。
②主句含有情态动词
（must、may、can
etc.）从句为一般现在时；
Eg.
You
must
see
the
doctor
if
you
are
ill.如果你生病了，你必须去看医生。
注：其实这也是主将从现，仔细思考一下，如果你生病了，你必须去看医生。你看医生是什么时候的事，如果有一天生病了才去看，实际上是不是将来时？
③主句为祈使句,从句要用一般现在时态；
Eg.
If
you
want
to
go
skating,
wear
warm
clothes.
如果你想去溜冰，穿上暖和的衣服。
注：其实这也是主将从现。祈使句的时态实际上是一般将来时，祈使句的主语实际上是you。举个最简单的例子。学生进老师办公室之前，敲门。老师说come
in。翻译成汉语是：你可以进来了。祈使句实际意义上的主语是你。学生在老师说了这句话之后才发生了come
in这个动作。所以祈使句是一般将来时。
④主句是一般现在时，从句要用一般现在时。
A.在表示一个客观事实或经常性有规律性的事实的条件度状语从句中问，主句与从句都用一般现在时。
Eg.
If
you
step
on
a
snake,
it
attacks
you.如果你踩蛇身上了，它就会攻击你。
If
tigers
live
in
the
wild
,they
hunt
for
their
own
food.如果老虎在野外生活，他们会自己打猎。
B.在表示预测条件状语从句中，主句与从句都用一般现在时。
Eg.
If
I
don’t
have
food,
I
die.如果我不吃东西，我会死。
[注意]
（1）在if引导的条件状语从句中，当主句是一般将来时时，不能使用be
going
to结构，而要用will。
Eg.
If
you
fail
in
the
exam,you
will
let
him
down.如果你考试不及格，你会让他失望的。
（2）在if引导的条件状语从句中不能使用some，而要用any。
Eg.
If
you
have
any
questions
to
ask,
please
come
to
my
office.
如果你有问题要问的话，请到我办公室来。
（3）同义句转换
if引导的条件状语从句可转换成简单句，其方法如下：
①借助“祈使句+and/
or+简单句”结构。其中and表示句意顺承，or表示句意转折。
Eg.
Study
hard
and
you
will
pass
the
exam.
=If
you
study
hard,
you
will
pass
the
exam. （如果你努力学习，你就会通过考试。）
If
you
don’t
hurry
up,
you’ll
be
late.
=
Hurry
up,
or
you’ll
be
late.
（如果你不快点，你将会迟到。）
②借助介词with
或without来转换。
Eg.
If
you
help
me,
I’ll
finish
my
job
soon.
=With
your
help,
I’ll
finish
my
job
soon.（如果你帮我，我将很快完成我的工作。）
If
there
is
no
water,
fish
may
die.
=
Fish
may
die
without
water.（如果没有水，鱼可能会死。）
[拓展]if引导宾语从句，译为“是否”。
[辨析]如何区分if引导的是什么从句？
我们先看两个例句：
①If
you
drive
too
fast
,you
may
have
an
accident.如果你车开的太快，你可能会出车祸。
②Lucy
asked
if
they
had
a
cotton
sweater.
露西问他们是否有棉制的毛衣。
我们把这两个句子中的if从句去掉。
第一句变成：You
may
have
an
accident.你可能会出车祸，这是一个完整的句子。
第二句变成：Lucy
asked...露西问，露西问啥啦？很明显，这个句子不完整，它缺少问的内容。
所以区分if引导的两种从句的关键就是将if引导的从句去掉后，看主句完不完整，也就是说这个句子满不满足简单句的五种句型中的一种。
因为状语从句是修饰成分，去掉后不影响主句的完整，而宾语从句是主句中谓语动词或者介词的宾语，去掉后主句就没了宾语。
我们再看两个例子：
①I
wonder
if
they
will
come
to
our
party.
我想知道他们是否会来我们的聚会。
把后面的if从句去掉，很显然wonder后面缺少宾语，所以if引导的是一个宾语从句。
②If
you
ask
him,
he
will
help
you.
假如你向他请求，他会帮助你。
把if引导的从句去掉：He
will
help
you.这是一个主谓宾结构的简单句，句子的主要成分都有，所以if引导的是一个条件状语从句。
[典型例题]
1.—
Can
I
stay
at
home
tomorrow?
—Yes,
you
can
if
it_____.
A.
will
snow
B.
is
going
to
snow
C.
snows
D.
snowed
2.I
don’t
know
if
he
_____
this
afternoon.
But
if
he
_____,
I
will
tell
you.
A.
will
come;
will
do;
B.
comes;
will
do
C.
will
come;
does
D.
comes;
does
2、unless引导的条件状语从句
unless，意为，“除非;如果不”,相当于if...not，位置与用法基本与if一致。
Eg.
I?won't?go?to?the?party?unless?I?am?invited.?
=I?won't?go?to?the?party?if?I?am?not?invited.?（如果没有人邀请我，我是不会去参加聚会的。）
[注意]如果表示“A事物发生是因为B事物没有发生”，我们一般只能用if
not。例如：
I'll
be
glad
if
she
doesn't
come
to
my
birthday
party
this
evening.(
√
)
I'll
be
glad
unless
she
comes
to
my
birthday
party
this
evening..(
×
)
3、补充：as
long
as引导的条件状语从句
as
long
as，意为，“只要”，位置与用法基本与if一致
Eg.
As
long
as
you
have
your
health,
nothing
else
matters.
只要身体健康，其他任何事都无关紧要。
We'll
go
as
long
as
the
weather
is
good.
只要天气好我们就去。
[经典例题]
1.Do
you
know
_______
there
are
a
few
boys
_______
the
flowers
in
the
garden?
A.
if;
to
water
B.
if;
water
C.
that;
are
watering
D.
that;
watering
2.____
the
weather
report
says
it's
going
to
rain,
you
will
not
have
to
take
an
umbrella
with
you.
A.
When
B.
If
C.
Unless
D.
As
3.—Let's
go
to
visit
grandparents
if
it
____
this
weekend.
—But
nobody
knows
if
it
____.
A.
is
fine;
will
rain
B.
will
be
rain;
rains
C.
will
be
fine;
will
rain
D.
is
fine;
rains
4._______
you
chat
with
native
speakers
often,
your
spoken
English
will
improve.
A.Whether
B.If
C.Though
D.While
5.He
is
sure
to
come
to
the
party
________
something
unexpected
happens.
A.
if
B.
unless
C.
since
D.
that
6.If
you
___________
careful
enough,
you
may
finish
up
seriously
ill.
A.
don’t
B.
don’t
be
C.
aren’t
D.
won’t
be
7.—Shall
we
go
to
Hong
Kong
Disneyland
this
afternoon?
—We’ll
go
there
if
it
____________.
I
hate
the
rain.
A.
stops
raining
B.
stops
to
rain
C.
will
stop
raining
D.
will
stop
to
rain
8.In
the
bookshop,
a
reader
asked
the
shopper
___________
Le
Petit
Prince
was
worth
reading.
A.
that
B.
if
C.
what
D.
how
9.I
really
don’t
know
if
my
mother
___________
it
when
she
___________.
A.
finds;
arrives
B.
finds;
will
arrive
C.
will
find;
will
arrive
D.
will
find;
arrives
10.—May
I
go
climbing
with
my
friends
tomorrow,
mom?
—Of
course,
if
your
homework
_______
by
then.
A.
will
be
finished
B.
finish
C.
will
finish
D.
is
finished
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
&Task
【知识梳理1】I
found
that
they
are
different
from
each
other.(P88)
我发现他们各不相同。
each
other，意为“互相；彼此”。同义短语one
another
Eg.
We
must
all
try
and
help
each
other.
我们都必须努力互相帮助。
【知识梳理2】She
does
not
like
programmes
about
cooking.
She
thinks
they
are
rather
boring.
(P88)
她不喜欢烹饪节目，她认为它们相当无聊。
rather，副词，意为“相当”（可以修饰形容词、副词的原级、比较级等）
Eg.
It
was
a
rather
difficult
question.
这是个相当难的问题。
【知识梳理3】Watching?TV?ads?is?just?a?waste?of?time.(P88)看电视广告只是浪费时间。
waste，名词，意为“浪费”。常用搭配：a
waste
of
time，浪费时间；a
waste
of
money，浪费金钱。
Eg.
His
death
was
a
senseless
waste
of
life.
他白浪费了性命，死得毫无意义。
[拓展]
（1）waste
，动词，意为“浪费”。
Eg.
Promise
me
you
will
not
waste
your
time.
向我承诺你不会浪费你的时间。
（2）waste
，形容词，意为“无用的；废弃的”。
Eg.
What
shall
we
do
with
the
waste
paper?
我们应该怎么处理这些废纸？
[经典例题]
1.—
Shall
we
watch
the
movie
Tiny
Times
together?
—_________.
They
will
kill
me.
A.They
are
worth
watching
B.It’s
a
waste
of
time
B.I’d
rather
watch
some
D.
I
am
a
fan
of
TV
dramas
2.Every
year
a
lot
of
food
______
around
the
world
while
many
people
don't
have
enough
food
to
eat
every
day.
A.
was
wasted
B.
is
wasted
C.
wasted
D.
will
be
wasted
3.What
a_________to
order
so
much
food
for
us
two!?
A.dream
B.trouble
C.problem
D.waste
【知识梳理4】Popular
poet
passes
away.(P89)深欢迎的诗人去世了。
pass
away，意为“去世，亡故”，是死亡的婉转说法。
Eg.
His
mother
passed
away
last
year.
他母亲去年去世了。
[拓展]与pass有关的短语
pass
by
经过
pass
on
传递
[经典例题]
1.Jin
Yong,
one
of
the
most
best
Chinese
novelists,
_______on
30th
October,
setting
off
a
great
wave
of
reviewing
of
his
classics.
A.passed
away
in
B.past
away
in
C.passed
away
on
D.past
away
on
【知识梳理5】The?twins?saw?three?men
in?police?uniforms?coming?out?of?the
building?with?guns?in?their?hands.??（P90）
双胞胎压看到三个穿着警察制服的人出了大楼，手里拿着枪。
with?guns?in?their?hands是“with+宾语+宾语补足语”的复合结构，表示一种伴随的状态。
介词with或without+复合结构构成：
复合结构作介词with或without的复合宾语
复合宾语中第一部分宾语由名词或代词充当
第二部分补足语由形容词、副词、介词短语或非谓语动词充当
常见的with或without+复合结构：
（1）with或without+名词/代词+形容词
Eg.
I
like
to
sleep
with
the
windows
open.
我喜欢把窗户开着睡觉。
（2）with或without+名词/代词+副词
Eg.
The
girl
fell
asleep
with
the
light
on.
女孩睡着了，灯还亮着。
（3）with或without+名词/代词+介词短语
Eg.
The
teacher
walked
into
the
classroom
with
a
book
in
his
hand.
老师走进教室，手里拿了本书。
（4）with或without+名词/代词+非谓语动词
Eg.
With
a
lot
of
homework
to
do,
he
didn’t
go
swimming.
因为有很多作业要做，他没有去游泳。
【知识梳理6】They
ran
towards
the
three
men
and
tried
to
stop
them
from
leaving,but
they
were
pushed
into
a
minibus.（P90）他们跑向那三个人并尽力阻止他们离开,却被推进了一辆中巴车里。
stop
sb
(from)
doing
sth意为“阻止某人做某事”,相似的短语还有prevent
sb
(from)doing
sth与keep
sb
from
doing
sth。(注意keep后面的from不能省略)
在主动语态中stop与prevent后可省去from,但是被动语态中都不可省略from。
Eg.
We
must
stop
him
from
smoking.
我们必须阻止他吸烟。
[经典例题]
1.
I
hope
everyone
can
care
about
________
the
environment
and
stop
________
things.
A.
protecting;
wasting
B.
protecting;
to
waste
C.
protect;
wasting
D.
protect;
to
waste
2.The
students
were_________attending
Professor
Li's
lecture
by
the
heavy
rain.
A.stopped
from
B.stopped
C.prevented
D.kept
3.Our
parents_________us
swimming
in
the
river.
A.stop
to
B.keep
C.prevent
from
D.stop
4.At
last,
the
boy
was
made
________
computer
games
and
began
to
do
his
homework.
A.
to
stop
playing
B.
to
stop
to
play
C.
stop
to
play
D.
stop
playing
能力实践
一、单项选择
1.
There
will
be
______
one-hour
documentary
tonight
on
TV.
It
tells
a
story
of
______
honest
boy
in
the
mountain
village
far
away.
A.
a;
a
B.
an;
a
C.
an;
an
D.
a;
an
2.
There
______
a
number
of
students
in
our
school.
The
number
of
the
students
______
getting
bigger
and
bigger.
A.
are;
is
B.
are;
are
C.
is;
are
D.
is;
is
3.
—Jim
often
says
bad
words
______
someone
else.
—Though
he
is
active,
we
won’t
vote
______
him
if
we
choose
a
new
monitor.
A.
about;
on
B.
of;
for
C.
about;
for
D.
of;
with
4.
—Did
you
watch
the
basketball
match
last
weekend?
—Yes,
I
did.
It
was
covered
______
,
and
I
think
it
was
wonderful.
A.
lively
B.
alive
C.
living
D.
live
5.
—Jack
didn’t
reply
to
my
greeting
this
morning.
—Forget
it.
He
______
be
in
a
hurry
then.
A.
would
B.
can
C.
might
D.
should
6.
—Have
you
heard
about
Zhangjiajie
Glass
Footbridge?
—Of
course,
it’s
built
over
a
______
canyon
in
the
Zhangjiajie
National
Forest
Park.
A.
300-meter-deep
B.
300-meters-deep
C.
300
meter
deep
D.
300-meters
deep
7.
His
speech
is
welcomed
by
our
middle
school
students
because
it
______
many
problems
that
the
teenagers
care
about.
A.
covers
B.
has
C.
fills
D.
makes
8.
Many
teenagers
like
to
do
what
their
parents
mind
______
they
have
grown
up.
A.
showing
B.
to
shows
C.
showed
D.
show
9.
—Winter
swimming
is
exciting,
but
one
can’t
do
it
______
he
or
she
has
got
some
training.
—Exactly!
It
can
be
dangerous.
A.
after
B.
unless
C.
if
D.
while
10.
—When
shall
we
go
to
watch
the
basketball
match
in
the
sports
centre?
—Not
until
the
work
______
tomorrow.
A.
will
be
finished
B.
is
finished
C.
will
finish
D.
has
finished
11.
The
young
man
came
driving
at
full
speed
down
the
road
in
his
car.
______
it
was
!
A.
How
dangerous
the
scene
B.
What
dangerous
a
scene
C.
How
a
dangerous
scene
D.
What
a
dangerous
scene
12.
An
old
man
______
in
a
wooden
house.
Nobody
knew
when
he
______
.
A.
was
found
dead;
died
B.
has
been
died;
died
C.
was
found
dead;
death
D.
has
been
dead;
die
13.
Today
the
forests
are
getting
fewer
and
fewer.
We
must
______
down
too
many
trees.
A.
keep
people
from
cutting
B.
prevent
people
from
cutting
C.
stop
people
from
cutting
D.
all
of
the
above
14.
—How
about
going
boating
if
it
______
tomorrow?
—But
nobody
knows
if
it
______
tomorrow.
A.
won’t
rain;
rains
B.
doesn’t
rain;
rains
C.
doesn’t
rain;
will
rain
D.
won’t
rain;
will
rain
15.
—Shall
we
watch
the
TV
programme
Back
to
Field
now?
—
______
.
The
news
report
is
on.
A.
Better
not
B.
Sounds
great
C.
I
think
so
D.
Good
idea
二、
完形填空
“Olyvia,
you
don’t
have
to
do
much
to
make
someone
happy.
Please
keep
in
mind
that
to
love
is
very
___1___
.”
That
was
what
my
mother
said
to
me
when
I
was
a
child.
Over
a
year
ago,
I
had
a
___2___
.
When
my
good
friend
Kaylee
told
me
about
her
trip
to
a
small
town
called
Gary,
and
how
it
was
a
life-changing
___3___
,
I
made
up
my
mind
to
go
there
myself,
too.
When
I
told
my
parents
about
the
decision,
they
didn’t
___4___
at
first.
They
said
I
didn’t
know
much
about
the
place.
They
were
worried
that
it
was
not
___5___
to
go
there
for
the
rising
of
the
criminal
cases.
Thankfully,
they
said
yes
after
I
___6___
my
plan
to
them
in
detail.
As
soon
as
our
group
arrived
in
Gary,
I
___7___
how
different
the
town
was
from
where
I
lived.
There
were
only
a
few
stores
or
restaurants
in
the
town,
but
___8___
had
closed.
So
you
would
be
very
___9___
if
you
could
find
a
place
to
buy
food
or
drinks.
Houses
were
built
on
small
hills.
Many
of
them
had
broken
doors
or
windows.
My
job
was
to
help
the
local
people
to
___10___
old
houses.
The
work
days
were
long
and
hot,
but
it
was
really
good
to
see
the
houses
taking
on
a
new
look
day
by
day.
The
children
there
were
also
___11___
.
They
seemed
to
enjoy
every
moment
in
life
___12___
they
were
poor.
The
smallest
things
would
make
these
kids
happy.
I
couldn’t
find
words
to
describe
their
___13___
when
they
received
an
ice
cream,
a
ball
or
even
a
kiss.
The
community
was
like
a
big
___14___
.
Everyone
knew
each
other
and
was
there
when
someone
needed
help.
I
am
so
glad
that
I
had
this
unforgettable
experience.
I
___15___
learned
the
meaning
of
what
my
mother
said.
You
don’t
need
to
do
much
to
make
a
difference
to
others’
lives.
1.
A.
interesting
B.
difficult
C.
simple
D.
practical
2.
A.
discussion
B.
chance
C.
course
D.
success
3.
A.
habit
B.
feeling
C.
experience
D.
thought
4.
A.
agree
B.
matter
C.
care
D.
quarrel
5.
A.
colourful
B.
safe
C.
valuable
D.
challenging
6.
A.
offered
B.
presented
C.
reported
D.
described
7.
A.
recorded
B.
noticed
C.
heard
D.
suspected
8.
A.
one
B.
more
C.
few
D.
most
9.
A.
lucky
B.
proud
C.
curious
D.
nervous
10.
A.
repair
B.
buy
C.
build
D.
move
11.
A.
clever
B.
different
C.
hard-working
D.
generous
12.
A.
though
B.
until
C.
unless
D.
because
13.
A.
surprise
B.
joy
C.
fear
D.
courage
14.
A.
school
B.
factory
C.
family
D.
country
15.
A.
hardly
B.
truly
C.
simply
D.
carefully
三、阅读理解
Chinese
buyers
used
to
prize
foreign
brands,
thinking
that
products
made
by
American
or
European
companies
are
of
higher
quality
(质量)
than
Chinese
ones.
Increasingly,
that’s
no
longer
the
case.
Chinese
people
born
before
1985
generally
think
that
foreign
brands
are
better
than
Chinese
ones,
billionaire
William
Li
told
Business
Insider
during
a
recent
interview
on
CCTV
9.
But
for
those
who
were
born
after
1985,
it
is
a
different
picture.
“When
I
first
went
to
the
United
Kingdom
in
1997,
I
thought
that
the
difference
between
China
and
Europe
was
quite
big,”
Li
said.
“But
for
those
born
in
the
1990s,
when
they
visit
Europe
or
the
US,
they
do
not
think
there
is
a
big
difference.”
The
change
in
thinking
among
Chinese
buyers
is
showing
up
in
many
markets
in
China
where
Western
companies
used
to
control.
A
study
by
Credit
Suisse
published
in
March
found
that
young
Chinese
buyers
are
increasingly
showing
a
“home
brand
bias”.
More
than
90%
of
young
Chinese
buyers
would
prefer
to
buy
home
appliance
brands,
according
to
the
study.
Meanwhile,
home
companies
producing
food,
drinks,
or
personal
care
products
increased
their
share
of
the
market
by
3.3%
over
the
last
ten
years
to
nearly
70%.
“Chinese
buyers,
especially
the
younger
ones,
don’t
just
believe
that
foreign
brands
are
better.
Right
now,
Chinese
buyers
think
China
is
good
and
‘Made
in
China’
is
not
bad
at
all,”
Charlie
Chen,
head
of
China
buyer
research
at
Credit
Suisse,
told
South
China
Morning
Post
in
March.
The
Chinese
smartphone
market
is
controlled
by
home
companies—Huawei,
Oppo,
Vivo,
and
Xiaomi.
Apple
is
the
only
foreign
brand
in
the
top
five,
but
it
has
lost
large
ground
to
the
home
brands
in
recent
years.
Its
market
share
is
believed
to
be
down
to
37%
from
a
2015
high
of
54%.
1.
What
is
this
passage
mainly
about?
A.
The
quality
of“Made
in
China”.
B.
The
change
in
Chinese
buyers’
thinking.
C.
Chinese
products
in
the
eye
of
foreigners.
D.
Difference
between
older
and
younger
Chinese
buyers.
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
text?
A.
More
and
more
foreigners
go
to
buy
Chinese
products.
B.
Foreign
products
are
more
expensive
than
Chinese
ones.
C.
More
and
more
Chinese
buyers
prefer
Chinese
products.
D.
Older
Chinese
people
don’t
like
foreign
products
any
more.
3.
Which
fact
best
explains
“home
brand
bias”?
A.
Apple
had
a
market
share
of
54%
in
2015.
B.
More
than
90%
of
young
Chinese
buyers
prefer
home
brands.
C.
Chinese
people
born
before
1985
think
that
foreign
brands
are
better.
D.
William
Li
found
a
big
difference
between
China
and
Europe
in
1997.
4.
Who
did
most
of
the
research
for
this
report?
A.
Credit
Suisse.
B.
CCTV
9.
C.
South
China
Morning
Post.
D.
Business
Insider.
5.
What’s
the
best
title
for
this
passage?
A.
Chinese
products
get
more
popular
at
home
B.
Young
Chinese
are
crazy
for
foreign
brand
C.
“Made
in
China”
is
welcomed
all
over
the
world
D.
Apple
has
lost
large
ground
to
Huawei
in
China
四、首字母填空（培优）
Small
talk
and
chitchat
(闲谈)
are
the
short
conversations
we
have
at
parties,
while
we
wait
in
line
at
the
store,
at
family
events
or
work.
Sometimes
we
make
small
talk
with
people
we
already
know
but
not
w___1___
.
Often
we
have
to
make
small
talk
with
complete
strangers.
Many
people
find
these
small
conversations
about
unplanned
subjects
difficult.
Some
people
say
they
hate
it.
Others
say
small
talk
is
a
w___2___
of
time.
They
may
even
call
it
useless
chitchat
or
useless
chatter,
meaning
it
doesn’t
do
anything.
They
c___3___
small
talk
not
important.
However,
small
talk
is
important.
These
exchanges
can
open
doors
that
may
lead
to
l___4___
more
meaningful
conversations.
“When
you
first
meet
someone
or
talk
to
someone
you
don’t
know
well,
it
would
be
awkward
(尴尬的)
to
b___5___
a
conversation
about
a
really
deep
subject
such
as
war,
politics
or
the
meaning
of
life.
Small
talk
also
gives
you
the
c___6___
to
decide
if
you
want
to
get
to
know
that
person
better
or
not.
Let’s
say
you
make
small
talk
with
someone
at
a
party.
But
they
only
want
to
talk
about
cats.
You
may
not
want
to
build
a
friendship
with
them
u___7___
you
really,
really
love
cats.
Chitchat
can
also
increase
your
feeling
of
understanding
toward
people
you
know
but
not
well.
Chatting
with
a
workmate
about
their
child
may
help
you
to
understand
more
of
their
life
outside
the
o___8___
.
This
could
help
build
healthy
work
relationships.
Researchers
at
the
University
of
Chicago
find
that
those
who
make
small
talk
with
strangers
are
happier
than
those
who
sit
a___9___
.
Also,
another
similar
study
showed
that
people
who
talked
with
a
cashier
(收银员)
in
a
coffee
shop
felt
happier
t___10___
those
who
simply
went
in,
ordered
and
left.
Small
talk
may
make
us
happier.
五、任务型阅读（培优）
There
are
many
libraries
in
Britain.
Let’s
learn
something
about
them.
Public
Libraries
Most
towns
in
Britain
have
a
public
library.
A
library
usually
has
a
large
selection
of
books
and
other
resources,
which
library
members
can
use
and
borrow
for
free.
Britain’s
First
Public
Library
The
first
Britain’s
public
library
opened
in
Manchester
in
1852.
Its
first
librarian
was
a
man
called
Edward
Edwards.
Edward
attended
the
library’s
opening
ceremony
and
two
famous
writers
called
Charles
Dickens
and
William
Thackeray
were
there,
too.
Services
of
Library
Modern
public
libraries
have
something
for
everyone.
Most
of
them
have
audio
books,
CDs,
newspapers
and
DVDs
as
well
as
books
to
borrow.
How
to
Join
a
Library
To
join
a
library,
go
to
your
local
library
and
fill
in
a
form.
You’ll
receive
a
library
card
which
is
needed
when
using
library
services.
Mobile
Libraries
Not
everyone
can
get
to
a
library.
Some
people
live
far
away
from
towns
and
cities.
Other
people
find
it
difficult
to
go
out
because
they
have
an
illness
or
a
disability.
Thanks
to
mobile
libraries,
these
people
can
still
borrow
books.
The
libraries
are
special.
Unlike
most
libraries,
which
store
books
in
buildings,
mobile
libraries
usually
keep
their
books
in
a
mini-bus.
The
back
of
the
mini-bus
has
shelves
for
the
books,
and
it
is
big
enough
for
borrowers
to
step
inside
and
look
around.
A
driver
takes
the
mini-bus
to
a
certain
place
at
a
certain
time,
so
people
know
when
to
expect
it.
They
can
return
their
books
and
borrow
some
more.
All
Aboard
the
Library!
A
school
in
London
didn’t
have
space
for
library
inside
the
building.
However,
everybody
agreed
that
it
was
still
important
to
have
a
school
library.
So,
the
head
of
the
school,
Graham
Blake,
decided
to
park
an
old
bus
on
the
school
car
park
and
change
it
into
a
library.
Pupils
had
to
paint
the
bus,
and
after
eight
months,
the
new
library
was
ready.
Libraries
in
___1______2___
LibrariesA
large
selection
of
books
and
other
resources
can
be
used
and
borrowed
by
library
members
for
___3___
.Edward
Edwards
was
the
first
___4___
of
the
first
British
public
library.Library
___5___Most
of
the
___6___
public
libraries
have
audio
books,
CDs,
newspapers
and
DVDs
as
well
as
books
for
everyone.If
you
want
to
join
the
library,
you
must
get
a
library
___7___
.Special
LibrariesThanks
to
___8___
libraries,
those
people
who
can’t
get
to
a
library
can
still
borrow
books.
___9___
most
libraries,
a
mini-bus
with
library
books
goes
to
a
certain
place
at
a
certain
time.The
school
in
London
had
to
___10___
its
library
on
an
old
bus
because
the
school
didn’t
have
enough
space
inside
the
building.
六、书面表达
随着手机及各类数码产品的普及,
有不少中学生花大量的时间观看各类电视节目。你所在班级进行了以“中学生是否应该看电视”为主题的讨论,
对此,
学生们产生了两种不同的观点。假设你是Amy,
请你根据下列表格提示,
向校报的编辑写
—封英文信。
观点比例理由赞成75
%1.
学习之余放松心情
2.
丰富学生课余生活反对25%1.
浪费时间,
伤害眼睛
2.
对学习产生不良影响你的观点......
注意:
1.
文章须包括表格中的所有提示要点,
可以合理增加细节,
以使短文更加连贯、通顺;
2.
“你的观点”一栏请发挥2-3句;
3.
词数90左右,
信的开头和格式已经给出,
不计入总词数。
Dear
Editor,
I’m
a
middle
school
student
named
Amy.
Recently,
the
students
in
my
class
have
discussed
a
hot
topic—Whether
middle
school
students
should
watch
TV
programmes.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours
sincerely,
Amy
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
5
Art
world（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.Michael
Jackson
was
a
famous
(非洲的)
American.?
2.For
them,the
house’s
main
(价值)
lies
in
its
quiet
country
location.?
3.There
will
be
two
(音乐会)
given
by
Huo
Zun
in
Nanjing
next
month.?
4.The
(吉他)
is
one
of
the
oldest
musical
instruments.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.The
famous
song
Somewhere
I
Belong,
(create)
by
the
band
Linkin
Park
is
touching
and
inspiring.?
2.A
country
music
concert
(hold)
at
Sunshine
Theatre
in
two
days.?
3.Your
example
will
make
a
(last)
influence
on
teenagers.?
4.You’d
better
not
listen
to
music
while
(do)
your
homework.?
5.The
teacher
got
angry
because
the
students
were
talking
(noise)
in
the
classroom.?
6.After
a
while,the
kid
get
(boring)
with
the
toy.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.爵士音乐家能边演奏边创作音乐。
Jazz
musicians
can
the
music
while
playing.?
2.在艺术节期间将有一场音乐表演。
There
a
music
show
.?
3.除毛衣之外,我们还出售各式各样的女式衬衫。
We
sell
blouses
besides
sweaters.?
4.民间音乐具有浓郁的地方特色。它以传统的方式演奏。
Folk
music
.It
is
played
.?
5.当我爬到黄山山顶的时候,我已经上气不接下气了。
When
I
got
to
the
top
of
Mountain
Huang,I
was
quite
.?
兴趣起航
What
art
forms
do
you
like
best?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】原因状语从句
1、
because
意为“因为”，表直接而明确的原因或理由，即必然的因果关系。because,since,as三个中，它的语气最强，通常放在主句之后，若需强调也可以放在主句之前。回答why
引导的特殊疑问句时，只能用because。注意：because
不可以与so连用。（连词的个数比句子的个数多一个，两个句子一个连词，三个句子两个连词。）
Eg.
I
didn't
get
it
because
it
cost
too
much.
因为那东西太昂贵我没买。
[辨析]because与because
of
because是连词，其后接句子．because
of是复合介词，其后接名词、代词、动名词、what从句等。
Eg.
They
are
here
because
of
us.
=They
are
here
because
we
are
here.
（他们是因为我们来这里的。）
[典型例题]同义句转换
1.The
children
had
to
stay
at
home
because
there
was
a
storm.
The
children
had
to
stay
at
home
_______
_______
_______
_______.
2.Because
he
was
ill,
he
was
absent
from
the
meeting.
He
was
ill,
_______
he
was
absent
from
the
meeting.
3.The
poor
boy
couldn’t
walk
because
his
leg
was
broken.
The
poor
boy
couldn’t
walk
______
______
his
______
leg.
4.The
school
sports
meeting
was
put
off,
because
it
was
raining
heavily.
The
school
sports
meeting
was
put
off
______
______
the
______
rain.
2、since表达“既然；由于；因为”，表示已知的、显然的理由，较为正式，常放句首。
Eg.
Since
we
were
in
the
area,
we'd
stop
by
and
see
them.
既然我们到了这个地方，就该顺便去看看他们。
[拓展]since，介词或者连词，意为“自从”，用于完成时。
Eg.
We've
lived
here
since
1994.
自1994年以来我们一直住在这里。
It's
twenty
years
since
I've
seen
her.
我已经二十年没见她了。
3、as
意为“因为，既然”，表示的原因或理由是明显的。语气不如because
强。没有since正式。
Eg.
As
you
were
out,
I
left
a
message.
你不在，所以我留了一张字条儿。
[拓展]as，连词，意为“当…时；随着”，引导时间状语从句
Eg.
As
she
grew
older
she
gained
in
confidence.
随着年龄的增长她的信心增强了。
[拓展]as，连词，意为“照…方式”，引导方式状语从句
Eg.
They
did
as
I
had
asked.
他们是按照我的要求做的。
[经典例题]
1.It
is
known
to
all
that
the
day
becomes
shorter
and
shorter_______winter
comes
.
A.before
B.
when
C.
until
D.
since
2.He
had
to
go
back
home
early
from
work_________
his
illness
this
afternoon.
.
A.
as
B.
because
C.
since
D.
because
of
3.Five
young
men
in
the
village_______the
army
since
five
years
ago.
A.
joined
B.have
joined
C.
have
been
in
D.have
taken
part
in
4.In
summer
,
food
goes
bad
easily________it
is
kept
in
the
fridge.
A.
till
B.
if
C.
since
D.
unless
5.---I
think
you
won’t
work
out
the
problem
_______
you
understand
it,
so
you
have
to
listen
to
me
explain
carefully
now.
---Yes,
I
_________.
A.
since;
do
B.
when;
am
C.
unless;
will
D.
though;
can
6.I
think
you
should
complain,________,
of
course,
you
are
happy
with
the
situation.
A.
unless
B.
because
C.
until
D.
though
7.---Will
your
school
hold
after-school
activities
every
Monday?
---
Yes,__________it
rains
heavily.
A.
if
B.
since
C.
because
D.
unless
8._____
these
old
people
live
alone
in
the
village,
they
never
feel
lonely
because
of
the
government’s
help.
A.
Though
B.
If
C.
Because
D.
When
9.________
you
know
little
about
the
COVID-19,
you'd
better
search
for
more
information
about
it
on
the
Internet.
A.?Unless???
B.?While???
C.?Though???
D.?Since
10.Take
a
map
of
Chong
Qing
with
you
while
traveling
___
you
have
a
guide
or
know
the
city
well.
A.
since
B.
if
C.
unless
D.
because
【知识梳理2】Why
do
people
think
highly
of
Tan’s
music.(P70)
为什么人们高度评价谭盾的音乐?
highly，副词，意为“高度地，高地”。固定搭配:think
highly
of，意为“高度地评价”。
Eg.
If
people
think
highly
of
me,
I
think
highly
of
myself.
如果别人赞许我，我就赞许我自己。
[辨析]highly与high
high与highly都可以作副词,意为“高地”。但是highly是抽象的高,比如高度地赞扬“praise
highly”，高度地评价“think
highly
of”,而high是具体的高，比如飞得高
“fly
high”。
Eg.
She
never
got
very
high
in
the
company.
她在公司里从未坐到很高的位置。
[经典例题]
1.—What
do
you
think
of
the
movie
My
People
My
Homeland?
—It
is_________.I’ve
never
seen
such
a
better
one
before.
A.thought
highly
of
B.highly
thought
of
C.thought
well
D.highly
thought
about
2.We
all
think_________of
Suzy’s
sports
talents,for
she
jumps__________.
A.high;high
B.highly;highly
C.highly;high
D.high;highly
3.When
having
dinner
,
she
sat_________
to
her
mother
.
They
chatted
with
each
other
happily.
A.
closely
B.
close
C.
highly
D.
high
4.Tom’s
classmates
thought
________
of
him
because
he
jumped
________
in
the
________
jump
in
the
school
sports
meeting.this
Saturday.
A.high;high;high
B.highly;highly;high
C.high;highest;high
D.highly;highest;high
5.---Did
you
watch
this
year’s
TV
programme
The
First
Lesson
on
CCTV
1?
---Yes.
It’s
excellent
and
many
people
think_________
of
it.
A.
simply
B.
clearly
C.
loudly
D.
highly
【知识梳理3】“I’m
late
because
there
was
too
much
traffic,”she
said,
out
of
breath.(P72)
“我来晚了，因为路上交通太拥挤了。”她气喘吁吁地说道。
out
of
breath，意为“气喘吁吁”。
[经典例题]
1.When
we
ran
to
the
top
the
hill,
we
were
______.
A.
out
of
fashion
B.
out
of
work
C.
out
of
breath
D.
out
of
control
2.After
running
a
1000-metre
race,
all
the
boys
were________.
A.
out
of
breathe
B.
breathed
heavily
C.
took
a
deep
breath
D.
out
of
breath
3.When
the
Smiths
arrived
there
out
of
____,
the
plane
_____
for
about
five
minutes.
A.
breath;
has
left
B.
breathe;
has
been
C.
breath;
had
left
D.
breath;
had
been
away
【知识梳理4】The
opera
lasted
for
one
and
a
half
hours.戏剧持续了一个半小时。
last，不及物动词,意为“持续”，常与介词for连用，“last
for
+时间”表示“持续多长时间”。
Eg.
The
effects
will
last
for
the
whole
of
his
life.
这些将会持续影响他的一生。
[经典例题]
1.Our
charity
show_________for
three
hours
this
afternoon
.
We
were
tired
but
happy.
A.
lasts
B.
lasted
C.
has
lasted
D.
will
last
2.The
pop
star’s
singing
career
_________
about
over
20
years.
It
was
his
________
appearance
at
singing
in
public.
A.
last
;
last
B.
lasted
for;
last
C.
lasted;
lasted
D.
lasted
for;
lasted
3.---_______does
the
film
last?
---One
and
a
half
hours.
A.How
soon
B.How
often
C.How
long
D.How
far
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】have
a
lasting
value(P73)有着永恒的价值
value，名词,意为“价值”。
Eg.
The
house
now
has
a
market
value
of
one
million
pounds.
这栋房子目前的市场价值为100万英镑。
[拓展]valuable，形容词，意为“有价值的；贵重的；可估价的”
Eg.
Luckily,
nothing
valuable
was
stolen.
幸运的是，没有贵重物品失窃。
[经典例题]
1.I
think_______necessary
to
accept
his
advice
because
it’s
of
great_______to
you.?
A.it’s;valuable
B.that;value
C.this;valuable
D.it;value
2.My
grandpa
knows
the
history
and
medical________of
many
plants.?
A.wealth
B.price
C.value
D.cost
3.One
person's
________
doesn't
depend
on
how
much
money
he
has
made,
but
on
how
many
contributions
he
has
made
to
our
country.
A.experience
B.value
C.wealth
D.career
【知识梳理2】Musicians
make
up
the
music
while
playing
.(P73)
音乐家们在演奏时编写音乐。
make
up，意为“编写，编造；”还有“组成，构成；弥补”的意思
Eg.
I
think
it's
very
unkind
of
you
to
make
up
stories
about
him.
我认为你编造关于他的故事是很不友好的。
We
use
these
ten
numbers
to
make
up
another
numbers.
我们用这十个数字组成别的数字。
Nothing
can
make
up
for
the
loss
of
a
child.
失去一个孩子是任何东西都无法弥补的。
[拓展]make
up
one’s
mind下定决心
Eg.
She
couldn't
make
up
her
mind
whether
to
go
or
not.
她又想去，又不想去，拿不定主意。
[经典例题]
1.The
teacher
asked
the
students
to________a
story
about
a
trip
to
the
Moon.?
A.give
up
B.turn
up
C.cut
up
D.make
up
2.—Your
spoken
English
is
all
very
good.
How
do
you
improve
it?
—Thanks.
Mrs.
Wang
always
ask
us
to
____
dialogues
in
our
English
classes.
A.
take
up
B.
turn
up
C.
make
up
D.
end
up
3.Jay
Chou
can
________
music
in
a
short
time.
A
make
into
B
make
of
C
make
up
D
make
for
4.Every
time
Tom
is
late,
he'll
________
an
excuse.
So
I
wonder
what
his
excuse
is
this
time.
A.set
up
B.put
up
C.take
up
D.make
up
【知识梳理3】Classical
pieces,
such
as
“Swan
Lake”,
are
serious
and
have
a
lasting
value.
such
as，意为“例如”
[辨析]such
as与for
example
（1）such
as与for
example均可用于表示举例，有时可互换。但是such
as用于举例时，总是跟在被说明的内容之后，不能用于句首或句末，但是for
example可以
Eg.
Cities
such
as
Tokyo
are
spreading
out.
像东京这样的城市正在扩展。
For
example,
maybe
you
have
been
filming
something.
例如，也许你一直在拍摄一些东西。
（2）such
as除表示举例外，还可以表示“像……”（此时=like）
Eg.
It
protects
against
environmental
hazards
such
as
wind
and
sun.
它防范诸如狂风和烈日等环境危害。
such
as有时可分开用，但for
example不可以
Eg.
The
fruit
was
no
longer
fresh.(P75)水果不再新鲜。
[拓展]no
longer
，意为“不再”
=
not
any
longer
，表示时间上不再延续，多与表示状态或与延续性动词连用
Eg.
He
no
longer
lives
here.
他不再住这儿了。
[辨析]no
more=not
any
more
也为“不再”，表示动作不再重复，可以和非延续性动词连用
Eg.
At
that
second
beating,
Pinocchio
became
very
quiet
and
said
no
more.
皮诺乔在挨第二顿打的时候，变得很安静，不再说话了。
[经典例题]
1.You
can
benefit
from
different
forms
of
exercise_______swimming,
jogging
and
mountain
climbing.
A.instead
of
B.due
to
C.such
as
D.because
of
【知识梳理4】It
was
starting
to
go
rotten,and
the
whole
house
smelt
bad.(P75)
它正在开始腐烂，整个房子里都很难闻。
1、过去进行时
（1）过去进行时的结构
主动语态：was/were
+doing
被动语态：was/were+being
done
（2）过去进行时的用法
过去进行时表示过去某一时刻或一段时间正在进行的动作。
用法1：表示在过去某一时刻正在发生的动作或该动作与过去的另一动作同时发生。
Eg.
He
was
reading
a
storybook
at
8:00
yesterday
evening.
?
I
was
watching
TV
while
my
mother
was
cooking.
?
用法2：表示过去一段时间内正在进行的动作。
Eg.
They
were
searching
for
the
missing
man
the
whole
morning.?
用法3：表示按计划、安排过去将要发生的事。用于come,
go,
leave,
start,
arrive等表示位置转移的动词时，也可以用过去进行时表示过去将要发生的动作。如：
Eg.
He
told
me
that
he
was
going
soon.???
?
She
said
she
was
leaving
for
New
York
the
next
month.??
[经典例题]
1.[2020
?北京市]I
___________
on
the
computer
when
Frank
called
me
last
night.
A.
work
B.
will
work
C.
was
working
D.
am
working
2.[2020
?贵州黔东南州]—________did
the
rainstorm
come,
Mr.
Liu?
—While
we
________
a
chemistry
lesson
yesterday
afternoon.
A.
When;
have
had
B.
When;
were
having
C.
While;
are
having
D.
While;
have
3.[2020
?黔西南州]While
Mike________computer
games
in
his
room,
his
dad
came
in.
A.
is
playing
B.
was
playing
C.
will
play
D.
plays
4.[2020
?黔西南州]—
Peter,
have
you
ever
been
to
the
English
Corner?
—
Oh,
yes.
I
________
there
to
practice
speaking
once
a
week
last
term.
A.
went
B.
go
C.
have
gone
D.
will
go
5.[2020
?四川省成都市]Bob,
you
________in
this
city
since
2018.
How
do
you
like
it?
A.
lived
B.
live
C.
have
lived
6.[2020
?甘孜州]I
_____________
a
math
problem
with
Joe
when
Mike
called
me
up.
A.
have
discussed
B.
discussed
C.
was
discussing
7.[2020
?凉山州]—Let's
go
camping
if
it____________
next
Saturday.
—But
nobody
knows
if
it
___________.
A.
is
fine;
rains
B.
will
be
fine:
rains
C.
is
fine:
will
rain
D.
will
be
fine:
will
rain
8.[2019
?山东省滨州市]—
I
called
you
last
night,
but
nobody
answered.
Where
were
you
then?
—
Oh,
I
____________
my
pet
dog
in
my
yard.
A.
walked
B.
was
walking
C.
am
walking
D.
will
walk
9.[2019
?甘肃省兰州市]Peter
with
his
classmates
____
for
the
bus
when
the
earthquake
happened.
A.
is
waiting
B.
was
waiting
C.
are
waiting
D.
were
waiting
10.[2019
?乐山]—I
went
to
see
you
yesterday
evening.
But
you
weren’t
in.
Where
were
you
then?
—I_________a
walk
by
the
lake
with
my
father.
A.
was
having
B.
am
having
C.
have
had
2、go，系动词，意为“变得”。（尤指朝坏的方面）
Eg.
The
fish
smells
terrible.
It
must
go
bad.
这条鱼很难闻，一定是变质了。
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】All
the
teachers
and
classmates
praised
my
designs
for
the
art
festival.(P77)
我所有的老师和同学都表扬了我的艺术节设计。
praise，动词，意为“表扬”。praise
sb.
for
sth.“因某事而表扬某人”。
Eg.
He
praised
his
team
for
their
performance.
他称赞了各队员的表现。
[拓展]praise，名词，意为“表扬”。
Eg.
I
have
nothing
but
praise
for
the
police.
我对警察只有赞扬。
[经典例题]
1.The
doctor
has
won
high
_________
from
everyone
because
of
his
hard
work.
A.wisdom
B.courage
C.progress
D.praise
2.The
artist
received
high
________
from
the
art
community
for
these
sculptures.
A.praise
B.prize
C.price
D.pride
3.All
my
teachers__________me
for
helping
the
lost
boy
to
find
his
mother.
A.
praised
B.
encouraged
C.
spoke
D.
created
【知识梳理2】They
think
I
have
a
real
gift
for
painting.(P77)
他们认为我真的有绘画天赋。
have
a
gift
for意为“对....有天赋”
Eg.
Some
people
seem
to
have
a
gift
for
learning
languages.
有的人好像有学习语言的天赋。
[经典例题]
1.—Come
on!I
know
you
have_________gift
for
music.?
—Sorry.But
I’m
in_________bad
mood
today.?
A.a;a
B.the;the
C.a;/
D./;a
2.The
teacher
thinks
my
sister
has
a
gift
_________
swimming.
A.
of
B.
for
C.
in
D.
with
3.Did
you
notice
that
Alice______
learning
English?
A.has
a
real
gift
as
B.has
a
really
gift
for
C.has
a
real
gift
for
D.has
a
really
gift
as
4.Michael
Jackson
had________gift
for
singing
and
he
was
called________King
of
Pop.
A./,
the
B.
a,
the
C.
the,
the
D.
a,
a
【知识梳理3】She
encouraged
me
to
keep
trying
and
make
more
wonderful
pictures.
(P77)她鼓励我继续尝试,创作更加精彩的画。
encourage，及物动词，意为“鼓励;劝告”。
encourage
sb.
to
do
sth.
意为“鼓励某人做某事”
,
encourage
sb.
in
sth.意为“在某方面鼓励某人”。
Eg.
Parents
should
encourage
children
to
paint.
父母应该鼓励孩子们画画。
[拓展]encouragement
，名词，意为“鼓励;鼓舞”
Eg.
Friends
gave
me
a
great
deal
of
encouragement.
朋友们给了我极大的鼓励。
[经典例题]
1.The
villagers
encouraged
their
children
_______
hard．
A.to
study
B.of
studying
C.study
D.to
studying
2.Literature
helps
us
think
and
encourages
us
________
our
minds.
A.to
opening
B.open
C.to
open
D.opened
3.—My
teachers
often
encourage
me
________
more
friends
but
I
find
it
difficult.
—Your
teachers'
idea
is
right.
The
more
friends
you
make,
________
you
will
be.
A.to
make;
the
more
happy
B.to
make;
happier
C.making;
the
happier
D.to
make;
the
happier
【知识梳理4】I
did
make
some
wonderful
pictures
later.
(P77)
后来,我确实创作了一些精彩的画。
这是一个含有助动词did的强调句，did用来强调后面的行为make
some
wonderful
pictures.在肯定句中，我们常用“助动词(
do/
does/did)
+动词原形”来构成强调句式，以加强语气。
Eg.
He
did
finish
his
homework
yesterday.
他昨天的确完成了作业。
[典型例题]
1.我的确喜欢跳舞。
___________________________________
能力实践
一、
单项选择
1.
—It
seems
that
Millie
shows
______
interest
in
playing
______
piano.
—Exactly.
Everyone
says
she
has
______
gift
for
music.
A.
a;
the;
a
B.
an;
the;
a
C.
a;
a;
a
D.
an;
the;
the
2.
—Why
do
you
have
to
walk
across
the
street
till
the
light
is
green?
—______
it
is
safer.
A.
As
B.
For
C.
Because
D.
Since
3.
—Hi,
Li
Mei.
How
is
your
new
school?
—Fantastic.
We
can
choose
the
courses
according
to
our
______
.
I
love
operas,
so
I
took
the
Beijing
Opera
class.
A.
grades
B.
talents
C.
interests
D.
experiences
4.
—I
really
can’t
believe
such
a
learned
man
has
made
so
silly
a
mistake.
—Don’t
you
know
______
sense
is
worth
more
than
knowledge?
A.
General
B.
unusual
C.
special
D.
common
5.
—Do
you
think
the
bad
weather
will
______
till
the
weekend?
—Yes.
During
the
season,
the
weather
is
always
like
this.
A.
last
B.
keep
C.
get
D.
become
6.
My
host
family
tried
to
cook
______
for,
me
when
I
studied
in
New
Zealand.
A.
different
something
B.
different
anything
C.
something
different
D.
anything
different
7.
After
working
hard
day
after
day
for
a
long
period,
the
government
______
found
a
way
to
deal
with
the
polluted
water.
A.
Willingly
B.
especially
C.
rapidly
D.
successfully
8.
Every
time
Tom
is
late,
he’ll
______
an
excuse.
So
I
wonder
what
his
excuse
is
this
time.
A.
set
up
B.
put
up
C.
take
up
D.
make
up
9.
Miss
Chen,
my
dear
English
a
teacher,
often
encourages
me
______
the
challenges
in
my
study.
A.
face
B.
faces
C.
facing
D.
to
face
10.
Life
is
like
climbing
a
mountain.
______
you
feel
tired,
you
will
enjoy
the
beautiful
view
at
the
top
of
the
mountain.
A.
Since
B.
Unless
C.
Though
D.
Because
11.
At
last,
the
girl
was
made
______
and
began
to
do
her
homework.
A.
stop
listening
to
music
B.
to
stop
to
listen
to
music
C.
to
stop
listening
to
music
D.
stop
to
listen
to
music
12.
—The
project
my
father
put
his
effort
into
______
highly
of.
—He
sets
a
good
example
for
you!
A.
are
thought
B.
thinking
C.
has
thought
D.
was
though
13.
—How
was
your
recent
trip
to
Sichuan?
—I’ve
never
had
______
one
before.
A.
a
pleasant
B.
a
more
pleasant
C.
a
most
pleasant
D.
the
most
pleasant
14.
Most
boys
______
guns
to
dolls
while
most
girls
______
have
dolls
than
guns.
A.
would
rather;
prefer
B.
prefer;
would
rather
C.
would
rather;
would
rather
D.
prefer;
prefer
15.
—Shall
we
go
sailing
in
the
sea
tomorrow?
—
______
.
It’s
reported
that
there
will
be
a
hurricane
tomorrow.
A.
Yes.
I’d
love
do
B.
We’d
better
not
C.
Good
idea
D.
All
right
二、
完形填空
The
Little
Prince,
a
classic
novel,
was
written
by
the
French
pilot
and
writer,
Antoine
de
Saint-Exupery.
It
___1___
a
story
that
happened
in
the
Desert
of
Sahara,
about
a
pilot
and
a
little
prince.
The
pilot
had
an
accident
with
his
plane.
___2___
was
wrong
with
his
engine.
And
he
made
friends
with
the
prince
who
___3___
from
another
planet.
The
main
___4___
in
this
book,
a
special
little
prince,
lived
on
a
___5___
planet
known
as
Asteroid
B-612.
It
___6___
only
three
volcanoes
(火山)
and
a
rose
with
surprising
beauty.
The
flower
was
rarely
found
and
charming
___7___
words,
but
she
was
also
proud
and
self-centred.
And
it
made
the
little
prince
leave
his
planet
because
he
was
___8___
to
face
her.
During
his
journey,
the
little
prince
visited
several
planets,
and
had
conversations
with
their
___9___
,
including
a
king,
a
conceited
(自负的)
man,
a
tippler
(酒鬼),
a
businessman,
a
lamplighter
and
a
geographer.
From
them,
he
found
how
meaningless
the
world
of
grown-ups
was.
___10___
,
he
arrived
on
the
Earth,
where
he
was
shocked
by
a
heart
breaking
fact
that
his
flower
was
not
the
only
one
in
the
world.
At
that
moment
a
___11___
appeared,
asking
the
little
prince
to
“tame”
(驯服)
him,
then
he
did
so.
___12___
the
little
prince
left,
the
fox
made
him
believe
that
the
rose
was
special
to
him
and
the
meaning
of
love
and
responsibility.
At
the
end
of
the
story,
the
little
prince
___13___
to
go
back
home.
The
pilot
walked
___14___
with
his
friend
to
the
place
where
he
landed.
He
saw
a
yellow
poisonous
snake
bite
the
little
prince.
The
next
morning,
the
pilot
was
unable
to
find
the
prince’s
body.
He
finally
___15___
to
repair
his
plane
and
leave
the
desert.
The
pilot
wrote
this
story
to
remember
everything
between
himself
and
the
prince.
1.
A.
repeats
B.
tells
C.
explains
D.
writes
2.
A.
Something
B.
Nothing
C.
Everything
D.
Anything
3.
A.
got
B.
rode
C.
felt
D.
fell
4.
A.
director
B.
character
C.
suspect
D.
actor
5.
A.
round
B.
big
C.
Small
D.
square
6.
A.
was
made
of
B.
was
made
from
C.
was
made
up
of
D.
was
made
in
7.
A.
before
B.
Beyond
C.
after
D.
behind
8.
A.
ready
B.
happy
C.
unusual
D.
unable
9.
A.
citizens
B.
workers
C.
friends
D.
relatives
10.
A.
Firstly
B.
Secondly
C.
Thirdly
D.
Finally
11.
A.
flower
B.
pilot
C.
fox
D.
rose
12.
A.
After
B.
Before
C.
Since
D.
Until
13.
A.
decided
B.
agreed
C.
refused
D.
seemed
14.
A.
sadly
B.
happily
C.
excitedly
D.
quickly
15.
A.
failed
B.
afforded
C.
managed
D.
promised
三、阅读理解
Some
people
might
think
that
online
privacy
(隐私)
is
a
well,
private
matter.
If
you
don’t
want
your
information
getting
out
online,
don’t
put
it
on
social
media.
Simple,
right?
But
keeping
your
information
private
isn’t
just
about
your
own
choices.
It’s
about
your
friends’
choices,
too.
Results
from
a
study
show
that,
with
the
development
of
all
kinds
of
social
media,
people
may
need
to
stop
and
think
about
just
how
much
they
control
their
personal
information,
and
where
the
boundaries
of
their
privacy
are.
When
someone
joins
a
social
network,
the
first
order
of
business
is,
of
course,
to
find
friends.
To
help
the
users
to
find
their
friends,
many
apps
offer
to
import
the
contact
list
(导入联系人清单)
from
someone’s
phone
or
e-mail
or
Facebook,
to
find
matches
with
people
already
in
the
network.
“Sharing
those
contact
lists
m
seems
harmless,”
says
David
Garcia,
a
computational
social
scientist
at
the
Complexity
Science
Hub
Vienna
in
Austria.
“People
giving
contact
lists
aren’t
doing
anything
wrong,”
he
says,
“You
are
their
friend.
You
give
them
the
e-mail
address
and
phone
number,”
Most
of
the
time,
you
probably
want
to
stay
in
touch
with
the
person,
possibly
even
via
the
social
media
site.
But
the
social
network
then
has
that
information—whether
or
not
the
owner
of
it
wants
it
to
be
shared.
Social
platforms’
ability
to
collect
information
into
what
are
called
shadow
profiles
first
came
to
light
with
a
Facebook
bug
in
2013.
The
bug
accidentally
shared
the
e
mail
addresses
and
phone
numbers
of
some
6
billion
users
with
all
of
their
friends,
even
when
the
information
was
public.
Facebook
immediately
corrected
the
mistakes.
But
later,
some
users
noticed
that
the
phone
numbers
on
their
Facebook
profiles
had
still
been
filled
in—even
though
they
had
not
given
Facebook
their
digits.
Instead,
Facebook
had
collected
the
numbers
from
the
contact
lists
innocently
provided
by
their
friends,
and
filled
in
the
missing
information
for
them.
A
shadow
profile
had
become
reality.
It’s
no
surprise
that
a
social
platform
could
take
names,
e
mail
addresses
and
phone
numbers
and
match
them
up
with
other
people
on
the
same
platform.
But
Garcia
wondered
if
these
shadow
profiles
could
be
extended
to
people
not
on
the
social
platform
at
all.
He
turned
to
a
social
network
called
Friendster
which
was
closed
up
in
2015.
Friendster
was
launched
in
2002.
In
2008,
the
social
site
attracted
more
than
115
million
users.
But
by
2009
people
began
to
jump
ship
for
other
sites,
and
finally
Friendster
closed
for
good.
However,
by
using
the,
Internet
Archive—a
nonprofit
library,
Garcia
still
found
lots
of
users’
information
about
Friendster.
“You
are
not
in
full
control
of
your
privacy,”
he
concludes.
If
your
friend
is
on
a
social
platform,
so
are
you.
And
you
don’t
have
a
choice
in
the
matter.
Garcia
published
his
findings
on
August
4
in
Science
Advance.
1.
The
apps
help;
us
to
find
friends
in
the
following
ways
EXCEPT
______
.
A.
through
phone
numbers
B.
through
e
mail
C.
through
Facebook
D.
through
ID
number
2.
What
can
you
know
about
the
Facebook
bug
in
2013?
A.
The
bug
shared
all
the
personal
information
of
Facebook
users
to
their
friends.
B.
All
the
Facebook
users
find
their
phone
numbers
on
their
Facebook
profiles.
C.
Few
people
1
knew
Facebook
would
collect
information
into
shadow
profiles.
D.
Facebook
refused
to
correct
the
bug.
3.
Why
did
Garcia
turn
to
study
Friendster?
A.
Because
he
showed
a
great
interest
in
Friendster.
B.
Because
Friendster
is
very
popular
among
young
people.
C.
Because
he
wanted
to
find
whether
shadow
profiles
affected
people
not
on
the
social
platform.
D.
Because
his
science
center
asked
him
to
do
study
about
that.
4.
What
can
we
infer
from
the
passage?
A.
With
some
media,
we
don’t
need
to
make
friends
in
the
real
world.
B.
You
can
keep
your
personal
information
as
long
as
you
don’t
use
social
media.
C.
Facebook
is
widely
used
around
the
whole
world.
D.
Even
if
you
are
not
on
a
social
platform,
your
information
may
still
be
shared.
5.
Which
can
be
the
best
title
of
the
passage?
A.
How
to
protect
your
personal
information.
B.
Respect
online
privacy.
C.
Social
media
is
not
safe.
D.
Online
privacy
stays
just
in
your
imagination.
四、任务型阅读
（培优）
Fifteen
years
ago,
United
Nations
Educational
Scientific
and
Cultural
Organization
(UNESCO)
passed
a
convention
(公约)
for
protecting
intangible
cultural
heritage
(ICH,
非物质文化遗产).
Since
then,
508
items
from
122
countries
have
been
added
to
UNESCO’S
ICH
list,
including
39
items
that
were
added
last
month.
After
an
item
is
added,
its
home
country
is
required
to
take
action
to
protect
it.
UNESCO
will
offer
money
to
those
countries
too.
ICH,
as
the
name
suggests,
isn’t
always
something
we
can
touch
or
see.
But
what
kinds
of
things
can
be
described
as
ICH?
Here
are
some
examples.
Social
practices
Social
practices
are
activities
that
are
shared
by
a
group
of
people.
They
can
include
festivals
and
sports.
But
they
don’t
have
to
be
ancient.
They
can
be
modern
activities
that
people
still
practice
these
days
as
well.
Hurling
(曲棍球)
is
an
example
of
this
and
Irish
people
play
it
in
schools
and
clubs.
They
even
have
national
hurling
championships.
Acting
arts
Acting
arts
might
have
been
one
of
the
first
ways
for
people
to
express
their
moods
creatively.
This
is
because
people
don’t
have
to
use
tools
to
act,
They
can
only
use
their
bodies,
They
can
sing,
dance
and
wear
costumes.
Reggae
music
was
created
in
the
1960s
in
Jamaica.
The
words
of
the
music
are
often
deep.
Reggae
artists
hold
up
a
mirror
to
society
and
make
its
problems
known
to
the
public.
Knowledge
and
practices
about
nature
ICH
includes
not
only
literature
(文学)
and
arts
but
also
science.
Many
cultures
have
developed
their
own
knowledge
of
the
universe
and
medical
practices.
Such
knowledge
and
practices
have
helped
people
for
hundreds
of
years.
In
Tibet,
people
put
herbs
(草药)
in
hot
water
and
take
baths
in
it.
They
use
this
“medicinal
bathing”
to
treat
illnesses.
Even
now,
many
modern
medical
colleges
in
China
teach
this
practice
to
their
students.
Spoken
traditions
Spoken
traditions
include
tales,
riddles
and
poems.
Over
hundreds
of
years,
they
n
prevent
knowledge,
social
values
and
memories
from
dying.
The
tales
of
Dede
Qorqud
is
an
example
of
a
spoken
tradition.
In
these
tales,
Dede
Qorqud
is
a
wise
man,
He
teaches
people
how
to
face
life
and
death
and
solve
problems
in
their
lives.
Passing
down
our
cultureBefore
last
month,
there
were
only
___1___
items
on
UNESCO’S
ICH
list.
UNESCO
will
___2___
some
money
for
the
countries
with
the
items.Social
practicesThey
can
be
either
___3___
or
modern.
Hurling
is
very
___4___
in
Ireland.Acting
artsPeople
would
rather
show
moods
by
___5___
their
bodies.
Reggae
artists
make
the
public
___6___
social
problems
through
music.Knowledge
and
practices
about
natureThey
have
been
of
some
___7___
to
people
for
hundreds
of
years.
Illnesses
can
be
___8___
by
using
this
“medicinal
bathing”.
Spoken
traditionsThey
help
keep
knowledge,
social
values
and
memories
___9___
.
Dede
Qorqud
is
a
man
___10___
with
wisdom.
He
helps
people
with
their
lives.
五、词汇检测
A)
根据句意及汉语提示写出单词
1.
The
leader
of
the
company
felt
like
________
(颁发)
a
car
to
him
as
an
award.
2.
The
old
painting
is
of
great
________
(价值)
and
I
hope
you
can
take
good
care
of
it.
3.
The
Spring
Festival
is
one
of
the
________
(传统的)
festivals
in
China
and
everyone
loves
to
celebrate
it.
4.
Her
English
teacher’s
words
have
________
(激励)
her
a
whole
life.
5.
—Tan
Dun
does
not
use
any
musical
________
(乐器)
in
his
music
Water.
—That’s
really
amazing!
He
is
so
creative.
B)
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空
6.
We
are
looking
forward
to
seeing
the
________
(win)
names
of
the
sports
meeting.
7.
After
writing
his
report,
Mike
went
on
________
(write)
an
email
to
his
friend.
8.
Actually,
there
is
no
________
(divide)
line
among
rock
music,
folk
music
and
pop
music.
9.
Last
year,
Tom
had
a
good
time
travelling
across
________
(center)
Europe.
10.
—Do
you
think
that
robots
will
take
the
place
of
humans
in
the
future?
—I
don’t
think
so.
After
all,
the
smartest
robots
are
________
(control)
and
made
by
people.
六、
首字母填空
（培优）
Leonardo
da
Vinci
was
born
on
April
15,
1452
in
Italy,
He
is
best
known
as
an
a___1___
today.
One
of
his
famous
paintings
is
called
Mona
Lisa.
However,
Leonardo
had
many
other
natural
a___2___
.
He
was
also
a
great
inventor.
Many
of
his
inventions
have
become
important
in
modern
daily
life.
A___3___
Leonardo
hated
war,
he
invented
many
different
machines
used
for
war.
His
most
special
invention
was
the
machine
gun,
which
was
produced
in
war
many
years
later.
Leonardo
tried
to
find
out
the
secret
of
flying,
so
he
watched
the
w___4___
birds
fly.
Among
his
sketches
(素描)
we
can
see
many
objects.
We
consider
them
as
modern
f___5___
machines.
Leonardo
spent
many
hours
thinking
about
how
to
make
good
u___6___
of
time.
He
developed
ideas
for
labor
saving
machines
like
cutting
machines.
Leonardo
was
a
s___7___
man.
He
didn’t
eat
any
meat,
which
was
very,
unusual
in
those
times.
He
never
published
his
ideas
and
discoveries.
He
usually
used
mirror
writing,
which
look
like
writing
in
the
mirror
starting
from
the
r___8___
side
of
the
page
and
moving
to
the
left.
We
have
very
few
of
his
works
today.
Leonardo
f___9___
only
a
few
of
his.
paintings.
He
left
many
unfinished
because
he
thought
they
were
not
p___10___
.
No
one
in
his
lifetime
knew
how
great
Leonardo
was.
We
now
believe,
however,
that
he
was
one
of
the
cleverest
men
that
the
world
has
ever
known.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
期末复习Unit
5-8
易错回顾
【19-20苏州市区期末统考真题】
1.
Many
cities
are
closed
the
serious
situation.
A.
since
B.
as
C.
because
D.
because
of
2.
Skimming
is
a
kind
of
reading
skill.
It
means
reading
the
text
to
get
the
main
idea.
A.
quickly
B.
patiently
C.
clearly
D.
widely
3.After
Joe
moved
into
his
new
house,
he
planted
some
trees
the
yard
to
keep
it
beautiful.
A.
above
B.
around
C.
beyond
D.
below
4.
---The
house
prices
are
rising
so
fast
these
years.
---As
a
rule,
prices
always
follow
needs.
general
B.
real
C.
usual
D.
same
5.
---Why
did
you
buy
such
a
small
shelf'?
books
shoes
can
be
put
on
it.
---But
my
cups
can,
I
guess.
Both;
and
B.
Either;
or
C.
Neither;
nor
D.
Not
only;
but
also
6.---Excuse
me,
I
wonder
.
---Yes,
and
the
nearest
one
is
to
the
west
of
the
mall.
A.
what
the
underground
station
is
B.
when
the
underground
station
is
open
C.
how
I
can
get
to
the
underground
station
D.
if
there
is
an
underground
station
near
here
7.
---When
will
the
programme
be
sent
out?
---As
soon
as
it
tomorrow.
records
B.
will
record
C.
is
recorded
D.
will
be
recorded
8.---Please
.
There’s
nothing
to
worry
about.
---All
right.
Thank
you.
I
feel
a
little
better
now.
hurry
up
B.
carry
on
C.
calm
down
D.
look
out
9.
---Mom,
it's
really
boring
to
stay
at
home
all
day
long.
---
You
know
we'd
better
not
go
out.
A.
What
about
going
for
a
walk?
B.
Let's
go
to
the
shopping
mall.
C.
Shall
we
play
football
together?
D.
Why
not
watch
TV
for
a
while
?
10.
---I'm
afraid
I
will
fail
in
the
speech
competition.
---
.
Every
dog
has
its
day.
A.
Yes,
you
will
B.
It's
hard
to
say
C.
Of
course
D.
It's
possible
兴趣起航
Do
you
like
reading
detectives
stories?
乐学善思
【U5考点精讲】
考点1.
musical
adj.
音乐的(教材P65
Welcome)
[知识精讲]
musical
talent音乐天赋。
musical是形容词，它的名词形式为music，意为“音乐”。
“音乐家”是musician。如：
A
drum
is
one
of
the
oldest
musical
instruments.
鼓是最古老的乐器之一。
Some
students
like
listening
to
music
in
their
free
time.
一些学生喜欢在他们的空闲时间里听音乐。
I
do
not
think
much
of
her
as
a
musician.
她作为一名音乐家，我认为不怎么样。
[考点精练]
1.
(2019?淮安涟水模拟)Though
he
doesn't
have
________(music)
talent,
he
is
very
interested
in
music.
2.
Some
jazz
__________(music)
are
great
because
they
can
make
up
music
while
playing.
3.
A
black
young
________
named
Sheku
KannehMason
is
confident
enough
to
show
that
people
of
colour
can
take
on
any
challenge
of
classical
________．
A.
musician；
music
B.
music;
musician
C.
musician;
musician
D.
music;
music
考点2.
winner
n.
获胜者(教材P66
Reading)
[知识精讲]
winner的动词形式为win，意为“赢得，获得；获胜”，其过去式为won。如：
The
winners
of
the
competition
will
be
announced
next
month.
竞赛的获胜者将于下个月公布。
He
won
the
Nobel
Prize
for
Physics.
他获得了诺贝尔物理学奖。
[考点精练]
4.
(2019?无锡江阴澄要片模拟改编)During
the
World
Athletics
Championships,
the
___________(win)
final
time
was
58
seconds.
5.
A
comedy
drama
performed
by
our
class,
________(win)
first
prize
at
the
school
art
festival.
考点3.
breath
n.
呼吸(教材P72
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
breath的动词形式为breathe。
be
out
of
breath
＝
breathe
heavily，意为“上气不接下气”。如：
He
ran
so
fast
that
he
was
out
of
breath.
他跑得如此快以至于上气不接下气。
hold
one's
breath
屏住呼吸
breathe
in
吸入
take
a
deep
breath
深呼吸
breathe
deeply
深呼吸
[考点精练]
6.
—
Shall
we
go
outside
and
________(呼吸)
some
fresh
air?
—
Good
idea.
7.
Lights
are
out.
The
concert
is
to
begin,
and
the
fans
hold
their
________(breathe)
for
Jay
Chou's
appearance.
8.
Tired
and
________，
we
reached
the
top
of
the
mountain
and
stopped
to
admire
the
beautiful
scenery.
A.
out
of
breath
B.
held
the
breath
C.
breathe
heavily
D.
caught
the
breath
考点4.
last
vi.
持续(教材P72
Grammar)
[知识精讲]①
last作不及物动词时意为“持续，维持”。如：
Our
summer
holiday
usually
lasts
for
two
months.
我们的暑假通常持续两个月。
②
lasting是形容词，意为“持久的”。如：
Nothing
can
break
the
lasting
friendship
between
us.
没有什么东西能破坏我们之间永恒的友谊。
[考点精练]
9.
(2019·南京玄武二模)The
________(持久的)
peace
and
the
common
prosperity
are
two
common
wishes.
10.
I
like
classical
music
very
much
because
it
sounds
beautiful
and
has
a
________(last)
value.
11.
I
can't
stand
the
hot
weather,
but
it
will
________
until
September.
A.
last B.
finish
C.
end
D.
begin
考点5.
go
on
doing,
go
on
to
do和go
on
with(教材P66
Reading)
[知识精讲]①go
on
doing
sth.指做某一件事因故暂停，尚未做完，再“继续”做下去。它还可以表示“一直做某事”。如：
Although
it
was
very
late,
she
went
on
working.
虽然天很晚了，她还继续工作着。
②
go
on
to
do
sth.表示某一件事已做完，再“接着”去做另一件事。如：
He
went
on
to
talk
about
the
world
situation.
他接着谈了谈世界形势。
③go
on
with后面通常接名词或代词作宾语。如：
—
May
I
go
on
with
my
work
now?
我现在可以继续我的工作了吗？
—
Of
course
you
can.
当然可以。
[考点精练]
12.
The
man
was
so
tired
but
he
still
went
on
________．
A.
working
hard
B.
work
hard
C.
to
work
hard
D.
worked
hard
13.
After
graduating
from
high
school,
he
________
to
study
in
a
foreign
country.
A.
went
with
B.
went
on
C.
came
on
D.
carried
on
14.
It
hasn't
been
decided
whether
he
will
________
his
study
at
the
university.
A.
take
on
B.
agree
with
C.
go
on
with
D.
talk
with
15.
That's
all
for
the
text.
Now
let's
go
on
________
the
grammar.
A.
to
learn
B.
learning
C.
learned
D.
with
learning
考点6.
be
known
for,
be
known
as与be
known
to(教材P66
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①be
known
for意为“因…而著名”，后接表示闻名的原因的词，与be
famous
for
同义。如：
Dainan
is
known
for
its
steel
products.
戴南因其钢产品而著名。
②be
known
as
意为“作为…而闻名”，后接表示职位、身份、名称的词，与be
famous
as同义。如：
Zhang
Jie
is
known
as
a
singer.
张杰作为一名歌手而闻名。
③be
known
to意为“被…所熟知”，后接某些人群，与be
famous
to同义。如：
Jack
Ma
is
known
to
many
people
around
the
world.
马云被全世界许多人所熟知。
[考点精练]
16.
Nowadays
China
________
its
new
“four
great
inventions”—shared
bicycles,
electronic
payment,
highspeed
railways
and
online
shopping.
A.
is
known
to
B.
is
known
as
C.
is
knowing
D.
is
known
for
17.
(2019·盐城东台模拟)The
boy
is
interested
in
FAST,
also
________
“China's
Eye
of
Heaven”.
He
wonders
how
much
money
the
government
has
spent
on
it.
A.
known
for
B.
known
as
C.
known
to
D.
known
of
18.
(2019·宿迁改编)山东潍坊现在因制作风筝而出名。
___________________________________________
考点7.
When
he
was
very
young,
Tan
showed
an
interest
in
music.
当谭盾很小的时候，他就对音乐表现出兴趣。(教材P66
Reading)
[知识精讲]
show
an
interest
in
对……表现出兴趣(相当于be
interested
in)。如：
When
did
you
first
show
an
interest
in
tennis?
你最初是什么时候对网球表现出兴趣的？
show
no
interest
in
对……不感兴趣
interest
sb.
使某人感兴趣，引起某人注意
create
an
interest
in
对……产生兴趣
[考点精练]
19.
Not
all
children
who
watch
this
video
will
become
a
scientist,
but
some
may
________
science.
A.
play
a
role
in
B.
take
pride
in
C.
become
interested
in
D.
believe
in
20.
(2019·苏州高新区二模)When
I
was
a
kid
________
your
age,
I
showed
________
art.
A.
at;
an
interest
in
B.
for;
interested
in
C.
of;
an
interest
on
D.
of;
an
interest
in
考点8.
After
a
while,
we
saw
Amy
running
towards
us.
过了一会儿，我们看见埃米向我们跑来。(教材P72
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
①
after
a
while过了一会儿；不久。如：
After
a
while,
driving
will
become
your
second
nature.
不久，开车就会成为你的第二天性。
②see
sb.
doing
sth.看见某人正在做某事，强调看见某一动作正在发生；而see
sb.
do
sth.
强调看见全过程或经常看见某人做某事。如：
The
suspect
was
seen
entering
the
building
at
3
p.m.
有人看到犯罪嫌疑人在下午3点进入那幢楼房。
John
saw
her
drive
off
about
an
hour
later.
约翰看到她大约在一小时后驾车离去。
[考点精练]
21.
At
first,
the
boy
felt
very
sick,
but
________，
he
felt
much
better
and
began
to
play
with
his
friends
in
the
yard.
A.
for
a
while
B.
after
a
while
C.
in
a
while
D.
for
a
moment
22.
When
I
saw
my
father
________
for
me
on
a
cold
winter
night,
I
couldn't
keep
back
my
tears.
A.
wait
B.
waited
C.
to
wait
D.
waiting
23.
Every
morning,
Tim
often
sees
groups
of
middleaged
women
________
in
the
square.
A.
dance
B.
to
dance
C.
dances
D.
danced
24.
Roy
Wang(王源)
was
seen
________
when
he
was
in
the
restaurant.
He
is
regretting
doing
that.
A.
smoke
B.
smoking
C.
to
smoke
D.
to
smoking
考点9.
She
encouraged
me
to
keep
trying
and
make
more
wonderful
pictures.
她鼓励我继续尝试并创作更多漂亮的图画。(教材P77
Task)
[知识精讲]
encourage的名词形式为encouragement，意为“鼓励”。
encourage
sb.
to
do
sth.
鼓励某人做某事
[考点精练]
25.
(2019·广西北部湾经济区四市)Every
time
I
want
to
give
up,
my
parents
always
________(鼓励)
me
to
keep
trying.
26.
(2019?重庆B)Miss
Chen,
my
dear
English
teacher,
often
encourages
me
________
the
challenges
in
my
study.
A.
face
B.
faces
C.
facing
D.
to
face
考点10.
because引导的原因状语从句(教材P70
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
原因状语从句是指在复合句中表示主句动作发生的原因的句子。如：
—
Because
it
was
raining,
we
had
to
stay
at
home.
因为正在下雨，我们不得不待在家里。
—
What
a
pity!
多可惜呀！
because意为“因为”，表示动作发生的直接原因，语气很强，常用来回答why引导的疑问句。如：
—
Why
didn't
he
go
with
you
yesterday?
他为什么昨天没和你们一起去？
—
Because
he
was
too
tired.
因为他太累了。
注意：汉语里我们习惯说“因为…所以…”，但使用英语时不能将because与so连用。
[考点精练]
27.
—
Although
Mr
Li
is
at
an
old
age,
she
is
always
healthy.
—
Yes,
________
she
exercises
every
day
and
has
healthy
habits.
A.
when
B.
after
C.
because
D.
while
28.
—
Tom,
why
are
you
so
unhappy?
—
I
didn't
get
full
marks
in
the
exam
________
carelessness.
A.
since
B.
because
of
C.
as
a
result
D.
in
order
to
29.
________
I
have
run
out
of
my
money,
________
I
can't
buy
the
book.
A.
Because;
so
B.
So;
because
C.
/;
because
D.
/;
so
30.
—
I'm
a
teenager's
mother.
Sometimes
I
don't
know
why
my
son
gets
angry
very
often.
—
________
he
feels
stressed.
A.
But
B.
As
C.
Because
D.
Since
考点11.
since和as引导的原因状语从句(教材P71
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
我们也可以用since和as引导原因状语从句。如：
—
Since
you
are
free,
you'd
better
tidy
your
bedroom.
既然你有空，你最好把你的卧室打扫一下。
—
OK,
Mum.好的，妈妈。
As
you
were
not
there,
I
left
a
message.
因为你不在那里，所以我留了个信儿。
注意：和because相比，
since和as的语气较弱。
since意为“既然；由于；因为”，表示已知的、显然的理由，较为正式，多位于句首。如：
Since
it
is
late,
I
shall
go
home
right
now.
(由于)时间不早了，我得马上回家。
He
deserved
to
know
the
truth
since
everyone
in
his
family
knew
it.
既然他家里的每个人都知道了，他值得知道真相。
[考点精练]
31.
________
it
is
raining,
we
can't
go
running
on
the
playground.
A.
As
B.
However
C.
Whether
D.
If
32.
________
everyone
has
known
about
it,
I
don't
want
to
talk
any
more.
A.
Because
B.
Since
C.
But
D.
Even
【U6考点精讲】
考点1.
up-to-date
adj.
最新的；现代的(教材P80
Reading)
[知识精讲]
up-to-date
相当于
the
latest/newest，但up-to-date和latest指“(与时间有关)最新的，最近的”，而newest指“(新旧程度)最新的”。
Up-to-date
information
最新信息
They've
just
got
the
uptodate
information
about
the
policy.
他们刚刚得到有关这个政策的最新消息。
[考点精练]
1.
With
the
development
of
society,
people
are
used
to
searching
for
the
__________(最新的)
information
on
the
Internet.
2.
They
wear
the
latest
fashions
with
the
most
________
accessories(配饰)．
A.
up-to-date
B.
out-of-date
C.
up
to
date
D.
out
of
date
考点2.
coming
adj.
即将来临的(教材P80
Reading)
[知识精讲]
coming相当于following或next。如：
the
coming/following/next
Saturday
下周六
This
coming
Sunday
is
her
birthday.
下个星期天是她的生日。
[考点精练]
3.
Emily,
you're
playing
video
games
again!
Study
hard,
or
you
will
fail
the
________
exam.
A.
comes
B.
to
come
C.
coming
D.
came
考点3.
direct
vt.
导演；指导(教材P81
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①direct作动词时意为“导演；指导”。它对应的表示人的名词是director，意为“导演”。如：
Who
directed
that
film？＝
Who
is
the
director
of
that
film?
那部电影是谁导演的？＝那部电影的导演是谁？
②direct还可作形容词，意为“直接的”，对应的副词是directly，意为“直接地”。如：
He
took
a
direct
flight
to
New
York.
他乘坐了直达纽约的航班。
She
has
never
talked
with
Tom
directly.
她从没直接和汤姆说过话。
[考点精练]
4.(2019·扬州邗江二模)On
March
21,
President
Xi
Jinping
took
the
________(直接的)
flight
to
Rome
and
visited
Italy.
5.—
How
do
you
find
the
film
by
that
famous
________(direct)?
—
I
can't
stand
it.
I
guess
he
is
out
of
his
talent.
6.
—If
you
want
to
know
more
about
the
news,
you
can
search
for
it
on
the
Internet
______(direct)．
—
OK.
考点4.
wealthy
adj.
富有的(教材P81
Reading)
[知识精讲]
wealthy是形容词，它的名词形式是wealth，意为“财富，财产”。如：
That
young
man
was
born
in
a
wealthy
family.
那个年轻人出生于一个富裕的家庭。
Mr
Wang
passed
on
the
family's
wealth
to
his
son.
王先生把家产传给了他的儿子。
[考点精练]
7.
He
made
a
lot
of
money
and
became
very
________．
A.
poor
B.
weak
C.
rapid
D.
wealthy
8.
The
old
man
leads
a
simple
life,
although
he
has
a
lot
of
________.
A.
health
B.
Healthy
C.
wealth
D.
wealthy
考点5.
a
number
of与the
number
of(教材P80
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①a
number
of意为“一些”，后面跟可数名词的复数形式，相当于some，可用large,
small修饰。如：
A
large
number
of
women
want
to
be
teachers.
大量的女性想要成为教师。
Only
a
small
number
of
people
have
come
here.
只有很少的人来过这里。
②
the
number
of意为“…的数目”，后接可数名词复数，但作主语时谓语动词应用单数形式，因为其真正的主语是the
number，而不是后面的复数名词。如：
—
How
many
students
are
there
in
your
class?
你班上有多少名学生？
—
The
number
of
the
students
in
our
class
is
fifty.
我们班学生人数是50。
[考点精练]
9.
(2019?宿迁模拟)________
the
children
under
12
with
infantile
autism(自闭症)
________
up
to
2
million
now.
A.
A
number
of;
is
B.
The
number
of;
is
C.
The
number
of;
are
D.
A
number
of;
are
10.
(2019·黔南三州)There
are
three
thousand
students
in
the
school.(同义句转换)
The
________
of
the
students
in
the
school
________
three
thousand.
考点6.
About
300，000
fans
have
voted
online
for
their
favourite
songs,
singers
and
music
videos,
and
the
results
will
be
announced
during
the
show.
大约30万歌迷已经在网上为他们最喜欢的歌曲、歌手和音乐视频投票，其结果将在节目中宣布。(教材P80
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①
vote
online
for
sth.
＝
vote
for
sth.
online,
意为“为某事在网上投票”。如：
You
can
vote
online
for
your
favourite
programme
of
the
Spring
Festival
Gala.
你可以在网上给你最喜欢的春节联欢晚会节目投票。
②announce作动词，意为“宣布，发表”。其名词形式是announcement，意为“通告，布告”。如：
The
president
will
make
an
important
announcement.
总统将要发表一项重要声明。
They
haven't
formally
announced
their
engagement
yet.
他们还没有正式宣布订婚。
[考点精练]
11.
Every
member
of
the
club
________(投票)
online
for
the
project
yesterday.
12.
No
public
_____________(announce)
was
made
until
last
week.
13.
It's
said
the
result
we
are
interested
in
__________________(announce)
as
soon
as
possible.
14.
—
Who
will
win
first
prize
in
the
drawing
competition?
—
Nobody
can
know
the
result
until
it
________
tomorrow
morning.
A.
is
presented
B.
is
voted
C.
is
announced
D.
is
sent
考点7.
This
one
hour
documentary
takes
a
close
look
at
the
life
of
tigers
in
India.
这部长达一小时的纪录片近距离观察了印度虎的生活。(教材P81
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①英语中可以用复合形容词作定语，其基本结构为“基数词＋连字符＋单数名词”。如：
Tom
did
quite
well
in
the
men's
100metre
race.
汤姆在男子一百米赛跑中表现得相当好。
The
three-year
old
girl
can
dress
herself.
这个三岁的小女孩会自己穿衣服。
英语中也可用“基数词＋连字符＋单数名词＋连字符＋形容词”作定语，修饰名词。如：
His
mother
is
looking
after
a
12monthold
baby.
他妈妈正在照顾一个12个月大的婴儿。
②take
a
look意为“看一看”，相当于have
a
look，强调看的动作。其中look为可数名词，通常用单数形式。若有看的内容作宾语时，就用take
a
look
at
sth.表示。如：
—
I
hear
you
bought
a
new
dress.
Let
me
take
a
look.
我听说你买了一条新连衣裙。让我看一看。
[考点精练]
15.
—
Have
you
heard
about
Zhangjiajie
Glass
Footbridge?
—
Of
course.
It's
built
over
a
nearly
________
canyon
in
the
Zhangjiajie
National
Forest
Park.
A.
300metre
deep B.
300metres
deep
C.
300
metre
deep D.
300metres
deep
16.
(2019?宿迁)Wu
Dajing,
a
________
Chinese
skater,
set
a
new
world
record
at
the
Short
Track
World
Cup
last
year.
A.
25yearsold
B.
25
year
old
C.
25yearold
D.
25
years
old
17.
—
Can
I
________
your
photos,
please?
—
Sure,
here
you
are.
A.
have
a
look
at
B.
have
a
look
C.
look
for
D.
look
after
考点8.
Watching
TV
ads
is
just
a
waste
of
time.
看电视广告就是在浪费时间。(教材P88
Integrated
skills)
[知识精讲]
a
waste
of
time意为“浪费时间”，其中waste是名词，
waste还可以作动词，意为“浪费”。如：
I
don't
want
to
waste
your
time.
我不想浪费你的时间。
Playing
computer
games
is
totally
a
waste
of
time.
玩电脑游戏完全是浪费时间的。
考点精练3
18.
More
and
more
people
have
realized
that
we
shouldn't
________(浪费)
food.
19.
—
A
lot
of
water
________(waste)
every
day
just
in
our
houses.
—
Yes,
we
should
save
water.
20.
Mr
Liu
seldom
watches
TV.
He
thinks
watching
TV
is
________.
A.
of
importance
B.
in
need
C.
a
waste
of
time
D.
very
valuable
考点9.
if
引导的条件状语从句(教材P84
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
if意为“如果”时，可引导条件状语从句：
①主句用一般将来时，条件状语从句用一般现在时。如：
If
we
grow
more
bamboo,
giant
pandas
will
have
more
food.
如果我们种更多的竹子，大熊猫就会有更多的食物。
—
If
you
see
him,
give
him
this
note.
你要是见到他，就把这个便条给他。
—
No
problem.
没问题。
②条件状语从句的位置可在主句前，也可在主句后。如：
If
he
goes,
I
won't
go.
＝
I
won't
go
if
he
goes.
如果他去，我就不去。
③if还可以作“是否”讲，引导宾语从句。试比较：
We'll
visit
the
Great
Wall
if
it
doesn't
rain
tomorrow.
如果明天不下雨，我们将去游览长城。
I
wonder
if
I
should
wear
a
coat
or
not.
我不知道该不该穿外套。
这里第一句中if意为“如果”，引导的是条件状语从句；第二句中if意为“是否”，引导的是宾语从句。
whether也可用于引导宾语从句，大部分情况下可与if替换；但whether可与or
not连用，而if不能。如：
He
asked
whether/if
you
received
the
letter.
他问你是否收到了信。
[考点精练]
21.
—
The
students
of
Grade
9
have
to
take
part
in
the
P．E.
test.
—
Yes.
________
you
want
to
pass
it
and
be
stronger,
practice
more.
A.
Unless
B.
Until
C.
If
D.
After
22.
—
What
did
our
teacher
say
just
now?
—
He
asked
________．
A.
whether
we
had
any
question
B.
if
we
needed
any
help
or
not
C.
what
did
we
do
D.
that
we
could
finish
homework
on
time
23.
________
you
like
the
idea
or
not,
I
am
going
to
carry
it
out.
A.
Whether
B.
May
C.
Unless
D.
If
考点10.
unless引导的条件状语从句(教材P85
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
unless相当于if
...not，意为“除非，如果不”，引导条件状语从句，从句的位置可以放在主句前，也可以放在主句后，但如果放在主句前要用逗号隔开。主句常用一般将来时，从句常用一般现在时。如：
Unless
you
have
a
map,
you'll
get
lost
easily.
＝
You'll
get
lost
easily
unless
you
have
a
map.
＝
If
you
don't
have
a
map,
you'll
get
lost
easily.
除非你有一张地图，否则你容易迷路。
[考点精练]
24.
(2019?镇江)—
Is
your
WeChat
account(账户)
safe?
—
Yes,
even
my
father
can't
use
it
________
I
tell
him
the
password.
A.
when
B.
unless
C.
while
D.
if
25.
(2019?扬州树人中学三模)—
Could
you
give
me
some
advice
on
travelling?
—
Take
a
map
with
you
________
you
don't
have
a
guide.
A.
if
B.
unless
C.
although
D.
because
【U7考点精讲】
考点1.
actress
n.
女演员(教材P94
Reading)
[知识精讲]
actress是由动词act变化而来。act作为动词，意为“表演，扮演”；
actor是名词，意为“演员(通常指男演员)”，
actress意为“女演员”。如：
Audrey
Hepburn
was
one
of
the
greatest
actresses
in
history.
奥黛丽·赫本是史上最伟大的女演员之一。
My
favourite
actor
is
Jackie
Chan.
He
has
acted
many
famous
characters.
我最喜欢的男演员是成龙。他扮演过许多著名的角色。
[考点精练]
1.
(2019?铜仁改编)Jackie
Chan
is
not
only
an
________(act)
but
also
a
singer.
2.
(2019·苏州)Everyone
should________(行动)
now
to
separate
rubbish
into
different
groups.
3.
—
Zhao
Liying,
who
played
in
Legend
of
Chu
Qiao,
says,
“As
an
________(act),
you
must
be
hardworking.”
—
She's
my
icon.
考点2.
mark
vt.
表明；标志(教材P94
Reading)
[知识精讲]
mark作动词，意为“表明；标志；做记号”；作名词，意为“记号；成绩；水平”。如：
This
speech
may
mark
a
change
in
government
policy.
这篇演讲可能标志着政府政策的变化。
[考点精练]
4.
Changes
of
price
in
the
1990s
________(标志)
the
beginning
of
the
fast
development
age
of
TV.
考点3.
beyond
prep.
超出，除……之外(教材P95
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①beyond作介词，意为“超过(时间)”。如：
Some
shops
keep
open
beyond
midnight.
有些商店营业到午夜以后。
②beyond还可意为“超出；多于(范围、水平、限度、能力等)；为…所不能及”。如：
His
bad
behaviour
is
beyond
a
joke.
他的不良行为超出了玩笑的范围。
③beyond作副词，意为“在…的另一边；在更远处”。如：
The
road
is
beyond
the
hill.
路在山的另一边。
[考点精练]
5.
The
exercise
was
too
difficult.
It
was
________
the
abilities
of
most
of
the
class.
6.
—
This
task
is
really
________
me.
—
Well,
if
you
can't
solve
it,
you
won't
get
paid.
A.
over
B.
under
C.
beyond
D.
below
7.
________
the
river
stood
a
power
station,
you
can
find
it
easily.
A.
In
B.
Far
C.
Beyond
D.
Under
考点
4.fell与feel(教材P101
Integrated
skills)
[知识精讲]
这两个词形似，但意思和用法完全不同。
①
fell
是fall的过去式，意为“落下；跌倒”。如：
An
apple
fell
to
the
ground.
一个苹果落到地上。
He
turned
over
in
bed,
and
fell
asleep
again.
他在床上翻了个身，接着又睡着了。
②
feel是系动词，意为“感觉”，过去式是felt。
feel
like
doing
sth.想要做某事。如：
I
suddenly
felt
a
sharp
pain
in
my
back.
我突然感到背部剧烈疼痛。
Do
you
feel
like
taking
a
walk?
你想不想去散步？
[考点精练]
8.
David
________
fast
asleep
while
he
was
watching
a
football
game.
A.
fall
B.
fell
C.
feel
D.
felt
9.
Ann
was
so
close
to
the
winner,
but
the
second
place
made
her
________
pretty
good
too.
A.
feel
B.
fell
C.
felt
D.
fall
10.
I
don't
feel
like
________
around
for
him
to
make
up
his
mind.
A.
waiting
B.
waited
C.
to
waiting
D.
waits
考点5.
On
20
January
1993,
she
passed
away
peacefully
in
her
sleep.
1993年1月20日她(赫本)在睡梦中安然辞世。(教材P95
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①pass
away，委婉语，意为“死去，去世”，一般用于指名人或伟人去世。如：
Our
great
Premier
Zhou
Enlai
passed
away,
but
he
is
still
alive
in
people's
hearts.
我们伟大的周恩来总理去世了，但他仍然活在人们的心中。
pass
away还可意为“消失；消逝”。如：
That
day
passed
away
pleasantly
as
we
talked
about
our
happy
childhood.
当我们谈论着快乐的童年时，那天愉快地过去了。
②
peacefully，副词，意为“安静地，宁静地；和平地”；形容词形式是peaceful，意为“和平的，安宁的”；名词形式是peace，意为“和平，安宁”。
如：
I
hope
you
can
solve
the
problem
peacefully.
我希望你们能和平地解决这个问题。
[考点精练]
11.
There
is
a
place
in
my
heart
where
all
nations
will
live
___________(peace)
some
day.
12.
—
Jack's
grandma
________
last
night
and
he
was
very
sad.
—
I'm
sorry
to
hear
that.
A.passed
by
B.
took
away
C.
put
away
D.
flew
away
13.
After
years
of
war,
the
people
in
the
country
are
thirsty
for
________.
A.
price
B.
noise
C.
peace
D.
course
14.
我们玩得非常开心，周末不知不觉就过去了。
___________________________________________
考点6.
Jackie
Chan
is
considered
by
many
people
as
a
superstar,
not
only
for
his
success
in
action
films
but
also
for
his
efforts
in
charity
work.
许多人认为成龙是个超级明星，不仅因为他在动作电影中的成功，还因为他在慈善工作方面的努力。(教材P105
Task)
[知识精讲]
consider意为“认为”，
consider
sb.
as
...意为“认为某人是…，把某人当作…”，被动语态是sb.
be
considered
as
...意为“某人被认为是…”。
拓展：
consider
还表示“考虑”，
consider
sth./doing
sth.意为“考虑某事/做某事”。
[考点精练]
15.
(2019?苏州常熟模拟改编)Why
not
________(考虑)moving
to
another
city
if
you
don't
like
being
here?
16.
Paul
has
found
a
new
job
and
is
___________(consider)
moving
to
a
new
flat
near
his
company.
17.
Stephen
Hawking
_____________(consider)
to
be
“the
greatest
scientist
in
history”，
along
with
Isaac
Newton
and
Albert
Einstein.
18.
You'd
better
consider
____________(cancel)
the
sports
meeting
because
of
the
awful
weather.
考点7.
although/though的用法(教材P98
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
although
相当于though，意为“尽管，虽然”，用来引导让步状语从句。它所引导的从句不能与并列连词but等连用，但可以和yet,
still等单词连用。如：
There
is
air
all
around
us,
although
we
cannot
see
it.
虽然我们看不见空气，但它却遍布在我们的周围。
考点精练1
19.
(2019?南京溧水二模)—
Are
you
satisfied
with
your
students'
performance
this
time?
—
Sure,
________
not
all
have
passed
the
exam.
A.
though
B.
if
C.
because
D.
since
考点8.
so
...that的用法(教材P99
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
①
so
...that
...意为“如此…以至于…”，引导结果状语从句，常可与too
...to以及not
...enough
to互换。如：
My
daughter
is
so
young
that
she
can't
dress
herself.
＝
My
daughter
is
too
young
to
dress
herself.
＝
My
daughter
isn't
old
enough
to
dress
herself.
我的女儿太小了以至于不能自己穿衣服。
②
so
...that的常用句型：
(1)
so
＋形容词/副词＋
that从句。如：
He
ran
so
quickly
that
we
all
couldn't
catch
up
with
him.
他跑得如此快，以至于我们都追不上他。
(2)
so
＋形容词＋
a/an
＋可数名词单数＋
that从句。如：
This
is
so
interesting
a
book
that
we
all
enjoy
reading
it.
这是一本如此有趣的书，以至于我们都喜欢读它。
(3)
so
＋
many/few
＋可数名词复数＋
that从句。如：
He
has
so
many
balls
that
I
can't
count
them.
他有如此多的球，以至于我数不清它们。
[考点精练]
20.
(2019?无锡锡山东亭片一模)—
Ted,
how
did
you
make
Father's
Day
special
for
your
father?
—
Oh,
we
had
________
and
made
a
crown
that
I
expressed
my
love
for
him.
A.
such
interesting
picnic
B.
so
interesting
a
picnic
C.
so
an
interesting
picnic
D.
such
interesting
a
picnic
21.
(2019?新疆生产建设兵团)The
story
is
________
interesting
________
everybody
likes
it
very
much.
A.
very;
that
B.
so;
that
C.
such;
that
D.
such;
because
22.
(2019?宿迁)Santaishan
Forest
Park
is
________
beautiful
that
it
has
become
a
hot
tourist
attraction.
A.
so
B.
very
C.
such
D.
quite
考点9.
such
...that的用法(教材P99
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
①
such
...that
...意为“如此…以至于…”，引导结果状语从句，
such后接名词或名词短语。如：
He
is
such
a
funny
boy
that
everyone
likes
him.
他是一个如此有趣的男孩，以至于大家都喜欢他。
②
such
...that的常用句型：
(1)
such
＋
a/an
＋形容词＋可数名词单数＋
that从句。如：
He
is
such
an
honest
man
that
we
all
believe
in
him
very
much.
他是一个如此诚实的人，以至于我们都很信任他。
(2)
such
＋形容词＋可数名词复数＋
that从句。
如：
There
are
such
interesting
storybooks
in
this
bookshop
that
it
is
filled
with
people
every
day.
这家书店有如此有趣的故事书，以至于每天都挤满了人。
(3)
such
＋形容词＋不可数名词＋
that从句。如：
He
has
made
such
great
progress
that
his
parents
are
very
pleased
with
him.
他取得了如此大的进步，以至于他的父母对他很满意。
③如果名词前有many,
much,
few,
little等单词修饰，则不用
such而用so。如：
There
are
so
many
beautiful
bikes
in
this
shop
that
I
can't
decide
which
one
to
buy.
这家店有如此多漂亮的自行车，以至于我不能决定买哪辆。
[考点精练]
23.
He
has
made
________
great
progress
________
his
mother
is
very
pleased
with
him.
A.
so;
that
B.
enough;
to
C.
so;
too
D.
such;
that
24.
—
________
fine
day
it
is
today!
—
Yes,
the
sunshine
is
________
beautiful
that
I'd
like
to
go
swimming
in
the
sea.
A.
How;
such
B.
What
a;
very
C.
How;
so
D.
What
a;
so
25.
The
camera
is
________
expensive
________
I
can't
afford
it.
A.
so;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
so;
as
to
D.
enough;
that
26.
Miss
Gao
asked
a
question,
but
it
was
________
that
nobody
could
answer
it.
A.
very
difficult
B.
too
difficult
C.
difficult
enough
D.
so
difficult
27.
To
my
surprise,
he
could
get
over
________
difficult
problems.
A.
so
many
B.
such
many
C.
so
few
D.
such
few
考点10.
so
that用法(教材P100
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
引导目的状语从句，表示“以便；为了”，从句中常使用can/could/may/might/will/would/should等情态动词或助动词；引导结果状语从句时，从句中一般不用can和may等词，在so
that前可以用逗号，意思是“因此；所以”。如：
We
will
come
at
eight
so
that
the
meeting
can
begin
earlier.
我们八点来，以便会议能提前点开始。
[考点精练]
28.
—
What
a
mess!
The
sharing
bikes
are
thrown
everywhere.
—
Let's
collect
and
put
them
in
the
right
place
________
they
can
be
used
conveniently.
A.
unless
B.
so
that
C.
because
D.
so
long
as
【U8考点精讲】
考点1.
truth
n.
事实，真相(教材P107
Welcome)
[知识精讲]
①
truth由形容词true变化而来。
speak/tell
the
truth说实话。如：
He
was
afraid
to
tell
her
the
truth.
他害怕告诉她真相。
To
tell
the
truth,
he
is
getting
on
really
well
with
his
classmates.
说实话，他与同学相处得真好。
②
true，形容词，意为“真实的”；
truly，副词，意为“真实地，真诚地”。
come
true
实现，成真。如：
This
is
a
true
story.
这是一个真实的故事。
He
knew
he
had
behaved
badly
and
he
seemed
truly
sorry.
他知道自己表现得差，并且似乎真的懊悔。
If
you
work
hard,
your
dream
will
come
true
one
day.
如果你努力工作，你的梦想总有一天能实现。
[考点精练]
1.
(2019·宿迁)—
Anna,
how
does
the
dress
look
on
me?
—
To
tell
you
the
________，
it
doesn't
fit
you
well.
A.
trade
B.
trust
C.
truth
D.
treat
2.
—
My
60yearold
grandpa
has
learned
to
chat
with
us
on
WeChat!
—Amazing!It's
________
never
too
late
to
start
doing
things.
A.
more
B.
only
C.
truly
D.
exactly
3.
—
Do
you
believe
that
humans
could
live
on
Mars?
—
I
don't
think
that
it
will
________．
A.
come
true
B.
come
on
C.
come
out
D.
come
in
考点2.
somewhere
adv.
在某处(教材P108
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①
somewhere作副词，经常用于肯定句中。如：
Little
Tom
must
be
somewhere
near
here.
小汤姆一定在这附近的某个地方。
②
somewhere还可以作代词，意为“某地”。如：
The
man
has
to
find
somewhere
to
live.
这个人不得不找个地方住。
③
当有形容词修饰somewhere,
anywhere或nowhere等不定副词时，形容词应该放在不定副词之后，如somewhere
else,
somewhere
quiet等。如：
My
grandparents
would
like
to
live
somewhere
quiet.
我的祖父母想住在某个清静的地方。
[考点精练]
4.
(2019·扬州一模)—
Where
is
my
watch?
I
can't
find
it.
—
Don't
worry.
It
must
be
________
in
your
room.
A.
somewhere
B.
anywhere
C.
everywhere
D.
nowhere
5.
(2019·泰州泰兴二模)—
Yesterday
afternoon,
I
left
my
key
________
in
the
shop
before
I
went
back
home.
—
What
a
strange
thing!
I
didn't
find
it
________
either.
A.
somewhere;
anywhere
B.
somewhere;
somewhere
C.
anywhere;
everywhere
D.
everywhere;
anywhere
考点3.
safety
n.
安全，保险(教材P116
Integrated
skills)
[知识精讲]
safety由safe变化而来，
safe作形容词，意为“安全的；安然无恙的”；
safe作名词，意为“保险箱”；
safely，副词，意为“安全地，平安地；稳定地”。如：
It
is
not
safe
to
drive
like
that.
You
must
slow
down.
那样开车是不安全的。你必须减速。
Please
put
the
money
in
the
hotel
safe
for
safety.
为安全起见，请把钱放到宾馆的保险箱里。
The
pilot
landed
the
plane
safely.
飞行员安全降落飞机。
[考点精练]
6.
(2019?荆门)Nowadays,
the
education
of
________(safe)
has
caught
the
attention
of
the
whole
society.
7.
The
policemen
are
working
hard
to
make
the
town
a
________(安全的)
place.
8.
(2019?辽阳)Although
our
plane
met
with
a
storm,
it
landed
________．
A.
safely
B.
suddenly
C.
secretly
D.
heavily
考点4.
bleed与blood(教材P108
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①
bleed作动词，意为“流血”，过去式和过去分词是bled，现在分词是bleeding。bleed
to
death
意为“流血致死”。如：
His
nose
bled
badly.
他的鼻子流血很多。
She
slowly
beld
to
death.
她慢慢地失血死去。
②
blood是不可数名词，没有复数形式，其本意为“血，血液”，也指无脊椎低等动物体中相当于血液的体液；还可引申为“血统，亲属，血气，脾气”。如：
Your
blood
pressure
is
only
a
little
high.
你的血压只是稍微高一点儿。
[考点精练]
9.
If
a
person
loses
a
lot
of
________，
he
will
become
ill
and
may
die.
________
is
very
important.
A.
blood;
Bleed
B.
bleed;
Blood
C.
blood;
Blood
D.
bleed;
Bleed
10.
When
you
cut
your
skin,
you
________.
Some
people
even
drank
a
lot
of
________
to
make
them
strong!
A.
bleed;
blood
B.
blood;
bloods
C.
bleed;
bloods
D.
bleed;
bleed
考点5.
“He
was
charged
with
breaking
into
several
computer
systems
over
the
last
year，”
said
Detective
Lu.
陆警探说：“他被指控在过去一年中闯入数个电脑系统。”
(教材P109
Reading)
[知识精讲]
①
be
charged
with意为“被指控”，其主动语态为charge
sb.
with
...，意为“指控某人…”。如：
The
police
charged
him
with
murder.
警方指控他有谋杀罪。
②
break
into意为“闯入；侵入；强行进入”，后带宾语。如：
Someone
broke
into
the
shop
and
took
everything
of
value.
有人闯进了商店，把所有值钱的东西都拿走了。
break
out
突然开始；爆发 break
up
打碎；分裂
break
down
发生故障 break
the
record
打破纪录
[考点精练]
11.
The
young
man
will
________
breaking
into
that
bank.
A.be
pleased
to
B.
be
sent
to
C.
be
charged
with D.
be
attacked
with
12.
Yesterday,
the
robbers
________
his
house
and
took
away
a
lot
of
money.
A.
broke
B.
broke
down
C.
broke
out
D.
broke
into
13.
—
What
shall
we
buy
for
Lucy
as
a
present?
—
Let's
buy
a
new
bike
for
her.
Her
bike
________
from
time
to
time
after
all.
A.
broke
down
B.
broke
into
C.
broke
D.
broke
up
考点6.
...it
turned
out
that
he
had
nothing
to
do
with
this
case.
……结果证明他跟这次案件无关。(教材P114
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
turn
out意为“原来是，结果是”。
have
nothing
to
do
with意为“与……无关”；
have
something
to
do
with
意为“与……有关”。
You
must
have
something
to
do
with
the
case,
or
the
police
won't
ask
you
so
many
questions.
你一定和这起案件有关，否则警方不会问你这么多问题。
If
the
day
turns
out
wet,
we
may
have
to
change
our
plans.
如果那天下雨的话，我们可能得改变计划。
[考点精练]
14.
If
the
weather
________
to
be
rainy,
we
may
have
to
cancel
the
sports
meeting.
A.
runs
out
B.
breaks
out
C.
finds
out
D.
turns
out
考点7.
定语从句(教材P112
Grammar)
[知识精讲]
在英语中修饰名词或代词的句子叫作定语从句。定语从句通常由关系代词或关系副词引导，它们在定语从句中充当一定的成分，常见的引导定语从句的关系代词有who,
which,
that等。
①当先行词指人时，关系代词可以用that或who。如：
The
girl
that/who
is
behind
the
tree
is
Kate.
树后面的那个女孩是凯特。
I
helped
an
old
man
that/who
lost
his
way
yesterday.
昨天我帮助了一位迷路的老人。
②
当先行词指物时，关系代词可以用that或which。如：
He
bought
a
new
TV
set
that/which
was
made
in
Japan.
他买了一台日本制造的新电视机。
—
Where's
the
letter
that
came
yesterday?昨天来的信在哪儿？
—
On
the
table.在桌子上。
③
在一些特殊情况下，定语从句只能由that引导。
(1)
当先行词为不定代词时，定语从句由that引导。如：
There
is
something
that
is
making
a
lot
of
noise
over
there.
那儿有某个正发出很多噪音的东西。
(2)
当先行词被形容词最高级修饰时，定语从句由that引导。如：
This
is
the
most
exciting
film
that
I
have
ever
seen.
这是我看过的最令人激动的电影。
—
You
are
the
most
generous
person
that
I've
ever
met.
你是我见过的最慷慨的人。
—
Thank
you
for
being
so
sweet.
谢谢你这么贴心。
(3)
当先行词被序数词或the
last修饰时，定语从句由that引导。如：
He
caught
the
first
bus
that
starts
at
5：30
every
morning.
他赶上了每天早上五点半发车的首班公交车。
Tom
is
always
the
last
student
to
get
to
school
because
his
home
is
too
far
away
from
his
school.汤姆总是最后一个到校的学生，因为他家离学校太远了。
(4)
当先行词被the
only,
the
very,
the
same修饰时，定语从句由that引导。如：
The
only
book
that
explains
how
the
Internet
works
was
bought
by
John.
唯一的一本解释因特网是如何运作的书被约翰买走了。
He
was
the
only
person
that
I
knew.
他是我唯一认识的人。
(5)
当先行词是由两个并列的既有人又有物的词构成时，定语从句由that引导。如：
The
person
and
the
bike
that
they
are
looking
for
are
behind
the
building.
他们正在找的人和自行车在这幢楼后面。
(6)
当先行词被all,
little,
much,
no,
none等词修饰时，定语从句由that引导。如：
I
lost
all
the
money
that
my
father
had
given
to
me.
我把我父亲给我的所有钱都弄丢了。
[考点精练]
15.
I
like
teachers
who
________(be)
always
friendly,
helpful
and
fair
to
each
student.
16.
(2019?天水)—
Have
you
seen
the
film
The
Wandering
Earth(《流浪地球》)?
—
Yes.
It's
the
best
one
________
I
have
ever
seen.
A.
that
B.
which
C.
what
D.
it
17.
(2019?达州)—
Frank,
look!
Who
are
the
children
under
the
tree
________
waiting
in
line?
—
They
are
the
students
from
No.1
Primary
School.
A.
that
are
B.
where
are
C.
which
is
D.
who
is
18.
(2019?滨州)—
Do
you
know
the
man
________
spoke
at
the
meeting
just
now?
—
No,
I
don't
know.
A.
what
B.
who
C.
which
D.
whose
19.
(2019?河南)—
Do
you
know
the
boy
over
there?
—
The
one
________
is
holding
a
ball?
Oh,
that's
my
neighbour
Phil.
A.
what
B.
which
C.
who
D.
/
20.
(2019?鄂州)—
Do
you
like
the
weekly
talk
show
The
Readers
on
CCTV?
—
Sure.
It's
a
great
TV
programme
________
can
develop
the
habit
of
reading.
A.
who
B.
that
C.
what
D.
whose
21.
(2019?随州)—
What
kind
of
movies
do
you
like?
—
I
prefer
movies
________
give
me
something
to
think
about.
A.
which
B.
who
C.
what
D.
when
22.
(2019?淮安)The
charities
have
helped
more
children
with
the
money
________
people
raise.
A.
who
B.
what
C.
where
D.
which
能力实践
【19-20园区期末真题】
二、英语知识应用(共20
小题;每小题1分，满分20分)
A)单项选择(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并将选项填写在答题卷相应的位置上。
21.
John's
uncle
is
IT
engineer,
and
he
usually
develops
a
new
type
of
software
every
few
months.
A.
the;
a
B.
an;
a
C.
a;/
D.
an;
/
22.
I
could
control
my
feelings
at
the
moment.
The
song
brought
back
so
many
memories.
A.
really
B.
hardly
C.
nearly
D.
clearly
23.
We
may
meet
difficulties
in
the
future,
but
we
should
be
confident
enough
to
any
challenge.
A.
put
on
B.
get
on
C.
try
on
D.
take
on
24.
I
really
enjoyed
his
speech,
there
were
some
parts
I
didn't
quite
understand.
A.
because
B.
since
C.
though
D.
otherwise
25.―My
computer
works
much
more
slowly
these
days.
―Maybe
it
has
caught
a
virus.
The
computer
requires
regularly.
A.
checking
B.
to
check
C.
check
D.
checked
26.―I'm
stressed
from
time
to
time.
Could
you
give
me
some
advice?
―
sharing
your
worries
with
your
parents?
A.
How
about
B.
Why
don't
you
C.
Will
you
D.
Would
you
like
27.―Would
you
like
to
play
tennis
with
me
it
doesn't
rain
tomorrow?
―Sure,
I
am
busy.
A.
if;
since
B.
whether;
but
C.
if;
unless
D.
because;
until
28.―I
don't
know
why
he
left
without
any
words
this
morning.
―Maybe
he
had
something
important
to
do.
A.
in
a
moment
B.
in
a
hurry
C.
in
a
way
D.
in
a
sense
29.―What
did
your
father
say
to
you
just
now?
―He
asked
me
.
A.
that
I
would
like
to
see
a
movie
B.
where
I
will
spend
my
winter
holiday
C.
whether
I
enjoyed
myself
at
the
party
D.
when
did
I
attend
the
graduation
party
30.―Are
you
going
to
try
out
for
the
host
of
the
English
party?
―
?It's
such
a
good
chance
to
practise
my
English.
A.
What's
up
B.
Why
not
C.
What's
wrong
D.
Why
me
B)完形填空(共10
小题:每小题1分，满分10分)
先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A,
B,
C,
D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并将选项填写在答题卷相应的位置上。
What
inspires(鼓舞)you
to
work
hard?
Having
your
own
goals
is
31
.
Good
sleep
also
helps.
But
32
it
turns
out,
having
a
plant
on
your
desk
can
improve
your
work
as
well.
Mike
Robinson,
an
engineer
from
Canada,
owns
his
own
small
company.
One
day,
his
wife
33
picking
out
some
plants
and
putting
them
on
his
workers'
desks.
Robinson
34
the
idea
at
first.
What
good
would
plants
do?
He
thought
they
might
even
be
distracting(让人分心的).
But
he
decided
to
try
out
the
35
.
First,
Robinson
bought
20
plants
for
his
workers.
He
asked
each
worker
to
make
a
small
sign
that
said
"My
name
is
……"
and
write
their
own
name
36
the
sign.
Then,
they
put
the
sign
on
the
plant
they
chose
and
took
it
back
to
their
desk.
To
37
surprise,
Robinson
found
that
his
workers
were
working
much
harder
and
getting
along
much
better
than
before.
It
could
be
because
his
workers
formed
"
38
"
with
their
plants.
They
would
take
good
care
of
them,
and
in
turn,
take
39
care
with
their
work.
Plants
can
help
to
40
a
relaxed
atmosphere(氛围)as
well.
What
about
your
classroom?
If
not,
you
might
want
to
ask
your
teacher
about
this.
It
could
be
a
nice
way
to
make
your
classroom
more
lively
and
get
to
know
your
classmates
even
better.
31
.A.
difficult
B.
important
C.
romantic
D.
traditional
32.
A.
as
B.
before
C.
after
D.
until
33.
A.
avoided
B.
canceled
C.
risked
D.
suggested
34.
A.
accepted
B.
doubted
C.
encouraged
D.
praised
35.
A.
research
B.
plant
C.
idea
D.
talent
36.
A.
on
B.
in
C.
off
D.
under
37.
A.
their
B.
her
C.
his
D.
my
38.
A.
achievements
B.
friendships
C.
influences
D.
promises
39.
A.
little
B.
less
C.
many
D.
more
40.
A,
admire
B.
balance
C.
create
D.
discover
三、阅读理解(共12小题;每小题2分，满分24分)
阅读下列短文。从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，并将选项填写在答题卷相应的位置上。
A
The
Fisherman
climbs
down
the
mountain.
"Don't
send
me
away.
Please,
don't
send
me
away!"
the
Fisherman's
Soul
calls
to
him.
"You
are
not
important
to
me,"
says
the
Fisherman.
"Go
away.
Go
where
you
want.
My
love
is
calling
me."
The
Fisherman
arrives
at
the
seashore(海岸).
He
stands
with
his
back
to
the
moon.
He
looks
at
the
sea.
White
arms
are
calling
him.
His
shadow(影子)lies
before
him.
His
shadow
is
the
body
of
his
soul.
"Send
me
away
with
your
heart,"
the
Soul
speaks
again.
"How
can
I
love
my
Mermaid
with
no
heart?"
replies
the
Fisherman.
"Be
kind,"
says
the
Soul.
"Give
me
your
heart."
"My
heart
is
for
my
Mermaid.
Go!"
"Can
I
not
also
love?"
the
Soul
tries
again.
"Go!
You
are
not
important
to
me,"
cries
the
Fisherman.
He
takes
the
little
knife
and
he
cuts
his
shadow
away
from
his
feet.
The
shadow
rises
and
stands
before
him.
The
shadow
is
the
same
size
as
the
Fisherman.
"Go!"
says
the
Fisherman.
"I
don't
want
to
see
you
again."
"No,"
replies
the
Soul.
"I
want
to
meet
you
again:'
"How?"
asks
the
Fisherman.
"You
cannot
follow
me
under
the
sea."
"Every
year
I
can
come
back
to
this
place,"
says
the
Soul.
"I
can
call
you
and
you
can
come."
"OK,"
replies
the
Fisherman.
"I
can
come."
The
Fisherman
jumps
into
the
water.
The
Tritons
blow
their
horns(号角)and
the
little
Mermaid
comes
to
meet
him.
She
kisses
him.
They
go
down
under
the
water.
The
Soul
watches
on
the
beach.
He
is
all
alone.
41.
The
underlined
phrase
"White
arms"
refers
to(指的是)
.
A.
the
big
fish
B.
the
little
Mermaid
C.
the
sad
soul
D.
the
peaceful
sea
42.
How
does
the
Fisherman
send
his
soul
away?
A.
He
puts
it
away
carefully.
B.
He
breaks
it
into
pieces.
C.
He
cuts
it
away
from
his
body.
D.
He
leaves
it
behind.
43.
Which
of
the
followings
can't
we
infer(推断)from
the
passage?
A.
The
Tritons
don't
like
the
Soul
to
meet
the
little
Mermaid.
B.
The
Fisherman's
heart
is
also
important
to
the
Soul.
C.
The
Soul
is
as
big
as
the
Fisherman.
D.
The
Soul
can
still
see
the
Fisherman
again.
44.
What
does
the
passage
mainly
talk
about?
A.
The
Soul
wants
to
get
away
from
the
Fisherman.
B.
The
Soul
tries
to
come
back
to
the
Fisherman.
C.
The
Fisherman
and
the
Mermaid
get
together.
D.
The
Fisherman
sends
his
soul
away.
C
We
often
reach
a
point
in
our
life
when
we
should
be
ready
for
change
that
will
help
us
unlock
our
self-improvement
power.
However,
there's
always
something
staring
at(凝视)us
right
under
our
nose
but
we
don't
see
it.
The
only
time
we
think
of
unlocking
our
self-improvement
power
is
when
everything
gets
worst.
When
do
we
realize
that
we
need
to
change
diets?
When
none
of
our
shirts
and
jeans
would
fit
us.
When
do
we
stop
eating
candies
and
chocolates?
When
all
of
our
teeth
have
fallen
off
When
do
we
realize
that
we
need
to
stop
smoking?
When
our
lungs(肺)have
gone
bad.
We
see
the
warning
signs
and
signals
when
things
get
rough
and
difficult.
The
only
time
most
of
us
ever
learn
about
unlocking
our
self-improvement
power
is
when
the
whole
world
is
falling
apart.
We
think
and
feel
this
way
because
it
is
not
easy
to
change,
but
change
becomes
more
painful(疼痛的)when
we
don't
notice
it.
Change
will
happen,
like
it
or
hate
it.
At
one
point
or
another,
we
are
all
going
to
finally
unlock
our
self-improvement
power
not
because
the
world
says
so,
but
because
we
realize
it's
for
our
own
good.
Happy
people
don't
just
accept
change;
they
embrace(拥抱)it.
Unlocking
our
self-improvement
power
means
unlocking
ourselves
out
of
the
box
of
thought
that
is
just
the
way
we
are.
It
is
such
a
poor
excuse
for
people
who
fear
change.
Jane
always
tells
everyone
that
she
doesn't
have
the
courage
to
be
around
groups
of
people.
She
heard
her
family
tell
the
same
things
about
her
to
other
people.
Over
the
years,
that
is
what
Jane
has
believed.
Every
time
a
great
crowd
come,
she
steps
back
and
locks
herself
up
in
a
room.
Jane
not
only
believes
in
her
story,
but
lives
it!
Self-improvement
may
not
be
everybody's
favorite
word,
but
if
we
look
at
things
in
a
different
way,
we
might
have
greater
chances
of
enjoying
the
whole
process(过程)instead
of
counting
the
days
until
we
are
fully
improved.
Three
sessions
in
a
week
at
the
gym
would
result
in
a
healthier
life.
Reading
books
every
day
would
build
up
knowledge.
And
only
when
we
are
enjoying
the
whole
process
of
unlocking
our
self-improvement
power
will
we
realize
that
we're
beginning
to
take
things
light
and
become
happy.
49.
The
writer
mentions
the
three
questions
in
Paragraph
2
to
show
that
.
A.
we
learn
our
lessons
when
we
experience
pain
B.
we
are
grateful
for
the
problems
we
meet
C.
life
fails
us
when
we
get
into
the
wrong
way
D.
life
is
a
long
journey
full
of
ups
and
downs
50.
What
is
the
key
to
solving
Jane's
problem?
A.
She
needs
to
remember
why
she
started.
B.
She
has
to
know
how
to
get
on
with
people.
C.
She
has
to
realize
she
is
not
what
she
is
in
her
story.
D.
She
needs
to
understand
the
importance
of
confidence.
51
.The
writer
probably
agrees
that
.
A.
the
world
tells
us
how
to
improve
ourselves
B.
people
change
when
they
find
it
easy
to
do
that
C.
welcoming
change
in
life
is
a
drive
to
become
better
D.
enjoying
the
process
of
self-improvement
makes
life
harder
52.
Which
of
the
following
would
be
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A.
Is
it
important
to
take
things
light?
B.
To
hold
on
to
the
last
moment
or
to
give
up?
C.
Is
it
necessary
to
embrace
challenges?
D.
To
free
ourselves
out
of
the
box
or
to
stay
in
it?
五、单词拼写(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或上下文语境，在答题卷上标有题号的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。每空只写一词。
58.
It
was
only
an
hour
later
that
he
discovered
his
(枪)was
missing.
59.
It
is
important
to
keep
(镇静的)when
you
are
in
danger.
60.
The
list
of
the
(获胜者)will
be
announced
tomorrow.
61.
Her
novels
are
very
(高度)praised.
62.
Not
only
Jack
but
also
his
brother
(致力于)their
energies
to
writing
films.
63.
You
are
so
lazy!
This
is
the
(不整洁的)room
I
have
ever
seen.
64.
Audrey
Hepburn
was
(误认为)
for
a
real
princess.
65.―She
likes
reading
books
and
her
classmates
call
her
a
bookworm.
―Don't
at
her.
She
is
just
hard-working.
66.―I
failed
the
English
exam
again.
―Don't
worry.
You
can
achieve
success
your
effort.
67.―What
do
you
think
of
David?
―He
is
shy
and
quiet.
He
loves
sitting
in
the
comer
in
.
六、句子翻译(共5
小题;每小题3分，满分15分)
将下列句子译成英语，并写在答题卷标有题号的横线上。
68.他因他的音乐闻名于世。
_________________________________________________
69.我们别无选择只能严格要求自己。
_________________________________________________
70.王老师建议他们不要过于关注细节。
_________________________________________________
71.她宁愿玩手机也不愿跟父母交流。
_________________________________________________
72.上学期我表弟学习不太努力，以至于他的德语没有进步。
_________________________________________________
七、阅读表达(共3小题:满分6分)
阅读下面的短文并用英语问答问题，并将答案写在答题卷上标有题号的横线上。
When
you
want
to
spend
time
with
your
friends,
what
do
you
do?
You
can
go
to
a
movie,
go
shopping
or
go
to
a
coffee
shop
and
talk.
But
there
is
another
choice.
You
can
go
to
a
board
game
cafe!
These
places
have
many
board
games.
You
can
choose
one
that
you
want
to
play.
And
most
board
game
cafes
serve(提供)food
and
drinks.
You
can
enjoy
them
while
you
play
the
game.
Two
people
can
play
some
board
games,
such
as
checkers(西洋棋)or
chess.
Players
take
turns
moving
game
pieces
across
a
board.
They
must
capture(夺取)the
other
player's
pieces
to
win
the
game.
These
games
take
a
lot
of
thinking
and
skill.
Other
games
have
more
players
and
are
less
about
skill
and
more
about
luck.
These
games
usually
have
a
die(骰子)that
players
roll.
The
die
tells
the
player
how
many
spaces
they
can
move.
Each
player
moves
their
piece
around
the
board.
In
many
games,
the
first
player
to
get
to
the
finish
wins.
If
you
want
to
be
a
good
board
game
player,
learn
the
goal
of
the
game.
Is
it
to
earn
the
most
money?
Is
it
to
solve
a
mystery?
is
it
just
to
finish
the
game
first?
Whatever
the
goal
is,
work
out
the
best
and
fastest
way
to
reach
that
goal.
Then
you
can
win
the
game,
if
you're
lucky!
73.
Where
can
you
play
board
games
according
to
the
passage?
(1分)
_________________________________________________
74.
How
can
you
be
a
good
board
game
player?
(2分)
_________________________________________________
75.
Would
you
like
to
play
board
games?
Why
or
why
not?
(3分)
_________________________________________________
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
5
Art
world（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.That
was
a(n)
(不寻常的)
day.I
will
never
forget
it.?
2.To
our
(惊讶),the
young
man
managed
to
complete
the
hard
work.?
3.They
need
to
do
some
surveys
for
further
(研究).?
4.His
mother
died
of
(癌症)
several
years
ago.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给短语的适当形式填空
be
ready
to,
in
one’s
twenties,
care
for,
in
need,
look
like
1.He
went
to
America
for
further
education
.?
2.He
has
his
mother
after
she
was
sick.?
3.The
old
man
liked
helping
those
who
were
.?
4.You
must
be
Mr
Smith’s
son,because
you
him.?
5.However
busy
he
may
be,he
help
others.?
兴趣起航
What
art
forms
do
you
know?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Art
is
something
pleasant
and..(P64)艺术是令人愉快的事物，而且....
pleasant，形容词，意为“令人愉快的”,一是用来说明事物，表示“令人愉快的”或“舒适的”等；二是用来说明人，表示“友好的”、“讨人喜欢的”等。其反义词为unpleasant。
Eg.
We
spent
a
pleasant
day
in
the
country.
我们在乡下度过了愉快的一天。
[拓展]pleased,形容词,意为“高兴的;满意的”,只用作表语，通常用来修饰人。常用短语：be
pleased
with，意为“对....满意”及be
pleased
to
do
sth.，意为“高兴/乐于做某事”
Eg.
The
boss
should
be
pleased
with
you.
上司应该对你满意了。
We
will
be
pleased
to
answer
any
questions
you
may
have.
我们将愿意回答你可能有的任何问题。
[拓展]pleasing，形容词，意为“令人高兴的，令人满意的”,
的用法与
pleasant
比较接近，有时可换用。两者的细微区别是：在说明事物时，pleasant
多指令人愉快的内在的、本质的东西，而
pleasing
多指外在的、表面的东西；说明人时，两者都可表示“讨人喜欢的”，但
pleasant
多指某人因有使人愉快的外表或热情的气质等而具有自然吸引力，相比之下
pleasing
则暗示有意识地去讨好别人或取悦别人。
Eg.
It
was
a
simple
but
pleasing
design.
这是一项简单但令人满意的设计。
[拓展]pleasure，名词，意为“令人高兴的事，令人愉快的事，乐趣”。常用于口语中。
my
pleasure表示“不用谢”,用来回应别人的感谢；
with
pleasure
表示“当然了，很愿意”，用来回应别人的请求或邀请。
Eg.
—Thank
you
for
your
help.谢谢你帮我。
—My
pleasure.
不用谢。
—
May
I
open
the
window?我可以打开窗户吗?
—Yes,
with
pleasure.
当然可以。
[经典例题]
1.This
kind
of
rose
in
the
shop
smells
very________.You
can
send
it
to
your
mother.?
A.natural
B.bad
C.terrible
D.pleasant
2.—Guess
what!
Shanghai
Disneyland
will
be
open
in
2015.
—______
A.It’s
my
pleasure.
B.Take
it
easy.
C.What
fun!
D.What’s
up?
3.—Did?you?have?a?_______?trip?to?Hangzhou??????
—Yes,?I?was?very?_______?with?it.
A.
pleased;
pleased
B.
pleasant;
pleasant
C.
pleased;
pleasant
D.
pleasant;
pleased
4.We’ve
been
busy
with
our
lessons
these
days.How
about
finding________to
do?
A.anything
pleased
B.something
pleased
C.anything
pleasant
D.something
pleasant
5.—There
must
be
something
wrong
with
my
computer.Could
you
please
help
me
fix
it?
—________!
A.With
pleasure
B.You’re
kidding
C.Good
idea
D.Well
done
6.The
coach
was________the
students’
performance.
A.pleasant
with
B.pleased
with
C.pleasant
for
D.pleased
for
7.—I
won
first
prize
in
the
writing
competition!
—__________.
I
told
you
you
could
make
it.
A.
With
pleasure
B.
Guess
what
C.
There
you
are
D.
It’s
doesn’t
matter
【知识梳理2】Why
do
you
stop
there?(P64)你为什么停在那儿了？
stop
doing
sth.表示“停止正在做的事情”；stop
to
do
sth.表示“停下来去做另一件事”。
Eg.
Stop
talking!
It’s
time
for
class.不要讲话了！到上课的时间了。
The
woman
stopped
to
have
a
rest.那个女人停下来休息一下。
[经典例题]
1.She?reached?the?top?of?the?hill?and?stopped?___?on?a?big?rock?by?the?side?of?the?path.?
A.to?have?rested?
B.resting??
C.to?rest?
D.rest
2.—
You
were
lost
on
your
way
to
the
lake,
weren't
you?
—Yes,
we
were
and
had
to
stop
_______
the
way.
A.
asking ?????
???B.
to
ask ????
C.
asked ?????
D.
to
be
asked
3.On
our
way
back
home,
we
_______
lunch
because
we
felt
hungry.
A.
stopped
to
have???
B.
stop
to
have ???
C.
stopped
having
D.
stoped
to
have
4.—
Why
don'
the
doctors
stop
________
lunch?
—
Because
they
are
busy
________
a
patient.
A.
to
have;
to
save
B.
having:
saving
C.
to
have;
saving
D.
having;
to
save
5.I
was
tired
out,
so
I
stopped
the
car
_____
a
short
rest.
A.have
B.having
C.to
have
D.had
【知识梳理3】What
art
form
do
you
like?(P65)你喜欢什么艺术形式？
form，名词，意为“形式，形状”。
Eg.
Help
in
the
form
of
money
will
be
very
welcome.
以钱的形式资助将十分受欢迎。
[拓展]常用短语和搭配
in
form
在形式上
written
form
书面形式
in
the
form
of
以……的形式
[拓展]form，动词，意为“形成，产生”
Eg.
We
young
people
must
form
good
habits.
我们年轻人必须养成好习惯。
[典型例题]
1.音乐与其他艺术形式迥然不同。
Music
is
quite
unlike
any
other
________
________.
【知识梳理4】His
musical
talent
was
amazing.(P65)他的音乐才能令人惊叹。
1、musical，形容词，意为“音乐的”
Eg.
I
came
from
a
musical
family.
我来自一个音乐家庭。
[拓展]musician，名词，意为“音乐家”
Eg.
This
young
musician
has
a
bright
future.
这位年轻的音乐家前途无量。
[经典例题]
1.Have
you
ever
thought
about
becoming
a
________.（用music的各种形式填空）
2.My
father
loves________very
much.He
often
goes
out
to
take
photos
with
his
friends.?
A.films
B.music
C.dramas
D.photography
2、talent，名词，意为“才能；天才；天资”，同义词gift
Eg.
She
has
an
undoubted
talent
as
an
organizer.
她的确有组织才能。
[拓展]常用搭配
have
a
talent
for
sth.对（做）某事有天赋
Eg.
He
had
an
inborn
talent
for
languages.
他有天生的语言才能。
[经典例题]
1._______musical?talent?Jay
Chou?had!
A.?How?amazing??
B.?What?amazed??
C.?How?amazed?
D.?What?amazing
2.She
is
proud
that
her
children_______playing
football.
A.have
a
talent
for
B.have
talent
for
C.have
gift
for
D.have
gifts
for
2.All
children
have
a
natural
gift_______swimming.
A.with
B.by
C.for
D.on
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】Each
time
a
medal
was
presented
to
a
winner
at
the
Beijing
2008
0lympics,the
award
music
was
played.(P66)
在2008年北京奥运会上，每当给获胜者颁发奖牌时，颁奖音乐就会响起。
1、each
time这里是连词，引导时间状语从句，意为“每当”。
Eg.
Each
time
I
tried
to
help
I
was
refused.
每次我想要帮忙都遭到了拒绝。
[经典例题]
1.—________
the
exam
is
over,
I
will
be
worried
about
the
results.
—Take
it
easy!
Grads
are
not
our
whole
life.
A.Since
B.Though
C.Even
though
D.Each
time
2、present，动词，意为“颁发；提交；赠予”。
Eg.
The
sword
was
presented
by
the
family
to
the
museum.
这家人把宝剑捐赠给了博物馆。
[拓展]present，名词，意为“礼物”
Eg.
Did
you
get
your
mother
a
present?
给你母亲买礼物了吗？
[拓展]present，形容词，意为“现在的，目前的”
Eg.
How
do
you
read
the
present
situation?
你对目前的形势有何看法？
[拓展]常用短语
at
the
present
time=
at
present=now目前，现在
for
the
present暂时
be
present
at出席
[经典例题]
1.He
has
been
_______the
Award
for
Best
Actor
several
times.
A.
presented
to
B.
presented
with
C.
taken
part
in
D.
played
the
role
2.I
have
noticed
all
the
pop
stars_________.
A.public
B.private
C.present
D.polite
3.The
headmaster
presented
a
gold
medal________the
winner
after
the
match.
A.with
B.to
C.as
D.for
4.The
president
________
a
medal
to
him
_________his
special
contribution(贡献)
A.
offered,
to
B.
presented,
with
C.
presented,
for
D.
offered,/
(5).Attention,
please!
The
last
award
will
be
________
to
the
best
singer
of
the
year—Jay
Chou.
A.lent
B.introduced
C.donated
D.presented
【知识梳理2】Born
in
1958
in
central
Hunan,
China,
Tan
Dun
grew
up
near
the
Liuyang
River．(P66)谭盾1957年出生于中国湖南省的中部地区，他是在浏阳河边长大的。
本句为过去分词短语作伴随状语，表示状态
Eg.
Caught
in
a
heavy
rain,
he
was
all
wet.
因为淋了一场大雨，所以他全身湿透了。
Praised
by
the
teacher,
he
studied
even
harder.
因为受到老师的表扬，他学习更加努力了
The
mother
came
in,
followed
by
her
son.
母亲回来了，儿子紧随其后。
[拓展]现在分词短语做状语与过去分词短语做状语比较
Eg.
Seen
from
a
distance,
the
mountain
looked
like
an
elephant.
从远处看，这座山看起来想一头大象。
Seeing
the
mountain,
he
always
thinks
of
his
childhood.
每当看到这座山，他总会想起他的童年。
【知识梳理3】When
he
was
very
young,
Tan
showed
an
interest
in
music．(P66)
当谭很小的时候，他对于音乐表现了兴趣。
interest，名词，意为“兴趣”。常用搭配show/have/take
an
interest
in，“对…表现出兴趣”
Eg.
The
subject
is
of
no
interest
to
me
at
all.
我对此课题一点也不感兴趣。
[拓展]
interesting，形容词，意为“有趣的”。
Eg.
Did
you
go
anywhere
interesting?
你去过任何有趣的地方吗？
interested，形容词，意为“感兴趣的”。常用搭配be
interested
in，“对……表现出兴趣”
Eg.
I'm
not
interested
in
sport.
我对体育运动不感兴趣。
[经典例题]
1.When
did
you
first
start
to
_____
tennis?
A.
show
interesting
in
B.
show
interest
in
C.
show
an
interest
D.
show
an
interest
in
2.If
you_______English,
you
will
be
able
to
study
English
well.
A
have
interested
in
B
are
interest
in
C
have
an
interest
in
D
are
interesting
in
3.Everyone
was_______when
they
heard
the_________news.?
A.exciting;exciting
B.excited;exciting
C.exciting;excited
D.excited;excited
4.Man-made
wonders
are
____
than
natural
ones.
A.more
excited
B.more
exciting
C.much
excited
D.much
exciting
5.--Compare
the
speeches
made
by
the
students
from
different
classes,
and
you’ll
find
John’s
is
________.
---Sure.
That’s
why
we
vote
for
him.
A.
more
boring
B.
the
most
boring
C.
more
interesting
D.
the
most
interesting
【知识梳理4】He
loves
the
sounds
of
the
rushing
water
and
the
blowing
wind
because,
to
him,
the
best
music
comes
from
nature。(P66)
他喜欢淙淙的水声和风吹过的声音，因为对他来说，最美妙的音乐来自于自然。
1、sound，名词，意为“声音”
[辨析]noise，voice，sound
（1）noise意为“噪音”、“喧闹声”，常指不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声。
Eg.
There
was
too
much
noise
in
the
room
and
he
needed
peace.
房间里有太多噪音了，他需要安静。
（2）voice一般指人的声音，说话、唱歌。谈笑都可用voice。sound和noise不仅能指人的声音，还可以表示别的动物发出的声音；而voice除了有时可指鸟的声音外，很少表示其它动物的声音。
Eg.
Miriam's
voice
was
strangely
calm.
米里亚姆的声音出奇地平静。
（3）sound作“声音”，“响声”讲时，可以指人或动物发出的声音，或物体碰撞的声言。这个词的使用范围很大。可以说，大自然的任何“声音”都可以用sound。
Eg.
Peter
heard
the
sound
of
gunfire.
彼得听见了枪炮声。
2、nature为不可数名词,意为“自然,自然界”。
Eg.
He
was
beginning
to
enjoy
the
beauties
of
nature.
他渐渐喜欢上了大自然的迷人之处。
[拓展]
natural，形容词，意为“自然的，天然的”。
naturally，副词，意为“自然地，天然地”。
[经典例题]
1.Children
are
curious
about________and
adults
should
encourage
their curiosities.
A.nature;naturally
B.nature;natural
C.natural;nature
D.naturally;nature
2.When
we
heard
that
a
fire
broke
out
and
five
people
were
killed,all
of
us_______felt
upset.
A.naturally
B.natively
C.successfully
D.valuably
答案：BA
【知识梳理5】As
a
composer,
perhaps
he
is
best
known
for
winning
an
Oscar
for
his
music
in
the
film
Crouching
Tiger,
Hidden
Dragon.(P66)作为一位作曲家，也许他最为人知的是为电影《卧虎藏龙》作曲而赢得奥斯卡大奖。
1、这里as用作介词，意思是“作为”
Eg.
I
really
value
him
as
a
friend.
我真的把他视为好朋友。
2、be
known
for
sth/doing
sth意为“因为……而出名”=
be
famous
for
[辨析]be
famous
for与be
famous
as的辨析：
be
famous
for意为“以……而著名”，for后接著名的原因。
be
famous
as意为“作为……而著名”，as后接身份、职业的名词。
Eg.
Beijing
is
famous
for
the
Great
Wall.
北京因长城而闻名。
Beijing
is
famous
as
the
capital
of
China.
北京作为中国首都而著名。
[拓展]固定句型
It
is
known/well-known
that...众所周知
Eg.
It
is
known
that
he
is
an
expert.
众所周知他是一位专家
[经典例题]
1.Suzhou_______its
beautiful
gardens,
which
attracts
a
large
number
of
tourists.
A.was
famous
as
B.is
known
as
C.was
famous
for
D.is
known
for
2.As
an
actor,Huang
bo_______her
fine
acting.
A.is
known
for
B.is
known
to
C.is
known
as
D.is
known
by
3.---What
do
you
know
about
Xiangyang?
---It’s________its
state
level
scenic
spot(景点)—Gulongzhong.?
A.famous
as
B.different
from
C.similar
to
D.known
for
4.---Jay
Chou
is
well-known
_____________
a
singer,
isn’t
he?
---Yes,
and
he
is
also
known
_____________
his
film.
A.for;for
B.as;as
C.for;as
D.as;for
5.Hangzhou
is
well-known
_________the
West
lake_________the
capital
of
Zhejiang
A.
for,
as
B.
as,
as
C.
for,
for
D.
as,
for
6.Hepburn
is
known
_______winning
an
Oscar
_____
Best
Actress
______
her
role
in
the
film
Roman
Holiday.
A.
as,
for,
of
B.
for,
of
,as
C.
for,
for
,for
D.
as,
of
,for
7.It
is
well
known
____
all
people
that
Beijing
is
known
___
the
capital
of
China.
A.
for;
as
B.
to;
for
C.
to;
as
D.
for;
for
8.The
lady
in
white
dress
was
known______
a
great
humanitarian_____
her
efforts
in
charity.
A.
as;
in
B.
for;
for
C.
as;
for
D.
for;
of
【知识梳理6】Instead,
Tan
makes
over
50
sounds
from
water
by
controlling
the
speed
of
water
flow.(P67)相反，谭盾通过控制水流的速度让水发出50多种声音。
1、instead，副词，意为“代替”。常用搭配instead
of，意为“代替”
Eg.
Now
I
can
walk
to
work
instead
of
going
by
car.
现在我可以步行去上班，而不必开车了。
[经典例题]
1._____
learning
more
and
more
about
music,
Tan
Dun
decided
to
use
the
sounds
of
nature
in
his
works
_____
musical
instruments.
A.
Because;
instead
B.
Since;
instead
C.
As;
instead
of
D.
Because
of;
instead
of
2.It’s
sunny.Let’s
go
sighting_________watching
TV
in
our
hotel
room.?
A.thanks
to
B.instead
of
C.as
well
as
D.as
for
3.Linda
didn’t
do
her
homework.
She
played
the
guitar
all
day
________.
A.either
B.even
C.yet
D.instead
4.I
have
to
work
hard
_________the
coming
exam
A.
as
B.
instead
of
C.
because
D.
because
of
5.Some
of
old
workers
have
to
retire
(退休)
early
_________
too
much
work
and
poor
health.
A.
as
a
result
B.
as
C.
instead
of
D.
because
of
2、control，动词，意为“控制”
Eg.
Jo
was
advised
to
learn
to
control
herself.
人们建议乔要学会控制自己的情绪。
[拓展]control，名词，意为“控制”
under
control在控制之中
out
of
control失控
[经典例题]
1.I
could
hardly_________my
feelings
at
the
moment.The
song
brought
back
so
many
childhood
memories.?
A.control
B.survive
C.imagine
D.change
2.The
flight
to
Rome
has
been
canceled,
and
the
situation
is
_______
control.
A.
over
B.
without
C.
beyond
D.
against
3.By
_________the
speed
of
water
flow,
Tan
made
over
50
sounds
from
water.
A.
controlled
B.control
C.controlling
D.controls
【知识梳理7】My
music
is
to
dream
without
boundaries.（P67）
我的音乐就是梦想无界。
to
dream
without
boundaries
不定式短语做表语
Eg.
The
main
thing
is
to
remain
calm.
最重要的是要保持冷静。
[经典例题]
1.Humans
can
not
make
progress
________
dreams.
A.with
B.without
C.through
D.about
2.My
little
brother
is
lazy
enough
_____
all
day
without_____
anything.
A
.
to
asleep;
doing
B.
to
sleep;
do
C.
to
sleep;
doing
D.
sleeping;
to
do
3.Many
cities
in
China,
__________Beijing,
have
been
deeply
affected
by
dirty
air.
A.
including
B.
included
C.
without
D.
covered
4.John
came
first
in
the
English
competition.
He
couldn’t
describe
how
excited
he
was
feeling.
It
was________
his
ability
of
expressing
himself.
A.
beyond
B.
over
C.
above
D.
without
【知识梳理8】In
his
works,
the
past
and
the
present,
common
objects
and
musical
instruments,
traditional
Chinese
music
and
modern
Western
music
all
mix
together
to
make
a
new
type—music
without
boundaries.
在他的作品中，过去的和现在的，普通的事物和乐器，传统的中国音乐和现代的西方音乐都交融在一起，形成了一种新的形式—没有界限的音乐。
1、common，形容词，意为“共同的；普通的；一般的；通常的”
Eg.
Jackson
is
a
common
English
name.
杰克逊是常见的英语人名。
[拓展]common
sense
常识
in
common
共同的；共有的
[经典例题]
1.—I
really
can’t
believe
such
a
learned
man
has
made
such
a
silly
mistake.
—Don’t
you
know
________
sense
is
worth
more
than
knowledge?
A.general
B.usual
C.special
D.common
2.It
is
easy
to
________the
differences
between
them
because
they
have
little
____.
A.
say,
in
style
B.
say,
in
general
C.
tell,
in
common
D.
tell,
in
size
2、instrument，可数名词，意为“仪器；工具；乐器；手段；器械”
Eg.
Most
pupils
learn
a
musical
instrument.
多数小学生都学习演奏乐器。
[经典例题]
1.—Do
you
know
that
erhu
is
one
of
the
most
traditional
________
in
China?
—Of
course.
Liu
Tianhua,
the
inventor
of
erhu,
was
born
and
grew
up
in
our
hometown
Jiangyin.
A.industries
B.interviews
C.introductions
D.instruments
2.---
Have
you
ever
heard
of
a
kind
of
an
old
musical
_______
called
clavichord(古钢琴)?
---
Sorry,
I
don’t
know.
Maybe
you
can
ask
our
English
teacher.
A.
instruction
B.
instrument
C.
introduction
D.
information
3、work，可数名词，意为“作品”
Eg.
Back
then,
cartoonists
sent
in
their
works
by
fax.
那时候，漫画家们用传真传送作品。
能力实践
Ⅰ.单项填空
(
)1.(辽宁营口中考)Some
children
prefer
to
eat
sweet
chocolate
it’s
not
good
for
their
health.?
A.because
B.if
C.when
D.though
(
)2.—What
do
you
want
to
be
when
you ??
—I
want
to
be
an
engineer.
A.give
up
B.pick
up
C.grow
up
D.put
up
(
)3.(广西玉林中考)—Chinese
government
sent
two
pandas,Ruyi
and
Dingding,to
Russia
several
days
ago.
—The
relationship
China
Russia
will
be
closer
than
before,I
think.?
A.both;and
B.not
only;but
also
C.either;or
D.between;and
(
)4.—What
do
you
know
about
Xiangyang?
—It’s its
state-level
scenic
spot(景点)—Gulongzhong.?
A.known
for
B.different
from
C.similar
to
D.famous
as
(
)5.(山东东营中考)—The
Wandering
Earth(《流浪地球》)
tells
us
a
story
about
how
people
tried
to
save
the
earth.
—Yes.In
the
film
humans
chose
to
stay
with
the
earth
running
away
from
it.?
A.because
of
B.together
with
C.such
as
D.instead
of
(
)6.(湖南怀化中考改编) your
help,I
can’t
get
good
grades.?
A.With
B.Without
C.For
D.About
(
)7.(湖南岳阳中考改编)The
toys
are
really
old,
I
still
want
to
keep
them.?
A.or
B.and
C.but
D.so
(
)8.
it
is
going
to
rain,the
sport
meeting
will
be
put
off
until
next
week.?
A.As
B.Although
C.So
D.While
(
)10.The
Oriental
Pearl
Tower
lots
of
visitors
since
1995.?
A.has
attracted
B.attracts
C.attracted
D.will
attract
(
)10.(安徽中考改编)A
better
future
is
the
goal
of
the
Chinese
people,and
it’s
also
the
interest
of
the
world.?
A.special
B.normal
C.traditional
D.common
II.完形填空
“If
you
agree
with
me,please
‘Dian
Zan’.”
is
one
of
the
most
popular
sentences
on
the
Internet.When
you
think
someone’s
ideas
are
right,when
you
think
someone’s
articles
are 1 ,or
when
you
are
moved
by
what
someone
writes,you
can
click
the
praise
sign.Anyhow,clicking
the
praise
sign 2 that
you
agree
with
someone
or
praise
someone.?
“Dian
Zan”
is
a
kind
of
Chinese
Internet
language.People 3 use
it
when
they
surf
the
Internet.There
is
a
function(功能)
of
“Dian
Zan”
in
the
Qzone.The
Qzone
has
had
the
function 4 2010.It
didn’t
become
very
popular
until
Weibo 5 the
function
of
“Dian
Zan”.In
the
recent
years,it
has
become
more
and
more
popular.When
the
2015
Spring
Festival
came,Chinese
leader
Xi
Jinping
used
the
words
“Dian
Zan”
to
praise
and 6 his
thanks
to
the
great
Chinese
people.?
Websites
can
know
how
many
people
support
some
ideas 7 counting
how
many
people
click
the
praise
sign.?
Experts
can
know 8 teenagers
are
caring
about
through
what
they
click
the
sign
for.That
can
help
them
solve
teenagers’ 9 .?
Clicking
the
praise
sign
is
really
a(n) 10 thing.Have
you
ever
clicked
the
sign
for
anybody
on
the
Internet??
(
)1.A.wonderful
B.terrible
C.hard
D.awful
(
)2.A.offers
B.takes
C.means
D.avoids
(
)3.A.hardly
B.only
C.simply
D.usually
(
)4.A.until
B.since
C.when
D.after
(
)5.A.broke
B.checked
C.refused
D.started
(
)6.A.prevent
B.express
C.create
D.receive
(
)7.A.by
B.on
C.at
D.under
(
)8.A.that
B.where
C.what
D.when
(
)9.A.plans
B.examples
C.problems
D.choices
(
)10.A.difficult
B.easy
C.boring
D.exciting
III.阅读理解
For
many
years,artists
have
been
in
Paris,France,to
paint
or
to
learn
to
paint.Perhaps
artists
first
went
there
because
of
the
city’s
beauty.They
went
to
paint
pictures
of
the
broad
tree-lined
streets,the
great
churches,and
the
beautiful
river
bridges.The
artists
felt
comfortable
in
Paris
because
the
people
in
the
city
always
enjoyed
art.Paris
had
great
art
museums,full
of
famous
paintings
and
statues
from
many
countries.And
the
people
in
Paris
always
welcomed
new
ideas.In
this
city,artists
felt
free
to
experiment
with
new
ways
of
painting.As
soon
as
famous
artists
painted
in
Paris,students
came
to
learn
them.People
came
to
buy
paintings.Men
who
were
called
art
businessmen
set
up
galleries(陈列馆)
and
paintings
could
be
bought
and
sold
at
the
galleries.Others
kept
shops
that
sold
artists’
paintings.Students
and
the
artists
who
were
not
yet
famous
could
live
in
Paris
for
very
little
money.They
learnt
by
studying
great
art
in
the
museums,and
they
learnt
from
each
other.They
hung
their
paintings
outdoors
along
the
streets.
Today,New
York
City
and
Florence
are
also
famous
art
centres.But
the
world’s
main
art
shows
are
still
held
in
Paris.Most
of
the
new
ways
of
painting
have
started
in
the
last
hundred
years
in
Paris.So
artists
and
art
businessmen
still
go
to
Paris
because
it
is
the
world’s
main
and
important
art
centre.
(
)1.According
to
the
passage
artists
first
went
to
Paris
probably
because
.?
A.it
was
a
very
beautiful
city
B.it
was
cheap
to
live
there
C.there
were
a
lot
of
streets,bridges
and
churches
D.there
were
a
lot
of
art
museums
(
)2.The
passage
is
mainly
about
.?
A.the
world’s
most
famous
art
centre
B.how
to
buy
a
painting
in
Paris
C.the
famous
artists
of
New
York
and
Florence
D.art
museums
and
art
businessmen
(
)3.We
can
learn
from
the
passage
that
.?
A.all
artists
who
go
to
Paris
will
become
famous
B.the
people
of
Paris
have
never
liked
new
ideas
C.people
can
buy
fine
paintings
in
Paris
D.Paris
is
the
most
beautiful
city
in
the
world
(
)4.We
can
probably
read
the
passage
from
the
column.?
A.science
B.culture
C.sport
D.history
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
7
Films（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.Some
teenagers
want
to
be
TV
superstars (超级明星)
when
they
grow
up.?
2.Kung
Fu
is
a(n)
action (动作)
film
which
is
very
exciting.?
3.Jackie
Chan
won
an
Oscar
after
his
56-year-long
career
in
the
film
industry (工业).?
4.A
lot
of
people
around
the
world
are
interested
in
westerns (西部影片).?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.(江苏南通中考改编) Luckily (luck),the
old
lady
was
saved
from
a
big
fire
by
her
neighbour
yesterday.?
2.(湖北鄂州中考)A
Chinese
father
made
some
nice
dresses
for
his
daughter
with
his
wife’s (wife)
old
skirts.?
3.This
book
is suitable (suit)
for
all
children.?
4.Each
of
them is (be)
looking
forward
to
a
holiday
without
work.?
5.Most
women
would
rather
have (have)
drinks
than
wine.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.米莉非常喜欢表演。她想当一名演员。
Millie likes
acting very
much.She
wants
to
be
an
actress.?
2.西蒙给我们讲了一个如此有趣的故事,以至于我们都笑了。
Simon
told
us
such
an
interesting story
that we
all
laughed.?
3.我们打算去看一部科幻电影,而不是看恐怖片。
We’re
going
to
see
a
science
fiction film
instead
of a
horror
film.?
4.他工作如此努力,以至于能在这部电影中演主角。
He
worked
so
hard
that
he
could
play
the
lead
role
in
the
film.?
5.—总有一天我会中大奖。
—你做梦吧!
—One
day
I’ll
win
a
big
prize.
— In
your
dreams !?
兴趣起航
Do
you
know
what
types
of
films
they
are?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】In
your
dreams,
Eddie.
(P92)做梦吧，埃迪。
in
your
dreams，意为“你做梦，你妄想”，是一种拒绝别人的说法，强调“此事绝无可能”。
A:
Guess
what?
This
weekend,
I
caught
a
fish
this
big.
B:
No
way.
A:
Yeah,
It
was
huge!
B:
In
your
dreams!
There's
no
way
you
caught
a
fish
that
big.
A:你猜发生什么事了？上周末，我抓到了一个这么大的鱼。
B:这不可能。
A:真的，有这么大。
B:你做梦吧。你绝对不可能抓到那么大的鱼的。
[经典例题]
1.—
I
hope
that
I
will
have
millions
of
dollars
and
I
can
buy
my
private
(私人的)
plane.
—__________.
A.
You
are
welcome
B.
That?s
very
kind
of
you
C.
In
your
dreams
D.
Thank
you
all
the
same
2.—
I’ve
made
a
wish
on
my
birthday
that
I
can
afford
a
plane
one
day.
—
______.
A.
Take
it
easy
B.
In
your
dreams
C.
No
problem
D.
You’re
lucky
3.—Maybe
I
can
win
a
free
trip
around
Europe
in
the
game
show.
—________.
I
don't
think
you
will
have
the
chance.
A.
That's
possible
B.
Nothing
is
impossible
C.
In
your
dreams
D.
Cheer
up
答案：CBC
【知识梳理2】Each
of
them
is
writing
an
article
about
their
favourite
film
star.(P92)
他们每一个人都正在写关于他们最喜欢的电影明星的文章。
each此处用作代词，意为“每个”，后可接of短语。作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
Eg.
Each
of
us
must
take
responsibility
for
our
own
actions.
我们每个人都必须对自己的行为负责。
[经典例题]
1._____
Jim______
his
cousin
has
been
to
America,
but
_____
of
them
know
the
country
well.
A.
Not
only,
but
also,
all
B.
Both
and,
each
C.
Neither,
nor,
both
D.
Either,
or,
none
2.[2019
?
湖北省鄂州市]—I
tried
several
ways
to
work
out
the
math
problem,
but
______
of
them
worked.
—Never
give
up.
I
believe
you’ll
make
it.
A.
all
B.
each
C.
none
D.
neither
3.There
are
many
tall
buildings
on
____sides
of
the
street.
A.each
B.every
C.both
D.either
答案：CCC
【知识梳理3】Who
do
you
think
would
be
suitable
for
entering
the
film
industry?(P93)
你认为谁适合进入电影行业。
1、do
you
think在此作插入语。
插入语是对一句话作一些附加的解释，与句子的其他成分没有语法上的关系。在特殊疑问句中，do
you
think要置于疑问词之后。
若疑问词本身是主语，用“疑问词+do
you
think+谓语...？”结构；
若疑问词本身不是主语，则用“疑问词+do
you
think+主语+谓语...?”结构。
Eg.
What
do
you
think
they
are
going
to
do
after
school?
你认为放学后他们会做什么？
[拓展]类似的还有：
I?hope,?I?guess,?I?believe,?I?suppose,?I?wonder,?I?tell?you,?I?say,?I'm?afraid,?I'm?sure,?you?see,?you?know,?as?you?know,?that?is,?that?is?to?say,?what's?more
[经典例题]
1.How
long
do
you
think
_____Apple
Inc
brings
out
a
new
product?
A.
will
it
be
when
B.
will
it
be
until
C.
it
will
be
before
D.
it
will
be
that
2.What
do
you
think
________her
________that
night?
A.
to
make;
be
excited
B.
made
;excited
C.
makes
;
exciting
D.
made
;
get
exciting
3.What
do
you
think
________
protect
these
elephants
?
A.should
we
do
B.we
should
do
C.should
we
do
to
D.we
should
do
to
答案：CBD
2、suitable，意为“适宜的;合适的”。常用搭配：be
suitable
for“适合……的”,be
suitable
to
do...“适合做…”。
Eg.
The
course
is
suitable
for
both
beginners
and
advanced
students.
这门课程对初学者和高阶学生都适合。
I
don't
have
anything
suitable
to
wear
for
the
party.
我没有适合在聚会上穿的衣服。
[拓展]suit，名词,意为“西服;套装”。
Eg.
He
wore
an
overcoat
over
his
suit.
他在西服外面再加了一件大衣。
[拓展]suit，及物动词,意为“适合”。例如：
Eg.
That
colour
doesn't
really
suit
you,
if
you
don't
mind
my
saying
so.
这颜色并不十分适合你—我这么说，你不会介意吧。
[辨析]fit，suit
（1）fit往往强调尺寸、大小或形状上的吻合。
（2）侧重于符合某人的口味，或服装颜色、款式等的相配或适合。用来形容尺寸、大小、形状也可以。
[经典例题]
1.Teaching
English
is
not
suitable_______you,
perhaps
you
should
be
a
PE
teacher_________.
A.
for;
instead
of
B.
to;
instead
C.
for;
instead
D.
to;
instead
of
2.His
new
job________well
with
his
abilities.
A.fit
B.fits
C.suit
D.suits
3.This
movie
isn’t_________for
children
under
twelve.
A.suitable
B.possible
C.able
D.acceptable
答案：CDA
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】Audrey
Hepburn
is
one
of
Hollywood’s
all-time
greatest
actresses.(P94)
奥黛丽·赫本是好莱坞空前的最伟大的女演员之一。
1、all-time，形容词，意为“空前的”。
Eg.
He
is
one
of
the
all-time
best
singes.
他是一位空前的歌手。
2、actress,n,
是由“act(表演)+后缀-tress”构成。后缀-tress表示女性。男演员为actor.
Eg.
As
a
schoolgirl,
she
had
dreamed
of
becoming
an
actress.
当她是一名女学生的时候，她曾梦想过成为一名女演员。
[拓展]与actress类似的词：
waiter(男服务员)--waitress(女服务员)
host(男主人)---hostess(女主人)
prince(王子)---princess(公主)
[典型例题]
1.All
the
dresses
are
one
of
the
greatest
____________(act).
2.Zhang
Ziyi
is
one
of
the
most
popular____________(女演员）in
China.
答：actresses'
actresses
【知识梳理2】When
she
died
in
1993,the
world
felt
very
sad
about
the
loss
of
a
great
beauty,a
great
actress
and
a
great
humanitarian.(P94)
她1993年去世的时候,全世界都对失去这一位伟大的美人、女演员以及人道主义者感到悲伤。
1、die，不及物动词，意为“死，死亡”，它是非延续性动词，不能和表示一段时间的短语连用。
Eg.
A
year
later
my
dog
died.
1年后，我的狗死了。
[拓展]die的现在分词形式是dying，dying也可以作形容词，意为“垂死的”；另一个形容词形式是dead，意为“死了的”；名词形式是death.
Eg.
Shipbuilding
is
a
dying
business.
造船业是一个没落行业。
The
women
knew
nothing
of
the
dead
girl.
They
were
strangers.
这些妇女对那个死去的女孩一无所知。她们互不相识。
She
knew
she
was
close
to
death.
她知道自己已濒临死亡。
[辨析]die
of
vs.
die
from
（1）若死因存在于人体之上或之内（主要指疾病、衰老等自身的原因),一般用介词
of.
如：die
of
illness
(heart
trouble,cancer,a
fever,etc)
死于疾病
(心脏病，癌症，发烧等)
（2）若死因不是存在人体之上或之内,而是由环境造成的(主要指事故等方面的外部原因),一般用介词
from
.
如：die
from
an
earthquake
(a
traffic
accident,a
lightning,a
stroke,etc)
死于地震(交通事故，雷击等)
（3）若死因是环境影响到体内,即两方面共有的原因,则可用
of,from
均可.
如：die
of
[from]
a
drink
(
a
wound,overwork,starvation,hunger
and
cold,etc)
死于饮酒(受伤，劳累过度,饥饿，饥寒等)
但是在实际运用中,两者混用的情况较多.
[经典例题]
1.Lu
Xun_________for
more
than
80
years,but
his
works
still
have
great
influence
today.
A.died
B.was
dying
C.has
died
D.has
been
dead
2.How
many
people__________in
the
flood
this
summer?
A.are
dying
B.die
C.died
D.have
died
3.When
I
came
into
his
study.
I
found
________on
the
floor
________
.
A
him
lying
;
dying
B
him
lie
;
death
C
he
lying
;
dead
D
he
lie
;
died
4.The________man
recommended
his
soul
to
god.
A.died
B.dead
C.death
D.dying
5.The
poor
woman
was
found
________
in
the
forest.
However,
the
murderer
was
not
found.
A.
die
B.
died
C.
dead
D.
death
答案：DCADC
2、loss，名词，意为“丧失；损失；丢失”。常用搭配：the
loss
of...意为“……的丧失”，the
loss
of
sb.意为“某人的逝世”。
Eg.
He
was
not
brave
enough
to
report
the
loss
of
the
documents.
他当时不够勇敢去报失文件的丢失。
[拓展]at
a
loss
亏本地；困惑不解
Eg.
I
was
at
a
loss
for
what
to
do
next.
我不知道下一步该怎么办。
[拓展]lose，动词，意为“浪费；使沉溺于；使迷路；遗失；错过”，过去式和过去分词都是lost。
[经典例题]
1.—______great
loss
it
is
for
us
to
lose
Audrey
Hepburn!
—Yes.
As
a
great
actress,
she
won
_____
Oscar
for
Best
Actress.
A.
What;
an
B.
What
a;
the
C.
How;
/;
a
D.
How
a;
an
2.The______
of
the
compass（指南针）
made
me
get______in
the
desert.
A.
loss；lost
B.lose；lost
C.lost；lost
D.loss；loss
3.Kobe’s
death
was
a
great
________
to
his
fans.
A.
lost
B.
lose
C.
loss
D.
losing
4.Lily
____
her
lovely
pet
cat
last
week.
She
was
very
sad
about
the
_____
of
the
cat.
A.lose;
loss
B.lost;
losing
C.lost;
loss
D.lost;
lost
答案：BACC
【知识梳理3】She
worked
as
a
model
before
becoming
an
actress.
(P94)
work
as
意为“担任；以…身份而工作”
Eg.
I
work
as
a
firefighter
and
my
wife
is
a
nurse.
我的工作是消防队员，而我太太是护士。
[典型例题]
1.她知道她当不了一个好模特。
________________________________________
答案：She
knows
that
she
can’t
work
as
a
good
model.
【知识梳理4】Hepburn’s
beauty
and
charm
caught
the
writer’s
attention.(P94)
赫本的美貌和魅力引起了这位作家的注意。
catch/attract
one’s
attention
意为“吸引某人的注意”
Eg.
The
teacher
knocked
on
the
blackboard
to
catch
our
attention.
老师敲了敲黑板以引起我们的注意。
[经典例题]
1.The
girl’s
sweet
voice_________the
Li
Jian’s
attention.
A.
lost
B.
paid
C.
attracted
D.
gave
2.To
______
everyone’s
attention,
she
got
everything
ready
for
her
first
______
on
stage.
A.
draw;
appear
B.
caught;
appearing
C.
attract;
appear
D.
catch;
appearance
答案：CD
【知识梳理5】Colette
insisted
that
Hepburn
was
the
perfect
girl
for
the
lead
role
in
Gigi,
a
play
based
upon
her
novel,
although
Hepburn
had
never
played
any
major
roles
before.(94)
科莱特坚持认为赫本是出演一部以她的小说为基础的影片——《琪琪》这部戏主角的完美人选，尽管赫本以前从没有扮演过主角。
1、insist，动词,意为“坚持认为;坚持”
（1）常见短语为insist
on,后接名词或者动名词。
They
insist
on
playing
their
music
late
at
night.
已是深夜，他们却依然在放音乐。
（2）insist后接宾语从句,若宾语从句部分指的是说话人的某个事实或某个观点正确，则宾语从句用把陈述语气。
Eg.
I
insist
that
he
is
innocent.
我坚持认为他是无罪的。
（3）若宾语从句不是指说话人强调的一个事实，而是表示“坚持要求”的意思时，宾语从句要用虚拟语气，即should+动词原形,should可省略。
Eg.
I
insist
that
you
（should）go
with
me.
我坚持要你跟我一起去。
[经典例题]
1.The
doctor
__________
that
she
was
ill.
A.insisted
B.suggest
C.insisted
on
D.suggest
on
2.I'm
afraid
we
will
have
to
call
110
if
you
____
breaking
into
the
my
house.
A.
give
up
B.
look
for
C.
base
on
D.
insist
on
3.My
mother
insists
on
________
up
early
every
morning.
A.
get
B.
to
get
C.
gets
D.
getting
4.My
father
didn’t
believe
what
I
said.
He_________
seeing
the
UFO
with
his
own
eyes.
A.
insist
on
B.
insisted
that
C.
insist
to
D.
insisted
on
答案：ADDD
2、lead，名词，意为“主角，扮演主角的演员”
Eg.
She
has
just
landed
the
lead
role
in
their
latest
production.
她刚在他们最新的作品中取得了主角。
3、base作动词,意为“以……为基础”。常见短语：
（1）base
on/upon
“以……为根据”。
Eg.
You
shouldn’t
base
your
opinion
on
what
you
see.
你的观点不能仅以你看到的作为依据。
（2）be
based
on/upon“以……为根据；根据……；基于……”。
Eg.
The
novel
is
based
on
a
true
story.
这部小说是根据真实的故事写成的。
[经典例题]
1._______
big
success
the
film
_____her
story
was
!
A.
What
a
,based
upon
B.
What
,
was
based
on
C.
What
a
,was
based
upon
D.
How
,
based
on
2.He
wrote
a
novel
__________
what
happened
in
his
childhood.
A.
to
base
B.
based
on
C.
was
based
on
D.
to
base
on
3.The
decision
that
we
have
made________the
data
you
offered.
A.base
on
B.based
on
C.is
base
on
D.is
based
on
4.Guo
Jingming
finally
directed
the
film_________his
own
novel.?
A.looked
on
B.worked
on
C.acted
on
D.based
on
5.I
have
never
watched
the
play
________
Yu
Hua’s
novel
________
.
A.
based
upon;
before
B.
be
based
on;
before
C.
based
on;
ago
D.
is
based
on;
ago
答案：ABDDA
【知识梳理6】That
event
marked
the
beginning
of
her
successful
career.(P94)
mark，及物动词，意为“表明；标志”
Eg.
The
promotion
marked
a
turning
point
in
her
career.
这次提升标志着她事业上的转折点。
【知识梳理7】Two
years
later,
Hepburn
was
chosen
to
play
the
role
of
a
young
princess
in
the
Hollywood
film
Roman
Holiday.(P95)
两年后，赫本被选中出演好莱坞影片《罗马假日》中的女主角——一位年经的公主。
play，动词，意为“扮演”。常用搭配：play
the
role
of
意为“扮演......的角色”，play
the
role
in...
意为“在......中扮演角色”
[经典例题]
1.—Did
Jenny
play
the
role
____
Snow
White
in
the
play?
—Yes,
she
did.
The
prince
saved
her
and
fell
in
love
with
her.
A.
with
B.
to
C.
in
D.
of
2.—We
all
_______
Audrey
Hepburn
as
a
great________
as
well.
—Yes.
She
always
cares
a
lot
about
people
all
over
the
world
during
her
lifetime.
A.
look;
nomination
B.
think;
role
C.
consider;
humanitarian
D.
believe;
beauty
3.Huang
Bo
played
many
roles
_______
many
films.
A.
in
B.
of
C.
on
D.
with
4.Zhang
ziyi
won
the
hundred
flowers
award
_________
best
actress
_________
her
role
_________
the
film
.
A.
for;
from;in
B.
for;
for;
of
C.form;
for;in
D.for;
for;
in
答案：DCAD
【知识梳理8】She
won
the
Oscar
for
Best
Actress
for
her
role
in
this
film
that
year.(P95)
那年凭借这部电影中的角色她获得了奥斯卡最佳女演员奖。
win，动词，意为“赢得；获胜”，其后可接取得的荣誉，也可接表示某种比赛的名词。
Eg.
They
last
won
the
cup
in
2002.
他们上一次获得奖杯是在2002年。
[拓展]win后不接参加比赛的对手。如果接对手应该用beat。
Eg.
She
beat
the
other
runners
by
a
margin
of
ten
seconds.
她以领先十秒的优势战胜了其他赛跑者。
【知识梳理9】Hepburn’s
achievements
went
beyond
the
film
industry.(P95)
赫本的成就不仅限于电影业。
beyond作介词,意为“超过;在……之外;为……所不及”。go
beyond意为“超出;除……之外”。
Eg.
Our
success
was
far
beyond
what
we
thought
possible.
我们的成功远远超出了我们的估计范围。
[拓展]beyond
sb.超出某人的理解范围
[经典例题]
1.His
best-known
work
that
is_____
all
praise
can
be
seen
in
the
museum.
A.
with
B.beyond
C.without
D.within
2.It
had
been
a
success
far
_________
their
expectations.
A.
against
B.beyond
C.with
D.behind
3.Put
such
dangerous
stuff
(东西)as
medicine,
knives
and
lights_______
the
reach
of
children.
A.
in
B.
within
C.
beyond
D.
over
4.It
is
quite
_________
me
why
she
did
such
a
foolish
thing.
A.for
B.behind
C.against
D.beyond
5.Sandy
is
my
best
friend.
To
me,
our
friendship
is
_______________money.
A.
with
B.
off
C.
beyond
D.
under
答案：BBCDC
【知识梳理10】She
began
to
work
for
UNICEF
in
the
1950s.(95)
在二十世纪五十年代，她开始为联合国儿童基金会工作。
in
the
1950s意为“在20世纪50年代”
Eg.
Gere
became
interested
in
painting
in
the
1970s.
盖尔在20世纪70年代对绘画产生了兴趣。
【知识梳理11】On
20
January
1993,
she
passed
away
peacefully
in
her
sleep.(P95)
1993年1月20日，她在睡梦中安详地去世了。
1、pass
away意为“去世”，是死亡die的委婉语。
[经典例题]
1.The
old
man
________
a
rainy
winter
evening
.
A.passed
away
in
B.past
away
in
C.passed
away
on
D.past
away
on
2.Argentinian
football
legend
Diego
Maradona
_______
on
Wednesday
at
the
age
of
60.
A.
past
away
B.
passed
away
C.
past
on
D.
passed
out
答案：CB
2、peacefully副词，意为“宁静地；和平地”，其形容词为peaceful，意为“宁静的；和平的”；名词为peace，意为“宁静；和平”。
[典型例题]
1.[2017无锡]Listen!
The
boss
is
shouting
again,
Has
he
ever
said
anything________(peaceful)?
答案：peacefully
能力实践
一、根据句意及汉语提示、首字母提示或上下文语境写出单词
1.
Yi
Jianlian
is
one
of
the
________
(空前的)
greatest
basketball
players
in
China.
2.
Mr
Xu
________
(坚持认为)
that
Shirley
was
the
perfect
girl
to
play
the
lead
role
in
the
play.
3.
Tom
is
studying
hard
this
term.
He
wants
to
get
an
A
in
the
________
(最后的)
maths
exam.
4.
Chinese
fever
has
swept
the
world
in
recent
years.
This,
________
(标志着)
the
rapid
increase
in
people’
s
interest
in
China
and
Chinese
history.
5.
As
one
of
the
best-known
Chinese
________
(女演员)
in
the
international
cinema,
Gong
Li
also
takes
part
in
the
charity
work.
6.
Lei
Feng
did
many
good
things
for
others
during
his
l________
.
7.
Nothing
is
impossible.
It
means
everything
can
happen
if
you
make
e________
.
8.
The
:
Hunchback
and
Notre
Dame
caught
fire
on
April
15th,
2019,
and
the
world
felt
very
sad
about
the
l________
of
art
treasures.
9.
—Do
you
have
any
plans
for
your
future?
—I
would
like
to
work
in
the
film
________
after
leaving
school.
10.
—I
can’t
think
of
any
other
actress
who
is
more
beautiful
than
Audrey
Hepburn.
—You’ve
got
the
point.
Her
beauty
is
________
words.
二、
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空
1.
The
ballet
dresses
made
of
silk
must
be
those
________
(dance)
.
2.
There
is
a
place
in
my
heart
where
all
nations
will
live
________
(peace)
some
day.
3.
This
network
program
________
(base)
on
cloud
provides
valuable
information.
4.
You
can’t
imagine
what
difficulty
I
had
________
(insist)
on
my
own
opinion.
5.
Yuan
Longping
is
one
of
the
________
(great)
people
that
have
ever
lived,
I
think,
6.
We
are
going
to
Paris
next
week,
It’s
a
good
chance
to
try
some
________
(France)
dishes.
7.
Hawking
made
a
great
difference
to
humans.
His
________
(achieve)
went
beyond
physics.
8.
The
modern
development
is
________
(attract)
but
what
I
like
in
Beijing
is
the
ancient
culture
characteristics.
9.
Since
he
________
(choose)
to
be
the
new
chairperson,
he
has
had
much
work
to
carry
on.
10.
—Can
you
tell
me
a
bout
your
new
English
teacher’s
________
(appear)
?
—No
problem.
He
is
tall,
strong
and
handsome.
三、单项选择
1.
It’s
been
100
years
since
the
May
Fourth
Movement
took
place
______
May
4,
1919.
A.
for
B.
in
C.
at
D.
on
2.
We
have
______
a
lot
of
wild
animals
because
of
the
of
their
living
areas.
A.
lose;
loss
B.
lost;
lose
C.
lost;
loss
D.
lose;
lost
3.
Mr
Green
walked
______
to
the
window
to
watch
______
the
short
man
shopping
on
the
street.
A.
close;
closely
B.
closely;
close
C.
close;
close
D.
closely;
closely
4.
Li
Ao,
one
of
my
favourite
Chinese
writer,
______
earlier
this
year.
He
was
a
man
who
was
never
afraid
of
any
power.
A.
passed
down
B.
passed
on
C.
passed
off
D.
passed
away
5.
—Would
you
like
to
visit
the
Slender
West
Lake
with
me
now?
—Sorry.
It’s
______
the
visiting
hours.
Let’s
go
there
tomorrow.
A.
on
B.
over
C.
during
D.
beyond
6.
—That
silly
man
must
have
something
to
do
with
the
cheat,
right?
—I
suppose
so,
______
he
said
that
he
didn’t
do
anything
wrong.
A.
if
B.
when
C.
although
D.
because
7.
—Zhang
Ziyi
won
a
______
in
the
Golden
Globe
Awards
many
years
ago.
—That
meant
she
was
already
accepted
by
the
world
at
that
time.
A.
nomination
B.
place
C.
surprise
D.
praise
8.
—My
hobby
is
collecting
stamps.
I
need
______
before
I
have
4,
000
stamps.
—Wow!
I
am
looking
forward
to
seeing
them.
A.
more
four
B.
any
more
four
C.
four
more
D.
four
another
9.
—Who
is
the
perfect
person
______
the
new
president?
—Mr
Black.
We
all
thought
he
should
be
the
most
suitable
choice
while
______
together.
A.
for;
discussed
B.
as;
to
discuss
C.
as;
discussing
D.
for;
discussing
四、根据汉语意思完成句子
1.
那个著名的科学家在睡梦中平静地离世了。
The
famous
scientist
__________________
in
his
dream.
2.
在那部著名的电影中,
艾米扮演了
—位可
爱的公主。
Amy
__________________
in
that
famous
movie.
3.
进人那家大公司标志着他成功职业生涯的开始。
Entering
that
big
company
__________________
.
4.
她的天赋并没有引起那位导演的注意。
Her
talent
failed
to
__________________
.
5.
对我们来说,
能和这些特殊运动员密切合作真的很棒。
It’s
great
for
us
__________________
these
special
athletes.
6.
他曾梦想成为
—名成功的商人。
____________________________________
7.
没有人知道他在绘画上付出了多少努力。
____________________________________
8.
那个小男孩坚持要买
—辆玩具火车。
____________________________________
五、阅读理解
In
a
new
move,
doctors
are
using
feature
films
in
order
to
encourage
their
patients
to
talk
more
freely
about
their
problems.
Supporters
of
film
therapy
(疗法)
say
that
discussing
characters
and
plot
lines
from
a
proper
film
can
help
people
to
understand
their
feelings
better.
One
of
those
using
the
method
is
Bernie
Wooder,
a
doctor
from
Elstree,
who
charges
?
45
for
a
one-hour
“film
therapy”
session.
He
said,
“I
was
treating
a
woman
who
had
been
badly
let
down
in
a
relationship,
and
who
was
experiencing
such
strong
feelings
that
it
was
difficult
for
her
to
speak
about
them.
I
told
her
that
her
situation
reminded
me
of
On
the
Waterfront,
when
Marlon
Brando’s
character
realizes
his
brother
is
dishonest
and
he
feels
a
great
sense
of
betrayal
(背叛).
My
patient
identified
so
easily
with
him
that
she
started
to
cry.
Watching
and
discussing
the
film
unlocked
all
the
feelings
she
had
buried.
Each
time
she
watched
and
cried,
she
felt
better.”
Mr
Wooder
admits
that
film
therapy
does
not
work
for
everyone,
but
says
he
has
used
it
successfully
with
about
a
third
of
his
clients.
“Through
the
films’
characters,
plots
and
even
music,
it
allows
people
to
face
their
problems.”
He
said
that
Falling
Down,
in
which
Michael
Douglas
plays
the
part
of
an
unemployed
man
who
is
so
frustrated
(沮丧的)
that
he
uses
violence,
was
an
example
of
the
I
dangerous
implications
(后果)
of
not
letting
anger
go.
“I
used
this
film
with
a
patient
who
was
very
upset
because
he
was
holding
on
to
a
lot
of
anger
he
felt
towards
people
who
had
frustrated
him,”
said
Mr
Wooder.
“We
talked
about
Michael
Douglas’s
character
and
the
disastrous
path
he
takes,
and
my
patient
then
realized
that
he
needed
to
let
go
of
his
feelings
more
regularly
so
as
not
to
erupt
(爆发)
like
a
time
bomb.”
1.
What
can
we
learn
about
Bernie
Wooder?
A.
He
used
to
be
an
actor.
B.
He
likes
to
review
different
films.
C.
He
is
good
at
sharing
his
feelings.
D.
He
is
in
support
of
“film
therapy”.
2.
Why
did
the
patient
cry
when
she
watched
On
the
Waterfront?
A.
Because
she
missed
her
brother.
B.
Because
she
was
moved
by
the
film.
C.
Because
she
realized
she
had
been
cheated.
D.
Because
she
thought
of
her
sufferings.
3.
After
discussing
Falling
Down
with
Mr
Wooder,
the
patient
decided
to
______
.
A.
let
go
of
his
anger
B.
stop
his
acts
of
violence
C.
forget
those
who
had
hurt
him
D.
learn
from
Michael
Douglas
4.
What
does
the
text
mainly
tell
us?
A.
Film
stars
have
problems
too.
B.
Films
can
help
unlock
feelings.
C.
Watching
films
can
help
you
relax.
D.
The
public
should
pay
more
attention
to
films.
六、首字母填空（培优）
As
we
know,
museums
are
buildings
where
many
valuable
and
important
exhibits
(展品)
are
kept
so
that
people
can
go
and
see
them.
For
example,
art
museums
are
places
where
people
can
learn
about
v___1___
cultures.
More
and
more
popular
“design
museums”
that
are
opening
today,
however,
perform
quite
a
different
role.
Unlike
most
art
museums,
the
design
museum
shows
exhibits
that
are
easily
found
in
our
daily
life,
such
as
fridges
and
washing
m___2___
.
The
advantage
of
design
museums
is
that
they
are
places
where
people
feel
familiar
with
the
exhibits.
Being
different
from
the
art
museum
visitors,
design
museum
visitors
seldom
feel
frightened
or
puzzled.
This
is
partly
b___3___
design
museums
clearly
show
how
and
why
mass
products
(批量产品)
work
and
look
a___4___
they
do,
and
how
design
has
improved
our
lives.
Art
museum
exhibits,
on
the
other
hand,
would
most
probably
f___5___
visitors
with
a
feeling
that
there
is
something
out
of
their
understanding.
Several
new
design
museums
have
opened
their
doors
in
recent
years.
Each
of
these
museums
has
tried
to
satisfy
the
public’s
g___6___
interest
in
the
field
with
new
ideas.
London’s
Design
Museum,
for
example,
shows
a
collection
of
mass-produced
exhibits
f___7___
electric
typewriters
to
a
group
of
Italian
fish-tins.
The
choices
open
to
design
museums
seem
far
less
strict
than
t___8___
to
art
museums,
and
visitors
may
also
s___9___
humorous
part
of
our
society
while
walking
around
such
exhibits
as
interesting
and
u___10___
attractive
(有吸引力的)
toys
collected
from
our
everyday
life.
参考答案：
一、1.
all-time
2.
insisted
3.
final
4.
marks
5.
actresse
6.
lifetime
7.
efforts
8.
loss
9.
industry
10.
beyond
二、1.
dancers’
2.
peacefully
3.
based
4.
insisting
5.
greatest
6.
French
7.
achievements
8.
attractive
9.
was
chosen
10.
appearance
三、1~5
DCADD
6~9
CACD
四、
1.
passed
away
peacefully
2.
played
the
role
of
a
cute
princess
3.
marked
the
beginning
of
his
successful
career
4.
catch
the
director’s
attention
5.
to
work
closely
with
6.
He
once
dreamt
of
being
a
successful
businessman.
7.
Nobody
knows
how
much
effort
he
(has)
put
into
painting/drawing.
8.
The
little
boy
insisted
on
buying
a
toy
train.
五、1~4
DDAB
六、1.
varied/various
2.
machines
3.
because
4.
as
5.
fill
6.
growing
7.
from
8.
those
9.
sense
10.
unusually
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
7
Films（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.He
caught
the
director’s
attention
and
was
chosen
to
play
a
role (角色)
in
the
film.?
2.No
one
can
achieve
anything
without
much
effort (努力).?
3.—Do
we
need
to
work
so
hard
at
first?
—Of
course.A
good
beginning
marks (标志)
a
good
ending.?
4.What
was
Audrey
Hepburn’s
final (最后的)
Hollywood
film??
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.He
dreamt
of flying (fly)
in
the
sky
like
birds.?
2.Wild
animals
are
in
danger
because
of
the
loss (lose)
of
living
areas.?
3.—Whose
book
is
on
the
desk?
—It
is
that
actress’s/actress’ (actress).?
4.Lots
of
visitors
come
to
Suzhou
to
enjoy
the
beauty (beautiful)
of
the
city
every
year.?
5.(江苏常州中考)We
hope
to
live
peacefully (peace)
with
people
from
other
countries.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.我真没有什么别的办法能引起他的注意。
I
had
no
other
way
to catch
his
attention .?
2.谁来扮演乔治·华盛顿这个角色?
Who
will play
the
role
of George
Washington??
3.她的祖母昨天晚上去世了。
Her
grandmother passed
away last
night.?
4.到4月初天气就转暖了。
It’s
getting
warmer
at
the
beginning
of April.?
5.在迈克尔·杰克逊的一生中,他共获得了15个格莱美奖。
Michael
Jackson
earned
15
Grammy
Awards
in
total
during
his
lifetime .?
兴趣起航
Which
film
do
you
like
best?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】although/though引导的让步状语从句。
让步状语从句，一般翻译为“尽管……”或“即使……”等，就是我们日常生活中用的“退一步说…”的感觉。
连词though和although常用来引导让步状语从句。although/though表示“虽然;尽管;即便”,这两个连词意思大致相同,在一般情况下可以互换。在口语中,常用though。although比though正式,二者都可与yet,still或never,the
less连用（因为这些都不是连词）,但不能与but连用（因为but是连词，两个句子只有一个连词，不仅是but，其它连词也不行）。
Eg.
Although/though
they're
expensive,
they
last
forever
and
never
go
out
of
style.
尽管它们贵，它们永远耐用并且永不过时。
[拓展]although与though的区别
though可以用在句末，但是although不可以。
Eg.
He?is?looking?fit,?though.?但他看起来很健康。
[经典例题]
1.________he
was
very
tired,he
continued
doing
his
homework
instead
of
having
a
rest.?
A.Since
B.Although
C.As
soon
as
D.Because
2.On
those
foggy
days,you
could
hardly
see
anything
around
you_________it
was
at
noon.?
A.so
B.because
C.but
D.though
3.It
isn't
warm
today,
____
the
sun
is
shining.
A.
or
B.
because
C.
and
D.
although
4._____
it
was
raining
hard，_____
the
boys
still
played
basketball
outside.
A.
/；
although
B.
Though；
but
C.
Though；
/
D.
/；
so
5.—What
subject
do
you
prefer?
—
I
prefer
science
________
it’s
difficult.
A.
or
B.
though
C.
so
D.
to
6.______
I
went
to
bed
early,
I
still
felt
tired
this
morning.
A.
Unless
B.
When
C.
Whether
D.
Although
7.—Would
you
like
some
milk?
—No,
thanks.
I
don’t
like
it,
__________
I
know
it’s
good
for
my
health.
A.
because
B.
though
C.
if
D.
That
答案：BDDCB
DB
【知识梳理2】so...that和such...that引导的结果状语从句。
结果状语从句用来补充说明主句动作发生所带来的结果。
so...that和such...that都表示“如此……以至于”。用法上要注意,so是副词,用来修饰形容词或副词,such是限定词,只能修饰名词或名词短语;that后面是一个完整的句子。
[辨析]so和such
（1）后面接可数名词单数
so是副词，修饰形容词和副词；而such是形容词，修饰名词。
它们都可以接可数名词单数，但词序不同。
so的词序为：so+adj.+a（an）+n.
such的词序为：such+a（an）+adj.+n.
例如：so
excited
a
singer=such
a
excited
singer
这么令人兴奋的一个歌手
so
interesting
a
movie=such
an
interesting
movie
那么有趣的一部电影
（2）后面接可数名词复数或者不可数名词
只能用such，而不能用so。
例如：such
beautiful
flowers
这么美丽的花
such
useful
information
如此有用的信息
（3）特例复数名词或不可数名词前有many，few，much，little修饰时，只能用so而不能用such
so
many
flowers
如此多的花
so
little
information如此少的信息
[注意]little除了表示少还有小的意思
例如：such
little
sheep
[经典例题]
1.None
of
us
can
believe
_______
little
children
can
finish
______
much
work
in
such
a
short
time.
A.
so;
so
B.
so;
such
C.
such;
so
D.
such;
such
2.—
_______
good
time
we
had
at
the
party
last
night!
—
Yes.
It
was
_______exciting
party
that
I
would
never
forget
it.
A.
What;
so
B.
How;
such
C.
What
a;
such
an
D.
How
a;
so
an
3.It
was
______
lovely
weather
_______
we
decided
to
spend
the
day
on
the
beach.
A.
such
a
;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
so
;
as
D.
so;
that
4.I
think
our
spacecraft(宇宙飞船)
is________slow_______carry
large
numbers
of
people
to
Mars
at
present.?
A.
so,
that???
B.
such,?that??
C.
too,
to???
?D.?enough,?to?
5.She
had
_______
few
nice
clothes
______
she
couldn’t
go
to
the
party.
A.such,
that
B.very,
that
C.too,
to
D.so,
that
6.It
is
__________
that
I
want
to
go
to
the
beach.
A.
such
nice
weather
B.
so
nice
a
weather
C.
such
a
nice
weather
D.
so
nice
weather
7.The
patients
in
poor
families
are
____poor
_____
they
can’t
afford
to
travel
to
hospital.
A.
so;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
too;
to
D.
too;
that
8.Mrs.
White
has
_____
that
she
is
not
able
to
get
a
job.
A.
so
little
education
B.
such
little
education
C.
so
a
little
education
D.
such
a
little
education
9.The
book
was
written
in
_________
easy
English
_________
even
primary
school
students
could
understand
it.
A.
so;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
too;
to
D.
very;
that
10.Mr.
Li
can't
understand
why
_______many
students
have
made
_______careless
mistakes.
A.
so;
so
B.
so;
such
C.
such;
so
D.
such;
such
答案:CCBCD
AAABB
【知识梳理3】so
that引导的目的状语从句。
目的状语从句用以说明主句动作发生的目的。
so
that引导目的状语从句,意为“以便,为的是”,从句中通常用情态动词can,may,might,can,could,will,should等。例如：
Eg.
I
had
made
it
as
plain
as
I
could
so
that
he
could
not
fail
to
take
my
meaning.
我已经尽我所能地说明白，所以他不会不理解我的意思。
[拓展]同义短语in
order
that，上面的句子可以改成：
Eg.
I
had
made
it
as
plain
as
I
could
in
order
that
he
could
not
fail
to
take
my
meaning.
[注意]如果so
that
引出的从句为否定结构,则其谓语多用“should+动词原形”,此时so
that意为“免得;以免”。
Eg.
I
hid
the
book
so
that
he
should
not
see
it.我把书藏起来，免得他看见。
[经典例题]
1.The
teacher
asked
me
to
read
aloud_________all
the
students
could
hear
me.?
A.so
that
B.for
C.because
D.in
order
to
2.—
After
the
2008
Olympic
Games,
more
and
more
people
in
western
countries
begin
to
learn
Chinese
_____
they
can
better
understand
the
culture
of
China.
—
I’m
sure
they
will.
A.
because
of
B.
so
that
C.
even
though
D.
as
if
答案：AB
【知识梳理4】Some
people
mistook
her
for
a
real
princess.(P99)
一些人误将她当做真的公主。
mistake...for...，意为“把……错认为……”。mistake作动词，意为“看错，误会”，过去式是mistook，过去分词是mistaken。
Eg.
Green
Peace
mistook
her
for
an
endangered
elephant.
绿色和平组织把她当成了濒临灭绝的大象。
[拓展]常见短语:make
a
mistake“犯错误”;by
mistake“错误地”。
Eg.
It's
easy
to
make
a
mistake.
犯错误很容易。
I
took
your
bag
instead
of
mine
by
mistake.
我不巧错拿了你的包。
[经典例题]
1.Whenever
the
Chinese
made
a
_________,
the
Americans
cheered,
which
angered
me
greatly.
A.mistakes
B.mistake
C.chance
D.chances
2.He
opened
Ingrid's
letter_________.
A.by
accident
B.by
chance
C.by
mistake
D.by
hand
3.Sandy
was
riding
a
bike
happily
______
she
fell
off
it.
A.
when
B.
though
C.
as
soon
as
D.
while
4.Huawei
phones
are
________
attractive
that
________
many
people
would
like
to
buy
one.
A.
such;
such
B.
so;
so
C.
such;
so
D.
so;
such
5.StorySign
is
________
a
useful
app
_______
it
can
make
it
easier
for
deaf
children
and
their
parents
to
read
bedtime
stories.
A.so;
that
B.too;
to
C.
such;
that
D.as;
as
6.They
are
__________
little
sheep
___________
we
like
them
very
much．
A.so，that
B.such，that
C.too，to
D./，so
that
7.Simon
is
____
a
careful
boy
that
he
made
_____
mistakes
in
his
last
exam.
A.
so;
so
little
B.
so;
such
little
C.
such;
such
few
D.
such;
so
few
答案：BCABC
BD
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
&Task
【知识梳理1】a
baby
dinosaur
is
chosen
to
be
the
future
king
of
the
dinosaur
family.(P101)
一只小恐龙被选为恐龙家族的未来国王。
choose，动词，意为“挑选，选择；选定，决定”。常用短语choose
to
do
sth.意为“选择/决定做某事”；choose
sb.
as...意为“把某人选为……”。
Eg.
If
the
weather
is
wet
or
cold
choose
an
indoor
activity.
如果下雨或是天气寒冷，就选择室内活动。
[经典例题]
1.Hepburn
was_________to_________to
play
the
lead
role
of
a
princess
in
Roman
Holiday.
A.
enough
luck;
choose
B.
lucky
enough;
be
chosen
C.
Luck
enough;
choose
D.
enough
lucky;
be
chosen
2.I
felt
very
happy
when
I_________be
the
partner
of
you.
A.
was
chosen
to
B.
choose
to
C.
chose
to
D.
was
chose
答案：BA
【知识梳理2】A
woman
falls
in
love
with
a
man
when
she
travels
on
a
trip.(101)
一个女人在一次乘船旅行时，爱上了一个男子。
fall
in
love
with
sb.意为“爱上某人”
Eg.
Slowly
but
surely
she
started
to
fall
in
love
with
him.
虽然缓慢，但她确实开始爱上他了。
[经典例题]
1.—
Did
Sandy
play
the
role
_______
Snow
White
in
the
play?
—
Yes,
she
did.
The
prince
saved
her
and
fell
in
love
_______
her.
A.
with;
at
B.
as;
in
C.
of;
to
D.
of;
with
2.—Who's
your
favourite
teacher？
—Miss
Black.
She
makes
us
________
English
in
an
interesting
way.
A.
believe
in
B.
take
part
in
C.
come
up
with
D.
fall
in
love
with
3.It
is
natural
that
the
boy
_______
the
new
kind
of
cookies.
A.
falls
in
love
with
B.
falls
behind
C.
falls
down
D.
falls
over
答案：DDA
【知识梳理3】What
is
on
at
the
local
cinemas?(P102)
当地电影院正在上映什么？
be
on，意为“在上影，在放映”
[拓展]be
on与show
Eg.
The
film
named
My
People
My
Homeland
is
on
/
is
showing
at
the
cinema.
=
The
film
named
My
People
My
Homeland
is
being
shown
at
the
cinema.
=
The
cinema
is
showing
the
film
My
People
My
Homeland
.
能力实践
一、单项选择
1.
As
______
animal-lover,
you
will
be
interested
in
this
documentary
which
describes
the
life
of
______
elephant.
A.
an;
the
B.
an;
an
C.
a;
an
D.
a;
the
2.
The
action
_____
film
has
attracted
millions
of
young
people
to
the
cinema.
A.100-minutes
B.
100-minute
C.100
minute
D.
100
minutes
3.
—Amy,
do
you
know
if
Diana
_____
to
the
farm
with
us
tomorrow
if
it
______?
—Sorry,
I’ve
no
idea.
A.
will
go;
will
rain
B.
will
go;
rains
C.
goes;
will
rain
D.
goes;
rains
4.
－______
is
the
number
of
the
students
in
our
school?
－More
than
______.
A.
What;
three
thousand
B.
How
much;
three
thousand
C.
What;
three
thousands
D.
How
much;
three
thousands
5
－What
useful
______
they
are!－Yes.
There
is
so
much
important
______
in
today’s
newspaper.
A.news;
information
B.
messages;
information
C.
messages;
D.
information;
message
6.
China
can____programmes______radio
or
TV
to
the
other
side
of
the
world
with
thehelp
of
man-made
satellites.
A.send
out;on
B.send
up,
by
C.put
up,
through
D.set
up,over
7.The
programme
_____different
sports,
_____basketball,swimming,badminton
and
football.
A.discovers,
for
example
B.
includes,as
C.
covers,
such
as
D.covering,
like
8.
The
composer,
Tan
Dun,
who
is
_____
known
for
winning
an
Oscar
is
in
his
_____.
A.
best;
fifties
B.
well;
fiftieth
C.
good;
fiftieths
D.
better;
fifties
9
Could
you
tell
me
if
you
_______
them
if
you
________
tomorrow?
A.join
in;
will
invite
B.
will
join
in;
are
invited
C.
join;
will
be
invited
D.
will
join;
are
invited
10--
He's
already
back
to
Australia,________
?
---___________
.
He
is
on
a
visit
to
Shanghai.
A.
isn't
he;
No
B.
hasn't
he;
Yes
C.
isn't
he;
Yes
D.
hasn't
he;
No
二、完形填空
The
summer
holiday
was
coming
soon.
However,
there
were
final
exams
before
that.
All
the
students
were
working
hard,
reviewing(复习)
their
__1__.
If
they
didn’t
pass
the
exams,
they
would
have
to
__2__
them
in
September.
There
were
usually
a
few
students
who
__3__,
but
Cathy
didn’t
want
to
be
one
of
them.
She
worked
hard
all
year,
but
she
worked
so
hard
that
her
mother
was
__4__
her.
She
went
to
bed
too
late.
The
night
before
the
big
day,
her
mother
asked
her
to
go
to
bed
early
and
take
a
sleeping
pill(药片).
She
said
she
would
wake
her
up
in
the
__5__.
Cathy
was
too
__6__
to
fall
asleep.
She
kept
thinking
about
the
exams.
At
last,
the
__7__
did
work.
Soon,
she
was
sitting
in
the
exam
room,
looking
at
the
paper,
but
she
couldn’t
answer
__8__
of
the
questions.
Everyone
around
her
was
writing
pages
and
pages.
She
thought
hard,
__9__
she
couldn’t
do
anything.
From
time
to
time,
she
looked
at
her
__10__.
Time
was
nearly
running
__11__.
There
was
only
an
hour
left.
She
started
one
page,
but
it
was
too
hard.
She
gave
up
and
tried
__12__
one.
With
only
half
an
hour
left,
she
wrote
two
sentences.
By
this
time
she
was
so
worried
that
she
started
__13__.
Her
whole
body
shook.
It
shook
so
much
that
she
__14__
up.
She
was
still
in
bed
and
it
was
just
a
terrible__15__.
A
minute
later,
her
mother
called
her
name.
1.
A.
jobs
B.
works
C.
lessons
D.
exercises
2.
A.
make
B.
take
C.
join
D.
write
3.
A.
cheated
B.
succeeded
C.
passed
D.
failed
4.
A.
worried
about
B.
angry
with
C.
interested
in
D.
surprised
at
5.
A.
morning
B.
afternoon
C.
evening
D.
night
6.
A.
cold
B.
tired
C.
happy
D.
nervous
7.
A.
pill
B.
dream
C.
advice
D.
music
8.
A.
none
B.
all
C.
some
D.
any
9.
A.
because
B.
so
C.
though
D.
but
10.
A.
watch
B.
bag
C.
teacher
D.
eraser
11.
A.
away
B.
up
C.
out
D.
in
12.
A.
the
other
B.
another
C.
other
D.
others
13.
A.
thinking
B.
smiling
C.
crying
D.
writing
14.
A.
got
B.
stood
C.
woke
D.
laughed
15.
A.
exam
B.
dream
C.
story
D.
night
三、阅读理解
Birds
are
the
only
type
of
animals
with
feathers.
Birds
are
warm-blooded,
and
most
of
them
can
fly.
All
birds
have
two
wings,
even
the
species
that
cannot
fly,
such
as
ostriches,
kiwis,
and
penguins.
Birds
lay
eggs.
Most
birds
build
nests
for
their
eggs,
and
they
sit
on
their
eggs
during
incubation.
Emperor
penguins,
however,
are
different
from
most
birds.
They
have
their
own
ways.
A
mother
emperor
penguin
lays
only
one
egg
at
a
time.
Her
husband
is
in
charge
of
incubation.
He
holds
the
single
egg
at
the
top
of
his
feet
and
covers
it
with
a
fold
of
skin.
There
are
more
than
9,000
different
kinds
of
birds.
Many
people
think
bats
are
birds,
but
their
idea
is
totally
wrong.
In
fact,
bats
are
not
birds!
Bats
are
mammals.
Eagles
and
puffins
belong
to
the
bird
family.
Do
birds
fly
simply
because
they
have
wings?
No!Unique
body
structure,
feathers,
and
wings
are
what
make
birds
fly.
Birds
have
hollow,
lightweight
bones.
They
have
strong
chest
muscles
to
pull
their
wings
up
and
down.
Feathers
are
important
in
flight.
There
are
three
types
of
feathers:
down
feathers,
body
feathers
and
flight
feathers.
Of
course,
their
wings
are
the
important
reason
why
they
can
fly.
1.Kiwis
are
birds
which
.?
A.don’t
have
wings
B.don’t
have
wings
but
can
fly
C.have
wings
but
can’t
fly
D.have
wings
and
can
fly
2.The
birds
can
pull
their
wings
up
and
down
because
of
their
.?
A.bones
B.feet
C.feathers
D.strong
chest
muscles
3.What’s
the
main
idea
of
the
fourth
paragraph?
A.The
importance
of
birds’
wings.
B.The
reason
why
birds
can
fly.
C.What
birds’
feathers
are
used
for.
D.What
birds’
body
structure
is
like.
四、词汇运用
1?More?and?more______________(Asian)?are?eating?fast?food?and?getting?fat.
2.We
are
interviewing
three
students
about
their
TV
________(观看)
habits.
3.
The
young
man
put
down
his_______
(枪)
in
his
hand
and
followed
the
police
at
last.
4.If
we
don’t
protect
the
lovely
animals,
they
_______(可能)
disappear
in
the
future.
5.
We
________
(录制)
yesterday's
party
on
video.
You
can
watch
it
if
you
like.
6.I
wanted
to
be
the
monitor,
so
I
v______
for
myself
in
the
class
meeting
yesterday.
7.?Please?tell?me?who?the________________(direct)?is?and?I?can?have?him?seated.
8.
Eddie
is
doing
well
in
the
new
school
and
all
the
teachers
think
_________
(high)
of
him.
五、动词填空
1.
As
it
is
known
to
us
all,
metal
_______________
(feel)
much
colder
than
wood
in
winter.
2.
Some
experts
thought
that
the
price
of
houses
___________
(not
go)
down
sharply
in
the
next
few
years.
3.
Since
he
fell
off
the
bike,
John
(lie)
in
bed
for
nearly
a
week.
4.
Do
you
know
which
shop
he
went
to
(buy)
paintings
for
his
new
house?
5.
You
can
hardly
imagine
what
great
difficulty
we
had
________(encourage)
him
to
tell
the
truth.
6
The
more
you
study,
the
more
questions
you’ll
think
of
________(ask).
7
I’m
sure
the
bag
my
cousin
bought
in
Shanghai
__________
(wash)
easily.
8.
There
is
a
reporter
_____________(interview)
the
famous
actress
over
there.
六、任务型阅读（培优）
Learning
is
something
that
can
be
done
better
and
faster
by
an
effective
learner.
Becoming
a
more
effective
learner
is
partly
a
matter
of
discipline
(纪律)
and
partly
a
matter
of
attitude.
A
good
attitude
toward
learning
sets
anyone
to
become
a
more
effective
learner.
Learn
everything
with
curiosity
(好奇).
No
matter
what
the
subject
is,
be
curious
about
it.
That
will
inspire
(激励)
you
to
learn
more
about
it
and
to
learn
the
things
you
do
learn
by
heart.
If
you
have
trouble
waking
up
your
curiosity,
start
with
asking
questions
until
you
become
curious
about
the
answers.
Find
as
many
resources
as
you
can.
To
truly
learn
about
a
subject,
it’s
necessary
to
find
many
sources.
This
may
include
interviewing
people,
reading
books
and
researching
online.
Discuss
what
you’ve
learned.
Debating
about
a
subject
with
others
can
give
you
a
new
view
on
any
subject.
If
you
can’t
find
anyone
to
talk
to
in
person
about
the
subject,
look
for
an
online
forum
(论坛)
or
chat
room
devoted
to
your
subject.
Go
over
your
notes
regularly.
This
will
help
to
reinforce
(强化)
the
information
and
ensure
(确保)
that
it
isn’t
forgotten
as
new
information
is
learned.
Write
summaries
of
your
notes
if
time
permits.
A
weekly
or
monthly
summary
helps
you
to
remember
the
information
you
have
taken
down
in
your
notebook
better.
Going
over
the
notes
and
writing
summaries
will
finally
become
a
habit.
Keep
an
open
mind.
Part
of
learning
effectively
is
to
understand
that
you
don’t
know
everything.
Consider
new
ideas,
even
ones
that
are
contrary
to
(与...相反)
your
own
opinions.
Title:
How
to
be
an
effective
learnerWaysAdvantagesLearn
everything
with
curiosity.Help
you
learn
more
about
it
and
1
the
things
you
do
learn.Find
as
many
resources
as
you
can.It’s
good
for
you
to
truly
learn
about
a
subject.
Discuss
what
you’ve
learned
with
others.Help
you
get
some
new
ideas
about
the
subject.
2
your
notes
and
write
summaries
often.●Help
to
reinforce
the
information
and
not
to
forget
the
information.
●Help
you
3
remember
what
you
have
written
in
your
notebook.
●Going
over
the
notes
and
writing
summaries
will
finally
become
a
habit.Keep
an
open
mind.It
can
help
you
consider
new
ideas,
even
ones
that
are
4
form
your
own
opinions.ConclusionA
good
attitude
toward
learning
5
anyone
become
a
more
effective
learner.
参考答案
一、单项选择
1-5
ABBAB
6-10
ACADA
完形填空
1-5
CBDAA
6-10
DADDA
11-15
CBCCB
阅读理解
CDB
词汇运用
1.
Asians
2.
viewing
3.
gun
4.
probably
5.
recorded
6.
voted
7.director
8.
highly
动词填空
1.
feels
2.
won’t
go
3.
has
lain
4.
to
buy
5.
encouraging
6.
will
be
asked
7.
washes
8.
interviewing
任务型阅读
1.
remember
2.
Review
3.
better
4.
different
5.
makes
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
8
Detective
stories（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.It’s
reported (报道)
that
thirty-one
brave
young
men
were
killed
in
a
big
forest
fire
in
Sichuan.?
2.The
only (仅有的)
witness
is
an
office
worker
who
worked
extra
hours
that
night.?
3.Would
you
like
to
have
a
single (单人的)
room
or
a
double
room??
4.Giving
a
speech
in
public
isn’t
as
difficult
as
you
might
suppose (猜想).?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.John
made
a(n)
unusual (usual)
robot
on
his
own.How
creative
he
is!?
2.Detective
Lu
has
told
the victim’s (victim)
parents
about
it.?
3.He
was
seen
cleaning (clean)
his
office
at
5:30
p.m.?
4.He
was
wounded (wound)
with
the
axe(斧)
when
he
was
cutting
the
wood.?
5.(江苏无锡中考)Look
at
you!You’re
breathing
so heavily (heavy).We’re
not
even
halfway
there
yet.?
6.We
knew
that
the
young
man
was
charged
(charge)
with
stealing
bikes
last
year.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.这场篮球决赛相当精彩。结果,成千上万的人熬夜观看。
The
final
basketball
match
was
rather
exciting. As
a
result ,thousands
and
thousands
of
people
stayed
up
for
watching
it.?
2.(辽宁鞍山中考)根据新华社报道,中国高铁的英里数占据全世界高铁总英里数的60%以上。
According
to
Xinhua,China’s
high-speed
railway
mileage
takes
up
over
60%
of
the
world’s
total.?
3.我认为会有人帮忙解决这个案子的。
I
think
someone
will help
solve
the
case .?
4.警方希望证人能拨打110和他们联系。
The
police
hope
the
witness
can contact
them on
110.?
5.(辽宁鞍山中考)在韩国,人们第一次见面应该鞠躬。
People
in
Korea are
supposed
to
bow
when
meeting
for
the
first
time.?
兴趣起航
Which
detective
film
do
you
like
best?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】限制性定语从句和关系代词
在复合句中,定语从句修饰一个名词或代词，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个名词性成分，相当于形容词，所以又称为形容词性从句，一般紧跟在它所修饰的先行词后面。
定语从句又分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。限制性定语从句对被修饰的先行词有限定制约作用，使该词的含义更加具体
、更加明确。限制性定语从句不能被省略，否则句意不完整。
被修饰的名词或代词称为先行词。定语从句通常由关系词引出。常见的关系代词有that,which,who,whom,
whose。
注意：在含有定语从句的复合句中,如果关系代词作从句的主语,则从句中的谓语动词的人称和数需与先行词保持一致。
1、that引导的定语从句。
that引导定语从句时,先行词可以指物,也可以指人,在定语从句中常作主语或宾语,作宾语时常可省略。关系代词that指人时,相当于who;指物时,相当于which,但要注意that前不能有介词,并且that不能引导非限制性定语从句。
Eg.
Is
this
project
something
that
you
think
is
doable?
你认为此方案可行吗？
2、which引导的定语从句。
which引导定语从句时,先行词指物,which在定语从句中作主语或宾语。例如:
Eg.
He
is
reading
a
book
which
is
about
war.他正在读一本关于战争的书。
注意：which和介词搭配使用时,介词可放在which之前,若是固定词组,一般不能拆开。
Eg.
There
are
two
points
which
I
wanted
to
make.
我想要指出的有两点。
I
really
love
my
class
in
which
everyone
seemed
eager
to
learn.
我真的很爱我的班级，在这里每个人都似乎很爱学习。
3、who引导的定语从句。
who引导的定语从句中,先行词指人,who在定语从句中作主语或宾语。
Eg.
The
teacher
who
teaches
us
English
is
from
Australia.
教我们英语的老师是澳大利亚人。
4、whom引导的定语从句。
whom引导的定语从句中,先行词指人,whom在定语从句中作宾语。whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语，也可以作介词的宾语。
Eg.
We
need
to
be
able
to
get
our
feelings
and
messages
across
to
those
with
whom
we
live,
work
and
love.
我们需要能够把自己的感觉和信息传达给那些与我们一起生活、一起工作和相亲相爱的人们。
5、whose引导的定语从句。
whose引导的从句用来修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰的成分的前置所有格。它引导的从句可以修饰人和物，当它引导的从句修饰物时，可以与of
which互换，表达的意思一样。
Eg.
He's
a
man
whose
opinion
I
respect.
他是我尊重其意见的人。
[注意1]关系代词that和which的用法区别。
（1）关系词只能用that,而不用which的情况。
①先行词被序数词或形容词最高级所修饰，或先行词本身是序数词、形容词最高级时。
②先行词是all,any,everything,anything,none等不定代词时。
③先行词被the
only,the
very,the
same,little,few等词修饰时。
④先行词里同时含有人和物时。
⑤主句是由who或which引导的特殊疑问句，为了避免重复，只能用that。
⑥主句是there
be结构，修饰主语的定语从句用that引导。
（2）关系词只能用which，而不用that的情况。
①先行词为that时。
②关系代词前有介词时。
③引导非限制性定语从句时。
[注意2]that,
which,who,whom在从句中作宾语时常可以省略。但是which和whom前面有介词时不可以省略。
【经典例题】
1.Tu
Youyou
is
a
famous
scientist
_______
wins
the
Nobel
Prize
in
2015.
A.
whose
B.
who
C.
which
D.
whom
2.—Why
do
you
call
him
Mr.
Knowledgeable?
—Because
he
knows
almost
everything_________we
want
to
know.
A.
which
B.
what
C.
that
D.
who
3.A
teacher
is
someone
_______should
teach
not
only
knowledge
but
also
morals（品德）.
A.who
B.which
C.what
D.whose
4.The
children
are
talking
happily
about
the
cartoon
characters__________are
known
by
most
children.
A.
which
B.
that
C.
it
D.
What
5.---The
exam
is
coming,
are
you
ready
for
it?
---Everything
is
ready,
and
all_________I
need
is
an
east
wind.
A.
that
B.
which
C.
those
D.
what
6.Every
year,
typhoons
and
losses_________lead
to
are
frightening
though
actions
have
been
taken.
A.
which
B.
which
that
C.
they
D.
that
7.I’m
afraid
this
is
the
best
way
_______we
can
think
of_______
you.
A.
that;
helping
B.
that;
to
help
C.
which;
helping
D.
which;
to
help
8.The
actresses________in
the
drama
series________beautiful
dresses.
A.who
act;
are
wearing
B.which
act;
is
wearing
C.which
acts;
is
in
D.who
acts;
are
in
9.He
was
killed
at
the
place
______
he
lived.
A.
which
B.
where
C.
that
D.
who
10.WeChat
is
a
useful
communication
tool
_______
can
help
people
talk
to
friends,
share
photos,
ideas
and
feelings
freely.
A
.
whom
B.
who
C.
whose
D.
which
答案：1-10BCABA
CBABD
【知识梳理2】There
was
probably
more
than
one
person
who
had
something
to
do
with
the
murder.(P112)
可能不止一个人与这起谋杀案有关。
probably，副词，意为“（很）可能
”，用在be动词，助动词或形容词之后
Eg.
You're
probably
right.
你很可能是对的。
【知识梳理3】It
turned
out
that
he
had
nothing
to
do
with
the
case.
(P114)结果是他与此案无关。
1、turn
out
，动词短语，意为“结果是，证明是”。
Eg.
The
party
turned
out
to
be
very
successful.
It
turned
out
that
she
was
a
friend
of
my
sister.
她原来是我姐姐的朋友。
[拓展]turn
out
（1）关掉
Eg.
Remember
to
turn
out
the
lights
when
you
go
to
bed.
临睡前别忘了关灯。
（2）生产，制造=produce
Eg.
The
factory
turns
out
900
cars
a
week.
这家工厂每周生产900辆汽车。
[经典例题]
1.If
the
day
________
wet,
we
may
have
to
change
our
plans.
A.
turns
out
B.
breaks
out
C.
finds
out
D.
runs
out
2.---Hi,
John!
You
look
so
excited,
what
happened?
---We
won
the
basketball
match,
and
the
result_______
to
be
better
than
expected.
A.
turned
out
B.
found
out
C.
worked
out
D.
came
out
3.I
thought
the
job
would
be
a
success.
But
it_________to
be
a
mess(乱七八糟)!
A.
turned
into
B.
turned
out
C.
turned
away
D.
turned
off
4.Our
English
teacher
told
us
to________more
information
about
how
endangered
animals
and
share
it
next
week.?
A.find
out
B.keep
away
C.turn
off
D.use
up
答案：AABA
2、have
nothing
to
do
with
sth
表示“与…….无关”
have
something
to
do
with
sth
表示“与…….有关”
Eg.
It
must
have
something
to
do
with
the
accident.
这件事情肯定和那次事故有关。
【知识梳理4】He
was
in
a
hurry
to
catch
a
bus.
(P114)他匆匆忙忙赶公交车去。
do
sth
in
a
hurry=hurry
to
do
sth
匆忙去做某事
Eg.
Dave
was
in
a
hurry
to
get
back
to
work.
戴夫急于回去工作。
[经典例题]
1.Franklin
told
Howe
to
_________
and
take
his
bath;
otherwise,
they'd
miss
their
train.
A.
hurry
up
B.
look
around
C.
run
away
D.
take
up
2.Kate
was
_________
to
grow
up,
eager
for
knowledge
and
experience.
A.in
person
B.in
danger
C.in
surprise
D.in
a
hurry
答案：AD
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
&Task
【知识梳理1】
Criminal
record(P115)有无犯罪记录？
1、criminal
，形容词，意为“犯罪的，刑事上的
”。
criminal
behaviour
犯罪行为
criminal?law刑法
International?Criminal?Court
国际刑事法院
criminal
case
犯罪案件
[拓展]criminal
n.罪犯，犯人
crime
n.
罪；罪行；违法犯罪活动
2、record，名词，意为“记录”
Eg.
The
world
record
stood
for
20
years.
那项世界纪录20年未被打破。
[拓展]常用短语
set
a
record
创造记录
break
a
record
打破记录
hold
a
record
保持记录
[拓展]record，动词，意为“记载，记录”
Eg.
Her
childhood
is
recorded
in
the
diaries
of
those
years.
她的童年生活都记在当年的日记里。
[经典例题]
1.He
had
criminal
record
_____
theft.
A.
for
B.
with
C.
on
D.
as
答案：A
【知识梳理2】
We
had
better
shut
all
the
windows.(P116)
而且我们最好也关好所有的窗户。
Shut，动词，意为“关闭；闭上（嘴等）”
Eg.
Just
make
sure
you
shut
the
gate.
你务必关上那幢大门。
[拓展]shut，形容词，意为“关闭的；停止营业的”
Eg.
With
the
door
shut,
the
room
was
hot.
[经典例题]
1.________your
computer
and
review
your
day.
A.
Shut
up
B.Shut
off
C.
Take
away
D.
Take
off
2.---
Did
he
notice
you
enter
the
room?
---I
don't
think
so.
He
was
listening
to
the
radio
with
his
eyes________.
A
close
B
wake
C
shut
D
open
答案：BC
【知识梳理3】I
think
we
need
to
guard
against
any
possible
danger
around
us.(P116)
我认为我们需要提防我们周围任何可能的危险。
guard，动词，意为“保卫，看守”。
Eg.
The
dog
was
guarding
its
owner's
luggage.
狗守护着主人的行李。
[拓展]
guard，名词，意为“保卫，看守”。
on
guard
警惕；站岗
[经典例题]
1.We
should
learn
to
guard
_________
some
illnesses
from
a
young
age.
A.over
B.against
C.with
D.at
2.I’m
afraid
you
need
to
wear
sunglasses
to
_____
yourself
from
the
sun
while
driving.
A.prevent
B.guard
C.protect
D.improve
3.The
old
man
kept
a
dog
to
guard
the
house_________strangers.
A.
from
B.
without
C.
against
D.
for
答案：BCC
【知识梳理4】We
will
go
and
look
him
up.(P117)
我们应该去看看他。
look
sb
up
拜访某人
[拓展]look
up
还有“向上看，查找”的意思
look
up
the
dictionary
查字典
【知识梳理5】Lestrade
and
Gregson
glanced
at
each
other
with
an
incredulous
smile.(P117)
莱斯特雷德和格雷森带着怀疑的微笑互相看了一下。
glance，不及物动词，意为“匆匆一看，瞥一眼”，常与at,
down,
over,
through连用。
Eg.
She
gave
him
a
quick
glance.
她迅速扫了他一眼。
【知识梳理6】Bruce
gets
along
with
all
of
his
neighbours
except
the
man
who
lives
next
door.?（P118）
布鲁斯和他的邻居们相处得很好，除了他隔壁的那个男人。
get
along
with
sb
与某人相处融洽
Eg.
It's
impossible
to
get
along
with
him.
不可能跟他和睦相处。
[经典例题]
1.Don't
worry!
I'm
sure
you'll
__________
your
classmates
if
you
are
kind
and
friendly
to
them.
A.
catch
up
with
B.
agree
with
C.
get
along
with
D.
make
friends
to
2.—How
are
you
getting
along
with
your
studies
these
days?
—__________.
A.
Excellent
B.
Very
good
C.
Very
well
D.
Very
bad
3.I
think
they
are
easy
to
________________.
A.
get
on
well
with
B.
get
on
well
C.
get
along
well
with
him
D.
get
along
with
them
答案：CCA
【知识梳理7】The
policeman
told
him
that
some
valuable
jewellery
had
been
stolen(P118)
警察告诉他一些价值不菲的珠宝失窃了。
steal，动词，意为“偷窃，偷”。过去式：stole。过去分词：stolen。
Eg.
Hunger
drove
her
to
steal.
饥饿迫使她去偷窃。
[经典例题]
1.Last
week,
Andy
was
arrested_______
stealing
things
_______
a
museum.
A.
on;
at
B.
at;
in
C
to;
of
D.
for;
from
2.When
was
the
picture
_______?
A.
steal
B.
stole
C.
stolen
D.
stealing
3.On
his
way
to
school,
John
saw
a
thief
________
in
a
restaurant,
so
he
stopped________
110
at
once.
A.steal;
call
B.to
steal;
call
C.stealing;
to
call
D.stealing;
calling
4.Simon
was
so
careless
that
he
had
his
wallet
__________
in
the
bus.
A.
robbed
B.
to
steal
C.
to
rob
D.
stolen
答案：DCCD
能力实践
【20-21昆山二中12月月考真题】
二、选择填空
从每小题所给的A，B，C，D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项，把其编号填入答题卷相对应的空格内。
A）单项选择
1.
The
Ipad
looks
like
________
one
I
showed
you
last
time,
but
if
you
take
_______
second
look,
you
will
find
it’s
a
different
one.
A.
/;
the
B.
the;
the
C.
the;
a
D.
/;
a
【答案】C
【解析】句意:这个iPad看起来像是我上一次让你看的那一个，但是如果你仔细的看看，你会发现它是另外一个。
考查冠词。the
是定冠词，表示特指；a/an是不定冠词，表示泛指，一个……。根据句意可知，第一个空表示的是特指上次看的那一个，故用the；第二个空take
a
second
look，再看一眼，a
+序数词，表示再一次，又一。故选C。
2.
The
______
of
his
grandma
made
him
even
______.
A.
death:
sadder
B.
dead;
sadly
C.
dying:
sad
D.
die;
sadness
【答案】A
【解析】句意：他奶奶的去世使他更伤心了。
考查词义辨析和形容词比较级。death名词，死亡；dead形容词，死亡的；dying形容词，垂死的；die动词，死亡。第一处构成“the+n+of”结构，在句中作主语。sadder形容词，更伤心的；sadly副词，伤心地；sad形容词，伤心的；sadness名词，伤心。make
sb+adj，根据“even”可知，此处应使用形容词比较级。故选A。
3.
Many
butterflies
are
still
______________
after
the
long
winter
days.
Now
the
forest
is
______________.
A.
lively;
lively
B.
alive;
alive
C.
alive;
lively
D.
lively;
alive
【答案】C
【解析】句意：长长冬天后许多蝴蝶仍然活着，现在森林里是有生气的。根据alive活着的，有生命的，
lively活泼的，生动的，可作定语和表语；根据句意故选C
4.
—Would
you
like
to
play
tennis
with
me
______
it
doesn’t
rain
tomorrow?
—Sure.
______
I
am
busy.
A.
if;
since
B.
if;
unless
C.
whether;
but
D.
because;
until
【答案】B
【解析】句意：——如果明天不下雨，你愿意和我一起打网球吗？——当然，除非我忙。
考查连词。if如果；since自从，既然，由于；whether是否；but但是；unless除非；until直到；because因为；第一空前后表达的是条件关系，表示“如果不下雨，你会……吗”，应用if引导条件状语从句，排除C/D选项；由“Sure.”可知，对方答应去打网球，第二空表达的是“除非我很忙，否则我会去打网球”，应用unless引导条件状语从句，所以选C。
5.
It’s
easy
to
_____
the
differences
between
them,
because
they
have
little
_____.
A.
say;
in
style
B.
speak;
in
general
C.
tell;
in
common
D.
tell;
in
size
【答案】C
【解析】句意：辨别他们之间的区别很容易，因为他们没有什么共同之处。
考查动词及短语辨析。say说，强调说的内容；speak说，强调说的动作；tell辨别；in
style在风格上；in
general在大体上；in
common共同点；in
size在尺寸方面。根据“the
differences
between
them”可知，此处指辨别它们之间的区别，故第一空应填tell，排除A和B选项。根据“It’s
easy
to
tell
the
differences
between
them”可知，很容易就能辨别它们的不同，说明它们没什么共同之处，固定搭配have
sth
in
common“有共同之处”，故选C。
6.
I
wonder
_____
there
will
_____
tomorrow.
A.
that;
be
rainy
B.
whether;
have
rained
C.
that;
have
rain
D.
whether;
be
rain
【答案】D
【解析】句意：我想知道明天是否下雨。
考查宾语从句及there
be句型。根据“I
wonder…
there
will
…
tomorrow”可知，想要知道的是明天是否下雨，用whether“是否”引导宾语从句。根据“tomorrow”可知，从句要用there
be句型的一般将来时结构“there
will
be”，there
be句型不能与have连用，故选D。
7.
—Did
you
enjoy
the
outdoor
training
yesterday?
—No,
not
at
all!
I
was
_____
dead
after
so
much
hard
training.
A.
so
good
as
B.
as
well
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
so
well
as
【答案】C
【解析】句意：——你喜欢昨天的户外训练吗？——不，一点也不！在如此艰难的训练后，累死我了。
考查形容词的用法。so...as只能用在否定句中，故排除AD。good好的，形容词；well好，副词。空格前有系动词，所以用形容词good，不用副词well。故选C。
8.
—What
else
should
we
pay
attention
to
______
building
the
bridge?
—The
change
of
weather,I
think.
A.
Finish
B.
finished
C.
to
finish
D.
finishing
【答案】C
【解析】句意：——还要注意什么才能完成桥梁的建造呢？——我认为，天气的变化。
考查非谓语动词。
pay
attention
to
的宾语是what
else；根据“What
else
should
we
pay
attention
to
…building
the
bridge”可知，为了完成桥梁的建造，还需要注意什么，用动词不定式表目的，故选C。
9.
His
aunt
wants
to
get
him
_____the
radio,
but
he
has
had
it
______
already.
A.
repair,
repair
B.
to
repair,
repair
C.
repaired.
to
repair
D.
to
repair,
repaired
【答案】D
【解析】句意：他婶婶想让他修理收音机，但他已经把它修好了。
考查非谓语动词。固定搭配：get
sb
to
do
sth“让某人做某事”，动词不定式作宾语补足语。第二个空“it”与动词“repair”是动宾关系，用固定搭配have
sth
done“使某物被做”的用法，过去分词作宾补，故选D。
10.
Every
time
Tom
is
late,
he'll
_____
an
excuse.
So
I
wonder
what
his
excuse
is
this
time.
A.
set
up
B.
make
up
C.
take
up
D.
put
up
【答案】B
【解析】句意：每次汤姆迟到，他都会编个借口。所以我想知道这次他的借口是什么。
考查动词短语。set
up建立；make
up编造；take
up占用；put
up张贴。根据“Every
time
Tom
is
late,
he'll…an
excuse.”可知，此处指汤姆为迟到编造借口。故选B。
11.
The
girl
is
_____
a
singer
_____
everyone
in
her
hometown.
A.
well
known
as;
for
B.
well
known
as;
to
C.
well-know
as;
to
D.
best
known
for;
for
【答案】B
【解析】句意：这个女孩在她家乡是众所周知的歌手。
考查动词短语及介词辨析。be
well
known
as作为……出名，as后接表示身份或职业的名词；be
best
known
for以……而闻名。根据“The
girl
is…a
singer”可知，此处指女孩作为歌手出名，C选项中的well-know表述有误，应是well-known，故第一空应为well
known
as。根据“…everyone
in
her
hometown”可知，此处指对每个人来说，她……，表示当事人对某事的主观看法，应用介词to而不用for。故选B。
12.
—He
doesn’t
like
rock
music,
does
he?
—
_____.
He
thinks
it
is
too
noisy.
A.
Yes,
he
does
B.
Yes,
he
doesn’t
C.
No,
he
doesn’t
D.
No,
he
does
【答案】C
【解析】句意：——他不喜欢摇滚乐，是吗？——是的，他不喜欢。他认为它太吵了。
考查反意疑问句。反意疑问句的回答要与事实相符，根据“He
thinks
it
is
too
noisy”可知，他认为摇滚乐太吵了，所以回答应是“他不喜欢”，英文表达为“No,
he
doesn’t”，故选C。
13.
It
is
said
that
more
than
one
person
on
the
Orient
Express(东方快车).
A.
murdered
B.
was
murdered
C.
were
murdered
D.
murders
【答案】B
【解析】句意：据说在东方快车上有不止一个人被谋杀。考查主谓一致和一般过去时的被动语态。根据题干可知这是一个由that引导的宾语从句，根据句意，从句中缺少谓语成分，而且从句主语more
than
one
person和谓语动词murder之间存在被动关系，故用被动语态；主句的时态为过去时，所以从句要与主句的时态保持一致，由句意可知从句用一般过去时，其被动语态的结构为：was/were+动词过去分词，从句主语为单数，所以用was，故答案选B。
【点睛】从句主语部分是more
than
one
person，意义上来说是复数概念，“不止一个人”，但真正的主语是one
person，在more
than加上单数名词的结构时，仍然要看成是单数，即“more
than
one+单数名词”作主语时，谓语动词习惯上用单数形式；所以这里be动词用was。
14.
The
_________
documentary
describes
_______
in
the
future.
A.
two-hour;
how
Shanghai
will
be
B.
two-hours;
what
Shanghai
will
be
like
C.
two
hours’;
how
Shanghai
will
be
like
D.
two
hour’s;
what
Shanghai
will
be
like
【答案】A
【解析】句意：这个两小时的纪录片描述了未来上海将怎么样。
考查名词和宾语从句。第一空作定语，修饰名词documentary，用名词所有格two
hours’或形容词two-hour，排除BD。be
like中like是介词，其后需要宾语，how只能作状语，故选A。
15.
—Excuse
me.
I
have
a
complaint
about
the
coffee
bought
on
.
—_____
A.
I
don’t
think
so.
B.
That’s
all
right.
C.
Really?
D.
What’s
the
trouble?
【答案】D
【解析】句意：——打扰一下，我要投诉在天猫上购买的咖啡。——出什么事了吗？
考查情景交际。I
don’t
think
so我不这样认为；That’s
all
right没关系；Really真的吗；What’s
the
trouble出什么事了吗。根据这个题目给出的情景可知，觉得咖啡有问题，故应该问出什么事情了。故选D。
B）完形填空
先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A，B，C，D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并将选项填写在答题卷相应的位置上。
There
are
so
many
expressions
in
American
English
that
sound
pleasant
but
are
not.
“Face
the
music”
is
a
good
___16___
.
When
someone
says
they
have
to
“face
the
music”,
it
does
not
mean
they
are
going
to
a
concert.
“Facing
the
music”
means
to
accept
the
___17___
results
of
an
action.
Imagine
a
friend
asks
you
to
take
care
of
her
beautiful
red
sports
car.
She
gives
you
the
keys
and
says,
“Thanks
so
much
for
watching
my
car
___18___
I’m
away.
But
please
do
not
drive
it.
It
is
an
extremely（非常）
fast
car
and
you
are
not
on
the
insurance（保险）.”
But
you
do
not
listen.
You
want
to
show
off
to
some
friends
and
pretend（假装）
the
car
is
___19___
.
So,
you
drive
it
around
town
one
night.
As
bad
luck
would
have
it,
you
lose
control
of
the
car
and
drive
it
___20___
a
stop
sign.
When
your
friend
returns,
you
must
tell
her
what
you
have
done
and
“face
the
music.”
The
“music”
here
is
the
___21___
of
your
actions.
It
could
be
losing
her
friendship
or
paying
for
repairs
to
her
sports
car
or
both.
___22___
the
music
is,
you
must
face
it.
There
are
other
American
expressions
that
mean
the
___23___
thing
as
“face
the
music”.
To
“you’re
your
medicine”
means
to
accept
the
results
from
___24___
bad
you
have
done.
And
if
someone
says,
“You
made
your
bed.
Now
lie
in
it,”
they
mean
you
___25___
a
bad
situation
and
now
you
will
experience
the
results,
or
as
we
say
in
spoken
American
English,
you
must
deal
with
it!
16.
A.
cause
B.
example
C.
influence
D.
method
17.
A.
unpleasant
B.
unusual
C.
unlucky
D.
unimportant
18.
A.
before
B.
after
C.
while
D.
till
19.
A.
theirs
B.
mine
C.
ours
D.
yours
20.
A.
on
B.
into
C.
out
D.
off
21.
A.
record
B.
reply
C.
report
D.
result
22.
A.
Whenever
B.
However
C.
Whatever
D.
Wherever
23.
A.
same
B.
silly
C.
special
D.
square
24.
A.
things
B.
everything
C.
something
D.
nothing
25.
A.
required
B.
marked
C.
directed
D.
created
【答案】16.
B
17.
A
18.
C
19.
D
20.
B
21.
D
22.
C
23.
A
24.
C
25.
D
【解析】主要介绍了美式表达“face
the
music”的含义，并列举了其他的与“face
the
music”意思相同的美式表达法。
【16题详解】
句意：“Face
the
music”就是一个很好的例子。
cause原因；example例子；influence影响；method方法。根据后文“There
are
other
American
expressions
that
mean
the…thing
as
‘face
the
music’.”可知，还有其他一些美式表达和“Face
the
music”意思相同，所以是一个例子，故选B。
【17题详解】
句意：“Face
the
music”指的是接受一个行为带来的不愉快的结果。
unpleasant不高兴的；unusual不寻常的；unlucky不幸的；unimportant不重要的。根据前文“There
are
so
many
expressions
in
American
English
that
sound
pleasant
but
are
not.”可知，在美式英语中有许多听起来是高兴的但是并不是的表达，故选A。
【18题详解】
句意：谢谢你在我不在的时候帮我看车。
before在……之前；after在……之后；while当……时；till直到。根据“Thanks
so
much
for
watching
my
car…I’m
away.”可知，表示“我不在家时照看我的车”。while引导时间状语从句，表示当我离开家的这段时间。故选C。
【19题详解】
句意：你想向一些朋友炫耀，假装这辆车是你的。
theirs他们的；mine我的；ours我们的；yours你的。根据“You
want
to
show
off
to
some
friends
and
pretend（假装）”可知，既然是炫耀，那么就是假装车是你自己的，故选D。
【20题详解】
句意：不幸的是，你的车失控了，撞到了一个停车标志上。
on在……上；into到；out向外；off离开。根据“you
lose
control
of
the
car
and
drive
it…a
stop
sign”可知，此处指撞上了停车标志，drive
into意为“撞上”，故选B。
【21题详解】
句意：这里的“music”是你行动的结果。
record记录；reply回复；report报道；result结果。根据前文“‘Facing
the
music’
means
to
accept
the…results
of
an
action.”可知，此处指接受行为的结果，故选D。
【22题详解】
句意：不管怎样，你必须面对它。
Whenever无论何时；However无论如何；Whatever无论什么；Wherever无论哪里。分析“…the
music
is,
you
must
face
it”可知，此处表示“无论音乐是什么”，引导让步状语从句，且译为“什么”，故选C。
【23题详解】
句意：还有其他一些美式表达和“Face
the
music”意思相同。
same相同的；silly愚蠢的；special特殊的；square广场。the
same…as…“与……相同”，故选A。
【24题详解】
句意：“You're
your
medicine”的意思是接受你做了坏事的结果。
things事情；everything每件事；something某事；nothing没事。根据“There
are
other
American
expressions
that
mean
the…thing
as
‘face
the
music’.”可知，有其他的与“Face
the
music”意思相同的美式表达法，所以它的含义也是“接受某些不好的事情”，故选C。
【25题详解】
句意：如果有人说：“You
made
your
bed.
Now
lie
in
it”，意思是你制造了一个糟糕的情况，现在你将会经历结果，或者正如我们在美语口语中所说的，你必须处理它!
required要求；marked标记；directed指导；created创造。根据“To
‘you’re
your
medicine’
means
to
accept
the
results
from…bad
you
have
done.”可知，忍受不愉快的事情，也就是接受你已做的某些不好的事情，此处强调创造不好的情形，故选D。
三、阅读理解
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A，B，C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
（A）
Punctuation
Marks（标点符号）
Punctuation
MarksWhen
to
use
them?ExampleApostrophes
（’）To
show
possession-when
something
belongs
to
someone.
Use
apostrophes
in
word
contractions.Alan’s
favorite
color
is
blue.
It’s(It
is)
a
hot
and
sunny
day.Exclamation
Marks
（!）To
express
surprise,
excitement,
anger,
admiration
or
to
give
orders.Stop!
Don’t
move!Question
Marks
（?）Placed
at
the
end
of
a
question.How
are
you?
26.
Where
can
the
table
above
probably
be
found?
A.
A
newspaper
B.
A
Grammar
book
C.
A
report
D.
A
guide
book
27.
Sentence
1:
The
youth
worker
has
solved
Alan’s
problems.
Sentence
2:
Alan’s
going
over
what
he
has
learnt
in
class.
Which
of
the
statements
is
true
according
to
the
usages
of
punctuation
marks?
A.
The
“Alan’s”
in
sentence
1
has
the
same
meaning
as
the
one
in
sentence
2.
B.
The
“Alan’s”
in
sentence
1
is
used
as
a
contraction
for
“Alan
is”.
C.
The
“Alan’s”
in
sentence
2
shows
that
something
belongs
to
Alan.
D.
The
apostrophes
in
the
two
sentences
have
quite
different
meanings.
28.
“What
a
heavy
snow!”
They
rushed
out
screaming
and
playing
happily.
Here
the
exclamation
mark
is
used
to
show
they
felt
________
when
they
saw
the
big
snow.
A.
excited
B.
angry
C.
curious
D.
scared
【答案】26.
B
27.
D
28.
A
【解析】这篇短文给我们讲述了省略符合、感叹号和问号这三种标点符号的用法，并举例进行说明。
【26题详解】
主旨大意题。这篇短文给我们讲述了三个标点符号的用法，并举例进行解释。因此我们可以知道，这样的短文应该可以从语法书上看到，故选B。
【27题详解】
推理判断题。这个题目涉及的是“’”这个符号的用法，在表格中的第一个符号就是关于它的，这里讲述了它的两个用法，一个表示某物属于某人；另一个用法表示省略。在题目中给的这两个句子里，第一个Alan’s是所有格的用法；第二个Alan’s是一种省略形式，是Alan
is…。故选D。
【28题详解】
推理判断题。根据“To
express
surprise,
excitement,
anger,
admiration
or
to
give
orders.”可知，感叹号可以表示惊讶、激动、愤怒、钦佩或发号施令。题目中给出的例子可知，看到下雪之后，大家冲出去玩得非常开心，所以心情是非常激动的，故选A。
D
Donald
Trump,
took
office
as
the
45th
president
of
the
United
States
on
Jan
20.
Soon
after
that,
he
began
using
his
power
to
make
changes
to
the
country
by
signing
president’s
orders.
Some
of
them
are
quite
controversial（有争议）.
Travel
ban（禁令）
This
order
stops
all
refugees（难民）from
entering
the
US
for
120
years.
It
also
stops
anyone
arriving
from
seven
mainly
Muslim（穆斯林）countries
for
90
days.
“This(order)
is
about
keeping
our
country
safe,”
Trump
said
on
his
Twitter
account.
However,
judges
in
the
US
said
that
the
ban
was
against
the
Constitution（宪法）,
because
it
looked
down
on
Muslims.
Leaders
in
the
UK,
Germany
and
France
also
didn’t
agree
with
the
order.
Wall
building
When
Trump
was
running
for
president,
he
said
he
would
build
a
wall
along
the
southern
boundary.
He
believes
it
will
stop
Mexican（墨西哥）people
from
moving
to
the
US.
On
Jan
25,
Trump
signed
an
order
to
start
the
project.
“Mexico
will
pay
for
the
wall！”
He
said
on
Twitter.
But
Mexico
said
it
would
not
pay
for
it.
In
fact,
since
2008,
more
Mexicans
have
left
the
US
rather
than
entered
it，according
to
Pew
Research.
Quitting（退出）the
TPP
The
Trans-Pacific
Partnership（TPP,
跨太平洋伙伴关系协定）is
a
free
trade
agreement
between
12
countries
around
the
Pacific.
In
2008,
former
US
President
Barack
Obama
signed
the
agreement
to
join
it,
hoping
to
make
trade
easier
among
the
12
countries.
But
Trump
decided
to
leave
it.
He
wants
to
do
trade
deals
with
one
country
at
a
time,
instead
of
in
a
big
group
like
the
TPP,
reported
The
Independent.
36.
According
to
Trump
himself,
he
signed
the
travel
ban
in
order
to
________.
A.
work
out
the
refugee（难民）problems
B.
stop
Asian
people
from
entering
the
US
C.
keep
his
country
safe
D.
fight
against
Muslims
37.
When
did
Trump
sign
the
order
to
start
building
the
wall
between
the
US
and
Mexico?
A.
On
Jan
20.
B.
On
Jan
23.
C.
On
Jan
25.
D.
On
Jan
10.
38.
Who
will
pay
for
the
wall?
A.
Mexico.
B.
The
United
States.
C.
Countries
joining
the
TPP.
D.
We
don’t
know
yet.
39.
Trump
decided
to
leave
the
TPP,
because
________.
A.
he
prefers
to
do
trade
deals
with
one
country
at
a
time
rather
than
with
a
group
B.
he
didn’t
want
to
make
trade
deals
with
Australia
and
Japan
C.
he
thought
the
TPP
group
was
not
big
enough
D.
he
didn’t
like
the
former
US
President
40.
What’s
the
writing
style
of
the
passage?
A.
It
is
a
story.
B.
It
is
a
news
report.
C.
It
is
a
poem.
D.
It
is
an
advertisement.
【答案】36.
C
37.
C
38.
D
39.
A
40.
B
【解析】本文介绍了特朗普就任第45任总统以来，签署了一些颇有争议的命令，比如：禁止一些穆斯林国家的人赴美旅游；修建隔离墙阻止墨西哥人移居美国；退出跨太平洋伙伴关系协定。
【36题详解】
细节理解题。根据“This(order)
is
about
keeping
our
country
safe”可知，他签署旅行禁令是为了确保国家安全，故选C。
【37题详解】
细节理解题。根据“On
Jan
25,
Trump
signed
an
order
to
start
the
project”可知，在1月25日特朗普签署命令开始在美国和墨西哥之间修建隔离墙，故选C。
【38题详解】
细节理解题。根据“Mexico
will
pay
for
the
wall”及“But
Mexico
said
it
would
not
pay
for
it”可知，特朗普说墨西哥将为这堵墙买单，但是墨西哥表示不会为此买单，故我们不知道谁会支付这个费用，故选D。
【39题详解】
细节理解题。根据“He
wants
to
do
trade
deals
with
one
country
at
a
time,
instead
of
in
a
big
group
like
the
TPP”可知，他想一次与一个国家做贸易交易，而不是与一个集团做生意，故选A。
【40题详解】
推理判断题。通读全文可知，本文介绍了特朗普就任第45任总统以来，签署了一些颇有争议的命令，这属于新闻报道，故选B。
五、词汇检测
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或通过上下文，在答题卡上标有题号的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。每空只写一词。
46.
Classical
music
is
serious
and
has
a
______（持久的）value.
【答案】lasting
【解析】句意：古典音乐是严肃的，有持久的价值。lasting“持久的”，形容词作定语修饰value。故填lasting。
47.
A
number
of
people
think
______（高度地）of
Tan
Dun’s
music.
【答案】highly
【解析】句意：许多人对谭盾的音乐评价很高。根据中文提示，highly“高度地”，副词修饰动词“think”，think
highly
of“高度评价”，故填highly。
48.
He
tried
to
make
himself
______（理解）again
and
again,
but
failed.
【答案】understood
【解析】句意：他一遍又一遍地试图让别人明白他的意思，但都失败了。understand“理解”，make
sb
done让某人被……，过去分词作宾语补足语，故填understood。
49.
The
students
with
problems
are
often
______（鼓励）not
to
lose
heart.
【答案】encouraged
【解析】句意：有问题的学生经常被鼓励不要灰心。根据中文提示，encourage“鼓励”，主语“The
students”与谓语动词“encourage”是被动关系，所以此处应用被动语态be
done的结构，故此空应填过去分词，故填encouraged。
50.
The
famous
Chinese
film
Ke
Ke
Xi
Li
is
about
a
______（真实生活的）
event
of
protecting
Tibetan
antelopes（藏羚羊）.
【答案】real-life
【解析】句意：著名的中国电影《可可西里》是一部关于保护藏羚羊的真实生活的事件。根据中文提示，real-life表示“真实生活的”，形容词作定语修饰名词event，故填real-life。
51.
China
is
more
and
more
important
among
______（亚洲）countries.
【答案】Asian
【解析】句意：中国在亚洲国家中越来越重要。根据中文提示，Asian“亚洲的”，形容词作定语修饰名词countries，故填Asian。
52.
The
famous
doctor’s
talk
______
（涉及）
many
topics.
【答案】covers
【解析】句意：这位著名医生的演讲涉及许多话题。cover“包括，涉及”，是动词，陈述事实用一般现在时，主语是单数名词“talk”，动词用三单形式，故填covers。
53.
Your
voice
can
be
______（录音）if
you
press
the
button.
【答案】recorded
【解析】句意：你按下这个按钮就可以录下你的声音。根据中文提示，record“录音”，根据“can
be”可知，此处是含有情态动词的被动语态，此空应填过去分词，故填recorded。
54.
He
came
from
_______（中心的）Jiangsu
but
now
he
is
used
to
living
in
Sichuan.
【答案】central
【解析】句意：他来自江苏中部，但现在已经习惯了住在四川。central“中心的”，形容词，作定语修饰名词Jiangsu。故填central。
55.
I
prefer
those
______（德国人）designs
of
the
new
car
to
yours.
【答案】Germans'
【解析】句意：比起你的设计，我更喜欢那些德国人设计的新车。根据中文提示，German“德国人”，those修饰复数名词，此空修饰名词“designs”，故此空应填名词所有格形式，故填Germans'。
56.
It
is
______（愚蠢的）of
you
to
sit
there
than
to
go
outside
to
play
games.
【答案】sillier
【解析】句意：你坐在那里比出去玩游戏更愚蠢。根据空后“than”可知本句用比较级，结合中文提示和语境可知，作者认为坐在那里比出去玩游戏更愚蠢，所以这里用形容词“愚蠢的silly”的比较级。故填sillier。
57.
There
was
not
much
___________
(对话)
in
this
drama
play,
but
we
all
enjoyed
it
very
much.
【答案】dialogue
【解析】句意：这个话剧里的对话不多，但我们都很喜欢。根据句意及汉语提示可知，空处应该用名词dialogue，根据空前的“much”可知，空处应该是不可数名词。故填dialogue。
58.
Summer
is
to
season
as
piano
is
to
______.
【答案】instrument
【解析】句意：夏天之于季节就像钢琴之于乐器。分析“Summer
is
to
season
as
piano
is
to…”可知，此处表示“乐器”，可用instrument表示，故填instrument。
59.
—Why
didn’t
you
stop
him?
—He
had
rushed
out
______
I
could
realize
it.
【答案】before
【解析】句意：——你为什么不阻止他？——我还没反应过来，他就已经冲了出去。根据“Why
didn’t
you
stop
him?”可知，此处指的是反应过来之前他已经冲了出去了，可用before引导时间状语从句。故填before。
60.
—Could
you
tell
me
the
differences
between
the
______?
—Sorry,
they
both
look
the
same.
【答案】twins
【解析】句意：——你能告诉我这对双胞胎的区别吗？——抱歉，他们看起来都一样。根据“the
differences
between
the”及“they
both
look
the
same”可推断，是询问这对双胞胎之间的区别，twins“双胞胎”，故填twins。
61.
—If
you
have
any
information,
let
me
know.
—Sure.
I
will
send
you
text
______.
【答案】messages
【解析】句意：——如果你有任何消息，请告诉我。——当然。我会给你发短信。根据“Sure.
I
will
send
you
text”可知，此处说的是有任何消息会发短信，message“消息”，可数名词，此处应用复数名词表示泛指，故填messages。
六、句子翻译
将下列句子译成英语，并将所译句子写在答题卡上标有题号的横线上。
62.
周杰伦（Jay
Chou）以创作流行音乐而闻名。
_____________________________________________________
【答案】Jay
Chou
is
famous
for
creating
pop
music.
【解析】固定搭配：be
famous
for
sth“因……而闻名”；create“创造”，for是介词，后接动名词；pop
music“流行音乐”，句子是一般现在时，主语Jay
Chou是第三人称，be动词用is，故填Jay
Chou
is
famous
for
creating
pop
music.
63.
虽然他极具音乐天赋，但他从不炫耀。
_____________________________________________________
【答案】Although
he
has
a
talent
for
music,
he
never
shows
off.
【解析】虽然：可用although引导让步状语从句；有……天赋：have
a
talent
for…；炫耀：show
off。本句时态是一般现在时，主语he是第三人称单数，谓语动词用三单。故填Although
he
has
a
talent
for
music,
he
never
shows
off.
64.
读这样一本书简直就是浪费时间。
_____________________________________________________
【答案】It's
a
waste
of
time
to
read
such
a
book.
【解析】本句可用it作形式主语的句型“It's…+to
do
sth”表示；浪费时间：a
waste
of
time；读这样一本书：read
such
a
book。故填It's
a
waste
of
time
to
read
such
a
book.
65.
如果你对音乐感兴趣的话，你可以选择为自己最喜欢的音乐视频进行网上投票。
_____________________________________________________
【答案】If
you
are
interested
in
music,
you
can
choose
to
vote
online
for
your
favourite
music
videos.
【解析】固定搭配：be
interested
in
sth“对某物感兴趣”；can“可以”，情态动词后接动词原形；choose
to
do
sth“选择做某事”；vote
online
for
sth“在网上为某事投票”；your
favourite
music
videos“最喜欢的音乐视频”；if表示“如果”，引导条件状语从句，主句含有情态动词，从句用一般现在时，主语you是第二人称，be动词用are，故填If
you
are
interested
in
music,
you
can
choose
to
vote
online
for
your
favourite
music
videos.
66.
如果你没有足够的睡眠，你课上会觉得疲倦。
_____________________________________________________
【答案】If
you
don't
get
enough
sleep,
you
will
feel
tired
in
class.
【解析】根据句意，本句可用if引导条件状语从句，需满足“主将从现”原则；足够的睡眠：enough
sleep；课上：in
class；觉得疲倦：feel
tired。故填If
you
don't
get
enough
sleep,
you
will
feel
tired
in
class.
67.
世界这么大，我想去看看。
_____________________________________________________
【答案】The
world
is
so
big
that
I
want
to
see
it.
【解析】世界：world，名词；这么大：so
big；我：I，人称代词主格，作主语；想去看看：want
to
see；此处可以用so...that“如此……以至于……”引导结果状语从句；故填The
world
is
so
big
that
I
want
to
see
it.
七、阅读表达
阅读下面的短文并用英语回答问题，并将答案写在答题卡上标有题号的横线上。
To
see
the
world
is
one
thing,
to
have
someone
to
share
it
with
is
another.
Indeed,
travel
becomes
more
interesting
when
you
have
a
travel
partner.
A
travel
partner
can
be
a
close
friend,
a
family
member,
a
pal（伙伴）you’ve
met
online,
or
a
business.
You
can
have
someone
to
talk
to.
Traveling
alone
is
fun,
but
wouldn’t
you
feel
lonely?
Having
a
travel
partner
can
help
you
get
rid
of
loneliness.
This
is
especially
true
if
you
can
get
a
travel
companion（同伴）who
is
very
familiar
with
the
place
you’re
traveling
to.
You
don’t
have
to
ask
any
information
from
the
locals,
and
you
can
increase
the
time
you
spend
in
the
country.
You
can
have
someone
to
share
the
costs
with.
One
of
the
major
headaches
in
traveling
is
the
costs
involved.
You
can’t
simply
think
about
the
rising
price
of
hotels
or
plane
tickets.
You
should
also
think
about
your
daily
needs,
such
as
your
food.
Of
course,
you
can’t
simply
go
back
without
bringing
any
souvenirs
to
your
friends
and
family.
You
must
think
about
all
these.
However,
when
you
have
a
travel
friend,
you
can
have
someone
to
share
the
costs
with.
You
can
have
someone
to
watch
out
for
you.
When
you’re
in
a
foreign
land,
you’ll
never
be
really
safe.
You
don’t
know
the
rules
as
well
as
the
culture
of
the
people.
A
travel
mate
will
be
perfect
to
remind
you
of
your
duties
in
the
country
and
to
watch
your
back
just
in
case（万一）you
get
lost.
So
why
don’t
you
find
a
travel
companion
now?
Let’s
find
out
how
to
find
a
travel
partner...
68.
How
many
advantages
are
mentioned
in
the
passage
if
we
have
a
travel
partner?
_____________________________________________________
69.
What’s
the
writer’s
purpose
of
writing
this
passage?
_____________________________________________________
70.
Will
you
choose
a
pal
you’ve
met
online
as
your
travel
partner?
Why
or
why
not?
_____________________________________________________
【答案】68.
Three.
69.
To
encourage
us
to
have
a
travel
partner.
70.
本题属于开放性试题，言之有理即可。参考答案：No.
Because
I
think
it
is
not
safe
to
travel
with
a
net
friend.
【解析】本文主要讲述当你去旅行的时候，找一个伙伴一起去会有很多好处。比如说在旅行中如果你有伙伴的话就不会感到寂寞，也会降低旅行中的开销，有旅行伙伴也会使旅行更加安全。
【68题详解】
根据“You
can
have
someone
to
talk
to.”，“You
can
have
someone
to
share
the
costs
with.”和“You
can
have
someone
to
watch
out
for
you.”可知，本文提到3个好处，故填Three.
【9题详解】
根据全文内容及“So
why
don’t
you
find
a
travel
companion
now?Let’s
find
out
how
to
find
a
travel
partner...”可知，作者鼓励我们有旅行伴侣，故填To
encourage
us
to
have
a
travel
partner.
【70题详解】
本题属于开放性试题，言之有理即可。参考答案：No.
Because
I
think
it
is
not
safe
to
travel
with
a
net
friend.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
3-4期中复习
易错回顾
一、单项填空
(
B
)1.—Do
you
know
about
the
scientist
Tu
Youyou?
—Yes,she
won
the
2015
Nobel
Prize
in
Medicine
because
of
her
great .?
A.surprise
B.achievement
C.education
D.satisfaction
(
C
)2.—Why
is
Jim
so
upset?
—Because
he
the
school
basketball
team
yesterday
and
was
refused.?
A.tried
on
B.tried
out
of
C.tried
out
for
D.tried
up
(
B
)3.Welcome
all
of
you
to
our
town
and
enjoy here
in
the
next
few
days.?
A.yourself
B.yourselves
C.themselves
D.himself
(
A
)4.—It
seems
that
you
are
happy.Why?
—I
came
across
an
old
friend
of
mine
while
I
on
the
street.?
A.was
walking
B.walk
C.walked
D.am
walking
(
A
)5.—I
joined
in
the
2019
Nanjing
Marathon
race,
I
couldn’t
run
as
fast
as
a
real
runner.?
—That’s
really
great!
You
are
my
hero!
A.although
B.until
C.so
D.if
(
C
)6.—When
must
I
hand
in
my
book
report?
—As
soon
as
you it
tomorrow.?
A.completed
B.will
complete
C.complete
D.is
completed
(
C
)7.As
middle
school
students,we
should
think
about for
our
country
in
the
future.?
A.what
we
did
B.what
did
we
do
C.what
we
can
do
D.what
can
we
do
(
A
)8.The
forest
fires
that
in
Australia
seem
to
be
both
a
natural
and
man-made
disaster
according
to
some
experts.?
A.broke
out
B.broke
down
C.broke
up
D.broke
into
(
D
)9.Jane
Austen,the
writer
of
Pride
and
Prejudice single(
单身的
)
all
her
life
although
she
wrote
many
stories
of
love.?
A.realized
B.required
C.reminded
D.remained
(
A
)10.—I’m
afraid
I
have
to
give
up
my
dream
of
being
a
singer.
— .No
dream
is
too
big,and
no
dreamer
is
too
small.?
A.Don’t
lose
heart
B.No
problem
C.That’s
unusual
D.You
must
be
joking
兴趣起航
How
much
do
you
know
about
Helen
Keller?
乐学善思
【Part
One】
Unit
Three
1.
aloud
aloud是副词,重点在
“出声”,
通常放在动词之后,没有比较级形式。
Eg.He
read
the
story
aloud
to
his
son.
朗读那篇故事给他儿子听。
Did
I
say
it
out
aloud?
我刚才出声了么？
【拓展】
（1）loud可作形容词或副词。用作副词时,常与speak,
talk,
laugh等动词连用，常用于比较级。
Eg.Could
you
please
speak
a
little
louder?
你能说大声一点吗？
Am
I
loud
enough?
我声音够大么？
（2）loudly是副词,
有时可与loud替换,但常含有“打扰别人”之意。
He
does
not
talk
loudly
or
laugh
loudly
in
public.
他不会当众大声谈笑。
2.
reply
&
answer
两个词都有“回答”之意，都可用作名词和动词，常可互换使用。两词的区别是：
（1）reply为正式用语，多指经过考虑的、有针对性的、详细的回答，常和介词to
连用，也可接直接引语或that引导的宾语从句。
eg.
The
old
man
smiled
before
he
replied
to
my
question.
老人在回答我的问题前笑了笑。
（2）answer是一般用语，用法比reply广泛，回答问题、写回信、接电话、听见门铃去开门都可用answer。另外，你可以用言语问题，也可以摇头或耸肩作答。
Eg.
Answer
my
question
in
English.
用英语回答我的问题。
3.
choice
作名词，意为“选择，选择权”，一般做可数名词。否定形式一般常用词组“have
no/little
choice
but
to
do
sth.”。
Eg.
It's
available
in
a
choice
of
colours.有多种颜色可供选择。
They
had
little
choice
but
to
agree
to
what
he
suggested.他们别无选择，只好接受他的提议。
4.
suggestion
名词，意为“意见，建议”，一般可数，常用其复数形式。
eg.
The
dietitian
was
helpful,
making
suggestions
as
to
how
I
could
improve
my
diet.
这位营养学家就如何改善饮食给我提出了些建议，对我很有帮助。
I
have
lots
of
suggestions
for
the
park's
future.
对于公园未来的规划我有很多提议。
【拓展】
suggest作动词，意为“建议，提议，启示”。
eg.
I
suggest
you
ask
him
some
specific
questions
about
his
past.
我建议你问他一些有关他的过去的具体问题。
I
suggested
to
Mike
that
we
go
out
for
a
meal
with
his
colleagues.
我向迈克提议，我们和他的同事们一起出去吃饭。
5.
offer
offer用作及物动词，意为“提供，给予”，后接名词或代词作宾语，常用于offer
to
do
sth.和offer
sb.
sth./offer
sth.
to
sb.结构中。
Eg.
She
offered
to
help
me
with
my
French.
她主动帮我学法语。
Can
I
offer
you
a
drink?
你要饮料吗？
6.
strict
strict
形容词，意为“严厉的，严格的”，在句子中可以做表语、定语。常用短语be
strict
with
sb.
意为“对某人要求严格”；be
strict
in
sth.
意为“对某事要求严格”。
Eg.
She
is
a
strict
teacher.
她是一个严格的老师。
She
is
strict
with
her
students
and
strict
in
her
work.
她对她的学生和工作要求严格。
7.
worth
（1）worth
作形容词，意为“值……钱”。
??
eg.
The
piano
is
worth
3,000
yuan.
这架钢琴值3000元。
（2）worth
作形容词，意为“值得”，常用语be
worth
doing…结构。
???
eg.
This
story
is
worth
reading.
这个故事值得阅读。
8.
imagine
imagine是动词，意为“想象，推测”，后面可接名词、代词、宾语从句、复合宾语，常用于结构：imagine
doing
sth.
想象做某事。
Eg.
We
can’t
imagine
what
China
will
be
like
in
the
future.我们无法想象将来中国是什么样子。
I
can’t
imagine
leaving
all
my
friends.
我无法想象离开我所有的朋友。
No
one
can
imagine
what
will
happen
next.
没有人能想象出下一步会发生什么。
9.I
have
a
problem,
and
I
do
not
know
how
to
deal
with
it.
deal是不及物动词，意为“处理，对付”，常和介词with连用，构成短语deal
with，
意为“处理”。
Eg.
They
will
deal
with
these
problems
at
the
meeting.?
他们将在会议上处理这些问题。
【拓展】
deal
with和do
with都有“处理”的意思，
但是deal
with常与how连用，而do
with常
what连用。
Eg.
How
shall
we
deal
with
the
children?
=
What
shall
we
do
with
the
children?
我们怎么处置这个孩子呢？
10.I
often
doubt
whether
it
is
worth
spending
so
much
time
on
homework.
doubt用作动词，意为“怀疑”。常有以下两种用法：
（1）后接名词或者代词。
???
??
Eg.
I
doubt
his
words.
我怀疑他说的话。
（2）后面接宾语从句。
①在否定句和疑问句中，doubt后面接that引导的宾语从句。
Eg.
I
don’t
doubt
that
he
can
finish
the
task
on
time.
我相信他能按时完成任务。
Do
you
doubt
that
she
will
succeed?
你怀疑他会成功吗？
②在肯定句中，doubt后面一般接whether或if引导的宾语从句。
Eg.
I
doubt
whether
they
can
swim
across
the
river.
我怀疑他们能否游过河去。
He
doubts
if
she
will
keep
her
word.
他怀疑她是否会遵守诺言。
【拓展】
doubt还可用作名词，常与about/of
/as
to/on等介词连用。
Eg.
There
is
no
doubt
about
it.
此事不可怀疑。
I
have
no
doubt
of
his
ability.
我毫不怀疑他的能力。
11.I
know
it
is
important
to
finish
all
my
homework
on
time.
句子中I
know
后面的宾语是It
is/was
+
adj.
+
to
do
sth.
结构，意为“做某事是……的”，to
do
sth.为句子的真正的主语，而it为形式主语，形式主语不能用别的词来代替，句中可在形容词后加for
sb.，意为“对于某人来说，做某事是……的”。
Eg.
It’s
important
for
us
to
learn
a
foreign
language.
对我们来说，学习一门外语是相当重要的。
It’s
necessary
for
us
to
eat
more
fruit
and
vegetables.
对我们来说，多吃蔬菜和水果是必要的。
【拓展】
这个句型中的for
sb.有时也可以用of
sb.
二者意义有区别：
（1）在It’s
+
adj.
+
for
sb.
to
do
sth.
中，for
sb.意为“对某人来说”，句中的形容词是用来说明to
do
sth.的，形式主语只能用it。
Eg.
It’s
necessary
for
the
students
to
do
some
housework.
对于学生们来说，做些家务是十分必要的。
（2）在It’s
+
adj.
+
of
sb.
to
do
sth.
中of
sb.
意为“某人……”，句中形容词可与逻辑主语sb.
构成系表结构，
形容词是用来说明或形容sb.（某人）的。
Eg.
It’s
very
kind
of
you
to
help
us.
你能帮助我们真是太好了。
12.
I
am
crazy
about
football.
be
crazy
about意为“对……而疯狂，热爱，痴迷于”，about为介词，后跟名词或动名词。
Eg.
I
used
to
be
crazy
about
the
hunting
season.
过去，打猎的季节使我疯狂。
I
am
crazy
about
playing
basketball.
我热衷于篮球。
【拓展】
表达“喜欢”的其他相关短语：be
interested
in
;
be
fond
of等。
Eg.
He
is
interested
in
the
French
culture.
他对法国文化感兴趣。
My
brother
is
fond
of
classical
music.
我弟弟喜欢古典音乐。
13.It
seems
that
you
spend
a
lot
of
time…
此句型实质上是“主＋系＋表”结构。其中it是人称代词，并无实意，指的是某种情况，seems为连系动词，that
/
as
if
引导表语从句。It
seems
that
…表示“看起来……”。强调根据一定的事实所得出的一种接近于实际情况的判断。
Eg.
It
seems
that
it
is
more
difficult
for
women
to
get
to
the
top
of
the
company.
妇女似乎更难提升到公司的最高职位。
It
seems
that
she
is
happy.
她似乎很高兴。
此句型可以转换成“名词或代词
＋
seem
＋动词不定式”句型，其意不变。
Eg.
It
seems
that
no
one
knows
what
has
happened
in
the
park.
=No
one
seems
to
know
what
has
happened
in
the
park.似乎没有人知道在公园里发生了什么事。
[巩固练习]
用所给动词的正确形式填空。
1.
We
don’t
know
how
________
(solve)
the
problem.
2.
I
think
he
spends
too
much
time
______
(practice)
the
piano.
3.
My
pen
friend
_______
(not
reply)
to
my
last
three
letters
yet.
4.
He
always
does
_______
(good)
in
Maths
than
I.
5.
The
boy
is
suffering
from
______
(get)
so
low
marks.
6.
Sue
seems
much
________
(happy).
7.
I
think
the
most
important
thing
is
that
we
should
listen
________
(care)
in
class.
8.
I
am
still
feeling
_________
(worry)
about
the
coming
exam.
9.
The
beat
has
no
choice
but
_________(lie)
down
in
the
cave
in
winter.
10.
He
offered
________
(lend)
me
some
money
to
get
that
watch.
【答案】1.
to
solve
2.practicing
3.hasn’t
replied
4.better
5.getting
6.
happier
7.carefully
8.worried
9.
to
lie
10.
to
lend
【Part
Two
Unit
Four】
1、Growing
is
hard!
长大真艰难啊!
1）动名词短语作主语，谓语动词用单数。
growing
up是动名词短语,在句中作主语。动名词或动名词短语在句中作主语时,谓语动词用单数形式。
Eg.
Walking
after
supper
is
good
for
your
health.晚饭后散步对你的健康有益。
2）hard
adj/adv
adj.困难的;坚硬的;辛苦的;猛烈的
adv.努力地，用功地，猛烈地，坚硬地。
hardly
adv.
几乎不，几乎没有
2、
since从.....以......以后
since作连词，意为“
自...以来，从...以后”，从句用一般过去时，主句常用现在完成时或现在完成进行时。
Eg.Where
have
you
been
since
last
saw
you?自从上次见到你以后，你到哪里去了?
[易混辨析]since与for
Since
后接点时间，表示“自从以--以后
For
后接时间段
表示“已经多长时间了”
Eg.Mr
Smith
has
been
in
China
since
five
years
ago.
史密斯先生自从五年前就已经在中国了。
She
has
been
waiting
for
the
manager
for
about
two
hours.她已经等了这个经理大约两个小时了。
【拓展】Since还可以引导原因状语从句，意为“既然，由于，因为”
Eg.Since
he
was
lazy,
he
didn’t
finish
his
homework.
3、not..until...直到....才....
1）not..until..意为“直到.......”表示主句的动作直到until所表示的时间才开始。
Eg.
They
didn't
go
to
bed
until
they
finished
their
homework.直到完成家庭作业，他们才上床睡觉。
I
won't
leave
until
you
come
back.直到你回来，我才会离开。
2）until作连词，意为“直到...为止”。until
用于肯定句时,表示主句的动作-直持续到until所表示的时间为止，主句中的动词必须是持续性动词。
Eg.
He
kept
on
asking
questions
until
the
bell
rang.他一直问问题，直到铃响。
【归纳】Until与not
until
的用法区别
Until
主句动词用延续性动词，提问用how
long.
Not…until
主句动词用非延续性动词。提问用when.
4、
a
great
deal
of大量，许多
1）a
great
deal
of意为“大量，许多”，后跟不可数名词。
Eg.
It
could
save
a
great
deal
of
time
to
travel
by
air.乘飞机旅行可以
节省许多时间。
[易混辨析]a
great
deal
of.
plenty
of,
a
lot
of，a
number
of与a
great
many
a
great
deal
of后接不可数名词plenty
of后接可数名词的复数形式或不可数名词a
lot
of相当于lots
of,后接可数名词的复数形式或不可数名词a
number
of后接可数名词的复数形式a
great
many后接可数名词的复数形式,many后不用介词of
Eg
.We
have
plenty
of
time
to
finish
the
work.我们有许多时间完成这项工作。
I
can't
hang
out
because
I
have
a
lot
of
housework闲逛因为我有许多家务要做。
A
number
of
students
in
our
class
are
from
Shanghai我们班有很多学生来自上海。
He
had
a
great
many
fiends
here.
他在这里有很多朋友。
deal
vi．处理，对付(deal—dealt—dealt)
5、He
was
very
small-
-much
smaller
than
the
other
kids
at
school.
1）much修饰比较级,much作程度副词，用在形容词或副词的比较级前，意为...得.多”，用来加强语气。
Eg.
The
actress
is
already
50,
but
she
looks
much
younger.那位女演员已经50岁了,但她看上去年轻多了。
After
practising
for
several
months,I
can
swim
much
faster
now.儿个月的练习之后，我现在游得快多了。
2）能修饰形容词或副词的比较级的词(词组)还有:even,
far,
a
lot,
a
little
等。
Eg.
She
drives
far
more
carefully
than
her
husband.她开车比她丈夫小心得多。
6、While
attending
junior
high,
Spud
tried
out
for
the
school
team,
but
he
was
refused
at
first
because
he
was
too
small.
1）while
连词，引导时间状语从句“当…时”。
当主从句主语相同，且谓语动词含有be动词的某种形式时，主语+be动词可以省略（主动语态就是ing形式，被动语态就是done形式）
Eg.
While
she
was
listening
to
the
radio,she
fell
asleep.
=While
listening
to
the
radio,she
fell
asleep.
2）while
还意为“然而，而”，表对比。
Eg.
I
like
swimming
while
my
brother
likes
dancing.我喜欢游泳，而我弟弟喜欢跳舞。
7、get
the
coach
change
his
mind
get
sb.
To
do
sth.
=make/have/let
sb.
do
sth.使某人做某事
8、go
on
to
do
sth.(完成某事后）接着做另一件事
go
on
doing
sth.不停的做某事
go
on
with
sth.
（尤指停顿或中断后）继续做同一件事
9、as
a
result
因此;结果
1）As
a
result意为“因此;结果”,常放在句首,而且用逗号与后面的句子隔开，后面接事情的结果。
Eg.
He
worked
hard
at
his
study.As
a
result,
he
passed
the
exam
easily.
as
a
result
of
意为“由于”，后跟名词或代词，相当于because
of，后接事情的原因。
Eg.
He
was
late
as
a
result
of
the
heavy
snow.
10、succeed
in
doing
sth成功地做某事=do
sth.
successfully
[易混辨析]success,
succeed,
successful
与successfully
success
名词
成功succeed动词
成功
successful形容词
成功的
successfully
副词
成功地
Eg.
The
play
was
a
great
success
in
this
city.那场戏剧在这座城市获得了巨大的成功。
We
succeeded
in
solving
the
problem.我们成功地解决了这个问题。
The
actors'
performance
was
very
successful.演员们的演出非常成功。
He
finished
the
task
successfully.他成功地完成了这项任务。
11、Although
he
was
a
great
player
at
university,
the
NBA
was
not
interested
in
him
because
all
its
players
were
more
than
20
cm
taller
than
he
was．尽管他是在大学里是很棒的球员，但是NBA对他没有兴趣，因为NBA的球员都比他高20厘米。
1）although做连词，意为“虽然；尽管”，同义词为though。
2）although(
though)和but，就如同because和so
一样，不可同时用来连接两个句子。
★though可放句首和句尾；但although不能放句尾。
12、force
vt.
强迫,迫使
force的用法:
Eg.
You
shouldn’t
force
your
son
to
do
so
much
housework.
你不应该强迫你儿子做那么多的家务。
13、remain
vi.
逗留;保持不变
1）remain表示“逗留”时,用作不及物动词,相当于stay。
Eg.
The
children
remained
out
because
of
the
nice
weather.
由于天气晴朗,孩子们待在室外。
2）remain表示“保持不变”时,用作连系动词,后面接名词、代词、形容词、介词短语等作表语。
Eg.
Peter
became
a
manager,
but
Jack
remained
a
worker.
彼得成了一名经理,而杰克仍然是一名工人。
Whatever
achievements
you’ve
made,
you
should
remain
modest.
无论你取得了什么成就,你都应该保持谦虚。
14、Through
hard
work,
Spud
Webb
proved
that
size
and
body
type
does
not
matter—you
can
do
almost
anything
if
you
never
give
up.
通过努力,斯巴德·韦伯证明高矮胖瘦不重要——只要永不放弃,几乎没有什么你做不到的。
prove的用法如下:
1）prove+名词/代词
Can
you
prove
that?
你能证实那一点吗?
2）prove+直接宾语（sth）+to+间接宾语（sb）
Eg.
Can
you
prove
your
theory
to
us?
你能向我们证实你的理论吗?
3）prove+宾语（sb/sth）（+to
be）+宾语补足语
（n./adj.）
Eg.
They
proved
themselves
wise
and
brave.
他们证明了自己的机智与勇敢。
All
this
proved
him
to
be
an
honest
man.
这一切都证明了他是一个诚实的人。
4）prove+that
从句
Eg.
Galileo
proved
that
the
Earth
and
all
other
planets
move
around
the
Sun.
伽利略证实了地球和所有其他的行星都是围绕太阳运转的。
15、After
the
war,
her
father
collected
her
diary
and
had
it
published.
战争过后,她的父亲收集了她的日记并使之出版。
1）
have
it
published意为“使之出版”,have意为“致使”,其后接过去分词表被动。
过去分词所表示的动作由他人完成。
Eg.
He
had
his
money
stolen.
他的钱被偷了。（被别人偷去了）
【拓展】
表示“致使”意义的动词还有make,
get,
keep,
leave等。
16、“in
one's+数词的复数形式”的用法
1）“in
one's+数词的复数形式”表示“某人几十.多岁"
,这里的数词是整十的数词。
Eg.
The
artist
is
in
his
thirties.
这位艺术家三十多岁。
2）整十的数词的复数形式也可以用在“in
the
+数词的复数形式”结构中，表示“在某个年代”。
★in
the
eighties在八十年代
17、【辨析】die
of和die
from
die
of
指死于疾病衰老情感等内在原因。
die
from
死于外部原因
(主要指事故,
地震等外部原因)
★die
of
hunger死于饥饿
★die
from
an
earthquake/a
traffic
accident死于地震/交通事故
18、be
used
as意为“被用作”
[拓展]常见的used短语
be
used
to
do
sth.
被用来做某事
be
used
for
doing
sth.
被用来做某事
be/get
used
to
doing
sth.
习惯做某事
used
to
do
sth
过去常常做某事
能力实践
【19-20星海期中真题】
二、单选（10分，每题1分）
21.—
Roy,
_______
Mr.
Carter
is
waiting
for
you
outside.
—
Just
a
second.
I'm
on
_______
phone.
A:
a;
the
B:
/;
the
C:
a;
/
D:
/;
/
【答案】A
【解析】本题主要考查冠词。
—
Roy，一个姓
Carter
的先生在外面等你。
—
稍等，我正在打电话。
a
与
Mr.
或
Mrs.
连用表示一个姓……的人，on
the
phone
“在打电话”，是惯用习语。故正确答案为A。
This
kind
of
suit
will
be
sold
for
$600,
which
is
far
more
than
its
real
_______
.
A.fee
B.price
C.value
D.money
【答案】C
【解析】本题主要考查名词。
A项，fee“酬金；小费，费用”。
B项，price
“价格”。
C项，value
“价值；重要性”。
D项，money
“钱”。
结合题意，这件套装的价格远高于它的实际价值，因此
value
符合题意。
故正确答案为C。
As
a
basketball
hero,
Kobe
Bryant
is
admired
_______
millions
of
people
_______
his
achievements
,
as
well
as
his
spirit.
A.for;
by
B.by;
for
C.by;
as
D.as;
for
【答案】B
【解析】句意：作为一个篮球英雄，科比布莱恩特被上百万的人仰慕，不仅仅因为他的成就而且因为他的精神。by用与被动句中表示“被”；admire
sb
for
sth因……而羡慕某人。故选B。
24..Excuse
me.
When
can
we
have
the
steak
we
ordered?
—Not
until
it_____
in
ten
minutes.
A.will
be
prepared
B.is
prepared
C.has
prepared
D.was
prepared
【答案】B
【解析】句意：打扰了，我们什么时候可以吃牛排？——再有10分钟就准备好了。
结合语境可知下文为省略句，根据连词until可知后面状语从句，根据语境及时间状语可知下文主句描述的是将来的动作，故条件从句中用一般现在时态表示将来动作.故选B.
25.A
forest
fire
_____
at
the
end
of
March
in
Liangshan,
Sichuan
Province.
Firemen
rushed
into
the
mountains
but
27
of
them
never
came
back.
A.turned
out
B.carried
out
C.put
out
D.broke
out
【答案】D
【解析】A.turned
out结果表明是；B.carried
out实施；C.put
out搭；举起；张贴；D.broke
out爆发。根据句意，故选D.
26.He
devoted
his
lifetime
______
it
possible
for
women
_______
better
education.
A.to
make；
to
receive
B.to
make；
to
receiving
C.to
making;
to
receive
D.to
making；
receive
【答案】C
【解析】考点：考查非谓语动词
试题分析：句意：为了尽可能的让妇女们接受更好的教育，他投入了自己一生的时间。短语devote……to……将……投入到……中去，to是介词后面接名词或者动名词作宾语。后一空用动词不定式做目的状语，表示具体的动作，故选C。
27.---How
do
you
like
the
two
pairs
of
shoes?
---They
don't
________
me
well．They
are
________
too
big
________
too
small．
A.fit;
not
only,
but
also
B.match;.either,
or
C.fit;
either,
or
D.suit;both,
and
【答案】C
【解析】本题旨在考察学生对对称结构的掌握。从答句的前半句可知，“那些鞋并不适合”，所以应该是“不是太大就是太小”，所给选项里A选项的意思是“not
only,
but
also不但……而且”，B选项的either,
or意思是“两者之一（要么...要么...）……”。Fit（尺寸，大小）适合；match搭配；suit用法是sth.
suit
sb。由此可见，故选C。
28..The
weather
forecast
says
it
will
be
cloudy
with
a
slight
_____
of
rain
later
afternoon．
A.
sense
B.
change
C.scene
D.
chance
【答案】D
【解析】天气预报说今天会是多云并且后半午可能有雨．
A．感觉；B．改变；C．场景；D．机会，可能性．
a
slight
chance
of…表示有…的可能性/机会，符合句意，故选项为D．
29.The
_______
documentary
describes
_______
in
the
future.
A.two
hours’;
how
Suzhou
will
be
like
B.two-hours;
what
Suzhou
will
be
like
C.two-hour;
how
Suzhou
will
be
D.two
hour's;
what
Suzhou
will
be
like
【答案】C
【解析】句意：两个小时的纪录片描述了苏州在未来是什么样子的。How
will
sb./sth.
be?=What
will
sb./sth.
be
like?某物/某人是怎么样的？是固定句型，故排除A；two-hour
documentary=two
hours'
documentary两个小时的纪录片。结合句意，故选C。
30.---I’m
really
sorry,
I
lost
your
shopping
list.
---
.
I
can
make
another
one
now.
A.Don’t
mention
it
B.
It
doesn’t
matter
C.
I’m
OK.
D.
That’s
right
【答案】B
【解析】句意：我真的很抱歉，我丢了你的购物单。没关系，我可以再做一个。A.Don’t
mention
it别提了B.
It
doesn’t
matter
没关系
C.
I’m
ok
我可以的
D.
That’s
right那是对的，故选B.
三、完型填空（10分，每题1分）
Friendships
fade
(逐渐变淡)
and
people
change.
But
what
if
we
could
travel
back
to
the?31???
US
author
Lexa
Hillyer’s
first
novel?Proof
of
Forever?tells
a
similar
story.
It
explores
topics
of?32?and
self-discovery.??
In
the
book,
the
four
main
characters
Joy,
Tali,
Luce
and
Zoe?33?to
be
best
friends
forever.
But
like
many
friends,
they
grow
apart
as
their
interests?34?.
Before
they
leave
for
college,
Joy
asks
them
to
have
a
reunion.
Surprisingly,
when
they
used
a
photo
booth
(照相亭)
to
take
a?35?,
the
girls
were
sent
two
years
back
in
time.??
Most
of
the
story
is
set
in
the
past,
and
they
must
learn
to
work
with
each
other.
Otherwise,
bad
things
might?36?.
Along
the
way,
the
girls
learn
that
the
past
doesn’t
have
to?37?itself.
It’s
filled
with
new
memories
and
discoveries.??
The
characters
are
relatable
(引起共鸣的)
and
very?38?from
one
another.
It
creates
many
interesting
and
humorous
moments.??
Proof
of
Forever
tells
a
different
story
about
friendship.
It
has
various
subplots
(次要情节)
such
as
losing
trust
in
a
parent,
which
adds
more
drama
(戏剧性).
While
the
storyline
might
attract?39?readers,
it
has
some
deep
themes.
It
is
best
suited
for
readers?15
and
older.??
It
also
gives
the
reader
an
unexpected
ending.
You
might
be
surprised
to
find
yourself
crying.
Proof
of
Forever?is
worth
a?40?.
It
shows
us
the
ups
and
downs
of
a
coming
of
age
story
and
the
power
of
friendship.
31.
A.
future
B.
past
C.
time
D.
present
32.
A.
readership
B.
citizenship?
C.
friendship
D.
leadership
33.
A.
refuse
B.
suggest
C.
promise
D.
allow
34.
A.
change
B.
grow?
C.
improve
D.
decrease
35.
A.
look
B.
bath
C.
bus
D.
picture
36.
A.
grow
B.
suggest
C.
happen
D.
leave
37.
A.
introduce
B.
repeat?
C.
enjoy
D.
review
38.
A.
famous
B.
joyful?
C.
different
D.
obvious
39.
A.
younger
B.
stricter?
C.
healthier
D.
cleverer
40.A.look
B.
visit?
C.
trip
D.
read
【答案】BCCAD
CBCAD
【解析】
根据Friendships
fade
(逐渐变淡)
and
people
change，下一句转折but,可知是如果问回到过去会是什么样子？故选B.
根据Friendships
fade
(逐渐变淡)
and
people
change和self-discovery可知《永远的证明》这本书探索的主题是友谊和自我发现。
A.
refuse拒绝；
B.
suggest建议；
C.
promise允诺，保证；
D.
allow允许；根据句意可知这本书的四个主人公允诺永远是好朋友，故选C.
根据grow
apart可知是他们的兴趣改变了，故选A
根据when
they
used
a
photo
booth
(照相亭)
to可知是拍照，故选D.
根据Most
of
the
story
is
set
in
the
past,
and
they
must
learn
to
work
with
each
other.
可知下文的转折，坏事情可能会发生，故选C.
由文中They
must
learn
to
work
together
可知，他们必须像团队一样的合作。由最后一句话
the
girls
learn
that
the
past
doesn't
necessarily
repeat
itself
可知，过去并不只是简单地重复，故选B.
A.
famous著名的；
B.
joyful有趣的；C.
different不同的；
D.
obvious显然的；根据Proof
of
Forever
tells
a
different
story
about
friendship.
可知人物是可以引起共鸣的，并且和别人是非常不同的，故选C.
根据文中It
is
best
suited
for
readers?15
and
older.可知故事情节可能吸引更年轻的读者，故选A.
根据文中It
shows
us
the
ups
and
downs
of
a
coming
of
age
story
and
the
power
of
friendship.可知《永远的证明》这本书是值得一读的，故选D.
四、阅读理解（24分，每题2分）
A
41.What
is
the
writer
trying
to
say
in
the
poem?
A.It
is
not
proper
to
show
how
we
feel.
B.It
is
hard
to
tell
what
a
person
is
really
like.
C.
Everyone
should
have
different
faces.
D.
It
is
impossible
to
stay
in
one
kind
of
mood.
42.What
can
we
know
about
the
writer
from
the
poem?
A.
She
doesn’t
like
winter.
B.
She
likes
plants
and
animals.
C.
She
doesn’t
know
who
she
is.
D.
She
is
not
afraid
to
talk
about
her
ideas.
【答案】BD
【解析】
41.
诗中对于自己有很多面的描述，如：表达自己的意见，像个愤怒的女王；行事低调，安静得像冬天里的树；快乐的时候又像只跳跃的兔子；感觉无聊时又像条死鱼。前后诗句有很多的对比，且诗末写到I
live
and
wear
different
faces，因此本诗要表达的是人是有很多面的，很难说清楚怎么样才是真正的自己，故选B.
42.
由I
speak
out
what
I
think,
Loud
like
an
angry
queen;可知，作者想什么就讲什么，不怕表达自己的想法，故选D。
【翻译】
你问我是什么样的人？
我想什么就讲什么，
大声到像个愤怒的女王；
我行事低调，
安静得像冬天的树。
我兴奋时，就会快乐得像只跳跃的兔子；
当我无聊时，就会像条死鱼。
我是什么样的人？
谁知道？
我活着有不同的面貌，
跟其他人一样。
D
Trees
in
cities
"live
fast
but
die
young"
compared
to
forests
in
the
countryside,
warns
a
new
study.
Researchers
found
that
trees
in
cities
die
younger
than
ones
in
the
countryside
because
of
the
higher
levels
of
CO2.
City-living
trees
suffer
(遭受)
a
loss
of
carbon
storage
(碳储量).
That
means
trees
produce
less
energy
from
the
air.
Now
researchers
say
more
must
be
done
to
deal
with
the
situation.
Ian
Smith,
a
PhD
student
of
Boston
University
in
the
United
States,
said,
"Cities
are
in
the
important
position
in
fighting
against
rising
temperatures
and
increasing
CO2."
"We
find
that
tree
planting
alone
may
not
be
enough
to
keep
and
increase
city
canopy
cover
(树冠覆盖率).
Because
of
the
age
and
size
of
the
present
canopy,
efforts
to
improve
and
protect
tree
health
are
badly
needed
for
increasing
city
tree
cover
and
canopy
cover."
The
research
team
used
a
model
to
watch
changes
among
street
trees
for
several
planting
and
management
methods.
Researchers
also
used
the
model
to
watch
tree
growth,
death
and
planting
rates
(率)
both
among
trees
in
Boston
city
and
forests
in
the
countryside
in
Massachusetts.
It
was
discovered
that
rates
of
carbon
cycling
and
growth
rates
among
city
trees
were
nearly
four
times
faster
than
those
in
the
countryside.
However,
loss
of
carbon
storage
and
death
rates
are
also
higher,
especially
death
rates
are
more
than
double
higher
than
those
in
countryside
forests.
The
study,
published
in
PLOS
ONE,
has
reminded
scientists
to
encourage
communities
to
do
more
to
plant
and
protect
trees.
It
is
important
to
increase
city
canopy
cover
and
carbon
storage.
Researchers
say
planting
and
protecting
will
be
needed
to
make
sure
cities
can
develop
healthily,
but
more
needs
to
be
done
to
have
a
better
understanding
of
city
trees
—
which
may
be
different
from
countryside
forests.
49.
According
to
the
passage,
which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.The
more
carbon
storage
loses,
the
more
energy
the
trees
produce
from
the
air.
B.The
higher
the
levels
of
CO2
are,
the
harder
it
will
be
for
the
plants
to
survive.
C.If
we
plant
enough
trees,
we
are
sure
to
increase
city
canopy
cover.
D.Cities
do
better
in
fighting
against
rising
temperatures
and
increasing
CO2.
50.
Paragraph
4
mainly
tells
us
_______.
A.
the
results
of
the
study
B.the
discoveries
from
the
researchers
C.
the
methods
of
the
study
D.the
suggestions
from
the
researchers
51.
What
does
"those"
in
Paragraph
5
refer
to?
A.
Death
rates.
B.
Rates
of
carbon
cycling.
C.Growth
rates.
D.
Loss
of
carbon
storage.
52.
The
writer's
main
purpose
of
writing
the
passage
is
_______.
A.
to
teach
us
how
to
improve
and
protect
tree
health
B.
to
warn
us
that
trees
in
cities
live
fast
but
die
young
C.
to
let
us
have
a
better
understanding
of
city
trees
D.
to
tell
us
to
take
action
to
increase
city
canopy
cover
【答案】BCAC
【解析】
49.
判断正误题。
A项，“碳储量损失越多，树木从空气中产生的能量就越多”。根据文章第二段最后两句
City-living
trees
suffer
(遭受)
a
loss
of
carbon
storage
(碳储量).
That
means
trees
produce
less
energy
from
the
air.
可知，碳储量损失越多，树木从空气中产生的能量就越少。故A项表述错误。
B项，“二氧化碳浓度越高，植物生存的难度就越大”。根据文章第二段第一句
Researchers
found
that
trees
in
cities
die
younger
than
ones
in
the
countryside
because
of
the
higher
levels
of
CO2.
可知，研究人员发现，由于二氧化碳浓度较高，城市的树木比乡村的树木寿命短，说明二氧化碳浓度越高，植物生存的难度就越大。故B项表述正确。
C项，“如果我们种足够多的树，我们一定会增加城市的树冠”。根据文章第三段第三句
"We
find
that
tree
planting
alone
may
not
be
enough
to
keep
and
increase
city
canopy
cover
(树冠覆盖率).
可知，仅仅植树可能不足以保持和增加城市的冠层覆盖率。故C项表述错误。
D项，“城市在应对气温上升和二氧化碳增加方面做得更好”。根据文章第三段第二句
Ian
Smith,
a
PhD
student
of
Boston
University
in
the
United
States,
said,
"Cities
are
in
the
important
position
in
fighting
against
rising
temperatures
and
increasing
CO2."
可知，Ian
Smith
认为城市在应对气温上升和二氧化碳增加方面处于重要地位，文中并未提及“城市在应对气温上升和二氧化碳增加方面做得更好”。故D项表述错误。
题干要求选择正确的（TRUE）选项，B项符合题意。
故正确答案为B。
50.
主旨题。
文中第四段主要介绍了研究小组使用一个模型来观察街道树木之间的变化，还利用该模型观察了波士顿市和马萨诸塞州乡村地区树木的生长、死亡和植树率。根据文章第四段第一句中
The
research
team
used
a
model
及第二句中
Researchers
also
used
the
model
可知，第四段主要告诉我们研究的方法（the
methods
of
the
study）。
故正确答案为C。
51.
猜测词句题。
根据文章第五段最后一句
However,
loss
of
carbon
storage
and
death
rates
are
also
higher,
especially
death
rates
are
more
than
double
higher
than
those
in
countryside
forests.
可知，城市碳储量的损失和死亡率也更高，特别是死亡率比乡村森林的死亡率高出一倍以上。由此可推出
those
指代前文出现过的
death
rates，即“死亡率”。
故正确答案为A。
52.
主旨题。
文章通过介绍一项对城市树木的研究以及研究发现来说明城市树木所面临的问题及改善和保护城市树木的必要性，最后告诉我们，要更好地了解城市树木。分析文章结构及内容可知，文章在最后一段体现了作者的写作意图，根据最后一段中
Researchers
say
planting
and
protecting
will
be
needed
to
make
sure
cities
can
develop
healthily,
but
more
needs
to
be
done
to
have
a
better
understanding
of
city
trees
可知，要确保城市健康发展，需要种植和保护树木，但要更好地了解城市树木。故C项正确。
A项，“教我们如何改善和保护树木健康”。文章让我们了解到改善和保护城市树木健康的重要性和必要性，没有提出具体做法。故A项错误。
B项，“警告我们城市里的树活得快，死得早”。根据文章第一段
Trees
in
cities
"live
fast
but
die
young"
compared
to
forests
in
the
countryside,
warns
a
new
study.
可知，是一项新的研究警示人们，与农村的森林相比，城市的树木“活得快，死得早”，并不是作者警告我们。故B项错误。
D项，“告诉我们要采取行动增加城市冠层的覆盖率”。过于片面，根据文章倒数第二段最后一句
It
is
important
to
increase
city
canopy
cover
and
carbon
storage.
可知，研究表明增加城市树冠覆盖率和碳储值具有重要意义，因此D项说法不够全面。
故正确答案为C。
五、信息还原（5分，每题1分）
Wonder
why
you
can
get
angry
so
easily
while
your
friend
smiles
all
the
time?
53_____
Personality(性格)
is
also
about
how
people
think,
behave,
and
react(反应)
to
everything
around
them
from
day
to
day.
So
what
makes
people
think
and
behave
in
certain
ways?
54_________A
baby
gets
its
blood
type,
genes
(基因)
and
other
physical
things
when
it’s
still
inside
its
mother.
These
things
may
help
decide
what
the
baby
will
be
like.
55________
Family
life,
school
learning
and
life
experiences
can
also
make
you
the
person
you
are.
This
doesn’t
mean
it’s
impossible
to
change
your
personality.
You
can
always
try
to
make
yourself
better.
Don’t
get
too
worried
about
your
shortcomings
(缺点).
Just
accept
them.
This
is
a
good
way
to
start
making
changes.
If
you
don’t
know
how
to
make
friends,
find
out
why.
56
_______
Tell
yourself
to
smile
at
people.
Start
talking
to
people
using
warm
greetings.
Don’t
give
yourself
a
hard
time
about
it
all.
57___________
Keep
working
at
it.
One
day
you’ll
see
that
you
can
turn
over
a
new
leaf
and
be
a
new
you.
Maybe
it
is
because
you’re
too
shy.
Don’t
give
up
when
you
are
in
trouble.
A
shy
person
can
make
many
friends.
D.
But
one’s
personality
doesn’t
stop
here.
E.
Part
of
the
reason
is
that
people
are
born
like
this.
F.
It’s
not
easy
to
change
lifelong
habits
in
one
night.
G.
It’s
probably
because
you
both
have
different
personalities.
【答案】GEDAF
【解析】
试题分析：这篇文章讲述了个性就是一个人对一些事情的思考，表现和反应的方式，但是，如果你一直努力的话，就可以改变自己的个性。
53.G句意：这可能是因为你们有不同的个性。根据上文中的句子“Wonder
why
you
can
get
angry
so
easily
while
your
friend
smiles
all
the
time?”想知道为什么当你的朋友始终面带微笑而你自己很容易生气？此句给出问题的答案，结合句意可知，答案为G。
54.E句意：部分原因是人天生就是这样。根据后文中的句子“A
baby
gets
its
blood
type,
genes
(基因)
and
other
physical
things
when
it’s
still
inside
its
mother.”可知，孩子的血型，基因等会得到父母的遗传，故答案E最合理。
55.D句意：但人的个性并不到此为止。根据后面的句子“Family
life,
school
learning
and
life
experiences
can
also
make
you
the
person
you
are.”可知，后天环境也可以改变一个人的个性特征。故答案为D。
56.A句意：是因为你太害羞吗？结合上下文可知，找出影响交友的真正原因，要微笑着面对别人，答案为A。
57.F句意：很难在一个晚上改变一生的习惯。结合前文中的句子“Don’t
give
yourself
a
hard
time
about
it
all.”，“Keep
working
at
it.”
对这一切不要让自己太为难，要经过不断的努力，就可以改变自己的个性。故答案为F。
考点：日常生活类短文阅读。
反思好学
思维脑图：
2自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
3
Teenage
problems（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.Would
you
like
to
give
me
some
suggestions (suggest)
on
how
to
keep
fit??
2.Writing
poems
is
one
of
my
favourite hobbies (hobby).?
3.The
woman
has
to
make
a
choice (choose)
between
her
family
and
her
career.?
4.Will
you
allow
your
daughter
to
take (take)
part
in
our
activity,Mr
Jones??
5.Simon
is
crazy
about
chatting (chat)
online.That’s
a
problem.?
Ⅱ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.为什么不和我们一起打排球?
Why
not
play
volleyball
with
us??
2.(天津中考)很高兴收到你的来信。
It’s
great
to
hear
from
you.?
3.我同意你的观点,学生不应该玩太多电脑游戏。
I
agree
with
you
that
students
shouldn’t
play
too
many
computer
games.?
4.似乎汤姆已经计算出了那道物理难题。
It
seems
that
Tom
has
worked
out
the
difficult
Physics
problem.?
5.(甘肃兰州中考)如果你在外面逗留得太晚,你的父母亲会为你担心。
If
you
stay
out
too
late,your
parents
will
worry
about
you.?
兴趣起航
How
do
you
learn
about
the
world?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】宾语从句
连接代词what,
who,
whom,
whose,
which和连接副词when,
where,
how,
why等引导的宾语从句中，连接代词与连接副词有具体词义，并且在宾语从句中充当句子成分。在从句中，连接代词多作宾语、主语和定语，连接副词多作状语。
[经典例题]
1.—I
wonder________．
—Someone
who
can
make
me
a
better
person.
A.when
you
often
meet
your
friends
B.how
you
make
your
friends
happy
C.who
you
want
to
make
friends
with
D.where
you
spend
weekends
with
friends
2.I
never
doubt
________________________.
A.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
B.
whether
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
C.
if
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
it
D.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
being
reading
3.Tom
asks
_______
after
he
finishes
his
project.
A.
whether
can
he
go
to
the
cinema
B.whether
he
can
go
to
the
cinema
C.
that
he
can
go
to
the
cinema
D.that
can
he
go
to
the
cinema
4.—Have
you
ever
seen
the
film
The
taking
of
Tiger
Mountain?
—Yes.
And
I
believe
________
it
was
the
best
film
in
2014.
A.that
B.
what
C.
how
D.
if
5.—Excuse
me,
I
wonder
_______
the
plane
can
land
on
time.
—Wait
a
minute,
please.
Let
me
check
it
out.
A.if
B.
which
C.
that
D.
who
答案：CABAA
6.This
morning
my
mother
asked
me
________.
A.why
he
is
not
here
B.
where
Julia
went
last
weekend
C.what
time
it
is
D.
how
did
my
brother
do
it
7.---What
did
Max
just
say
to
you?
---He
asked
me_____________.
A.If
I
would
like
to
go
skating
B.when
did
I
buy
this
CD
C.where
I
will
spend
the
weekend
D.that
I
had
a
good
time
8.---Bob,please
tell
me
___________.
---In
south
Hill
School.
A.where
will
the
match
be
held
B.where
the
match
will
be
held
C.when
will
the
match
be
held
D.when
the
match
will
be
held
9.I
know
he's
been
curious
about
everything,
but
that's__________.
Be
patient!
A.
what
do
kids
like
B.
what
kids
like
C.
what
are
kids
like
D.
what
kids
are
like
10.---Peter,
is
there
anything
else
you
want
to
know
about
colours?
---
Yes,
I
am
still
wondering_______
.
A.why
do
strong
colours
make
people
take
action
easily
B.that
there
is
a
relationship
between
colours
and
moods’
C.whether
colours
can
change
our
moods
and
improve
our
life
D.what
do
different
colours
represent
and
how
do
they
influence
us
答案：BABDC
【知识梳理2】表示建议的句型
1）Shall
I(we)
do...?
2）Let’s
do...
3）How/What
about
doing...?
4）Why
not/Why
don’t
you
do...?
[经典例题]
1.—
Do
you
really
think
wearing
yellow
can
bring
good
luck?
—
Well,
I
am
not
sure.
But________
have
a
try?
A.
why
don’t
B.
why
not
you
C.
what
about
D.
why
not
2.—Could
you
tell
me
some
information
about
the
hotels
in
your
country?
—Why
not________on
the
Internet??
A.look
for
it
B.to
look
for
it
C.to
look
it
up
D.look
it
up
3._______
give
up
smoking.
A.
Shall
we
B.
Why
don’t
you
C.
What
about
D.
Perhaps
you
should
4.It’s
too
hot.
How
about______
swimming
this
afternoon?
A.
go
B.
to
go
C.
going
D.
goes
5.—Mum,
I've
caught
a
bad
cold.
I'm
not
feeling
well.
—________
take
this
medicine,
dear?
It
will
make
you
feel
better.
A.Shall
we
B.Why
not
C.Let's
D.Why
don't
答案：DDDCB
【知识梳理2】I
need
silence
when
I'm
studying.
(P40)
当我学习时我需要安静。
silence
，名词，意为“安静，寂静；沉默”。常用短语in
silence，静静地。
Eg.
We
looked
at
each
other
in
silence,
each
equally
shocked.
我们无言地相互对视，每个人都同样地震惊。
[拓展]silence的常见搭配
break
the
silence打破寂静
[拓展]silent，形容词，意为“沉默的，无言的”。
[辨析]silent，quiet，calm
silent
主要用于人，表示“沉默的，不出声的”，但不一定没有活动。
quiet
强调“安静”，指“安静的，宁静的”，没有干扰活动。
calm
强调“镇静的,平静的”，主要指人“沉着镇静”，指大自然“无风无浪”。
【知识梳理3】I
need
someone
to
share
my
worries
with.(P40)
我需要有人来分担我的烦恼。
worry此处为可数名词，意为“担心；令人担忧的事”，其复数形式为worries。也可用作不可数名词，意为“烦恼，担忧”。
Eg.
His
actions
have
always
been
a
worry
to
me.
他的行为总是让我担心。
A
lot
of
mums
and
dads
have
the
same
worries.
许多父母都有同样的担忧。
[经典例题]
1.---The
school
network
will
be
shut
down
for
safety
reasons.
---That
doesn’t________me
at
all.
I’m
not
a
net-worm,
anyway.
A.Satisfy
B.
surprise
C.
worry
D.
include
答案：C
【知识梳理4】Soon
they
got
his
replies.(P41)很快他们得到了他的答复。
reply此处为可数名词，意为“答复；回答”。
Eg.
We've
had
a
few
replies.
我们已得到了一些答复。
We
received
a
lot
of
letters
in
reply
to
our
advertisement.
我们在登出广告后收到了大批答复信件。
[拓展]
Reply还可以作动词，意为“回答，答复”，后常接动词to，表示回答、回复别人的问题、信件、祝贺等；也可接that从句。
Eg.
I
was
unsure
how
to
reply
to
this
question.
我拿不准该如何回答这个问题。
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】....，classmates
laugh
at
her
and
call
her
a
bookworm.
(P43)...，同学们嘲笑她并叫她书虫。
laugh
at，“嘲笑；对……一笑置之”。laugh用作不及物动词，意为“笑”
Eg.
Don't
laugh
at
your
classmates.
不要嘲笑你的同学。
[拓展]laugh还可用作名词，意为“笑，笑声”
Eg.
His
first
joke
got
the
biggest
laugh
of
the
night.
他讲的第一个笑话博得了当晚最开怀的笑声。
[经典例题]
1.The
girl
cried
because
her
classmates
____________
her
just
now.
A.
smiled
at
B.
laughed
at
C.
cry
at
D.
shout
at
2.I
look
stupid
with
this
haircut.
All
my
classmates
will
________
me.
A.laugh
at
B.agree
with
C.depend
on
D.worry
about
答案：BA
【知识梳理2】I've
made
little
progress
in
my
English,Millie.(P44)
我在英语上没有取得一点进步,米莉。
progress，不可数名词，意为“进展，进步”。make
progress，取得进步。
Eg.
Progress
was
slower
than
expected.
进展比预计的缓慢。
Study
well
and
make
progress
every
day.
好好学习，天天向上。
【知识梳理3】Perhaps
you
should
go
over
what
you've
learnt
as
often
as
possible.(P44)
或许你应该尽可能经常地复习你所学的内容。
1、go
over
，意为“复习；过去”
Eg.
Go
over
your
work
before
you
hand
it
in.
把作业仔细检查后再交。
[经典例题]
1.He
didn’t
pass
the
exam
because
he
didn’t
___________
his
lessons.
A.
come
over
B.
go
over
C.
knock
over
D.
fall
over
答案：B
2、as
often
as
possible意为“尽可能经常地”，相当于as
often
as
you
can/could.两个as之间用形容词或副词的原级。
Eg.
Write
home
as
often
as
possible
so
as
to
relieve
your
mother
from
anxiety.
尽量多给家里写信，免得你母亲牵肠挂肚。
[拓展]类似结构
as
soon
as
you
can/possible，意为“尽可能快地，尽快”，指时间上尽快，
as
quickly
as
you
can/possible，意为“尽可能快地，尽快”，指速度上尽快；
as
much
as
you
can/possible，意为“尽可能多地”；
as
early
as
you
can/possible，意为“尽可能早地”。
Eg.
Please
come
back
to
dinner
this
evening
as
early
as
possible.
请今晚上尽可能早点儿回来吃晚饭。
【知识梳理4】What
else?
(P44)其他的呢?
else，形容词或副词，意为“其他的，别的"，有以下几种用法：
（1）else放在somewhere，anywhere，nowhere等之后，做后置定语。
Eg.
Many
of
these
animals
are
not
found
anywhere
else.
这些动物中有很多是其他地方没有的。
（2）else
放在疑问代词what,
who以及不定代词somebody，anybody，nobody，something，anything，nothing等之后，意为“还”。
Eg.
I
didn't
know
what
else
to
say.
我不知道还能再说点什么。
（3）else放在疑问副词where,when等之后，意为“别的什么地方/别的什么时候”。
Eg.
When
else
can
I
come
?
别的什么时候我可以来呢？
[辨析]else，other
else和other均可意为“另外(的)，其他(的)”，但用法不同。else
只用于修饰不定代词、疑问代词及疑问副词，且必须后置；而other只用于修饰名词，且置于名词之前。
[典型例题]同义句转换
1.What
else
have
you
got
in
your
pocket?
What
________
________
have
you
got
in
your
pocket?
2.He
heard
something
else
instead.
He
heard
________
________
________
instead.
答案：1.other
things
2.some
other
things
【知识梳理5】Don’t
mention
it.(P44)不用谢。
mention，动词，意为“提及；说起”。Don’t
mention
it.可以用来回答别人的感谢或道歉。
Eg.
Don't
mention
it.
That
is
our
job.
不必客气，那是我们的职责。
[经典例题]
1.---Thank
you
for
sharing
your
lunch
with
me.
---_______.
That’s
what
friends
are
for.
A.
I
think
so.
B.
That’s
not
the
case.
C.
That’s
right.
D.
Don’t
mention
it.
2.---I
heard
you
have
a
chance
to
enter
that
top
university
in
the
world.
---_________.
I
haven't
received
the
offer
yet.
A.
Don't
mention
it.
B.
What's
up?
C.
That's
not
the
case.
D.Is
that
so?
3.---
Mind
your
step!
Someone
has
fallen
over
because
of
the
wet
floor.
---
_______.
A.
Thanks
a
lot
B.
That’s
not
the
case
C.
I
can’t
agree
more
D.Don’t
mention
it
4.---How
could
I
thank
you
enough?
---________.
Any
other
man
would
have
done
that.
A.As
you
like
B.It's
kind
of
you
C.Don't
mention
it
D.Well,
it
depends
答案：DCAC
【知识梳理6】It
helps
us
understand
what
kinds
of
books
or
articles
we
are
reading,
and
where
we
might
find
information.(P45)
它帮助我们理解我们读的是哪类书或文章，以及我们可以在哪里找到信息。
kind，可数名词，意为“种类，类型”。常用搭配：
（1）a
kind
of意为“一种......”
（2）all
kinds
of意为“各种各样的.....
”；
（3）different
kinds
of意为“不同种类的....”
Eg.
I
had
a
kind
of
feeling
this
might
happen.
我当时就隐约地感到会出这样的事。
They
brought
different
kinds
of
bowls.
他们带去不同类型的碗。
[拓展]kind做形容词，意为“亲切的，和善的，友好的。”
Eg.
It
was
really
kind
of
you
to
help
me.
你帮我的忙，我太感激了。
【知识梳理7】There
is
an
article
called“The
trouble
with
teenagers”.(P45)
有一篇文章叫《青少年的烦恼》。
trouble，不可数名词，意为“忧虑，苦恼，麻烦；困难；疾病”。常用搭配：
（1）have
trouble
doing/with
sth.，做某事有麻烦
（2）in
trouble在困难中，处于困境中
Eg.
I
have
trouble
understanding
it.
我理解起来有困难。
If
you
have
trouble
with
a
lesson,
repeat
it
the
next
day.
如果你对一课没有掌握，第二天要温故这一课。
I've
been
in
trouble
since
I
was
eleven
years
of
age.
我从11岁以后一直处于麻烦中。
【知识梳理8】To
get
a
general
idea
of
a
book
or
an
article，we
should
ask
some
basic
questions.
(P45)
为了获得一本书或一篇文章的主要内容，我们应该问一些基础问题。
句中“To
get
a
general
idea
of
a
book
or
an
article”是动词不定式短语做目的状语。
事实上做任何事都可以有一个目的，所以所有句子都可以在后面加一个不定式作目的状语。
Eg.
The
rules
should
be
paid
attention
to
to
keep
safe.
为了安全起见，大家都应该遵守规则。
[经典例题]
1.He
has
devoted
all
his
life
__________pollution__________a
better
life.
A.to
preventing,to
live
B.to
preventing,living
C.to
prevent,to
live
D.to
prevent,to
living
2.He
made
a
kite_______.
His
father
made
him
_____it
to
his
young
sister.
A.
play;
give
B.
to
play
with;
give
C.
play
with;
to
give
D.
to
play
with;
to
give
答案：AB
【知识梳理9】When
did
it
happen?
(P45)
它是什么时候发生的?
happen，不及物动词，意为“(偶然)发生”
固定搭配：
1.sth
happen
to
sb意为“某人发生某事”。
Eg.
The
lucky
moment
could
happen
to
anyone.
幸运的时刻可能发生在任何人身上。
2.happen
to
do
sth意为“碰巧做某事”。
Eg.
You
don't
happen
to
know
his
name,
do
you?
你不会碰巧知道他的名字吧？
[辨析]happen，take
place
happen
指事情的发生往往带有“偶然”或“意想不到”的意思，通常以物做主语
take
place
多指“有计划地或安排好地发生或举行”，它的主语只能是事物，没有“偶然”的意味。
[注意]happen和take
place都没有被动语态
[经典例题]
1.The
visitors
are
very
_______
to
see
so
many
changes
_______.
A.
surprised;
are
taken
place
B.
surprising;
take
place
C.
surprised;
take
place
D.
surprising;
are
taken
place
2.—When
is
the
sports
meeting
_________
every
year?
—It
__________at
the
beginning
of
the
new
term.
A.
taken
place;
is
held
B.
held;
takes
place
C.
taken
place;
holds
D.
held;
is
taken
place
3.You
know
great
changes
________
in
our
city
in
the
past
ten
years.
A.
have
been
taken
place
B.
took
place
C.
have
taken
place
D.
were
taken
place
4.—I
still
don’t
know
what________while
I
was
away
from
home.?
—You’ll
know
it
all
some
day,I
believe.
A.had
happened
B.would
happen
C.has
happened
D.happened
答案：CBCD
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】give
up(P46)放弃
give
up作“放弃”解，除作不及物动词短语外，还可作及物动词短语使用，后接名词或动名词（不可接不定式）
Eg.
They'll
have
to
give
up
completely
on
certain
of
their
studies.
他们将不得不完全放弃某些课程。
[拓展]give
away，意为“赠送；分发”
Eg.
We
must
decide
what
to
keep
and
what
to
give
away.
我们必须决定哪些该留、哪些该扔。
[经典例题]
1.[2019
?山东省滨州市]They’ll
succeed
in
working
out
the
problem
because
they
never
________.
A.
wake
up
B.
give
up
C.
look
up
D.
make
up
2.[2019
?湖北省黄冈市]---I
don’t
know
how
to________
the
old
books.
---Why
not
give
them
away
to
poor
children?
A.
hand
out
B.
give
up
C.
deal
with
D.
take
up
3.[2019
?临沂市]Cathy
sold
some
of
her
things
in
a
yard
sale
and
_______the
money
to
a
children's
home.
A.
gave
away
B.
gave
up
C.
gave
out
4.[2019
?湖北省孝感市]All
the
members
decided
to
________the
money
from
the
book
sale
to
homeless
people.
A.
give
up
B.
give
away
C.
take
up
D.
take
away
5.[2019
?山西省]Fighting
for
your
dream
is
like
climbing
a
mountain.
Whatever
difficulties
you
meet,
don’t
_______.
Just
move
on.
A.
set
off
B.
come
out
C.
give
up
D.
look
up
答案：BCABC
【知识梳理2】Keep
it
to
yourself.(P46)把它密而不宣。
Eg.
I
hope
you
can
keep
it
to
yourself.
我希望你能保守秘密。
[经典例题]
1.Mother
often
tells
me
______________________.
A.
to
keep
my
worry
to
me
B.
to
keep
my
problems
to
yourself
C.
not
to
keep
my
problems
to
myself
D.
not
to
keep
her
problems
to
her
2.---Bill,
you’d
better
not
forget
_____________
your
homework
next
time.
---I
won’t.
But
please
keep
the
secret
_____________
yourself
for
me
this
time.
A.about;
for
B.about;
to
C.of;
for
D.
of;
to
3.Most
Americans
prefer
to
keep
their
problems
______
themselves
and
solve
their
problems
______
themselves.
A.
to;
by
B.
by;
to
C.
for;
to
D.
in;
on
答案：CBA
【知识梳理3】You
are
unhappy
with
your
weight,
but
you
do
not
know
how
to
change
it.(P47)
你因为体重不开心，但是你不知道怎样改变它。
1、be
unhappy
with/
about/
at的含义:对…不满意的
Eg.
I'm
unhappy
with
the
direction
our
club
is
taking.
我对俱乐部的发展趋势不满意。
2、weight，不可数名词，意为“重量”。
Eg.
The
ice
is
too
thin
to
bear
your
weight.
冰太薄，承受不住你的重量。
【知识梳理4】Many
students
of
our
age
have
this
problem.(P47)
与我们同龄的许多学生都有这个问题。
of
one’s
age意为“与……同龄”
Eg.
This
book
is
suitable
for
people
of
my
age.
这本书适合我这年龄段的人看。
[经典例题]
1.You
will
find
as
you
read
this
book
that
you
just
can't
keep
some
of
these
stories
to_______.You
will
want
to
share
them
with
a
friend.
A.
itself
B.
yourself
C
himself
D.
themselves
2.Children
need
friends
_________
their
own
age
to
play
with.
A.
of
B.
for
C.
in
D.
at
3.Some
students
________his
age
like
playing
computer
games.
A.
of
B.
in
C.
at
D.
for
答案：BAA
【知识梳理5】Your
parents
care
too
much
about
your
marks
after
each
exam.(P47)
你的父母太在意你每次考试后的分数。
care
about意为“操心,焦虑,(对……)关心,介意,在乎”
Eg.
Contact
people
you
care
about
before
and
after.
不时地与你所关心的人联系。
能力实践
一、选择题
1.
The
patient
needs________
and
he
needs________，too.
A.
to
take
care
of；
to
take
more
exercise
B.
taking
care
of；
taking
more
exercise
C.
to
take
care
of；
taking
more
exercises
D.
taking
care
of；
to
take
more
exercise
【答案】D
【解析】根据The
patient
needs_______
and
he
needs________，too.这里need
接动名词的主动式表被动，这里是说病人需要被照顾，而后面he作主语，need
后面跟to
do
sth表示需要做某事。
2.
We
haven't
decided________.
A.
if
we'll
visit
the
park
or
not
B.
whether
will
we
visit
the
park
C.
if
to
visit
the
park
D.
whether
to
visit
the
park
【答案】D
【解析】考查宾语从句。宾语从句否定形式通常用whether。因此A，C不正确。whether引导宾语从句，从句用陈述语序。B不正确。这里用whether+不定式的简单句形式。
3.
He
made
a
kite_______.
His
father
made
him
_____it
to
his
young
sister.
A.
play；
give
B.
to
play
with；
give
C.
play
with；
to
give
D.
to
play
with；
to
give
【答案】B
【解析】根据He
made
a
kite_______.His
father
made
him
_____it
to
his
young
sister.可知前半部分句子考查make
sth
to
do
sth，后半部分考查make
sb
do
sth。
4.
Nick
sat
________
to
his
mother
with
his
eyes
half
________.
A.
closed；
opened
B.
close；
open
C.
closely；
opening
D.
close；
opened
【答案】D
【解析】考查动词时态.句意"尼克的眼睛半睁着，紧挨着他的母亲坐着。"close和open都可以用作形容词和动词，closed形容词或动词的过去式/过去分词。close还可以用作副词"紧密地"，表示距离，closely紧密地，表示感情上的亲近。结合语境sat"坐"动词，可知，表示坐得近，第一空close用作副词做状语，第二空，opening作形容词是"开始的、首次的"意思。opened通常是过去式或过去分词，作形容词时是"断开的"表示状态。open形容词"开着的"，表示状态。结合语境"眼睛半睁着"，用作形容词作宾语补足语。
5.
---Where
do
you
think
______
he
_____
the
TV
set？
---Sorry，I've
no
idea.
A.
/，bought
B.
has，bought
C.
did，buy
D.
did
bought
【答案】C
【解析】do
you
think作为插入语，where是疑问词，后加一般疑问句语序。结合句意表达的是过去的动作，故用一般过去时，借助于did构成疑问，后加动词原形。
6.
People
don't
allow
____
cars
here.
But
he
is
allowed
_____his
car
here.
A.
parking；
parking
B.
to
park；
to
park
C.
to
park；
parking
D.
parking；
to
park
【答案】D
【解析】根据People
don't
allow
____
cars
here.But
he
is
allowed
_____his
car
here，可知这里考查allow
doing
sth表示允许做某事，而be
allowed
to
do
sth表示被允许做某事。
7.
When
we
had
no
choice
but
______，he
did
nothing
but
_____
up
and
down.
A.
to
wait；
to
walk
B.
wait；
walk
C.
to
wait；
walk
D.
wait；
to
walk
【答案】C
【解析】在含介词but的句型中，but前有do，则but后的不定式不能带to；相反，but前若找不到do，则but后的不定式必定带to。根据When
we
had
no
choice
but
______，he
did
nothing
but
_____
up
and
down.前半部分没有do，用to
do
sth，后半部分有do，用do
sth。
8.
"I
am
a
teacher，"Jack
said.
→Jack
said
_________.
A.
that
he
was
a
teacher
B.
that
I
was
a
teacher
C.
that
he
is
a
teacher
D.
that
I
am
a
teacher
【答案】A
【解析】考查宾语从句，将陈述句改为宾语从句，要用连接词that，当主句为过去时（Jack
said），宾语从句采用相应的时态。
9.
"You've
already
got
well，haven't
you？"she
asked.
→She
asked
________.
A.
if
I
have
already
got
well，hadn't
you
B.
whether
I
had
already
got
well
C.
have
I
already
got
well
D.
had
I
already
got
well.
【答案】B
【解析】宾语从句。直接引语变间接引语时，宾语从句的主句是一般过去时态，从句用过去完成时态。A，C不正确。从句用陈述语序。
10.
---Thank
you
for
telling
me
the
good
news.
---___________.
A.
Don't
mention
it
B.
Never
mind
C.
That's
right
D.
Please
don't
【答案】A
【解析】考查常用日常交际用语。句意：谢谢你告诉我这个好消息。-不客气。Don't
mention
it
不客气
Never
mind没有关系；That's
right好的；Please
don't
请不要这样。根据题干Thank
you
for
telling
me
the
good
news谢谢你告诉我这个好消息。可知应说不客气。
二、完形填空（培优）
O.
Henry
was
a
pen
name
used
by
an
American
writer
of
short
stories.
His
（1）
name
was
William
Sydney
Porter.
He
was
born
in
North
Carolina
in
1862.
As
a
young
boy
he
lived
an
（2）
life.
He
did
not
go
to
school
for
very
long，but
he
（3）
teach
himself
everything
he
needed
to
（4）
.
When
he
was
about
20years
old，Henry
went
to
Texas，where
he
tried
（5）
jobs.
He
first
worked（6）
a
newspaper，and
then
had
a
job
in
a
bank.
（7）
some
money
went
missing
from
the
（8）
，O.
Henry
was
believed
to
have
（9）
it.
Because
of
that，he
was
（10）
to
prison.
During
the
three
years
in
（11）
，he
learned
to
write
short
stories.
After
he（12）
prison，he
went
to
New
York
and
（13）
writing.
He
wrote
mostly
about
New
York
and
the
life
of
the
poor
there.
People
liked
his
stories，because
simple
as
the
tales
were，（14）
would
finish
with
a
sudden
change
at
the
end
to
the
（15）
surprise.
1.
A.
realB.
the
otherC.
lastD.
first2.
A.
importantB.
excitingC.
unhappyD.
uneasy3.
A.
yetB.
stillC.
managed
toD.
wanted
to4.
A.
doB.
writeC.
readD.
know5.
A.
difficultB.
differentC.
importantD.
good6.
A.
withB.
onC.
forD.
as7.
A.
BecauseB.
SoC.
WhenD.
Where8.
A.
newspaperB.
prisonC.
schoolD.
bank9.
A.
seenB.
gotC.
hadD.
stolen10.
A.
sentB.
madeC.
givenD.
taken11.
A.
schoolB.
bankC.
North
CarolinaD.
prison12.
A.
got
out
ofB.
stayed
inC.
went
inD.
looked
out
of13.
A.
stoppedB.
continuedC.
enjoyedD.
finished14.
A.
readersB.
peopleC.
theyD.
he15.
A.
readers'B.
newspaper'sC.
book'sD.
stories'
1.【答案】A
【解析】考查对语境的理解。由O.Henry
was
a
pen
name
used
by
an
American
writer
of
short
stories可知此处是介绍Henry的真名。
2.【答案】B
【解析】考查形容词辨析。A表示重要的；B表示令人激动的；C表示不开心的；D表示心神不安的.由下文的他很久不上学和自学以及尝试不同的工作可知，此处表示他过着令人刺激的生活。
3.【答案】C
【解析】考查对语境的理解。A表示然而；B表示仍然；C表示成功做某事；D表示想做某事；由but可知是转折关系，所以此处表示但他自学一切事物，表示最后成功了。
4.【答案】D
【解析】考查动词辨析。A表示做；B表示写；C表示读；D表示知道，了解。结合语境可知是自学需要了解的一切事物。
5.【答案】B
【解析】考查形容词辨析。A表示困难的；B表示不同的；C表示重要的；
D表示好的.由他一开始在报社工作和后来在银行工作可知，此处表示他尝试不同的工作。
6.【答案】C
【解析】考查介词辨析。A表示和…一起，有；B表示在…上；C表示为了，对于；D表示作为。结合语境可知此处表示他为了一家报社而工作。
7.【答案】C
【解析】考查连词。A表示因为；B表示所以；C表示当…时；D表示哪里。结合语境可知此处表示当钱被偷时，人们觉得是Henry偷了钱。
8.【答案】D
【解析】考查名词辨析。A表示报纸；B表示监狱；C表示学校；D表示银行。由上文的他在银行工作可知，此处是银行的钱丢了。
9.【答案】D
【解析】考查动词辨析。A表示看见；B表示得到；C表示有；D表示偷.由于钱不见了，以及下文的Henry坐牢了可知，此处表示人们觉得是他偷了钱。
10.【答案】A
【解析】考查动词辨析。A表示送；B表示使；C表示给；D表示带走。此处表示他被送去了监狱。
11.【答案】D
【解析】考查名词辨析。A表示学校；B表示银行；C表示北卡罗莱纳州；D表示监狱。结合语境可知此处表示他在监狱的三年间。
12.【答案】A
【解析】考查短语辨析.A表示从…出来；B表示呆在；C表示走进；D表示向外看.此处表示他从监狱出来后。
13.【答案】B
【解析】考查动词辨析.A表示停止；B表示坚持；C表示享受；D表示完成.此处由下文的He
wrote
mostly
about
New
York
and
the
life
of
the
poor
there可知他是坚持写作。
14.【答案】C
【解析】考查对语境的理解.结合语境可知空格处指的是前面提到的tales，此处又出现，可用代词they来代替，表示它们常以一个突变的结尾来结束。
15.【答案】A
【解析】考查对语境的理解.to
one's
surprise表示令某人吃惊的是，此处的故事是被读者看的，所以是令读者吃惊的。
三、阅读理解（培优）
A
A
man
in
a
very
famous
restaurant
started
to
take
off
his
jacket.
As
soon
as
he
saw
this，the
head
waiter
rushed
over
to
his
table
and
said，"I'm
afraid
I
must
ask
you
to
keep
your
jacket
on，sir，because
it
is
not
good
manners
（礼貌）
to
do
it
in
such
a
nice
restaurant.
"
"Now，listen，"said
the
man.
"I
will
let
you
know
that
the
Queen
（女王）
of
England
gave
me
permission
（许可）
to
take
off
my
jacket
here.
"
"The
Queen
of
England？"said
the
waiter
in
great
surprise.
"Sure.
"replied
the
man，"When
I
was
in
England
last
month，a
friend
of
mine
took
me
to
see
the
Queen.
It
was
very
hot.
I
started
taking
my
coat
off.
The
Queen
looked
over
and
said，‘You
may
do
that
in
the
United
States，but
you
may
not
do
it
here!'
So
I
got
the
Queen's
permission，right？"
1.
We
can
be
sure
that
the
story
happened
in
.
A.
America
B.
the
Queen's
palace
C.
England
D.
an
small
restaurant
【答案】A
【解析】细节理解题，根据The
Queen
looked
over
and
said，‘You
may
do
that
in
the
United
States，but
you
may
not
do
it
here!女王看了看，说：你可以在美国这么做，但你在这里不能这么做，推出这个人现在在美国的饭店，所以故事发生在美国。
2.
When
the
head
waiter
asked
the
man
not
to
take
off
his
jacket，the
man
.
A.
took
his
advice
at
once
B.
left
the
restaurant
angrily
C.
refused
to
listen
to
him
D.
wanted
to
see
the
manager
【答案】C
【解析】细节理解题，根据这个人的回答"Now，listen，"said
the
man．"I
will
let
you
know
that
the
Queen
（女王）
of
England
gave
me
permission
（许可）
to
take
off
my
jacket
here"，可知他并没有听饭店领班的话。
3.
The
man
told
the
waiter
that
he
could
take
off
his
jacket
because
.
A.
the
weather
was
very
hot
B.
the
Queen
of
England
let
him
do
so
in
the
USA.
C.
he
was
very
rich
D.
he
was
free
to
take
off
his
clothes
anywhere
【答案】B
【解析】细节理解题，根据"I
will
let
you
know
that
the
Queen
（女王）
of
England
gave
me
permission
（许可）
to
take
off
my
jacket
here，可知他说是英国女王允许他这么做。
4.
What
did
the
Queen
really
mean？
A.
People
in
the
USA
were
less
polite.
B.
She
let
him
take
off
his
jacket
in
America.
C.
The
English
and
the
Americans
enjoyed
different
ways
of
life.
D.
He
shouldn't
take
off
his
coat
on
such
a
formal
occasion
（正式场合）
in
England.
【答案】D
【解析】细节理解题，根据语境，结合英国女王的话You
may
do
that
in
the
United
States，but
you
may
not
do
it
here!'，可知英国女王告诉他在英国重要场合不应该脱掉外套。
5.
From
the
story
we
can
see
that
.
A.
the
man
went
to
have
dinner
with
his
friend
B.
the
head
waiter
was
afraid
of
the
Queen.
C.
the
man
went
to
see
the
Queen
of
England
with
his
friend.
D.
the
Queen
invited
the
man
to
have
dinner
in
a
restaurant.
【答案】C
【解析】细节理解题，根据When
I
was
in
England
last
month，a
friend
of
mine
took
me
to
see
the
Queen上个月我在英国的时候，我的一个朋友带我去见女王。
B
When
this
story
happened，they
were
working
around
a
very
large
house.
Their
job
was
to
do
the
cleaning.
It
was
not
a
difficult
job，but
sometimes
it
was
a
little
dangerous，because
they
had
to
walk
below
where
workmen
were
working.
Often
these
workmen
dropped
something
from
the
top
of
the
house
many
meters
high
to
the
ground.
One
morning
Joe
was
working
near
the
house
with
a
cigarette
behind
one
of
his
ears.
Suddenly
somebody
on
the
top
shouted，"Look
out!"
But
Joe
did
not"
look
out".
He
looked
up.
And
as
he
did
so，a
long
knife
missed
Joe's
head，but
it
cut
off
one
of
his
ears.
At
once
he
put
his
hand
to
one
side
of
his
head
and
cried
out，"I've
lost
an
ear.
Help!
Help!"
Jeff
ran
up
to
help
his
friend.
"Look
for
my
ear，"Joe
told
him.
"It
must
be
on
the
ground
somewhere.
"Jeff
looked
everywhere
for
the
missing
ear.
At
last
he
found
an
ear
on
the
ground.
He
picked
it
up
and
carried
it
to
Joe.
"Here
you
are，"he
said，"I've
found
it.
"Joe
looked
at
it.
"No，that's
not
my
ear.
"he
said，"Mine
had
a
cigarette
behind
it.
"
6.
What
were
Joe
and
Jeff？
A.
Soldiers.
B.
Drivers.
C.
Farmers.
D.
Cleaners.
【答案】D
【解析】细节理解题。根据Their
job
was
to
do
the
cleaning．可知他们两人是清洁工。
7.
How
did
Joe
lose
his
ear？
A.
He
cut
it
off
by
himself.
B.
Jeff
cut
it
off
with
a
knife.
C.
A
falling
knife
cut
it
off.
D.
A
cigarette
burned
it
up.
【答案】C
【解析】理解推断题。根据And
as
he
did
so，a
long
knife
missed
Joe's
head，but
it
cut
off
one
of
his
ears．可知乔的耳朵是被空中掉下来的一把刀砍掉的。
8.
At
the
end
of
the
story
Jeff
found
.
A.
someone
else's
ear
B.
Joe's
ear
C.
a
long
knife
D.
a
cigarette
【答案】B
【解析】细节理解题。根据"Here
you
are，"he
said，"I've
found
it．"Joe
looked
at
it．"No，that's
not
my
ear．"he
said，"Mine
had
a
cigarette
behind
it．"可推断出这是Joe的耳朵，耳朵后夹的香烟应该是掉了。
9.
From
the
passage，we
know
Joe
was
not
.
A.
Strong
B.
kind
C.
foolish
D.
clever
【答案】D
【解析】理解推断题。根据短文最后乔的话语"No，that's
not
my
ear．"he
said，"Mine
had
a
cigarette
behind
it．"可知他是不聪明的，耳朵都掉了还在想着他的香烟。
10.
Which
is
the
most
possible
title
for
this
passage？
A.
A
Lost
Ear
B.
A
Busy
Cleaner
C.
A
Falling
Knife
D.
A
forgetful
Man.
【答案】A
【解析】主旨大意题。根据短文内容And
as
he
did
so，a
long
knife
missed
Joe's
head，but
it
cut
off
one
of
his
ears可知，本文描述的是城市清洁工在工地上打扫卫生时丢耳朵的事情；结合本文的具体故事可知用"一只丢失了的耳朵"更形象，更能吸引读者。
反思好学
思维脑图：
2自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
4
Growing
up（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.It
has
been
a
long
time
since
I moved (move)
here.?
2. Give (give)
me
a
call
as
soon
as
you
get
home.?
3.(新疆中考)Don’t
make
up
a
story.I
have
already
known
the
truth (true).?
4. Travel(l)
ing (travel)
abroad
is
a
good
way
to
learn
more
about
different
cultures.?
5.(江苏常州中考)Passengers
are
not
allowed
to
eat (eat)
or
drink
when
they
take
the
underground.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给单词或短语的适当形式填空
through,
wake
up,
a
great
deal
of,
as
soon
as,
on
one’s
mind
1.It’s
time
to
wake
up
the
children,so
that
they
won’t
be
late
for
school.?
2.It’s
not
good
for
your
health
to
keep
too
many
problems
on
your
mind .?
3.We
can
find a
great
deal
of material
about
the
subject
in
the
library.?
4.I’ll
go
to
visit
my
aunt
in
Nanjing as
soon
as the
summer
holiday
starts.?
5.Nowadays
we
can
learn
home
and
foreign
news
immediately
through
the
Internet.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.(甘肃兰州中考)当我长大后,我想成为一名工程师。
I
want
to
be
an
engineer
when
I
grow
up .?
2.你读完这本书之后,请归还它。
After
you finish
reading the
book,please
hand
it
back.?
3.我一到合肥,就打电话给你。
I’ll
call
you
as
soon
as
I
arrive
in
Hefei.?
4.有关会议的情况你是怎么知道的?
How
did
you learn
about the
meeting??
5.我和吉姆从小学起一直是好朋友。
Jim
and
I have
been
good
friends since
we
were
in
primary
school.?
兴趣起航
What
is
the
harm
of
the
war?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】What's
on
your
mind,Eddie?(P48)
你在想什么呢，埃迪?
mind，可数名词，意为“头脑，思想”。on
one's
mind意为“挂在心上；惦念”.
If
so,
you
should
tell
Eric
what's
on
your
mind.
如果是那样，你应该告诉艾瑞克你怎么想的。
[拓展]mind常见的短语
（1）keep
sth.
in
mind
记住
Always
keep
in
mind
that
your
main
task
is
to
get
this
company
running
smoothly.
永远记住，你的主要任务是让这家公司正常运转。
（2）change
one's
mind
改变主意
There's
still
time
to
change
your
mind.
你还有时间改变主意。
（3）make
up
one's
mind
做出决定
You
quickly
make
up
your
mind
and
you
stick
to
your
decisions.
你能够迅速做出决定并将其贯彻下去。
（4）never
mind不要紧
Well,
never
mind,
John,
it's
not
a
matter
of
life
and
death.
好了，别介意，约翰，这不是多么了不起的事情。
[拓展]mind
，动词，意为“关心，照顾；介意；在乎；反对”，常用于疑问句、否定句或条件句中，其后常接名词、代词或动词-ing形式做宾语。
I
hope
you
don't
mind
the
noise.
希望你不介意这声音。
Would
you
mind
my
smoking
here?
你介意我在这里吸烟吗？
[经典例题]
1.The
thing
that
_______
is
not
whether
you
fail
or
not
,
but
whether
you
try
your
best
or
not
.
A
minds
B
cares
C
matters
D
considers
2.---I
wonder
_______if
i
park
my
car
here
.
---Of
course
it
does
,
you
need
to
find
a
safer
place
.
A
that
it
minds
B
how
it
matters
C
whether
it
matters
D
if
it
works
3.---Why
do
you
look
so
worried?
---Sorry,
there’s
something______.
A.on
my
mind
B.by
my
mind
C.on
my
head
D.in
the
mind
4.You
may
arrive
in
Beijing
early
_____
you
mind
taking
the
night
train.
A.
that
B.
though
C.
unless
D.
if
5.---Would
you
offer
me
some
advice
on
how
to
improve
my
oral
English?
---
______________.
Reading
aloud
matters
a
lot.
A.
That's
OK
B.
Never
mind
C.With
pleasure
D.
Don't
mention
it
答案：CCACC
【知识梳理2】Growing
up
is
hard!
(P48)
成长真难啊!
此句中Growing
up是动名词短语做主语，谓语动词用单数形式。
Watching
films
is
my
favourite
pastime.看电影是我最喜欢的消遣。
[经典例题]
Deciding
who
I
can
go
with
________(be
not)
easy
答案：isn’t
【知识梳理3】You'
ve
been
happy
since
I
first
met
you.(P48)
自从我第一次见到你，你就一直很快乐。
first，副词，意为“第一；首先，起初”。
First
I
have
to
get
through
the
exams.
首先我必须通过这些考试。
[辨析]first，at
first，firstly
（1）first和at
first都可表示“起初，开始的时候”，first多用在句中，而at
first常用在句首或句末；first还可意为“第一”。
（2）firstly通常仅限于列举事例、排列顺序，这时可用first替换。
[典型例题]
1.令我惊讶的是，一开始，因为他的身高他是被拒绝的．
______________________________________________
答案：To
my
surprise,
he
was
refused
at
first
because
of
his
height.
【知识梳理4】Don't
wake
me
up
until
you
finish
building
it.(P48)
直到你建完它再叫醒我。
1、wake
up意为“叫醒，醒来”，是“动词+副词”型短语，如果是代词做宾语,应置于wake和up之间；如果是名词做宾语，既可置于wake与up之间，也可置于up之后。
What
time
do
you
usually
wake
up?
你通常什么时候醒来？
[拓展]awake，形容词，意为“醒着的”。
The
noise
kept
him
awake.
噪音使他一直醒着。
[经典例题]
1.During
the
World
Cup，some
people
________
at
night
to
watch
the
games．
A.wake
up
B.get
up
C.stay
up
D.make
up
2.---You
look
quite
sleepy
today,
Bob.
---I
have
a
report
to
hand
in
today,
so
I
had
to
________last
night.
A.
wake
up
B.
cheer
up
C.
eat
up
D
stay
up
3.When
Daniel
is
in
a
bad
mood,
he
likes
wearing
orange
to
_______.
A.
wake
himself
up
B.
give
himself
up
C.
cheer
himself
up
D.
pick
himself
up
答案：CDC
2、until，连词，意为“直到……”，表示某一行为一直持续到某一时间。用在肯定句中，句子的谓语动词必须是可延续性的。not...until，“直到……才”，表示直到某一时间，某一行为才发生，之前该行为并没有发生。
We
waited
inside
until
things
calmed
down.
我们待在室内，直到一切都恢复了平静。
Don't
stop
until
you're
well
away
from
the
fire.
尽快的爬不要停下来直到你离开火源地。
[经典例题]
1.---
Excuse
me,
but
how
can
I
get
to
the
nearest
library?
---
Walk
straight
on
_______
you
see
a
white
house
on
your
right.
A.whenever
B.since
C.until
D.while
2.Father
was
watching
TV
in
the
living
room
__________
mother
was
cooking
in
the
kitchen．
A.while
B.after
C.until
D.as
soon
as
3._____
I
hear
the
song
Let
It
Go,
I
think
of
the
interesting
film
named
Frozen.
A.Till
B.Whenever
C.Since
D.Not
until
4.---Why
are
you
so
crazy
about
watching
basketball
matches?
---They
are
exciting
and
sometimes
you
won't
know
the
result
_______the
match
ends.
A.when
B.after
C.until
D.as
soon
as
5.---
Mum,
can
I
join
the
other
boys
and
play
basketball
now?
They
are
waiting
for
me.
---
Not
until
your
homework
.
Study
always
comes
first.
A.
finishes
B.
will
be
finished
C.
is
finished
D.
will
finish
答案：CABCC
【知识梳理5】Books
allow
me
to
learn
about
people
in
different
times
and
places,
and
I
can
read
them
whenever
I
want
to.(P49)
书让我了解不同时期和地点的人们，而且无论什么时候我想读书都能读。
1、allow，动词，意为“允许，许可”。常用搭配allow
sb.
to
do
sth.，意为“允许某人做某事”。all后也可接动名词作宾语，但不能直接接不定式。
His
parents
won't
allow
him
to
stay
out
late.
他的父母不会允许他在外待得很晚。
We
do
not
allow
smoking
in
the
hall.
我们不准有人在大厅内吸烟。
[注意]当allow用于被动语态时，必须接不定式作宾补，不能用动名词。
The
children
are
allowed
to
watch
TV
after
school.
孩子们被允许在放学后看电视。
[经典例题]
1.Many
children
in
Britain
_______
to
have
their
own
bank
cards
these
days.
A.
allow
B.
allowed
C.
are
allowed
D.
were
allowed
2.---Excuse
me,
sir.
Smoking________in
the
hospital.
---Oh,
I’m
really
sorry.
A.
isn’t
allowed
B.
doesn’t
allow
C.
isn’t
allowing
D.
doesn’t
allowed
3.Father
doesn't
allow
the
whole
family
_____
at
all.
A.
smoking
B.
to
smoke
C.
smoke
D.
smokes
4.---Don't
forget
to
come
to
our
school
assembly
tomorrow
morning.
---I
won't.
I
was________just
now.
A.
reminded
B.
promised
C.
allowed
D.
required
答案：CABA
2、time，可数名词，意为“时期，时代”，常用复数形式，in
different
times在不同的时期。
Power
means
different
things
in
different
times.
能力在不同的时候意味着不同的东西。
[拓展]time
n.时间(不可数名词)；次数(可数名词)；倍数(可数名词)。
We'll
take
a
cab
to
save
time.
我们坐出租车，好节省时间。
I've
been
there
dozens
of
times.
我到那里去过很多次。
Sixteen
times
as
many
men
are
colour-blind
as
women.
色盲的男性人数是女性人数的十六倍。
[拓展]time常见短语
take
one’s
time
慢慢来
at
all
times
一直，始终
at
any
time
随时
at
times
有时
ahead
of
time
提前
from
time
to
time
有时
on
time
按时
in
time
及时
3、whenever，连词，意为“每当，不论何时”
We
try
to
help
whenever
possible.
只要有可能我们都尽量帮忙
[经典例题]
1._________you
face
a
stressful
situation,
take
a
few
moments
to
breathe
deeply
before
you
say
or
do
anything.
A.
Whenever
B.
However
C.
Whatever
D.
Anywhere
2.
_______
he
is
not
the
best
,
he
still
wants
to
_______
the
sports
meeting.
A.
Because,
try
for
B.
Although,
try
out
for
C.
As,
try
on
D.
Whenever,
try
out
答案：AB
【知识梳理6】I
like
to
learn
about
the
world
through
the
Internet.(P49)
我喜欢通过因特网来了解世界。
through，介词，意为“以，凭借”，表示做某事的方式。相当于by.
You
can
only
achieve
success
through
hard
work.
你得孜孜不倦方能成功。
[辨析]through，across
（1）through
意为“通过，穿过(空间)”，侧重指从某一个物体的内部或空间的一头纵穿到另一头。
The
burglar
got
in
through
the
window.
盗贼是从窗户进来的。
（2）across
意为“横过，穿过，跨过”，侧重指从物体表面的一边到另一边。
It's
too
wide.
We
can't
swim
across.
这太宽了，我们游不过去。
[经典例题]
1.––Oh,
my
God!
I’ve
left
my
keys
in
the
room.
I’ll
have
to
get
in
________
the
window.
––It’s
dangerous.
You
should
wait
for
your
mum
to
come
back.
A.
past
B.
over
C.
across
D.
through
2.The
heavy
rain
kept
beating
_________
the
windows
and
we
were
all
very
frightened.
A.
through
B.
against
C.
along
D.
across
3.Ma
Yun,
the
Chairperson
of
Alibaba
Group,
has
made
much
money
_______
the
Internet.
A.
through
B.
along
C.
across
D.
towards
4.—Have
you
finished
your
report
on
wild
animals
yet?
—Yes.
I
finally
finished
it
__________
hard
work.
A.
for
B.
through
C.
with
D.
under
答案：DBAB
【知识梳理7】As
soon
as
you
click
the
mouse,
there's
a
great
deal
of
information.(P49)
你一点击鼠标，就会有大量的信息。
1、as
soon
as意为“一...就”，常用来引导时间状语从句。
We'll
answer
as
soon
as
we
can.
我们会尽快给你回电话或回信。
[经典例题]
1.—Why
didn't
you
try
your
best
to
get
on
the
underground？
—I
tried
to,
but
it
started
moving
______
I
could
get
on
it．
A.before
B.while
C.as
soon
as
D.after
2.---Mum,
when
can
we
watch
Nanjing
fireworks
show
again?
I
can’t
wait
for
that!
---I
am
looking
forward
too,
honey.
I
will
let
you
know
as
soon
as
I
________
the
latest
news.
A.
will
get
B.
is
getting
C.
got
D.
get
3.There
is
so
much
noise
around
his
flat
that
he
feels
______
mad.
A.
as
much
as
B.
as
many
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
as
soon
as
4.---
Do
you
know
when
he
_______
tomorrow?
---
Don’t
worry.
I
think
as
soon
as
he
_______,
he
will
give
you
a
call.
A.
will
come;
will
come
B.
will
come;
comes
C.
comes;
will
come
D.
comes;
comes
5.He
was
encouraged
to
join
the
navy
as
soon
as
the
war
.
A.
was
broken
B.
broke
into
C.
broke
down
D.
broke
out
答案：ADCBD
2、a
great
deal，意为“大量；这么多”，可单独使用，也可以用在形容词或副词的比较级前；a
great
deal
of只能用在不可数名词前，意为“大量的”。
Emma,
I
trust
your
opinion
a
great
deal.
埃玛，我非常相信你的观点。
They
spent
a
great
deal
of
money.
他们花了大量的钱。
[经典例题]
1.He
has
given
me
_________
help，so
I
can
make
such
great
progress
in
Physics.
A.a
little
bit
B.a
great
deal
C.a
number
of
D.a
great
deal
of
2.On
November
11
many
young
people
spend
money
shopping
in
TMALL.
A.
a
few
B.
a
number
of
C.
a
good
many
D.
a
great
deal
of
3.—I
never
expected
you
could
offer
such
a
report
with
_______
information.
Thank
you!
—Don’t
mention
it.
A.
a
great
deal
of
B.
a
large
number
of
C.
a
bit
D.
a
few
4.There
have
been
_____
excellent
films
directed
by
Ang
Lee
in
the
past
few
years,
including
the
latest
hit
one
Gemini
Man《双子杀手》.
A.
the
large
number
of
B.
a
great
deal
of
C.
a
large
number
of
D.
a
great
deal
5.________
red-crowned
cranes
fly
to
Yancheng
Nature
Reserve
to
spend
the
winter.
A.
A
number
of
B.
The
number
of
C.A
great
deal
of
D.
A
bit
of
答案：DDACA
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】While
attending
junior
high,
Spud
tried
out
for
the
school
team,
but
he
was
refused
at
first
because
he
was
too
small.(P50)
在读初中期间，斯伯德参加校队的选拔。然而一开始他就被拒绝了，因为他个头太小了。
1、while引导时间状语从句，意为“当……”。while强调同时性，或某时间内一种情况发生时另一种情况出现，与延续性动词连用。
I'll
keep
you
company
while
you're
waiting.
你等待时我会陪伴你。
当while从句中的主语与主句的主语一致，且含有be的某种形式时，从句中的主语连同be可同时省略。
I
had
a
cigarette
while
(I
was)
waiting.
我等候时抽了一支烟。
[拓展]while，连词，意为“而”
(用于从句之首，引出与主句内容相对比的信息)
Most
digital
camera
owners
are
male,
while
women
prefer
film.
大部分数码相机的主人都是男性，而女性偏爱用胶卷。
[经典例题]
1._______
watching
a
movie
in
an
IMAX
cinema
costs
over
100
yuan,
the
IMAX
cinemas
are
always
full
of
audience．
A.Although
B.As
C.When
D.Since
答案：A
2.What
a
great
pity
it
is
to
hear
that
thirty?one
people
were
killed
while
________(fight)
a
forest
fire.
答案：
fighting
2、try
out
for，意为“竞争；参加选拔”。
I
think
I'll
try
out
for
the
Drama
Club.
我想在戏剧俱乐部(大学社团)试试看。
[经典例题]
1.―Why
was
Jim
so
happy
yesterday?
―Because
he________
the
school
basketball
team.
A.tried
on
B.tried
out
for
C.tried
out
of
D.tried
up
答案：B
2.史密斯一家上周一直在参加那部新电影的试演吗?
__________
the
Smiths
_________________________last
week?
答案：Were;
trying
out
for
the
new
film
3、refuse，动词，意为“拒绝”。常用搭配refuse
to
do
sth.，意为“拒绝做某事”。refuse后面也可以直接接名词短语做宾语。
I've
always
had
a
loud
mouth,
I
refuse
to
be
silenced.
我总是有话就讲，我拒绝保持沉默。
The
patient
has
the
right
to
refuse
treatment.
病人有权拒绝治疗。
[典型例题]
1.As
teenagers,
we
should
learn
what_________(refuse)
and
keep
healthy
in
our
minds.
答案：to
refuse
【知识梳理2】He
was
very
small
---
much
smaller
than
the
other
kids
at
school.(P50)
他很矮小---比学校里的其他孩子要矮不少。
much用于比较级之前,意为“......得多”。
I'll
feel
much
better
when
I've
had
forty
winks.
我打个盹就会感到好得多。
[拓展]比较级前的修饰语：
①a
little/a
bit
一点儿，稍微
②much，a
lot，far
....得多
③even，still
更....
④any，no
略微，稍微；没有(用于疑问句或否定句中)
[经典例题]
1.The
wife
got
even________（mad）
when
the
husband
went
out
angrily．
2.【2019
?广东省】A
mobile
phone
with
5G
can
send
videos
much
____
than
the
one
with
4G.
A.
fast
B.
faster
C.
fastest
D.the
fastest
3.【2019
?湖南省湘西州】—Do
you
know
that
China
is
one
of________countries
in
the
world?
—Yes,I
do.
It's
much
_______
than
the
US.
A.
the
oldest；older
B.
old；older
C.
older；older
4.【2019
?甘肃省天水市】—What
do
you
think
of
the
environment
in
your
hometown？
—It's________Both
the
air
and
the
water
are
badly
polluted．
A.not
bad
B.as
good
as
before
C.much
better
than
before
D.not
as
good
as
before
5.—You
know
there
is
different
weather
in
different
places
in
China.
It’s
hotter
in
Hunan
Province
than
In
Jiangsu
Province
all
the
year
around.
—Yeah,
it’s
______
hotter
in
Hainan
Province
than
in
Henan
Province.
A.
much
B.
more
much
C.
even
more
D.
quite
答案：madder,
BADA
【知识梳理3】He
did
not
lose
heart.
(P50)他没有灰心。
lose，动词，意为“失去，丢失”，lose
heart意为“失去信心，灰心，泄气”。
I'll
never
lose
heart
even
if
I
should
fail
ten
times.
即使失败10次，我也不灰心。
[经典例题]
1.—I
am
afraid
I
have
to
give
up
my
dreams
of
being
a
singer．
—__________．
No
dream
is
too
big
and
no
dreamer
is
too
small．
A.Don't
lose
heart
B.You're
welcome
C.You
must
be
joking
D.You
can't
afford
2.—Ben,
you
need
to
face
fears
and
get
over
them.
—That‘s
right,
__________
A.
It
is
easier
said
than
done
B.
Better
late
than
never
C.
No
pain,
no
gain
D.
Nothing
is
impossible
to
a
willing
heart
答案：AD
【知识梳理4】When
he
finally
got
the
chance，he
scored
20
points
in
his
first
game.(P50)当他最后得到机会时,他在首场比赛中就得了20分。
finally，副词，意为“最后，终于”，相当于at
last，in
the
end。
They
finally
lost
sight
of
land.
他们终于看不见陆地了。
[拓展]final
adj.
最后的，最终的。
The
judge's
decision
is
final.
法官的判决是最终判决。
【知识梳理5】In
senior
high,
Spud
often
had
to
sit
in
the
stands
because
of
his
height.(P50)在高中，斯巴德经常因为身高问题不得不坐在看台上。
because
of
意为“因为，由于”，其后可接名词、代词或动词-ing形式。
They
are
here
because
of
us.
他们是因为我们来这里的。
[注意]because
of之后不可接从句，应用because引导原因状语从句。
I
didn't
get
it
because
it
cost
too
much.
因为那东西太昂贵我没买。
[经典例题]
1.Mike
is
always
forgetful.
Please
remember
to
remind
him
_______
the
important
interview
_________
he
won't
miss
it.
A.about;
because
of
B.of;
so
that
C.about;
as
a
result
D.of;
because
2.—Did
you
have
a
sports
meeting
yesterday?
—No,
we
didn't.
It
was
put
off
________
the
heavy
rain.
A.instead
of
B.because
of
C.as
for
D.across
from
答案：BB
【知识梳理6】He
practised
even
harder
and
got
the
coach
to
change
his
mind.(P50)
他训练更加刻苦，让教练改变了主意。
get，使役动词，意为“使得，让”。get
sb.
to
do
sth.，“让某人做某事”，这个结构和let
sb.
do
sth.以及make
sb.
do
sth.相似。
You'll
never
get
him
to
understand.
你永远不会使他明白的。
【知识梳理7】Spud
went
on
to
become
leader
of
the
team.(P50)
斯巴德接着成为了队长。
go
on
doing
sth.表示“继续做一直在做的事”，同义词组为go
on
with
sth.；go
on
to
do
sth.表示“继续接着做另一件事”。
Unemployment
will
go
on
rising
for
some
time
yet.
失业人数还会继续增长一段时间。
The
headmaster
of
the
school,
told
us,
"The
fifth
of
pupils
here
go
on
to
study
at
Oxford
and
Cambridge."
学校的校长告诉我们，“我校五分之一的学生都能升学就读牛津大学和剑桥大学。”
[经典例题]
1.Having
finished
her
own
painting,
Mary
went
on
__________
others
in
the
art
class.
A.helping
B.to
help
C.with
help
D.having
helped
2.After
receiving
the
Oscar
for
Best
Supporting
Actress，Anne
Benedict
went
on
__________
all
the
people
who
had
helped
in
her
career.(2015·陕西，17)
A.to
thank
B.thanking
C.having
thanked
D.to
have
thanked
3.After
finishing
his
homework
he
went
on
_______
a
letter
to
his
parents.
A.
write
B.
writing
C.
wrote
D.
to
write
4.Go
on
________
the
other
exercise
after
you
have
finished
this
one.
A.
to
do
B.
doing
C.
with
D.
to
be
doing
5.After
finishing
her
homework,
Amy
refused
________and
went
on
________her
mother
do
the
dishes.
A.to
rest;
helping
B.resting;
to
help
C.to
rest;
to
help
D.resting;
helping
答案：BADAC
【知识梳理8】Although
he
was
a
great
player
at
university,
the
NBA
was
not
interested
in
him
because
all
its
players
were
more
than
20
cm
taller
than
he
was.
尽管他在大学是一位优秀球员，但是NBA对他不感兴趣，因为所有的NBA球员都比他高超过20厘米。
although是连词，意为“尽管，虽然”，是从属连词，相当于though，常用来引导让步状语从句。
Although
the
sun
was
shining,
it
wasn't
very
warm.
尽管太阳高照，却不很暖和。
[注意]汉语中习惯成对地使用“虽然....但是....”，但在英语中，一个句子只能用一个连词连接主从复合句，所以，用了although/though就不能再用but，两者只能用其一。另外，although/though可以与yet连用，以加强语气。类似这种用法的还有because(因为)和so(所以)，它们也不可同时用于一个句子中。
Although
they're
expensive,
they
last
forever
and
never
go
out
of
style.
=They're
expensive,
but
they
last
forever
and
never
go
out
of
style.
尽管它们贵，它们永远耐用并且永不过时。
[经典例题]
1.He
never
gives
up,
______
he
has
made
______
progress
in
his
study.
A.
although;
much
B.
although;
little
C.
though;
few
D.
but;
a
little
2.________they
don't
agree
on
everything,_________they
still
agree
the
medicine
is
helpful.
A.Although;/
B.Although;
but
C.Because;/
D.Because;
so
答案：BA
【知识梳理9】There
he
led
his
team
to
the
national
championship.(P51)
在那儿，他带领他的队伍赢得了全国冠军。
led，lead的过去式，意为“领导，引导”。lead...to...意为“引导…通向……”。注意这儿的to是介词，所以后面要跟名词或者动名词。
The
road
will
lead
you
to
the
seaside.
顺这条路走你就能到海边。
[拓展]lead
to还有“通向，通往，引起”的意思，作“引起”讲时，=result
in
A
poor
diet
will
ultimately
lead
to
illness.
糟糕的饮食终将导致疾病。
【知识梳理10】This
brought
him
to
the
attention
of
North
Carolina
State
University.(P51)
这使他引起了北卡罗莱纳州立大学的注意。
bring
sb./sth
to
the
attention
of...“使某人/某物引起了……的注意”。
This
brought
Kyle
to
attention.
Derek
made
his
way
across
the
room
and
opened
the
door.
这也引起了凯尔的注意，德里克走过去打开了门。
[典型例题]
1.特朗普的竞选演说引起了公众对他的注意。
Trump’s
campaign
speech_________________________________________
the
public.
答案：brought
him
to
the
attention
of
【知识梳理11】As
a
result,
he
succeeded
in
getting
a
scholarship.(P51)
结果他成功地获得了奖学金。
1、as
a
result，意为“结果”
He
made
one
big
mistake,
and,
as
a
result,
lost
his
job.
他犯了个大错，结果丢了工作。
[辨析]as
a
result
of
vs
as
a
result
as
a
result
of意为“因为，由于”，相当于because
of
She
died
as
a
result
of
her
injuries.
她由于受伤而死亡。
[经典例题]
1.—
You
look
really
sleepy,
Bob.
What
happened
last
night?
—
I
watched
two
football
matches.
________,
I
can
hardly
keep
my
eyes
open
now.
A.
So
that
B.
What’s
more
C.
As
a
result
D.
Instead
of
2.He
did
not
made
a
careful
preparation
before
the
interview
last
week.
______,
he
failed
to
miss
the
chance
to
get
the
job.
A.
By
the
way
B.
As
a
result
C.
Tell
the
truth
D.
In
fact
3.He
knew
she
was
crying
_____
what
he
had
said.
A.because
B.as
a
result
C.for
D.because
of
4.Facial
recognition(人脸识别)
technology
is
widely
used
for
payment.
________,
we
needn't
enter
the
passwords
any
more.
A.For
example
B.As
a
result
C.What's
worse
D.What's
more
5.He
worked
hard
for
many
years.
________,
he
succeeded
in
achieving
his
dream.
A.In
a
result
B.Result
in
C.As
a
result
of
D.As
a
result
答案：CBDDD
【知识梳理12】After
he
graduated，he
was
forced
to
play
in
another
basketball
league.(P51)
在他毕业后，他被迫去另一个篮球联赛打球。
force，及物动词，意为“强迫，迫使”。
force
sb
to
do
sth迫使某人做某事
She
forced
herself
to
be
polite
to
them.
她对他们强装客气。
[拓展]force
n.力量，武力、势力，是不可数名词；by
force意为“以武力”。
They
were
taken
away
by
force.
他们被强行带走。
[经典例题]
1.Left-behind
children（留守儿童）are
forced
______（deal）with
problems
in
their
daily
life
by
themselves.
答案：
to
deal
2.---Are
you
really
willing
to
do
so
much
homework?
---To
tell
you
the
truth,
sometimes
I
_________
to
do
that,
but
I
think
it
really
helps
me.
A.force
B.am
forced
C.forced
D.was
forced
答案：B
【知识梳理13】He
remained
there
for
about
a
year
before
the
NBA
took
notice
of
him.(P51)
在NBA注意到他之前，他在那儿待了大约一年的时间
take
notice
of，“注意到……”
To
be
honest,
we
take
notice
of
anyone
who
makes
anything
good
really!
老实说，任何做的好的我们都关注！
[典型例题]
1.不仅西蒙的老师还有他的家长已经成功地注意到了他的问题。
_______
Simon’s
teacher
_______
his
parents
______________________
of
his
problem.
2.He
passed
by
me
without
________________________
(注意)
me.
答案：1.Not
only;
but
also;
have
succeeded
in
taking
notice/have
successfully
taken
notice
2.taking
notice
of
【知识梳理14】15.He
had
many
great
achievements,
but
his
proudest
moment
came
in
1986---he
won
the
Slam
Dunk
Contest.(P51)
他取得过许多伟大的成绩，但是最让他自豪的那一刻是在1986年---他在灌篮比赛中获胜了。
1、achievement，可数名词，意为“成就，功绩”。
Your
achievements
are
something
to
be
proud
of.
你的成就是值得骄傲的。
[拓展]achieve
vt
获得;完成;取得。
There
are
many
who
will
work
hard
to
achieve
these
goals.
有很多人会努力工作来实现这些目标。
[经典例题]
1.The
lights
are
out.
The
fans
hold
their
breath
for
Jay
Chou’s
_______.
A.influence
B.
achievement
C.
appearance
D.
relationship
2.Daniel
is
a
top
student
in
his
class.
He
always
gets
high
marks
in
the
tests
and
exams.
In
the
following
word,
which
word
has
the
same
meaning
as
“gets”?
A.
becomes
B.
takes
C.
achieves
D.
arrives
3.In
every________,there
has
to
be
some
give-and-take.
A.
instruction
B.
attention
C.
friendship
D.
achievement
4.High?speed
trains
are
seen
as
one
of
the
new
Four
Great
________
of
China.
A.Achievements
B.Agreements
C.Environments
D.Instruments
答案：CCCA
2、proud，形容词，意为“自豪的，骄傲的”，名词为pride，be
proud
of，“为……自豪
”=take
pride
in
His
parents
are
proud
of
him.
=His
parents
take
pride
in
him.
（他的父母以他为骄傲。）
[经典例题]
1.---Are
your
parents
____________
you?
---Sometimes
We
aren't
allowed
to
stay
out
for
a
long
time
after
school.
A.
pleased
with
B.
crazy
about
C.
strict
with
D.
proud
of
2.People
in
Suzhoug
are
proud
of________they
have
achieved
in
the
past
thirty
years.
A.
how
B.
which
C.
what
D.
when
3.---Mike!
Our
country
is
building
the
third
aircraft
carrier(航天母舰).
Xinhua
News
Agency
reported
last
month.
---What
________
unusual
thing!
I'm
proud
________
it.
A.a;
of
B.an;
of
C.the;
in
D./;
in
答案：CCB
能力实践
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.1
October,the
Chinese
National (国家的)
Day,is
a
public
holiday.?
2.The
small
player
scored (得分)
two
goals
before
half-time
yesterday.?
3.Who
is
the
leader (领导者)
of
this
activity??
4.Grace
will
go
to
a(n)
university (大学)
for
further
education
after
she
finishes
high
school.?
5.In
Western
people’s
eyes,the
Analects
of
Confucius
is
simply (简直)
the
top
treasure
of
Chinese
culture.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.—What
is
the height (high)
of
that
mountain??
—About
3,300
metres
tall.
2.At
first,she
was
refused (refuse)
to
attend
the
meeting.?
3.The
village
was
named (name)
the
Most
Beautiful
Village
in
2018.?
4.You
must
pay
more
attention
to
the
traffic
while crossing (cross)
the
road.?
5.You
have
to
work
even harder (hard)
to
get
ahead.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.我的弟弟想要参加学校足球队员的选拔赛。
My
brother
wants
to try
out
for the
school
football
team.?
2.无论发生什么,我们都不应该泄气。
No
matter
what
happens,we
shouldn’t
lose
heart .?
3.要他改变主意是不容易的。
It
is
not
easy
to
get
him
to change
his
mind .?
4.结果,她成功地买到了10只口罩。
As
a
result,she
succeeded
in
buying
10
masks.?
5.请留心这些警告的标牌。
Please take
notice
of these
warning
labels.?
6.由于健康问题,他被迫放弃了比赛。
He
was
forced
to
give
up
the
competition
because
of
health
problems.?
IV.单项填空
( A )1.(辽宁铁岭中考)Mr
Smith
knows
a
lot
about
China
he
has
never
been
to
our
country.?
A.although
B.until
C.if
D.since
( B )2.She
felt
so that
she
didn’t
keep
her
mind
in
the
book.?
A.sleeping
B.sleepy
C.asleep
D.slept
( C )3.(海南中考改编)Mrs
Green
refuses
sweet
food.She
doesn’t
want
to
get
fat.?
A.eat
B.eating
C.to
eat
D.eats
( D )4.(河南中考)You
can’t
change
who
you
are
by
reading
a
book
or
change
the
way
you
act
by
watching
a
video.What
is
what
you
do,not
what
you
know.?
A.includes
B.decides
C.means
D.matters
( C )5.The
population
of
China
is
larger
than country
in
the
world.?
A.any
B.other
C.any
other
D.the
other
( C )6.When
I
was
a
kid
your
age,I
tried
out
our
school
volleyball
team.?
A.in;for
B.of;of
C.of;for
D.at;in
( C )7.(甘肃天水中考)— !Hope
is
always
around
you.?
—Thank
you,Miss
Liu.
A.Don’t
thank
goodness
B.Don’t
be
lazy
C.Never
lose
heart
D.Never
be
confident
( A )8.—Did
you
join
in
Susan’s
birthday
party
yesterday
evening?
—No.I .?
A.wasn’t
invited
B.am
not
invited
C.don’t
invite
D.invited
( C )9.Daniel
is
a
modest
person.He
worries at
times.?
A.too
many
B.many
too
C.too
much
D.much
too
( D )10.Your
parents
love
you
very
much they
seldom
say,“I
love
you.”?
A.unless
B.or
C.so
D.although
V.完形填空（培优）
Eileen
Gu,a
Chinese-American
skier(滑雪运动员),is
already
dreaming
of
gold
medals
at
the
2022
Winter
Olympic
Games.However,she
won’t
receive
her
1
under
the
US
flag.Gu
will
compete
for
China.?
Gu
was
born
to
an
American
father
and
a
Chinese
mother.She
was
2
in
San
Francisco.She
lived
there
for
over
ten
years.The
girl,however,has
always
been
3
that
she
has
a
Chinese
root(根).She
speaks
Chinese
well
and
calls
herself
a
“Beijing
girl”.?
Gu
4
skiing
when
she
was
only
three.She
got
her
first
5
at
the
age
of
nine.Gu
competed
for
the
United
States
in
that
competition.Hoping
to
6
tens
of
millions
of
Chinese
children
to
love
skiing,last
June,the
girl
joined
Team
China.?
Gu
has
already
brought
China
medals.In
August,she
7
the
Australian
New
Zealand
Cup.The
young
skier
won
two
gold
medals
in
the
competition.Her
fans
8
her
online.After
the
competition,the
number
of
them
even
increased
to
200,000.People
9
her
a
“born
skier.”?
Gu
says
she
is
only
getting
started.How
many
gold
medals
will
she
win
for
China
at
the
2022
Games?The
10
may
surprise
us
all!
Let’s
wait
and
see.?
( A )1.A.medals
B.bills
C.gifts
D.mails
( C )2.A.discussed
B.hated
C.raised
D.noticed
( D )3.A.relaxed
B.mad
C.afraid
D.proud
( A )4.A.started
B.forgot
C.kept
D.regretted
( B )5.A.ability
B.win
C.job
D.subject
( A )6.A.encourage
B.allow
C.invite
D.advise
( B )7.A.suffered
from
B.joined
in
C.set
up
D.paid
for
( D )8.A.encouraged
B.remembered
C.disappointed
D.congratulated
( A )9.A.called
B.hoped
C.made
D.looked
( C )10.A.standard
B.policy
C.result
D.reason
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
3
Teenage
problems（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.As
we
all
know,the
harder
you
work,the
more
marks (分数)
you
will
get.?
2.My
mother
got
mad (生气的)
after
she
heard
that
my
little
brother
broke
a
glass.?
3.If
you
are
always
absent
from
class,you
will
fail
the
exam/examination (考试).?
4.—Tony,have
you
got
a
plan
for
the
summer
vacation?
—Not
yet. Perhaps (也许)
I’ll
go
to
my
hometown
with
my
family.?
5.Scientists
have
done
much
research
on
teenage (青少年的)
problems.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给单词或短语的适当形式填空
enough,sleep,too
much,feel
lonely,do
morning
exercise
1.If
you
eat too
much chocolate,you’ll
put
on
weight.?
2.If
we
visit
or
make
telephones
to
our
parents
often,
they
won’t
feel
lonely .?
3.Would
you
be
kind enough to
take
a
message
to
him??
4.Tom
is
always
sleepy
in
class
because
he
often
plays
computer
games
until
midnight.?
5.In
our
school,students
have
to
do
morning
exercises
every
day.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.请看第15页的第二段。
Look
at the
second
paragraph
on
Page
15,please.?
2.为什么不先在附近张贴一些标志呢?
Why
not
put
up some
signs
in
the
neighbourhood
first??
3.这些灯已经亮了好几个小时了。
The
lights have
been
on for
several
hours.?
4.我的父母整天都在工作,没有时间陪我。
My
parents work
all
day and
have
no
time
for me.?
5.每天放学以后用英语跟我交谈怎么样?
What/How
about
talking
with
me
in
English
after
school
every
day?
兴趣起航
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】teenage
problems
(P34)青少年问题
1、teenage，形容词，意为“青少年的”
Eg.
She
looked
like
any
other
teenage
girl.
她看上去和别的少女一样。
[拓展]teenager，可数名词，意为“青少年”
Eg.
Teenagers'
magazine
is
inviting
teenagers
to
join
a
writing
competition.
《青少年》杂志正在邀请青少年们参加一个写作比赛。
2、problem，可数名词，意为“问题”
[常用搭配]
have
some
problems
with
sth/(in)
doing
sth意为“在某方面有些困难/问题”
Eg.
I
have
problems
with
family
and
friends.
我存在家庭问题和朋友问题。
He
will
have
problems
in
finding
a
job
even
if
he
can
pass
the
exam.
即便他能通过考试，以后找工作也成问题。
[辨析]problem,
question
problem常指客观上存在的等待解决的问题，首重指困难的问题或有关运算的问题。question通常指人们主观上产生的、需要得到解答或解释的问题。
【知识梳理2】I'm
getting
fat.(P34)我正在变胖。
get，系动词，意为“变得”。
Eg.
When
spring
comes,
it
gets
warmer
and
warmer.
春天来临时，天气变的越来越暖和。
[拓展]系动词除be以外，还有
变化系动词：get/become/turn/go
+形容词。
延续系动词：keep/stay/remain+形容词。
感官系动词：smell/look/sound/taste/touch/feel+形容词。
表象系动词：appear/seem+形容词。翻译为：看起来、好像，似乎…
Eg.
These
roses
smell
good.
这些玫瑰气味很香。
【知识梳理3】You
eat
too
much.(P34)你吃得太多。
too
much，意为“太多”，
（1）作形容词用修饰不可数名词
Eg.
Too
much
sun
isn't
good
for
you.
晒太阳太多对你并没有好处。
（2）作副词用，修饰不及物动词
Eg.
Don't
use
too
much
of
it—it
cost
a
lot
of
money.
这东西很贵，不要用得太多。
（3）作名词用。
Eg.
If
you
eat
too
much,
the
surplus
is
laid
down
as
fat.
要是吃得太多，过剩的营养就会堆积成为脂肪。
[拓展]much
too意为“太，非常”，作副词用，修饰形容词或副词。
Eg.
The
other
one
was
much
too
expensive.
另一个太贵了。
[经典例题]
1.It’s
unhealthy
for
you
to
drink
________wine.
A．many
too
B．much
too
C．too
many
D．too
much
2.He
has
________
things
to
do
every
day,
so
he
is
________
busy.
A．much
too;
too
much
B．much
too;
too
many
C．too
many;
much
too
D．too
much;
much
too
答案：DC
【知识梳理4】Why
not
eat
less
and
exercise
more?(P34)为什么不少吃多锻炼呢?
Why
not意为“为什么不”，相当于“Why
don't
you”，常用来提出建议，后接动词原形。
Eg.
Why
not
listen
to
your
feelings?
为何不倾听你自己的感受？
[拓展]表达建议的四种句型以go
shopping为例
Eg.
How/What
about
going
shopping?
Let’s
go
shopping.
Why
not/Why
don’t
you
go
shopping?
Shall
we
go
shopping?
[经典例题]
1.—Are
you
going
to
try
out
for
the
host
of
the
English
party?
—_________?It
is
such
a
good
chance
to
improve
my
spoken
English.?
A.What’s
up
B.What’s
wrong
C.Why
me
D.Why
not
答案：D
【知识梳理5】I
don’t
have
enough
time
to
do
my
homework.(P35)我没有足够的时间去做作业。
have
enough
time
to
do
sth./for
sth.有足够的时间去做某事。
Eg.
Because
of
the
pressure
of
schoolwork,
I
never
had
enough
time
to
develop
my
hobbies.
由于学业压力，我没有足够的时间来发展我的兴趣爱好。
[经典例题]
1.The
man
is
_____to
lift
the
box.
A．weak
enough
B．enough
strong
C．strong
enough
D．tall
enough
答案：C
【知识梳理6】The
TV
is
always
on
at
my
home.
(P35)
我家电视总是开着。
be
on意为“开着的，准备好的”，on是副词，意为“在进行着，处于工作状态中”，常指电灯、电视等电器开着。其反义词组是be
off。
Eg.
The
meeting
has
been
on
for
a
long
while.会议已经开始很久了。
[拓展]与副词on构成的短语
work
on
从事于，致力于
move
on向前（移动）
put
on
穿上
try
on
试穿
[经典例题]
1.The
light
is
too
bright.
Please
________
a
little.
A．turn
it
on
B．turn
it
off
C．turn
it
up
D．turn
it
down
2.Tom
went
out
to
play
basketball
with
the
TV______.
A．on
B．in
C．of
D．at
2.—Is
Jack
still
busy
preparing
for
the
coming
final
exam?
—Of
course.
Look!
The
light
in
his
room
is
still
________.
A．open
B．off
C．on
D．opened
答案：DAC
【知识梳理7】The
noise
almost
drives
me
mad.(P35)噪音几乎使我发疯。
1、noise，不可数名词，意为“噪音”
[辨析]noise，voice，sound
（1）noise意为“噪音”、“喧闹声”，常指不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声。
Eg.
There
was
too
much
noise
in
the
room
and
he
needed
peace.
房间里有太多噪音了，他需要安静。
（2）voice一般指人的声音，说话、唱歌。谈笑都可用voice。sound和noise不仅能指人的声音，还可以表示别的动物发出的声音;而voice除了有时可指鸟的声音外，很少表示其它动物的声音。
Eg.
Miriam's
voice
was
strangely
calm.
米里亚姆的声音出奇地平静。
（3）sound作“声音”，“响声”讲时，可以指人或动物发出的声音，或物体碰撞的声言。这个词的使用范围很大。可以说，大自然的任何“声音”都可以用sound。
Eg.
Peter
heard
the
sound
of
gunfire.
彼得听见了枪炮声。
[经典例题]
1.At
the
foot
of
the
hill
you
could
hear
nothing
but
the_________of
the
running
water.?
A.shout
B.sound
C.voice
D.noise
2.The
students
went
out
of
the
classroom
_____
.
A.
noise
B.
noisy
C.
noisily
D.
quiet
3.He
told
me
the
news
in
a
low_______.
A.sound
B.noise
C.voice
D.noises
答案：BCC
2、drive
动词，意为“使……不利润，迫使”。drive
sb
mad/crazy，“使某人受不了”。
Eg.
My
wife
sure
knows
how
to
drive
me
mad.
我的妻子一定知道怎样可使我发疯。
3、mad，形容词，意为“发疯的”。常用搭配go
mad，意为“发疯”
Eg.
You
must
be
mad
to
risk
it.
你去冒这种风险，简直是疯了。
[拓展]mad，表语形容词，意为“生气的”。短语be
mad
at...，意为“生……的气”
Eg.
She's
mad
at
me
for
being
late.
我迟到了，她非常生气。
[拓展]madly，副词，意为“疯狂地”。
madness，名词，意为“疯狂”。
Eg.
It
would
be
madness
to
trust
a
man
like
that.
信任这样的人将是愚蠢至极。
[典型例题]
1.这部无聊的电影使我受不了。
_________________________________
答案：This
boring
film
drove
me
mad.
【知识梳理8】Sometimes
I
feel
lonely.
(P35)
有时我感觉孤独。
lonely，形容词，意为“孤单的；寂寞的；偏僻的”。
Eg.
I
felt
pretty
lonely
last
year
being
on
my
own.
我去年独自生活时感到特别孤独。
[辨析]lonely，alone
lonely是指心灵上的，译为孤独，寂寞，既可以作定语，也可以作表语，作表语是寂寞，孤立的意思，作定语指地方荒无人烟，
alone是指行为或动作上的，译为单独，独自，alone可以作形容词，也可以作副词，但是只作表语，lonely可用于地点，表示“偏僻，人迹罕至”，
[经典例题]
1.Old
Mr
Green
doesn’t
feel___________because
some
students
visit
him
regularly.?
A.sadly
B.gently
C.lonely
D.angrily
2.His
grandparents
live
_________
in
a
small
house,
but
they
don't
feel_________.
A.
lonely;
alone
B.
alone;
lonely
C.
lonely;
lonely
D.
alone;
alone
3.The
old
man
lived
________
on
a
________
island,
but
he
didn't
feel
________
because
of
a
lovely
dog.
A.alone;
lonely;
lonely
B.alone;
lonely;
alone
C.lonely;
alone;
alone
D.lonely;
alone;
lonely
答案：CBA
【知识梳理9】Sometimes
I
get
low
marks
in
exams.(P35)
有时候我考试的分数很低。
mark，可数名词，意为“分数”。
Eg.
I
got
full
marks
in
the
spelling
test.
我在拼写测验中得了个满分。
[拓展]mark，动词，意为“做记号；做标记”。
Eg.
Prices
are
marked
on
the
goods.
价格标在商品上。
【知识梳理10】Perhaps
you
should
manage
your
time
better
and
go
to
bed
earlier.(P35)也许你应该设法更好地安排你的时间，并早点睡觉。
manage，及物动词，意为“管理”
Eg.
She
has
very
good
people
skills
and
is
able
to
manage
a
team.
她有很好的人际交往技巧并能管理一个团队。
[拓展]manage
to
do
sth.设法做好某事
Eg.
How
do
you
manage
to
stay
so
slim?
你是怎样把身材保持得这么苗条的？
[典型例题]
1.他设法找到了一个停车的地方。
_________________________________________
答案：He
managed
to
find
a
place
to
park
his
car.
【知识梳理11】OK.
I’ll
try.(P35)好，我会尽力。
[辨析]try
doing
sth.和try
to
do
sth.
try
doing
sth.表示“试着做某事”，做着试试看，看看结果如何。；try
to
do
sth.表示“尽量做某事”，强调付出努力，但不一定成功。
（1）She
tried
washing
her
hair
with
a
new
shampoo.
她试着用一种新的香波洗头发。
Eg.
Why
didn’t
you
try
riding
a
bike
to
go
to
school?
为什么不试着骑车去学校呢？
（2）I
tried
to
escape,
but
I
failed.
我努力着想逃走，但是没有成功。
Eg.
She
was
trying
not
to
cry.
她强忍住不哭出来。
[经典例题]
1.—I
usually
go
there
by
train.
—Why
not
__________
by
boat
for
a
change?
A.try
to
go
B.trying
to
go
C.to
try
and
go
D.try
going
2.The
advertisements
are
trying
_______
people
to
buy
things
they
don't
really
need.
A.
persuade ???
B.
persuading??????????
C.
be
persuading
D.
to
persuade
3.There
is
nothing
more
I
can
try______
you
to
stay,
so
I
wish
you
good
luck.
A.
being
persuaded
B.
persuading
C.
to
be
persuaded
D.
to
persuade
4.I’ve
got
a
terrible
headache.
I
tried
____
some
medicine,
but
it
didn’t
help.
A.?to
take
B.
having
taken
C.
taking
D.
to
have
taken
答案：DDDC
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】I
have
a
problem,
and
I
do
not
know
how
I
should
deal
with
it.(P36)我有一个难题，而且我不知道应该怎样处理它。
deal，不及物动词，意为“处理”。deal
with意为“处理应付”。
Eg.
When
I
worked
in
Florida
I
dealt
with
tourists
all
the
time.
我在佛罗里达州工作时一直和游客打交道。
[辨析]deal
with，do
with
deal
with意为“处置，处理"，因为deal是不及物动词，所以常与疑问词how连用；do
with也意为“处置，处理”，因为do是及物动词，常与疑问词what连用，what作do的宾语。
[经典例题]
1.Mr
Jiang
didn't
know
________
to
do
with
his
robot
and
I
don't
know
________
to
deal
with
my
pet.
A.how;
how
B.what;
how
C.what;
what
D.how;
what
2.I
have
a
problem
but
I
don’t
know________to
solve
it.?
A.how
B.what
C.where
D.when
3.It
took
me
almost
a
whole
day
to________so
many
emails.?
A.run
out
B.cut
in
C.cheer
for
D.deal
with
4.—Jim
feels
stressed
from
time
to
time,
but
he
doesn’t
know
______
about
it.
—He
can
get
help
from
his
teachers.
A.
Who
to
talk
B.
which
to
talk
to
C.
when
to
talk
to
D.
who
to
talk
to
答案：BADD
【知识梳理2】I
have
a
lot
of
homework
every
day,
and
I
have
no
choice
but
to
do
it.（P36）我每天有许多家庭作业，我除了做它之外别无选择。
1、choice，作“选择”解时，是不可数名词，作“供选择的人或事物”解时，是可数名词。
Eg.
There
wasn't
much
choice
of
colour.
可供选择的颜色不多。
It's
a
straight
choice
between
low-paid
jobs
and
no
jobs.
这是一个有关低收入工作和没有工作两者之间的选择。
2、but用作介词时的用法
（1）but与no,
nobody,
nothing,none,who等词连用,意为除……之外”,来排除同类,从整体中除去一部分。如：
Eg.
Nobody
knew
her
but
me.除我以外,没有人认识她。
Nothing
but
disaster
would
come
from
such
a
plan.这个计划只能带来灾难,别无益处。
（2）but前若有do的某种形式(do;done;did;does)时,but后的功词不定式就省略to；若无则带to。
如：She
understood
he
had
no
choice
but
to
fight
cancer
the
same
way.
她知道他没有别的选择只有以同样的精神来与癌症抗争。
He
did
nothing
all
day
long
but
watch
TV.一整天他除了看电视无所事事。
[注意]区分but,
except,
与besides
but除……之外；只有but后的词时仅有或存在的内容，通常与no，nothing，nobody等表示否定的词（组）连用。但当but前有实意动词do时，but后的不定式需省去toexcept除……之外（不再有）指从整体排除except后的人或物，常与all,everybody,everything等词连用besides除了……之外（还有）是指在原来的基础上加上besides后的人或物
[经典例题]
1.That
was
so
serious
a
matter
that
I
had
no
choice
but
________
the
police.
A.
called
in
B.
calling
in
C.
call
in
D.
to
call
in
2.Nobody
but
Jane
________the
secret.
A.
know
B.
knows
C.
have
known
D.
is
known
3.---Nobody
but
you
_______
late
for
school
this
morning.
---Sorry
,
I
_______
to
school
when
it
began
to
rain
heavily.
A.
was;
went
B.
were;
was
going
C.
was;
was
about
to
go
D.
is;
am
going
4.---Oh,
my
God!
We
have
missed
the
last
bus.
What
shall
we
do?
---I'm
afraid
we
have
no
___________
but
to
take
a
taxi.
A.
choice
B.
decision
C.
reason
D.
information
5.Sandy
could
do
nothing
but
_______
to
his
teacher
that
he
was
wrong.
A
admit
B
admitted
C
admitting
D.
to
admit
6.Lots
of
empty
bottles
were
found
under
the
old
mans
bed.
He
must
have
done
nothing
but
______.
A.
drink
B.
to
drink
C.
drinking
D.
drunk
7._________
but
fools
will
believe
what
he
said.
A.
None
B.
Nothing
C
Anything
D.
Everything
8.The
man
looked
at
the
rooms
but
he
could
see
_________empty
rooms.
A.
anything
but
B.
everything
but
C.
something
but
D.
nothing
but
9.Of
the
seven
days
in
a
week,
Saturday
is
said
to
be
the
most
popular
______
for
a
wedding
in
some
countries.
A
way
B.
situation
C.
event
D.
choice
答案：1-5
DBCAA
6-10
AADD
【知识梳理3】I
often
have
to
stay
up
late.(P36)我不得不经常熬夜到很晚。
stay
up意为“不睡觉，熬夜”。
Eg.
I
used
to
stay
up
late
with
my
mom
and
watch
movies.
我过去常和妈妈熬夜看电影。
[经典例题]
1.---Don't
________
too
late,
or
you
will
feel
tired
in
class.
---I
won't.
Dad.
A.stay
up
B.
get
up
C.
stand
up
D.
wake
up
2.We
should
have
enough
sleep
instead
of
staying
up
late
________
we
can
make
ourselves
energetic
in
class.
A.ever
since
B.although
C.as
soon
as
D.so
that
3.What's
wrong
with
you,
Eric?
You
look
tired.
I
__________
to
prepare
for
the
final
exam
last
night.
A.
picked
up
B.
woke
up
C.
stayed
up
D.
put
up
答案：
ADC
【知识梳理4】I
know
it
is
important
to
finish
all
my
homework
on
time.(P36)
我知道按时完成所有的作业很重要。
on
time，意为“按时，准时”，强调事情发生于指定时间。
Eg.
She
always
pays
her
bills
on
time.
她总是按时支付账单。
[辨析]on
time，in
time
on
time意为“按时准时”，强调准点，指事情发生于指定时间，不早不晚in
time意为“及时”，指动作在规定的时间内或提前发生。
【知识梳理5】Then
I
sometimes
find
it
hard
to
stay
awake
the
next
day.（P36）然后我有时发现第二天很难保持清醒。
awake，形容词，意为“醒着的”，在句中作表语。
Eg.
The
noise
kept
him
awake.
噪音使他一直醒着。
[经典例题]
1.—Speaking
English
well
takes
time.
—That's
true.
And
I
find
________
necessary
________
English
every
day.
A.it;
to
keep
reading
B.that;
keep
reading
C.it's;
keep
reading
D.that;
to
keep
reading
2.We
all
think
________
quite
necessary
to
learn
English
well.
A.it
B.her
C.that
D.this
3.When
you
find
it
difficult
_______
the
problem,
you
can
go
to
your
parents
and
teachers
_______
help.
A.
to
solve;
to
B.
solving;
to
C.
to
solve;
for
D.
solving;
for
答案：AAC
【知识梳理6】However,
I
hardly
have
any
spare
time
for
my
hobbies
like
volleyball
and
music.（P36）然而，我几乎没有空闲的时间去从事我的爱好，像排球和音乐。
1、hardly，副词，意为“几乎不”。
Eg.
I
hardly
know
you.
我几乎不了解你。
[注意]hardly本身含有否定意味，用于反意疑问句中时，附加问句需用肯定式。
[经典例题]
1.—Many
products
made
in
China
are
very
popular
in
the
United
States.
—Yeah.Americans
can_________avoid
buying
Chinese
products.?
A.nearly
B.mostly
C.hardly
D.widely
2.Seeing
the
new
changes
in
her
hometown,
Nanjing,
Sandy
could
________
believe
her
eyes.
A.properly
B.highly
C.nearly
D.hardly
3.—There
was
hardly
anything
left
after
the
earthquake,
______?
—______.
People
had
to
rebuild
their
houses.
A.wasn’t
there;
Yes
B.
was
there;
No
C.
wasn’t
there;
No
D.
was
there;
Yes
4.—Can
you
catch
what
the
speaker
is
saying,
Tina?
—Sorry.
He
speaks
so
fast
that
I
can
_______
understand
him.
A.hardly
B.
nearly
C.
probably
D.
exactly
5.I
could
______
control
my
feeling.The
song
brought
back
so
many
memories.
A.really
B.hardly
C.clearly
D.nearly
答案：CDBAB
2、spare，形容词，意为“空闲的，业余的”。
How
do
you
spend
your
spare
time?
你在业余时间干什么？
[拓展]spare，动词，意为“留出，匀出”。
Eg.
She
said
that
she
could
only
spare
35
minutes
for
our
meeting.
她说她只能抽出35分钟给我们的会议。
3、与time有关的短语
①
at
times有时,间或;
②
at
the
same
time同时
③
all
the
time始终,一直:
④
have
no
time
for
sth
/to
do
sth没时间做(某事):
⑤
on
time准时,按时;
⑥
in
time及时。
【知识梳理7】I
cannot
imagine
my
life
without
hobbies.（P36）我不能想象没有业余爱好的生活。
imagine，意为“想象，设想"，既可做及物动词，又可做不及物动词。
（1）作不及物动词时，后可用代词so代替前面的名词、动名词或从句，而不用it。
Eg.
—Do
you
imagine
they
will
agree?你想他们会同意吗？
—I
imagine
so.我想会的。
（2）作及物动词时，后面可接名词、动名词、从句或复合宾语，不可直接跟动词不定式。后接否定意义的从句时，通常将否定转移到主句中。
Eg.
Close
your
eyes
and
imagine
(that)
you
are
in
a
forest.
闭上眼睛，设想自己在森林里。
[拓展]imaginative，形容词，意为“富于想象的；有创造力的”。
Eg.
They
are
too
serious,
too
academic
and
not
imaginative
enough.
他们太一本正经，太学究气，想象力也不够丰富。
【知识梳理8】I
often
doubt
whether
it
is
worth
spending
so
much
time
on
homework.（P36）我常常怀疑是否值得在家庭作业上花如此多的时间。
1、doubt，动词，意为“怀疑”。doubt还可用作名词，意为“怀疑”。
Eg.
There
is
good
reason
to
doubt
this.
有正当理由怀疑这件事。
There
was
little
doubt
in
my
mind.
我心里几乎没有疑问。
[经典例题]
1.I
don’t
doubt________Mr
Wang
is
an
energetic
man
and
always
active
in
everything.?
A.whether
B.so
C.if
D.that
2.Amy
is
very
clever.
In
fact,
I
doubt
________
anyone
in
the
class
has
a
higher
IQ.
A.whether
B.that
C.why
D.when
3.I
never
doubt
________________________.
A.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
B.
whether
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
C.
if
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
it
D.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
being
reading
答案：DAA
2、worth，形容词，意为“值得的”。e
worth
sth./doing
sth.值得……
[经典例题]
1.Mr
Sigmund
is
known
______
a
great
youth
worker,
his
talk
about
teenage
problems
this
Friday
is
worth
______.
Don’t
miss
it!
A.
as,
to
listen
to
B.
as,
listening
to
C.
for,
to
listen
to
D.
for,
listening
to
2.I
never
doubt
________________________.
A.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
B.
whether
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
C.
if
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
it
D.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
being
reading
3.Ataxia
Mountain
with
red
maple
leaves
all
around
is
well
worth
_________
in
the
autumn.
A.
visited
B.
being
visited
C.
to
visit
D.
visiting
4.---Amazon
rainforest
fires
are
bad
news
for
all
the
people
around
the
world
---Exactly.
As
the
biggest
rainforest
on
the
earth,
Amazon
is
well
worth
__________.
A.
protect
B
protected
C.
protecting
D.
to
protect
5.Amazing
China(
《厉害了,我的国》
)
wins
high
praise
from
the
public.I
think
the
documentary
is
well
worth_________.?
A.watch
B.to
watch
C.watching
D.watched
答案：BADC
C
【知识梳理9】I
dream
of
a
long
holiday
so
that
I
could
have
more
time
for
my
hobbies.(P36)
我梦想有一个长假，好让我有更多时间从事我的业余爱好。
1、dream
（1）名词，意为“睡梦；梦想，愿望；”
Eg.
The
dream
wakened
a
forgotten
memory.
那梦唤起了一段忘却的记忆。
（2）名词，意为“做梦，梦见；梦想；”
常用搭配dream
about/of
sth
/doing
sth，或者dream+(that)宾语从句。
Eg.
I
still
dream
of
home.
我仍然梦见家。
I
dream
that
my
son
will
attend
college.
我梦想着我的儿子将来能上大学。
2、so
that意为“以便,以至于；为的是”，引导目的状语从句，表示一种意图或可能性，相当于in
order
that，该从句常用can/
could,
may/
might,
should,
would等情态动词，而且主句和从句之间不使用逗号。
Eg.
Speak
louder,
so
that
we
can
hear
from
you.
大点声说，以便我们能听见。
[经典例题]
（1）You'd
better
take
the
map
with
you
________
you
won't
get
lost.
A.so
that
B.as
soon
as
C.now
that
D.as
long
as
（2）We
should
have
enough
sleep
instead
of
staying
up
late
________
we
can
make
ourselves
energetic
in
class.
A.ever
since
B.although
C.as
soon
as
D.so
that
（3）The
8?year?old
boy
had
to
look
after
himself
because
his
mother
was
________
busy
________
stay
with
him.
A.so;
that
B.such;
that
C.too;
to
D.enough;
to
（4）---Eric,you
look
tired.
---I
______
to
prepare
for
the
final
exam
last
night.
A.picked
up
B.woke
up
C.stayed
up
D.put
up
答案：ADCC
【知识梳理10】Can
you
offer
me
some
suggestions?(P36)
你能给我提些建议吗？
1、offer，动词，意为“提供；出价；试图”
（1）offer
sb.
sth=offer
sth
to
sb.
=provide
sth.
for
sb.=provide
sb.
with
sth.
给某人提供某物,把某物提供给某人
（2）offer
to
do
sth.愿意做某事;主动做某事;自愿做某事;(主动)提供,提出。
Eg.
We
offer
only
the
best
to
our
clients.
我们只提供最好的东西给顾客。
[拓展]offer，名词，意为“提议；出价；意图；录取通知书”
Eg.
She
was
minded
to
accept
their
offer.
她有意接受他们的提议。
[经典例题]
1.Beijing
2008
Olympic
Games
will
________
us
a
chance
to
enjoy
the
most
wonderful
sports
events
at
home.
A.
afford
B.
allow
C.
offer
D.
encourage
2.They've
_________
us
S150.000
for
the
house.
Shall
we
take
it?
A.
provided
B.
paid
C.
shown
D.
offered
3.—In
the
past
five
years,China
has
played
an
important
role
in
the
Belt
and
Road.
—It
has________many
nations
a
great
chance
to
communicate.?
A.offered
B.supported
C.included
D
.directed
4.—Let's
buy
Daniel
a
gift
for
his
birthday.
—OK.
Shall
we
________
a
book
online
for
him?
A.afford
B.order
C.offer
D.promise
解析：
CDAB
2、suggestion，名词，意为“建议；意见”，是可数名词，常与介词for，about或on连用。
Eg.
Imagine
that
someone
offers
a
suggestion
on
how
to
change
a
process.
假设有人提出了更改进程的建议。
（1）—Could
you
give
me
a
few________on
how
to
spend
the
coming
summer
holiday??
—OK,let
me
see.
A.hobbies
B.suggestions
C.knowledge
D.information
（2）—Wow,so
many
beautiful
cars!
I
don’t
know
which
one
to
buy.
—Anyway,
you
have
to
make
a
_______.
A.
decision
B.
suggestion
C.
plan
D.
speech
（3）I
suggest
_______
a
party
to
celebrate
his
80th
birthday.
A.
to
have
B.
have
C.
having
D.
you
to
have
答案：BAC
【知识梳理11】I
hope
to
hear
from
you
soon.
(P36)我希望快点收到您的来信。
hear
from
sb意为“收到某人的来信”，相当于receive/get
a
letter
from
sb。
Eg.
My
guess
is
that
we
won't
hear
from
him
again.
我想我们再不会收到他的消息了。
[注意]hear
from本身就意为“收到...的来信”，所以后面不可再接a
letter
等词，即不可说hear
a
letter
from。
[拓展]hear的用法
（1）hear意为“听见，听到”强调听的结果。hear
sb
do
sth意为“听到某人做某事”指听到动作的全过程。hear
sb
doing
sth意为“听到某人在做某事”，指听到动作正在进行。
Eg.
We
could
hear
them
shouting
for
help.
我们能听到他们在大声呼救。
I
hear
them
laughing.
我听到他们在大声地笑。
（2）hear
of意为“听到，听说”，通常可与hear
about互换。
Eg.
I
was
shocked
to
hear
of
his
poor
death.
听到他惨遭不幸的噩耗，我十分震惊。
[经典例题]
1.—How
is
George
now?
—I
hear
the
manager
________
him
a
good
job,
but
he
refused
it.
A．showed
B．offered
C．passed
D．paid
答案：B
【知识梳理12】I
am
crazy
about
football.(P37)我酷爱足球。
be
crazy
about
sth/doing
sth:着迷于;狂热爱好……
Eg.
I'm
crazy
about
climbing.
我热衷于登山运动。
[经典例题]
1.Don’t
be
crazy_______computer
games,or
your
parents
will
be
worried.?
A.at
B.on
C.about
D.for
2.Mr
Liu
used
to
be
crazy
about
_________(play)
the
piano,
but
now
he
is
more
interested
in
playing
badminton.
答案：C;
playing
【知识梳理13】However,my
love
of
football
has
become
the
course
of
my
problem.(P37)然而，我对足球的热爱却成了我问题的原因。
cause，名词，意为“原因；目标；事业”
Eg.
Unemployment
was
the
chief
cause
of
poverty.
失业是贫穷的主要原因。
[辨析]cause，reason与excuse
（1）cause，意为“起因”，指引起某种结果的“原因”，后接介词of。
Eg.
An
inquest
was
held
to
discover
the
cause
of
death.
对死亡原因进行了调查。
（2）reason，意为“理由，原因”，指决定做某事或采取某项行动的理由。
Eg.
Give
me
one
good
reason
why
I
should
help
you.
我为什么要帮你？给我一个充分的理由。
As
always,
Peter
had
a
reason
for
his
action.
如往常一样，彼得对他的行为总有理由。
（3）excuse，意为“辩解，借口”，指对某种行为所作的解释，可以是真的，也可以是托辞。
Eg.
He
used
his
wife's
birthday
as
a
convenient
excuse
for
not
going
to
the
meeting.
他说要给妻子过生日，利用这个借口，就不去参加会议了。
【知识梳理14】Then
I
get
into
trouble
because
my
parents
do
not
allow
me
to
play
outside
after
6
p.m.(P37)
然后我就陷入麻烦中，因为我父母不允许我在晚上六点以后在外面玩。
1、get
into
trouble，意为“遇到麻烦（陷入困境）”
Eg.
He
got
into
trouble
with
the
police
while
he
was
still
at
school.
他还在上学时就与警方发生过纠葛。
2、allow是动词，意为“允许”；sb
be
allowed
to
do
sth是被动结构，意为“某人被允许做某事”，其主动形式为allow
sb
to
do
sth；allow
doing
sth意为“允许做某事”。
Eg.
He
is
not
allowed
to
stay
out
late.
他不可以在外待到很晚。
We
do
not
allow
smoking
in
the
hall.
我们不准有人在大厅内吸烟。
[经典例题]
1.Girl
students
in
some
schools
are
not
allowed
________
long
hair.
A.
having
B.
have
C.
had
D.
to
have
2.Mary
wanted
to
travel
around
the
world
all
by
herself,
but
her
parents
did
not
_______her
to
do
so.
A.
make
B.
allow
C.
follow
D.
ask
3.You
are
not________to
take
the
newspapers
and
magazines
out
of
the
reading
room.?
A.hoped
B.imagined
C.allowed
D.expected
4.—Don't
forget
to
come
to
our
school
assembly
（集会)
tomorrow
morning.
—I
won't.
I
was___________
just
now.
A.
reminded
B.
promised
C.
allowed
D.
required
答案：DBCA
【知识梳理15】I
do
not
understand
why
they
are
so
strict
with
me.(P37)
我不理解为什么他们对我要求这么严格。
strict是形容词，意为“严格的，严厉的”。固定搭配：be
strict
in
sth对某事要求严格；be
strict
wih
sb对某人要求严格
Eg.
My
father
is
always
strict
in
his
work.
我父亲总是对工作严格要求。
They
were
always
very
strict
with
their
children.
他们对子女一向十分严格。
[经典例题]
1.________
your
parents
strict
________
you
________
your
study?
A.Is;
with;
in
B.Are;
in;
with
C.Is;
in;
with
D.Are;
with;
in
答案：D
【知识梳理16】I
look
forward
to
your
valuable
advice.(P37)我渴望得到您的宝贵建议。
1、look
forward
to+n./doing
意为“期望…”
Eg.
I
now
look
forward
to
going
back
to
work
as
soon
as
possible.
我现在盼望尽快回到工作中。
[拓展]to作为介词的短语
get/be
used
to...
习惯于…
pay
attention
to...
把注意力集中到…
lead
to...
导致…
devote
...to...
致力于…
[经典例题]
1.We
are
looking
forward
to
_________
a
chance
to
watch
the
opening
ceremony
of
the
2016
Rio
Olympic
Games.
A.give
B.be
given
C.being
given
D.giving
2.You
won't
do
well
in
English
if
your
spelling
_______________.
A.
won't
be
paid
attention
B.
isn't
paid
attention
to
C.
doesn't
pay
attention
to
D.
isn't
paid
attention
3.----Why
are
there
still
two
pieces
of
bread
on
the
plate?
---The
hard-working
boy
devoted
all
his
time
________
out
the
problem
this
evening
and
forget
to
eat
_______.
A.
to
work;
it
up
B.
to
work;
up
it
C.
to
working;
them
up
D.
to
working;
up
them
4.Mr.
Wu
spent
as
much
time
as
he
could
_______
his
work
and
at
last,
the
project
he
devoted
himself
_______
a
big
award.
A.
to
do;
winning
B.
to
do;
win
C.
doing;
to
win
D.
doing;
to
won
5.He
devoted
his
lifetime
_____
it
possible
for
women
_____
better
education.
A.
to
make；to
receive
B.
to
make；to
receiving
C.
to
making;
to
receive
D.
to
making；
receive
答案：CBCDC
2、valuable，形容词，意为“有价值的；宝贵的；重要的”。
Eg.
Luckily,
nothing
valuable
was
stolen.
幸运的是，没有贵重物品失窃。
【知识梳理17】Make
a
list
of
all
the
homework
you
have.(P39)列出你所有的家庭作业。
make
a
list
of..意为“列一个.....的清单”。
Eg.
Make
a
list
of
your
goals.
写出一个你的人生目标的清单。
【知识梳理18】Then
work
out
how
much
time
you
need
to
finish
it
all.(P39)
然后计算出你需要多长时间能全部完成。
work
out,“算出；制订出”，是“动词+副词”构成的动词短语，当接代词作宾语时，代词需要放于work
out的中间。
Eg.
However
difficult
it
might
be,
I
will
try
my
best
to
work
it
out.
不管有多困难，我都会尽力解决。
[经典例题]
1.—Miss
Li,could
you
please
help
me________this
Maths
problem??
—OK.Let
me
try.
A.look
up
B.work
out
C.set
up
D.hand
out
答案：B
【知识梳理19】What
about
choosing
your
hobby
according
to
the
time
you
have?(P39)
根据你有的时间选择你的爱好怎么样？
according
to意为“根据”，是介词短语。
Eg.
You've
been
absent
six
times
according
to
our
records.
根据我们的记录，你已经缺席六次了。
【知识梳理20】It
seems
that
you
spend
a
lot
of
time
playing
football.(P39)
你好像花费很多时间踢足球。
seem是连系动词，意为“似乎,好像,看起来”。It
seems
that...
意为“好像/似乎...”，相当于seem
to
do
sth。
Eg.
It
seems
that
they
know
what
they're
doing.
看来，他们知道自己在干什么。
[拓展]
（1）seem做系动词后面可接形容词做表语，意为“好像”。
Eg.
The
future
did
not
seem
very
hopeful.
前景似乎不太乐观。
（2）seem也可用于There
be句型中。
Eg.
The
noise
seems
to
be
coming
from
within
the
building.
吵闹声像是从楼房里传出来的。
[经典例题]
1.Jack
seems
_______
than
you
______
ready
for
the
exam.
A.
busy;
to
get
B.
much
busier;
getting
C.
busier;
to
get
D.
more
busier;
getting
答案：B
能力实践
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.I
thought
about
what
she
had
said
and
stayed awake (醒着的)
all
night.?
2.To
solve
the
problem,the
first
step
is
to
find
out
what
the
cause (原因)
is.?
3.Trust
is
the
key
to
have
a
true
friendship (友谊).?
4.I
think
nothing
is
more
valuable (宝贵的)
than
time.?
5.Can
you
imagine (想象)
that
AI(人工智能)
will
take
the
place
of
human
beings
in
many
fields??
Ⅱ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.(辽宁本溪中考)政府鼓励我们科学地处理垃圾。
The
government
encourages
us
to
deal
with
rubbish
in
a
scientific
way.?
2.在工作日,我不被允许在外面待到很晚。
I
am
not
allowed
to
stay
out late
on
weekdays.?
3.我期待着你下周来访。
I
am looking
forward
to your
visit
next
week.?
4.(江苏常州中考)他当时别无选择只能放弃那份工作。
He
had
no
choice
but
to
give
up
the
job
then.?
5.(四川达州中考)我将永远记得这三年来总是严格要求我的老师们。
I
will
remember
the
teachers
forever
who
have
always
been
strict
with
me
for
three
years.?
6.这个公园很值得一游。
This
park
is
well
worth
visiting .?
7.别管他人的事,否则你会惹麻烦的。
Don’t
mind
others’
business,or
you’ll
get
into
trouble .?
8.对大多数人来说,实现工作和休闲之间的平衡很困难。
For
most
people,it’s
hard
to
achieve
balance
between
work
and
relaxation.?
III.单项填空
( C )1.(广西贵港中考)—Do
you
know
the
famous
artist
in
red?
—Sure.He
to
the
art
festival
in
our
city
every
year.?
A.invites
B.invited
C.is
invited
D.was
invited
( C )2.(湖北荆州中考)—Many
products
made
in
China
are
very
popular
in
the
United
States.
—Yeah.Americans
can avoid
buying
Chinese
products.?
A.nearly
B.mostly
C.hardly
D.widely
( B )3.The
endless
loud
music
from
upstairs
is me
mad.?
A.bringing
B.driving
C.taking
D.getting
( D )4.Don’t too
late
tonight,or
you
will
feel
sleepy
in
class
tomorrow.?
A.get
up
B.put
up
C.wake
up
D.stay
up
( C )5.(江苏泰州中考)Amazing
China(《厉害了,我的国》)
wins
high
praise
from
the
public.I
think
the
documentary
is
well
worth .?
A.watch
B.to
watch
C.watching
D.watched
( A )6.(辽宁本溪中考)The
article
gives
students
some
about
how
to
stay
safe
online.?
A.suggestions
B.activities
C.decisions
D.advantages
( D )7.I
never
doubt
this
English
dictionary
is
of
great
help
to
me.?
A.so
B.if
C.whether
D.that
( C )8.(青海西宁中考)—I
heard
Ted
got
hurt
badly
in
the
car
accident
yesterday.
—It
was
true.His
careless
driving
was
the
of
the
accident.?
A.mistake
B.excuse
C.cause
D.answer
( B )9.I
wish
I fly
to
the
moon
one
day.?
A.can
B.could
C.will
D.shall
( C )10.Don’t
be
crazy
the
computer
games,or
your
parents
will
be
worried.?
A.at
B.in
C.about
D.for
IV.完形填空（培优）
How
do
you
feel
when
you
have
to
make
a
report
in
front
of
your
classmates?When
you
go
to
a
birthday
paty,do
you
get
1
shy??
Shyness
means
feeling
nervous
or
2
when
you’re
round
other
people.Everyone
experiences
this
shyness
3
they
grow
up.Most
people
have
red
faces
and
talk
in
broken
sentences
when
they
are
in
the
centre
of
attention.It’s
OK
if
it
takes
you
time
to
feel
yourself
again
when
you
go
to
a
new
place
or
meet
strangers. 4 ,everybody
gets
a
little
shy
sometimes.It’s
just
a
case
of
how
much.But
many
teenagers
think
that
they
hate
themselves
and
that
they
won’t
fit
in
the
future
at
the
coming
point.?
Stop
the
negative(负面的)
thoughts
about
yourself.If
shyness
doesn’t
keep
you
5
doing
something
you
want
to
do,being
shy
isn’t
a
very
big
problem.Some
experts
say
shy
people
are
not
only
cleverer,but
also
better
at
working
with
others,because
they
think
more
and
talk
6 .Some
great
people
in
history
were
shy
too.?
You
see,being
shy
isn’t
all
7 .But
remember
not
to
let
good
chances
8
just
because
of
it!Your
shyness
will
9 .When
you
grow
up
year
after
year,you’ll
become
brave
enough
to
speak
to
anyone.But
now,you
need
practice!If
you
have
to
sing
a
song
at
a
party,just
do
it!There’s
10
to
be
afraid
of!?
Remember,though
you’re
shy,you
can
do
e
on,our
shy
friends.
( C )1.A.nearly
B.mostly
C.really
D.hardly
( B )2.A.comfortable
B.uncomfortable
C.proud
D.surprised
( A )3.A.while
B.since
C.by
D.after
( B )4.A.In
short
B.In
fact
C.For
example
D.By
accident
( D )5.A.in
B.at
C.for
D.from
( C )6.A.much
B.more
C.less
D.least
( B )7.A.good
B.bad
C.wonderful
D.correct
( C )8.A.go
down
B.go
over
C.go
by
D.go
up
( B )9.A.present
B.pass
C.solve
D.come
( D )10.A.everything
B.something
C.anything
D.nothing
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：Unit
1
Know
yourself（上）
易错回顾
单项选择
1.Li
Hua
will
have
one-to-one
interview
with
Jackie
Chen,
so
he
is
a
little
nervous
about
interview.
A.
a;
the
B.
an;
the
C.
the;
an
D.
the;
a
2.It
is
brave
thousands
of
doctors
to
save
people
from
COVID-19.
Sometimes
they
risk
losing
their
lives.
A.
of
B.
to
C.
for
D.
from
3.The
problems
of
living
in
the
city
are
sometimes
similar
to
of
living
in
the
countryside.
A.
this
B.
that
C.
these
D.
those
4.National
people’s
Congress(大会)
in
Beijing
to
discuss
about
important
issues
in
May,2020.
A.
takes
place
B.
was
held
C.
held
D.
happened
5.—Excuse
me,
sir.
You
turn
off
your
mobile
phone.
Our
plane
will
take
off
soon.
—OK,
I
will
do
it
right
away.
A.
will
B.
may
C.
can
D.
must
6.Don’t
say
you
haven’t
got
enough
time.
You
have
the
same
time
every
day
as
other
students.
A.
exactly
B.
correctly
C.
recently
D.
especially
7.—What
is
your
key
to
success?
—I
believe
that
nothing
difficult
will
be
if
I
put
my
heart
into
it.
A.
by
the
way
B.
in
my
way
C.
on
the
way
D.
with
my
way
8.—
task
it
is
to
be
a
volunteer
here!
—Yes.
But
it
is
meaningful
to
work
with
so
many
other
volunteers.
A.
What
hard
B.
How
hard
C.
What
a
hard
D.
How
a
hard
9.Ten
years
ago
she
was
a
little
girl.
Now
she
has
a
famous
film
star.
A.
turned
down
B.
turned
off
C.
turned
on
D.
turned
into
10.
—Sir,
I’m
afraid
you
cannot
take
photos
here.
—Sorry.
I
didn’t
know
taking
photos
isn’t
here.
A.
achieved
B.
avoided
C.
allowed
D.
accepted
11.
—Hi,
Ling!
I
hear
you
will
go
to
Italy.
Have
you
read
the
to
the
country?
—Yes.
Now
I
know
Italy
has
a
long
history
and
many
heritages(遗产).
A.
introduction
B.
instruction
C.
interview
D.
information
12.
The
boy
streets
without
pay
in
the
old
days.
A.
was
made
clean
B.
was
made
to
clean
C.
made
to
clean
D.
made
clean
13.
Jack
wrote
the
answers
to
pass
the
exam.
Poor
thing!
A.
too
carelessly
B.
too
careless
C.
carelessly
enough
D.
careless
enough
14.
—I
want
to
lose
weight,
I
have
to
go
on
a
diet.
—Eat
less
meat
and
do
more
exercises
from
now
on.
.
A.
The
early
bird
catches
the
worm.
B.
Many
hands
make
light
work.
C.
Actions
speak
louder
than
words.
D.
Every
dog
has
its
day.
15.
—Would
you
help
me
clean
up
the
classroom,
Jack?
—
.
A.
Yes,
quite
right.
B.
That's
all
right.
C.
My
pleasure.
D.
With
pleasure.
参考答案：
1-5AADBD
6-10.ABCDC
11-15.ABACD
兴趣起航
Look
at
these
pictures
and
discuss
what
you
think
their
personalities
are
like?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Eddie,here's
an
interesting
article
about
personality.(P6)埃迪，这是一篇关于性格的有趣的文章。
interesting是形容词，意为“有趣的”，既可以做定语，也可以做表语。常用来修饰事或物。
interested
也是形容词，意为“(某人)感兴趣的”，常用于修饰人。
[注意]修饰人还是修饰物并不是绝对的。
Eg.
He
is
an
interesting
boy.
他是一个有趣的男孩。
It
is
an
interesting
book.它是一本有趣的书。
形容某种事物或是人很有趣，就用interesting。如果要表达某个人对另一项事物感兴趣，就用interested。
Eg.
He
is
an
interesting
boy.
I
am
interested
in
him.他是一个有趣的男孩。我对他很感兴趣。
[拓展]surprising令人惊讶的，surprised感到惊讶的；
frightening
令人恐惧的，frightened
受恐吓的；
amazing
令人吃惊的,
amazed
吃惊的;
exciting令人激动的，excited感到激动的。
[经典例题]
1.Are
you
_____
in
these
_____story
books.
A.
interested,
interesting
B.
interested,
interested.
C.
interesting,
interested
D.
interesting,
interesting
2.The
singer
made
me
with
his
song.
(excite)
答案：A
exciting
;
excited
;
exciting
[拓展]interest
兴趣;关注
have/
show
interest
in
sb./sth.(表达此种含义时,常当作不可数名词使用或者只用作单数形式)
Eg.
When
he
was
very
young,
Tan
showed
an
interest
in
music.
当谭盾小的时候就对音乐产生了兴趣。
【知识梳理2】It
says
some
people
are
generous.(P6)它（文章）说一些人很慷慨。
句型“It
says/reads...”表示“它上面说（写着／显示）。····”，后常接宾语从句或直接引语，表示说的内容。
Eg.
The
report
says
there
will
be
a
heavy
rain
tonight.
报道说今晚有大雨。
[经典例题]
1.The
board
near
the
river
“No
fishing.”
A.Writes
B.
reads
C.says
D.B&C
2.It_______
(say)
he
has
been
there
three
times.
答案：D
says
【知识梳理3】It
makes
them
feel
good
to
share
things
with
others.(P6)与他人分享东西使他们感觉很好。
1、本句中的it是形式主语，真正的主语是后面的动词不定式短语“to
share
things
with
others”。在英语中，不定式或不定式短语作主语时，可以直接位于句首。这句话本来应该是“To
share
things
with
others
makes
them
feel
good.”但是英语中动词不定式短语“to
share
things
with
others”做主语放在句首，给你一种头重脚轻的感觉，外国人很忌讳头重脚轻的，所以为了解决这个问题，外国人选择了形式主语“it”代替这个动词不定式放在句首，（为什么用It而不用别的单词呢，我猜呢，人都是很懒的，外国人也不例外，所以外国人选了一个最短的代词）动词不定式放在最后面，这样整个句子就变成了：“It
makes
them
feel
good
to
share
things
with
others.”
类似的句式有：
（1）It
+
is/was
+
adj./n.
(形容词或名词）
+to
do
sth.
Eg.
It
is
a
good
idea
to
think
this
way.
这样考虑问题是个好办法。
It
was
foolish
of
you
to
leave
school.=You
were
foolish
to
leave
school.你中途退学，真是傻瓜。
It’s
common
for
leaves
to
fall
from
the
trees
in
the
fall.
秋天树叶从树上落下是件常事。
（2）It
+
v.
+
to
do
sth.
Eg.
It
took
us
three
years
to
complete
the
project.
我们花费三年时间才完成了这项工程。
It
sounds
reasonable
to
do
it
this
way.听起来这样做有道理。
温馨提示
（1）单个动词不定式作主语时，谓语动词用单数
Eg.
To
learn
a
foreign
language
well
is
difficult.要学好一门外语是有难度的。
（2）如果and连接两个或更多并列的不定式作主语，且并列的不定式语义一致或基本一致时，谓语动词用单数；如果不一致，谓语动词用复数
Eg.
To
love
and
to
be
loved
is
sweet
to
us.爱与被爱对我们来说都是甜蜜的。
[经典例题]
1.In
fact________is
a
hard
job
for
the
police
to
keep
order
in
an
important
football
match.
A.
this
B.
that
C.
there
D.
it
答案：D
2、make
sb
do
sth
使某人做某事。此处do为省略to的不定式，在被动语态中to要还原出来，表示为be
made
to
do.
Eg.
Nothing
will
make
me
change
my
mind.
什么也改变不了我的主意。
[拓展]
make的其它用法
（1）make
sb./sth.+adj.
Eg.
We
can
make
this
country
great
again.
我们可以使这个国家再次强大起来。
（2）
make
sb./sth.+done
Eg.
Can
you
make
yourself
understood
in
Russian?
你能用俄语表达你的意思吗？
（3）
make
sb./sth.+n.
Eg.
We
make
him
monitor
of
our
class.
我们选他做班长。
（4）
make
sb./sth.+prep.
Eg.
They
made
the
story
into
a
play.
[经典例题]
1.In
the
past,these
workers
for
more
than
12
hours
a
day
by
the
boss.
A.are
made
work
B.were
made
work
C.are
made
to
work
D.were
made
to
work
2.My
parents
have
always
made
me
_____________
about
myself,
even
when
I
was
twelve.
A.
feeling
well
B.
feeling
good
C.
feel
well
D.
feel
good
3.She
is
good
at
teaching
and
tries
her
best
to
make
every
lesson
_________(生动的）and
interesting.
4.The
sad
news
made
all
of
us_______
(happy).
答案：DD
active
unhappy
3、share...
with
与某人分享
Eg.
I
have
some
very
sad
news
to
share
with
all
of
you.
我有一些十分令人悲痛的消息和你们分享。
【知识梳理4】Yeah,
I
agree.是的，我同意。
1、agree
(with
sb)
(about/on
sth)
agree
(with
sth)
同意；赞成
2、agree
vt.
（1）=decide:
to
decide
with
sb
else
to
do
sth
or
to
have
sth
商定；约定
Eg.
They
met
at
the
agreed
time.
他们在约定的时间见面了。
Can
we
agree
a
price?
我们可不可以商定一个价格？
（2）=accept
:to
officially
accept
a
plan,
request,
etc.
批准，认可（计划、要求等）
Eg.
Next
year's
budget
has
been
agreed.
明年的预算已获批准。
[拓展]agreement
n.
同意，一致，协议。
Eg.
The
teacher
kept
nodding
in
agreement.
老师不断点头表示同意。
【知识梳理5】Hobo,you've
eaten
up
my
breakfast!(P6)霍波，你吃光了我的早饭！
eat
up
意为“吃光，吃完”，它是“动词＋副词”构成的动词短语，当接名词作宾语时，名词可位于副词up的后面，也可位于up之前；但当接代词作宾语时，代词只能位于动词eat
与副词up之间。
Eg.
We
were
always
asked
to
eat
our
vegetables
up.=We
were
always
asked
to
eat
up
our
vegetables.我们总是被要求吃光我们的蔬菜。
She's
made
a
big
cake
and
wants
us
to
help
eat
it
up.她做了一个大蛋糕，想要我们帮忙吃完它。
[经典例题]
1.President
Xi
Jinping
calls
on
Chinese
people
to
all
the
food
each
meal.
A.
eat
up
B.
use
up
C.
pick
up
D.
cut
up
答案：A
?
Part
Two
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Suzy
is
well
organized.She
keeps
all
her
things
in
good
order.(P7)苏西很有条理。她将自己所有的东西都整理得有条不紊。
1、organized
形容词，意为“有条理的，有效率的”。
Eg.
These
people
are
very
efficient,
very
organized,
and
excellent
time
managers.
这些人效率很高、很有条理，时间安排得非常好。
[拓展]
（1）organize
用作动词，意为“组织；安排”。
Eg.
In
the
end,
we
all
decided
to
organize
a
concert
for
Easter.
最后，我们一致决定为复活节组织一场音乐会。
（2）organization
名词，意为“组织，机构”。
Eg.
Most
of
the
food
for
the
homeless
is
provided
by
voluntary
organizations.
给无家可归者的大部分食物是由志愿组织提供的。
[经典例题]翻译句子
1.Mike做事很有条理，从来不会忘记要做的事。
答案：David
is
organized
and
never
forgets
the
things
he
needs
to
do.
2、keep的用法
（1）keep
sb./sth.+形容词
Eg.
You
should
keep
your
bedroom
clean
and
tidy.
（2）keep
sb./sth.+副词
Eg.
What
has
kept
you
away
for
a
long
time.
（3）keep
sb./sth.+doing
Eg.
I
am
sorry
to
keep
you
waiting
for
a
long
time.
[经典例题]
1.Mum
told
me
to
keep
my
own
room
in
__________(顺序).
2.Mr.
Smith
always
makes
his
class
__________
and
keeps
his
students
____________
in
class.
A
alive;
interesting
B
lively;
interesting
C
alive;
interested
D
lively;
interested
3.I’m
sorry
to
keep
you
___________(wait)for
me
for
so
long.
4.Don’t’
worry.
Your
bag__________(keep)
here
until
you
come
back,
so
enjoy
yourself.
答案：order
D
waiting
will
be
kept
3、order名词，意为“顺序；秩序”。
Eg.
As
darkness
fell,
Clinton
gave
orders
for
his
men
to
rest.
夜幕降临时，克林顿下命令让自己的人休息。
[拓展]反义短语：out
of
order
次序颠倒，不按顺序
[拓展]
order
用作动词，意为“命令；订购”。
Eg.
Williams
ordered
him
to
leave.
威廉斯命令他离开。
The
waitress
appeared.
"Are
you
ready
to
order?"
女服务员走了过来，“你们准备好点菜了吗？
[经典例题]
1.—Mrs
Black
is
an
organized
housewife.
—That’s
right.
Everything
in
her
house
is
always__________.
A.
in
order
B.
out
of
order
C.
in
trouble
D.
in
the
way
2.To
make
the
room
tidy,
my
mother
asks
me
to
keep
everything
in
________.
答案：A
order
【知识梳理2】Daniel
is
very
clever,but
he
is
modest
and
never
shows
off.(p7)丹尼尔很聪明，但他很很谦虚并且不炫耀。
1、modest
形容词，意为“谦虚的，谦逊的；适度的；端庄的；羞怯的”。
Eg.
He's
modest,
as
well
as
being
a
great
player.
他是一个谦虚而且出色的运动员。
[拓展]modesty
名词，意为“谦逊；质朴；稳重”。
He
accepted
the
award
with
modesty.
他以谦逊的态度接受了奖励。
2、show
off
后面接名词、代词或从句，在接代词时，代词放在
show和off之间。
Eg.
He
drove
his
new
car
to
school
to
show
it
off
to
his
workmates.
他开着新车去学校向他的同事们炫耀。
[拓展]show的其它常用短语
show
sb.
sth.=show
sth.
to
sb.
给某人看某物，向某人展示
show
sb.
around/round
sp.
带领某人参观某地
show
up
出现、露面
[经典例题]
1.
Daniel
is
very
modest.
He
never_________before
his
friends.
A.
shows
off
B.
shows
up
C.
turns
off
D.
turns
on
2.The
boy
is
clever,
but
he
never_______.
A.
tells
a
lie
B.
shows
off
C.
gives
up
D.
puts
off
3.We
all
know
how
wonderful
you
are.
There
is
no
need
to__________.
A.
show
off
B.
give
up
C.
take
care
D.
carry
on
答案：ABA
【知识梳理3】Mr
Wu
is
patient
enough
to
repeat
grammar
rules
for
us.(P7)吴老师有足够的耐心给我们重复语法规则。
1、我们用“形容词＋enough+to
do
sth”这一句型来描述一个人的个性或能力以及事物的特点。
Eg.
It's
warm
enough
to
swim.
天气暖和得可以游泳了。
这个句型可以用“so/such...that...如此·····以至于······”句型来改写。
Eg.
It
is
so
warm
that
we
can
swim.
He
is
strong
enough
to
carry
the
box.
=He
is
so
strong
that
he
can
carry
the
box.
=He
is
such
a
strong
man
that
he
can
carry
the
box.
他很强壮能搬这个盒子。
[注意]两个句型之间的区别在于，“形容词＋enough+to
do
sth”这一句型中的to是不定式符号，后面加动词原形构成不定式，而“so/such...that...如此·····以至于······”句型后面的that是连词，后面是一个句子，that后面是句子的主语，一般是名词短语或者代词。
[经典例题]
他不够细心，不能做这项工作。
(1)He
is
do
the
work.
(2)He
is
__________do
the
work.
(3)He
is
he
can't
do
the
work.
(4)He
is
he
can't
do
the
work.
答案：
(1)
too
careless
to
(2)not
careful
enough
to
(3)so
careless
that
(4)such
a
careless
man
that
2、enough既可以作副词也可以作形容词，位置：名前形后。
[经典例题]
1.---
Mary,
I
got
the
offer
from
the
Tsinghua
University.
---
Really?
It
just
sounds
__________
to
be
true.
A.
so
well
B.
too
good
C.
good
enough
D.
too
well
2.He
is
_______
to
explain
it
to
me
three
times.
A.
patient
enough
B.
impatient
enough
C.
enough
patient
D.
enough
impatient
答案：BA
【知识梳理4】He
often
comes
up
with
new
ideas.(P7)他经常想出新主意。
come
up
with
意为“想出；提出（方案、方法等）”，后接名词、代词作宾语。
Eg.
Michael
came
up
with
a
new
plan
in
just
a
few
minutes.
Michael很快想出了一个好计划
[拓展]同义短语think
of
想出，想起。
[经典例题]
1.你要想出点其他点子。
You'll
__________
__________
__________something
else.
You'll
__________
__________
something
else.
答案：come
up
with；think
of
2.Scientists
from
different
countries
are
trying
to
__________
a
good
way
to
solve
the
energy
problem.
A.
keep
up
with
B.
come
up
with
C.
catch
up
with
D.
meet
up
with
3.It’s
creative
_______
you
_______
this
good
idea.
A.
of;
to
come
up
with
B.
for;
to
come
up
with
C.
of;
think
of
D.
for;
to
think
of
4.Use
your
head
and
you__________(come)up
with
more
new
ideas.
答案：BA
will
come
【知识梳理5】Billy
is
curious
about
everything.(P7)比利对一切都好奇。
curious
形容词，意为“好奇的；稀奇古怪的”。
Eg.
It
was
curious
that
she
didn't
tell
anyone.
她没有告诉任何人，这很反常。
[拓展]常用短语
be
curious
about
sth;be
curious
to
do
sth
Eg.
Steve
was
intensely
curious
about
the
world
I
came
from.
史蒂夫对我是从哪里来的有强烈的好奇心。
I
was
curious
to
find
out
what
she
had
said.
我真想弄清楚她说了些什么。
[拓展]curiously
副词，意为“好奇地；稀奇古怪地”。
Eg.
His
clothes
were
curiously
old-fashioned.
他的衣服式样陈旧古怪。
【知识梳理6】Neither
my
parents
nor
I
think
I
can
make
a
good
accountant.(p7)我的父母和我都认为我不能成为一名好会计。
1、neither
（1）用作副词，意为“也不”。常用结构为：neither+助动词/系动词/情态动词十主语，意为“·····也不”。
Eg.
I
hadn't
been
to
New
York
before
and
neither
had
Jane
.
我以前没有去过纽约，简也没去过。
If
you
can't
afford
a
computer
or
cell
phone,
then
neither
can
your
child.
如果你买不起一个计算机或者手机，那么你的孩子也买不起。
[经典例题]
1.---What
language
is
that
guy
speaking?I
can
hardly
catch
a
single
word!
---
.He's
from
India,so
I
guess
it
is
Hindi.
A.
Neither
I
can
B.
Neither
can
I
C.
So
I
can
D.
So
can
I
答案：B
（2）neither用作代词，意为“两者都不”，常用结构为：neither
of+代词或名词复数。此结构作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。either也有相似用法，表示“（两者中）任何一个”。
Eg.
Neither
of
them
has
a
car.
他们两个都没有汽车。
[经典例题]
1.---Mike
and
Tony,
please
tell
me
something
about
the
Great
Wall.
---Sorry,
________of
us
has
ever
been
there.
A.
Both
B.Neither
C.
Either
D.All
答案：B
（3）用作形容词，意为“两者没有一个，两者都不的”，表示全部否定，与单数名词连用。
Eg.
Neither
answer
is
correct.
两个答案都不对。
（4）用作连词，常和nor连用，构成“neither...nor...”结构，意为“既不······也不······”，连接两个并列主语时，谓语词与靠近它的主语一致。
Eg.
Neither
you
nor
I
am
right.你和我都不对。
[经典例题]完成句子
1.自从上个月以来，我和他都没有看到电影了。
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
seen
a
movie
since
last
month.
答案：Neither
I
nor
he
has
2、nor
（1)用作副词，意为“也不”。
Eg.
She
doesn't
like
them
and
nor
does
Jeff.
她不喜欢他们，杰夫也不喜欢。
（2）nor
常和
neither
连用，连接有对等关系的名词、形容词、动词短语等
Eg.
She
seemed
neither
surprised
nor
worried.
她似乎既不惊讶也不担心。
[经典例题]
1.---How
does
your
mother
like
your
presents
for
Mother's
Day?
---Well,
_________
this
sweater________that
one
is
fit
for
her.
They're
too
big.
A.
both；and
B.
either;
or
C.
neither;
nor
D.
not
only;
but
also
2.Football
is
a
popular
sport.________my
father_________my
mother
is
interested
in
watching
football
matches.
A.
Not
only;
but
also
B.
Neither;
nor
C.
Both;
and
D.
Either;
or
3.---
Would
you
like
a
cup
of
coffee
or
a
bottle
of
juice?
---________.
I’d
like
some
milk.
A.
Either
B.
Both
C.
None
D.
Neither
4.Neither
the
students
nor
the
teacher
___________
the
way
to
Nanjing
Library.
A.
know
B.
knows
C.
don't
know
D.
doesn't
know
5.---
Have
you
asked
the
twins
to
answer
all
the
questions?
---
Yes,
but
______
could
be
answered
correctly.
A.
none
B.
neither
C.
both
D.
all
6.---Which
of
the
two
T-shirts
will
you
take?
---I’ll
take________.One
is
for
my
brother
and
the
other
is
for
myself.
A.
either
B.
both
C.
all
D.
neither
7.His
parents
are
both
teachers,
but_______（两者都不）of
them
teaches
in
our
school.
8.Neither
Kate
nor
her
cousin
_____
to
Russia,
but
_____
of
them
have
known
the
country
very
well.
A.
have
been;
neither
B.
have
gone;
either
C.
has
been;
both
D.
has
gone;
both
答案：CADBB
B
neither
C
【知识梳理7】It's
terrible
for
me
to
work
without
speaking
all
day
long.(P7)
对我来说整天工作而不讲话是可怕的
1、It
is
adi.for
sb
to
do
sth
意为“对某人来说做采事是”····的”，其中it为形式主语，真正的主语是后面的动词不定式短语。
[经典例题]
1.It's
not
polite
________
Simon
to
shout
at
others.
It's
very
necessary
________
him
to
learn
to
be
polite.
A.
of
;of
B.
for;
for
C.
of;
for
D.
for;
of
2.It’s
very
kind________you
to
help
me________
my
English.
A.
of;
on
B.
of;
with
C.
for;
with
D.
of;
of
3.---
It's
nice
of
you
to
tell
me
the
way
to
the
museum.
---________________.
A
It
doesn't
matter
B
Never
mind
C
Thank
you
D
It's
my
pleasure
4.It’s
terrible
for
me
_________
(walk)
alone
in
the
dark.
答案：CBD
to
walk
2、without
介词，意为“没有，无；如果没有”，后接名词、代词、名词性短语或动词－ing形式。
[经典例题]
1.The
mother
waited
for
a
very
long
time
without_________
(get)angry.
2.He
can
do
it
without
________(difficult).
3.You
will
make
yourself
get
into
trouble
without
_____________
(control)
your
feelings
well.
答案：getting
difficulty
controlling
?
Part
Three
Reading
【知识梳理1】“Wu
Wei
is
a
born
artist,”said
his
best
friend.(P8)“吴伟是天生的艺术家，”他最好的朋友说。
born形容词，意为“天生的”。
Eg.
Jack
was
a
born
teacher.?杰克是个天生的教师。
[拓展]be
born，“出生”。
Eg.
She
was
born
with
a
weak
heart.
她生来就有一个衰弱的心脏。
[拓展]be
born
to
do
sth，“注定会成为；注定要做”。
Eg.
He
was
born
to
be
a
great
composer.
他是个天生的伟大作曲家。
[经典例题]
1.李小龙就是一个天生的武术家。
Bruce
Lee
was
__________
__________
__________.
答案：a
born
fighter
【知识梳理2】Wu
Wei,
the
young
artist,
has
impressed
the
whole
country
with
his
creative
work.(P8)
吴伟，这位年轻的艺术家用充满创意的作品给全国人民留下深刻的印象。
impress及物动词，意为“给人印象”。
Eg.
What
impressed
him
most
was
their
speed.
最令他钦佩的是他们的速度。
[拓展]
（1）press
及物动词，意为“压；按；”。
Eg.
She
pressed
her
face
against
the
window.
她把脸贴在窗子上。
（2）express
及物动词，意为“表示；表达；表露”。
Eg.
Teachers
have
expressed
concern
about
the
changes.
教师对这些变化表示忧虑。
（3）expression
名词，意为“表示；表达；表露”。
Eg.
Her
expression
showed
her
disappointment.
从她的表情可以看出她很失望。
（4）depressed
形容词，意为“抑郁的；沮丧的；意志消沉的”。
Eg.
She
felt
very
depressed
about
the
future.
她感到前途无望。
（5）pressure
名词，意为“压力；压迫；压强”。
air/water
pressure
空气╱水的压力
Eg.
He
didn't
put
any
pressure
on
her.
他并没有给她施加任何压力。
[经典例题]用impress,
press,
express,
depress的适当形式填空。
1.Words
cannot
__________
how
pleased
I
am.
2.Her
health
broke
down
under
the
__________
of
work.
3.She's
not
very
__________
with
them.
她对他们没有什么印象。
4.I
could
tell
he
was
angry
from
his
__________.
5.Some
patients
may
become
very
__________.
6.Mike
__________
a
button
and
the
door
closed.
答案：1.express
2.pressure
3.impressed
4.expression
5.depressed
6.pressed
[经典例题]翻译句子
1.他的谦虚给我们留下了深刻的印象。
答案：He
impressed
us
with
his
modesty.
【知识梳理3】His
sculptures
for
Sunshine
Town
Square
have
won
high
praise
from
the
art
community.
(P8)
他为阳光镇广场而刻的雕塑赢得了艺术界的高度赞扬。
praise在这里是名词，意为“赞扬、表扬”，是不可数名词。
Eg.
His
teachers
are
full
of
praise
for
the
progress
he's
making.
老师们对他的进步赞不绝口。
[拓展]praise还可以做动词，意为“赞扬、表扬”。
Eg.
He
praised
his
team
for
their
performance.
他称赞了各队员的表现。
[拓展]entertainment
community娱乐界
[经典例题]
1.该队还因其良好的体育精神及公平竞争精神而受到了表扬。
The
team
also
__________
__________
__________
sportsmanship
and
fair
play.
答案：won
praise
for
注意：for表示因为什么而受到表扬，而from是来自于某人的表扬。
【知识梳理4】Su
Ning
gave
up
her
job
as
an
accountant
five
years
ago.(P8)苏宁在五年前放弃了她的会计工作.
give
up意为“放弃”，后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式。
[注意]如果接代词，代词要放中间。
Eg.
I
gave
up
smoking
for
my
health.我为了健康把烟戒掉了。
Give
it
up!I
won’t
help
you
cheat
in
the
exam.
你死了这条心吧！我不会在考试时帮你作弊的。
[经典例题]
1.[2019
?贵州省安顺市]---I
don't
think
teachers
should
give
too
much
homework
to_______
the
free
time
of
students.
---Exactly!
A.
give
up
B.
take
up
C.
look
up
D.
put
up
2.[2019
?甘肃省天水市]Don't
today's
work
for
tomorrow．Today's
work
must
be
done
today．
A.put
up
B.put
out
C.put
off
D.give
up
3.[2019
?海南省]Families
usually
______
new
pictures
of
flowers
or
fish
before
Spring
Festival．
A.give
up
B.put
up
C.set
up
D.
look
up
答案：BCB
【知识梳理5】Life
is
like
a
race.
You
either
take
the
lead
or
fall
behind.(P8)她说：人生就像一场赛跑，你要么领先，要么落后。
1、race名词，意为“赛跑；竞赛”，是可数名词。
Eg.
Their
horse
came
third
in
the
race
last
year.
他们的马在去年的比赛中获得了第三名。
[辨析]
（1）race主要指赛跑、竞走一类的（比速度的体育竞赛）
a
five-kilometre
race
五公里赛
（2）match常指足球、篮球、棒球等的比赛
a
football
match?足球比赛
（3）competition表示“竞赛”,侧重有“竞争”的意思,既可以是体育的,也可以是其他方面的
a
music/photo
competition
音乐、摄影比赛
（4）game意思是“运动、比赛”,不管户内户外还是脑力体力,指以胜负为主的运动；主要指决定胜负的游戏，通常有一套规则，凡参加者均须遵守。
card
games
纸牌游戏
2、either
（1）用作副词，意为“也（不）”，通常用在否定句末尾。
Eg.
I
didn't
get
the
job.
She
didn't
get
the
job,
either.
我没有得到那份工作，她也没有得到那份工作。
（2）用作代词，意为“（两者之中）任何一方”，后常与of连用。
Eg.
There
are
no
simple
answers
to
either
of
those
questions.
对那两个问题哪一个都没有简单的答案。
（3）用作形容词，意为“（两者中）任一的；（两者中）每一方的”，后接可数名词单数。
Eg.
You
can
park
on
either
side
of
the
street.
这条街两边都可停车。
（4）either...or...是并列连词，意为“不是……就是……；或者……或者……”，在句中要连接同等的句子成分。注意：连接两个并列的主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致。
Eg.
Either
mom
or
dad
will
pick
you
up.不是妈妈就是爸爸来接你。
Either
you
or
she
is
a
teacher.要么你要么她是一位老师。
[经典例题]
1.---Which
would
you
like,
a
cup
of
coffee
or
a
bottle
of
orange,
Jane?
---_________.
I’d
just
like
a
cup
of
tea.
A.
Either
B.
Both
C.
None
D.
Neither
2.You
can’t
have
both
of
them.
You
can
choose______the
kite________
the
toy
car.
A
either;
or
B.
neither
;nor
C.
both;and
D.
not
;only
答案：DA
3、take
the
lead
处于领先地位
Eg.
Now
everybody
sing!
I'll
take
the
lead.
现在大家唱歌，
我起头。
4、fall
behind
落后
Eg.
Modesty
helps
one
go
forward
while
pride
makes
one
fall
behind.
谦虚使人前进，骄傲让人落后。
[经典例题]
1.I
felt
__________
yesterday
evening,
and
then
I
fell
__________
quickly.
A.
sleeping,
asleep
B.
asleep,
sleepy
C.
sleepy,
asleep
D.
sleep,
sleepy
2.All
the
students
hope
to
_________
in
their
study,
but
it
needs
__________.
A.take
the
lead,
hard-working
B.fall
behind,
work
hard
C.fall
behind,
working
hard
D.take
the
lead,
hard
work
答案：CD
【知识梳理6】Liu
Hao
is
the
chief
engineer
of
the
high-speed
railway
connecting
Sunshine
Town
to
Tianjin.(P9)
刘浩是一名高铁总工程师。他参与建设的高铁项目是连接阳光小镇与天津。
connect
v.
用作及物动词，常用于“connect
A
with/to
B”结构。
Eg.
You
can
connect
the
speakers
to
your
CD
player.
你可以将这些扬声器与你的激光唱机连接起来。
A
pedestrian
bridge
now
connects
the
parking
garage
with
the
mall.
=The
parking
garage
is
now
connected
with
the
mall
by
a
pedestrian
bridge.现在一座人行桥连通车库和购物中心。
[经典例题]
1.---If
you
always
______yourself
with
others,
you
may
have
tons
of
pressure.
---I
agree.
We
should
believe
in
ourselves.
A.
connect
B.
complain
C.
compare
D.
consider
2.The
railway
Qinghai
to
Tibet
is
the
longest
plateau
(高原)
railway
in
the
world.
A.
connected
B.
connects
C.
connecting
D.
is
connected
答案：CC
【知识梳理7】To
us,
a
miss
is
as
good
as
a
mile.(P9)对我们来说，失之毫厘，谬以千里。
1、miss可数名词，意为“错误，过失”
Eg.
Snow
made
his
first
basket
of
the
game
after
eight
misses.
斯诺在8次投球不中后，投进了他本场比赛的第一个球。
2、as
good
as
意为“和……几乎一样，简直是”。
Eg.
I've
had
your
coat
cleaned—it's
as
good
as
new
now.
你的外套洗好了—像新的一样。
[拓展]as
well
as
意为“也；和…一样；不但…而且”。
Eg.
He
makes
shoes
as
well
as
clothes.
他既做鞋，也做衣服。
[拓展]as
long
as
意为“只要；和…一样长”。
Eg.
You
can
phone
me
at
work
as
long
as
you
don't
make
a
habit
of
it.
你可以在上班时给我打电话，只要你别让这成为习惯就行。
[拓展]as
soon
as
意为“一…就…”。
Eg.
I
felt
free
from
the
cares
of
the
day
as
soon
as
I
left
the
building.
我一离开那栋大楼便觉得轻松自在，不再为那天的事烦心了。
[经典例题]
1.My
cousin
wears
his
glasses
every
day.
Without
his
glasses,
he
is________the
blind.
A.as
long
as
B.
as
well
as
C.as
bad
as
D.
as
good
as
2.[2019
?四川省眉山市]---Mum,
could
you
buy
me
a
dress
like
this,
please?
---Of
course.
We
can
buy
one
than
this,
but
it.
A.
a
better;
better
than
B.
a
worse;
as
good
as
C.
a
cheaper;
as
good
as
D.
a
more
important;
not
as
good
as
3.[2019
?甘肃省天水市]---What
do
you
think
of
the
environment
in
your
hometown？
---It's
Both
the
air
and
the
water
are
badly
polluted．
A.not
bad
B.as
good
as
before
C.much
better
than
before
D.not
as
good
as
before
4.[2019
?
山东省青岛市]Friends
are
like
books.
You
don’t
need
a
lot
of
them
_________
they
are
good.
A.
or
B.
and
C.
as
long
as
D.
as
soon
as
5.[2019
?
甘肃省兰州市]Tom
watched
the
World
Cup
__________
11:30
last
night.
A.
when
B.
unless
C.
until
D.
as
soon
as
答案：DCDCC
【知识梳理8】We
can't
afford
to
make
any
mistakes.(P9)我们承担不起任何错误.
1、afford意为“买得起”
（1）后面加名词或代词
Eg.
Can
we
afford
a
new
car?
我们买得起一辆新车吗？
（2）后面加不定式。
Eg.
Soon
the
villagers
couldn't
afford
to
buy
food
for
themselves.
很快村民们就买不起吃的东西了。
[经典例题]
1.As
a
student,
I
can’t
afford
a
new
mobile
phone.
A.
buy
B.
buying
C.
to
buy
D.
bought
2.Most
children
in
poor
area
can’t
______their
education.
we
should
think
about
_________
to
help
them.
A.
afford;
how
we
can
do
B.
pay;
how
can
we
do
C.
pay
for;
what
can
we
do
D.
afford;
what
we
can
do
答案：CD
2、mistake是可数名词，意为“错误；误会；过失”。
make
a
mistake
in
sth./doing，意为“在某方面犯了一个错误”。
Eg.
I
made
a
similar
mistake
in
education.
在教育方面我也犯了类似的错误。
In
my
view,
they
made
a
huge
mistake
in
not
selling
the
company
when
they
had
the
chance.
从我看来，当有机会卖掉公司的时候他们没有卖，这是个巨大的错误。
[拓展]by
mistake
错误地
Eg.
Did
you
know
that
potato
chips
were
invented
by
mistake?
你知道薯条是因为错误而发明出来的吗？
【知识梳理9】All
of
us
know
that
it's
necessary
to
pay
attention
to
every
detail.(P9)我们所有人都知道注意每个细节很有必要。
attention是不可数名词，意为“注意；专心”，其前可用little，a
little，more，much等形容词修饰。
pay
attention
to,“注意”，这里的to是介词，后接名词/动名词/代词(宾格)。
Eg.
Everyone
should
pay
attention
to
exercise.
每个人都要注意锻炼身体。
If
you
want
to
draw
attention,
turn
on
the
lights.
如果你想引起注意，就开灯。
[拓展]
（1）tent
n.
帐篷；住处；帷幕
Eg.
We
put
up
a
tent
near
a
lake.
我在湖旁搭起了帐蓬。
（2）attend
vt.
出席；上（大学等）；照料；招待；陪伴
Eg.
We
were
made
to
attend
meetings
every
day.
我们每天都被迫参加会议。
（3）extend
vt.
延伸；扩大；
Eg.
There
are
plans
to
extend
the
no-smoking
area.
现已有扩大无烟区的计划。
（4）intend
vt.
打算；想要；意指
Eg.
I
intend
to
rewrite
the
story
for
younger
children.
我想为年纪更小的孩子改写这篇故事。
（5）pretend
vi.
假装，伪装，佯装
Eg.
You
cannot
pretend
there's
no
evil
in
the
world.
你不能睁着眼睛瞎说世界上没有罪恶。
[经典例题]
1.Traffic
rules
should
be
______
traffic
accidents.
A.
paid
attention
to
avoid
B.
paid
attention
to
to
avoid
C.
paid
attention
to
avoiding
D.
paid
attention
to
to
avoiding
2.You
won't
do
well
in
English
if
your
spelling
_______________.
A.
won't
be
paid
attention
B.
isn't
paid
attention
to
C.
doesn't
pay
attention
to
D.
isn't
paid
attention
3.His
excellent
performance
brought
him
to
the
of
the
great
director.
A.
information
B.
operation
C.
attention
D.
invention
4.You
will
have
no
difficulty_______
the
problem
if
you_______
it.
A.
solving;
pay
much
attention
to
B.
with;
pay
much
attention
for
C.
to
solve:
pay
much
attention
to
D.
solving;
pay
much
attention
for
5.---I’m
afraid
of
speaking
in
front
of
the
whole
class
because
of
my
poor
_________.
---You’d
better
practice
speaking
more.
A.
pronunciation
B.
attention
C.
celebration
D.
position
答案：BBCAA
【知识梳理10】He
always
works
to
high
standards,
but
he's
modest
and
easy
to
work
with.(P9)他总是高标准要求工作，但是他也很谦虚，容易共事。
这里的不定式to
work
with，用来修饰形容词modest
and
easy，作状语。形容词反映人们对主语的“评论”。
Eg.
This?water?is?good?to?drink.
This?book?is?interesting?to?read.
The
book
is
difficult
to
understand.
[注意]不定式和主语有动宾关系:drink
water;
如果不定式中的动词是不及物动词，后面一定要带介词，如课文中的work
with
him
[经典例题]
1.Millie
is
quiet
and
modest
and
easy________.
A.
to
work
B.
work
with
C.
to
work
with
D.
to
work
with
her
2.---In
my
opinion,
animals
shouldn’t
be
kept
for
fun.
---I
think
so.
Forests
are
the
best
places
for
animals
_________.
A.
live
B.
living
C.
to
live
D.
to
live
in
答案：CD
【知识梳理11】As
a
doctor,
you
can't
be
too
careful.(P9)
作为医生，她再仔细也不过分。
句中can’t
...too...是常用表达
，意思是“无论怎样……也不为过……”
Eg.
Chun,
you
are
the
gift
from
God,
it
can't
be
too
much
to
love
you.
春春，你是上帝给我们的礼物，再怎么爱你都不过分。
[经典例题]
1.Jack
is
good,
kind,
hard-working
and
intelligent;
________;
I
can’t
speak
too
highly
of
him.
A.as
a
result
B.
in
a
word
C.
by
the
way
D.
on
the
contrary
2.We
_______________be
too
careful
when
driving
a
car.
A.
shouldn't
B.
mustn't
C.
can't
D.
needn't
答案：BC
【知识梳理12】Carelessness
will
be
a
disaster
not
only
to
ourselves
but
also
to
patients.(P9)因为粗心大意不仅对我们自己，而且对病人也是一场灾难。
1、carelessness名词，意为“粗心”
Eg.
The
accident
was
caused
by
carelessness.
事故是由于粗心大意而引起的。
[拓展]名词后缀-ness
illness,
sickness,
happiness,business,cheerfulness,blindness
2、not
only...but
also...是并列连词，意为“不但……而且
……”，在句中要连接同等的句子成分。注意：连接两个并列的主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致。
Eg.
He
is
good
at
planning
his
time,
so
he
has
enough
time
not
only
for
his
work,
but
also
for
play.他很善于安排自己的时间，所以他既有足够的时间工作，也有足够的时间玩。
Not
only
the
students
but
also
the
teacher
was
against
the
plan.
/
Not
only
the
teacher
but
also
the
students
were
against
the
plan.
不但老师而且学生也反对这项计划。
[经典例题]
1.---What
do
you
think
I
should
practice
in
the
future?.
---You
are
active
and
good
at
football.
I
think
you
can
be
________
a
PE
teacher_______
a
football
coach.
A.Neither;
nor
B.
both;
and
C.
either;
or
D.
not
only;
but
also
2.---To
achieve
a
bright
future,
we
should______
study
hard____
keep
in
good
health.科网
---I
agree
with
you.
A.
not;
but
B.
not
only;
but
also
C.
neither;
nor
D.
either;
or
3.Not
only
Mr.
and
Mrs.
Green
but
also
their
daughter
________
abroad
twice.
A.
have
gone
B.
have
been
C.
has
gone
D.
has
been
答案：CBD
【知识梳理13】She
has
devoted
most
of
her
time
to
her
work.（P9）她已经把大部分时间都贡献给了工作。
devote是及物动词，意为“献身于,致力于”，devote...to...，这里的to是介词，后接名词/动名词/代词(宾格)。常见的词组有devote
oneself
to，意思是“献身于,致力于”。
Eg.
He
devoted
a
great
sum
of
money
to
books.他们花了一大笔钱买书。
They
devote
their
lives
to
caring
for
the
sick.他们投身于对病人的护理中。
Do
not
devote
too
much
time
to
games.不要浪费太多的时间玩游戏。
[经典例题]
1.The
doctor
has
devoted
most
of
his
time
to
the
patients.
A.
looking
after
B.
look
after
C.
looks
after
D.
looked
after
2.The
kind
teacher
devoted
all
her
time
she
had
___________
her
students.
A.
help
B.
to
help
C.
helping
D.
to
helping
答案：AD
能力实践
Ⅰ.
根据句意及汉语提示或首字母提示写出单词
1.
Please
put
all
the
books
back
in
the
right
________
(顺序)
before
you
leave.
2.
How
well
________
(有效率的)
she
is!
She
has
finished
that
hard
task
already.
3.
Helen
treats
her
students
________
(耐心)
and
in
an
understanding
way
and
her
________
(耐心)
has
won
her
students’
love.
4.
—I
think
Millie
is
careful
enough
to
be
an
a________
in
the
future.
—I
can’t
agree
with
you.
She
makes
mistakes
at
times
and
she
doesn’t
like
working
with
numbers.
5.
—I
can’t
understand
some
tenses
or
something
like
subjects,
objects
and
so
on.
—Oh,
I
know
you
are
not
good
at
some
English
g________
.
6.
—Let’s
go
to
see
a
film
this
weekend.
Shall
we
go
on
Saturday
or
Sunday?
—N________
is
OK.
I’m
not
free
at
weekends.
Ⅱ.
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空
1.
—Keep
your
hair
away
from
fire,
Lucy.
—I
see,
Mum.
Hair
catches
fire
________
(easy).
2.
It
is
unhealthy
for
us
to
go
to
school
without
________
(eat)
breakfast
in
the
morning.
3.
It
is
________
(create)
of
the
boy
________
(create)
so
many
strange
and
great
ideas
all
the
time.
4.
—Daniel
has
so
much
________
(energy)
to
devote
most
of
his
time
to
doing
DIY
jobs.
—True.
He
even
decorated
his
new
house.
He
is
so
________
(energy).
5.
What
should
I
pay
attention
to
________
(make)
excellent
speeches
in
front
of
the
whole
school?
Ⅲ.
单项选择
1.
The
sign
on
the
wall
______
that.
the
shop
closes
at
nine
in
the
evening.
A.
tells
B.
speaks
C.
talks
D.
says
2.
The
child
is
crying.
Please
do
something
to
make
him
______
.
A.
stop
to
cry
B.
stop
crying
C.
to
stop
crying
D.
to
stop
to
cry
3.
—Where
are
you
going
to
stay
when
you
go
on
business
to
Shanghai
tomorrow?
—I
may
live
______
in
a
hotel
______
in
a
friend’s
house.
I
may
drive
back.
A.
both;
and
B.
neither;
nor
C.
either;
or
D.
not
only;
but
also
4.
—Do
you
know
______
right?
—What?
You
mean
______
right?
A.
neither
answers
are;
neither
of
answers
are
B.
neither
answer
is;
neither
of
the
answer
is
C.
neither
answer
is;
neither
of
the
answers
is
D.
neither
answers
are;
neither
of
the
answers
are
5.
______
neither
you
nor
your
sister
been
abroad
for
further
study?
A.
Is
B.
Are
C.
Have
D.
Has
6.
It’s
kind
______
you
to
help
me
with
my
English.
You
know,
it’s
impossible
______
me
to
pass
this
exam
without
your
help.
A.
of;
for
B.
of;
of
C.
for;
of
D.
for;
for
7.
—He
is
______
and
open
to
advice.
—But
his
brother
likes
to
______
his
own
abilities.
A.
thoughtful;
get
off
B.
energetic;
take
off
C.
modest;
show
off
D.
curious;
put
off
8.
—It’s
necessary
and
important
for
students
at
school
to
join
the
Clean
Plate
Campaign(光盘行动).
It’s
good
for
them
to
form
good
habits.
—Sure.
We
should
try
to
______
all
the
food
that
we’ve
ordered.
A.
give
up
B.
eat
up
C.
turn
up
D.
show
up80
9.
It’s
reported
that
scientists
from
different
countries
are
trying
to
______
a
good
way
to
solve
the
energy
problems.
A.
keep
up
with
B.
catch
up
with
C.
come
up
with
D.
meet
up
with
【培优】Ⅳ.
根据汉语意思完成句子
1.
那时Lily发现很难在这么短的时间内想出很多新方法。
At
that
time
Lily
found
__________________
in
such
a
short
time.
2.
Suzy是如此有条理,
她能够把切弄得井井有条。
Suzy
is
__________________
that
__________________
.
3.
有人喜欢在公共场合出风头。
Somebody
likes
to
__________________
.
4.
Jerry太有耐心了,
等了我很长时间而没有生气。
__________________
5.
玛丽很大方,
和她的朋友分享她的玩具。
__________________
Ⅴ.
信息还原
Lisa:
Hey,
Jane.
___1___
Jane:
Really?
Lisa:
Yeah,
it’s
a
dancing
party.
Jane:
___2___
Lisa:
Do
you
want
to
go
with
me?
Jane:
Can
I?
I
don’t
really
know
Susan.
Lisa:
___3___
She
said
I
could
invite
a
friend.
Jane:
OK,
then,
I’d
love
to
go.
___4___
Lisa:
On
Saturday
night.
Jane:
Wow,
that’s
the
day
after
tomorrow!
I
need
to
get
a
new
dress.
Lisa:
___5___
There’s
a
clothes
shop
near
here.
Let’s
go
there
after
work.
Jane:
Sounds
good!
A.
Me,
too.
B.
I
hope
not.
C.
No
problem.
D.
What
a
shame!
E.
Sounds
like
fun.
F.
When
exactly
is
it?
G.
My
friend
Susan
is
having
a
party
this
weekend.
Ⅵ.
完形填空
One
man
was
to
meet
his
wife
downtown.
He
waited
patiently
for
15
minutes.
Then
he
waited
impatiently
for
another
15
minutes.
After
that,
he
became
___1___
.
When
he
saw
a
photograph
booth
(小间)
nearby,
he
had
a(n)
___2___
.
He
wore,
the
most
unhappy
expression(表情)
he
could
manage,
which
was
not
3
in
the
situation.
In
a
few
moments,
he
was
holding
four
small
prints
that
shocked
even
him.
He
wrote
his
wife’s
name
on
the
back
of
the
and
handed
them
to
a
clerk
(职员)
in
the
booth.
“
___4___
you
see
a
small
lady
with
brown
eyes
and
an
apologetic
(歉意的)
expression,
looking
for
someone,
would
you
please
give
her
this?”
he
said.
He
then
___5___
to
his
office,
thinking
that
if
a
picture
is
worth
(值得)
a
thousand
words,
then
the
four
photos
must
be
a
good
lesson!
He
sat
down
with
a
smile.
His
wife
___6___
those
pictures.
She
carries
them
in
her
purse
now
and
shows
them
to
anyone
who
asks
whether(是否)
she’s
married.
How
are
you
with
___7___
?
One
person
calls
it
“waiting
training”.
It
seems
that
there
is
always
something
we
are
waiting
for.
Patience
is
an
important
___8___
of
a
happy
life.
After
all,
some
things
are
worth
waiting
for.
Every
day
presents
many
chances
for
waiting
training.
We
can
hate
waiting,
___9___
it
or
even
get
good
at
it!
But
one
thing
is
___10___—we
cannot
avoid
it.
How
is
your
waiting
training
coming
along?
1.
A.
angry
B.
hungry
C.
thirsty
D.
worried
2.
A.
question
B.
idea
C.
reason
D.
look
3.
A.
letters
B.
cards
C.
photos
D.
paper
4.
A.
Since
B.
Before
C.
Until
D.
If
5.
A.
returned
B.
flew
C.
moved
D.
wrote
6.
A.
made
B.
kept
C.
threw
D.
drew
7.
A.
patience
B.
surprise
C.
anger
D.
interest
8.
A.
programme
B.
quality
C.
practice
D.
purpose
9.
A.
refuse
B.
receive
C.
touch
D.
accept
10.
A.
necessary
B.
equal
C.
certain
D.
serious
Ⅶ.
任务型阅读
Many
parents
like
setting
family
rules
for
their
kids.
When
kids
break
rules,
parents
will
give
them
some
punishments,
which
aren’t
included
in
rules.
In
fact,
when
you
tell
your
kids
about
a
new
rule,
you
should
talk
with
them
about
the
price
they
should
pay
for
breaking
the
rule—what
the
punishment
will
be.
Punishments
you
set
should
be
reasonable,
without
violence
or
threat(暴力或威胁).
For
example,
if
you
find
your
son
smoking,
you
may
limit
his
social
activities
for
two
weeks.
You
should
punish
your
kids
only
in
ways
you
have
discussed
before.
A
study
shows
that
the
most
popular
punishment
is
to
limit
kids’
TV
time.
It’s
understandable
that
you’ll
be
angry
when
rules
are
broken.
Punishment
is
a
way
to
express
your
anger,
but
it’s
not
a
very
good
one.
Sharing
your
feelings
of
anger,
disappointment
or
sadness
with
your
kids
can
have
a
better;
result.
Try
to
do
that.
When
your
kids
know
what
they
have
done
has
made
you
sad,
they
will,
feel
sorry.
When
they
know
their
actions
influence
you
greatly,
they
will
obey
rules
better.
Rules
are
made
to
help
your
kids
behave
better.
If
your
rules
or
ways
of
punishment
make
them
unhappy
or
under
a
lot
of
pressure,
are
they
helpful?
根据短文内容回答下列问题。
1.
Whom
is
the
article
written
for?
_________________________________________________________________
2.
How
does
the
writer
like
family
rules
and
punishments?
_________________________________________________________________
3.
Do
you
think
it’s
a
good
way
to
set
family
rules
for
kids?
Why
or
why
not?
_________________________________________________________________
参考答案：
Ⅰ.
1.
order
2.
organized
3.
patiently;
patience
4.
accountant
5.
grammar
6.
Neither
Ⅱ.
1.
easily
2.
eating
3.
creative;
to
create
4.
energy;
energetic
5.
to
make
Ⅲ.
1~5
DBBCC
6~9
ACBC
Ⅳ.
1.
it
difficult
to
come
up
with
many
new
ways
2.
so
organized;
she
can
keep
everything
in
good
order
3.
show
off
in
public
4.
Jerry
was
so
patient
that
she
waited
for
me
for
a
long
time
without
getting
angry
5.
It’s
very
generous
of
Mary
to
share
her
toys
with
her
friends.
Ⅴ.
1~5
GECFA
Ⅵ.
1~5
ABCDA
6~10
BABDC
Ⅶ.
1.
It
is
written
for
parents.
2.
They
should
be
reasonable
and
helpful.
3.
Yes,
because
I
think
they
can
help
kids
behave
better.
/No.
because
I
think
they
can
make
kids
unhappy.
(答案合理即可)
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
1-2复习
易错回顾
一、选择题
1.
________
you
have
problems，you
can
call
me.
A.
Whatever
B.
Until
C.
Whenever
D.
While
2.
---When
shall
I
hand
in
my
report?
---As
soon
as
it
________
tomorrow.
A.
completes
B.
is
completed
C.
will
complete
D.
will
be
completed
3.
Wars
are
disasters.
A
large
number
of
people
will
lose
their
homes
if
a
war
________.
A.
breaks
out
B.
is
broken
out
C.
breaks
up
D.
is
broken
up
4.
My
grandfather
used
to
build
railways
for
the
Japanese
army
when
he
was
young.
He
was
________
to
work
hard
from
morning
till
night.
A.
invited
B.
encouraged
C.
allowed
D.
forced
5.
I
don't
think
a
14﹣year﹣old
boy
________
go
to
the
Internet
bar.
A.
allows
to
B.
is
allowing
C.
is
allowed
D.
is
allowed
to
6.
---My
dream
is
to
build
________
university
on
the
moon
some
day.
---It
sounds
like
________unusual
dream.
I
wish
you
could
realize
it.
A.
a；
a
B.
an；
a
C.
a；
an
D.
an；
an
7.
Shanghai
is
developing
very
fast.
And
it
is
more
modern
than
________
in
China.
A.
any
other
city
B.
any
other
cities
C.
any
city
D.
the
other
cities
8.
Kobe
Bryant
is
a
basketball
hero.
He
is
admired
________
millions
of
people
not
only
________
his
achievements
but
also
his
spirit
A.
for；by
B.
by；for
C.
by；as
D.
as；for
9.
________
valuable
information
you've
offered
us!
Thanks
so
much!
A.
How
B.
How
a
C.
What
a
D.
What
10.
I
need
________
money.
Would
you
please
lend
me
________?
A.
a
great
deal；
some
B.
a
great
deal
of；
some
C.
a
great
deal；
any
D.
a
great
deal
of；
any
二、填空题
11.
I
felt
a
great
sense
of
（achieve）
when
I
reached
the
top
of
the
mountain.
12.
They
always
lose
because
they
have
no
team
（精神）.
13.
It
seems
that
he
has
（success）solved
the
problem.
14.
The
whole
world
was
surprised
at
many
（成就）
of
China
these
years.
15.
We
must
try
our
best
（无论什么）
we
do.
16.
You
can
play
computer
games
only
when
your
homework
（finish）.
17.
The
Blacks
decided
to
buy
a
（德国的）
car
at
last.
18.
He
breathed
deeply
before
（speak）
again.
19.
She
realized
that
her
acting
（生涯）
was
over.
20.
Now
many
people
like
to
learn
about
the
world
（凭借）the
Internet.
兴趣起航
How
much
do
you
know
about
rainbow?
乐学善思
【Part
One】
Unit1
Knowing
yourself
知识点1：It
says
some
people
are
generous.?（P6）它（文章）说一些人是很慷慨的。
say
vt.
________________________
Eg:
The
notice
says
“Keep
Quiet”.
The
book
doesn't
say
where
he
was
born.
知识点2：It
makes
them
feel
good
to
share
things
with
others.??（P6）与他人分享东西使他们感觉良好.
(1)make的用法：
________________________
________________________
________________________
Eg:
Who?made?the?little?girl?cry?
???????????
The?news?made?me?very?happy.
We?made?him?our?monitor.?
(2)feel
(felt，felt)系动词
意思是____________，后接___________，类似用法的系动词还有______________
eg:
I
feel
sorry
for
him.
_____________________与……分享……
知识点3：Hobo,?you’
ve?eaten?up?my?breakfast!（P6）?霍波，你把我的早饭吃光了。
eat?up?意为_______________，可单独使用，也可接某物做宾语。名词做宾语时放在up?__________________均可，但代词做宾语时，必须放在eat?和up________________________。
Eg:
Eat?up,
We?will?go?out?soon.
Eat?up?all?your?food.?=Eat?all?your?food?up.
The?noodles?are?delicious.?Eat?them?up.
知识点4：Suzy?is?well?organized.?She?keeps?all?her?things?in?good?order.（P7）?苏西很有条理。?他将所有的东西都整理得有条不紊。
organized?adj.?________________
________________动词，意为“组织，安排”________________
名词，意为“组织，机构”
Eg:
I?agreed?to?help?organize?the?company?picnic.?
They?have?established?a?student?organization.?
(2)order?名词，意为________________
?
①相关短语：??
________________
?有条不紊?
________________
次序颠倒，不按顺序
________________
?次序乱了
________________
?保持良好的次序
________________
?+?句子?目的在于……，为了……
________________
为了做某事
②order?做动词，意为________________
?“命令；订购”
Eg:?He?ordered?a?new?suit?for?himself.?
He?ordered?us?to?leave?the?room?quietly.?
例题:?In?order
the?world?a?friendly?place,?one?must?show?a?friendly?face.
A.?makes.?
B.?making?
C.?to?make?
D.make
知识点5：Daniel
is
very
clever,but
he
is
modest
and
never
shows
off.（P7）丹尼尔很聪明，但他很诚实并且从不炫耀。
(1)show
off
________________，后面接名词、代词和从句，代词放中间。
Eg:
Don't
show
it
off
here.
(2)show
的用法
________________
=
________________
把某物给某人看
________________带领某人参观某地
________________/
________________/
________________告诉某人去……的路
________________
从句……表明……
________________出现；到来
Eg:
Your
work
shows
that
you
are
careful.
He
showed
up
at
last.
例题:---Who’s
the
most
modest
boy
in
your
class?
---Daniel.
He
never__________
in
public.
A.
gets
off
B.
takes
off
C
.
Shows
off
D
turns
off
知识点6：Mr
Wu
is
patient
enough
to
repeat
grammar
rules
for
us.（P7）吴老师有足够的耐心给我们重复语法规则。
句型：______________________________________
Eg:
He
is
strong
enough
to
carry
the
bag.
注意：enough
修饰形容词和副词时必须后置。
例题：---Helen
is
a
thoughtful
girl.
---Yes.
I
think
she
is_________
plan
everything
well.
A.too
talented
to
B.
talented
enough
to
C.so
talented
that
D.such
a
talented
girl
that
知识点7：He
often
comes
up
with
new
ideas.（P7）他经常想出新主意。
come
up
with意为______________________________________
Eg:
She
came
up
with
a
good
idea
for
working
out
the
maths
problem.
We
were
too
weak
to
come
up
with
the
climbers.
知识点8：
Billy
is
curious
about
everything.
（P7）比利对一切都好奇。
句型：___________________________
对……好奇
知识点9：Neither
my
parents
nor
I
think
I
can
make
a
good
accountant.（P7）
我父母和我都认为我不能成为一名好的会计。
neither
neither
用作代词，意为___________________________。常用结构：neither
of
+
代词或名词复数，此结构做主语时，谓语动词__________________。Either
也有相似的用法，表示___________________
Eg:
Neither
of
the
stories
was
true.
用作形容词，意为（两者中）没有一个，表示全部否定，后接__________________
Eg:
Neither
story
is
interesting.
(3)并列连词，neither…nor…
意思是__________________，在句子中连接同等的句子成分，连接主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致，即
__________________
Eg:
Neither
you
nor
I
am
right.
例题：I
can’t
play
the
piano,and
A.neither
can
my
sister.
B.my
sister
can’t,
too.
C.
so
can’t
my
sister.
D.can
my
sister,either
知识点10：It's
terrible
for
me
to
work
without
speaking
all
day
long.（P7）整天默默地工作对我来说太糟糕了。
(1)__________________
做某事对某人来说是……的
Eg:
It
is
important
for
you
to
study
hard.
(2)without
介词，意思是______________________，后接______________________________。
Eg:
Fish
can't
live
without
water.
He
went
to
school
without
eating
any
breakfast.
知识点11：Wu
is
a
born
artist.（P8）
吴伟是一位天生的艺术家。
(1)born
adj.
_____________________
既可作_____________________，又可作_____________________。
born
rich
天生富有
born
leader
天生的领袖
Eg:
I
think
he
was
born
stupid.
(2)born
作动词，意为_____________________，用于被动语态，_____________________意为“出生”
Eg:
I
was
born
in
2001.
知识点12：Wu
Wei,
the
young
artist,
has
impressed
the
whole
country
with
his
creative
work.（P8）
吴为，一位年轻的艺术家，通过他的富有创造性的作品给全国留下深刻印象
(1)impress
动词，_____________________三种句型
①_____________________
Eg:
He
impressed
me
with
his
excellent
drawing
skills.
②_____________________
Eg:
I
am
impressed
by/with
your
speech.
③_____________________
Eg:
Your
school
left/made/had
a
beautiful
impression
on
me.
(2)whole
形容词，意为“_____________________”，用在名词前作定语
Eg:
She
spent
the
whole
day
writing.
辨析：whole
与all
whole
all
Eg:
The
whole
week
has
passed
quickly.
He
ate
up
all
his
vegetables.
例题：完成句子
1.他想通过他的努力学习给老师留下好的印象。
He
want
to
his
teachers
his
hard
work.
知识点13：His
sculpture
for
Sunshine
Town
Square
has
won
high
praise
from
the
art
community.
(P8)
他的创作的阳光城广场雕塑已赢得了艺术协会的高度赞扬
praise
n._____________________
接受赞美_____________________
表扬
_____________________
高度赞扬
_____________________
Eg:
He
praised
her
for
her
courage.
The
praises
of
his
friends
made
the
body
feel
very
proud
是win
的过去分词，此处作及物动词，意为“
”，也可作不及物动词，意为“
”
Eg:Who
won
the
race
today?
We
must
win
today.
辨析：win
与beat
winbeat
Eg:
Li
Lei
beat
Jim
and
won
the
first
prize.
例题：---
Our
team
the
match.
We’ve
got
the
first
place!
---
Well
done!
Congratulations!
A.
hit.
B.
beat.
C.won.
D.
watched
知识点14：…so
I’m
always
searching
for
something
better
and
different.（P8）……所以我总是搜寻更好的或与众不同的东西.
_____________________意为“总是做某事”，always与_____________________连用时，常表达说话人的某种情绪，如_____________________等。
Eg:
He
was
always
asking
his
parents
for
money.
知识点15：You
either
take
the
lead
or
fall
behind.
(P8)
你要么领先，要么落后。
(1)either
①用作_________，意为_________，通常用在否定句末。
Eg:
I
don’t
want
the
blue
one,
and
I
don’t
want
the
red
one,either.
②用作_________,
意为_________，后常与of连用
Eg:
There
are
two
bikes
in
the
room.
You
can
ride
either
of
them.
③用作_________，意为_________；后接可数名词单数
Eg:
There
are
shops
on
either
side
of
the
stree.
④either
…
or…_________，意思是_________，在句子中连接同等的句子成分，连接主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致，即_________
Eg:
Either
you
or
he
is
wrong.
(2)take
the
lead意为_________
Eg:
She
took
the
lead
in
the
second
lap.
fall
behind意为_________
Come
on!We
are
falling
behind.
例题：They
are
able
to
talk
openly
to
one
another
whenever
of
them
feels
hurt.
A.either
B
.both
C
.some
D.
All
知识点16：To
us,
a
miss
is
as
good
as
a
mile.
(P9)
失之毫厘，差之千里.
as
good
as
意为
_____________________
Eg:It
looks
as
good
as
new.
知识点17：Liu
Hao
is
the
chief
engineer
of
the
high–speed
railway
connecting
Sunshine
Town
to
Tianji.(P9)
刘皓是连接阳光城到天津这段高速铁路的首席工程师
connect
此处做_____________，意为____________
_____________________
意为“与……相连，连接”。
Eg:First
of
all,
connect
the
protest
to
the
computer.
connecting
Sunshine
Town
to
Tianji作_____________________
，修饰railway.
动词的现在分词（短语）作定语时，表示_____________________
的含义，通常指动作_____________________
Eg:The
man
standing
at
the
window
is
our
teacher.
知识点17：We
can’t
afford
to
make
any
mistakes.
（P9）我们承担不起任何错误（所造成的后果）
(1)afford
_____________________，意为_____________________
(2)afford
sth_____________________，通常与_____________________，一般用于否定句、疑问句中。
Eg:
Can
we
afford
a
new
car?
(3)_____________________事
Eg:
We
can’t
afford
to
buy
a
new
house.
Can
they
afford
to
go
abroad
this
summer?
知识点18:All
of
us
know
that
it’s
necessary
to
pay
attention
to
every
detail.
（P9）我们都知道，注意每一个细节。
pay
attention
to
后面可以直接加名词、代词或者动名词，这里的to是一个___词，并不是能构成动词不定式的，类似的词组还有___________________。所以呢，这个词组后面要接动词的话，那麽就要在动词后加____________
Eg:We
had
paid
attention
to
him.
（接代词）
They
paid
attention
to
watching
the
scene.
（接动词+ing）
知识点19:As
a
doctor,
you
can’t
be
too
careful.（P9）作为医生，再怎么仔细也不为过。
can’t…too…固定句型，意为_______________________________
Eg:You
can’t
praise
the
book
too
much.
拓展：有时也用________________________等与too
连用来表示类似的意思。
Eg:It
is
impossible
to
get
to
school
too
soon.
例题：完成句子
1.你越勤奋越好。
You
________________________
hard-working.
知识点20：She
has
devoted
most
of
her
time
to
her
work.（P9）
她把她的大部分时间用于了工作。
devote
devote用作及物动词，意为________________________，常与介词________________________搭配，构成
devote
...
to
...结构，介词to之后跟名词或动词-ing形式。
Eg:I
don’t
think
we
should
devote
any
more
time
to
this
question.
He
devoted
his
whole
life
to
teaching.
(2)________________________致力于，献身于
Eg:For
four
years
he
devoted
himself
to
music.
知识点21：Liuhao’s
team
members
find
it
difficult
to
work
with
him.（P10）刘皓的团队成员发现很难与他共事。
_________________________
意为“发现做某事很……”其中it
是形式_______，真正的宾语是形容词后面的_________。
Eg:I
found
it
boring
ro
play
computer
games.
【Part
Two
Colors】
知识点1.
Which
one
do
you
want
to
wear,
Eddie?
(Page
24,
Picture
1
)
（1）wear意为“穿着，戴着”，强调“穿戴”的状态
Eg.
She
always
wears
colourful
clothes.
Nick
is
wearing
a
blue
hat
today.
（2）wear
还可解释为“留着（毛发），（脸上）流露（某种表情或神态）”等。
Eg.
I
wore
my
hair
in
a
1990s
style.
He
always
wears
a
big
smile.
（3）区别wear与put
on，
dress，be
in
的用法
①put
on
意为“穿，戴”，强调“穿戴”的动作。
②dress
表示“穿衣”，常用的结构有get
dressed;
③dress
sb.
(in)
;
be
dressed
in以及dress
up
(as)
表示“打扮”；
④be
dressed
like
“打扮得像…”
Eg.
The
young
lady
is
dressed
in
white
today.
Mrs
King
dressed
her
daughter
in
a
green
skirt.
The
boy
would
like
to
dress
up
as
a
lion
king
at
Halloween.
Why
are
you
dressed
like
that,
Eddie?
⑤（be）in
也可以解释为“穿”，强调“穿着”的状态，和wear
用法接近。
Eg.
He
is
in
a
red
coat
today.
(=
He
is
wearing
a
red
coat
today.)
另：in
+
表示衣服或颜色的名词常在句中作后置定语。
Eg.
The
girl
in
red
is
a
new
student.
典型例题：
1.
The
woman
_____
the
child
quickly
and
took
him
to
hospital.
A.
put
on
B.
dressed
C.
was
on
D.
was
wearing
知识点2.
How
do
colours
affect
us?
(Page
24)
affect是动词，它的名词是effect;
同义词influence,
该词既可以作动词，也可以作名词。
①affect
是一个及物动词，意思是“影响，(疾病)侵袭”。
Eg.
Smoking
affects
health.
His
disease
affected
her
mind
very
much.
②affect
还可表示“使……感动”的意思。
Eg.
The
film
affected
her
so
deeply
that
she
cried.
典型例题：
1.
He
______when
he
heard
the
______
news.
A.
affected;
sadness
B.
was
affected;
sad
C.
affected
to;
sad
D.
affected;
sad
知识点3.But
blue
looks
good
on
you!
(Page
24,
Picture
4)
sth.
look
good
on
sb.
/
sb.
look
good
in
sth
Eg.
I
think
this
jacket
looks
nice
on
you.
You
look
better
in
red.
典型例题：
1.He
looked
________
(happy)
when
he
heard
the
bad
news.
知识点4.Do
you
know
how
many
colours
there
are
in
a
rainbow?
(Page
25,
Part
B)
句中how
many
colours
there
are
in
a
rainbow
是know的宾语从句，宾语从句用陈述句语序。
典型例题：
1.Can
you
tell
me_______?
A.
when
we
start
B.
when
did
we
start
C.
when
we
will
start
D.
when
will
we
start
2.
---The
light
in
his
room
is
still
on.
Do
you
know_____?
---In
order
to
prepare
for
the
coming
exam.
A.
if
he
works
hard
B.
why
he
stays
up
so
late
C.
why
is
he
so
busy
D.
when
he
will
stop
working
知识点5.
Colors
can
change
our
moods
and
make
us
feel
happy
or
sad,
energetic
or
sleepy.
(Page
26,
Lines
3-4
)
make
为使役动词，后接不带”to”
的动词不定式（make
sb.
do
sth.
“使得某人做某事”，注意：在被动结构中动词前需加上“to”,即：sb.
be
made
to
sth.）或形容词（make
sb.
/
sth.
+
adj
“使……如何”）或名词短语作宾语补足语。
He
made
me
repeat
it.
(被动结构：I
was
made
to
repeat
it.)
Eg.
I’ll
try
to
make
our
school
more
beautiful.
We
make
him
monitor
of
our
class.
make
sb.
done
“使……被做”
Eg.
He
couldn’t
make
himself
understood.
[练一练]
1.
Air
conditioning
made
his
room
more
2.
His
words
made
us
___________
(laugh).
3.
She
was
made
_____________
(dance)
at
the
party.
sleepy
的用法：意为“欲睡的，困倦的”，在句中只做表语，其动词形式为sleep,
形容词形式为asleep
Eg.
Did
you
sleep
well
last
night?
典型例题：
The
baby
is
__________
(sleep)
now.
2.
She
was
so
__________
(sleep)
that
she
could
hardly
keep
his
eyes
open.
知识点：6.
Wearing
blue
clothes
or
sleeping
in
a
blue
room
is
good
for
the
mind
and
body
because
this
colour
creates
the
feeling
of
harmony.
(Page
26,
Lines
11-13
)
wearing是wear的动名词形式，因为它在句中做主语，所以要加ing构成动名词。动名词做主语时谓语动词常用单数。
Eg.
Reading
is
very
important.
Walking
on
the
moon
is
easy.
下列句中要注意主语与谓语动词形式的一致。
①由or
连接的并列成分，句子的谓语要和其最近的一个主语保持一致。
Eg.
One
or
two
friends
are
coming
this
evening.
②either…
or谓语动词要同最近的主语保持一致。
Eg.
Either
Tom
or
Mike
is
right.
③neither…nor谓语动词要同最近的主语保持一致
。
Eg.
Neither
he
nor
I
am
going
to
Beijing.
Not
only
Tom
but
also
I
have
never
been
there
before.
be
good
for
…
“对…有好处”;
for
后面跟名词或代词。它的反义词是
be
bad
for
，同义词组为
do
good
to
sb.
=
do
sb.
good
“对某人有好处”
Eg.
Taking
a
walk
after
supper
is
good
for
our
health.
Reading
in
bed
is
bad
for
your
eyes.
典型例题：
1.
________
(walk)
is
a
good
form
of
exercise
for
both
young
and
old.
2.
Either
Nick
or
I
______
going
to
plant
trees
there
this
week.
A.
is
B.
am
C.
are
D.
will
知识点7.Yellow
is
the
color
of
sun,
so
it
can
remind
you
of
a
warm,
sunny
day.
(Page
27,
Lines24-25
)
①remind
sb.
of
sth/
sb.
“使某人想起某事/某人”；
Eg.
The
song
reminds
me
of
an
old
friend
of
mine.
②remind
sb.
to
do
sth
“提醒某人做某事”
Eg.
Don’t
forget
to
remind
me
to
mail
the
letter.
③remind
sb.
that
“提醒某人……”
Eg.
He
reminds
me
that
I
should
mail
the
letter
in
time.
练一练
知识点8.Wearing
red
makes
it
easier
for
you
to
take
actions.
(Page
27,
Lines
35-36
)
Eg.
Many
students
think
it
hard
to
learn
English.
典型例题：
1.
I
found
________more
difficult
to
meet
my
old
friends.
A.
it’s
B.
it
C.
that
D.
that
is
2.
_____
is
easy
_______
you
to
fly
the
kite
like
that.
A.
It;
to
B.
That;
of
C.
That;
for
D.
It;
for
知识点9.This
can
help
when
you
are
having
difficulty
making
a
decision.
(Page
27,
Lines
36-37
)
①可数名词，作“难事、难做的事”。
Eg.
With
the
help
of
my
friends,
I’ve
overcome
difficulties
in
my
study.
②不可数名词，作“困难、艰难、费力”,without
difficulty
没有困难
Eg.
The
students
have
difficulty
in
understanding
the
sentence.
Simon
finished
the
work
without
any
difficulty.
典型例题：
1.
If
you
study
hard
at
school,
you
will
have
no
_______
(difficult)
finding
a
job
in
the
future.
2.I
am
sure
you
can
make
a
good
________
(decide).
3.
Her
______________
(happy)
made
me
feel
unhappy
too.
能力实践
【20-21立达期中真题】
第二部分
单项填空(共
10小题;每小题1分，满分10
分)
请认真阅读下面各题，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21.
---The
China
International
Import
Expo
is
_____
first
import
expo
in
Shanghai
facing
to
all
the
Chinese
markets.
---That’s
true!
It
is
_____
great
start
of
the
first
CIIE.
A.
a;
the
B.
a;
a
C.
the;
a
D.
the;
/
22.
----I’m
new
here
in
Suzhou.
----Take
a
map
of
Suzhou
with
you.
You’ll
find
it
of
great
_____
in
helping
you.
A.
price
B.
cost
C.
interest
D.
value
23.
I
find
this
computer
game
_____
to
play.
A.
enough
easy
B.
easy
enough
C.
enough
easily
D.
easily
enough
24.
---It
is
said
that
your
animal
sign
decides
your
personality.
---_____
My
animal
sign
is
the
OX,
but
in
fact
I
am
lazy
sometimes.
A.
I
can’t
agree
more.
B.
I
think
so.
C.
That’s
not
the
case.
D.
Why
not?
25.
----Uncle
Wang
hardly
smokes,
_____?
----
_____
.
He
often
tells
us
smoking
does
harm
to
our
health.
A.
does
he;
Yes
B.
does
he;
No
C.
doesn't
he;
Yes
D.
doesn't
he;
No
26.
Which
of
the
following
sentences
is
RIGHT?
A.
I’m
not
sure
that
he
will
give
back
the
money.
B.
Could
you
tell
me
how
long
you
will
leave?.
C.
He
asked
me
if
I
wanted
to
play
football
or
not.
D.
I’m
not
sure
if
I’m
reading
the
word
correctly.
27.
May
you
give
_____
you
like,
and
all
that
you
get
is
what
you
want.
A.
as
long
as
B.
as
well
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
as
much
as
28.
You’d
better
_____
hard
from
now
on,
_____
you
will
fail
the
exam.
A.
work;
and
B.
working;
or
C.
working;
and
D.
work;
or
29.
----_____
the
classmates_____
the
teacher
was
waiting
for
me
when
I
arrived
at
the
airport.
----
What
a
pity!
A.
Neither;
nor
B.
Either;
or
C.
Both;
and
D.
Not
only;
but
also
30.
----What
a
heavy
rain!
----
So
it
is.
I
prefer
_____
rather
than
_____
on
such
a
rainy
day.
A.
to
go
out;
staying
at
home
B.
staying
at
home;
go
out
C.
going
out;
stay
at
home
D.
to
stay
at
home;
go
out
第三部分 完形填空(共
10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Around
twenty
years
ago
I
was
living
in
York.
__31___
I
had
a
lot
of
experience
and
a
Master’s
degree（硕士学位）,
I
could
not
find
satisfying
work.
I
was
driving
a
school
bus
to
make
money
and
__32___
with
a
friend
of
mine,
for
I
had
lost
my
flat.
I
had
attended
five
interviews
with
a
company
and
one
day
__33___
bus
runs
they
called
to
say
I
did
not
get
the
job.
“Why
has
my
life
become
so
__34___?”
I
thought
painfully.
As
I
pulled
the
bus
over
to
drop
off
a
little
girl,
she
handed
me
an
earring
saying
I
should
___35__
it
until
somebody
claimed（认领）it.
The
earring
was
painted
black
and
said
“BE
HAPPY”.
At
first
I
got
angry.
Then
it
__36___
me----I
had
been
giving
all
of
my
__37___
to
what
was
going
wrong
with
my
life
rather
than
what
was
right!
I
decided
then
and
there
to
make
a
list
of
fifty
things
I
was
happy
with.
Later,
I
decided
to
__38___
more
things
to
the
list.
That
night
there
was
a
phone
call
for
me
from
a
lady
who
was
a
director
at
a
large
__39___.
She
asked
me
if
I
would
give
a
one-day
speech
on
stress
management
to
200
medical
workers.
I
said
yes.
My
day
there
went
very
well,
and
before
long
I
got
a
well-paid
job.
To
this
day
I
realize
that
it
was
because
I
changed
my
way
of
thinking
that
I
__40___
changed
my
life.
31.
A.
As
B.
Though
C.
If
D.
When
32.
A.
working
B.
travelling
C.
discussing
D.
living
33.
A.
between
B.
through
C.
during
D.
beyond
34.
A.
hard
B.
busy
C.
serious
D.
short
35.
A.
hide
B.
hold
C.
keep
D.
save
36.
A.
hurt
B.
hit
C.
caught
D.
moved
37.
A.
feelings
B.
attention
C.
strength
D.
interests
38.
A.
connect
B.
turn
C.
increase
D.
add
39.
A.
hospital
B.
factory
C.
restaurant
D.
university
40.
A.
smoothly
B.
closely
C.
completely
D.
hardly
第四部分
阅读理解(共
12小题;每小题2分,满分24分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
41.
The
material
above
contains
the
following
information
EXCEPT
_________.
how
to
kill
time
how
to
lose
weight
what
to
say
during
job
interviews
how
to
deal
with
health
problems
in
winter
42.
The
book
may
not
be
suitable
for
________
to
read.
a
five-year-old
kid
a
housewife
a
college
student
who
wants
to
look
for
a
job
an
officer
worker
43.
“Reader’s
Digest”
is
probably
________.
A.a
type
of
newspaper
B.a
science
book
C.a
poster
about
food
D.a
bestselling
magazine
D
Few
of
us
have
heard
of
Nils
Bohlin,
but
whenever
we
take
a
car
journey
his
invention
makes
us
safer.
Found
in
almost
every
modern
car,
the
three-point
seat
belt
reduces
our
chances
of
death
or
injury
by
at
least
50%.
While
feeling
thankful
to
his
engineer
from
Volvo,
you
may
also
wonder
how
he
came
up
with
such
a
great
idea.
Having
worked
as
a
plane
designer
before,
Nils
knew
clearly
that
the
pilots
were
willing
to
put
on
anything
to
keep
them
safe
in
an
accident,
but
to
his
surprise,
most
people
in
the
cars
just
didn’t
want
to
be
uncomfortable
for
even
a
minute.
To
improve
the
safety
for
people
in
the
cars,
he
decided
to
find
a
perfect
system
which
should
be
simple,
effective
and
convenient.
In
the
end,
he
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt,
which
has
been
considered
as
one
of
the
greatest
inventions
in
history.
Seat
belts
prevent
people
in
the
cars
from
serious
injury
in
five
ways.
Keep
people
inside.
People
who
are
thrown
out
from
a
car
are
four
times
more
likely
to
be
killed
than
those
who
stay
inside.
Protect
the
strongest
parts
of
the
body.
Seat
belts
are
designed
to
fix
your
body
at
its
strongest
parts.
For
an
older
child
and
adult,
these
parts
are
the
hips
(臀部)
and
shoulders.
Spread
out
the
force
in
an
accident.
Seat
belts
spread
the
force
of
the
accident
over
a
wide
area
of
the
body.
By
putting
less
stress
on
one
area,
they
can
help
you
avoid
serious
injury.
Help
the
body
to
slow
down.
A
quick
speed
causes
injury.
With
the
help
of
the
seat
belts,
your
body
can
have
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident.
Protect
your
brain
and
spinal
cord
(脊柱).
These
two
key
parts
injuries
may
be
hard
to
see
immediately,
but
they
can
cause
death.
Therefore,
it’s
of
great
importance
to
protect
these
parts.
It
takes
only
a
few
seconds
to
buckle
up
once
you
get
in
the
car,
but
this
simple
action
could
save
your
life.
50.
Nils
Bohlin
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt
in
order
to
________.
A.take
a
car
journey
quickly
B.show
thanks
to
the
engineer
C.keep
the
pilots
safe
in
an
accident
D.make
people
in
the
cars
safer
51.
The
underlined
phrases
here
“buckle
up”
probably
means
“________”.
A.get
over
pressure
B.fasten
seat
belts
C.calm
down
D.take
off
coats
52.
From
the
passage
we
can
learn
________.
A.hips
and
shoulders
aren’t
the
older
children
and
adults’
strongest
parts
B.seat
belts
can
keep
your
knees
and
feet
away
from
the
hard
parts
of
the
car
C.the
body
has
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident
thanks
to
seat
belts
D.head
and
spinal
cord
injuries
might
be
easy
to
see
immediately
in
an
accident
第五部分
信息还原(共5
小题;每小题1分,满分5分)
根据对话内容,从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Most
people
can
hardly
imagine
what
kind
of
pain
orphans
(孤儿)
feel
while
growing
up,
disliked,
and
laughed
at.
Will
Hunting,
the
main
character
in
the
US
film
Good
will
Hunting,
is
a
good
example.
The
story
is
simple.
__53___
Professor
Gerald
Lambeau,
a
math
professor,
discovers
that
Hunting
has
a
talent
for
math.
___54__
However,
Hunting
gets
into
a
fight
and
is
arrested
(逮捕)
after
he
attacks
a
police
officer.
But
Lambeau
doesn't
give
up.
He
sends
Hunting
to
see
a
wise
doctor,
Dr
Sean
Maguire,
to
see
if
he
can
help
the
troubled
young
man.
__55___
“It
is
not
your
fault,”
he
repeats
the
words
while
staring
at
Hunting.
He
says
Hunting
no
longer
has
any
place
to
hide.
__56___
Orphans
often
feel
that
no
one
loves
them,
and
in
order
to
avoid
harm,
they
refuse
people’s
kindness.
__57___We
should
pay
more
attention
to
orphans,
not
out
of
sympathy,
but
out
of
love.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
4
Growing
up（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.It
has
been
a
long
time
since
I
(move)
here.?
2.
(give)
me
a
call
as
soon
as
you
get
home.?
3.(新疆中考)Don’t
make
up
a
story.I
have
already
known
the
(true).?
4.
(travel)
abroad
is
a
good
way
to
learn
more
about
different
cultures.?
5.(江苏常州中考)Passengers
are
not
allowed
(eat)
or
drink
when
they
take
the
underground.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给单词或短语的适当形式填空
through,
wake
up,
a
great
deal
of,
as
soon
as,
on
one’s
mind
1.It’s
time
to
the
children,so
that
they
won’t
be
late
for
school.?
2.It’s
not
good
for
your
health
to
keep
too
many
problems
.?
3.We
can
find
material
about
the
subject
in
the
library.?
4.I’ll
go
to
visit
my
aunt
in
Nanjing
the
summer
holiday
starts.?
5.Nowadays
we
can
learn
home
and
foreign
news
immediately
the
Internet.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.(甘肃兰州中考)当我长大后,我想成为一名工程师。
I
want
to
be
an
engineer
when
I
.?
2.你读完这本书之后,请归还它。
After
you
the
book,please
hand
it
back.?
3.我一到合肥,就打电话给你。
I’ll
call
you
I
in
Hefei.?
4.有关会议的情况你是怎么知道的?
How
did
you
the
meeting??
5.我和吉姆从小学起一直是好朋友。
Jim
and
I
since
we
were
in
primary
school.?
兴趣起航
What
is
the
harm
of
the
war?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】What's
on
your
mind,Eddie?(P48)
你在想什么呢，埃迪?
mind，可数名词，意为“头脑，思想”。on
one's
mind意为“挂在心上；惦念”.
Eg.
If
so,
you
should
tell
Eric
what's
on
your
mind.
如果是那样，你应该告诉艾瑞克你怎么想的。
[拓展]mind常见的短语
（1）keep
sth.
in
mind
记住
Eg.
Always
keep
in
mind
that
your
main
task
is
to
get
this
company
running
smoothly.
永远记住，你的主要任务是让这家公司正常运转。
（2）change
one's
mind
改变主意
Eg.
There's
still
time
to
change
your
mind.
你还有时间改变主意。
（3）make
up
one's
mind
做出决定
Eg.
You
quickly
make
up
your
mind
and
you
stick
to
your
decisions.
你能够迅速做出决定并将其贯彻下去。
（4）never
mind不要紧
Eg.
Well,
never
mind,
John,
it's
not
a
matter
of
life
and
death.
好了，别介意，约翰，这不是多么了不起的事情。
[拓展]mind
，动词，意为“关心，照顾；介意；在乎；反对”，常用于疑问句、否定句或条件句中，其后常接名词、代词或动词-ing形式做宾语。
Eg.
I
hope
you
don't
mind
the
noise.
希望你不介意这声音。
Would
you
mind
my
smoking
here?
你介意我在这里吸烟吗？
[经典例题]
1.The
thing
that
_______
is
not
whether
you
fail
or
not
,
but
whether
you
try
your
best
or
not
.
A
minds
B
cares
C
matters
D
considers
2.---I
wonder
_______if
i
park
my
car
here
.
---Of
course
it
does
,
you
need
to
find
a
safer
place
.
A
that
it
minds
B
how
it
matters
C
whether
it
matters
D
if
it
works
3.---Why
do
you
look
so
worried?
---Sorry,
there’s
something______.
A.on
my
mind
B.by
my
mind
C.on
my
head
D.in
the
mind
4.You
may
arrive
in
Beijing
early
_____
you
mind
taking
the
night
train.
A.
that
B.
though
C.
unless
D.
if
5.---Would
you
offer
me
some
advice
on
how
to
improve
my
oral
English?
---
______________.
Reading
aloud
matters
a
lot.
A.
That's
OK
B.
Never
mind
C.With
pleasure
D.
Don't
mention
it
【知识梳理2】Growing
up
is
hard!
(P48)
成长真难啊!
此句中Growing
up是动名词短语做主语，谓语动词用单数形式。
Eg.
Watching
films
is
my
favourite
pastime.看电影是我最喜欢的消遣。
[经典例题]
Deciding
who
I
can
go
with
________(be
not)
easy
【知识梳理3】You'
ve
been
happy
since
I
first
met
you.(P48)
自从我第一次见到你，你就一直很快乐。
first，副词，意为“第一；首先，起初”。
Eg.
First
I
have
to
get
through
the
exams.
首先我必须通过这些考试。
[辨析]first，at
first，firstly
（1）first和at
first都可表示“起初，开始的时候”，first多用在句中，而at
first常用在句首或句末；first还可意为“第一”。
（2）firstly通常仅限于列举事例、排列顺序，这时可用first替换。
[典型例题]
1.令我惊讶的是，一开始，因为他的身高他是被拒绝的．
______________________________________________
【知识梳理4】Don't
wake
me
up
until
you
finish
building
it.(P48)
直到你建完它再叫醒我。
1、wake
up意为“叫醒，醒来”，是“动词+副词”型短语，如果是代词做宾语,应置于wake和up之间；如果是名词做宾语，既可置于wake与up之间，也可置于up之后。
Eg.
What
time
do
you
usually
wake
up?
你通常什么时候醒来？
[拓展]awake，形容词，意为“醒着的”。
Eg.
The
noise
kept
him
awake.
噪音使他一直醒着。
[经典例题]
1.During
the
World
Cup，some
people
________
at
night
to
watch
the
games．
A.wake
up
B.get
up
C.stay
up
D.make
up
2.---You
look
quite
sleepy
today,
Bob.
---I
have
a
report
to
hand
in
today,
so
I
had
to
________last
night.
A.
wake
up
B.
cheer
up
C.
eat
up
D
stay
up
3.When
Daniel
is
in
a
bad
mood,
he
likes
wearing
orange
to
_______.
A.
wake
himself
up
B.
give
himself
up
C.
cheer
himself
up
D.
pick
himself
up
2、until，连词，意为“直到……”，表示某一行为一直持续到某一时间。用在肯定句中，句子的谓语动词必须是可延续性的。not...until，“直到……才”，表示直到某一时间，某一行为才发生，之前该行为并没有发生。
Eg.
We
waited
inside
until
things
calmed
down.
我们待在室内，直到一切都恢复了平静。
Don't
stop
until
you're
well
away
from
the
fire.
尽快的爬不要停下来直到你离开火源地。
[经典例题]
1.---
Excuse
me,
but
how
can
I
get
to
the
nearest
library?
---
Walk
straight
on
_______
you
see
a
white
house
on
your
right.
A.whenever
B.since
C.until
D.while
2.Father
was
watching
TV
in
the
living
room
__________
mother
was
cooking
in
the
kitchen．
A.while
B.after
C.until
D.as
soon
as
3._____
I
hear
the
song
Let
It
Go,
I
think
of
the
interesting
film
named
Frozen.
A.Till
B.Whenever
C.Since
D.Not
until
4.---Why
are
you
so
crazy
about
watching
basketball
matches?
---They
are
exciting
and
sometimes
you
won't
know
the
result
_______the
match
ends.
A.when
B.after
C.until
D.as
soon
as
5.---
Mum,
can
I
join
the
other
boys
and
play
basketball
now?
They
are
waiting
for
me.
---
Not
until
your
homework
.
Study
always
comes
first.
A.
finishes
B.
will
be
finished
C.
is
finished
D.
will
finish
【知识梳理5】Books
allow
me
to
learn
about
people
in
different
times
and
places,
and
I
can
read
them
whenever
I
want
to.(P49)
书让我了解不同时期和地点的人们，而且无论什么时候我想读书都能读。
1、allow，动词，意为“允许，许可”。常用搭配allow
sb.
to
do
sth.，意为“允许某人做某事”。all后也可接动名词作宾语，但不能直接接不定式。
Eg.
His
parents
won't
allow
him
to
stay
out
late.
他的父母不会允许他在外待得很晚。
We
do
not
allow
smoking
in
the
hall.
我们不准有人在大厅内吸烟。
[注意]当allow用于被动语态时，必须接不定式作宾补，不能用动名词。
Eg.
The
children
are
allowed
to
watch
TV
after
school.
孩子们被允许在放学后看电视。
[经典例题]
1.Many
children
in
Britain
_______
to
have
their
own
bank
cards
these
days.
A.
allow
B.
allowed
C.
are
allowed
D.
were
allowed
2.---Excuse
me,
sir.
Smoking________in
the
hospital.
---Oh,
I’m
really
sorry.
A.
isn’t
allowed
B.
doesn’t
allow
C.
isn’t
allowing
D.
doesn’t
allowed
3.Father
doesn't
allow
the
whole
family
_____
at
all.
A.
smoking
B.
to
smoke
C.
smoke
D.
smokes
4.---Don't
forget
to
come
to
our
school
assembly
tomorrow
morning.
---I
won't.
I
was________just
now.
A.
reminded
B.
promised
C.
allowed
D.
required
2、time，可数名词，意为“时期，时代”，常用复数形式，in
different
times在不同的时期。
Eg.
Power
means
different
things
in
different
times.
能力在不同的时候意味着不同的东西。
[拓展]time
n.时间(不可数名词)；次数(可数名词)；倍数(可数名词)。
Eg.
We'll
take
a
cab
to
save
time.
我们坐出租车，好节省时间。
I've
been
there
dozens
of
times.
我到那里去过很多次。
Sixteen
times
as
many
men
are
colour-blind
as
women.
色盲的男性人数是女性人数的十六倍。
[拓展]time常见短语
take
one’s
time
慢慢来
at
all
times
一直，始终
at
any
time
随时
at
times
有时
ahead
of
time
提前
from
time
to
time
有时
on
time
按时
in
time
及时
3、whenever，连词，意为“每当，不论何时”
We
try
to
help
whenever
possible.
只要有可能我们都尽量帮忙
[经典例题]
1._________you
face
a
stressful
situation,
take
a
few
moments
to
breathe
deeply
before
you
say
or
do
anything.
A.
Whenever
B.
However
C.
Whatever
D.
Anywhere
2.
_______
he
is
not
the
best
,
he
still
wants
to
_______
the
sports
meeting.
A.
Because,
try
for
B.
Although,
try
out
for
C.
As,
try
on
D.
Whenever,
try
out
【知识梳理6】I
like
to
learn
about
the
world
through
the
Internet.(P49)
我喜欢通过因特网来了解世界。
through，介词，意为“以，凭借”，表示做某事的方式。相当于by.
Eg.
You
can
only
achieve
success
through
hard
work.
你得孜孜不倦方能成功。
[辨析]through，across
（1）through
意为“通过，穿过(空间)”，侧重指从某一个物体的内部或空间的一头纵穿到另一头。
Eg.
The
burglar
got
in
through
the
window.
盗贼是从窗户进来的。
（2）across
意为“横过，穿过，跨过”，侧重指从物体表面的一边到另一边。
Eg.
It's
too
wide.
We
can't
swim
across.
这太宽了，我们游不过去。
[经典例题]
1.––Oh,
my
God!
I’ve
left
my
keys
in
the
room.
I’ll
have
to
get
in
________
the
window.
––It’s
dangerous.
You
should
wait
for
your
mum
to
come
back.
A.
past
B.
over
C.
across
D.
through
2.The
heavy
rain
kept
beating
_________
the
windows
and
we
were
all
very
frightened.
A.
through
B.
against
C.
along
D.
across
3.Ma
Yun,
the
Chairperson
of
Alibaba
Group,
has
made
much
money
_______
the
Internet.
A.
through
B.
along
C.
across
D.
towards
4.—Have
you
finished
your
report
on
wild
animals
yet?
—Yes.
I
finally
finished
it
__________
hard
work.
A.
for
B.
through
C.
with
D.
under
【知识梳理7】As
soon
as
you
click
the
mouse,
there's
a
great
deal
of
information.(P49)
你一点击鼠标，就会有大量的信息。
1、as
soon
as意为“一...就”，常用来引导时间状语从句。
Eg.
We'll
answer
as
soon
as
we
can.
我们会尽快给你回电话或回信。
[经典例题]
1.—Why
didn't
you
try
your
best
to
get
on
the
underground？
—I
tried
to,
but
it
started
moving
______
I
could
get
on
it．
A.before
B.while
C.as
soon
as
D.after
2.---Mum,
when
can
we
watch
Nanjing
fireworks
show
again?
I
can’t
wait
for
that!
---I
am
looking
forward
too,
honey.
I
will
let
you
know
as
soon
as
I
________
the
latest
news.
A.
will
get
B.
is
getting
C.
got
D.
get
3.There
is
so
much
noise
around
his
flat
that
he
feels
______
mad.
A.
as
much
as
B.
as
many
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
as
soon
as
4.---
Do
you
know
when
he
_______
tomorrow?
---
Don’t
worry.
I
think
as
soon
as
he
_______,
he
will
give
you
a
call.
A.
will
come;
will
come
B.
will
come;
comes
C.
comes;
will
come
D.
comes;
comes
5.He
was
encouraged
to
join
the
navy
as
soon
as
the
war
.
A.
was
broken
B.
broke
into
C.
broke
down
D.
broke
out
2、a
great
deal，意为“大量；这么多”，可单独使用，也可以用在形容词或副词的比较级前；a
great
deal
of只能用在不可数名词前，意为“大量的”。
Eg.
Emma,
I
trust
your
opinion
a
great
deal.
埃玛，我非常相信你的观点。
They
spent
a
great
deal
of
money.
他们花了大量的钱。
[经典例题]
1.He
has
given
me
_________
help，so
I
can
make
such
great
progress
in
Physics.
A.a
little
bit
B.a
great
deal
C.a
number
of
D.a
great
deal
of
2.On
November
11
many
young
people
spend
money
shopping
in
TMALL.
A.
a
few
B.
a
number
of
C.
a
good
many
D.
a
great
deal
of
3.—I
never
expected
you
could
offer
such
a
report
with
_______
information.
Thank
you!
—Don’t
mention
it.
A.
a
great
deal
of
B.
a
large
number
of
C.
a
bit
D.
a
few
4.There
have
been
_____
excellent
films
directed
by
Ang
Lee
in
the
past
few
years,
including
the
latest
hit
one
Gemini
Man《双子杀手》.
A.
the
large
number
of
B.
a
great
deal
of
C.
a
large
number
of
D.
a
great
deal
5.________
red-crowned
cranes
fly
to
Yancheng
Nature
Reserve
to
spend
the
winter.
A.
A
number
of
B.
The
number
of
C.A
great
deal
of
D.
A
bit
of
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】While
attending
junior
high,
Spud
tried
out
for
the
school
team,
but
he
was
refused
at
first
because
he
was
too
small.(P50)
在读初中期间，斯伯德参加校队的选拔。然而一开始他就被拒绝了，因为他个头太小了。
1、while引导时间状语从句，意为“当……”。while强调同时性，或某时间内一种情况发生时另一种情况出现，与延续性动词连用。
Eg.
I'll
keep
you
company
while
you're
waiting.
你等待时我会陪伴你。
当while从句中的主语与主句的主语一致，且含有be的某种形式时，从句中的主语连同be可同时省略。
Eg.
I
had
a
cigarette
while
(I
was)
waiting.
我等候时抽了一支烟。
[拓展]while，连词，意为“而”
(用于从句之首，引出与主句内容相对比的信息)
Eg.
Most
digital
camera
owners
are
male,
while
women
prefer
film.
大部分数码相机的主人都是男性，而女性偏爱用胶卷。
[经典例题]
1._______
watching
a
movie
in
an
IMAX
cinema
costs
over
100
yuan,
the
IMAX
cinemas
are
always
full
of
audience．
A.Although
B.As
C.When
D.Since
2.What
a
great
pity
it
is
to
hear
that
thirty?one
people
were
killed
while
________(fight)
a
forest
fire.
2、try
out
for，意为“竞争；参加选拔”。
I
think
I'll
try
out
for
the
Drama
Club.
我想在戏剧俱乐部(大学社团)试试看。
[经典例题]
1.―Why
was
Jim
so
happy
yesterday?
―Because
he________
the
school
basketball
team.
A.tried
on
B.tried
out
for
C.tried
out
of
D.tried
up
2.史密斯一家上周一直在参加那部新电影的试演吗?
__________
the
Smiths
_________________________last
week?
3、refuse，动词，意为“拒绝”。常用搭配refuse
to
do
sth.，意为“拒绝做某事”。refuse后面也可以直接接名词短语做宾语。
Eg.
I've
always
had
a
loud
mouth,
I
refuse
to
be
silenced.
我总是有话就讲，我拒绝保持沉默。
The
patient
has
the
right
to
refuse
treatment.
病人有权拒绝治疗。
[典型例题]
1.As
teenagers,
we
should
learn
what_________(refuse)
and
keep
healthy
in
our
minds.
【知识梳理2】He
was
very
small
---
much
smaller
than
the
other
kids
at
school.(P50)
他很矮小---比学校里的其他孩子要矮不少。
much用于比较级之前,意为“......得多”。
Eg.
I'll
feel
much
better
when
I've
had
forty
winks.
我打个盹就会感到好得多。
[拓展]比较级前的修饰语：
①a
little/a
bit
一点儿，稍微
②much，a
lot，far
....得多
③even，still
更....
④any，no
略微，稍微；没有(用于疑问句或否定句中)
[经典例题]
1.The
wife
got
even________（mad）
when
the
husband
went
out
angrily．
2.【2019
?广东省】A
mobile
phone
with
5G
can
send
videos
much
____
than
the
one
with
4G.
A.
fast
B.
faster
C.
fastest
D.the
fastest
3.【2019
?湖南省湘西州】—Do
you
know
that
China
is
one
of________countries
in
the
world?
—Yes,I
do.
It's
much
_______
than
the
US.
A.
the
oldest；older
B.
old；older
C.
older；older
4.【2019
?甘肃省天水市】—What
do
you
think
of
the
environment
in
your
hometown？
—It's________Both
the
air
and
the
water
are
badly
polluted．
A.not
bad
B.as
good
as
before
C.much
better
than
before
D.not
as
good
as
before
5.—You
know
there
is
different
weather
in
different
places
in
China.
It’s
hotter
in
Hunan
Province
than
In
Jiangsu
Province
all
the
year
around.
—Yeah,
it’s
______
hotter
in
Hainan
Province
than
in
Henan
Province.
A.
much
B.
more
much
C.
even
more
D.
quite
【知识梳理3】He
did
not
lose
heart.
(P50)他没有灰心。
lose，动词，意为“失去，丢失”，lose
heart意为“失去信心，灰心，泄气”。
Eg.
I'll
never
lose
heart
even
if
I
should
fail
ten
times.
即使失败10次，我也不灰心。
[经典例题]
1.—I
am
afraid
I
have
to
give
up
my
dreams
of
being
a
singer．
—__________．
No
dream
is
too
big
and
no
dreamer
is
too
small．
A.Don't
lose
heart
B.You're
welcome
C.You
must
be
joking
D.You
can't
afford
2.—Ben,
you
need
to
face
fears
and
get
over
them.
—That‘s
right,
__________
A.
It
is
easier
said
than
done
B.
Better
late
than
never
C.
No
pain,
no
gain
D.
Nothing
is
impossible
to
a
willing
heart
【知识梳理4】When
he
finally
got
the
chance，he
scored
20
points
in
his
first
game.(P50)当他最后得到机会时,他在首场比赛中就得了20分。
finally，副词，意为“最后，终于”，相当于at
last，in
the
end。
Eg.
They
finally
lost
sight
of
land.
他们终于看不见陆地了。
[拓展]final
adj.
最后的，最终的。
Eg.
The
judge's
decision
is
final.
法官的判决是最终判决。
【知识梳理5】In
senior
high,
Spud
often
had
to
sit
in
the
stands
because
of
his
height.(P50)在高中，斯巴德经常因为身高问题不得不坐在看台上。
because
of
意为“因为，由于”，其后可接名词、代词或动词-ing形式。
Eg.
They
are
here
because
of
us.
他们是因为我们来这里的。
[注意]because
of之后不可接从句，应用because引导原因状语从句。
Eg.
I
didn't
get
it
because
it
cost
too
much.
因为那东西太昂贵我没买。
[经典例题]
1.Mike
is
always
forgetful.
Please
remember
to
remind
him
_______
the
important
interview
_________
he
won't
miss
it.
A.about;
because
of
B.of;
so
that
C.about;
as
a
result
D.of;
because
2.—Did
you
have
a
sports
meeting
yesterday?
—No,
we
didn't.
It
was
put
off
________
the
heavy
rain.
A.instead
of
B.because
of
C.as
for
D.across
from
【知识梳理6】He
practised
even
harder
and
got
the
coach
to
change
his
mind.(P50)
他训练更加刻苦，让教练改变了主意。
get，使役动词，意为“使得，让”。get
sb.
to
do
sth.，“让某人做某事”，这个结构和let
sb.
do
sth.以及make
sb.
do
sth.相似。
Eg.
You'll
never
get
him
to
understand.
你永远不会使他明白的。
【知识梳理7】Spud
went
on
to
become
leader
of
the
team.(P50)
斯巴德接着成为了队长。
go
on
doing
sth.表示“继续做一直在做的事”，同义词组为go
on
with
sth.；go
on
to
do
sth.表示“继续接着做另一件事”。
Eg.
Unemployment
will
go
on
rising
for
some
time
yet.
失业人数还会继续增长一段时间。
The
headmaster
of
the
school,
told
us,
"The
fifth
of
pupils
here
go
on
to
study
at
Oxford
and
Cambridge."
学校的校长告诉我们，“我校五分之一的学生都能升学就读牛津大学和剑桥大学。”
[经典例题]
1.Having
finished
her
own
painting,
Mary
went
on
__________
others
in
the
art
class.
A.helping
B.to
help
C.with
help
D.having
helped
2.After
receiving
the
Oscar
for
Best
Supporting
Actress，Anne
Benedict
went
on
__________
all
the
people
who
had
helped
in
her
career.(2015·陕西，17)
A.to
thank
B.thanking
C.having
thanked
D.to
have
thanked
3.After
finishing
his
homework
he
went
on
_______
a
letter
to
his
parents.
A.
write
B.
writing
C.
wrote
D.
to
write
4.Go
on
________
the
other
exercise
after
you
have
finished
this
one.
A.
to
do
B.
doing
C.
with
D.
to
be
doing
5.After
finishing
her
homework,
Amy
refused
________and
went
on
________her
mother
do
the
dishes.
A.to
rest;
helping
B.resting;
to
help
C.to
rest;
to
help
D.resting;
helping
【知识梳理8】Although
he
was
a
great
player
at
university,
the
NBA
was
not
interested
in
him
because
all
its
players
were
more
than
20
cm
taller
than
he
was.
尽管他在大学是一位优秀球员，但是NBA对他不感兴趣，因为所有的NBA球员都比他高超过20厘米。
although是连词，意为“尽管，虽然”，是从属连词，相当于though，常用来引导让步状语从句。
Eg.
Although
the
sun
was
shining,
it
wasn't
very
warm.
尽管太阳高照，却不很暖和。
[注意]汉语中习惯成对地使用“虽然....但是....”，但在英语中，一个句子只能用一个连词连接主从复合句，所以，用了although/though就不能再用but，两者只能用其一。另外，although/though可以与yet连用，以加强语气。类似这种用法的还有because(因为)和so(所以)，它们也不可同时用于一个句子中。
Eg.
Although
they're
expensive,
they
last
forever
and
never
go
out
of
style.
=They're
expensive,
but
they
last
forever
and
never
go
out
of
style.
尽管它们贵，它们永远耐用并且永不过时。
[经典例题]
1.He
never
gives
up,
______
he
has
made
______
progress
in
his
study.
A.
although;
much
B.
although;
little
C.
though;
few
D.
but;
a
little
2.________they
don't
agree
on
everything,_________they
still
agree
the
medicine
is
helpful.
A.Although;/
B.Although;
but
C.Because;/
D.Because;
so
【知识梳理9】There
he
led
his
team
to
the
national
championship.(P51)
在那儿，他带领他的队伍赢得了全国冠军。
led，lead的过去式，意为“领导，引导”。lead...to...意为“引导…通向……”。注意这儿的to是介词，所以后面要跟名词或者动名词。
Eg.
The
road
will
lead
you
to
the
seaside.
顺这条路走你就能到海边。
[拓展]lead
to还有“通向，通往，引起”的意思，作“引起”讲时，=result
in
Eg.
A
poor
diet
will
ultimately
lead
to
illness.
糟糕的饮食终将导致疾病。
【知识梳理10】This
brought
him
to
the
attention
of
North
Carolina
State
University.(P51)
这使他引起了北卡罗莱纳州立大学的注意。
bring
sb./sth
to
the
attention
of...“使某人/某物引起了……的注意”。
Eg.
This
brought
Kyle
to
attention.
Derek
made
his
way
across
the
room
and
opened
the
door.
这也引起了凯尔的注意，德里克走过去打开了门。
[典型例题]
1.特朗普的竞选演说引起了公众对他的注意。
Trump’s
campaign
speech_________________________________________
the
public.
【知识梳理11】As
a
result,
he
succeeded
in
getting
a
scholarship.(P51)
结果他成功地获得了奖学金。
1、as
a
result，意为“结果”
Eg.
He
made
one
big
mistake,
and,
as
a
result,
lost
his
job.
他犯了个大错，结果丢了工作。
[辨析]as
a
result
of
vs
as
a
result
as
a
result
of意为“因为，由于”，相当于because
of
Eg.
She
died
as
a
result
of
her
injuries.
她由于受伤而死亡。
[经典例题]
1.—
You
look
really
sleepy,
Bob.
What
happened
last
night?
—
I
watched
two
football
matches.
________,
I
can
hardly
keep
my
eyes
open
now.
A.
So
that
B.
What’s
more
C.
As
a
result
D.
Instead
of
2.He
did
not
made
a
careful
preparation
before
the
interview
last
week.
______,
he
failed
to
miss
the
chance
to
get
the
job.
A.
By
the
way
B.
As
a
result
C.
Tell
the
truth
D.
In
fact
3.He
knew
she
was
crying
_____
what
he
had
said.
A.because
B.as
a
result
C.for
D.because
of
4.Facial
recognition(人脸识别)
technology
is
widely
used
for
payment.
________,
we
needn't
enter
the
passwords
any
more.
A.For
example
B.As
a
result
C.What's
worse
D.What's
more
5.He
worked
hard
for
many
years.
________,
he
succeeded
in
achieving
his
dream.
A.In
a
result
B.Result
in
C.As
a
result
of
D.As
a
result
【知识梳理12】After
he
graduated，he
was
forced
to
play
in
another
basketball
league.(P51)
在他毕业后，他被迫去另一个篮球联赛打球。
force，及物动词，意为“强迫，迫使”。
force
sb
to
do
sth迫使某人做某事
Eg.
She
forced
herself
to
be
polite
to
them.
她对他们强装客气。
[拓展]force
n.力量，武力、势力，是不可数名词；by
force意为“以武力”。
Eg.
They
were
taken
away
by
force.
他们被强行带走。
[经典例题]
1.Left-behind
children（留守儿童）are
forced
______（deal）with
problems
in
their
daily
life
by
themselves.
2.---Are
you
really
willing
to
do
so
much
homework?
---To
tell
you
the
truth,
sometimes
I
_________
to
do
that,
but
I
think
it
really
helps
me.
A.force
B.am
forced
C.forced
D.was
forced
【知识梳理13】He
remained
there
for
about
a
year
before
the
NBA
took
notice
of
him.(P51)
在NBA注意到他之前，他在那儿待了大约一年的时间
take
notice
of，“注意到……”
Eg.
To
be
honest,
we
take
notice
of
anyone
who
makes
anything
good
really!
老实说，任何做的好的我们都关注！
[典型例题]
1.不仅西蒙的老师还有他的家长已经成功地注意到了他的问题。
_______
Simon’s
teacher
_______
his
parents
______________________
of
his
problem.
2.He
passed
by
me
without
________________________
(注意)
me.
【知识梳理14】15.He
had
many
great
achievements,
but
his
proudest
moment
came
in
1986---he
won
the
Slam
Dunk
Contest.(P51)
他取得过许多伟大的成绩，但是最让他自豪的那一刻是在1986年---他在灌篮比赛中获胜了。
1、achievement，可数名词，意为“成就，功绩”。
Eg.
Your
achievements
are
something
to
be
proud
of.
你的成就是值得骄傲的。
[拓展]achieve
vt
获得;完成;取得。
Eg.
There
are
many
who
will
work
hard
to
achieve
these
goals.
有很多人会努力工作来实现这些目标。
[经典例题]
1.The
lights
are
out.
The
fans
hold
their
breath
for
Jay
Chou’s
_______.
A.influence
B.
achievement
C.
appearance
D.
relationship
2.Daniel
is
a
top
student
in
his
class.
He
always
gets
high
marks
in
the
tests
and
exams.
In
the
following
word,
which
word
has
the
same
meaning
as
“gets”?
A.
becomes
B.
takes
C.
achieves
D.
arrives
3.In
every________,there
has
to
be
some
give-and-take.
A.
instruction
B.
attention
C.
friendship
D.
achievement
4.High?speed
trains
are
seen
as
one
of
the
new
Four
Great
________
of
China.
A.Achievements
B.Agreements
C.Environments
D.Instruments
2、proud，形容词，意为“自豪的，骄傲的”，名词为pride，be
proud
of，“为……自豪
”=take
pride
in
Eg.
His
parents
are
proud
of
him.
=His
parents
take
pride
in
him.
（他的父母以他为骄傲。）
[经典例题]
1.---Are
your
parents
____________
you?
---Sometimes
We
aren't
allowed
to
stay
out
for
a
long
time
after
school.
A.
pleased
with
B.
crazy
about
C.
strict
with
D.
proud
of
2.People
in
Suzhoug
are
proud
of________they
have
achieved
in
the
past
thirty
years.
A.
how
B.
which
C.
what
D.
when
3.---Mike!
Our
country
is
building
the
third
aircraft
carrier(航天母舰).
Xinhua
News
Agency
reported
last
month.
---What
________
unusual
thing!
I'm
proud
________
it.
A.a;
of
B.an;
of
C.the;
in
D./;
in
能力实践
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.1
October,the
Chinese
(国家的)
Day,is
a
public
holiday.?
2.The
small
player
(得分)
two
goals
before
half-time
yesterday.?
3.Who
is
the
(领导者)
of
this
activity??
4.Grace
will
go
to
a(n)
(大学)
for
further
education
after
she
finishes
high
school.?
5.In
Western
people’s
eyes,the
Analects
of
Confucius
is
(简直)
the
top
treasure
of
Chinese
culture.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.—What
is
the
(high)
of
that
mountain??
—About
3,300
metres
tall.
2.At
first,she
was
(refuse)
to
attend
the
meeting.?
3.The
village
(name)
the
Most
Beautiful
Village
in
2018.?
4.You
must
pay
more
attention
to
the
traffic
while
(cross)
the
road.?
5.You
have
to
work
even
(hard)
to
get
ahead.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.我的弟弟想要参加学校足球队员的选拔赛。
My
brother
wants
to
the
school
football
team.?
2.无论发生什么,我们都不应该泄气。
No
matter
what
happens,we
shouldn’t
.?
3.要他改变主意是不容易的。
It
is
not
easy
to
get
him
to
.?
4.结果,她成功地买到了10只口罩。
As
a
result,she
10
masks.?
5.请留心这些警告的标牌。
Please
these
warning
labels.?
6.由于健康问题,他被迫放弃了比赛。
He
give
up
the
competition
health
problems.?
IV.单项填空
(
)1.(辽宁铁岭中考)Mr
Smith
knows
a
lot
about
China
he
has
never
been
to
our
country.?
A.although
B.until
C.if
D.since
(
)2.She
felt
so that
she
didn’t
keep
her
mind
in
the
book.?
A.sleeping
B.sleepy
C.asleep
D.slept
(
)3.(海南中考改编)Mrs
Green
refuses
sweet
food.She
doesn’t
want
to
get
fat.?
A.eat
B.eating
C.to
eat
D.eats
(
)4.(河南中考)You
can’t
change
who
you
are
by
reading
a
book
or
change
the
way
you
act
by
watching
a
video.What
is
what
you
do,not
what
you
know.?
A.includes
B.decides
C.means
D.matters
(
)5.The
population
of
China
is
larger
than country
in
the
world.?
A.any
B.other
C.any
other
D.the
other
(
)6.When
I
was
a
kid
your
age,I
tried
out
our
school
volleyball
team.?
A.in;for
B.of;of
C.of;for
D.at;in
(
)7.(甘肃天水中考)— !Hope
is
always
around
you.?
—Thank
you,Miss
Liu.
A.Don’t
thank
goodness
B.Don’t
be
lazy
C.Never
lose
heart
D.Never
be
confident
(
)8.—Did
you
join
in
Susan’s
birthday
party
yesterday
evening?
—No.I .?
A.wasn’t
invited
B.am
not
invited
C.don’t
invite
D.invited
(
)9.Daniel
is
a
modest
person.He
worries at
times.?
A.too
many
B.many
too
C.too
much
D.much
too
(
)10.Your
parents
love
you
very
much they
seldom
say,“I
love
you.”?
A.unless
B.or
C.so
D.although
V.完形填空（培优）
Eileen
Gu,a
Chinese-American
skier(滑雪运动员),is
already
dreaming
of
gold
medals
at
the
2022
Winter
Olympic
Games.However,she
won’t
receive
her
1
under
the
US
flag.Gu
will
compete
for
China.?
Gu
was
born
to
an
American
father
and
a
Chinese
mother.She
was
2
in
San
Francisco.She
lived
there
for
over
ten
years.The
girl,however,has
always
been
3
that
she
has
a
Chinese
root(根).She
speaks
Chinese
well
and
calls
herself
a
“Beijing
girl”.?
Gu
4
skiing
when
she
was
only
three.She
got
her
first
5
at
the
age
of
nine.Gu
competed
for
the
United
States
in
that
competition.Hoping
to
6
tens
of
millions
of
Chinese
children
to
love
skiing,last
June,the
girl
joined
Team
China.?
Gu
has
already
brought
China
medals.In
August,she
7
the
Australian
New
Zealand
Cup.The
young
skier
won
two
gold
medals
in
the
competition.Her
fans
8
her
online.After
the
competition,the
number
of
them
even
increased
to
200,000.People
9
her
a
“born
skier.”?
Gu
says
she
is
only
getting
started.How
many
gold
medals
will
she
win
for
China
at
the
2022
Games?The
10
may
surprise
us
all!
Let’s
wait
and
see.?
(
)1.A.medals
B.bills
C.gifts
D.mails
(
)2.A.discussed
B.hated
C.raised
D.noticed
(
)3.A.relaxed
B.mad
C.afraid
D.proud
(
)4.A.started
B.forgot
C.kept
D.regretted
(
)5.A.ability
B.win
C.job
D.subject
(
)6.A.encourage
B.allow
C.invite
D.advise
(
)7.A.suffered
from
B.joined
in
C.set
up
D.paid
for
(
)8.A.encouraged
B.remembered
C.disappointed
D.congratulated
(
)9.A.called
B.hoped
C.made
D.looked
(
)10.A.standard
B.policy
C.result
D.reason
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
期末复习Unit
1-4
易错回顾
一、单词拼写
1.Our
basketball
team
(
得分
)
twice
in
the
last
three
minutes
of
the
game.?
2.Mrs
Black
needs
the
(
勇气
)
to
speak
out
the
truth.?
3.He
(
仅仅
)
answered
my
questions
but
didn’t
tell
me
why.?
4.The
children
(
要紧
)
more
to
her
than
anything
else
in
the
world.?
5.All
the
streets
were
decorated
with
flags
to
celebrate
the
(
胜利
).?
二、单项填空
(
)1.—Do
you
know
about
the
scientist
Tu
Youyou?
—Yes,she
won
the
2015
Nobel
Prize
in
Medicine
because
of
her
great .?
A.surprise
B.achievement
C.education
D.satisfaction
(
)2.—Why
is
Jim
so
upset?
—Because
he
the
school
basketball
team
yesterday
and
was
refused.?
A.tried
on
B.tried
out
of
C.tried
out
for
D.tried
up
(
)3.Welcome
all
of
you
to
our
town
and
enjoy here
in
the
next
few
days.?
A.yourself
B.yourselves
C.themselves
D.himself
(
)24.—It
seems
that
you
are
happy.Why?
—I
came
across
an
old
friend
of
mine
while
I
on
the
street.?
A.was
walking
B.walk
C.walked
D.am
walking
(
)5.—I
joined
in
the
2019
Nanjing
Marathon
race,
I
couldn’t
run
as
fast
as
a
real
runner.?
—That’s
really
great!
You
are
my
hero!
A.although
B.until
C.so
D.if
(
)6.—When
must
I
hand
in
my
book
report?
—As
soon
as
you it
tomorrow.?
A.completed
B.will
complete
C.complete
D.is
completed
(
)7.As
middle
school
students,we
should
think
about for
our
country
in
the
future.?
A.what
we
did
B.what
did
we
do
C.what
we
can
do
D.what
can
we
do
(
)8.The
forest
fires
that
in
Australia
seem
to
be
both
a
natural
and
man-made
disaster
according
to
some
experts.?
A.broke
out
B.broke
down
C.broke
up
D.broke
into
(
)9.Jane
Austen,the
writer
of
Pride
and
Prejudice single(
单身的
)
all
her
life
although
she
wrote
many
stories
of
love.?
A.realized
B.required
C.reminded
D.remained
(
)10.—I’m
afraid
I
have
to
give
up
my
dream
of
being
a
singer.
— .No
dream
is
too
big,and
no
dreamer
is
too
small.?
A.Don’t
lose
heart
B.No
problem
C.That’s
unusual
D.You
must
be
joking
兴趣起航
What
comes
into
your
mind
when
talking
about
growing
up
?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Unit
1
一、词汇精讲
1、show
off 炫耀
拓展：有关show的常用短语：
show
sb.
sth.＝show
sth.
to
sb.
给某人看某物；向某人演示……
show
sb.
around/round(sp.) 带领某人参观(某地)
show
up 出现，露面
Eg.
Let
me
show
my
beautiful
hometown
to
you.
让我向你们展示我美丽的故乡。
My
sister
will
show
me
around
Fudan
University
during
the
summer
holiday.
暑假期间我姐姐将带我去参观复旦大学。
Yesterday
I
waited
for
him
for
a
long
time,
but
he
never
showed
up.
我昨天等了他好长时间，但他根本没出现。
[典型例题]这个年轻人喜欢炫耀他法语讲得有多好。
The
young
man
likes
to
________
________
how
well
he
speaks
French.
2、come
up
with 提出
点津：come
up
with是一个没有被动语态的动词短语，意为“(针对问题等)提出(观点)”“想出(办法)”。同义词组为think
up。
Eg.
She
came
up
with
a
new
suggestion
to
solve
the
problem
as
well. 她也提出了一种解决这个问题的新建议。
[典型例题]上次谁提出了这个好办法？
Who
________
________
________
this
good
way
last
time?
3、born adj.
天生的
Eg.
Wu
Wei
is
a
born
artist.
吴伟是一位天生的艺术家。
拓展：born此处用作形容词，意为“天生的”，仅用于名词前作定语。born作动词，意为“出生”，常用于被动语态。
be
born
意为“出生”。
be
born
to
be/do
sth.
注定会成为；注定要做
Eg.
He
was
born
to
be
an
excellent
actor.
他注定会成为一名优秀的演员。
be
born
with
一出生就拥有
Eg.
He
was
born
to
be
an
excellent
actor.
他注定会成为一名优秀的演员。
be
born
with
a
sliver
spoon
in
one's
mouth
生于富贵之家，出身富裕
[典型例题]那个时候，大多数小孩都在家里出生。
Most
babies
________
________
at
home
at
that
time.
4、devote vt.
把……贡献；把……专用于
拓展：devote常与介词to连用，表示“致力于，献身于”。to后接名词或动名词。
devote的常用短语有：
devote
sth.
to
sth. 把……用于……
devote
oneself
to
sth. 献身于；致力于
Eg.
He
devoted
most
of
his
time
to
reading.
他把大部分时间用于看书。
Paul
devoted
himself
to
his
career.
保罗致力于自己的事业。
[典型例题]①他把他一生的积蓄都奉献给了当地的教育。
He
________
all
his
savings
________
to
local
education.
②她致力于自己的工作。
She
________
________
________
her
work.
5、praise n.
赞扬，表扬
Eg.
His
sculptures
for
Sunshine
Town
Square
have
won
high
praise
from
the
art
community.他为阳光小镇广场设计的雕塑获得了艺术中心的高度赞扬。
拓展：praise还可以作为及物动词，意为“赞扬，赞美，表扬”，后面直接加宾语。常用短语praise
sb.
for
sth.表扬某人某事，praise
for
称赞。
[典型例题]玛丽因为进步而受到表扬。
Mary
was
________
for
her
progress.
6、appear vi.
出现
Eg.
They
appear
in
a
fixed
order
and
the
cycle
repeats
every
12
years.
它们顺序固定，而且这一循环每12年往复一次。
辨析：appear的反义词是disappear，意为“消失”；appear的名词是appearance，意为“外貌，外观；出现，露面”。appear作为不及物动词，还有“显得；似乎”的意思。
Eg.
Can
you
tell
what
she
is
from
her
appearance?
通过她的外貌你能辨别出她是做什么的吗？
[典型例题]当我进门时，他已经消失不见了。
When
I
came
in,
he
had
________．
二、句型突破
1、It
is
you
who
shape
your
life
and
your
future.
你的生活和你的未来都掌握在你的手中。
点津：此句中的shape为动词，意为“塑造”，shape还可作名词，意为“形状；模型；身材”。shapeless是形容词，意为“不成形的；不像样的”。此句为强调句。强调句型的结构为“It＋is＋被强调的部分＋who/that＋原句的其他部分”。强调某人时用who/that，强调其他事物时用that。
[典型例题]
①她经常锻炼来保持良好的体形。
She
always
does
exercise
to
keep
in
good
________．
②是李明帮助了他们。
It
was
Li
Ming
________
helped
them.
③他们就是在明天准备动身去北京。
It
is
tomorrow
________
they
are
leaving
for
Beijing.
2、As
a
doctor,
you
can't
be
too
careful.
作为一个医生，再怎么仔细也不为过。
点津：can't...too...是常用表达，意为“无论怎样……也不算过分，再怎么……也不为过”。
也可以用can
never，impossible等与too
连用。
Eg.
Some
people
can
never
have
too
much
money.
有些人永远不会嫌钱多。
I
can't
agree
with
you
more.
我非常赞同你。
[典型例题]( )To
avoid
making
mistakes,
you
can't
be
______
serious
with
your
work.
A.so
B.too
C.or
D.but
三、语法荟萃
1、并列连词both...and...,
not
only...but(also)．..,
either...or...和neither...nor...的用法
Eg.
Carelessness
will
be
a
disaster
not
only
to
ourselves
but
also
to
patients.
点津：both...and...,
not
only...but(also)．..,
either...or...和neither...nor...都是并列连词，它们可以连接两个并列的主语、谓语、宾语、表语、状语等。它们的具体用法是：
both...and...既……又……；……和……都not
only...but
also不但……而且……either...or...或者……或者……；要么……要么……；不是……就是……neither...nor...既不……也不……
Eg.
Both
New
York
and
London
have
traffic
problems.
纽约和伦敦都存在交通问题。
He
will
come
to
see
me
either
this
week
or
next
week.
他这周或者下周会来看我。
It
is
neither
hot
nor
cold
in
winter
here.
这里冬天既不冷也不热。
注意：①在not
only...but
also...中，可以省略also，即not
only...but...。
②当not
only...but(also)．..，either...or...
和neither...nor...连接两个主语时，其谓语动词要与最近的主语保持一致，即遵循“就近原则”。
Eg.
Not
only
the
students
but
Mr.
Li
has
lunch
at
school.
不仅学生们，还有李老师都在学校吃午饭。
Either
you
or
I
am
going
there
tomorrow.
明天要么你去那里，要么我去那里。
Neither
she
nor
I
am
a
worker.
她和我都不是工人。
[典型例题]
( )①Bob
likes
playing
chess,
but
________
his
father
________
his
mother
likes
it.
A.both;
and
B.not
only;
but
also
C.neither;
nor
D.either;
or
( )②________
Lily
_________
Lucy
may
go
with
you
because
one
of
them
must
stay
at
home.
A.both;
and
B.not
only;
but
also
C.neither;
nor
D.either;
or
2、并列连词and、but、or、so
Eg.
I
want
to
share
the
best
art
with
people,
so
I'm
always
searching
for
something
better
or
different.
点津：连词and,
but,
or和so可以用来连接单词、短语或者句子。它们的具体用法是：
and和，又表示并列关系but但是表示转折关系，所连接的成分意思往往相反或相对or或者表示选择关系，也可表示否定的条件，意为“否则，不然”so因此，所以表示因果关系，常用来连接两个简单句，但so与because不能同时用于同一句中
Eg.
I
went
to
see
her,
and
stayed
with
her
for
three
hours.
我去看她，并和她在一起待了三小时。
Tom
went
to
the
party,
but
his
brother
didn't.
汤姆去参加聚会了，但是他的兄弟没去。
Be
careful
in
your
exam,
or
you
will
fail
again.
考试时仔细一点，否则你又会不及格。
注意：①表示“和”的意思时，and通常用于肯定句中，而or用于否定句或疑问句中。但在否定句中，如果所连接的两部分都有否定词，应用and而不用or。
②结构“祈使句＋and＋陈述句”表示条件，相当于“如果……就……”。
Eg.
Work
hard
and
you'll
get
good
grades
in
your
exam.
如果你努力学习，你就可以在考试中得到好成绩。
[典型例题]
( )①Boys
and
girls,
you
mustn't
talk
in
class,
________
you
will
miss
something
important.
A.so
B.or
C.and
D.but
( )②Linda
is
a
dancer,
________
she
really
wants
to
be
a
singer.
A.because
B.but
C.or
D.so
Part
Two
Unit
2
一、词汇精讲
1、influence vt.
影响
Eg.
Some
people
believe
that
colors
can
influence
our
moods.
一些人认为颜色可以影响我们的心情。
拓展：have
influence
on 对……有影响
辨析：influence,
affect,
effect
influencen.
&
vt.“影响”主要指对行为、性格、观点等产生潜移默化的影响。affectvt.“影响”是及物动词，主要是一时的影响，着重影响的动作。effectn.“影响”用法与influence基本相同，have
effect
on“对……有影响”，但是指一时的影响。bring
into
effect“实行，贯彻”。
[典型例题]在influence,
affect,
effect中选择合适的单词填空
①The
results
didn't
________
her
at
all.
②Television
has
a
strong
________
on
people.
③We
have
protested(抗议),
but
it
has
no
________．
2、instead
of 代替，而不是
Eg.
Should
I
stay
at
home
instead
of
going
shopping
with
my
classmates?
我应该待在家而不是和同学一起购物吗？
辨析：instead
of,
instead
单词词性含义用法instead
of介词短语代替，而不是用于句中，其后跟名词、代词或动名词，是前者代替后者；用于句首时是后者代替前者。instead副词代替，反而通常用于句末，是后者代替前者；用于句首时，起连接上下句的作用，通常是上句含否定意义，然后用于引出下句并提出相反的情况。
[典型例题]在instead
of,
instead中选择合适的单词填空
①Lydia
didn't
study
law，she
decided
to
become
a
singer
________．
②We
walked
down
the
stairs______
taking
the
elevator.
3、promise vt.
承诺，允诺，答应
Eg.
We
promise
that
this
method
can
help
you
change
your
moods,
or
you
will
get
your
money
back!
我们承诺这种疗法可以帮助你改变情绪，否则全额退款！
拓展：promise作及物动词，后接名词、代词、动词不定式或从句作宾语；promise作可数名词，意为“诺言”。
Eg.
I
promise
that
I
won't
play
computer
games
anymore.
我保证以后再也不玩电脑游戏。
If
you
make
a
promise,
you
should
keep
it.
如果你做出了承诺，就应该遵守诺言。
[典型例题]
①他答应要帮助我。______________________________________________
②I
will
try
to
come,
but
I
can't
________(保证)．
③You
should
________
________
________(遵守承诺)．
4、remind vt.
提醒，使想起
Eg.
Yellow
is
the
color
of
the
sun
，so
it
can
remind
you
of
a
warm
sunny
day. 黄色是太阳的颜色，因此它能使你想起温暖、阳光明媚的一天。
拓展：remind常与of或about
连用，构成短语remind
sb.of/about
sth.，意为“提醒，使某人想起某事”。remind与不定式连用：remind
sb.
to
do
sth.提醒某人做某事。
Eg.
What
he
said
reminds
me
of
my
childhood.
他所说的使我想起了我的童年。
[典型例题]这个标志提醒我要谨慎驾驶。_____________________________________
二、句型突破
1、And
I'm
not
sure
if
blue
looks
good
on
you.
而且我不确定你穿蓝色是否好看。
点津：(sth.)
looks
good
on(sb.)
为固定句型意为“某物穿在某人身上很好看”，这个句型可转化为：(sb.)
looks
good
in(sth.)意为“某人穿某物很好看”。
Eg.
Dark
blue
looks
good
on
your
mother.
＝Your
mother
looks
good
in
dark
blue.
你妈妈穿深蓝色很好看。
[典型例题]我认为你穿这个裙子很好看。(同义句转换)
I
think
that
this
skirt
looks
good
on
you.
=
________________________________
2、People
in
cold
areas
prefer
warm
color
in
their
homes
to
create
a
warm
and
comfortable
feeling.
生活在寒冷地区的人更喜欢在家中用暖色调，以此创造出温暖舒适的感觉。
点津：prefer
sth.为固定句型“更喜欢……”；prefer
A
to
B意为“与B相比，更喜欢A”；
prefer
doing
A
to
doing
B意为“宁愿做A事，也不愿做B事”。与此类似的用法还有would
rather
do
sth.
than
do
sth.意
为“和(做其他事)相比，更愿意做……”。
[典型例题]
(1)我宁愿待在家里也不愿去购物。
①I
would
rather
________
________
________
than
________
________．
②I
prefer
________
________
________
to
________
________．
(2)相对于蓝色我更喜欢粉色。
__________________________________
3、This
may
help
when
you
are
having
difficulty
making
a
decision. 当你犹豫不决的时候，红色可以有助于你做决定。
点津：difficulty一般作不可数名词，意为“困难，费力”。常用短语have
difficulty
(in)
doing
sth.意思是“做某事有困难”，in可省略；trouble也有此用法。difficulty也可与with搭配，构成sb.
have
difficulty
with
sth.意为“某人做某事困难，吃力”。
[典型例题]( )I
have
great
________
in
learning
Maths
and
I'm
worried.
Could
you
help
me?
A.difficulty
B.interest
C.fun
D.joy
三、语法荟萃
1、that引导的宾语从句
Eg.
Some
people
believe
that
color
can
influence
our
moods.
点津：本句是that引导的宾语从句，宾语从句是指在复合句中充当宾语的句子。
(1)宾语从句可以用在主句动词之后，如：know、think、believe、hope、mean；也可用于主句形容词之后，如：certain、sure、glad。
Eg.
I
believe
that
our
country
will
become
stronger
and
stronger.
我相信我们的国家会越来越强大。
She
is
sure
that
red
can
bring
her
good
luck.
她确信红色将为她带来好运。
(2)当宾语从句是由陈述句转换而来时，即转述他人的话时，由that引导。
Eg.
I
heard
that
you
had
passed
the
exam.
我听说你通过了考试。
(3)that引导的宾语从句中，that不作任何成分，在口语和非正式文体中可以被省略。
Eg.
She
thinks
blue
is
better
than
red.
她认为蓝色比红色好。
(4)当主句谓语动词是think,
believe,
suppose,
expect等词时，宾语从句需表达否定的意思，常把否定转移至主语表示。
Eg.
I
don't
think
it
is
good
for
you
to
read
for
a
long
time.
我认为长时间阅读对你是不好的。
[典型例题]
①你认为颜色会在很多方面影响到我们的生活吗？
________________________________________________________________________
②I
think
that
if
you
have
lost
the
book
borrowed
from
library,
you
must
pay
for
it.
________________________________________________________________________
2、if或whether引导的宾语从句
Eg.
You
may
wonder
whether/if
color
can
influence
our
moods.
点津：本句是由一般疑问句转变而来的宾语从句，由if或whether引导。
(1)连词whether或if表达“能否，是不是”之意，在从句中不充当成分，在口语中多用if。
Eg.
Tom
wonders
if/whether
his
grandpa
will
come
next
week.
汤姆想知道他爷爷下星期是否会来。
(2)whether或if引导的宾语从句，虽然具有疑问意义，但从句语序应用陈述语序。
Eg.
I
don't
know
if/whether
he
has
come
here.
我不知道他是否来过这儿。
注意：由whether或if引导的宾语从句的时态要和主语的时态保持一致。
(3)在宾语从句中whether和if
可以互换使用，在or
not之前、介词之前、不定式之前只能用whether。
Eg.
Do
you
know
whether
he
are
leaving
for
Beijing
or
not
tomorrow?
你知道他明天是否动身去北京吗？
[典型例题]将下列句子转换为宾语从句
①“Did
Mary
clean
the
classroom
yesterday？”
Mr.
Hu
is
asking.
_____________________________________________________
②She
wonders,
“Can
I
keep
this
dictionary
for
one
more
week？”
_____________________________________________________
Part
Three
Unit
3
一、词汇精讲
1、awake adj.
醒着的
Eg.
Then
I
find
it
hard
to
stay
awake
the
next
day.
然后我发现第二天很难保持清醒。
辨析：awake,
wake
awakev.
&
adj.作形容词时表示“醒着的”，常用在连系动词后作表语(不能作定语)；不能用very修饰，但可用wide修饰；作动词时表示“醒来；唤醒”，注意此时不能与up连用wakev.表示“睡醒；醒来”，常与up连用构成wake
up“唤醒”，代词作宾语时要放在wake
up中间
Eg.
Yesterday
I
went
to
bed
early,
but
I
was
awake
for
a
long
time.
昨天我上床睡觉很早，但是很长一段时间是醒着的。
I
often
wake
up
at
six
every
morning.
我经常每天早晨六点醒来。
[典型例题]
①她被噪音弄醒了。_________________________________________
②请七点钟叫醒他。__________________________________________
2、strict adj.
严格的，严厉的
Eg.
I
do
not
understand
why
they
are
so_strict
with
me.
我不明白为什么他们对我如此严厉。
拓展：be
strict
with
sb.表示对某人严厉；be
strict
in
sth.表示对某事要求严格。
Eg.
As
a
leader
of
an
organization,
the
general
manager
must
be
strict
with
herself.
作为组织的领导，总经理必须严格要求自己。
We
have
to
be
strict
in
our
behaviors.
我们要严格要求自己的行为。
[典型例题]We
students
should
be
________(严格的)
with
ourselves.
3、worth adj.
值得；值……钱
Eg.
I
often
doubt
whether
it
is
worth
spending
so
much
time
on
my
homework.
我常常怀疑花这么多时间做家庭作业是否值得。
拓展：worthy
值得……的；worthless没用的，无价值的
常用句型为It(形式主语)＋be＋worth＋doing 值得做……
be
worth＋n. 值得……
Eg.
The
film
isn't
worth
watching.
这部电影不值得看。
The
picture
is
worth
100
yuan.
这幅画值100元。
It
isn't
worth
repairing
the
bike.
这辆自行车不值得修理了。
[典型例题](谚语)二鸟在林不如一鸟在手。____________________________________________
4、cause n.
原因
Eg.
However,
my
love
of
football
has
become
the
cause
of
my
problem.
然而，我对足球的热爱成为问题的起因。
辨析：cause,
reason,
excuse
causen.
&
v.表示“起因”，指引起某种结果的“原因”，后接介词ofreasonn.表示“理由，原因”，指决定做某事或采取某项行动的理由excusen.表示“辩解，借口”，指对某种行为所做的解释，可能是真的，也可能是托词
Eg.
The
cause
of
the
fire
was
not
like
that.
火灾的起因不是那样。
She
didn't
come
today.
Do
you
know
the
reason?
她今天没来。你知道原因吗？
[典型例题]用cause,
reason和excuse填空
①These
________
led
to
a
bad
result.
②Late
again!
What
is
your
________
of
this
time?
③We
have
no
________
to
believe
him.
二、句型突破
1、I
find
it
hard
to
stay
awake
the
next
day.
我发现第二天很难保持清醒。
点津：sb.＋find＋it＋adj.＋to
do
sth.表示“某人发现做某事……”，it作形式宾语，to
do
sth.是真正的宾语。此处的形容词充当宾语补足语，补充说明it的情况或状态。这种表达方式可以避免头重脚轻的现象，使句子平稳。
Eg.
I
find
it
important
to
learn
spoken
English.
我发现学习英语口语是很重要的。
[典型例题]
①他发现学习英语很难。__________________________
②玛丽发现赚外快很容易。____________________________
2、I
have
a
lot
of
homework
every
day，and
I
have
no
choice
but
to
do
it.
每天我都有很多作业，我别无选择，只能去做。
点津：句中的choice表示“选择权，选择的可能性”，常用句型have
no
choice
but
to
do
sth.，“除做……外，别无选择”。其他短语还有：make
a
choice做出选择，take
one's
choice任意选择。
Eg.
He
has
no
choice
but
to
ask
his
teacher
for
help.
他除了向老师求助外别无选择。
[典型例题]We
have
no
choice
________
to
study
hard.
3、I
need
someone
to
share
my
worries
with.
我需要有人来分担我的烦恼。
点津：这里动词不定式短语to
share
my
worries
with是后置定语，与前面的someone形成动宾关系，因此其后的with不可省略。如果不定式限定的名词是time,
place,
way等，不定式后面的介词习惯上可以省略。
Eg.
The
mall
is
a
good
place
to
meet
friends
and
have
fun.
这个大型购物中心是与朋友相聚和娱乐的好地方。
She
is
a
good
girl
to
make
friends
with.
她是一个可以做朋友的好女孩。
[典型例题]你需要有人来分享你的快乐。
___________________________________________
4、Why
don't
you
let
your
parents
know
you
need
them?你为什么不让父母知道你需要他们？
点津：(1)英语中可以用Why
not...,
Why
don't
you...,
What/How
about...,
Let's...和Shall
we...等句型提建议；
(2)句型Why
not...？是Why
don't
you...？的省略形式，表示“为什么不……？”或“你为什么不……？”，后面跟动词原形；
(3)句型What/How
about...？表示“……怎么样？”或“……如何？”，后面跟名词、代词或动名词；
(4)句型Let's...表示“让我们……吧。”，后面跟动词原形；
(5)句型Shall
we...？表示“我们……好吗？”，后面跟动词原形；
(6)perhaps也可以用于提建议。
Eg.
Why
don't
you
listen
to
music
to
relax
yourself?
你为什么不听听音乐放松一下呢？
What/How
about
having
a
cup
of
coffee?
喝杯咖啡怎么样？
Let's
listen
to
him!
让我们听他说吧！
Shall
we
go
swimming
tomorrow?
我们明天去游泳好吗？
Perhaps
you
can
park
over
there.
你或许可以将车停在那里。
[典型例题]( )Why
not
________
your
teacher
for
help
when
you
can't
finish
________
the
story
by
yourself?
A.to
ask;
write
B.to
ask;
writing
C.ask;
writing
D.asking;
to
三、语法荟萃
连接代词和连接副词引导的宾语从句
Eg.
Sometimes
we
forget
when
we
should
stop.
点津：(1)英语中当宾语从句是由特殊疑问句转变而来时，应由连接代词或连接副词引导。常见的连接代词有：what,
who,
whom,
whose,
which；连接副词有：when,
where,
how,
why等；
(2)连接代词和连接副词有具体词义，并且在宾语从句中充当句子成分；
(3)宾语从句的语序必须是陈述语序；
(4)who与whom都指人，含义为“谁”。其中who为主格，在宾语从句中作主语；whom为宾格，在句中作宾语；
(5)若主句的时态为一般现在时，则宾语从句可根据需要用任何时态；若主句的时态为过去时，则从句的时态应与主句的时态保持一致(客观真理除外。)
Eg.
Can
you
tell
us
what
they
are
doing?
你能告诉我们他们在做什么吗？
She
wants
to
know
why
that
little
boy
is
crying.
她想知道那个小男孩为什么哭。
My
father
told
me
that
the
earth
is
round
when
I
was
a
child.
当我还是个孩子的时候，父亲曾告诉我地球是圆的。
[典型例题]( )Please
tell
me
________
to
improve
my
English.
A.what
I
can
do
B.what
can
I
do
C.how
I
can
do
D.how
can
I
do
Part
Four
Unit
4
一、词汇精讲
1、die
of/from 死于
Eg.
Anne
and
her
elder
sister
died_of
illness.
安妮和她的姐姐死于疾病。
拓展：die
of
一般用于死因存在于人体之内的情况，主要指疾病，衰老等自身原因；die
from
一般指受到外部环境的伤害，主要指意外事故，如车祸，地震等。若死因是环境影响到体内，如受伤，饥寒，过度劳累，则两者均可。
Eg.
Peter's
grandmother
died
of
heart
disease.
彼得的祖母死于心脏病。
In
the
developing
countries,
many
people
died
of/from
hunger
every
year.
在发展中国家，每年都有很多人死于饥饿。
[典型例题]用die
of或die
from
填空
①A
farmer
________
a
lightning
unluckily.
②The
poor
man
I
met
yesterday
________
cancer.
2、lose
heart 灰心，气馁
Eg.
He
didn't_lose_heart. 他没有灰心。
拓展：lose
heart
意为“灰心，气馁”
关于lose的常见短语：lose
yourself
in
sth.沉迷于……
lose
a
game 输掉比赛
lose
weight 减肥
lose
temper 发脾气
lose
one's
life 丧失生命
Eg.
She
eats
a
little
to
lose
weight.
她为了减肥只吃一点点。
You
shouldn't
lose
yourself
in
playing
computer
games.
你不应该沉迷于玩电脑游戏。
[典型例题]I
am
afraid
that
my
dad
will
__________(发脾气)when
he
knows
my
terrible
performance.
3、succeed vi.
成功
Eg.
As
a
result,
he
succeeded
in
getting
a
scholarship.
因此他成功获得奖学金。
拓展：常用句型succeed
in
doing
sth.
意为“成功做某事”。
success
n.
成功
successful
adj.
成功的
successfully
adv.
成功地
Eg.
I
hope
you
can
succeed
in
passing
the
driving
test.
我希望你可以顺利通过驾照考试。
[典型例题]( )—What
do
you
think
of
the
speech
given
by
Chairman
Xi
Jinping
in
the
UN?
—It's
very
exciting.His
speech
________getting
foreign
friends'
appreciation.
A.succeed
in
B.succeed
to
C.managed
to
D.managed
in
4、although conj.
尽管，虽然
Eg.
Although
he
was
a
great
player
at
university,
the
NBA
was
not
interested
in
him
because
all
its
players
were
more
than
20cm
taller
than
he
was.
尽管他在大学是个很好的运动员，但是NBA对他不感兴趣，因为NBA所有的运动员都比他高20多厘米。
拓展：although此处作连词，引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管；虽然”；although引导的让步状语从句不能与but连用；此外，though
也有“尽管，虽然”的意思，可用逗号与前后句子隔开；even
though则表示“即使”。
Eg.
Although
he
is
a
child，he
knows
a
lot.
尽管他是个孩子，但是他知之甚多。
He
was
holding
our
baby
in
his
arms
even
though
he
had
fallen
asleep.
即使他已经睡着了，他还是把我们的宝宝抱在怀里。
[典型例题]
①尽管太阳高照，却不是很暖和。
________
the
sun
was
shining,
it
wasn't
very
warm.
②尽管每个人都打得不错，我们还是输了。
We
lost
the
game,
__________．
5、graduate vi.
毕业
Eg.
After
he
graduated,_he
was
forced
to
play
in
another
basketball
league.
在他毕业之后，他被迫去另一个篮球联盟打球。
拓展：graduate
from... 从……毕业
graduate
in 毕业于……学科
graduation n.
毕业；毕业典礼
after
graduation 毕业后
Eg.
It
was
my
first
job
after
graduation.
那是我毕业后的第一份工作。
He
graduated
in
medicine.
他是医学专业毕业的。
Ann
graduated
from
Peking
University.
安毕业于北京大学。
[典型例题]
①她去年一从哈佛大学毕业就找到了工作。
_________________________________________
②我的家人都来参加了我的毕业典礼。
_________________________________________
二、句型突破
1、Her
father
had
her
diary
published.
她的爸爸使她的日记出版了。
点津：have
something
done意为“使/让某事被完成，让某人做某事”，sth.与done之间是被动关系，done所表示的动作一般由别人而不是主语发出。
have
something
to
do
意为“有某事要做”，其中不定式做定语，修饰sth.，该不定式常用主动形式表被动。
Eg.
Tomorrow
I
want
to
have
my
hair
cut.
明天我想去剪头发。
[典型例题]
①The
Blacks
are
going
to
have
their
garden
______(浇水)
this
weekend.
②I
have
an
urgent
matter
to
________(discussion)with
you.
2、Through
hard
work,
Spud
Webb
proved
that
size
and
body
type
do
not
matter—you
can
do
almost
anything
if
you
never
give
up.
通过努力，斯巴德·韦伯证明高矮胖瘦不重要——只要永不放弃，几乎没有什么你做不到的。
点津：prove
that…意为“证明……”，引导宾语从句。prove的用法有：
①prove
sth.
to
sb.
向某人证明某事
Eg.
The
teacher
proved
this
theory
to
us.
老师向我们证实了那个理论。
②prove＋宾语(sb./sth.)＋(to
be)＋宾语补足语(n./adj.)
Eg.
All
this
proved
him
to
be
an
responsible
person.
所有这些都证明他是个负责任的人。
[典型例题]伽利略证实了地球和所有其他行星都是绕着太阳运转的。
Galileo
________
________
the
Earth
and
all
other
planets
move
around
the
Sun.
三、语法荟萃
before、after、when、和while引导的时间状语从句
Eg.
When
he
finally
got
the
chance,
he
scored
20
points
in
his
first
time.
点津：
(1)时间状语从句是指在复合句中充当时间状语的句子。可以用before，after，when和while引导时间状语从句。before表达“在……之前”，表示主句动作发生在从句动作之前；after表达“在……之后”表示主句的动作发生在从句动作之后；when表达“当……时”，表示主句动作发生的特定时间；while表达“在……期间”表示主句动作发生在从句动作进行的过程中。
Eg.
The
days
get
longer
when
spring
comes.
春天到来时，白天变长了。
While(I
am)
traveling,
I
like
to
buy
some
souvenirs.
旅游时，我喜欢买纪念品。
注意：①当主句和从句的主语一致，并且从句中有助动词be时，可以省略主语和动词be，构成while＋动词?ing
结构；②while还可以表达“与……同时”，强调主句动作和从句动作是同时发生的；且while引导的从句的谓语动词必须是延续性的。
(2)since，till和until也常用来引导时间状语从句。since表达“自从……以来”，一般情况下，从句谓语动词用一般过去时，而主句的谓语动词用现在完成时；till和until表达“到……为止”，一般情况下两者可以互换。until可以放在句首或句中，而till不可以用在句首。
Eg.
I
worked
till/until
he
came
back.
我一直工作到他回来为止。
(3)whenever和as
soon
as也可用于引导时间状语从句。whenever表达“每当；任何时候”；as
soon
as表达“一……就……”。
Eg.
We
began
to
work
as
soon
as
we
got
there.
我们一到那就开始工作。
I
like
listening
to
music
whenever
I
have
time.
每当有时间时，我喜欢听音乐。
[典型例题]
( )①The
life
we
were
used
to
has
changed
greatly
________
2013.
A.till
B.until
C.since
D.in
( )②I
will
discuss
it
with
you
________
you
like
to.
A.whenever
B.however
C.whoever
D.whatever
( )③________
you
watch
this
program,
you
will
realize
how
much
danger
these
tigers
face.
A.Before
B.After
C.When
D.While
能力实践
【20-21姑苏区联考期中真题】
第二部分
单项填空(共
10小题;每小题1分，满分10
分)
请认真阅读下面各题，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21.
---The
China
International
Import
Expo
is
_____
first
import
expo
in
Shanghai
facing
to
all
the
Chinese
markets.
---That’s
true!
It
is
_____
great
start
of
the
first
CIIE.
A.
a;
the
B.
a;
a
C.
the;
a
D.
the;
/
22.
---I’m
new
here
in
Suzhou.
---Take
a
map
of
Suzhou
with
you.
You’ll
find
it
of
great
_____
in
helping
you.
A.
price
B.
cost
C.
interest
D.
value
23.
I
find
this
computer
game
_____
to
play.
A.
enough
easy
B.
easy
enough
C.
enough
easily
D.
easily
enough
24.
---It
is
said
that
your
animal
sign
decides
your
personality.
---_____
My
animal
sign
is
the
OX,
but
in
fact
I
am
lazy
sometimes.
A.
I
can’t
agree
more.
B.
I
think
so.
C.
That’s
not
the
case.
D.
Why
not?
25.
---Uncle
Wang
hardly
smokes,
_____?
---
_____
.
He
often
tells
us
smoking
does
harm
to
our
health.
A.
does
he;
Yes
B.
does
he;
No
C.
doesn't
he;
Yes
D.
doesn't
he;
No
26.
Which
of
the
following
sentences
is
RIGHT?
A.
I’m
not
sure
that
he
will
give
back
the
money.
B.
Could
you
tell
me
how
long
you
will
leave?.
C.
He
asked
me
if
I
wanted
to
play
football
or
not.
D.
I’m
not
sure
if
I’m
reading
the
word
correctly.
27.
May
you
give
_____
you
like,
and
all
that
you
get
is
what
you
want.
A.
as
long
as
B.
as
well
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
as
much
as
28.
You’d
better
_____
hard
from
now
on,
_____
you
will
fail
the
exam.
A.
work;
and
B.
working;
or
C.
working;
and
D.
work;
or
29.
---_____
the
classmates_____
the
teacher
was
waiting
for
me
when
I
arrived
at
the
airport.
---
What
a
pity!
A.
Neither;
nor
B.
Either;
or
C.
Both;
and
D.
Not
only;
but
also
30.
---What
a
heavy
rain!
---
So
it
is.
I
prefer
_____
rather
than
_____
on
such
a
rainy
day.
A.
to
go
out;
staying
at
home
B.
staying
at
home;
go
out
C.
going
out;
stay
at
home
D.
to
stay
at
home;
go
out
第三部分 完形填空(共
10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Around
twenty
years
ago
I
was
living
in
York.
__31___
I
had
a
lot
of
experience
and
a
Master’s
degree（硕士学位）,
I
could
not
find
satisfying
work.
I
was
driving
a
school
bus
to
make
money
and
__32___
with
a
friend
of
mine,
for
I
had
lost
my
flat.
I
had
attended
five
interviews
with
a
company
and
one
day
__33___
bus
runs
they
called
to
say
I
did
not
get
the
job.
“Why
has
my
life
become
so
__34___?”
I
thought
painfully.
As
I
pulled
the
bus
over
to
drop
off
a
little
girl,
she
handed
me
an
earring
saying
I
should
___35__
it
until
somebody
claimed（认领）it.
The
earring
was
painted
black
and
said
“BE
HAPPY”.
At
first
I
got
angry.
Then
it
__36___
me----I
had
been
giving
all
of
my
__37___
to
what
was
going
wrong
with
my
life
rather
than
what
was
right!
I
decided
then
and
there
to
make
a
list
of
fifty
things
I
was
happy
with.
Later,
I
decided
to
__38___
more
things
to
the
list.
That
night
there
was
a
phone
call
for
me
from
a
lady
who
was
a
director
at
a
large
__39___.
She
asked
me
if
I
would
give
a
one-day
speech
on
stress
management
to
200
medical
workers.
I
said
yes.
My
day
there
went
very
well,
and
before
long
I
got
a
well-paid
job.
To
this
day
I
realize
that
it
was
because
I
changed
my
way
of
thinking
that
I
__40___
changed
my
life.
31.
A.
As
B.
Though
C.
If
D.
When
32.
A.
working
B.
travelling
C.
discussing
D.
living
33.
A.
between
B.
through
C.
during
D.
beyond
34.
A.
hard
B.
busy
C.
serious
D.
short
35.
A.
hide
B.
hold
C.
keep
D
.
save
36.
A.
hurt
B.
hit
C.
caught
D.
moved
37.
A.
feelings
B.
attention
C.
strength
D.
interests
38.
A.
connect
B.
turn
C.
increase
D.
add
39.
A.
hospital
B.
factory
C.
restaurant
D.
university
40.
A.
smoothly
B.
closely
C.
completely
D.
hardly
第四部分
阅读理解(共
12小题;每小题2分,满分24分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
41.
The
material
above
contains
the
following
information
EXCEPT
_________.
A.how
to
kill
time
B.how
to
lose
weight
C.what
to
say
during
job
interviews
D.how
to
deal
with
health
problems
in
winter
42.
The
book
may
not
be
suitable
for
________
to
read.
A.a
five-year-old
kid
B.a
housewife
C.a
college
student
who
wants
to
look
for
a
job
D.an
officer
worker
43.
“Reader’s
Digest”
is
probably
________.
A.a
type
of
newspaper
Ba
science
book
C.a
poster
about
food
D.a
bestselling
magazine
D
Few
of
us
have
heard
of
Nils
Bohlin,
but
whenever
we
take
a
car
journey
his
invention
makes
us
safer.
Found
in
almost
every
modern
car,
the
three-point
seat
belt
reduces
our
chances
of
death
or
injury
by
at
least
50%.
While
feeling
thankful
to
his
engineer
from
Volvo,
you
may
also
wonder
how
he
came
up
with
such
a
great
idea.
Having
worked
as
a
plane
designer
before,
Nils
knew
clearly
that
the
pilots
were
willing
to
put
on
anything
to
keep
them
safe
in
an
accident,
but
to
his
surprise,
most
people
in
the
cars
just
didn’t
want
to
be
uncomfortable
for
even
a
minute.
To
improve
the
safety
for
people
in
the
cars,
he
decided
to
find
a
perfect
system
which
should
be
simple,
effective
and
convenient.
In
the
end,
he
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt,
which
has
been
considered
as
one
of
the
greatest
inventions
in
history.
Seat
belts
prevent
people
in
the
cars
from
serious
injury
in
five
ways.
Keep
people
inside.
People
who
are
thrown
out
from
a
car
are
four
times
more
likely
to
be
killed
than
those
who
stay
inside.
Protect
the
strongest
parts
of
the
body.
Seat
belts
are
designed
to
fix
your
body
at
its
strongest
parts.
For
an
older
child
and
adult,
these
parts
are
the
hips
(臀部)
and
shoulders.
Spread
out
the
force
in
an
accident.
Seat
belts
spread
the
force
of
the
accident
over
a
wide
area
of
the
body.
By
putting
less
stress
on
one
area,
they
can
help
you
avoid
serious
injury.
Help
the
body
to
slow
down.
A
quick
speed
causes
injury.
With
the
help
of
the
seat
belts,
your
body
can
have
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident.
Protect
your
brain
and
spinal
cord
(脊柱).
These
two
key
parts
injuries
may
be
hard
to
see
immediately,
but
they
can
cause
death.
Therefore,
it’s
of
great
importance
to
protect
these
parts.
It
takes
only
a
few
seconds
to
buckle
up
once
you
get
in
the
car,
but
this
simple
action
could
save
your
life.
50.
Nils
Bohlin
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt
in
order
to
________.
A.take
a
car
journey
quickly
B.show
thanks
to
the
engineer
B.keep
the
pilots
safe
in
an
accident
D.make
people
in
the
cars
safer
51.
The
underlined
phrases
here
“buckle
up”
probably
means
“________”.
A.get
over
pressure
B.
fasten
seat
belts
C.calm
down
D.
take
off
coats
52.
From
the
passage
we
can
learn
________.
A.hips
and
shoulders
aren’t
the
older
children
and
adults’
strongest
parts
B.seat
belts
can
keep
your
knees
and
feet
away
from
the
hard
parts
of
the
car
C.the
body
has
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident
thanks
to
seat
belts
D.head
and
spinal
cord
injuries
might
be
easy
to
see
immediately
in
an
accident
第六部分
词汇检测(共
10
小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或通过上下文,在答题卡标有题号的横线上,写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。每空只写一词。
58.
She
gave
the
word
its
French
_________（发音）
59.
Reading
English
_________
(大声地)
every
morning
is
very
good
for
English
beginners.
60.
The
guests
came
in,
but
she
_________（保持不变）sitting
at
the
desk
reading.
61.
________（凭借）his
efforts,
he
succeeded
in
making
so
many
useful
inventions.
62.
We
are
strongly
_________（反对）smoking
because
it’s
bad
for
our
health.
63.
Can
you
have
a
look
at
my
new
home
page
and
give
me
a
few_________
(建议).
64.
His
mother
got
even
__________（发疯的）after
his
father’s
death.
65.
Poor
health
__________
her
to
give
up
her
studies
last
year.
66.
---Are
these
books
__________
for
children?
---I
think
they
are
difficult
for
your
8-year-old
son
to
read.
67.
To
___________
are
you
writing
this
e-mail
now?
第七部分
句子翻译(共5小题;每小题3分,满分15分)
将下列句子译成英语,并将所译句子写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
68.
由这位年轻作家写的小说非常值得一读。
_________________________________________________________
69.
我不可能在如此短的时间内在化学上取得这么大的进步。
________________________________________________________
70.
你认为这篇文章应该分成几个部分？
________________________________________________________
71.
如果你学习英语有困难，最好向老师寻求建议。
________________________________________________________
72.
直到读完这本书，Zoe才意识到语法的重要性。
________________________________________________________
第八部分
阅读表达(共
3小题;73题1分,74题2分,75题3分,满分6分)
请认真阅读下面短文,用英语回答短文后的问题,并将答案写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
Where
does
your
food
come
from?
How
is
it
made?
These
days,
many
people
worry
about
food
safety.
But
food
safety
is
not
a
new
worry.
In1906,
Upton
Sinclair
wrote
The
Jungle.
The
book
is
the
story
of
a
poor
family
in
Chicago.
It
is
also
about
the
dangerous
ways
that
food
was
prepared.
People
were
so
worried
that
the
U.S.
started
testing
food.
These
days,
most
food
in
the
world
is
safe.
Laws
control
where
food
comes
from.
They
also
control
how
food
is
managed
and
prepared.
Laws
are
important.
But
it's
more
important
to
make
sure
the
rules
are
followed.
A
good
food
safety
system
keeps
people
safe.
It
also
helps
them
eat
healthy
food.
Labels(标签)on
food
give
people
important
information.
Then
they
can
make
good
choices
about
their
food.
Although
food
safety
systems
usually
work,
there
can
be
problems.
Sometimes
mistakes
are
made.
For
example,
a
truck
might
carry
eggs
and
then
ice
cream.
The
ice
cream
could
make
people
sick
when
the
truck
isn't
cleaned
before
carrying
it.
Other
problems
are
not
mistakes.
Sometimes
companies
break
rules
to
make
more
money.
When
this
happens,
people
don't
know
if
their
food
is
safe.
As
we
all
know,
food
is
closely
related
to
our
daily
life.
We
should
take
actions
to
make
food
safer!
73.Who
wrote
The
Jungle?
(1分)
________________________________________________________
74.What
are
the
food
labels
used
to
do?
(2分)
________________________________________________________
75.Is
it
necessary
to
pay
attention
to
food
safety?
Why
or
why
not?
(3分)
________________________________________________________
反思好学
思维脑图：
1精锐教育学科教师辅导教案
学员编号：
年
级：
课
时
数：
学员姓名：
辅导科目：
学科教师：
课程主题：Unit
7
Films（下）
授课时间：
学习目标
熟练掌握本次课重点词汇的基本用法
教学内容
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.He
caught
the
director’s
attention
and
was
chosen
to
play
a
(角色)
in
the
film.?
2.No
one
can
achieve
anything
without
much
(努力).?
3.—Do
we
need
to
work
so
hard
at
first?
—Of
course.A
good
beginning
(标志)
a
good
ending.?
4.What
was
Audrey
Hepburn’s
(最后的)
Hollywood
film??
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.He
dreamt
of
(fly)
in
the
sky
like
birds.?
2.Wild
animals
are
in
danger
because
of
the
(lose)
of
living
areas.?
3.—Whose
book
is
on
the
desk?
—It
is
that
(actress).?
4.Lots
of
visitors
come
to
Suzhou
to
enjoy
the
(beautiful)
of
the
city
every
year.?
5.(江苏常州中考)We
hope
to
live
(peace)
with
people
from
other
countries.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.我真没有什么别的办法能引起他的注意。
I
had
no
other
way
to
.?
2.谁来扮演乔治·华盛顿这个角色?
Who
will
George
Washington??
3.她的祖母昨天晚上去世了。
Her
grandmother
last
night.?
4.到4月初天气就转暖了。
It’s
getting
warmer
April.?
5.在迈克尔·杰克逊的一生中,他共获得了15个格莱美奖。
Michael
Jackson
earned
15
Grammy
Awards
in
total
.?
Discussion:
Which
film
do
you
like
best?
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】although/though引导的让步状语从句。
让步状语从句，一般翻译为“尽管……”或“即使……”等，就是我们日常生活中用的“退一步说…”的感觉。连词though和although常用来引导让步状语从句。although/though表示“虽然，尽管，即便”,这两个连词意思大致相同，在一般情况下可以互换。在口语中,常用though。although比though正式，二者都可与yet,still或never,the
less连用（因为这些都不是连词），但不能与but连用（因为but是连词，两个句子只有一个连词，不仅是but，其它连词也不行）。
Eg.
Although/though
they're
expensive,
they
last
forever
and
never
go
out
of
style.
尽管它们贵，它们永远耐用并且永不过时。
[拓展]although与though的区别
though可以用在句末，但是although不可以。
Eg.
He?is?looking?fit,?though.?但他看起来很健康。
[经典例题]
1.________he
was
very
tired,he
continued
doing
his
homework
instead
of
having
a
rest.?
A.Since
B.Although
C.As
soon
as
D.Because
2.On
those
foggy
days,you
could
hardly
see
anything
around
you_________it
was
at
noon.?
A.so
B.because
C.but
D.though
3.It
isn't
warm
today,
____
the
sun
is
shining.
A.
or
B.
because
C.
and
D.
although
4._____
it
was
raining
hard，_____
the
boys
still
played
basketball
outside.
A.
/；
although
B.
Though；
but
C.
Though；
/
D.
/；
so
5.—What
subject
do
you
prefer?
—
I
prefer
science
________
it’s
difficult.
A.
or
B.
though
C.
so
D.
to
6.______
I
went
to
bed
early,
I
still
felt
tired
this
morning.
A.
Unless
B.
When
C.
Whether
D.
Although
7.—Would
you
like
some
milk?
—No,
thanks.
I
don’t
like
it,
__________
I
know
it’s
good
for
my
health.
A.
because
B.
though
C.
if
D.
That
【知识梳理2】so...that和such...that引导的结果状语从句。
结果状语从句用来补充说明主句动作发生所带来的结果。
so...that和such...that都表示“如此……以至于”。用法上要注意,so是副词,用来修饰形容词或副词，such是限定词,只能修饰名词或名词短语，that后面是一个完整的句子。
[辨析]so和such
（1）后面接可数名词单数
so是副词，修饰形容词和副词；而such是形容词，修饰名词。
它们都可以接可数名词单数，但词序不同。
so的词序为：so+adj.+a（an）+n.
such的词序为：such+a（an）+adj.+n.
例如：so
excited
a
singer=such
a
excited
singer
这么令人兴奋的一个歌手
so
interesting
a
movie=such
an
interesting
movie
那么有趣的一部电影
（2）后面接可数名词复数或者不可数名词
只能用such，而不能用so。
例如：such
beautiful
flowers
这么美丽的花
such
useful
information
如此有用的信息
（3）特例复数名词或不可数名词前有many，few，much，little修饰时，只能用so而不能用such
so
many
flowers
如此多的花
so
little
information如此少的信息
[注意]little除了表示少还有小的意思
例如：such
little
sheep
[经典例题]
1.None
of
us
can
believe
_______
little
children
can
finish
______
much
work
in
such
a
short
time.
A.
so;
so
B.
so;
such
C.
such;
so
D.
such;
such
2.—
_______
good
time
we
had
at
the
party
last
night!
—
Yes.
It
was
_______exciting
party
that
I
would
never
forget
it.
A.
What;
so
B.
How;
such
C.
What
a;
such
an
D.
How
a;
so
an
3.It
was
______
lovely
weather
_______
we
decided
to
spend
the
day
on
the
beach.
A.
such
a
;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
so
;
as
D.
so;
that
4.I
think
our
spacecraft(宇宙飞船)
is________slow_______carry
large
numbers
of
people
to
Mars
at
present.?
A.
so,
that???
B.
such,?that??
C.
too,
to???
?D.?enough,?to?
5.She
had
_______
few
nice
clothes
______
she
couldn’t
go
to
the
party.
A.such,
that
B.very,
that
C.too,
to
D.so,
that
6.It
is
__________
that
I
want
to
go
to
the
beach.
A.
such
nice
weather
B.
so
nice
a
weather
C.
such
a
nice
weather
D.
so
nice
weather
7.The
patients
in
poor
families
are
____poor
_____
they
can’t
afford
to
travel
to
hospital.
A.
so;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
too;
to
D.
too;
that
8.Mrs.
White
has
_____
that
she
is
not
able
to
get
a
job.
A.
so
little
education
B.
such
little
education
C.
so
a
little
education
D.
such
a
little
education
9.The
book
was
written
in
_________
easy
English
_________
even
primary
school
students
could
understand
it.
A.
so;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
too;
to
D.
very;
that
10.Mr.
Li
can't
understand
why
_______many
students
have
made
_______careless
mistakes.
A.
so;
so
B.
so;
such
C.
such;
so
D.
such;
such
【知识梳理3】so
that引导的目的状语从句。
目的状语从句用以说明主句动作发生的目的。
so
that引导目的状语从句,意为“以便,为的是”,从句中通常用情态动词can,
may,
might,
can,
could,
will,
should等。
Eg.
I
had
made
it
as
plain
as
I
could
so
that
he
could
not
fail
to
take
my
meaning.
我已经尽我所能地说明白，所以他不会不理解我的意思。
[拓展]同义短语in
order
that，上面的句子可以改成：
Eg.
I
had
made
it
as
plain
as
I
could
in
order
that
he
could
not
fail
to
take
my
meaning.
[注意]如果so
that
引出的从句为否定结构，则其谓语多用“should+动词原形”，此时so
that意为“免得，以免”。
Eg.
I
hid
the
book
so
that
he
should
not
see
it.我把书藏起来，免得他看见。
[经典例题]
1.The
teacher
asked
me
to
read
aloud_________all
the
students
could
hear
me.?
A.so
that
B.for
C.because
D.in
order
to
2.—
After
the
2008
Olympic
Games,
more
and
more
people
in
western
countries
begin
to
learn
Chinese
_____
they
can
better
understand
the
culture
of
China.
—
I’m
sure
they
will.
A.
because
of
B.
so
that
C.
even
though
D.
as
if
【知识梳理4】Some
people
mistook
her
for
a
real
princess.(P99)
一些人误将她当做真的公主。
mistake...for...，意为“把……错认为……”。mistake作动词，意为“看错，误会”，过去式是mistook，过去分词是mistaken。
Eg.
Green
Peace
mistook
her
for
an
endangered
elephant.
绿色和平组织把她当成了濒临灭绝的大象。
[拓展]常见短语:make
a
mistake“犯错误”;by
mistake“错误地”。
Eg.
It's
easy
to
make
a
mistake.
犯错误很容易。
I
took
your
bag
instead
of
mine
by
mistake.
我不巧错拿了你的包。
[经典例题]
1.Whenever
the
Chinese
made
a
_________,
the
Americans
cheered,
which
angered
me
greatly.
A.mistakes
B.mistake
C.chance
D.chances
2.He
opened
Ingrid's
letter_________.
A.by
accident
B.by
chance
C.by
mistake
D.by
hand
3.Sandy
was
riding
a
bike
happily
______
she
fell
off
it.
A.
when
B.
though
C.
as
soon
as
D.
while
4.Huawei
phones
are
________
attractive
that
________
many
people
would
like
to
buy
one.
A.
such;
such
B.
so;
so
C.
such;
so
D.
so;
such
5.StorySign
is
________
a
useful
app
_______
it
can
make
it
easier
for
deaf
children
and
their
parents
to
read
bedtime
stories.
A.so;
that
B.too;
to
C.
such;
that
D.as;
as
6.They
are
__________
little
sheep
___________
we
like
them
very
much．
A.so，that
B.such，that
C.too，to
D./，so
that
7.Simon
is
____
a
careful
boy
that
he
made
_____
mistakes
in
his
last
exam.
A.
so;
so
little
B.
so;
such
little
C.
such;
such
few
D.
such;
so
few
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
&Task
【知识梳理1】a
baby
dinosaur
is
chosen
to
be
the
future
king
of
the
dinosaur
family.(P101)
一只小恐龙被选为恐龙家族的未来国王。
choose，动词，意为“挑选，选择；选定，决定”。常用短语choose
to
do
sth.意为“选择/决定做某事”；choose
sb.
as...意为“把某人选为……”。
Eg.
If
the
weather
is
wet
or
cold
choose
an
indoor
activity.
如果下雨或是天气寒冷，就选择室内活动。
[经典例题]
1.Hepburn
was_________to_________to
play
the
lead
role
of
a
princess
in
Roman
Holiday.
A.
enough
luck;
choose
B.
lucky
enough;
be
chosen
C.
Luck
enough;
choose
D.
enough
lucky;
be
chosen
2.I
felt
very
happy
when
I_________be
the
partner
of
you.
A.
was
chosen
to
B.
choose
to
C.
chose
to
D.
was
chose
【知识梳理2】A
woman
falls
in
love
with
a
man
when
she
travels
on
a
trip.(101)
一个女人在一次乘船旅行时，爱上了一个男子。
fall
in
love
with
sb.意为“爱上某人”
Eg.
Slowly
but
surely
she
started
to
fall
in
love
with
him.
虽然缓慢，但她确实开始爱上他了。
[经典例题]
1.—
Did
Sandy
play
the
role
_______
Snow
White
in
the
play?
—
Yes,
she
did.
The
prince
saved
her
and
fell
in
love
_______
her.
A.
with;
at
B.
as;
in
C.
of;
to
D.
of;
with
2.—Who's
your
favourite
teacher？
—Miss
Black.
She
makes
us
________
English
in
an
interesting
way.
A.
believe
in
B.
take
part
in
C.
come
up
with
D.
fall
in
love
with
3.It
is
natural
that
the
boy
_______
the
new
kind
of
cookies.
A.
falls
in
love
with
B.
falls
behind
C.
falls
down
D.
falls
over
【知识梳理3】What
is
on
at
the
local
cinemas?(P102)
当地电影院正在上映什么？
be
on，意为“在上影，在放映”
[拓展]be
on与show
Eg.
The
film
named
My
People
My
Homeland
is
on
/
is
showing
at
the
cinema.
=
The
film
named
My
People
My
Homeland
is
being
shown
at
the
cinema.
=
The
cinema
is
showing
the
film
My
People
My
Homeland
.
一、单项选择
1.
As
______
animal-lover,
you
will
be
interested
in
this
documentary
which
describes
the
life
of
______
elephant.
A.
an;
the
B.
an;
an
C.
a;
an
D.
a;
the
2.
The
action
_____
film
has
attracted
millions
of
young
people
to
the
cinema.
A.100-minutes
B.
100-minute
C.100
minute
D.
100
minutes
3.
—Amy,
do
you
know
if
Diana
_____
to
the
farm
with
us
tomorrow
if
it
______?
—Sorry,
I’ve
no
idea.
A.
will
go;
will
rain
B.
will
go;
rains
C.
goes;
will
rain
D.
goes;
rains
4.
－______
is
the
number
of
the
students
in
our
school?
－More
than
______.
A.
What;
three
thousand
B.
How
much;
three
thousand
C.
What;
three
thousands
D.
How
much;
three
thousands
5
－What
useful
______
they
are!－Yes.
There
is
so
much
important
______
in
today’s
newspaper.
A.news;
information
B.
messages;
information
C.
messages;
D.
information;
message
6.
China
can____programmes______radio
or
TV
to
the
other
side
of
the
world
with
thehelp
of
man-made
satellites.
A.send
out;on
B.send
up,
by
C.put
up,
through
D.set
up,over
7.The
programme
_____different
sports,
_____basketball,swimming,badminton
and
football.
A.discovers,
for
example
B.
includes,as
C.
covers,
such
as
D.covering,
like
8.
The
composer,
Tan
Dun,
who
is
_____
known
for
winning
an
Oscar
is
in
his
_____.
A.
best;
fifties
B.
well;
fiftieth
C.
good;
fiftieths
D.
better;
fifties
9
Could
you
tell
me
if
you
_______
them
if
you
________
tomorrow?
A.join
in;
will
invite
B.
will
join
in;
are
invited
C.
join;
will
be
invited
D.
will
join;
are
invited
10--
He's
already
back
to
Australia,________
?
---___________
.
He
is
on
a
visit
to
Shanghai.
A.
isn't
he;
No
B.
hasn't
he;
Yes
C.
isn't
he;
Yes
D.
hasn't
he;
No
二、完形填空
The
summer
holiday
was
coming
soon.
However,
there
were
final
exams
before
that.
All
the
students
were
working
hard,
reviewing(复习)
their
__1__.
If
they
didn’t
pass
the
exams,
they
would
have
to
__2__
them
in
September.
There
were
usually
a
few
students
who
__3__,
but
Cathy
didn’t
want
to
be
one
of
them.
She
worked
hard
all
year,
but
she
worked
so
hard
that
her
mother
was
__4__
her.
She
went
to
bed
too
late.
The
night
before
the
big
day,
her
mother
asked
her
to
go
to
bed
early
and
take
a
sleeping
pill(药片).
She
said
she
would
wake
her
up
in
the
__5__.
Cathy
was
too
__6__
to
fall
asleep.
She
kept
thinking
about
the
exams.
At
last,
the
__7__
did
work.
Soon,
she
was
sitting
in
the
exam
room,
looking
at
the
paper,
but
she
couldn’t
answer
__8__
of
the
questions.
Everyone
around
her
was
writing
pages
and
pages.
She
thought
hard,
__9__
she
couldn’t
do
anything.
From
time
to
time,
she
looked
at
her
__10__.
Time
was
nearly
running
__11__.
There
was
only
an
hour
left.
She
started
one
page,
but
it
was
too
hard.
She
gave
up
and
tried
__12__
one.
With
only
half
an
hour
left,
she
wrote
two
sentences.
By
this
time
she
was
so
worried
that
she
started
__13__.
Her
whole
body
shook.
It
shook
so
much
that
she
__14__
up.
She
was
still
in
bed
and
it
was
just
a
terrible__15__.
A
minute
later,
her
mother
called
her
name.
1.
A.
jobs
B.
works
C.
lessons
D.
exercises
2.
A.
make
B.
take
C.
join
D.
write
3.
A.
cheated
B.
succeeded
C.
passed
D.
failed
4.
A.
worried
about
B.
angry
with
C.
interested
in
D.
surprised
at
5.
A.
morning
B.
afternoon
C.
evening
D.
night
6.
A.
cold
B.
tired
C.
happy
D.
nervous
7.
A.
pill
B.
dream
C.
advice
D.
music
8.
A.
none
B.
all
C.
some
D.
any
9.
A.
because
B.
so
C.
though
D.
but
10.
A.
watch
B.
bag
C.
teacher
D.
eraser
11.
A.
away
B.
up
C.
out
D.
in
12.
A.
the
other
B.
another
C.
other
D.
others
13.
A.
thinking
B.
smiling
C.
crying
D.
writing
14.
A.
got
B.
stood
C.
woke
D.
laughed
15.
A.
exam
B.
dream
C.
story
D.
night
三、阅读理解
Birds
are
the
only
type
of
animals
with
feathers.
Birds
are
warm-blooded,
and
most
of
them
can
fly.
All
birds
have
two
wings,
even
the
species
that
cannot
fly,
such
as
ostriches,
kiwis,
and
penguins.
Birds
lay
eggs.
Most
birds
build
nests
for
their
eggs,
and
they
sit
on
their
eggs
during
incubation.
Emperor
penguins,
however,
are
different
from
most
birds.
They
have
their
own
ways.
A
mother
emperor
penguin
lays
only
one
egg
at
a
time.
Her
husband
is
in
charge
of
incubation.
He
holds
the
single
egg
at
the
top
of
his
feet
and
covers
it
with
a
fold
of
skin.
There
are
more
than
9,000
different
kinds
of
birds.
Many
people
think
bats
are
birds,
but
their
idea
is
totally
wrong.
In
fact,
bats
are
not
birds!
Bats
are
mammals.
Eagles
and
puffins
belong
to
the
bird
family.
Do
birds
fly
simply
because
they
have
wings?
No!Unique
body
structure,
feathers,
and
wings
are
what
make
birds
fly.
Birds
have
hollow,
lightweight
bones.
They
have
strong
chest
muscles
to
pull
their
wings
up
and
down.
Feathers
are
important
in
flight.
There
are
three
types
of
feathers:
down
feathers,
body
feathers
and
flight
feathers.
Of
course,
their
wings
are
the
important
reason
why
they
can
fly.
1.Kiwis
are
birds
which
.?
A.don’t
have
wings
B.don’t
have
wings
but
can
fly
C.have
wings
but
can’t
fly
D.have
wings
and
can
fly
2.The
birds
can
pull
their
wings
up
and
down
because
of
their
.?
A.bones
B.feet
C.feathers
D.strong
chest
muscles
3.What’s
the
main
idea
of
the
fourth
paragraph?
A.The
importance
of
birds’
wings.
B.The
reason
why
birds
can
fly.
C.What
birds’
feathers
are
used
for.
D.What
birds’
body
structure
is
like.
四、词汇运用
1?More?and?more______________(Asian)?are?eating?fast?food?and?getting?fat.
2.We
are
interviewing
three
students
about
their
TV
________(观看)
habits.
3.
The
young
man
put
down
his_______
(枪)
in
his
hand
and
followed
the
police
at
last.
4.If
we
don’t
protect
the
lovely
animals,
they
_______(可能)
disappear
in
the
future.
5.
We
________
(录制)
yesterday's
party
on
video.
You
can
watch
it
if
you
like.
6.I
wanted
to
be
the
monitor,
so
I
v______
for
myself
in
the
class
meeting
yesterday.
7.?Please?tell?me?who?the________________(direct)?is?and?I?can?have?him?seated.
8.
Eddie
is
doing
well
in
the
new
school
and
all
the
teachers
think
_________
(high)
of
him.
五、动词填空
1.
As
it
is
known
to
us
all,
metal
_______________
(feel)
much
colder
than
wood
in
winter.
2.
Some
experts
thought
that
the
price
of
houses
___________
(not
go)
down
sharply
in
the
next
few
years.
3.
Since
he
fell
off
the
bike,
John
(lie)
in
bed
for
nearly
a
week.
4.
Do
you
know
which
shop
he
went
to
(buy)
paintings
for
his
new
house?
5.
You
can
hardly
imagine
what
great
difficulty
we
had
________(encourage)
him
to
tell
the
truth.
6
The
more
you
study,
the
more
questions
you’ll
think
of
________(ask).
7
I’m
sure
the
bag
my
cousin
bought
in
Shanghai
__________
(wash)
easily.
8.
There
is
a
reporter
_____________(interview)
the
famous
actress
over
there.
六、任务型阅读（培优）
Learning
is
something
that
can
be
done
better
and
faster
by
an
effective
learner.
Becoming
a
more
effective
learner
is
partly
a
matter
of
discipline
(纪律)
and
partly
a
matter
of
attitude.
A
good
attitude
toward
learning
sets
anyone
to
become
a
more
effective
learner.
Learn
everything
with
curiosity
(好奇).
No
matter
what
the
subject
is,
be
curious
about
it.
That
will
inspire
(激励)
you
to
learn
more
about
it
and
to
learn
the
things
you
do
learn
by
heart.
If
you
have
trouble
waking
up
your
curiosity,
start
with
asking
questions
until
you
become
curious
about
the
answers.
Find
as
many
resources
as
you
can.
To
truly
learn
about
a
subject,
it’s
necessary
to
find
many
sources.
This
may
include
interviewing
people,
reading
books
and
researching
online.
Discuss
what
you’ve
learned.
Debating
about
a
subject
with
others
can
give
you
a
new
view
on
any
subject.
If
you
can’t
find
anyone
to
talk
to
in
person
about
the
subject,
look
for
an
online
forum
(论坛)
or
chat
room
devoted
to
your
subject.
Go
over
your
notes
regularly.
This
will
help
to
reinforce
(强化)
the
information
and
ensure
(确保)
that
it
isn’t
forgotten
as
new
information
is
learned.
Write
summaries
of
your
notes
if
time
permits.
A
weekly
or
monthly
summary
helps
you
to
remember
the
information
you
have
taken
down
in
your
notebook
better.
Going
over
the
notes
and
writing
summaries
will
finally
become
a
habit.
Keep
an
open
mind.
Part
of
learning
effectively
is
to
understand
that
you
don’t
know
everything.
Consider
new
ideas,
even
ones
that
are
contrary
to
(与...相反)
your
own
opinions.
Title:
How
to
be
an
effective
learnerWaysAdvantagesLearn
everything
with
curiosity.Help
you
learn
more
about
it
and
1
the
things
you
do
learn.Find
as
many
resources
as
you
can.It’s
good
for
you
to
truly
learn
about
a
subject.
Discuss
what
you’ve
learned
with
others.Help
you
get
some
new
ideas
about
the
subject.
2
your
notes
and
write
summaries
often.●Help
to
reinforce
the
information
and
not
to
forget
the
information.
●Help
you
3
remember
what
you
have
written
in
your
notebook.
●Going
over
the
notes
and
writing
summaries
will
finally
become
a
habit.Keep
an
open
mind.It
can
help
you
consider
new
ideas,
even
ones
that
are
4
form
your
own
opinions.ConclusionA
good
attitude
toward
learning
5
anyone
become
a
more
effective
learner.
收集当堂错题，教师引导学生借助思维导图总结重难点
1、课堂错题收集
2、学霸笔记本：教师引导学生借助知识脑图总结重难点
【教学建议】（1）课堂错题收集方式：PC端的i精锐学习管家；手机APP端；手机企业微信端
（2）在这一环节重点是引导学生通过思维导图的思维方式画出本次课的所说重难点，可以调用专题多元导学库中知识脑图先总结本次讲义内容。
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
期末复习Unit
1-4
易错回顾
一、单词拼写
1.Our
basketball
team
scored (
得分
)
twice
in
the
last
three
minutes
of
the
game.?
2.Mrs
Black
needs
the
courage (
勇气
)
to
speak
out
the
truth.?
3.He
simply (
仅仅
)
answered
my
questions
but
didn’t
tell
me
why.?
4.The
children
matter (
要紧
)
more
to
her
than
anything
else
in
the
world.?
5.All
the
streets
were
decorated
with
flags
to
celebrate
the
victory (
胜利
).?
二、单项填空
(
B
)1.—Do
you
know
about
the
scientist
Tu
Youyou?
—Yes,she
won
the
2015
Nobel
Prize
in
Medicine
because
of
her
great .?
A.surprise
B.achievement
C.education
D.satisfaction
(
C
)2.—Why
is
Jim
so
upset?
—Because
he
the
school
basketball
team
yesterday
and
was
refused.?
A.tried
on
B.tried
out
of
C.tried
out
for
D.tried
up
(
B
)3.Welcome
all
of
you
to
our
town
and
enjoy here
in
the
next
few
days.?
A.yourself
B.yourselves
C.themselves
D.himself
(
A
)24.—It
seems
that
you
are
happy.Why?
—I
came
across
an
old
friend
of
mine
while
I
on
the
street.?
A.was
walking
B.walk
C.walked
D.am
walking
(
A
)5.—I
joined
in
the
2019
Nanjing
Marathon
race,
I
couldn’t
run
as
fast
as
a
real
runner.?
—That’s
really
great!
You
are
my
hero!
A.although
B.until
C.so
D.if
(
C
)6.—When
must
I
hand
in
my
book
report?
—As
soon
as
you it
tomorrow.?
A.completed
B.will
complete
C.complete
D.is
completed
(
C
)7.As
middle
school
students,we
should
think
about for
our
country
in
the
future.?
A.what
we
did
B.what
did
we
do
C.what
we
can
do
D.what
can
we
do
(
A
)8.The
forest
fires
that
in
Australia
seem
to
be
both
a
natural
and
man-made
disaster
according
to
some
experts.?
A.broke
out
B.broke
down
C.broke
up
D.broke
into
(
D
)9.Jane
Austen,the
writer
of
Pride
and
Prejudice single(
单身的
)
all
her
life
although
she
wrote
many
stories
of
love.?
A.realized
B.required
C.reminded
D.remained
(
A
)10.—I’m
afraid
I
have
to
give
up
my
dream
of
being
a
singer.
— .No
dream
is
too
big,and
no
dreamer
is
too
small.?
A.Don’t
lose
heart
B.No
problem
C.That’s
unusual
D.You
must
be
joking
兴趣起航
What
comes
into
your
mind
when
talking
about
growing
up
?
兴趣起航
?
Part
One
Unit
1
一、词汇精讲
1、show
off 炫耀
拓展：有关show的常用短语：
show
sb.
sth.＝show
sth.
to
sb.
给某人看某物；向某人演示……
show
sb.
around/round(sp.) 带领某人参观(某地)
show
up 出现，露面
Eg.
Let
me
show
my
beautiful
hometown
to
you.
让我向你们展示我美丽的故乡。
My
sister
will
show
me
around
Fudan
University
during
the
summer
holiday.
暑假期间我姐姐将带我去参观复旦大学。
Yesterday
I
waited
for
him
for
a
long
time,
but
he
never
showed
up.
我昨天等了他好长时间，但他根本没出现。
[典型例题]这个年轻人喜欢炫耀他法语讲得有多好。
The
young
man
likes
to
________
________
how
well
he
speaks
French.
2、come
up
with 提出
点津：come
up
with是一个没有被动语态的动词短语，意为“(针对问题等)提出(观点)”“想出(办法)”。同义词组为think
up。
Eg.
She
came
up
with
a
new
suggestion
to
solve
the
problem
as
well. 她也提出了一种解决这个问题的新建议。
[典型例题]上次谁提出了这个好办法？
Who
________
________
________
this
good
way
last
time?
3、born adj.
天生的
Eg.
Wu
Wei
is
a
born
artist.
吴伟是一位天生的艺术家。
拓展：born此处用作形容词，意为“天生的”，仅用于名词前作定语。born作动词，意为“出生”，常用于被动语态。
be
born
意为“出生”。
be
born
to
be/do
sth.
注定会成为；注定要做
Eg.
He
was
born
to
be
an
excellent
actor.
他注定会成为一名优秀的演员。
be
born
with
一出生就拥有
Eg.
He
was
born
to
be
an
excellent
actor.
他注定会成为一名优秀的演员。
be
born
with
a
sliver
spoon
in
one's
mouth
生于富贵之家，出身富裕
[典型例题]那个时候，大多数小孩都在家里出生。
Most
babies
________
________
at
home
at
that
time.
4、devote vt.
把……贡献；把……专用于
拓展：devote常与介词to连用，表示“致力于，献身于”。to后接名词或动名词。
devote的常用短语有：
devote
sth.
to
sth. 把……用于……
devote
oneself
to
sth. 献身于；致力于
Eg.
He
devoted
most
of
his
time
to
reading.
他把大部分时间用于看书。
Paul
devoted
himself
to
his
career.
保罗致力于自己的事业。
[典型例题]①他把他一生的积蓄都奉献给了当地的教育。
He
________
all
his
savings
________
to
local
education.
②她致力于自己的工作。
She
________
________
________
her
work.
5、praise n.
赞扬，表扬
Eg.
His
sculptures
for
Sunshine
Town
Square
have
won
high
praise
from
the
art
community.他为阳光小镇广场设计的雕塑获得了艺术中心的高度赞扬。
拓展：praise还可以作为及物动词，意为“赞扬，赞美，表扬”，后面直接加宾语。常用短语praise
sb.
for
sth.表扬某人某事，praise
for
称赞。
[典型例题]玛丽因为进步而受到表扬。
Mary
was
________
for
her
progress.
6、appear vi.
出现
Eg.
They
appear
in
a
fixed
order
and
the
cycle
repeats
every
12
years.
它们顺序固定，而且这一循环每12年往复一次。
辨析：appear的反义词是disappear，意为“消失”；appear的名词是appearance，意为“外貌，外观；出现，露面”。appear作为不及物动词，还有“显得；似乎”的意思。
Eg.
Can
you
tell
what
she
is
from
her
appearance?
通过她的外貌你能辨别出她是做什么的吗？
[典型例题]当我进门时，他已经消失不见了。
When
I
came
in,
he
had
________．
二、句型突破
1、It
is
you
who
shape
your
life
and
your
future.
你的生活和你的未来都掌握在你的手中。
点津：此句中的shape为动词，意为“塑造”，shape还可作名词，意为“形状；模型；身材”。shapeless是形容词，意为“不成形的；不像样的”。此句为强调句。强调句型的结构为“It＋is＋被强调的部分＋who/that＋原句的其他部分”。强调某人时用who/that，强调其他事物时用that。
[典型例题]
①她经常锻炼来保持良好的体形。
She
always
does
exercise
to
keep
in
good
________．
②是李明帮助了他们。
It
was
Li
Ming
________
helped
them.
③他们就是在明天准备动身去北京。
It
is
tomorrow
________
they
are
leaving
for
Beijing.
2、As
a
doctor,
you
can't
be
too
careful.
作为一个医生，再怎么仔细也不为过。
点津：can't...too...是常用表达，意为“无论怎样……也不算过分，再怎么……也不为过”。
也可以用can
never，impossible等与too
连用。
Eg.
Some
people
can
never
have
too
much
money.
有些人永远不会嫌钱多。
I
can't
agree
with
you
more.
我非常赞同你。
[典型例题]( )To
avoid
making
mistakes,
you
can't
be
______
serious
with
your
work.
A.so
B.too
C.or
D.but
三、语法荟萃
1、并列连词both...and...,
not
only...but(also)．..,
either...or...和neither...nor...的用法
Eg.
Carelessness
will
be
a
disaster
not
only
to
ourselves
but
also
to
patients.
点津：both...and...,
not
only...but(also)．..,
either...or...和neither...nor...都是并列连词，它们可以连接两个并列的主语、谓语、宾语、表语、状语等。它们的具体用法是：
both...and...既……又……；……和……都not
only...but
also不但……而且……either...or...或者……或者……；要么……要么……；不是……就是……neither...nor...既不……也不……
Eg.
Both
New
York
and
London
have
traffic
problems.
纽约和伦敦都存在交通问题。
He
will
come
to
see
me
either
this
week
or
next
week.
他这周或者下周会来看我。
It
is
neither
hot
nor
cold
in
winter
here.
这里冬天既不冷也不热。
注意：①在not
only...but
also...中，可以省略also，即not
only...but...。
②当not
only...but(also)．..，either...or...
和neither...nor...连接两个主语时，其谓语动词要与最近的主语保持一致，即遵循“就近原则”。
Eg.
Not
only
the
students
but
Mr.
Li
has
lunch
at
school.
不仅学生们，还有李老师都在学校吃午饭。
Either
you
or
I
am
going
there
tomorrow.
明天要么你去那里，要么我去那里。
Neither
she
nor
I
am
a
worker.
她和我都不是工人。
[典型例题]
( )①Bob
likes
playing
chess,
but
________
his
father
________
his
mother
likes
it.
A.both;
and
B.not
only;
but
also
C.neither;
nor
D.either;
or
( )②________
Lily
_________
Lucy
may
go
with
you
because
one
of
them
must
stay
at
home.
A.both;
and
B.not
only;
but
also
C.neither;
nor
D.either;
or
2、并列连词and、but、or、so
Eg.
I
want
to
share
the
best
art
with
people,
so
I'm
always
searching
for
something
better
or
different.
点津：连词and,
but,
or和so可以用来连接单词、短语或者句子。它们的具体用法是：
and和，又表示并列关系but但是表示转折关系，所连接的成分意思往往相反或相对or或者表示选择关系，也可表示否定的条件，意为“否则，不然”so因此，所以表示因果关系，常用来连接两个简单句，但so与because不能同时用于同一句中
Eg.
I
went
to
see
her,
and
stayed
with
her
for
three
hours.
我去看她，并和她在一起待了三小时。
Tom
went
to
the
party,
but
his
brother
didn't.
汤姆去参加聚会了，但是他的兄弟没去。
Be
careful
in
your
exam,
or
you
will
fail
again.
考试时仔细一点，否则你又会不及格。
注意：①表示“和”的意思时，and通常用于肯定句中，而or用于否定句或疑问句中。但在否定句中，如果所连接的两部分都有否定词，应用and而不用or。
②结构“祈使句＋and＋陈述句”表示条件，相当于“如果……就……”。
Eg.
Work
hard
and
you'll
get
good
grades
in
your
exam.
如果你努力学习，你就可以在考试中得到好成绩。
[典型例题]
( )①Boys
and
girls,
you
mustn't
talk
in
class,
________
you
will
miss
something
important.
A.so
B.or
C.and
D.but
( )②Linda
is
a
dancer,
________
she
really
wants
to
be
a
singer.
A.because
B.but
C.or
D.so
【参考答案】
一、词汇精讲
1.show
off 2.came
up
with 3.were
born
4.①devoted;
to ②devotes
herself
to 5.praised
6.disappeared
二、句型突破
1.①shape ②who/that ③that 2.B
三、语法荟萃
1.①C ②D 2.①B ②B
Part
Two
Unit
2
一、词汇精讲
1、influence vt.
影响
Eg.
Some
people
believe
that
colors
can
influence
our
moods.
一些人认为颜色可以影响我们的心情。
拓展：have
influence
on 对……有影响
辨析：influence,
affect,
effect
influencen.
&
vt.“影响”主要指对行为、性格、观点等产生潜移默化的影响。affectvt.“影响”是及物动词，主要是一时的影响，着重影响的动作。effectn.“影响”用法与influence基本相同，have
effect
on“对……有影响”，但是指一时的影响。bring
into
effect“实行，贯彻”。
[典型例题]在influence,
affect,
effect中选择合适的单词填空
①The
results
didn't
________
her
at
all.
②Television
has
a
strong
________
on
people.
③We
have
protested(抗议),
but
it
has
no
________．
2、instead
of 代替，而不是
Eg.
Should
I
stay
at
home
instead
of
going
shopping
with
my
classmates?
我应该待在家而不是和同学一起购物吗？
辨析：instead
of,
instead
单词词性含义用法instead
of介词短语代替，而不是用于句中，其后跟名词、代词或动名词，是前者代替后者；用于句首时是后者代替前者。instead副词代替，反而通常用于句末，是后者代替前者；用于句首时，起连接上下句的作用，通常是上句含否定意义，然后用于引出下句并提出相反的情况。
[典型例题]在instead
of,
instead中选择合适的单词填空
①Lydia
didn't
study
law，she
decided
to
become
a
singer
________．
②We
walked
down
the
stairs______
taking
the
elevator.
3、promise vt.
承诺，允诺，答应
Eg.
We
promise
that
this
method
can
help
you
change
your
moods,
or
you
will
get
your
money
back!
我们承诺这种疗法可以帮助你改变情绪，否则全额退款！
拓展：promise作及物动词，后接名词、代词、动词不定式或从句作宾语；promise作可数名词，意为“诺言”。
Eg.
I
promise
that
I
won't
play
computer
games
anymore.
我保证以后再也不玩电脑游戏。
If
you
make
a
promise,
you
should
keep
it.
如果你做出了承诺，就应该遵守诺言。
[典型例题]
①他答应要帮助我。______________________________________________
②I
will
try
to
come,
but
I
can't
________(保证)．
③You
should
________
________
________(遵守承诺)．
4、remind vt.
提醒，使想起
Eg.
Yellow
is
the
color
of
the
sun
，so
it
can
remind
you
of
a
warm
sunny
day. 黄色是太阳的颜色，因此它能使你想起温暖、阳光明媚的一天。
拓展：remind常与of或about
连用，构成短语remind
sb.of/about
sth.，意为“提醒，使某人想起某事”。remind与不定式连用：remind
sb.
to
do
sth.提醒某人做某事。
Eg.
What
he
said
reminds
me
of
my
childhood.
他所说的使我想起了我的童年。
[典型例题]这个标志提醒我要谨慎驾驶。_____________________________________
二、句型突破
1、And
I'm
not
sure
if
blue
looks
good
on
you.
而且我不确定你穿蓝色是否好看。
点津：(sth.)
looks
good
on(sb.)
为固定句型意为“某物穿在某人身上很好看”，这个句型可转化为：(sb.)
looks
good
in(sth.)意为“某人穿某物很好看”。
Eg.
Dark
blue
looks
good
on
your
mother.
＝Your
mother
looks
good
in
dark
blue.
你妈妈穿深蓝色很好看。
[典型例题]我认为你穿这个裙子很好看。(同义句转换)
I
think
that
this
skirt
looks
good
on
you.
=
________________________________
2、People
in
cold
areas
prefer
warm
color
in
their
homes
to
create
a
warm
and
comfortable
feeling.
生活在寒冷地区的人更喜欢在家中用暖色调，以此创造出温暖舒适的感觉。
点津：prefer
sth.为固定句型“更喜欢……”；prefer
A
to
B意为“与B相比，更喜欢A”；
prefer
doing
A
to
doing
B意为“宁愿做A事，也不愿做B事”。与此类似的用法还有would
rather
do
sth.
than
do
sth.意
为“和(做其他事)相比，更愿意做……”。
[典型例题]
(1)我宁愿待在家里也不愿去购物。
①I
would
rather
________
________
________
than
________
________．
②I
prefer
________
________
________
to
________
________．
(2)相对于蓝色我更喜欢粉色。
__________________________________
3、This
may
help
when
you
are
having
difficulty
making
a
decision. 当你犹豫不决的时候，红色可以有助于你做决定。
点津：difficulty一般作不可数名词，意为“困难，费力”。常用短语have
difficulty
(in)
doing
sth.意思是“做某事有困难”，in可省略；trouble也有此用法。difficulty也可与with搭配，构成sb.
have
difficulty
with
sth.意为“某人做某事困难，吃力”。
[典型例题]( )I
have
great
________
in
learning
Maths
and
I'm
worried.
Could
you
help
me?
A.difficulty
B.interest
C.fun
D.joy
三、语法荟萃
1、that引导的宾语从句
Eg.
Some
people
believe
that
color
can
influence
our
moods.
点津：本句是that引导的宾语从句，宾语从句是指在复合句中充当宾语的句子。
(1)宾语从句可以用在主句动词之后，如：know、think、believe、hope、mean；也可用于主句形容词之后，如：certain、sure、glad。
Eg.
I
believe
that
our
country
will
become
stronger
and
stronger.
我相信我们的国家会越来越强大。
She
is
sure
that
red
can
bring
her
good
luck.
她确信红色将为她带来好运。
(2)当宾语从句是由陈述句转换而来时，即转述他人的话时，由that引导。
Eg.
I
heard
that
you
had
passed
the
exam.
我听说你通过了考试。
(3)that引导的宾语从句中，that不作任何成分，在口语和非正式文体中可以被省略。
Eg.
She
thinks
blue
is
better
than
red.
她认为蓝色比红色好。
(4)当主句谓语动词是think,
believe,
suppose,
expect等词时，宾语从句需表达否定的意思，常把否定转移至主语表示。
Eg.
I
don't
think
it
is
good
for
you
to
read
for
a
long
time.
我认为长时间阅读对你是不好的。
[典型例题]
①你认为颜色会在很多方面影响到我们的生活吗？
________________________________________________________________________
②I
think
that
if
you
have
lost
the
book
borrowed
from
library,
you
must
pay
for
it.
________________________________________________________________________
2、if或whether引导的宾语从句
Eg.
You
may
wonder
whether/if
color
can
influence
our
moods.
点津：本句是由一般疑问句转变而来的宾语从句，由if或whether引导。
(1)连词whether或if表达“能否，是不是”之意，在从句中不充当成分，在口语中多用if。
Eg.
Tom
wonders
if/whether
his
grandpa
will
come
next
week.
汤姆想知道他爷爷下星期是否会来。
(2)whether或if引导的宾语从句，虽然具有疑问意义，但从句语序应用陈述语序。
Eg.
I
don't
know
if/whether
he
has
come
here.
我不知道他是否来过这儿。
注意：由whether或if引导的宾语从句的时态要和主语的时态保持一致。
(3)在宾语从句中whether和if
可以互换使用，在or
not之前、介词之前、不定式之前只能用whether。
Eg.
Do
you
know
whether
he
are
leaving
for
Beijing
or
not
tomorrow?
你知道他明天是否动身去北京吗？
[典型例题]将下列句子转换为宾语从句
①“Did
Mary
clean
the
classroom
yesterday？”
Mr.
Hu
is
asking.
_____________________________________________________
②She
wonders,
“Can
I
keep
this
dictionary
for
one
more
week？”
_____________________________________________________
【参考答案】
一、词汇精讲
1.①affect ②influence ③effect
2.①instead ②instead
of
3.①He
promised
that
he
would
help
me. ②promise
③keep
your
promise
4.①The
sign
reminds
me
to
drive
carefully.
二、句型突破
1.I
think
that
you
look
good
in
this
skirt.
2.(1)①stay
at
home;
go
shopping
②staying
at
home;
going
shopping
(2)I
prefer
pink
to
blue.
3.A
三、语法荟萃
1.①Do
you
think
that
colours
can
influence
our
lives
in
many
ways?
②我认为如果你已经把图书馆的书弄丢了，你就必须得赔偿。
2.①Mr.
Hu
is
asking
if/whether
Mary
cleaned
the
classroom
yesterday.
②She
wonders
if/whether
she
can
keep
this
dictionary
for
one
more
week.
Part
Three
Unit
3
一、词汇精讲
1、awake adj.
醒着的
Eg.
Then
I
find
it
hard
to
stay
awake
the
next
day.
然后我发现第二天很难保持清醒。
辨析：awake,
wake
awakev.
&
adj.作形容词时表示“醒着的”，常用在连系动词后作表语(不能作定语)；不能用very修饰，但可用wide修饰；作动词时表示“醒来；唤醒”，注意此时不能与up连用wakev.表示“睡醒；醒来”，常与up连用构成wake
up“唤醒”，代词作宾语时要放在wake
up中间
Eg.
Yesterday
I
went
to
bed
early,
but
I
was
awake
for
a
long
time.
昨天我上床睡觉很早，但是很长一段时间是醒着的。
I
often
wake
up
at
six
every
morning.
我经常每天早晨六点醒来。
[典型例题]
①她被噪音弄醒了。_________________________________________
②请七点钟叫醒他。__________________________________________
2、strict adj.
严格的，严厉的
Eg.
I
do
not
understand
why
they
are
so_strict
with
me.
我不明白为什么他们对我如此严厉。
拓展：be
strict
with
sb.表示对某人严厉；be
strict
in
sth.表示对某事要求严格。
Eg.
As
a
leader
of
an
organization,
the
general
manager
must
be
strict
with
herself.
作为组织的领导，总经理必须严格要求自己。
We
have
to
be
strict
in
our
behaviors.
我们要严格要求自己的行为。
[典型例题]We
students
should
be
________(严格的)
with
ourselves.
3、worth adj.
值得；值……钱
Eg.
I
often
doubt
whether
it
is
worth
spending
so
much
time
on
my
homework.
我常常怀疑花这么多时间做家庭作业是否值得。
拓展：worthy
值得……的；worthless没用的，无价值的
常用句型为It(形式主语)＋be＋worth＋doing 值得做……
be
worth＋n. 值得……
Eg.
The
film
isn't
worth
watching.
这部电影不值得看。
The
picture
is
worth
100
yuan.
这幅画值100元。
It
isn't
worth
repairing
the
bike.
这辆自行车不值得修理了。
[典型例题](谚语)二鸟在林不如一鸟在手。____________________________________________
4、cause n.
原因
Eg.
However,
my
love
of
football
has
become
the
cause
of
my
problem.
然而，我对足球的热爱成为问题的起因。
辨析：cause,
reason,
excuse
causen.
&
v.表示“起因”，指引起某种结果的“原因”，后接介词ofreasonn.表示“理由，原因”，指决定做某事或采取某项行动的理由excusen.表示“辩解，借口”，指对某种行为所做的解释，可能是真的，也可能是托词
Eg.
The
cause
of
the
fire
was
not
like
that.
火灾的起因不是那样。
She
didn't
come
today.
Do
you
know
the
reason?
她今天没来。你知道原因吗？
[典型例题]用cause,
reason和excuse填空
①These
________
led
to
a
bad
result.
②Late
again!
What
is
your
________
of
this
time?
③We
have
no
________
to
believe
him.
二、句型突破
1、I
find
it
hard
to
stay
awake
the
next
day.
我发现第二天很难保持清醒。
点津：sb.＋find＋it＋adj.＋to
do
sth.表示“某人发现做某事……”，it作形式宾语，to
do
sth.是真正的宾语。此处的形容词充当宾语补足语，补充说明it的情况或状态。这种表达方式可以避免头重脚轻的现象，使句子平稳。
Eg.
I
find
it
important
to
learn
spoken
English.
我发现学习英语口语是很重要的。
[典型例题]
①他发现学习英语很难。__________________________
②玛丽发现赚外快很容易。____________________________
2、I
have
a
lot
of
homework
every
day，and
I
have
no
choice
but
to
do
it.
每天我都有很多作业，我别无选择，只能去做。
点津：句中的choice表示“选择权，选择的可能性”，常用句型have
no
choice
but
to
do
sth.，“除做……外，别无选择”。其他短语还有：make
a
choice做出选择，take
one's
choice任意选择。
Eg.
He
has
no
choice
but
to
ask
his
teacher
for
help.
他除了向老师求助外别无选择。
[典型例题]We
have
no
choice
________
to
study
hard.
3、I
need
someone
to
share
my
worries
with.
我需要有人来分担我的烦恼。
点津：这里动词不定式短语to
share
my
worries
with是后置定语，与前面的someone形成动宾关系，因此其后的with不可省略。如果不定式限定的名词是time,
place,
way等，不定式后面的介词习惯上可以省略。
Eg.
The
mall
is
a
good
place
to
meet
friends
and
have
fun.
这个大型购物中心是与朋友相聚和娱乐的好地方。
She
is
a
good
girl
to
make
friends
with.
她是一个可以做朋友的好女孩。
[典型例题]你需要有人来分享你的快乐。
___________________________________________
4、Why
don't
you
let
your
parents
know
you
need
them?你为什么不让父母知道你需要他们？
点津：(1)英语中可以用Why
not...,
Why
don't
you...,
What/How
about...,
Let's...和Shall
we...等句型提建议；
(2)句型Why
not...？是Why
don't
you...？的省略形式，表示“为什么不……？”或“你为什么不……？”，后面跟动词原形；
(3)句型What/How
about...？表示“……怎么样？”或“……如何？”，后面跟名词、代词或动名词；
(4)句型Let's...表示“让我们……吧。”，后面跟动词原形；
(5)句型Shall
we...？表示“我们……好吗？”，后面跟动词原形；
(6)perhaps也可以用于提建议。
Eg.
Why
don't
you
listen
to
music
to
relax
yourself?
你为什么不听听音乐放松一下呢？
What/How
about
having
a
cup
of
coffee?
喝杯咖啡怎么样？
Let's
listen
to
him!
让我们听他说吧！
Shall
we
go
swimming
tomorrow?
我们明天去游泳好吗？
Perhaps
you
can
park
over
there.
你或许可以将车停在那里。
[典型例题]( )Why
not
________
your
teacher
for
help
when
you
can't
finish
________
the
story
by
yourself?
A.to
ask;
write
B.to
ask;
writing
C.ask;
writing
D.asking;
to
三、语法荟萃
连接代词和连接副词引导的宾语从句
Eg.
Sometimes
we
forget
when
we
should
stop.
点津：(1)英语中当宾语从句是由特殊疑问句转变而来时，应由连接代词或连接副词引导。常见的连接代词有：what,
who,
whom,
whose,
which；连接副词有：when,
where,
how,
why等；
(2)连接代词和连接副词有具体词义，并且在宾语从句中充当句子成分；
(3)宾语从句的语序必须是陈述语序；
(4)who与whom都指人，含义为“谁”。其中who为主格，在宾语从句中作主语；whom为宾格，在句中作宾语；
(5)若主句的时态为一般现在时，则宾语从句可根据需要用任何时态；若主句的时态为过去时，则从句的时态应与主句的时态保持一致(客观真理除外。)
Eg.
Can
you
tell
us
what
they
are
doing?
你能告诉我们他们在做什么吗？
She
wants
to
know
why
that
little
boy
is
crying.
她想知道那个小男孩为什么哭。
My
father
told
me
that
the
earth
is
round
when
I
was
a
child.
当我还是个孩子的时候，父亲曾告诉我地球是圆的。
[典型例题]( )Please
tell
me
________
to
improve
my
English.
A.what
I
can
do
B.what
can
I
do
C.how
I
can
do
D.how
can
I
do
【参考答案】
一、词汇精讲
1.①She
was
awoken
by
the
noise.
②Please
wake
him
up
at
seven
o'clock. 2.strict
3.A
bird
in
the
hand
is
worth
two
in
the
bush.
4.①causes ②excuse ③reason
二、句型突破
1.①He
finds
it
difficult
to
learn
English.
②Mary
finds
it
easy
to
earn
extra
money.
2.but
3.You
need
someone
to
share
your
happiness
with.
4.C
三、语法荟萃:
A
Part
Four
Unit
4
一、词汇精讲
1、die
of/from 死于
Eg.
Anne
and
her
elder
sister
died_of
illness.
安妮和她的姐姐死于疾病。
拓展：die
of
一般用于死因存在于人体之内的情况，主要指疾病，衰老等自身原因；die
from
一般指受到外部环境的伤害，主要指意外事故，如车祸，地震等。若死因是环境影响到体内，如受伤，饥寒，过度劳累，则两者均可。
Eg.
Peter's
grandmother
died
of
heart
disease.
彼得的祖母死于心脏病。
In
the
developing
countries,
many
people
died
of/from
hunger
every
year.
在发展中国家，每年都有很多人死于饥饿。
[典型例题]用die
of或die
from
填空
①A
farmer
________
a
lightning
unluckily.
②The
poor
man
I
met
yesterday
________
cancer.
2、lose
heart 灰心，气馁
Eg.
He
didn't_lose_heart. 他没有灰心。
拓展：lose
heart
意为“灰心，气馁”
关于lose的常见短语：lose
yourself
in
sth.沉迷于……
lose
a
game 输掉比赛
lose
weight 减肥
lose
temper 发脾气
lose
one's
life 丧失生命
Eg.
She
eats
a
little
to
lose
weight.
她为了减肥只吃一点点。
You
shouldn't
lose
yourself
in
playing
computer
games.
你不应该沉迷于玩电脑游戏。
[典型例题]I
am
afraid
that
my
dad
will
__________(发脾气)when
he
knows
my
terrible
performance.
3、succeed vi.
成功
Eg.
As
a
result,
he
succeeded
in
getting
a
scholarship.
因此他成功获得奖学金。
拓展：常用句型succeed
in
doing
sth.
意为“成功做某事”。
success
n.
成功
successful
adj.
成功的
successfully
adv.
成功地
Eg.
I
hope
you
can
succeed
in
passing
the
driving
test.
我希望你可以顺利通过驾照考试。
[典型例题]( )—What
do
you
think
of
the
speech
given
by
Chairman
Xi
Jinping
in
the
UN?
—It's
very
exciting.His
speech
________getting
foreign
friends'
appreciation.
A.succeed
in
B.succeed
to
C.managed
to
D.managed
in
4、although conj.
尽管，虽然
Eg.
Although
he
was
a
great
player
at
university,
the
NBA
was
not
interested
in
him
because
all
its
players
were
more
than
20cm
taller
than
he
was.
尽管他在大学是个很好的运动员，但是NBA对他不感兴趣，因为NBA所有的运动员都比他高20多厘米。
拓展：although此处作连词，引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管；虽然”；although引导的让步状语从句不能与but连用；此外，though
也有“尽管，虽然”的意思，可用逗号与前后句子隔开；even
though则表示“即使”。
Eg.
Although
he
is
a
child，he
knows
a
lot.
尽管他是个孩子，但是他知之甚多。
He
was
holding
our
baby
in
his
arms
even
though
he
had
fallen
asleep.
即使他已经睡着了，他还是把我们的宝宝抱在怀里。
[典型例题]
①尽管太阳高照，却不是很暖和。
________
the
sun
was
shining,
it
wasn't
very
warm.
②尽管每个人都打得不错，我们还是输了。
We
lost
the
game,
__________．
5、graduate vi.
毕业
Eg.
After
he
graduated,_he
was
forced
to
play
in
another
basketball
league.
在他毕业之后，他被迫去另一个篮球联盟打球。
拓展：graduate
from... 从……毕业
graduate
in 毕业于……学科
graduation n.
毕业；毕业典礼
after
graduation 毕业后
Eg.
It
was
my
first
job
after
graduation.
那是我毕业后的第一份工作。
He
graduated
in
medicine.
他是医学专业毕业的。
Ann
graduated
from
Peking
University.
安毕业于北京大学。
[典型例题]
①她去年一从哈佛大学毕业就找到了工作。
_________________________________________
②我的家人都来参加了我的毕业典礼。
_________________________________________
二、句型突破
1、Her
father
had
her
diary
published.
她的爸爸使她的日记出版了。
点津：have
something
done意为“使/让某事被完成，让某人做某事”，sth.与done之间是被动关系，done所表示的动作一般由别人而不是主语发出。
have
something
to
do
意为“有某事要做”，其中不定式做定语，修饰sth.，该不定式常用主动形式表被动。
Eg.
Tomorrow
I
want
to
have
my
hair
cut.
明天我想去剪头发。
[典型例题]
①The
Blacks
are
going
to
have
their
garden
______(浇水)
this
weekend.
②I
have
an
urgent
matter
to
________(discussion)with
you.
2、Through
hard
work,
Spud
Webb
proved
that
size
and
body
type
do
not
matter—you
can
do
almost
anything
if
you
never
give
up.
通过努力，斯巴德·韦伯证明高矮胖瘦不重要——只要永不放弃，几乎没有什么你做不到的。
点津：prove
that…意为“证明……”，引导宾语从句。prove的用法有：
①prove
sth.
to
sb.
向某人证明某事
Eg.
The
teacher
proved
this
theory
to
us.
老师向我们证实了那个理论。
②prove＋宾语(sb./sth.)＋(to
be)＋宾语补足语(n./adj.)
Eg.
All
this
proved
him
to
be
an
responsible
person.
所有这些都证明他是个负责任的人。
[典型例题]伽利略证实了地球和所有其他行星都是绕着太阳运转的。
Galileo
________
________
the
Earth
and
all
other
planets
move
around
the
Sun.
三、语法荟萃
before、after、when、和while引导的时间状语从句
Eg.
When
he
finally
got
the
chance,
he
scored
20
points
in
his
first
time.
点津：
(1)时间状语从句是指在复合句中充当时间状语的句子。可以用before，after，when和while引导时间状语从句。before表达“在……之前”，表示主句动作发生在从句动作之前；after表达“在……之后”表示主句的动作发生在从句动作之后；when表达“当……时”，表示主句动作发生的特定时间；while表达“在……期间”表示主句动作发生在从句动作进行的过程中。
Eg.
The
days
get
longer
when
spring
comes.
春天到来时，白天变长了。
While(I
am)
traveling,
I
like
to
buy
some
souvenirs.
旅游时，我喜欢买纪念品。
注意：①当主句和从句的主语一致，并且从句中有助动词be时，可以省略主语和动词be，构成while＋动词?ing
结构；②while还可以表达“与……同时”，强调主句动作和从句动作是同时发生的；且while引导的从句的谓语动词必须是延续性的。
(2)since，till和until也常用来引导时间状语从句。since表达“自从……以来”，一般情况下，从句谓语动词用一般过去时，而主句的谓语动词用现在完成时；till和until表达“到……为止”，一般情况下两者可以互换。until可以放在句首或句中，而till不可以用在句首。
Eg.
I
worked
till/until
he
came
back.
我一直工作到他回来为止。
(3)whenever和as
soon
as也可用于引导时间状语从句。whenever表达“每当；任何时候”；as
soon
as表达“一……就……”。
Eg.
We
began
to
work
as
soon
as
we
got
there.
我们一到那就开始工作。
I
like
listening
to
music
whenever
I
have
time.
每当有时间时，我喜欢听音乐。
[典型例题]
( )①The
life
we
were
used
to
has
changed
greatly
________
2013.
A.till
B.until
C.since
D.in
( )②I
will
discuss
it
with
you
________
you
like
to.
A.whenever
B.however
C.whoever
D.whatever
( )③________
you
watch
this
program,
you
will
realize
how
much
danger
these
tigers
face.
A.Before
B.After
C.When
D.While
【参考答案】
一、词汇精讲
1.①died
from ②died
of 2.lose
his
temper 3.A
4.①Although
②although/even
though
each
of
us
played
well
5.①She
found
a
job
as
soon
as
she
graduated
from
Harvard
University
last
year.
②My
whole
family
attended
my
graduation.
二、句型突破
1.①watered ②discuss 2.proved
that
三、语法荟萃
①C ②A ③B
能力实践
【20-21姑苏区联考期中真题】
第二部分
单项填空(共
10小题;每小题1分，满分10
分)
请认真阅读下面各题，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21.
---The
China
International
Import
Expo
is
_____
first
import
expo
in
Shanghai
facing
to
all
the
Chinese
markets.
---That’s
true!
It
is
_____
great
start
of
the
first
CIIE.
A.
a;
the
B.
a;
a
C.
the;
a
D.
the;
/
22.
---I’m
new
here
in
Suzhou.
---Take
a
map
of
Suzhou
with
you.
You’ll
find
it
of
great
_____
in
helping
you.
A.
price
B.
cost
C.
interest
D.
value
23.
I
find
this
computer
game
_____
to
play.
A.
enough
easy
B.
easy
enough
C.
enough
easily
D.
easily
enough
24.
---It
is
said
that
your
animal
sign
decides
your
personality.
---_____
My
animal
sign
is
the
OX,
but
in
fact
I
am
lazy
sometimes.
A.
I
can’t
agree
more.
B.
I
think
so.
C.
That’s
not
the
case.
D.
Why
not?
25.
---Uncle
Wang
hardly
smokes,
_____?
---
_____
.
He
often
tells
us
smoking
does
harm
to
our
health.
A.
does
he;
Yes
B.
does
he;
No
C.
doesn't
he;
Yes
D.
doesn't
he;
No
26.
Which
of
the
following
sentences
is
RIGHT?
A.
I’m
not
sure
that
he
will
give
back
the
money.
B.
Could
you
tell
me
how
long
you
will
leave?.
C.
He
asked
me
if
I
wanted
to
play
football
or
not.
D.
I’m
not
sure
if
I’m
reading
the
word
correctly.
27.
May
you
give
_____
you
like,
and
all
that
you
get
is
what
you
want.
A.
as
long
as
B.
as
well
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
as
much
as
28.
You’d
better
_____
hard
from
now
on,
_____
you
will
fail
the
exam.
A.
work;
and
B.
working;
or
C.
working;
and
D.
work;
or
29.
---_____
the
classmates_____
the
teacher
was
waiting
for
me
when
I
arrived
at
the
airport.
---
What
a
pity!
A.
Neither;
nor
B.
Either;
or
C.
Both;
and
D.
Not
only;
but
also
30.
---What
a
heavy
rain!
---
So
it
is.
I
prefer
_____
rather
than
_____
on
such
a
rainy
day.
A.
to
go
out;
staying
at
home
B.
staying
at
home;
go
out
C.
going
out;
stay
at
home
D.
to
stay
at
home;
go
out
第三部分 完形填空(共
10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Around
twenty
years
ago
I
was
living
in
York.
__31___
I
had
a
lot
of
experience
and
a
Master’s
degree（硕士学位）,
I
could
not
find
satisfying
work.
I
was
driving
a
school
bus
to
make
money
and
__32___
with
a
friend
of
mine,
for
I
had
lost
my
flat.
I
had
attended
five
interviews
with
a
company
and
one
day
__33___
bus
runs
they
called
to
say
I
did
not
get
the
job.
“Why
has
my
life
become
so
__34___?”
I
thought
painfully.
As
I
pulled
the
bus
over
to
drop
off
a
little
girl,
she
handed
me
an
earring
saying
I
should
___35__
it
until
somebody
claimed（认领）it.
The
earring
was
painted
black
and
said
“BE
HAPPY”.
At
first
I
got
angry.
Then
it
__36___
me----I
had
been
giving
all
of
my
__37___
to
what
was
going
wrong
with
my
life
rather
than
what
was
right!
I
decided
then
and
there
to
make
a
list
of
fifty
things
I
was
happy
with.
Later,
I
decided
to
__38___
more
things
to
the
list.
That
night
there
was
a
phone
call
for
me
from
a
lady
who
was
a
director
at
a
large
__39___.
She
asked
me
if
I
would
give
a
one-day
speech
on
stress
management
to
200
medical
workers.
I
said
yes.
My
day
there
went
very
well,
and
before
long
I
got
a
well-paid
job.
To
this
day
I
realize
that
it
was
because
I
changed
my
way
of
thinking
that
I
__40___
changed
my
life.
31.
A.
As
B.
Though
C.
If
D.
When
32.
A.
working
B.
travelling
C.
discussing
D.
living
33.
A.
between
B.
through
C.
during
D.
beyond
34.
A.
hard
B.
busy
C.
serious
D.
short
35.
A.
hide
B.
hold
C.
keep
D
.
save
36.
A.
hurt
B.
hit
C.
caught
D.
moved
37.
A.
feelings
B.
attention
C.
strength
D.
interests
38.
A.
connect
B.
turn
C.
increase
D.
add
39.
A.
hospital
B.
factory
C.
restaurant
D.
university
40.
A.
smoothly
B.
closely
C.
completely
D.
hardly
第四部分
阅读理解(共
12小题;每小题2分,满分24分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
41.
The
material
above
contains
the
following
information
EXCEPT
_________.
A.how
to
kill
time
B.how
to
lose
weight
C.what
to
say
during
job
interviews
D.how
to
deal
with
health
problems
in
winter
42.
The
book
may
not
be
suitable
for
________
to
read.
A.a
five-year-old
kid
B.a
housewife
C.a
college
student
who
wants
to
look
for
a
job
D.an
officer
worker
43.
“Reader’s
Digest”
is
probably
________.
A.a
type
of
newspaper
Ba
science
book
C.a
poster
about
food
D.a
bestselling
magazine
D
Few
of
us
have
heard
of
Nils
Bohlin,
but
whenever
we
take
a
car
journey
his
invention
makes
us
safer.
Found
in
almost
every
modern
car,
the
three-point
seat
belt
reduces
our
chances
of
death
or
injury
by
at
least
50%.
While
feeling
thankful
to
his
engineer
from
Volvo,
you
may
also
wonder
how
he
came
up
with
such
a
great
idea.
Having
worked
as
a
plane
designer
before,
Nils
knew
clearly
that
the
pilots
were
willing
to
put
on
anything
to
keep
them
safe
in
an
accident,
but
to
his
surprise,
most
people
in
the
cars
just
didn’t
want
to
be
uncomfortable
for
even
a
minute.
To
improve
the
safety
for
people
in
the
cars,
he
decided
to
find
a
perfect
system
which
should
be
simple,
effective
and
convenient.
In
the
end,
he
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt,
which
has
been
considered
as
one
of
the
greatest
inventions
in
history.
Seat
belts
prevent
people
in
the
cars
from
serious
injury
in
five
ways.
Keep
people
inside.
People
who
are
thrown
out
from
a
car
are
four
times
more
likely
to
be
killed
than
those
who
stay
inside.
Protect
the
strongest
parts
of
the
body.
Seat
belts
are
designed
to
fix
your
body
at
its
strongest
parts.
For
an
older
child
and
adult,
these
parts
are
the
hips
(臀部)
and
shoulders.
Spread
out
the
force
in
an
accident.
Seat
belts
spread
the
force
of
the
accident
over
a
wide
area
of
the
body.
By
putting
less
stress
on
one
area,
they
can
help
you
avoid
serious
injury.
Help
the
body
to
slow
down.
A
quick
speed
causes
injury.
With
the
help
of
the
seat
belts,
your
body
can
have
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident.
Protect
your
brain
and
spinal
cord
(脊柱).
These
two
key
parts
injuries
may
be
hard
to
see
immediately,
but
they
can
cause
death.
Therefore,
it’s
of
great
importance
to
protect
these
parts.
It
takes
only
a
few
seconds
to
buckle
up
once
you
get
in
the
car,
but
this
simple
action
could
save
your
life.
50.
Nils
Bohlin
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt
in
order
to
________.
take
a
car
journey
quickly
show
thanks
to
the
engineer
keep
the
pilots
safe
in
an
accident
make
people
in
the
cars
safer
51.
The
underlined
phrases
here
“buckle
up”
probably
means
“________”.
get
over
pressure
fasten
seat
belts
calm
down
take
off
coats
52.
From
the
passage
we
can
learn
________.
hips
and
shoulders
aren’t
the
older
children
and
adults’
strongest
parts
seat
belts
can
keep
your
knees
and
feet
away
from
the
hard
parts
of
the
car
the
body
has
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident
thanks
to
seat
belts
head
and
spinal
cord
injuries
might
be
easy
to
see
immediately
in
an
accident
第六部分
词汇检测(共
10
小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或通过上下文,在答题卡标有题号的横线上,写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。每空只写一词。
58.
She
gave
the
word
its
French
_____（发音）
59.
Reading
English
_____
(大声地)
every
morning
is
very
good
for
English
beginners.
60.
The
guests
came
in,
but
she
_____（保持不变）sitting
at
the
desk
reading.
61.
_____（凭借）his
efforts,
he
succeeded
in
making
so
many
useful
inventions.
62.
We
are
strongly
______（反对）smoking
because
it’s
bad
for
our
health.
63.
Can
you
have
a
look
at
my
new
home
page
and
give
me
a
few______
(建议).
64.
His
mother
got
even
__________（发疯的）after
his
father’s
death.
65.
Poor
health
_______
her
to
give
up
her
studies
last
year.
66.
----Are
these
books
______
for
children?
----I
think
they
are
difficult
for
your
8-year-old
son
to
read.
67.
To
_____
are
you
writing
this
e-mail
now?
第七部分
句子翻译(共5小题;每小题3分,满分15分)
将下列句子译成英语,并将所译句子写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
68.
由这位年轻作家写的小说非常值得一读。
_________________________________________________________
69.
我不可能在如此短的时间内在化学上取得这么大的进步。
________________________________________________________
70.
你认为这篇文章应该分成几个部分？
________________________________________________________
71.
如果你学习英语有困难，最好向老师寻求建议。
________________________________________________________
72.
直到读完这本书，Zoe才意识到语法的重要性。
________________________________________________________
第八部分
阅读表达(共
3小题;73题1分,74题2分,75题3分,满分6分)
请认真阅读下面短文,用英语回答短文后的问题,并将答案写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
Where
does
your
food
come
from?
How
is
it
made?
These
days,
many
people
worry
about
food
safety.
But
food
safety
is
not
a
new
worry.
In1906,
Upton
Sinclair
wrote
The
Jungle.
The
book
is
the
story
of
a
poor
family
in
Chicago.
It
is
also
about
the
dangerous
ways
that
food
was
prepared.
People
were
so
worried
that
the
U.S.
started
testing
food.
These
days,
most
food
in
the
world
is
safe.
Laws
control
where
food
comes
from.
They
also
control
how
food
is
managed
and
prepared.
Laws
are
important.
But
it's
more
important
to
make
sure
the
rules
are
followed.
A
good
food
safety
system
keeps
people
safe.
It
also
helps
them
eat
healthy
food.
Labels(标签)on
food
give
people
important
information.
Then
they
can
make
good
choices
about
their
food.
Although
food
safety
systems
usually
work,
there
can
be
problems.
Sometimes
mistakes
are
made.
For
example,
a
truck
might
carry
eggs
and
then
ice
cream.
The
ice
cream
could
make
people
sick
when
the
truck
isn't
cleaned
before
carrying
it.
Other
problems
are
not
mistakes.
Sometimes
companies
break
rules
to
make
more
money.
When
this
happens,
people
don't
know
if
their
food
is
safe.
As
we
all
know,
food
is
closely
related
to
our
daily
life.
We
should
take
actions
to
make
food
safer!
73.Who
wrote
The
Jungle?
(1分)
________________________________________________________
74.What
are
the
food
labels
used
to
do?
(2分)
________________________________________________________
75.Is
it
necessary
to
pay
attention
to
food
safety?
Why
or
why
not?
(3分)
________________________________________________________
参考答案
第二部分单项填空（共10小题每小题1分、满分10分）
21-25
CDBCB
26-30
DDDAD
第三部分完型填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
31-35
BDCAC
36-40
D3DAC
第四部分阅读理解（共12小题每小题2分，满分24分）
41-13
AAD
50-52
DBC
第六部分
词汇检测（共10小题每小题1分满分10分）
58.
pronunciation
59.aloud
60.
remained
61.Through
62.against
63.suggestions
64.madder
65.
drove
66.
suitable
67.
whom
第七部分
翻译句子（共5小题；每小题3分，满分15分）
68.
The
novel
by
the
young
writer
is
well
worth
reading.
69.It
is
impossible
for
me
to
make
so
much
progress
in
Chemistry
in
such
a
short
time
70.
Do
you
think
how
many
parts
this
article
should
be
divided
into?
71.
If
you
have
difficulty
learning
English,
you'd
better
ask
the
teacher
for
advice
72.
Zoe
didn't
realize
the
importance
of
grammar
until
she
finished
reading
the
book
第八部分
阅读表达（共3小题；73题1分，74题2分，75题3分，满分6分）
73.
Upton
Sinclair
wrote
The
Jungle
74.
The
food
labels
are
used
to
give
people
important
information
so
that
people
can
make
good
choices
about
their
food.(意思合理、语法准确均可给分）
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
8
Detective
stories（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.It’s
(报道)
that
thirty-one
brave
young
men
were
killed
in
a
big
forest
fire
in
Sichuan.?
2.The
(仅有的)
witness
is
an
office
worker
who
worked
extra
hours
that
night.?
3.Would
you
like
to
have
a
(单人的)
room
or
a
double
room??
4.Giving
a
speech
in
public
isn’t
as
difficult
as
you
might
(猜想).?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.John
made
a(n)
(usual)
robot
on
his
own.How
creative
he
is!?
2.Detective
Lu
has
told
the
(victim)
parents
about
it.?
3.He
was
seen
(clean)
his
office
at
5:30
p.m.?
4.He
was
(wound)
with
the
axe(斧)
when
he
was
cutting
the
wood.?
5.(江苏无锡中考)Look
at
you!You’re
breathing
so
(heavy).We’re
not
even
halfway
there
yet.?
6.We
knew
that
the
young
man
was
(charge)
with
stealing
bikes
last
year.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.这场篮球决赛相当精彩。结果,成千上万的人熬夜观看。
The
final
basketball
match
was
rather
exciting.
,thousands
and
thousands
of
people
stayed
up
for
watching
it.?
2.(辽宁鞍山中考)根据新华社报道,中国高铁的英里数占据全世界高铁总英里数的60%以上。
Xinhua,China’s
high-speed
railway
mileage
takes
up
over
60%
of
the
world’s
total.?
3.我认为会有人帮忙解决这个案子的。
I
think
someone
will
.?
4.警方希望证人能拨打110和他们联系。
The
police
hope
the
witness
can
on
110.?
5.(辽宁鞍山中考)在韩国,人们第一次见面应该鞠躬。
People
in
Korea
bow
when
meeting
for
the
first
time.?
兴趣起航
Which
detective
film
do
you
like
best?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】限制性定语从句和关系代词
在复合句中,定语从句修饰一个名词或代词，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个名词性成分，相当于形容词，所以又称为形容词性从句，一般紧跟在它所修饰的先行词后面。
定语从句又分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。限制性定语从句对被修饰的先行词有限定制约作用，使该词的含义更加具体
、更加明确。限制性定语从句不能被省略，否则句意不完整。
被修饰的名词或代词称为先行词。定语从句通常由关系词引出。常见的关系代词有that,which,who,whom,
whose。
注意：在含有定语从句的复合句中,如果关系代词作从句的主语,则从句中的谓语动词的人称和数需与先行词保持一致。
1、that引导的定语从句。
that引导定语从句时,先行词可以指物,也可以指人,在定语从句中常作主语或宾语,作宾语时常可省略。关系代词that指人时,相当于who;指物时,相当于which,但要注意that前不能有介词,并且that不能引导非限制性定语从句。
Eg.
Is
this
project
something
that
you
think
is
doable?
你认为此方案可行吗？
2、which引导的定语从句。
which引导定语从句时,先行词指物,which在定语从句中作主语或宾语。例如:
Eg.
He
is
reading
a
book
which
is
about
war.他正在读一本关于战争的书。
注意：which和介词搭配使用时,介词可放在which之前,若是固定词组,一般不能拆开。
Eg.
There
are
two
points
which
I
wanted
to
make.
我想要指出的有两点。
I
really
love
my
class
in
which
everyone
seemed
eager
to
learn.
我真的很爱我的班级，在这里每个人都似乎很爱学习。
3、who引导的定语从句。
who引导的定语从句中,先行词指人,who在定语从句中作主语或宾语。
Eg.
The
teacher
who
teaches
us
English
is
from
Australia.
教我们英语的老师是澳大利亚人。
4、whom引导的定语从句。
whom引导的定语从句中,先行词指人,whom在定语从句中作宾语。whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语，也可以作介词的宾语。
Eg.
We
need
to
be
able
to
get
our
feelings
and
messages
across
to
those
with
whom
we
live,
work
and
love.
我们需要能够把自己的感觉和信息传达给那些与我们一起生活、一起工作和相亲相爱的人们。
5、whose引导的定语从句。
whose引导的从句用来修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰的成分的前置所有格。它引导的从句可以修饰人和物，当它引导的从句修饰物时，可以与of
which互换，表达的意思一样。
Eg.
He's
a
man
whose
opinion
I
respect.
他是我尊重其意见的人。
[注意1]关系代词that和which的用法区别。
（1）关系词只能用that,而不用which的情况。
①先行词被序数词或形容词最高级所修饰，或先行词本身是序数词、形容词最高级时。
②先行词是all,any,everything,anything,none等不定代词时。
③先行词被the
only,the
very,the
same,little,few等词修饰时。
④先行词里同时含有人和物时。
⑤主句是由who或which引导的特殊疑问句，为了避免重复，只能用that。
⑥主句是there
be结构，修饰主语的定语从句用that引导。
（2）关系词只能用which，而不用that的情况。
①先行词为that时。
②关系代词前有介词时。
③引导非限制性定语从句时。
[注意2]that,
which,who,whom在从句中作宾语时常可以省略。但是which和whom前面有介词时不可以省略。
【经典例题】
1.Tu
Youyou
is
a
famous
scientist
_______
wins
the
Nobel
Prize
in
2015.
A.
whose
B.
who
C.
which
D.
whom
2.—Why
do
you
call
him
Mr.
Knowledgeable?
—Because
he
knows
almost
everything_________we
want
to
know.
A.
which
B.
what
C.
that
D.
who
3.A
teacher
is
someone
_______should
teach
not
only
knowledge
but
also
morals（品德）.
A.who
B.which
C.what
D.whose
4.The
children
are
talking
happily
about
the
cartoon
characters__________are
known
by
most
children.
A.
which
B.
that
C.
it
D.
What
5.---The
exam
is
coming,
are
you
ready
for
it?
---Everything
is
ready,
and
all_________I
need
is
an
east
wind.
A.
that
B.
which
C.
those
D.
what
6.Every
year,
typhoons
and
losses_________lead
to
are
frightening
though
actions
have
been
taken.
A.
which
B.
which
that
C.
they
D.
that
7.I’m
afraid
this
is
the
best
way
_______we
can
think
of_______
you.
A.
that;
helping
B.
that;
to
help
C.
which;
helping
D.
which;
to
help
8.The
actresses________in
the
drama
series________beautiful
dresses.
A.who
act;
are
wearing
B.which
act;
is
wearing
C.which
acts;
is
in
D.who
acts;
are
in
9.He
was
killed
at
the
place
______
he
lived.
A.
which
B.
where
C.
that
D.
who
10.WeChat
is
a
useful
communication
tool
_______
can
help
people
talk
to
friends,
share
photos,
ideas
and
feelings
freely.
A
.
whom
B.
who
C.
whose
D.
which
【知识梳理2】There
was
probably
more
than
one
person
who
had
something
to
do
with
the
murder.(P112)
可能不止一个人与这起谋杀案有关。
probably，副词，意为“（很）可能
”，用在be动词，助动词或形容词之后
Eg.
You're
probably
right.
你很可能是对的。
【知识梳理3】It
turned
out
that
he
had
nothing
to
do
with
the
case.
(P114)结果是他与此案无关。
1、turn
out
，动词短语，意为“结果是，证明是”。
Eg.
The
party
turned
out
to
be
very
successful.
It
turned
out
that
she
was
a
friend
of
my
sister.
她原来是我姐姐的朋友。
[拓展]turn
out
（1）关掉
Eg.
Remember
to
turn
out
the
lights
when
you
go
to
bed.
临睡前别忘了关灯。
（2）生产，制造=produce
Eg.
The
factory
turns
out
900
cars
a
week.
这家工厂每周生产900辆汽车。
[经典例题]
1.If
the
day
________
wet,
we
may
have
to
change
our
plans.
A.
turns
out
B.
breaks
out
C.
finds
out
D.
runs
out
2.---Hi,
John!
You
look
so
excited,
what
happened?
---We
won
the
basketball
match,
and
the
result_______
to
be
better
than
expected.
A.
turned
out
B.
found
out
C.
worked
out
D.
came
out
3.I
thought
the
job
would
be
a
success.
But
it_________to
be
a
mess(乱七八糟)!
A.
turned
into
B.
turned
out
C.
turned
away
D.
turned
off
4.Our
English
teacher
told
us
to________more
information
about
how
endangered
animals
and
share
it
next
week.?
A.find
out
B.keep
away
C.turn
off
D.use
up
2、have
nothing
to
do
with
sth
表示“与…….无关”
have
something
to
do
with
sth
表示“与…….有关”
Eg.
It
must
have
something
to
do
with
the
accident.
这件事情肯定和那次事故有关。
【知识梳理4】He
was
in
a
hurry
to
catch
a
bus.
(P114)他匆匆忙忙赶公交车去。
do
sth
in
a
hurry=hurry
to
do
sth
匆忙去做某事
Eg.
Dave
was
in
a
hurry
to
get
back
to
work.
戴夫急于回去工作。
[经典例题]
1.Franklin
told
Howe
to
_________
and
take
his
bath;
otherwise,
they'd
miss
their
train.
A.
hurry
up
B.
look
around
C.
run
away
D.
take
up
2.Kate
was
_________
to
grow
up,
eager
for
knowledge
and
experience.
A.in
person
B.in
danger
C.in
surprise
D.in
a
hurry
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
&Task
【知识梳理1】
Criminal
record(P115)有无犯罪记录？
1、criminal
，形容词，意为“犯罪的，刑事上的
”。
criminal
behaviour
犯罪行为
criminal?law刑法
International?Criminal?Court
国际刑事法院
criminal
case
犯罪案件
[拓展]criminal
n.罪犯，犯人
crime
n.
罪；罪行；违法犯罪活动
2、record，名词，意为“记录”
The
world
record
stood
for
20
years.
那项世界纪录20年未被打破。
[拓展]常用短语
set
a
record
创造记录
break
a
record
打破记录
hold
a
record
保持记录
[拓展]record，动词，意为“记载，记录”
Eg.
Her
childhood
is
recorded
in
the
diaries
of
those
years.
她的童年生活都记在当年的日记里。
[经典例题]
1.He
had
criminal
record
_____
theft.
A.
for
B.
with
C.
on
D.
as
【知识梳理2】
We
had
better
shut
all
the
windows.(P116)
而且我们最好也关好所有的窗户。
Shut，动词，意为“关闭；闭上（嘴等）”
Eg.
Just
make
sure
you
shut
the
gate.
你务必关上那幢大门。
[拓展]shut，形容词，意为“关闭的；停止营业的”
Eg.
With
the
door
shut,
the
room
was
hot.
[经典例题]
1.________your
computer
and
review
your
day.
A.
Shut
up
B.Shut
off
C.
Take
away
D.
Take
off
2.---
Did
he
notice
you
enter
the
room?
---I
don't
think
so.
He
was
listening
to
the
radio
with
his
eyes________.
A
close
B
wake
C
shut
D
open
【知识梳理3】I
think
we
need
to
guard
against
any
possible
danger
around
us.(P116)
我认为我们需要提防我们周围任何可能的危险。
guard，动词，意为“保卫，看守”。
Eg.
The
dog
was
guarding
its
owner's
luggage.
狗守护着主人的行李。
[拓展]
guard，名词，意为“保卫，看守”。
on
guard
警惕；站岗
[经典例题]
1.We
should
learn
to
guard
_________
some
illnesses
from
a
young
age.
A.over
B.against
C.with
D.at
2.I’m
afraid
you
need
to
wear
sunglasses
to
_____
yourself
from
the
sun
while
driving.
A.prevent
B.guard
C.protect
D.improve
3.The
old
man
kept
a
dog
to
guard
the
house_________strangers.
A.
from
B.
without
C.
against
D.
for
【知识梳理4】We
will
go
and
look
him
up.(P117)
我们应该去看看他。
look
sb
up
拜访某人
[拓展]look
up
还有“向上看，查找”的意思
look
up
the
dictionary
查字典
【知识梳理5】Lestrade
and
Gregson
glanced
at
each
other
with
an
incredulous
smile.(P117)
莱斯特雷德和格雷森带着怀疑的微笑互相看了一下。
glance，不及物动词，意为“匆匆一看，瞥一眼”，常与at,
down,
over,
through连用。
Eg.
She
gave
him
a
quick
glance.
她迅速扫了他一眼。
【知识梳理6】Bruce
gets
along
with
all
of
his
neighbours
except
the
man
who
lives
next
door.?（P118）
布鲁斯和他的邻居们相处得很好，除了他隔壁的那个男人。
get
along
with
sb
与某人相处融洽
Eg.
It's
impossible
to
get
along
with
him.
不可能跟他和睦相处。
[经典例题]
1.Don't
worry!
I'm
sure
you'll
__________
your
classmates
if
you
are
kind
and
friendly
to
them.
A.
catch
up
with
B.
agree
with
C.
get
along
with
D.
make
friends
to
2.—How
are
you
getting
along
with
your
studies
these
days?
—__________.
A.
Excellent
B.
Very
good
C.
Very
well
D.
Very
bad
3.I
think
they
are
easy
to
________________.
A.
get
on
well
with
B.
get
on
well
C.
get
along
well
with
him
D.
get
along
with
them
【知识梳理7】The
policeman
told
him
that
some
valuable
jewellery
had
been
stolen(P118)
警察告诉他一些价值不菲的珠宝失窃了。
steal，动词，意为“偷窃，偷”。过去式：stole。过去分词：stolen。
Eg.
Hunger
drove
her
to
steal.
饥饿迫使她去偷窃。
[经典例题]
1.Last
week,
Andy
was
arrested_______
stealing
things
_______
a
museum.
A.
on;
at
B.
at;
in
C
to;
of
D.
for;
from
2.When
was
the
picture
_______?
A.
steal
B.
stole
C.
stolen
D.
stealing
3.On
his
way
to
school,
John
saw
a
thief
________
in
a
restaurant,
so
he
stopped________
110
at
once.
A.steal;
call
B.to
steal;
call
C.stealing;
to
call
D.stealing;
calling
4.Simon
was
so
careless
that
he
had
his
wallet
__________
in
the
bus.
A.
robbed
B.
to
steal
C.
to
rob
D.
stolen
能力实践
【20-21昆山二中12月月考真题】
二、选择填空
从每小题所给的A，B，C，D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项，把其编号填入答题卷相对应的空格内。
A）单项选择
1.
The
Ipad
looks
like
________
one
I
showed
you
last
time,
but
if
you
take
_______
second
look,
you
will
find
it’s
a
different
one.
A.
/;
the
B.
the;
the
C.
the;
a
D.
/;
a
2.
The
______
of
his
grandma
made
him
even
______.
A.
death:
sadder
B.
dead;
sadly
C.
dying:
sad
D.
die;
sadness
3.
Many
butterflies
are
still
______________
after
the
long
winter
days.
Now
the
forest
is
______________.
A.
lively;
lively
B.
alive;
alive
C.
alive;
lively
D.
lively;
alive
4.
—Would
you
like
to
play
tennis
with
me
______
it
doesn’t
rain
tomorrow?
—Sure.
______
I
am
busy.
A.
if;
since
B.
if;
unless
C.
whether;
but
D.
because;
until
5.
It’s
easy
to
_____
the
differences
between
them,
because
they
have
little
_____.
A.
say;
in
style
B.
speak;
in
general
C.
tell;
in
common
D.
tell;
in
size
6.
I
wonder
_____
there
will
_____
tomorrow.
A.
that;
be
rainy
B.
whether;
have
rained
C.
that;
have
rain
D.
whether;
be
rain
7.
—Did
you
enjoy
the
outdoor
training
yesterday?
—No,
not
at
all!
I
was
_____
dead
after
so
much
hard
training.
A.
so
good
as
B.
as
well
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
so
well
as
8.
—What
else
should
we
pay
attention
to
______
building
the
bridge?
—The
change
of
weather,I
think.
A.
Finish
B.
finished
C.
to
finish
D.
finishing
9.
His
aunt
wants
to
get
him
_____the
radio,
but
he
has
had
it
______
already.
A.
repair,
repair
B.
to
repair,
repair
C.
repaired.
to
repair
D.
to
repair,
repaired
10.
Every
time
Tom
is
late,
he'll
_____
an
excuse.
So
I
wonder
what
his
excuse
is
this
time.
A.
set
up
B.
make
up
C.
take
up
D.
put
up
11.
The
girl
is
_____
a
singer
_____
everyone
in
her
hometown.
A.
well
known
as;
for
B.
well
known
as;
to
C.
well-know
as;
to
D.
best
known
for;
for
12.
—He
doesn’t
like
rock
music,
does
he?
—
_____.
He
thinks
it
is
too
noisy.
A.
Yes,
he
does
B.
Yes,
he
doesn’t
C.
No,
he
doesn’t
D.
No,
he
does
13.
It
is
said
that
more
than
one
person
on
the
Orient
Express(东方快车).
A.
murdered
B.
was
murdered
C.
were
murdered
D.
murders
14.
The
_________
documentary
describes
_______
in
the
future.
A.
two-hour;
how
Shanghai
will
be
B.
two-hours;
what
Shanghai
will
be
like
C.
two
hours’;
how
Shanghai
will
be
like
D.
two
hour’s;
what
Shanghai
will
be
like
15.
—Excuse
me.
I
have
a
complaint
about
the
coffee
bought
on
.
—_____
A.
I
don’t
think
so.
B.
That’s
all
right.
C.
Really?
D.
What’s
the
trouble?
B）完形填空
先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A，B，C，D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并将选项填写在答题卷相应的位置上。
There
are
so
many
expressions
in
American
English
that
sound
pleasant
but
are
not.
“Face
the
music”
is
a
good
___16___
.
When
someone
says
they
have
to
“face
the
music”,
it
does
not
mean
they
are
going
to
a
concert.
“Facing
the
music”
means
to
accept
the
___17___
results
of
an
action.
Imagine
a
friend
asks
you
to
take
care
of
her
beautiful
red
sports
car.
She
gives
you
the
keys
and
says,
“Thanks
so
much
for
watching
my
car
___18___
I’m
away.
But
please
do
not
drive
it.
It
is
an
extremely（非常）
fast
car
and
you
are
not
on
the
insurance（保险）.”
But
you
do
not
listen.
You
want
to
show
off
to
some
friends
and
pretend（假装）
the
car
is
___19___
.
So,
you
drive
it
around
town
one
night.
As
bad
luck
would
have
it,
you
lose
control
of
the
car
and
drive
it
___20___
a
stop
sign.
When
your
friend
returns,
you
must
tell
her
what
you
have
done
and
“face
the
music.”
The
“music”
here
is
the
___21___
of
your
actions.
It
could
be
losing
her
friendship
or
paying
for
repairs
to
her
sports
car
or
both.
___22___
the
music
is,
you
must
face
it.
There
are
other
American
expressions
that
mean
the
___23___
thing
as
“face
the
music”.
To
“you’re
your
medicine”
means
to
accept
the
results
from
___24___
bad
you
have
done.
And
if
someone
says,
“You
made
your
bed.
Now
lie
in
it,”
they
mean
you
___25___
a
bad
situation
and
now
you
will
experience
the
results,
or
as
we
say
in
spoken
American
English,
you
must
deal
with
it!
16.
A.
cause
B.
example
C.
influence
D.
method
17.
A.
unpleasant
B.
unusual
C.
unlucky
D.
unimportant
18.
A.
before
B.
after
C.
while
D.
till
19.
A.
theirs
B.
mine
C.
ours
D.
yours
20.
A.
on
B.
into
C.
out
D.
off
21.
A.
record
B.
reply
C.
report
D.
result
22.
A.
Whenever
B.
However
C.
Whatever
D.
Wherever
23.
A.
same
B.
silly
C.
special
D.
square
24.
A.
things
B.
everything
C.
something
D.
nothing
25.
A.
required
B.
marked
C.
directed
D.
created
三、阅读理解
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A，B，C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
（A）
Punctuation
Marks（标点符号）
Punctuation
MarksWhen
to
use
them?ExampleApostrophes
（’）To
show
possession-when
something
belongs
to
someone.
Use
apostrophes
in
word
contractions.Alan’s
favorite
color
is
blue.
It’s(It
is)
a
hot
and
sunny
day.Exclamation
Marks
（!）To
express
surprise,
excitement,
anger,
admiration
or
to
give
orders.Stop!
Don’t
move!Question
Marks
（?）Placed
at
the
end
of
a
question.How
are
you?
26.
Where
can
the
table
above
probably
be
found?
A.
A
newspaper
B.
A
Grammar
book
C.
A
report
D.
A
guide
book
27.
Sentence
1:
The
youth
worker
has
solved
Alan’s
problems.
Sentence
2:
Alan’s
going
over
what
he
has
learnt
in
class.
Which
of
the
statements
is
true
according
to
the
usages
of
punctuation
marks?
A.
The
“Alan’s”
in
sentence
1
has
the
same
meaning
as
the
one
in
sentence
2.
B.
The
“Alan’s”
in
sentence
1
is
used
as
a
contraction
for
“Alan
is”.
C.
The
“Alan’s”
in
sentence
2
shows
that
something
belongs
to
Alan.
D.
The
apostrophes
in
the
two
sentences
have
quite
different
meanings.
28.
“What
a
heavy
snow!”
They
rushed
out
screaming
and
playing
happily.
Here
the
exclamation
mark
is
used
to
show
they
felt
________
when
they
saw
the
big
snow.
A.
excited
B.
angry
C.
curious
D.
scared
D
Donald
Trump,
took
office
as
the
45th
president
of
the
United
States
on
Jan
20.
Soon
after
that,
he
began
using
his
power
to
make
changes
to
the
country
by
signing
president’s
orders.
Some
of
them
are
quite
controversial（有争议）.
Travel
ban（禁令）
This
order
stops
all
refugees（难民）from
entering
the
US
for
120
years.
It
also
stops
anyone
arriving
from
seven
mainly
Muslim（穆斯林）countries
for
90
days.
“This(order)
is
about
keeping
our
country
safe,”
Trump
said
on
his
Twitter
account.
However,
judges
in
the
US
said
that
the
ban
was
against
the
Constitution（宪法）,
because
it
looked
down
on
Muslims.
Leaders
in
the
UK,
Germany
and
France
also
didn’t
agree
with
the
order.
Wall
building
When
Trump
was
running
for
president,
he
said
he
would
build
a
wall
along
the
southern
boundary.
He
believes
it
will
stop
Mexican（墨西哥）people
from
moving
to
the
US.
On
Jan
25,
Trump
signed
an
order
to
start
the
project.
“Mexico
will
pay
for
the
wall！”
He
said
on
Twitter.
But
Mexico
said
it
would
not
pay
for
it.
In
fact,
since
2008,
more
Mexicans
have
left
the
US
rather
than
entered
it，according
to
Pew
Research.
Quitting（退出）the
TPP
The
Trans-Pacific
Partnership（TPP,
跨太平洋伙伴关系协定）is
a
free
trade
agreement
between
12
countries
around
the
Pacific.
In
2008,
former
US
President
Barack
Obama
signed
the
agreement
to
join
it,
hoping
to
make
trade
easier
among
the
12
countries.
But
Trump
decided
to
leave
it.
He
wants
to
do
trade
deals
with
one
country
at
a
time,
instead
of
in
a
big
group
like
the
TPP,
reported
The
Independent.
36.
According
to
Trump
himself,
he
signed
the
travel
ban
in
order
to
________.
A.
work
out
the
refugee（难民）problems
B.
stop
Asian
people
from
entering
the
US
C.
keep
his
country
safe
D.
fight
against
Muslims
37.
When
did
Trump
sign
the
order
to
start
building
the
wall
between
the
US
and
Mexico?
A.
On
Jan
20.
B.
On
Jan
23.
C.
On
Jan
25.
D.
On
Jan
10.
38.
Who
will
pay
for
the
wall?
A.
Mexico.
B.
The
United
States.
C.
Countries
joining
the
TPP.
D.
We
don’t
know
yet.
39.
Trump
decided
to
leave
the
TPP,
because
________.
A.
he
prefers
to
do
trade
deals
with
one
country
at
a
time
rather
than
with
a
group
B.
he
didn’t
want
to
make
trade
deals
with
Australia
and
Japan
C.
he
thought
the
TPP
group
was
not
big
enough
D.
he
didn’t
like
the
former
US
President
40.
What’s
the
writing
style
of
the
passage?
A.
It
is
a
story.
B.
It
is
a
news
report.
C.
It
is
a
poem.
D.
It
is
an
advertisement.
五、词汇检测
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或通过上下文，在答题卡上标有题号的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。每空只写一词。
46.
Classical
music
is
serious
and
has
a
______（持久的）value.
47.
A
number
of
people
think
______（高度地）of
Tan
Dun’s
music.
48.
He
tried
to
make
himself
______（理解）again
and
again,
but
failed.
49.
The
students
with
problems
are
often
______（鼓励）not
to
lose
heart.
50.
The
famous
Chinese
film
Ke
Ke
Xi
Li
is
about
a
______（真实生活的）
event
of
protecting
Tibetan
antelopes（藏羚羊）.
51.
China
is
more
and
more
important
among
______（亚洲）countries.
52.
The
famous
doctor’s
talk
______
（涉及）
many
topics.
53.
Your
voice
can
be
______（录音）if
you
press
the
button.
54.
He
came
from
_______（中心的）Jiangsu
but
now
he
is
used
to
living
in
Sichuan.
55.
I
prefer
those
______（德国人）designs
of
the
new
car
to
yours.
56.
It
is
______（愚蠢的）of
you
to
sit
there
than
to
go
outside
to
play
games.
57.
There
was
not
much
___________
(对话)
in
this
drama
play,
but
we
all
enjoyed
it
very
much.
58.
Summer
is
to
season
as
piano
is
to
______.
59.
—Why
didn’t
you
stop
him?
—He
had
rushed
out
______
I
could
realize
it.
60.
—Could
you
tell
me
the
differences
between
the
______?
—Sorry,
they
both
look
the
same.
61.
—If
you
have
any
information,
let
me
know.
—Sure.
I
will
send
you
text
______.
六、句子翻译
将下列句子译成英语，并将所译句子写在答题卡上标有题号的横线上。
62.
周杰伦（Jay
Chou）以创作流行音乐而闻名。
_____________________________________________________
63.
虽然他极具音乐天赋，但他从不炫耀。
_____________________________________________________
64.
读这样一本书简直就是浪费时间。
_____________________________________________________
65.
如果你对音乐感兴趣的话，你可以选择为自己最喜欢的音乐视频进行网上投票。
_____________________________________________________
66.
如果你没有足够的睡眠，你课上会觉得疲倦。
_____________________________________________________
67.
世界这么大，我想去看看。
_____________________________________________________
七、阅读表达
阅读下面的短文并用英语回答问题，并将答案写在答题卡上标有题号的横线上。
To
see
the
world
is
one
thing,
to
have
someone
to
share
it
with
is
another.
Indeed,
travel
becomes
more
interesting
when
you
have
a
travel
partner.
A
travel
partner
can
be
a
close
friend,
a
family
member,
a
pal（伙伴）you’ve
met
online,
or
a
business.
You
can
have
someone
to
talk
to.
Traveling
alone
is
fun,
but
wouldn’t
you
feel
lonely?
Having
a
travel
partner
can
help
you
get
rid
of
loneliness.
This
is
especially
true
if
you
can
get
a
travel
companion（同伴）who
is
very
familiar
with
the
place
you’re
traveling
to.
You
don’t
have
to
ask
any
information
from
the
locals,
and
you
can
increase
the
time
you
spend
in
the
country.
You
can
have
someone
to
share
the
costs
with.
One
of
the
major
headaches
in
traveling
is
the
costs
involved.
You
can’t
simply
think
about
the
rising
price
of
hotels
or
plane
tickets.
You
should
also
think
about
your
daily
needs,
such
as
your
food.
Of
course,
you
can’t
simply
go
back
without
bringing
any
souvenirs
to
your
friends
and
family.
You
must
think
about
all
these.
However,
when
you
have
a
travel
friend,
you
can
have
someone
to
share
the
costs
with.
You
can
have
someone
to
watch
out
for
you.
When
you’re
in
a
foreign
land,
you’ll
never
be
really
safe.
You
don’t
know
the
rules
as
well
as
the
culture
of
the
people.
A
travel
mate
will
be
perfect
to
remind
you
of
your
duties
in
the
country
and
to
watch
your
back
just
in
case（万一）you
get
lost.
So
why
don’t
you
find
a
travel
companion
now?
Let’s
find
out
how
to
find
a
travel
partner...
68.
How
many
advantages
are
mentioned
in
the
passage
if
we
have
a
travel
partner?
_____________________________________________________
69.
What’s
the
writer’s
purpose
of
writing
this
passage?
_____________________________________________________
70.
Will
you
choose
a
pal
you’ve
met
online
as
your
travel
partner?
Why
or
why
not?
_____________________________________________________
反思好学
思维脑图：
2自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：Unit
2
Colors（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.Mr
Wang
has
made
some speeches (演讲)
in
our
school,so
all
of
us
are
familiar
with
him.?
2.(甘肃天水中考改编)Mary
is
absent (缺席的)
from
class
today
because
she
is
in
hospital.?
3.The
girl
is
quite
suitable
for
the
position (职位).?
4.Peter
forgot (忘记)
to
take
his
camera
this
morning
although
he
was
reminded.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给短语的适当形式填空
come
up
with,
agree
with,
try
one’s
best,
search
for,
be
afraid
of
1.I
will try
my
best
to
solve
the
problem
by
myself.?
2.She
thought
hard
and
came
up
with
a
good
idea
at
last.?
3.I
am
afraid
of
crossing
the
street
because
there
is
always
too
much
traffic.?
4.I
see
your
point,
but
I’m
not
sure
I
agree
with
you.?
5.When
there
was
a
call,he
was
searching
for
some
photos
of
the
Great
Wall
on
the
Internet.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.木头常常被用来制成桌子和椅子。
Wood is
often
used to
make
desks
and
chairs.?
2.总共有十二生肖。每种动物代表一个农历年份。
There
are
12
animal
signs in
all/total .Each
animal represents a
lunar
year.?
3.人生的价值并不取决于你是谁,而是你做什么。
The
value
of
life
does
not
depend
on
who
you
are ,but
what
you
do.?
4.你的工作能力决定了你是否可以得到这份工作。
It
is
your
work
abilities
that
decide
you
get
the
job
or
not.?
5.地理老师告诉我们,在泰国一年分为三个季节。
Our
geography
teacher
told
us
that
a
year
is
divided
into
three
seasons
in
Thailand.
兴趣起航
Name
the
colors
in
a
rainbow!
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Which
one
do
you
want
to
wear,
Eddie?(P20)埃迪，你想穿哪一件？
1、one,
不定代词，代替上文提过的同类人（事物）中的一个，which
one，
意为“哪一个”。
Eg.They
are
selling
their
house
to
move
to
a
smaller
one.
他们要卖掉他们的房子，搬到一个小点的房子去住。
[注意]
（1）代替上文提到的单数可数名词用one，代替上文提到的复数可数名词用ones。
Eg.Any
experience
can
teach
you,
particularly
the
more
difficult
ones.
任何经历都可以让你学到东西，那些更困难的经历尤其如此。
（2）没有其他修饰语时，不用冠词，若有其他修饰语，可加冠词或数词，但不可加所有格名词或代词。
Eg.
For
every
tree
cut
down,
three
or
four
new
ones
are
planted.
每砍倒一棵树就要种上三四棵树。
（3）one不可替代不可数名词。
[辨析]it，one，that
（1）it特指上文提到的同一对象或同一事物，同类且同物。
Eg.
I
saw
a
film
last
night.
It
was
interesting.我昨天晚上看了一场电影，它很有趣。
（2）one泛指上文提及的同类事物中的一个，同类且不同物。
Eg.
---Who
has
a
pen?谁有钢笔？
---I
have
one.我有一支。
（3）that常用于比较级结构中，代替前面提到的可数名词单数或不可数名词，以避免重复。
Eg.
Can't
you
think
up
a
better
excuse
than
that?
难道你就想不出一个比这更好的借口？
[经典例题]
1.[2019
?
浙江温州中考]Sam
finds
sweeping
robots
useful,
and
he
plans
to
buy
___________
for
his
grandma.
A.
it
B.
one
C.
this
D.
that
2.[2019
?
四川省南充市]---Excuse
me,
I’d
like
to
buy
a
birthday
gift
for
my
son.
---We
have
different
kinds
of
new
toys
for
boys.
You
can
choose
__________
for
your
son.
A.
that
B.
one
C.
it
D.
either
3.[2019
?
江苏省连云港市]After
the
new
high-speed
railway
line
began
operations,
the
time
on
the
trip
from
Lianyungang
to
Qingdao
now
is
much
less
than
__________
in
the
past.
A.
one
B.
this
C.
that
D.
it
答案：BBC
[拓展]one有关的短语
（1）one
after
another接连地；一个接一个地
Eg.
The
guests
came
one
after
another.
客人们陆续来了。
（2）one
by
one
一个接一个
Eg.
This
group
answer
the
questions
one
by
one.
这小组一个接一个回答问题。
2、wear
动词，意为“穿；戴”
[辨析]wear，dress，put
on
（1）wear“穿着;戴着”，表示状态，宾语可以是衣帽，也可以是饰物、奖章等。
Eg.
Why
does
she
often
wear
dark
sunglasses?她为什么经常戴着深色的太阳镜?
（2）dress的宾语通常是人，意思是“给……穿衣服”。常用结构：dress
sb./oneself；be
dressed
in+衣服。dress
up，意为“装扮，打扮”。
Eg.
Let's
dress
the
kids
or
we'll
never
be
on
time.
让我们替孩子们穿衣服吧，否则我们决不会按时到达。
My
son
is
now
able
to
dress
himself.
我儿子现在自己会穿衣服了。
We
must
be
dressed
in
uniform
at
school.
在学校我们必须穿制服。
（3）put
on
“穿上、戴上”，强调“穿”“戴”的动作，后面接衣服、鞋帽等。
Eg.He
turned
off
the
television,
put
on
his
coat,
and
walked
out.
他关掉电视，穿上外套，走了出去。
[经典例题]
1.She
is
old
enough
to
________
herself.
Don’t
do
everything
for
her.
A.
put
on
B.
wear
C.
dress
up
D.
dress
答案：D
【知识梳理2】But
there’s
nothing
wrong
with
pink,
you
know.(P20)但你知道，粉红色没什么不好。
1、nothing是不定代词，修饰不定代词的形容词通常放在不定代词的后面。类似的不定代词还有somebody，someone，something，anybody，anyone，anything，nobody，everybody，everyone，everything。
Eg.Luckily,
nothing
valuable
was
stolen.
幸运的是，没有贵重物品失窃。
I
trust
you
not
to
repeat
that
to
anyone
else.
我相信你不会把这事告诉别人。
2、There
is
nothing
wrong
with...=There
isn’t
anything
wrong
with..=Nothing
is
wrong
with...意为“…没有毛病”。
Eg.There
is
something
wrong
with...意为“……有点毛病”。
There
is
nothing
wrong
with
the
car.
那辆车没有一点毛病。
=There
isn’t
anything
wrong
with
the
car.
=Nothing
is
wrong
with
the
car.
They
are
trying
to
find
out
whether
there
is
something
wrong
with
the
machine.
他们正在努力查明这台机器是否有毛病。
[经典例题]
[2019
?
黑龙江省哈尔滨市]Learning?is?a?lifelong?journey?because?we?can?learn
________
every?day.
A.?nothing?new
B?new?something
C.?something?new
答案：C
【知识梳理3】And
I’m
not
sure
if
blue
looks
good
on
you.(P20)而且我不能肯定你穿蓝色是否好看。
1、if
连词，意为“是否”，引导宾语从句。
He
couldn't
tell
if
she
was
laughing
or
crying.
他弄不清楚她是在笑还是在哭。
[拓展]if
连词，意为“如果”，引导条件状语从句。注意：if引导的条件状语从句，如果主句是一般将来时，从句从一般现在时表示一般将来时。
Eg.If
anyone
calls,
tell
them
I'm
not
at
home.
要是有人打电话来，就说我不在家。
[经典例题]
1.We
wonder
if
our
teachers
__________
to
our
graduating
party
next
weekend.
If
they
__________,
we’ll
be
very
happy.
A.will
come;
will
come
B.come;
will
come
C.will
come;
come
D.come;
come
2.If
the
robot
_________
wrong,
you
can
get
a
new
one
for
free
or
get
all
your
money
back.
A.went
B.goes
C.would
go
D.will
go
3.---Mum,
I
wonder
if
my
bedroom______
purple.
It
is
my
favorite
color.
---As
you
wish.
We
will
paint
it
this
weekend.
A.
paints
B.
will
be
painted
C.
is
painting
D.
is
painted
答案：CBB
2、sth.
look
good
on
sb.
意为“某物穿在某人的身上好看”
Eg.Do
you
think
this
sweater
will
look
good
on
me?
你认为这件毛衣我穿会好看吗？
[拓展]sb.
look
good
in...意为“某人穿某件衣服或颜色好看”
Eg.You
look
good
in
red.
你穿红色很好看。
I
don't
look
good
in
caps.
我戴帽子不好看。
[经典例题]
1.---How
do
you
like
this
green
dress?
---It
looks
so
pretty
________
you.
You
look
cool
________
green.
A.in;
in
B.on;
in
C.on;
with
D.in;
with
答案：B
【知识梳理4】Do
you
know
how
many
colours
there
are
in
a
rainbow?(P21)你知道彩虹中有多少种颜色吗？
句中
“how
many
colours
there
are
in
a
rainbow”为宾语从句，在句中作宾语。
[注意]
（1）宾语从句的语序是陈述句语序，即主语在前谓语在后，即使宾语从句本身是疑问句，也要将其变成陈述句语序。
Eg.None
of
us
knows
where
these
new
parts
can
be
bought.没有人知道在哪里可以买到这些零件。
（2）若从句表示客观事实真理，不管主句是什么时态，从句都用一般现在时。
Eg.The
teacher
told
his
class
that
light
travels
faster
than
sound.
老师告诉他的学生光比声音传播得快得多。
[经典例题]
1.---Peter，is
there
anything
else
you
want
to
know
about
China?
---Yes，I
am
still
wondering
__________
.
A.
how
is
Chinese
paper
cut
made
B.
how
was
the
Great
Wall
built
in
ancient
times
C.
why
the
Chinese
people
like
to
play
the
dragon
dance
D.
why
do
the
Chinese
people
eat
rice
dumplings
at
Dragon
Boat
Festival
2.---I
don’t
care__________.
In
this
camp,
there’s
only
one
hairstyle----short!
Understand?
---Yes,
Madam!
A.What
you
are
used
to
liking
B.What
you
used
to
be
like
C.What
are
you
used
to
liking
D.What
did
you
used
to
be
like
答案：CB
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】Some
people
believe
that
colours
can
influence
our
moods.(P22)一些人认为颜色能影响我们的情绪。
1、influence
及物动词，意为“影响”。
Eg.We
became
the
best
of
friends
and
he
influenced
me
deeply.
我们成了最好的朋友，而他深深地影响了我。
[拓展]influence，名词，意为“影响”。
固定搭配
have
an
influence
on...意为“对...有影响”
Eg.What
you
read
has
an
influence
on
your
thinking.
你读的东西对你的思想有影响。
固定搭配
under
the
influence
of
...
意为“在...的影响下”
Eg.In
his
youth
he
fell
under
the
influence
of
Beethoven.
他年轻时受到贝多芬的影响。
[辨析]influence
vs
effect
（1）influence
一般指间接影响，其范围较广，涉及行为、思想、感情，多指影响无形的事物。
（2）affect
仅指影响感情，指影响具体的事物，常指不良影响。
[经典例题]
1.Chinese
people__________by
Mao
Zedong’s__________.
A.is
influenced,
thoughts
B.are
influenced,
thought
C.influenced
,
thoughts.
D.are
influenced,
thoughts
2.Parents'
behavior
always
has
an
important
influence
________
their
children.
A.on
B.over
C.as
D.with
3.Chinese
Poetry
Competition
has
________
influence
on
people.
More
people
like
poetry.
A.a
B.an
C.the
D./
答案：DAB
2、mood，可数名词，意为“心情；情绪”。
Eg.He
is
clearly
in
a
good
mood
today.
显然他今天心情不错。
[经典例题]
1.Daniel
was____________a
bad
mood
and
didn't
talk
to___________.
A.
on;
something
B.
with;
anybody
C.
in;
anybody
D.
in;
somebody
2.He
__________
bad
mood
and
didn’t
talk
to
__________.
A.was
in
a
;
everybody
B.had
in
a
;
everybody
C.was
in
a
;
anybody
D.had
in
a
;
anybody
答案：CC
【知识梳理2】You
may
wonder
whether
it
is
true.(P22)你也许想知道这是否是真的。
whether
连词，意为“是否”，引导宾语从句。
Eg.I
asked
whether
they
could
change
my
ticket.
我问他们是否可以给我换票
[拓展]whether，连词，意为“不管；无论”，引导状语从句。
Eg.I'm
going
whether
you
like
it
or
not
.
不管你愿意不愿意，我都要走了。
[经典例题]
1.我怀疑那个活动是否值得能加。
__________________________________
答案：I
doubt
whether
the
activity
is
worth
taking
part
in.
【知识梳理3】In
fact,colours
can
change
our
moods
and
make
us
feel
happy
or
sad,energetic
or
sleepy.(P22)实际上，颜色能改变我们的心情，使我们觉得快乐或悲伤、精力充沛或昏昏欲睡。
1、make
sb.
do
sth.意为“使某人做某事”，此处的do为不带to的不定式。
Nothing
will
make
me
change
my
mind.
什么都不能让我改变主意。
[拓展]常见的接不带to的不定式作宾语补足语的还有：
feel，see，hear，watch，notice，observe等。
Eg.People
flocked
to
hear
him
speak.
人们成群结队地去听他演讲。
I
noticed
them
come
in.
我注意到他们进来了。
[注意]这类动词若转为被动语态，不定式前要加上to
Eg.We
were
made
to
attend
meetings
every
day.
我们每天都被迫参加会议。
John
was
heard
to
leave
the
room.
约翰被人听见离开了房间。
[拓展]make后面还可以加形容词、名词、过去分词作宾语补足语。
Eg.We
can
make
this
country
great
again.
我们可以使这个国家再次强大起来。
We
make
him
our
monitor.我们选他作我们的班长。
He
had
a
hard
job
to
make
himself
heard.
他好不容易才使别人听见他的声音。
[经典例题]
1.He
was
made
____
from
morning
till
night.
A.
work
B.
to
work
C.
working
D.
works
2.He
always
makes
a
banana
milk
shake
_____
us
_____.
A.make;
eat
B.make;
to
eat
C.to
make;
to
eat
D.to
make;
eat
3.What
________
you
________
May
is
a
true
friend?
A.make;
think
B.makes;
think
C.make;
to
think
D.makes;
to
think
4.---What
time
shall
we
meet
tomorrow
morning,
Kate?
---Let’s
______
nine
thirty.
A.make
it
B.make
that
C.make
it
in
D.make
that
at
5.The
boy
is
often
heard
__________
in
the
music
room.
He
is
good
at
singing.
A.practise
singing
B.practising
singing
C.to
practise
singing
D.to
practice
to
sing
答案：BDBAC
2、sleepy是形容词，意为“困倦的，瞌睡的”。
Eg.The
heat
and
the
wine
made
her
sleepy.
周围暖洋洋的，又喝了酒，她感觉昏昏欲睡。
[拓展]
（1）sleep，动词，意为“睡觉”。也是不可数名词，意为“睡觉”。
（2）sleepily，副词，意为“困倦地，昏昏欲睡地”。
[辨析]sleepy,
sleeping,
asleep
sleepy表语/定语意为“想睡的，疲倦的，瞌睡的”，如果修饰地名，意为“寂静的”。sleeping定语意为“睡着的”。asleep表语意为“睡着的”。
[经典例题]
1.---Why
are
you
looking________
in
class
all
day?
---Because
I
can’t
finish
my
homework
until
eleven
every
night.
A.
awake
B.
asleep
C.
sleeping
D.
sleepy
2.Lily
hasn't
had
enough___________
,
so
she
feels___________all
day.
A.
sleep;
asleep
B.
asleep;
sleepy
C.
sleepy
;
asleep
D.
sleep;
sleepy
3.The
boy
felt
very
________
and
fell
________
as
soon
as
he
lay
on
the
bed.
A.sleepy;
sleepy
B.asleep;
asleep
C.sleepy;
asleep
D.asleep;
sleepy
4.---He
is
_______
in
class
and
has
_________
for
two
hour.
---He
is
so
tired
these
days
preparing
for
the
mid-term
exam.
A.slept;
asleep
B.sleepy;
slept
C.sleeping;
been
sleepy
D.asleep;
been
asleep
答案：DDCD
【知识梳理4】Have
you
ever
walked
into
a
room
and
felt
relaxed?
(P22)
你是否曾经在走进某个房间时感到很轻松？
（1）relaxed
形容词，意为“放松的；悠闲的”。在句中常用来修饰人，作表语
（2）relaxing
形容词，意为“令人放松的”，通常来修饰物。
Eg.As
soon
as
I
had
made
the
final
decision,
I
felt
a
lot
more
relaxed.
我一做出最后的决定，就觉得轻松了许多。
I
find
cooking
very
relaxing.
我发现烹饪非常令人放松。
[拓展]relax，动词，意为“使放松”。
[经典例题]
1.他躺在阳光下，看起来十分自在和愉快。
_______________________________________
答案：He
was
lying
in
the
sun
looking
very
relaxed
and
happy.
2.You
must
find
a
way
to
make
yourself
__________.
Otherwise,
you
may
fall
ill.
A.relaxed
B.relaxing
C.to
be
relax
D.to
relax
答案：A
【知识梳理5】Blue
is
a
calm
colour.(P22)蓝色是一种使人宁静的颜色。
calm
形容词，意为“平静的，镇静的”。
Eg.Miriam's
voice
was
strangely
calm.
米里亚姆的声音出奇地平静。
[拓展]calm，名词，意为“平静”。
Eg.He
felt
a
sudden
sense
of
calm.
他突然感受到了内心的平静。
[拓展]calm，动词，意为“使平静”。
Eg.Take
a
deep
breath
as
a
first
step
to
calm
yourself
down.
要使自己冷静下来，第一步是深呼吸。
[经典例题]
1.It's
very
important
to__________
when
the
earthquake
happens.
A.
calm
down
B.
put
down
C.
get
down
D.
fall
down
答案：A
【知识梳理6】It
brings
peace
to
our
mind
and
body.(P22)
它给我们的心灵和身体带来平静。
1、mind，名词，意为“想法，头脑理智，心情”等。
Eg.She
has
a
highly
inventive
mind.
她的头脑非常善于创新。
[拓展]mind，动词，意为“对（某事）烦恼，苦恼，焦虑；介意”。尤用于疑问句或否定句，不用于被动句
)，后面接doing。
Eg.I
hope
you
don't
mind
the
noise.
希望你不介意这声音。
疑问句常用句型：
Do/Would
you
mind
doing
sth
?
=Do
you
mind
one's
doing
sth?
Eg.Do
your
parents
mind
you
leaving
home?
=Do
your
parents
mind
your
leaving
home?
你父母舍得你离开家吗？
在回答带mind的这类问句时，如表示同意，常用“No,not
at
all
/Cerainly
not./Of
course
not.”等回答，意为“不介意”；如表示反对，常用“I'm
sorry,
but.../I’m
afraid...”等来缓和语气，有时也可用“I’d
rather
you
wouldn't
./I
wish
you
wouldn't.”等拒绝。
[常见短语]
never
mind不要紧；
change
one's
mind
改变某人的主意；
make
up
one's
mind做出决定；
keep...in
mind
记住......
[经典例题]
1.Would
you
mind
________
me
a
clean
one,
please?
A.bring
B.to
bring
C.bringing
D.brings
2.---Eric,
_______
your
manners.
It's
bad
manners
to
talk
with
your
mouth
full.
---Sorry,
Mom.
A.to
mind
B.minding
C.minds
D.mind
3.---Harry
Potter
studies
hard
at
math
_______.
---Yes.
He
makes
up
his
______
to
improve
his
math.
A.recent,
mind
B.recent,
thought
C.recently,
mind
D.recently,
thought
答案：CDC
2、peace，不可数名词，意为“和平、安宁”。
[拓展]peaceful
形容词，“和平的、宁静的”；
peacefully
，副词，“和平地、宁静地”；
in
peace
平静地；安宁地
[典型例题]用peace的各种形式填空
1.It's
so
__________
out
here
in
the
country.
2.After
years
of
war,
the
people
long
for
a
lasting
__________
答案：peaceful
peace
【知识梳理7】Blue
can
also
represent
sadness,
so
you
may
say“I'm
feeling
blue”when
you
are
feeling
sad.
(P22)
色也代表伤心，所以当你感到伤心时，你可以说“我感觉很郁闷”。
sadness
名词，意为“悲哀，优伤”。
[拓展]adj.+ness→n.
happy+ness→happinesssad+ness→sadnessdark+ness→darknesscold+ness→coldnesssleepy+ness→sleepinessbusy+ness→businesshard+ness→hardnessweak+ness→weaknessill+ness→illnesskind+ness→kindness
[经典例题]
1.The
king
was__________and
looked__________at
Qu
Yuan.
A.sad,
sadly
B.sad,
sad
C.sadly,
sadly
D.sadly,
sad
2.The
old
man's
daughter
died
last
year，so
he
was
in
great
__________
and
__________.
A.sadness；pain
B.sad；painful
C.sadness；painful
D.sad；pain
3.What
I
said
made
them
__________
even
__________.
A.feel；sad
B.felt；sadder
C.feel；sadder
D.feeling；sad
(4)I
cried
as
________
as
my
brother
when
we
heard
the
death
of
the
dog.
A.sad
B.sadly
C.sadder
D.more
sadly
答案：AACB
【知识梳理8】Many
women
like
to
wear
white
on
their
wedding
day.(P22)许多女人喜欢在婚礼上穿白色衣服。
表示在某一天或某一天的上、下午或晚上应用介词on。
Eg.On
Sunday
morning,
I
always
do
my
homework
at
home.
在星期天早晨，我通常在家写作业。
[经典例题]
1.He
went
to
Shanghai_______September
3,
1991
and
came
back_______a
cold
morning
last
year.
A.
in;
on
B.
on;
in
C.
on;
on
D.
in;
at
答案：C
【知识梳理9】People
living
in
cold
areas
prefer
warm
colours
in
their
homes
to
create
a
warm
and
comfortable
feeling.(P23)
生活在寒冷地区的人们喜欢用暖色为他们的家创造一种温暖舒适的感觉。
1、living
in
cold
areas在句中作定语，修饰名词。living是现在分词做后置定语。
2、prefer，动词，意为“更喜欢”。
（1）prefer+名词/动名词+to+名词/动名词，意为“与…相比更喜欢…”
Eg.I
much
prefer
jazz
to
rock
music.
我喜欢爵士乐远胜过摇滚乐。
I
prefer
walking
to
climbing.
我喜欢散步多于喜欢爬山。
（2）prefer
to
do
sth./prefer
doing
sth.，意为“更喜欢…”
Eg.I
prefer
reading
non-fiction.
我喜欢看纪实作品。
I
prefer
to
think
of
peace
not
war.
我更喜欢思考和平而不是战争。
（3）prefer
to
do
...rather
than
do...，意为“宁愿做…而不是做……”
Eg.I
prefer
to
do
English
homework
first
rather
than
do
maths
homework.
我宁愿先做英语作业，然后再做数学作业。
[拓展]would
rather
do
sth.
than
do
sth.宁愿...而不愿；与其…不如
Eg.I
would
rather
sleep
than
watch
this
movie.
我情愿睡觉也不看这部电影。
[经典例题]
1.My
brother
would
rather____books
at
home
than____hiking.
A.
read;
go
B.
reading;
going
C.
reads;
goes
D.
read;
going
2.He
preferred__________at
home
rather
than__________with
us.
A.
stay;
go
B.
to
stay;
go
C.
staying;
going
D.
to
stay;
going
3.Miss
Smith
told
us
that
she
would
rather___________
join
the
Computer
Club.
A.
not
B.
to
not
C.
not
to
D.
did
not
4.Now
many
Chinese
________
buy
things
made
in
Japan,
and
they
________
things
made
in
China.
A.would
rather,
prefer
B.prefer
to,
would
rather
C.prefer
not
to,
prefer
D.prefer
not
to,
prefer
to
5.Who
_______
rock
music
to
country
music
two
years
ago?
A.preferred
B.prefered
C.prefer
D.prefers
答案：ABACA
【知识梳理10】It
can
cheer
you
up
when
you
are
feeling
sad.(P23)
当你感觉伤心时它能让你振作起来。
cheer
up属于"动词+副词"型短语，意思是“使振作起来”，后可接名词或代词做宾语，此名词可以放在cheer
up的后面或中间，而代词只能放在动词与副词之间。
类似的有：give
up放弃，try
on试穿，put
on穿上，wash
away冲走，eat
up吃光，put
out扑灭，turn
up调高，turn
down调低，turn
on开，turn
off关。
Eg.Bright
curtains
can
cheer
up
a
dull
room.
色彩鲜艳的窗帘可以让单调的房间变得亮丽起来。
They
need
a
holiday
to
cheer
them
up.
他们需要有一个休假来使他们振作起来。
[经典例题]
1.My
parents
are
unhappy
today.
I
think
I
shall
come
up
with
ways
to
______.
A.
cheer
him
up
B.
cheer
them
up
C.
cheer
up
them
D.
cheer
up
him
2.
_______!
It’s
not
the
end
of
the
world.
Let’s
try
again.
A.
Put
up
B.
Set
up
C.
Cheer
up
D.
Pick
up
3.---It
seems
that
Jimmy
is
feeling
bad
about
the
exam.
---He
needs
to____.
A
“C”
is
not
the
end
of
the
world.
A.
cheer
himself
up
B.
calm
himself
down
C.
let
himself
down
D.
wake
himself
up
4.---I
don’t
know
if
the
shoes
fit
me.
----Why
not___________?
A.try
it
on
B.try
them
on
C.try
on
them
D.try
on
it
5.The
terrible
rainstorm
hit
the
small
village
and
______
.
A.washed
it
away
B.washes
away
it
C.washed
away
it
D.washes
it
away
6.Though
the
fire
was
big,
they
______
soon.
A.put
it
down
B.put
it
out
C.put
down
it
D.put
out
it
7.The
CD
is
too
noisy.
Would
you
please__________
a
little?
A.turn
it
on
B.turn
down
it
C.turn
it
up
D.turn
it
down
8.Mary
is
always
a__________
girl.
She
keeps
smiling
even
if
she
fails.
A.helpful
B.cheerful
C.hopeful
D.meaningful
答案：BCABA
BDB
【知识梳理11】Yellow
is
the
colour
of
the
sun，so
it
can
remind
you
of
a
warm
sunny
day.(P23)
黄色是太阳的颜色，因此它能使你想起温暖、阳光明媚的一天。
remind，及物动词，意为“提醒；使想起”
（1）remind
sb
of
sb/sth使某人想起某人/某物;
Eg.You
remind
me
of
your
father
when
you
say
that.
你说这样的话，使我想起了你的父亲。
（2）remind
sb
to
do
sth提醒某人去做某事。
Eg.Can
you
remind
me
to
buy
a
bottle
of
wine?
你能提醒我买一瓶葡萄酒吗？
（3）remind
sb
that...
提醒某人……
Eg.The
photos
remind
us
that
we
all
appreciate
beauty.
这些照片提醒我们，我们都欣赏美丽。
[经典例题]
1.---Can
I
smoke
in
the
dining
hall?
---Sorry.
It’s
not
__________.
A.promised
B.realized
C.allowed
D.reminded
2.---I'm
afraid
I
might
forget
to
buy
the
bread
after
work.
---Don't
worry.
I
will
____
you
then.
A.
notice
B.
allow
C.
remind
D.
promise
3.This
photo
reminds
me___________
the
days
when
I
worked___________the
farm
with
my
classmates.
A.
about,in
B.
about:on
C.
of
;
in
D.
of
;on
4.Your
father
coughs
a
lot.
You'd
better_______
him_______
anymore.
A.remind;
not
smoke
B.to
remind;
not
to
smoke
C.to
remind;
not
smoke
D.remind;
not
to
smoke
答案：CCDD
【知识梳理12】Some
people
prefer
this
colour
when
you
hope
for
success.
(P23)
一些人当他们希望成功时较喜欢这种颜色。
hope
for意为“希望、期待”。
Eg.This
is
about
the
best
we
can
hope
for.
这差不多是我们所能希望的最好结果。
[注意]hope表示说话人认为可能会实现的愿望，后接动词不定式或者从句，不能说hope
sb.
to
do
sth.；wish表示没有可能实现的愿望，后接不定式或者从句，可以说wish
sb.
to
do
sth.
Eg.I
hope/wish
that
my
son
will
be
a
doctor
in
the
future.
→I
wish
my
son
to
be
a
doctor
in
the
future.
我希望儿子将来当医生。
[经典例题]
1.We
think
we
should
__________
the
best
and
prepare
for
the
worst.
A.work
with
B.agree
with
C.look
for
D.hope
for
答案：D
【知识梳理13】Green
can
give
you
energy,
as
it
is
the
colour
of
nature
and
represents
new
life.
(P23)
绿然可以带给你活力，因为它是大自然的颜色，象征着新的生命。
as
连词，“因为，由于”，引导原因状语从句。
Eg.She
may
need
some
help
as
she's
new.
她是新来的，可能需要一些帮助。
[拓展]
（1）当……时候，引导时间状语从句。
Eg.As
she
grew
older
she
gained
in
confidence.
随着年龄的增长她的信心增强了。
（2）照着；如同，引导方式状语从句。
Eg.They
did
as
I
had
asked.
他们是按照我的要求做的。
[拓展]常用短语
as...as
possible/one
can
尽可能地
as
far
as
直到；远到；与…一样远
as
if/as
though
好像
as
soon
as
一…就…
as
usual
像平常一样
【知识梳理14】If
you
require
strength
in
either
body
or
mind,red
may
be
of
some
help
to
you.(P23)如果你的身体或大脑需要力量，红色或许可以给你一些帮助。
1、require
，及物动词，意为“需要，要求”。
（1）require
sb
to
do
sth
要求某人做某事;
Eg.The
job
will
require
you
to
use
all
your
skills
to
the
maximum.
这项工作将要求你最大限度地发挥你的技能。
（2）require
that
sb
(should)
do
sth
要求某人做某事
Eg.The
situation
required
that
he
be
present.
这种情形需要他在场。
The
situation
required
that
he
should
be
present.
这种情形需要他在场。
（3）require
doing/
require
to
be
done
需要被做
[经典例题]
1.The
young
trees
we
planted
last
week
require
_______
with
great
care.
A.
look
after
B.
to
look
after
C.
to
be
looked
after
D.
taken
good
care
of
2.I
think
your
bike__________.
A.requires
to
fix
B.requires
fixing
C.requires
be
fixed
D.requires
fixed
3.Students
in
their
school
___________
trees
on
Tree
Planting
Day
every
year.
A.require
to
plant
B.require
planting
C.are
required
to
plant
D.are
required
planting
4.Now
waste
from
daily
life
in
the
city
of
Shanghai
_______
to
be
separated
into
four
different
groups.
A.is
requiring
B.is
required
C.was
required
D.required
(5)The
teacher
requires
all
students
_________
a
short
test.
A.take
B.took
C.to
take
D.taking
答案：CBCBC
2、strength，不可数名词，意为“力量，力气”。
[拓展]strong，形容词，意为“强壮的”。
[经典例题]
1.---Why
do
you
like
music
so
much?
---It
has
the
great_______to
change
people's
lives.
A.strength
B.energy
C.power
D.effort
2.---Do
you
think
the
water
over
there
is
suitable
for
drinking?
---Let’s
test
its
__________
before
we
draw
a
conclusion（下结论）.
A.purity
B.wisdom
C.feeling
D.strength
3.Jack
was
______
to
lift
up
the
heavy
suitcase.
A.enough
strong
B.strong
enough
C.strength
enough
D.enough
strength
答案：CAB
3、“be
of+抽象名词”相当于形容词
of
help=helpful
of
use=useful
of
importance=important
[经典例题]
1.Water,
air
and
sunshine
are
__________great
importance
____living
things．
A.in;
on
B.in;
to
C.of;
on
D.of;
to
2.The
meeting
was
of_______,
and
the
information
he
gave
us
was
___________.
A.very
important;
great
helpful
B.very
important;
great
help
C.great
importance;
very
helpful
D.great
importance;
very
help
3.The
book
will
__________
you
when
you
need
help.
A.help
to
B.be
some
helpful
with
C.be
of
some
help
to
D.be
of
some
help
with
答案：DCC
【知识梳理15】Wearing
red
can
also
make
it
easier
to
take
action.（P23）身着红色也更易于采取行动。
1、Wearing
red
是动名词短语作主语。谓语动词用第三人称单数。
[经典例题]
1.__________
green
or
__________
in
a
light
green
room
__________
good
for
us.
A.Wear;
sleep;
is
B.Wear;
sleeping;
are
C.Wearing;
sleeping;
is
D.Wearing;
sleeping;
are
答案：C
2、it为形式宾语，真正的宾语是后面的不定式
常用形式宾语的结构
（1）sth
make
it
+
adj.
+
for
sb
to
do
sth
（2）sb.
find
it
+
adj.
+
for
sb
to
do
sth
=
sb.
find
+(that)从句
Eg.I
find
it
easy
to
learn
English.=I
find
it
is
easy
to
learn
English.我发现学英语挺简单的。
[经典例题]
1.Bicycle
Sharing
makes
it
__________
for
people
to
travel
from
place
to
place
in
the
cities.
A.easy
B.easily
C.be
easy
D.be
easily
2.I
found
__________
hard
to
make
a
delicious
cake.
A.it
B.it
is
C.that
is
D.that
was
3.I
think
__________
not
difficult
__________
English
every
morning.
A.that;
keep
reading
B.it’s;
keep
reading
C.that;
to
keep
read
D.it’s
;
to
keep
reading
答案：AAD
【知识梳理16】This
may
help
when
you
are
having
difficulty
making
a
decision.（P23）当你犹豫不决的时候，红色可以有助于你做决定。
1、difficulty意为“困难；费力”时，是不可数名词；意为“(种种)困难”时，是可数名词。
[固定短语]
have
difficulty
with
sth/have
difficulty
(in)
doing
sth做某事费劲；
with
difficulty
困难地，吃力地；
without
difficulty不费事地，轻易地。
[拓展]
have
difficulty
(in)
doing
sth做某事费劲
have
fun
(in)
doing
sth做某事很开心
have
trouble
(in)
doing
sth做某事有困难
[经典例题]
1.---What
great
difficulty
I
had
______
to
get
the
tickets
to
the
concert
(音乐会)！
---But
the
music
is
really
worth
______.
A.
managing;
listening
B.
to
manage;
being
listened
C.
managing;
listening
to
D.
managed;
listening
to
2.Tom
has
much
difficulty
________
Chinese
so
I
often
give
him
some________.
A.
to
learn;
advice
B.
to
learn;
advices
C.
learning;
advice
D.
learning;
advices
3.You
can
never
imagine
what
great
difficulty
I
have_____
your
house.
A.found
B.finding
C.to
find
D.to
finding
4.---
How
much
difficulty
did
you
have_________this
problem?
---_________.
It's
quite
easy.
A.
to
solve;
Nothing
B.
to
solve;
None
C.
solving;
None
D.
solving;
Nothing
5.You
can
never
imagine
what
great
difficulty
I
had
_________
your
house.
A.
found
B.
finding
C.
to
find
D.
for
finding
6.---
You
don't
know
what
great
difficulty
I
had
_____
to
get
the
two
tickets.
---
But
the
film
is
really
worth_______
twice.
A.
managing;
seeing
B.
to
manage;
seeing
C.
managing;
being
seen
D.
managed;
to
be
seen
7.---How
much
difficulty
did
you
have
__________
this
problem?
---__________.
It’s
quite
easy.
A.to
solve;
Nothing
B.to
solve;
None
C.solving;
None
D.solving;
Nothing
答案：CCBCB
AC
2、decision是decide的名词形式。
常用结构：make
a
decision
to
do
sth
做出决定做某事（=decide
to
do
sth）。
Eg.He
is
really
bad
at
making
decisions
.
他的确不善于决策。
[经典例题]
1.---It's
useless
to
regret
what
has
been
done.
Don't
make
those
mistakes
again.
---I
won't.
That's
a(n)_________.
A.
order
B.
decision
C.
promise
D.
agreement
2.My
dad
made
a
______
to
give
up______.
A.decision；smoking
B.decide；smoking
C.decision；smoke
D.decide；smoke
3.This
was
not
an
easy
decision.
__________,
it
is
a
decision
that
we
feel
is
our
duty.
A.Because
B.And
C.So
D.However
4.Last
week,
students
in
Class
3_________to
the
museum.
A.decide
to
go
B.decided
to
go
C.decide
go
D.decided
go
5.When
to
go
for
a
holiday_________yet.
A.has
not
been
decided??????
B.have
not
been
decided?
C.are
not
decided????
???
D.isn’t
being
decided
答案：CADBA
能力实践
一、根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.She
preferred (更喜欢)
to
stay
at
home
instead
of
going
out
on
weekends.?
2.It
is
not
his
parents
but
his
teachers
that
influence (影响)
him
so
much.?
3.You
will
have
less
difficulty (困难)
learning
English
with
your
teacher’s
help.?
4.The
common
people
in
every
country
hope
for
world
peace (和平).?
二、根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.(山东临沂中考)I
felt
relaxed (relax)
lying
in
the
sun
on
the
beach.?
2.(江苏南通中考)You’d
better
think
about
it
again
because
it
is
an
important
decision (decide).?
3.Some
girls
like
white
because
white
is
the
colour
of
purity (pure).?
4.Warm
colours
like
orange
always
bring
people
comfortable
feelings (feel).?
5.From
the
sadness (sad)
on
his
face,I
can
guess
the
boy
didn’t
pass
the
exam.?
三、根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.他们尽最大努力让我们感到舒适。
They
tried
their
best
to make
us
feel
comfortable .?
2.当得知乔得到一辆新玩具车,其他男孩心中充满嫉妒。
The
other
boys
were green
with
envy when
they
knew
Joe
got
a
new
toy
car!?
3.这张照片使我想起了我的童年。
This
photo
reminds
me
of
my
childhood.?
4.她学英语有困难,所以她向老师寻求帮助。
She
is
having
difficulty
learning
English,so
she
asks
the
teacher
for
help .?
5.我认为你的建议对我们有一些帮助。
I
think
your
advice
is of
some
help to
us.?
6.提前仔细规划使得行动起来更加容易。
Planning
carefully
ahead
makes
it
easier
to
take
action .?
四、单项填空
( C )1.(吉林长春中考)—Do
you
know
just
now??
—Something
about
the
art
festival.
A.what
our
headmaster
says
B.what
does
our
headmaster
say
C.what
our
headmaster
said
D.what
did
our
headmaster
say
( D )2.—Hey,Jenny.I
am
afraid
I
will
forget
to
attend
the
meeting.
—Don’t
worry.You
one
day
before
the
meeting.?
A.remind
B.will
remind
C.are
reminded
D.will
be
reminded
( B )3.(甘肃天水中考)Businessmen
prefer
e-mails
to
communicate
with
each
other
rather
than
phone
calls.?
A.write;make
B.to
write;make
C.to
write;to
make
D.write;to
make
( B )4.Students
in
their
school trees
on
Tree
Planting
Day
every
year.?
A.require
to
plant
B.are
required
to
plant
C.require
planting
D.are
required
planting
( C )5.(江苏苏州中考)—Little
Jenny
looks
unhappy
today.
—Don’t
worry.A
box
of
chocolates
will her .?
A
give;up
B.wake;up
C.cheer;up
D.pick;up
五、完形填空（培优）
What
is
your
favourite
colour?Do
you
like
yellow,orange,or
red?If
you
do,you
must
be
an
optimist(乐观者),a
leader
or
an
active
person
who
enjoys
life.Do
you
prefer
grey
and
blue?If
you
do,you
are
probably
quiet,shy
and
you
often
follow
instead
of 1 .You
seem
to
be
a
pessimist(悲观者).?
Colours 2 our
moods.There
is
no
doubt
about
it.A
yellow
room
makes
most
people
feel
more 3
and
warmer
than
a
dark
green
one.It
seems
that
a
red
dress
brings
warmth
and
cheer
to
the
cold
winter
day.On
the
other
hand,black
represents
stress.A
black
bridge 4 the
River
Thames,near
London,used
to
be
the
scene
of
more
suicides(自杀)
than
other
bridges
in
the
area
until
it
was
painted
green.The
number
of
suicides 5 at
once.Perhaps
it
will
fall
even
more
if
the
bridge
is
painted 6 pink
or
baby
blue.Light
and 7 colours
make
people
not
only
happier
but
more 8 .It
is
true
that
factory
workers
work
better,harder,and
have 9 accidents
when
their
machines
are
painted
orange
rather
than 10 or
dark
green.So,it
is
important
to
choose
a
right
colour.?
( C )1.A.returning
B.coming
C.leading
D.thinking
( B )2.A.cause
B.influence
C.improve
D.create
( A )3.A.cheerful
B.unhappy
C.nervous
D.worried
( B )4.A.on
B.over
C.across
D.through
( D )5.A.grew
B.felt
C.raised
D.fell
( C )6.A.with
B.by
C.in
D.to
( B )7.A.dark
B.bright
C.clear
D.good
( C )8.A.surprised
B.upset
C.active
D.angry
( A )9.A.fewer
B.less
C.little
D.more
( D )10.A.white
B.light
C.pink
D.black
六、阅读理解
Different
colours
can
influence
us
in
many
different
ways.That’s
according
to
Verity
Allen.In
her
new
series
Colour
me
Healthy,Verity
looks
at
the
ways
that
colours
can
influence
how
hard
we
work
and
the
choices
we
make.They
can
even
change
our
feelings
and
even
influence
our
health.
“Have
you
ever
noticed
how
people
always
use
the
same
colours
for
the
same
things?”
says
Verity.“Our
toothpaste
is
always
white
or
blue
or
maybe
red.It’s
never
green.Why
not?For
some
reason
we
think
that
blue
and
white
is
clean,while
we
think
of
green
products(产品)
as
being
a
bit
unpleasant.It’s
the
same
for
businesses.We
respect
a
company
which
writes
its
name
in
blue
or
black,but
we
don’t
respect
one
that
uses
pink
or
orange.People
who
design(设计)
new
products
can
use
these
ideas
to
influence
what
we
buy.”
During
the
four-part
series,Verity
studies
eight
different
colours,two
colours
in
each
programme.She
meets
people
who
work
in
all
aspects
of
the
colour
industry,from
people
who
design
food
packages,to
people
who
name
the
colours
of
lipsticks.Some
of
the
people
she
meets
clearly
have
very
little
scientific
knowledge
to
support
their
ideas,such
as
the
American
“Colour
Doctor”
who
believes
that
serious
diseases
can
be
cured
by
the
use
of
coloured
lights.However,she
also
interviews
real
scientists
who
are
studying
the
effects
of
green
and
red
lights
on
mice,with
some
surprising
results.
Overall,it’s
an
interesting
show,and
anyone
who
watches
it
will,probably
find
out
something
new.But
because
Verity
meets
people
in
her
polite
way
on
the
series,the
viewers
should
make
their
own
decisions
about
how
much
they
should
believe.
( D )1.What
does
Paragraph
2
mainly
talk
about?
A.Colours
can
help
you
to
get
new
ideas.
B.Colours
can
help
you
to
cheer
up
quickly.
C.Colours
can
help
you
to
respect
a
company.
D.Colours
can
help
you
to
sell
products
easily.
( C )2.How
many
colours
did
Verity
study
in
the
programme?
A.Two.
B.Four.
C.Eight.
D.Nine.
( B )3.Who
does
the
writer
respect
least?
A.Verity
Allen.
B.The
“Colour
Doctor”.
C.The
people
who
name
lipsticks.
D.The
scientists
who
work
with
mice.
( A )4.What
does
the
article
mainly
talk
about?
A.A
new
programme
about
colours.
B.How
people
use
colours.
C.How
colours
help
treat
serious
diseases.
D.A
new
study
about
colours
and
health.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：Unit
2
Colors（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.Mr
Wang
has
made
some
(演讲)
in
our
school,so
all
of
us
are
familiar
with
him.?
2.(甘肃天水中考改编)Mary
is
(缺席的)
from
class
today
because
she
is
in
hospital.?
3.The
girl
is
quite
suitable
for
the
(职位).?
4.Peter
(忘记)
to
take
his
camera
this
morning
although
he
was
reminded.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给短语的适当形式填空
come
up
with,
agree
with,
try
one’s
best,
search
for,
be
afraid
of
1.I
will
to
solve
the
problem
by
myself.?
2.She
thought
hard
and
a
good
idea
at
last.?
3.I
crossing
the
street
because
there
is
always
too
much
traffic.?
4.I
see
your
point,
but
I’m
not
sure
I
you.?
5.When
there
was
a
call,he
some
photos
of
the
Great
Wall
on
the
Internet.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.木头常常被用来制成桌子和椅子。
Wood
to
make
desks
and
chairs.?
2.总共有十二生肖。每种动物代表一个农历年份。
There
are
12
animal
signs
.Each
animal
a
lunar
year.?
3.人生的价值并不取决于你是谁,而是你做什么。
The
value
of
life
does
not
,but
what
you
do.?
4.你的工作能力决定了你是否可以得到这份工作。
your
work
abilities
you
get
the
job
or
not.?
5.地理老师告诉我们,在泰国一年分为三个季节。
Our
geography
teacher
told
us
that
a
year
three
seasons
in
Thailand.
兴趣起航
Discussion:
Name
the
colors
in
a
rainbow!
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Which
one
do
you
want
to
wear,
Eddie?(P20)埃迪，你想穿哪一件？
1、one,
不定代词，代替上文提过的同类人（事物）中的一个，which
one，
意为“哪一个”。
They
are
selling
their
house
to
move
to
a
smaller
one.
他们要卖掉他们的房子，搬到一个小点的房子去住。
[注意]
（1）代替上文提到的单数可数名词用one，代替上文提到的复数可数名词用ones。
Eg.
Any
experience
can
teach
you,
particularly
the
more
difficult
ones.
任何经历都可以让你学到东西，那些更困难的经历尤其如此。
（2）没有其他修饰语时，不用冠词，若有其他修饰语，可加冠词或数词，但不可加所有格名词或代词。
Eg.
For
every
tree
cut
down,
three
or
four
new
ones
are
planted.
每砍倒一棵树就要种上三四棵树。
（3）one不可替代不可数名词。
[辨析]it，one，that
（1）it特指上文提到的同一对象或同一事物，同类且同物。
Eg.
I
saw
a
film
last
night.
It
was
interesting.我昨天晚上看了一场电影，它很有趣。
（2）one泛指上文提及的同类事物中的一个，同类且不同物。
Eg.
---Who
has
a
pen?谁有钢笔？
---I
have
one.我有一支。
（3）that常用于比较级结构中，代替前面提到的可数名词单数或不可数名词，以避免重复。
Eg.
Can't
you
think
up
a
better
excuse
than
that?
难道你就想不出一个比这更好的借口？
[经典例题]
1.[2019
?
浙江温州中考]Sam
finds
sweeping
robots
useful,
and
he
plans
to
buy
___________
for
his
grandma.
A.
it
B.
one
C.
this
D.
that
2.[2019
?
四川省南充市]---Excuse
me,
I’d
like
to
buy
a
birthday
gift
for
my
son.
---We
have
different
kinds
of
new
toys
for
boys.
You
can
choose
__________
for
your
son.
A.
that
B.
one
C.
it
D.
either
3.[2019
?
江苏省连云港市]After
the
new
high-speed
railway
line
began
operations,
the
time
on
the
trip
from
Lianyungang
to
Qingdao
now
is
much
less
than
__________
in
the
past.
A.
one
B.
this
C.
that
D.
it
[拓展]one有关的短语
（1）one
after
another接连地；一个接一个地
Eg.
The
guests
came
one
after
another.
客人们陆续来了。
（2）one
by
one
一个接一个
Eg.
This
group
answer
the
questions
one
by
one.
这小组一个接一个回答问题。
2、wear
动词，意为“穿；戴”
[辨析]wear，dress，put
on
（1）wear“穿着;戴着”，表示状态，宾语可以是衣帽，也可以是饰物、奖章等。
Eg.
Why
does
she
often
wear
dark
sunglasses?她为什么经常戴着深色的太阳镜?
（2）dress的宾语通常是人，意思是“给……穿衣服”。常用结构：dress
sb./oneself；be
dressed
in+衣服。dress
up，意为“装扮，打扮”。
Eg.
Let's
dress
the
kids
or
we'll
never
be
on
time.
让我们替孩子们穿衣服吧，否则我们决不会按时到达。
Eg.
My
son
is
now
able
to
dress
himself.
我儿子现在自己会穿衣服了。
We
must
be
dressed
in
uniform
at
school.
在学校我们必须穿制服。
（3）put
on
“穿上、戴上”，强调“穿”“戴”的动作，后面接衣服、鞋帽等。
He
turned
off
the
television,
put
on
his
coat,
and
walked
out.
他关掉电视，穿上外套，走了出去。
[经典例题]
1.She
is
old
enough
to
________
herself.
Don’t
do
everything
for
her.
A.
put
on
B.
wear
C.
dress
up
D.
dress
【知识梳理2】But
there’s
nothing
wrong
with
pink,
you
know.(P20)但你知道，粉红色没什么不好。
1、nothing是不定代词，修饰不定代词的形容词通常放在不定代词的后面。类似的不定代词还有somebody，someone，something，anybody，anyone，anything，nobody，everybody，everyone，everything。
Eg.
Luckily,
nothing
valuable
was
stolen.
幸运的是，没有贵重物品失窃。
I
trust
you
not
to
repeat
that
to
anyone
else.
我相信你不会把这事告诉别人。
2、There
is
nothing
wrong
with...=There
isn’t
anything
wrong
with..=Nothing
is
wrong
with...意为“…没有毛病”。
Eg.
There
is
something
wrong
with...意为“……有点毛病”。
There
is
nothing
wrong
with
the
car.
那辆车没有一点毛病。
=There
isn’t
anything
wrong
with
the
car.
=Nothing
is
wrong
with
the
car.
They
are
trying
to
find
out
whether
there
is
something
wrong
with
the
machine.
他们正在努力查明这台机器是否有毛病。
[经典例题]
[2019
?
黑龙江省哈尔滨市]Learning?is?a?lifelong?journey?because?we?can?learn
________
every?day.
A.?nothing?new
B?new?something
C.?something?new
【知识梳理3】And
I’m
not
sure
if
blue
looks
good
on
you.(P20)而且我不能肯定你穿蓝色是否好看。
1、if
连词，意为“是否”，引导宾语从句。
Eg.
He
couldn't
tell
if
she
was
laughing
or
crying.
他弄不清楚她是在笑还是在哭。
[拓展]if
连词，意为“如果”，引导条件状语从句。注意：if引导的条件状语从句，如果主句是一般将来时，从句从一般现在时表示一般将来时。
Eg.
If
anyone
calls,
tell
them
I'm
not
at
home.
要是有人打电话来，就说我不在家。
[经典例题]
1.We
wonder
if
our
teachers
__________
to
our
graduating
party
next
weekend.
If
they
__________,
we’ll
be
very
happy.
A.will
come;
will
come
B.come;
will
come
C.will
come;
come
D.come;
come
2.If
the
robot
_________
wrong,
you
can
get
a
new
one
for
free
or
get
all
your
money
back.
A.went
B.goes
C.would
go
D.will
go
3.---Mum,
I
wonder
if
my
bedroom______
purple.
It
is
my
favorite
color.
---As
you
wish.
We
will
paint
it
this
weekend.
A.
paints
B.
will
be
painted
C.
is
painting
D.
is
painted
2、sth.
look
good
on
sb.
意为“某物穿在某人的身上好看”
Eg.
Do
you
think
this
sweater
will
look
good
on
me?
你认为这件毛衣我穿会好看吗？
[拓展]sb.
look
good
in...意为“某人穿某件衣服或颜色好看”
Eg.
You
look
good
in
red.
你穿红色很好看。
I
don't
look
good
in
caps.
我戴帽子不好看。
[经典例题]
1.---How
do
you
like
this
green
dress?
---It
looks
so
pretty
________
you.
You
look
cool
________
green.
A.in;
in
B.on;
in
C.on;
with
D.in;
with
【知识梳理4】Do
you
know
how
many
colours
there
are
in
a
rainbow?(P21)你知道彩虹中有多少种颜色吗？
句中
“how
many
colours
there
are
in
a
rainbow”为宾语从句，在句中作宾语。
[注意]
（1）宾语从句的语序是陈述句语序，即主语在前谓语在后，即使宾语从句本身是疑问句，也要将其变成陈述句语序。
Eg.
None
of
us
knows
where
these
new
parts
can
be
bought.没有人知道在哪里可以买到这些零件。
（2）若从句表示客观事实真理，不管主句是什么时态，从句都用一般现在时。
Eg.
The
teacher
told
his
class
that
light
travels
faster
than
sound.
老师告诉他的学生光比声音传播得快得多。
[经典例题]
1.---Peter，is
there
anything
else
you
want
to
know
about
China?
---Yes，I
am
still
wondering
__________
.
A.
how
is
Chinese
paper
cut
made
B.
how
was
the
Great
Wall
built
in
ancient
times
C.
why
the
Chinese
people
like
to
play
the
dragon
dance
D.
why
do
the
Chinese
people
eat
rice
dumplings
at
Dragon
Boat
Festival
2.---I
don’t
care__________.
In
this
camp,
there’s
only
one
hairstyle----short!
Understand?
---Yes,
Madam!
A.What
you
are
used
to
liking
B.What
you
used
to
be
like
C.What
are
you
used
to
liking
D.What
did
you
used
to
be
like
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】Some
people
believe
that
colours
can
influence
our
moods.(P22)一些人认为颜色能影响我们的情绪。
1、influence
及物动词，意为“影响”。
Eg.
We
became
the
best
of
friends
and
he
influenced
me
deeply.
我们成了最好的朋友，而他深深地影响了我。
[拓展]influence，名词，意为“影响”。
固定搭配
have
an
influence
on...意为“对...有影响”
Eg.
What
you
read
has
an
influence
on
your
thinking.
你读的东西对你的思想有影响。
固定搭配
under
the
influence
of
...
意为“在...的影响下”
Eg.
In
his
youth
he
fell
under
the
influence
of
Beethoven.
他年轻时受到贝多芬的影响。
[辨析]influence
vs
effect
（1）influence
一般指间接影响，其范围较广，涉及行为、思想、感情，多指影响无形的事物。
（2）affect
仅指影响感情，指影响具体的事物，常指不良影响。
[经典例题]
1.Chinese
people__________by
Mao
Zedong’s__________.
A.is
influenced,
thoughts
B.are
influenced,
thought
C.influenced
,
thoughts.
D.are
influenced,
thoughts
2.Parents'
behavior
always
has
an
important
influence
________
their
children.
A.on
B.over
C.as
D.with
3.Chinese
Poetry
Competition
has
________
influence
on
people.
More
people
like
poetry.
A.a
B.an
C.the
D./
2、mood，可数名词，意为“心情；情绪”。
Eg.
He
is
clearly
in
a
good
mood
today.
显然他今天心情不错。
[经典例题]
1.Daniel
was____________a
bad
mood
and
didn't
talk
to___________.
A.
on;
something
B.
with;
anybody
C.
in;
anybody
D.
in;
somebody
2.He
__________
bad
mood
and
didn’t
talk
to
__________.
A.was
in
a
;
everybody
B.had
in
a
;
everybody
C.was
in
a
;
anybody
D.had
in
a
;
anybody
【知识梳理2】You
may
wonder
whether
it
is
true.(P22)你也许想知道这是否是真的。
whether
连词，意为“是否”，引导宾语从句。
Eg.
I
asked
whether
they
could
change
my
ticket.
我问他们是否可以给我换票
[拓展]whether，连词，意为“不管；无论”，引导状语从句。
Eg.
I'm
going
whether
you
like
it
or
not
.
不管你愿意不愿意，我都要走了。
[经典例题]
1.我怀疑那个活动是否值得能加。
__________________________________
【知识梳理3】In
fact,colours
can
change
our
moods
and
make
us
feel
happy
or
sad,energetic
or
sleepy.(P22)实际上，颜色能改变我们的心情，使我们觉得快乐或悲伤、精力充沛或昏昏欲睡。
1、make
sb.
do
sth.意为“使某人做某事”，此处的do为不带to的不定式。
Eg.
Nothing
will
make
me
change
my
mind.
什么都不能让我改变主意。
[拓展]常见的接不带to的不定式作宾语补足语的还有：
feel，see，hear，watch，notice，observe等。
Eg.
People
flocked
to
hear
him
speak.
人们成群结队地去听他演讲。
I
noticed
them
come
in.
我注意到他们进来了。
[注意]这类动词若转为被动语态，不定式前要加上to
Eg.
We
were
made
to
attend
meetings
every
day.
我们每天都被迫参加会议。
John
was
heard
to
leave
the
room.
约翰被人听见离开了房间。
[拓展]make后面还可以加形容词、名词、过去分词作宾语补足语。
Eg.
We
can
make
this
country
great
again.
我们可以使这个国家再次强大起来。
We
make
him
our
monitor.我们选他作我们的班长。
He
had
a
hard
job
to
make
himself
heard.
他好不容易才使别人听见他的声音。
[经典例题]
1.He
was
made
____
from
morning
till
night.
A.
work
B.
to
work
C.
working
D.
works
2.He
always
makes
a
banana
milk
shake
_____
us
_____.
A.make;
eat
B.make;
to
eat
C.to
make;
to
eat
D.to
make;
eat
3.What
________
you
________
May
is
a
true
friend?
A.make;
think
B.makes;
think
C.make;
to
think
D.makes;
to
think
4.---What
time
shall
we
meet
tomorrow
morning,
Kate?
---Let’s
______
nine
thirty.
A.make
it
B.make
that
C.make
it
in
D.make
that
at
5.The
boy
is
often
heard
__________
in
the
music
room.
He
is
good
at
singing.
A.practise
singing
B.practising
singing
C.to
practise
singing
D.to
practice
to
sing
2、sleepy是形容词，意为“困倦的，瞌睡的”。
Eg.
The
heat
and
the
wine
made
her
sleepy.
周围暖洋洋的，又喝了酒，她感觉昏昏欲睡。
[拓展]
（1）sleep，动词，意为“睡觉”。也是不可数名词，意为“睡觉”。
（2）sleepily，副词，意为“困倦地，昏昏欲睡地”。
[辨析]sleepy,
sleeping,
asleep
sleepy表语/定语意为“想睡的，疲倦的，瞌睡的”，如果修饰地名，意为“寂静的”。sleeping定语意为“睡着的”。asleep表语意为“睡着的”。
[经典例题]
1.---Why
are
you
looking________
in
class
all
day?
---Because
I
can’t
finish
my
homework
until
eleven
every
night.
A.
awake
B.
asleep
C.
sleeping
D.
sleepy
2.Lily
hasn't
had
enough___________
,
so
she
feels___________all
day.
A.
sleep;
asleep
B.
asleep;
sleepy
C.
sleepy
;
asleep
D.
sleep;
sleepy
3.The
boy
felt
very
________
and
fell
________
as
soon
as
he
lay
on
the
bed.
A.sleepy;
sleepy
B.asleep;
asleep
C.sleepy;
asleep
D.asleep;
sleepy
4.---He
is
_______
in
class
and
has
_________
for
two
hour.
---He
is
so
tired
these
days
preparing
for
the
mid-term
exam.
A.slept;
asleep
B.sleepy;
slept
C.sleeping;
been
sleepy
D.asleep;
been
asleep
【知识梳理4】Have
you
ever
walked
into
a
room
and
felt
relaxed?
(P22)
你是否曾经在走进某个房间时感到很轻松？
（1）relaxed
形容词，意为“放松的；悠闲的”。在句中常用来修饰人，作表语
（2）relaxing
形容词，意为“令人放松的”，通常来修饰物。
Eg.
As
soon
as
I
had
made
the
final
decision,
I
felt
a
lot
more
relaxed.
我一做出最后的决定，就觉得轻松了许多。
I
find
cooking
very
relaxing.
我发现烹饪非常令人放松。
[拓展]relax，动词，意为“使放松”。
[经典例题]
1.他躺在阳光下，看起来十分自在和愉快。
_______________________________________
2.You
must
find
a
way
to
make
yourself
__________.
Otherwise,
you
may
fall
ill.
A.relaxed
B.relaxing
C.to
be
relax
D.to
relax
【知识梳理5】Blue
is
a
calm
colour.(P22)蓝色是一种使人宁静的颜色。
calm
形容词，意为“平静的，镇静的”。
Eg.
Miriam's
voice
was
strangely
calm.
米里亚姆的声音出奇地平静。
[拓展]calm，名词，意为“平静”。
Eg.
He
felt
a
sudden
sense
of
calm.
他突然感受到了内心的平静。
[拓展]calm，动词，意为“使平静”。
Eg.
Take
a
deep
breath
as
a
first
step
to
calm
yourself
down.
要使自己冷静下来，第一步是深呼吸。
[经典例题]
1.It's
very
important
to__________
when
the
earthquake
happens.
A.
calm
down
B.
put
down
C.
get
down
D.
fall
down
【知识梳理6】It
brings
peace
to
our
mind
and
body.(P22)
它给我们的心灵和身体带来平静。
1、mind，名词，意为“想法，头脑理智，心情”等。
Eg.
She
has
a
highly
inventive
mind.
她的头脑非常善于创新。
[拓展]mind，动词，意为“对（某事）烦恼，苦恼，焦虑；介意”。尤用于疑问句或否定句，不用于被动句
)，后面接doing。
Eg.
I
hope
you
don't
mind
the
noise.
希望你不介意这声音。
疑问句常用句型：
Do/Would
you
mind
doing
sth
?
=Do
you
mind
one's
doing
sth?
Eg.
Do
your
parents
mind
you
leaving
home?
=Do
your
parents
mind
your
leaving
home?
你父母舍得你离开家吗？
在回答带mind的这类问句时，如表示同意，常用“No,not
at
all
/Cerainly
not./Of
course
not.”等回答，意为“不介意”；如表示反对，常用“I'm
sorry,
but.../I’m
afraid...”等来缓和语气，有时也可用“I’d
rather
you
wouldn't
./I
wish
you
wouldn't.”等拒绝。
[常见短语]
never
mind不要紧；
change
one's
mind
改变某人的主意；
make
up
one's
mind做出决定；
keep...in
mind
记住......
[经典例题]
1.Would
you
mind
________
me
a
clean
one,
please?
A.bring
B.to
bring
C.bringing
D.brings
2.---Eric,
_______
your
manners.
It's
bad
manners
to
talk
with
your
mouth
full.
---Sorry,
Mom.
A.to
mind
B.minding
C.minds
D.mind
3.---Harry
Potter
studies
hard
at
math
_______.
---Yes.
He
makes
up
his
______
to
improve
his
math.
A.recent,
mind
B.recent,
thought
C.recently,
mind
D.recently,
thought
2、peace，不可数名词，意为“和平、安宁”。
[拓展]peaceful
形容词，“和平的、宁静的”；
peacefully
，副词，“和平地、宁静地”；
in
peace
平静地；安宁地
[典型例题]用peace的各种形式填空
1.It's
so
__________
out
here
in
the
country.
2.After
years
of
war,
the
people
long
for
a
lasting
__________
.
【知识梳理7】Blue
can
also
represent
sadness,
so
you
may
say“I'm
feeling
blue”when
you
are
feeling
sad.
(P22)
色也代表伤心，所以当你感到伤心时，你可以说“我感觉很郁闷”。
sadness
名词，意为“悲哀，优伤”。
[拓展]adj.+ness→n.
happy+ness→happinesssad+ness→sadnessdark+ness→darknesscold+ness→coldnesssleepy+ness→sleepinessbusy+ness→businesshard+ness→hardnessweak+ness→weaknessill+ness→illnesskind+ness→kindness
[经典例题]
1.The
king
was__________and
looked__________at
Qu
Yuan.
A.sad,
sadly
B.sad,
sad
C.sadly,
sadly
D.sadly,
sad
2.The
old
man's
daughter
died
last
year，so
he
was
in
great
__________
and
__________.
A.sadness；pain
B.sad；painful
C.sadness；painful
D.sad；pain
3.What
I
said
made
them
__________
even
__________.
A.feel；sad
B.felt；sadder
C.feel；sadder
D.feeling；sad
(4)I
cried
as
________
as
my
brother
when
we
heard
the
death
of
the
dog.
A.sad
B.sadly
C.sadder
D.more
sadly
【知识梳理8】Many
women
like
to
wear
white
on
their
wedding
day.(P22)许多女人喜欢在婚礼上穿白色衣服。
表示在某一天或某一天的上、下午或晚上应用介词on。
Eg.
On
Sunday
morning,
I
always
do
my
homework
at
home.
在星期天早晨，我通常在家写作业。
[经典例题]
1.He
went
to
Shanghai_______September
3,
1991
and
came
back_______a
cold
morning
last
year.
A.
in;
on
B.
on;
in
C.
on;
on
D.
in;
at
【知识梳理9】People
living
in
cold
areas
prefer
warm
colours
in
their
homes
to
create
a
warm
and
comfortable
feeling.(P23)
生活在寒冷地区的人们喜欢用暖色为他们的家创造一种温暖舒适的感觉。
1、living
in
cold
areas在句中作定语，修饰名词。living是现在分词做后置定语。
2、prefer，动词，意为“更喜欢”。
（1）prefer+名词/动名词+to+名词/动名词，意为“与…相比更喜欢…”
Eg.
I
much
prefer
jazz
to
rock
music.
我喜欢爵士乐远胜过摇滚乐。
I
prefer
walking
to
climbing.
我喜欢散步多于喜欢爬山。
（2）prefer
to
do
sth./prefer
doing
sth.，意为“更喜欢…”
Eg.
I
prefer
reading
non-fiction.
我喜欢看纪实作品。
I
prefer
to
think
of
peace
not
war.
我更喜欢思考和平而不是战争。
（3）prefer
to
do
...rather
than
do...，意为“宁愿做…而不是做……”
Eg.
I
prefer
to
do
English
homework
first
rather
than
do
maths
homework.
我宁愿先做英语作业，然后再做数学作业。
[拓展]would
rather
do
sth.
than
do
sth.宁愿...而不愿；与其…不如
Eg.
I
would
rather
sleep
than
watch
this
movie.
我情愿睡觉也不看这部电影。
[经典例题]
1.My
brother
would
rather____books
at
home
than____hiking.
A.
read;
go
B.
reading;
going
C.
reads;
goes
D.
read;
going
2.He
preferred__________at
home
rather
than__________with
us.
A.
stay;
go
B.
to
stay;
go
C.
staying;
going
D.
to
stay;
going
3.Miss
Smith
told
us
that
she
would
rather___________
join
the
Computer
Club.
A.
not
B.
to
not
C.
not
to
D.
did
not
4.Now
many
Chinese
________
buy
things
made
in
Japan,
and
they
________
things
made
in
China.
A.would
rather,
prefer
B.prefer
to,
would
rather
C.prefer
not
to,
prefer
D.prefer
not
to,
prefer
to
5.Who
_______
rock
music
to
country
music
two
years
ago?
A.preferred
B.prefered
C.prefer
D.prefers
【知识梳理10】It
can
cheer
you
up
when
you
are
feeling
sad.(P23)
当你感觉伤心时它能让你振作起来。
cheer
up属于"动词+副词"型短语，意思是“使振作起来”，后可接名词或代词做宾语，此名词可以放在cheer
up的后面或中间，而代词只能放在动词与副词之间。
类似的有：give
up放弃，try
on试穿，put
on穿上，wash
away冲走，eat
up吃光，put
out扑灭，turn
up调高，turn
down调低，turn
on开，turn
off关。
Eg.
Bright
curtains
can
cheer
up
a
dull
room.
色彩鲜艳的窗帘可以让单调的房间变得亮丽起来。
They
need
a
holiday
to
cheer
them
up.
他们需要有一个休假来使他们振作起来。
[经典例题]
1.My
parents
are
unhappy
today.
I
think
I
shall
come
up
with
ways
to
______.
A.
cheer
him
up
B.
cheer
them
up
C.
cheer
up
them
D.
cheer
up
him
2.
_______!
It’s
not
the
end
of
the
world.
Let’s
try
again.
A.
Put
up
B.
Set
up
C.
Cheer
up
D.
Pick
up
3.---It
seems
that
Jimmy
is
feeling
bad
about
the
exam.
---He
needs
to____.
A
“C”
is
not
the
end
of
the
world.
A.
cheer
himself
up
B.
calm
himself
down
C.
let
himself
down
D.
wake
himself
up
4.---I
don’t
know
if
the
shoes
fit
me.
----Why
not___________?
A.try
it
on
B.try
them
on
C.try
on
them
D.try
on
it
5.The
terrible
rainstorm
hit
the
small
village
and
______
.
A.washed
it
away
B.washes
away
it
C.washed
away
it
D.washes
it
away
6.Though
the
fire
was
big,
they
______
soon.
A.put
it
down
B.put
it
out
C.put
down
it
D.put
out
it
7.The
CD
is
too
noisy.
Would
you
please__________
a
little?
A.turn
it
on
B.turn
down
it
C.turn
it
up
D.turn
it
down
8.Mary
is
always
a__________
girl.
She
keeps
smiling
even
if
she
fails.
A.helpful
B.cheerful
C.hopeful
D.meaningful
【知识梳理11】Yellow
is
the
colour
of
the
sun，so
it
can
remind
you
of
a
warm
sunny
day.(P23)
黄色是太阳的颜色，因此它能使你想起温暖、阳光明媚的一天。
remind，及物动词，意为“提醒；使想起”
（1）remind
sb
of
sb/sth使某人想起某人/某物;
Eg.
You
remind
me
of
your
father
when
you
say
that.
你说这样的话，使我想起了你的父亲。
（2）remind
sb
to
do
sth提醒某人去做某事。
Eg.
Can
you
remind
me
to
buy
a
bottle
of
wine?
你能提醒我买一瓶葡萄酒吗？
（3）remind
sb
that...
提醒某人……
Eg.
The
photos
remind
us
that
we
all
appreciate
beauty.
这些照片提醒我们，我们都欣赏美丽。
[经典例题]
1.---Can
I
smoke
in
the
dining
hall?
---Sorry.
It’s
not
__________.
A.promised
B.realized
C.allowed
D.reminded
2.---I'm
afraid
I
might
forget
to
buy
the
bread
after
work.
---Don't
worry.
I
will
____
you
then.
A.
notice
B.
allow
C.
remind
D.
promise
3.This
photo
reminds
me___________
the
days
when
I
worked___________the
farm
with
my
classmates.
A.
about,in
B.
about:on
C.
of
;
in
D.
of
;on
4.Your
father
coughs
a
lot.
You'd
better_______
him_______
anymore.
A.remind;
not
smoke
B.to
remind;
not
to
smoke
C.to
remind;
not
smoke
D.remind;
not
to
smoke
【知识梳理12】Some
people
prefer
this
colour
when
you
hope
for
success.
(P23)
一些人当他们希望成功时较喜欢这种颜色。
hope
for意为“希望、期待”。
Eg.
This
is
about
the
best
we
can
hope
for.
这差不多是我们所能希望的最好结果。
[注意]hope表示说话人认为可能会实现的愿望，后接动词不定式或者从句，不能说hope
sb.
to
do
sth.；wish表示没有可能实现的愿望，后接不定式或者从句，可以说wish
sb.
to
do
sth.
Eg.
I
hope/wish
that
my
son
will
be
a
doctor
in
the
future.
→I
wish
my
son
to
be
a
doctor
in
the
future.
我希望儿子将来当医生。
[经典例题]
1.We
think
we
should
__________
the
best
and
prepare
for
the
worst.
A.work
with
B.agree
with
C.look
for
D.hope
for
【知识梳理13】Green
can
give
you
energy,
as
it
is
the
colour
of
nature
and
represents
new
life.
(P23)
绿然可以带给你活力，因为它是大自然的颜色，象征着新的生命。
as
连词，“因为，由于”，引导原因状语从句。
Eg.
She
may
need
some
help
as
she's
new.
她是新来的，可能需要一些帮助。
[拓展]
（1）当……时候，引导时间状语从句。
Eg.
As
she
grew
older
she
gained
in
confidence.
随着年龄的增长她的信心增强了。
（2）照着；如同，引导方式状语从句。
Eg.
They
did
as
I
had
asked.
他们是按照我的要求做的。
[拓展]常用短语
as...as
possible/one
can
尽可能地
as
far
as
直到；远到；与…一样远
as
if/as
though
好像
as
soon
as
一…就…
as
usual
像平常一样
【知识梳理14】If
you
require
strength
in
either
body
or
mind,red
may
be
of
some
help
to
you.(P23)如果你的身体或大脑需要力量，红色或许可以给你一些帮助。
1、require
，及物动词，意为“需要，要求”。
（1）require
sb
to
do
sth
要求某人做某事;
Eg.
The
job
will
require
you
to
use
all
your
skills
to
the
maximum.
这项工作将要求你最大限度地发挥你的技能。
（2）require
that
sb
(should)
do
sth
要求某人做某事
Eg.
The
situation
required
that
he
be
present.
这种情形需要他在场。
The
situation
required
that
he
should
be
present.
这种情形需要他在场。
（3）require
doing/
require
to
be
done
需要被做
[经典例题]
1.The
young
trees
we
planted
last
week
require
_______
with
great
care.
A.
look
after
B.
to
look
after
C.
to
be
looked
after
D.
taken
good
care
of
2.I
think
your
bike__________.
A.requires
to
fix
B.requires
fixing
C.requires
be
fixed
D.requires
fixed
3.Students
in
their
school
___________
trees
on
Tree
Planting
Day
every
year.
A.require
to
plant
B.require
planting
C.are
required
to
plant
D.are
required
planting
4.Now
waste
from
daily
life
in
the
city
of
Shanghai
_______
to
be
separated
into
four
different
groups.
A.is
requiring
B.is
required
C.was
required
D.required
(5)The
teacher
requires
all
students
_________
a
short
test.
A.take
B.took
C.to
take
D.taking
2、strength，不可数名词，意为“力量，力气”。
[拓展]strong，形容词，意为“强壮的”。
[经典例题]
1.---Why
do
you
like
music
so
much?
---It
has
the
great_______to
change
people's
lives.
A.strength
B.energy
C.power
D.effort
2.---Do
you
think
the
water
over
there
is
suitable
for
drinking?
---Let’s
test
its
__________
before
we
draw
a
conclusion（下结论）.
A.purity
B.wisdom
C.feeling
D.strength
3.Jack
was
______
to
lift
up
the
heavy
suitcase.
A.enough
strong
B.strong
enough
C.strength
enough
D.enough
strength
3、“be
of+抽象名词”相当于形容词
of
help=helpful
of
use=useful
of
importance=important
[经典例题]
1.Water,
air
and
sunshine
are
__________great
importance
____living
things．
A.in;
on
B.in;
to
C.of;
on
D.of;
to
2.The
meeting
was
of_______,
and
the
information
he
gave
us
was
___________.
A.very
important;
great
helpful
B.very
important;
great
help
C.great
importance;
very
helpful
D.great
importance;
very
help
3.The
book
will
__________
you
when
you
need
help.
A.help
to
B.be
some
helpful
with
C.be
of
some
help
to
D.be
of
some
help
with
【知识梳理15】Wearing
red
can
also
make
it
easier
to
take
action.（P23）身着红色也更易于采取行动。
1、Wearing
red
是动名词短语作主语。谓语动词用第三人称单数。
[经典例题]
1.__________
green
or
__________
in
a
light
green
room
__________
good
for
us.
A.Wear;
sleep;
is
B.Wear;
sleeping;
are
C.Wearing;
sleeping;
is
D.Wearing;
sleeping;
are
2、it为形式宾语，真正的宾语是后面的不定式
常用形式宾语的结构
（1）sth
make
it
+
adj.
+
for
sb
to
do
sth
（2）sb.
find
it
+
adj.
+
for
sb
to
do
sth
=
sb.
find
+(that)从句
Eg.
I
find
it
easy
to
learn
English.=I
find
it
is
easy
to
learn
English.我发现学英语挺简单的。
[经典例题]
1.Bicycle
Sharing
makes
it
__________
for
people
to
travel
from
place
to
place
in
the
cities.
A.easy
B.easily
C.be
easy
D.be
easily
2.I
found
__________
hard
to
make
a
delicious
cake.
A.it
B.it
is
C.that
is
D.that
was
3.I
think
__________
not
difficult
__________
English
every
morning.
A.that;
keep
reading
B.it’s;
keep
reading
C.that;
to
keep
read
D.it’s
;
to
keep
reading
【知识梳理16】This
may
help
when
you
are
having
difficulty
making
a
decision.（P23）当你犹豫不决的时候，红色可以有助于你做决定。
1、difficulty意为“困难；费力”时，是不可数名词；意为“(种种)困难”时，是可数名词。
[固定短语]
have
difficulty
with
sth/have
difficulty
(in)
doing
sth做某事费劲；
with
difficulty
困难地，吃力地；
without
difficulty不费事地，轻易地。
[拓展]
have
difficulty
(in)
doing
sth做某事费劲
have
fun
(in)
doing
sth做某事很开心
have
trouble
(in)
doing
sth做某事有困难
[经典例题]
1.---What
great
difficulty
I
had
______
to
get
the
tickets
to
the
concert
(音乐会)！
---But
the
music
is
really
worth
______.
A.
managing;
listening
B.
to
manage;
being
listened
C.
managing;
listening
to
D.
managed;
listening
to
2.Tom
has
much
difficulty
________
Chinese
so
I
often
give
him
some________.
A.
to
learn;
advice
B.
to
learn;
advices
C.
learning;
advice
D.
learning;
advices
3.You
can
never
imagine
what
great
difficulty
I
have_____
your
house.
A.found
B.finding
C.to
find
D.to
finding
4.---
How
much
difficulty
did
you
have_________this
problem?
---_________.
It's
quite
easy.
A.
to
solve;
Nothing
B.
to
solve;
None
C.
solving;
None
D.
solving;
Nothing
5.You
can
never
imagine
what
great
difficulty
I
had
_________
your
house.
A.
found
B.
finding
C.
to
find
D.
for
finding
6.---
You
don't
know
what
great
difficulty
I
had
_____
to
get
the
two
tickets.
---
But
the
film
is
really
worth_______
twice.
A.
managing;
seeing
B.
to
manage;
seeing
C.
managing;
being
seen
D.
managed;
to
be
seen
7.---How
much
difficulty
did
you
have
__________
this
problem?
---__________.
It’s
quite
easy.
A.to
solve;
Nothing
B.to
solve;
None
C.solving;
None
D.solving;
Nothing
2、decision是decide的名词形式。
常用结构：make
a
decision
to
do
sth
做出决定做某事（=decide
to
do
sth）。
Eg.
He
is
really
bad
at
making
decisions
.
他的确不善于决策。
[经典例题]
1.---It's
useless
to
regret
what
has
been
done.
Don't
make
those
mistakes
again.
---I
won't.
That's
a(n)_________.
A.
order
B.
decision
C.
promise
D.
agreement
2.My
dad
made
a
______
to
give
up______.
A.decision；smoking
B.decide；smoking
C.decision；smoke
D.decide；smoke
3.This
was
not
an
easy
decision.
__________,
it
is
a
decision
that
we
feel
is
our
duty.
A.Because
B.And
C.So
D.However
4.Last
week,
students
in
Class
3_________to
the
museum.
A.decide
to
go
B.decided
to
go
C.decide
go
D.decided
go
5.When
to
go
for
a
holiday_________yet.
A.has
not
been
decided??????
B.have
not
been
decided?
C.are
not
decided????
???
D.isn’t
being
decided
能力实践
一、根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.She
(更喜欢)
to
stay
at
home
instead
of
going
out
on
weekends.?
2.It
is
not
his
parents
but
his
teachers
that
(影响)
him
so
much.?
3.You
will
have
less
(困难)
learning
English
with
your
teacher’s
help.?
4.The
common
people
in
every
country
hope
for
world
(和平).?
二、根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.(山东临沂中考)I
felt
(relax)
lying
in
the
sun
on
the
beach.?
2.(江苏南通中考)You’d
better
think
about
it
again
because
it
is
an
important
(decide).?
3.Some
girls
like
white
because
white
is
the
colour
of
(pure).?
4.Warm
colours
like
orange
always
bring
people
comfortable
(feel).?
5.From
the
(sad)
on
his
face,I
can
guess
the
boy
didn’t
pass
the
exam.?
三、根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.他们尽最大努力让我们感到舒适。
They
tried
their
best
to
.?
2.当得知乔得到一辆新玩具车,其他男孩心中充满嫉妒。
The
other
boys
were
when
they
knew
Joe
got
a
new
toy
car!?
3.这张照片使我想起了我的童年。
This
photo
me
my
childhood.?
4.她学英语有困难,所以她向老师寻求帮助。
She
is
learning
English,so
she
the
teacher
.?
5.我认为你的建议对我们有一些帮助。
I
think
your
advice
is
to
us.?
6.提前仔细规划使得行动起来更加容易。
Planning
carefully
ahead
.?
四、单项填空
(
)1.(吉林长春中考)—Do
you
know
just
now??
—Something
about
the
art
festival.
A.what
our
headmaster
says
B.what
does
our
headmaster
say
C.what
our
headmaster
said
D.what
did
our
headmaster
say
(
)2.—Hey,Jenny.I
am
afraid
I
will
forget
to
attend
the
meeting.
—Don’t
worry.You
one
day
before
the
meeting.?
A.remind
B.will
remind
C.are
reminded
D.will
be
reminded
(
)3.(甘肃天水中考)Businessmen
prefer
e-mails
to
communicate
with
each
other
rather
than
phone
calls.?
A.write;make
B.to
write;make
C.to
write;to
make
D.write;to
make
(
)4.Students
in
their
school trees
on
Tree
Planting
Day
every
year.?
A.require
to
plant
B.are
required
to
plant
C.require
planting
D.are
required
planting
(
)5.(江苏苏州中考)—Little
Jenny
looks
unhappy
today.
—Don’t
worry.A
box
of
chocolates
will her .?
A
give;up
B.wake;up
C.cheer;up
D.pick;up
五、完形填空（培优）
What
is
your
favourite
colour?Do
you
like
yellow,orange,or
red?If
you
do,you
must
be
an
optimist(乐观者),a
leader
or
an
active
person
who
enjoys
life.Do
you
prefer
grey
and
blue?If
you
do,you
are
probably
quiet,shy
and
you
often
follow
instead
of 1 .You
seem
to
be
a
pessimist(悲观者).?
Colours 2 our
moods.There
is
no
doubt
about
it.A
yellow
room
makes
most
people
feel
more 3
and
warmer
than
a
dark
green
one.It
seems
that
a
red
dress
brings
warmth
and
cheer
to
the
cold
winter
day.On
the
other
hand,black
represents
stress.A
black
bridge 4 the
River
Thames,near
London,used
to
be
the
scene
of
more
suicides(自杀)
than
other
bridges
in
the
area
until
it
was
painted
green.The
number
of
suicides 5 at
once.Perhaps
it
will
fall
even
more
if
the
bridge
is
painted 6 pink
or
baby
blue.Light
and 7 colours
make
people
not
only
happier
but
more 8 .It
is
true
that
factory
workers
work
better,harder,and
have 9 accidents
when
their
machines
are
painted
orange
rather
than 10 or
dark
green.So,it
is
important
to
choose
a
right
colour.?
(
)1.A.returning
B.coming
C.leading
D.thinking
(
)2.A.cause
B.influence
C.improve
D.create
(
)3.A.cheerful
B.unhappy
C.nervous
D.worried
(
)4.A.on
B.over
C.across
D.through
(
)5.A.grew
B.felt
C.raised
D.fell
(
)6.A.with
B.by
C.in
D.to
(
)7.A.dark
B.bright
C.clear
D.good
(
)8.A.surprised
B.upset
C.active
D.angry
(
)9.A.fewer
B.less
C.little
D.more
(
)10.A.white
B.light
C.pink
D.black
六、阅读理解
Different
colours
can
influence
us
in
many
different
ways.That’s
according
to
Verity
Allen.In
her
new
series
Colour
me
Healthy,Verity
looks
at
the
ways
that
colours
can
influence
how
hard
we
work
and
the
choices
we
make.They
can
even
change
our
feelings
and
even
influence
our
health.
“Have
you
ever
noticed
how
people
always
use
the
same
colours
for
the
same
things?”
says
Verity.“Our
toothpaste
is
always
white
or
blue
or
maybe
red.It’s
never
green.Why
not?For
some
reason
we
think
that
blue
and
white
is
clean,while
we
think
of
green
products(产品)
as
being
a
bit
unpleasant.It’s
the
same
for
businesses.We
respect
a
company
which
writes
its
name
in
blue
or
black,but
we
don’t
respect
one
that
uses
pink
or
orange.People
who
design(设计)
new
products
can
use
these
ideas
to
influence
what
we
buy.”
During
the
four-part
series,Verity
studies
eight
different
colours,two
colours
in
each
programme.She
meets
people
who
work
in
all
aspects
of
the
colour
industry,from
people
who
design
food
packages,to
people
who
name
the
colours
of
lipsticks.Some
of
the
people
she
meets
clearly
have
very
little
scientific
knowledge
to
support
their
ideas,such
as
the
American
“Colour
Doctor”
who
believes
that
serious
diseases
can
be
cured
by
the
use
of
coloured
lights.However,she
also
interviews
real
scientists
who
are
studying
the
effects
of
green
and
red
lights
on
mice,with
some
surprising
results.
Overall,it’s
an
interesting
show,and
anyone
who
watches
it
will,probably
find
out
something
new.But
because
Verity
meets
people
in
her
polite
way
on
the
series,the
viewers
should
make
their
own
decisions
about
how
much
they
should
believe.
(
)1.What
does
Paragraph
2
mainly
talk
about?
A.Colours
can
help
you
to
get
new
ideas.
B.Colours
can
help
you
to
cheer
up
quickly.
C.Colours
can
help
you
to
respect
a
company.
D.Colours
can
help
you
to
sell
products
easily.
(
)2.How
many
colours
did
Verity
study
in
the
programme?
A.Two.
B.Four.
C.Eight.
D.Nine.
(
)3.Who
does
the
writer
respect
least?
A.Verity
Allen.
B.The
“Colour
Doctor”.
C.The
people
who
name
lipsticks.
D.The
scientists
who
work
with
mice.
(
)4.What
does
the
article
mainly
talk
about?
A.A
new
programme
about
colours.
B.How
people
use
colours.
C.How
colours
help
treat
serious
diseases.
D.A
new
study
about
colours
and
health.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
6
TV
programmes（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.My
friend
Jane
won
a
camera
on
the
(游戏)
show.?
2.The
Chinese
people
have
lots
of
wisdom
and
(创造)
many
wonders.?
3.Can
you
make
up
a
(对话)
with
this
new
word??
4.You
can’t
go
home
until
the
work
is
(结束).?
5.The
headmaster
will
present
the
(奖品)
to
the
winners
after
the
match.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.Mrs
Chen
hopes
(get)
along
well
with
her
workmates.?
2.Lots
of
people
lost
their
(life)
because
of
COVID-19.?
3.Jim
prefers
(watch)
cartoons
to
playing
computer
games.?
4.Mary
doesn’t
have
much
time
(paint)
every
night
because
of
too
much
homework.?
5.Air
pollution
will
be
probably
the
most
serious
problem
if
it
isn’t
(control)
properly.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.整天待在家里,我觉得很无聊。
I
at
home
all
day.?
2.你似乎无事可做。
It
seems
that
you
.?
3.看完这个节目后,我学到了许多关于野外生存的知识。
I
surviving
in
the
wilds
after
watching
the
programme.?
4.稍等片刻。我还有一点儿工作要做。
Wait
a
moment.I
still
have
work
.?
5.你喜欢什么类型的电视节目?
TV
programmes
do
you
like??
6.电影和书一样有趣。
Films
are
books.?
兴趣起航
How
do
you
spend
your
weekend?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Eddie,aren’t
you
getting
bored
with
saying
at
home
all
day?(P78)
埃迪，整天待在家里你不无聊吗？
否定疑问句结构：助动词/情态动词/b动词e与not的缩写形式+主语+谓语+其他？
翻译为“难道....不/没有...吗？”
[注意]否定疑问句的考点在于回答，做题技巧为把否定词去掉后看句子句意，然后根据实际情况进行回答，如果与事实相符，就有yes回答；与事实不符，用no回答。yes译为“不”，而no译为“是的”，这一点与反意疑问句是一样的。
Eg.
Isn't
he
ninety
years
old?
他不是九十岁了吗？
[经典例题]
1.---Don't
you
like
swimming?
---______,_______.Swimming
keeps
me
fit.
A.Yes,
I
do.
B.Yes,
I
don’t.
C.No,I
don’t
D.
No,I
do.
2,---Can’t
she
speak
English?
---________.She
is
from
Korea.
A.Yes,
she
can.
B.Yes,
she
can’t
C.No,she
can’t
D.
No,she
can
【知识梳理2】If
you’re
busy
as
I
am,
you
won’t
get
bored.(P78)
如果你像我一样忙，你就不无聊了。
as+形容词/副词比较级+as,意为“和……一样……”
Eg.
Can
you
run
as
fast
as
Mike?
你能和迈克跑得一样快吗？
【知识梳理3】But
you
have
nothing
to
do!(P78)但你没事做啊！
have
nothing
to
do，意为“无事可做”。其中to
do是不定式作后置定语。nothing可换成anything，something，anywhere，somebody等等。
Eg.
Don't
you
got
somewhere
to
go?
难道你有地方去吗？
[拓展]have
nothing
to
do后面可接介词with构成固定短语，意为“与……无关”。
Eg.
I
have
nothing
to
do
with
the
case.此案与我无关。
[典型例题]
1.犯罪嫌疑人坚持说他和盗窃案无关。
________________________________________
【知识梳理4】I
prefer
game
shows.(P79)我更喜欢竞赛节目。
prefer，动词，意为“更喜欢”。这个单词在Unit2中我们已经学过了，再复习一下。
（1）prefer+名词/动名词+to+名词/动名词，意为“与…相比更喜欢…”
Eg.
I
much
prefer
jazz
to
rock
music.
我喜欢爵士乐远胜过摇滚乐。
I
prefer
walking
to
climbing.
我喜欢散步多于喜欢爬山。
（2）prefer
to
do
sth./prefer
doing
sth.，意为“更喜欢…”
Eg.
I
prefer
reading
non-fiction.
我喜欢看纪实作品。
I
prefer
to
think
of
peace
not
war.
我更喜欢思考和平而不是战争。
（3）prefer
to
do
...rather
than
do...，意为“宁愿做…而不是做……”
Eg.
I
prefer
to
do
English
homework
first
rather
than
do
maths
homework.
我宁愿先做英语作业，然后再做数学作业。
[拓展]would
rather
do
sth.
than
do
sth.宁愿...而不愿；与其…不如
Eg.
I
would
rather
sleep
than
watch
this
movie.
我情愿睡觉也不看这部电影。
[经典例题]
1.At
weekends,
Tom
prefers
______
TV
at
home
while
his
twin
brother
would
rather
______
out
to
do
some
sports.
A.
to
watch;
going
B.
watching;
going
C.
to
watch;
go
D.
watch;
go
2.---Do
you
prefer________
the
new
film
Good-bye,
Mr.
Loser
with
me?
---No.
I’d
rather________at
home
and
listen
to
music.
A.
seeing;
stay
B.
to
see;
to
stay
C.
seeing;
to
stay
D.
to
see;
stay
3.I
______
dumplings
_______hamburger
while
my
sister
would
rather
____
some
snacks
for
lunch.
A.
Would
rather;
than;
having
B.
prefer;
to;
have
C.
would
rather;
than
have
D.
prefer;
to;
to
have.
4.My
father
prefers
running
along
the
river
________himself
healthy.
A.
keeping
B.
keeps
C.
to
keeping
D.
to
keep
5.---I
would
rather_________
than
dance.
What
about
you?
---I
prefer________.
A.
sing;
to
dance
B.
sing;
dance
C.
singing;
to
dancing
D.
singing;
to
dance
6.---My
plan
is
__________
videos
at
home.
What
are
you
going
to
do,
Sandy?
---Well,
I
prefer
__________
movies
at
the
cinema.
A.
to
watch;
see
B.
watching;
see
C.
watching;
to
see
D.
to
watch;
to
see
7.Most
boys__________toy
guns
while
girls_________have
dolls.
A.
would
rather;
prefer
B.
prefer;
would
rather
C.
would
rather;
would
rather
D.
prefer;
prefer
8.East
or
west,
home
is
best.
That’s
why
more
and
more
people
prefer
_____
their
parents
_______
travelling
during
holidays.
A.
visiting;
to
going
B.
visiting;
to
go
C.
to
visit;
going
D.
to
visit;
to
go
9.Lazy
people
preferred
_______
in
bed
to
_______
horses．
A.to
lie;riding
B.lying;riding
C.to
lie;ride
D.lying;ride
10.Rather
than______to
school
by
bus,
he
preferred
______a
bike.
A.to
go;to
ride
B.go;riding
C.going;to
ride
D.go;to
ride
【知识梳理5】I
hope
one
day
I
can
take
part
in
one
of
them,
answer
all
the
questions
and
win
a
big
prize!(P79)
我希望有一天能参加一个这种节目，答出所有的题目并且赢得一个大奖！
1、hope，动词，意为“希望”，hope
to
do
sth.，“希望做某事”。注意，没有hope
sb.
to
do
sth.这种结构，如果想要表达希望某人做某事，可以用hope+that从句来做。
Eg.
We
hope
to
slow
the
spread
of
the
disease.
我们希望能够减缓疾病的传播速度。
I
hope
our
tree
is
ok.希望我们的树还是完好的。
2、take
part
in意为“参加”，尤其指参加某项活动。
Eg.
Did
you
take
part
in
the
sports
meet?
你参加运动会了吗？
[辨析]join，attend，take
part
in，join
in
（1）join指加入某个团体、党派或组织，比如：join
the
club加入俱乐部
（2）attend指出席或参加会议、课程等，比如：attend
the
wedding参加婚礼
（3）take
part
in指参加活动，并在其中起了作用。take
part
in
the
contest参加比赛
（4）join
in和take
part
in?可换用，但前者侧重娱乐、欣赏，而后者更侧重身体力行，参加在其中。
[经典例题]
1.---Shall
we
_______
the
dancing?
---Good
idea.
Let’s
________
them.
A.
join;
take
part
in
B.
join
in;
join
in
C.
join
in;
join
D.
join;
join
in
2.Anyone
who
is
good
at
singing
can
________
the
activity
in
our
school.
A.take
part
in
B.take
off
C.take
out
D.take
care
of
【知识梳理6】There
are
always
famous
people
on
these
shows
talking
about
their
lives.(P79)
总会有一些名人出现在这些节目中谈论他们的生活。
该句的句型为“There
be+名词+介词短语+现在分词短语”。主语为“famous
people”,“talking
about
their
lives”是现在分词短语作补语，补充说明主语的情况。
Eg.
There
are
many
children
playing
in
the
playground.有很多孩子在操场上玩。
[典型例题]
1.There
are
always
famous
people________these
shows_______about
their
lives.
A.
in
;
talk
B.
on
;are
talking
C.
in;
is
taking
D.
on:
talking
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】A
weekly
round-up
of
what
is
happening
in
sports,
with
lots
of
up-to-date
information.
(P80)
1、weekly
，形容词，意为“每一周的”，类似的还有daily,monthly,yearly
Eg.
The
weekly
meeting
enables
employees
to
air
their
grievances.
周会可以让雇员诉说他们的委屈。
[经典例题]
1.Voice
of
China
is
a
______
music
programme
covered
______every
Friday.
A.
week’s
;
live
B.
week’s;
lively
C.
weekly;
lively
D.
weekly;
live
2、round-up，名词，意为“综述，（尤指新闻）摘要，概要”。a
round-up
of意为“……的摘要”。
Eg.
If
you
don't
know
the
whole
story,
here's
a
round-up
of
what's
been
going
on.
如果你不知道整个故事，这里有一个关于已发生的事情的摘要。
3、happen，动词，意为“发生”，没有被动语态，主语一般是事情。
（1）sth.
happen
to
sb.
/sth.，意为“某人某物发生某事”。
Eg.
The
lucky
moment
could
happen
to
anyone.
幸运的时刻可能发生在任何人身上。
（2）happen
to
do
sth.
意为“某人碰巧做某事”。
Eg.
Did
you
happen
to
see
her
leave
last
Wednesday?
上星期三你正好碰巧看见她离开？
（3）It
happens
+
that从句,意为“碰巧……”当that从句中的主语是人时，可转化为sb.
happen
to
do
sth.结构。
Eg.
It
happened
that
he
was
not
there
that
day.
偏巧那天他不在。
[辨析]happen与take
place
两者都表示“发生”，二者都没有被动语态。happen指未经筹划偶然发生；take
place指的是有计划、有安排地发生，意为“举行，发生”。
Eg.
Falls
happen
to
everyone
sometimes.
人人偶尔都会摔跤。
The
meeting
should
take
place
on
the
fifth
of
May.
会议应于5月5日举行。
[经典例题]
1.The
presentation_______
in
Beijing
this
coming
Saturday.
A.
will
be
taken
place
B.
will
be
happened
C.
will
hold
D.
will
be
held
2.Great
changes_________in
Zhenjiang
in
the
past
five
years.
A.have
happened
B.have
taken
place
C.have
been
happened
D.have
been
taken
place
3.When
I
was
about
to
telephone
my
father,
he
happened_________.
A.to
come
in
B.to
coming
in
C.on
coming
in
D.coming
in
4.---Do
you
know_________Sandy
last
night??
---She
forgot
where
she
left
the
car
and
it
took
her
two
hours
to
find
it.
A.what
happens
to
B.what
happened
to
C.what
has
happened
to
D.what
happened
with
5.---
What
_______?
---
Oh,
nothing
serious.
I
____
my
homework
at
home.
A.has
happened;
have
left
B.
has
happened;
have
forgotten
C.is
happening;
have
lost
D.
will
happen;
have
left
6.Do
you
know________during
the
night?
There
is
too
much
noise
and
so
many
people
shouted
loudly.
A
what
was
happened
B.what
the
matter
was
C
what
happened
D.how
the
matter
has
happened
4、up-to-date，形容词，意为“最新的，现代的”。
Eg.
You
need
an
up-to-date
Web
browser.
你需要一个最新的网络浏览器。
【知识梳理2】The
programme
covers
different
sports,
such
as
swimming,
basketball
and
football.(P80)该节目涵盖不同的体育运动，如：游泳、篮球和足球。
1、cover，及物动词，意为“报道；电视报道”。
Eg.
He
managed
to
cover
a
lot
of
ground
in
a
short
talk.
他在简短的谈话中涵盖了许多领域。
[拓展]
（1）cover，及物动词，还意为“覆盖；掩盖”。常用短语：cover...with...意为“用……覆盖……”；be
covered
with意为“被……覆盖”。
Eg.
The
lake
was
covered
with
a
sheet
of
ice.
湖面上覆盖着一层冰。
（2）cover，可数名词，意为“封面，盖子，罩”。
Eg.
Her
face
was
on
the
cover
of
every
magazine.
各种杂志的封面都有她的头像。
（3）cover，动词，意为“报道，采访”。
Eg.
My
sister
covered
the
traffic
accident.我姐姐报道了那起交通事故。
[经典例题]
1.TV
is
popular
because
it
____
all
kinds
of
art,
such
as
music
and
photography.
A.
makes
B.
covers
C.
takes
D.
brings
2.A
Bite
of
China
2
includes
eight
episodes.
It
________
the
stories
of
more
than
150
people,
and
over
300
types
of
food.
A.finds
B.proves
C.covers
D.imagines
3.The
program
_______
different
sports,
_______
basketball,
swimming,
and
football.
A.
discovers;
for
example
B.
includes;
as
C.
covers;
such
as
D.
covering;
like
4.This
year’s
Beijing
Music
Awards________live
on
CCTV-1
last
night.
A.covered
B.was
covered
C.will
cover
D.will
be
covered
5.The
traveller
was
covered________snow.
A.on
B.for
C.at
D.with
6.---Why
does
the
earth
look
blue
in
space?
---Because
most
of
the
earth's
surface________
by
water.
A.
covers
B.
is
covered
C.
cover
D.
are
covered
2、such
as，意为“例如”，后常常列举同类事物中的同类事物中的部分人或物，但又不将列举的内容全部说出来，用逗号与前面的句子隔开，相当于介词like。
Eg.
Cities
such
as
Tokyo
are
spreading
out.
像东京这样的城市正在扩展。
[辨析]such
as与for
example
都是列举同类事物中的部分人或物
（1）such
as，罗列几个例子，位于句中，用逗号与前句隔开
（2）for
example，只举一个例子，位置比较灵活，可在句中，也可以在句末，如在句中不但前面有逗号，后面也用逗号与后句隔开，相当于一个插入语。
Eg.
Take,
for
example,
the
simple
sentence:
"The
man
climbed
up
the
hill."
以这个简单句为例：“那个人爬上了山坡。”
[经典例题]
1.The
boy
has
many
hobbies，________swimming,dancing
and
reading.?
A.the
same
as
B.for
example
C.as
D.such
as
2.I
like
to
eat
fruit,
_______
bananas,
apples,
pineapples
and
strawberries.
A.the
same
as
B.
for
example
C.
such
as
D.
as
an
example
【知识梳理3】If
you
are
a
football
fan,
you
will
not
want
to
miss
this
week’s
programme.
(P80)如果你是一个足球迷，你将不想错过这周的节日。
fan，名词，意为“迷;狂热爱好者；狂热仰慕者”。
Eg.
He
must
be
a
ping-pong
fan.
他一定是个乒乓球迷。
[拓展]fan，名词，意为“风扇”。
Eg.
He
cools
himself
in
front
of
an
electric
fan.
他在一个电扇前面吹凉。
[经典例题]
1.---Shall
we
watch
Korean
TV
dramas
together?
---
________.
They
will
kill
me.
A.They
are
worth
watching
B.It’s
a
waste
of
time
B.I’d
rather
watch
some
D.
I
am
a
fan
of
TV
dramas
【知识梳理4】There
are
a
number
of
interviews
with
famous
players.(P80)
（本节目中）有很多对著名运动员的访谈内容。
1、[辨析]a
number
of与the
number
of
a
number
of意为“一些；许多的；若干的”，相当于many，后接可数名词复数。做主语时，谓语动词用复数形式，number前面可以用large或small等词修饰，表示程度。
the
number
of意为“……的数量”，后面接可数名词复数。作主语时，谓语动词用第三人称单数。
Eg.
A
number
of
parents
have
voiced
concern
about
their
children's
safety.
一些家长对他们子女的安全表示了担心。
The
number
of
companies
offering
them
work
increased.
给他们提供工作的公司的数量增多了。
[经典例题]
1.In
our
school
library
there
____
a
number
of
books
on
science,
and
in
these
years
the
number
of
them
____
growing
larger
and
larger.
A.
are;
is
B.
is;
are
C.
have;
are
D.
has;
is
2.The
number
of
the
volunteers
in
our
city
________
2,000.
And
sixty
percent
of
them
________
teachers
and
students.
A.is;
is
B.is;
are
C.are;
is
D.are;
are
3.We
can
guess
___________people
are
eating
in
the
restaurant
from
_________
cars
in
front
of
it.
A.
the
number
of,
a
number
of
B.
a
number
of,
a
number
of
C.
a
number
of,
the
number
of
D.
the
number
of,
the
number
of
4.---______
is
the
number
of
the
students
in
our
school?—More
than
_________.
A.
How
much,
three
thousand
B.
What,
three
thousands
of
C.
What,
three
thousand
D.
How
much,
three
thousands
5.---What’s
the
number
of
computers
in
your
classroom?
---I
am
not
sure,
but
I
am
very
pleased
to
know
it
is
getting_________
A.more
and
more
B.
fewer
and
fewer
C.
larger
and
larger
D.
smaller
and
smaller
6.The
number
of
the
volunteers________100
now.And
a
small
number
of
them_______already
gone
to
the
workplace.?
A.is;have
B.are;have
C.is;are
D.is;has
7.A
large
number
of
Hollywood
movies________in
China
every
year.
The
number
of
imported
(进口)
Hollywood
movies
in
2014________34.
A.
are
shown;
is
B.
are
shown;
are
C.
is
shown;
is
D.
is
shown;
are
8.________people
are
waiting
in
line
to
pay.
A.A
number
of
B.The
number
of
C.A
deal
of
D.The
numbers
of
9.It’s
reported
that
a
large
number
of
people________given
up
smoking
after
attending
the
lecture
and
the
number________added
up
to
nearly
300.
A.has;has
B.have;have
C.has;have
D.have;has
10.________
number
of
people
think
the
movie
is
well
worth
________．
A.
The;
being
seen
B.
A;
being
seen
C.
A;
seeing
D.
The;
seeing
2、interview，可数名词，意为“采访，面试”。可构成短语have
an
interview
with
sb.，意为“采访某人”。
Eg.
He
came
over
well
in
the
interview.
他在面试中给人留下了很好的印象。
[经典例题]
1.---There
was
a
report
________
the?housing?situation
in
yesterday’s
newspaper.
---Yes.
And
it
included
an
interview
________
an
government
officer.
A.for;
with
B.about;
by
C.on;
with
D.by;
on
2.The
host
had
________
interview__________
Lucy's
uncle
at
the
meeting.
A.
a;
with
B.
an;
on
C.
an;
with
D.
a;
on
【知识梳理5】This
year’s
Beijing
Music
Awards
will
be
covered
live
this
Saturday.(P80)
本年度“北京音乐奖颁奖大会”将于本周六现场直播。
live，副词，意为“在现场直播，实况直播”。
Eg.
It
was
broadcast
live
in
50
countries.
它在50个国家进行了现场直播。
[经典例题]
1.Spring
Festival
Gala
Evening
will
be
covered
________
tomorrow
evening.
A.
life
B.
alive
C.
live
D.
lively
【知识梳理6】Many
Asian
pop
stars
will
attend.(P80)许多亚洲流行明星将会出席。
Asian，形容词，意为“亚洲的，亚洲人的”。
Eg.
In
some
Asian
countries,
such
as
Thailand,
poker
is
illegal.
在某些亚洲国家如泰国，玩扑克是非法的。
[拓展]Asian，名词，意为“亚洲人”。
Eg.
Many
of
the
shops
were
run
by
Asians.
这些商店中有许多是由亚洲人经营的。
[拓展]Asia，名词，意为“亚洲”。
Eg.
He
has
travelled
widely
in
Asia.
他在亚洲许多地方旅行过。
【知识梳理7】About
300,000
fans
have
voted
online
for
their
favourite
songs,
singers
and
music
videos,
and
the
results
will
be
announced
during
the
show.（P80）大约三十万歌迷已经在线给他们最喜爱的歌曲、歌手及音乐视频投票，结果将在节目进行期间宣布。
1、vote
，不及物动词，意为“投票，选举”，vote
for意为“投票赞成”;vote
against意为“投票反对”。
Eg.
Did
you
vote
for
or
against
her?
你投了她的赞成票还是反对票？
[经典例题]
1.You
can
send
text
messages
________
10099
to
vote
________
your
favourite
TV
programme.
A.
to;
to
B.
on;
to
C.
on;
for
D.
to;
for
2.The
audience
can
vote
________
their
favourite
singers
________
the
Internet.
A.
to;
for
B.
for;
for
C.
for;
on
D.
for;
to
2、announce，动词，意为“宣布，宣告”，后接名词、代词或that从句作宾语。表示“向某人宣布某事”用announce
sth.
to
sb.
Eg.
They
will
announce
the
result
of
the
vote
tonight.
今晚他们将宣布投票结果。
[经典例题]
1.---Do
you
know
the
result
of
the
competition?
---No.
It
___________.
A.
Hasn’t
announced
B.wasn’t
announced
C.
Didn’t
announced
D.
hasn’t
been
announced
【知识梳理8】Write
down
your
answers
and
send
text
messages
to
1396
while
watching
the
show.(P80)
你在观看节目的时候，写下你的答案并发送短信至1936。
message，名词，意为“消息，意念”。send
messages
to
sb.
意为“（给某人）发短信”。
[拓展]message相关短语
give/pass
sb.
a
message
捎口信给某人
leave
a
message
留个口信
take
a
message
for
sb.
为某人捎个口信
[经典例题]
1.When
Peter
comes,please
ask
him
to
leave
a_________.?
A.notice
B.message
C.sentence
D.information
2.What
useful______
they
are!—Yes.
There
is
so
much
important
______
in
today’s
newspaper.
A.
news;
information
B.messages;
message
C.
messages;
information
D.
information;
message
【知识梳理9】Murder
in
a
Country
House
is
a
horror
film
directed
by
Cindy
Clark，a
new
director.(P80)《乡宅凶杀案》是一部由新晋导演辛迪·克拉克执导的恐怖片。
1、direct，及物动词，意为“导演”。
directed
by
Cindy
Clark为过去分词短语作后置定语，表示被动。
Eg.
The
movie
was
directed
by
Steven
Spielberg.
这部电影是由史蒂文?斯皮尔伯格导演的。
[经典例题]
1.I
think
the
new
film
_______
by
Mr.
Zhang
_______
seeing.
A.
is
directed;
worth
B.
directed;
worth
C.
is
directed;
is
worth
D.
directed;is
worth
2.---What’s
the
director
of
OLD
WELL?
---It
_____________by
Zhang
Yimou.
A.
is
directing
B.
directed
C.
was
directed
D.
directs
【知识梳理10】In
the
film,
a
wealthy
doctor
is
found
dead
in
his
house.(P80)
在这部电影中，一名富有的医生被发现死在他的房子里。
1、wealthy，形容词，意为“富有的；富裕的”，反义词为
poor。
Eg.
She
had
managed
to
hook
a
wealthy
husband.
她成功地钓到了一位有钱的丈夫。
[典型例题]
1.Ma
Yun
is
one
of
__________________(富有的)
businessman
in
China
now.
2、dead，形容词，作主语的补足语，意为“死的”。
be
found
dead
，意为“被发现死了”是被动语态结构。其主动结构是“find+sb./
sth.+adj.”，意为“发现某人/某物……”，其中的形容词作宾语补足语。
Eg.
I
find
cooking
very
relaxing.
我发现烹饪非常令人放松。
[拓展]die,为短暂性动词,意为“死”。若表示延续性的状态则用be
dead;名词为death。常用短语有die
of和die
from:die
of
强调死亡的原因为内因,如身体或情绪方面;die
from强调外因,如车祸或灾害等。例如：
Eg.
He
died
of
old
age.
他终其天年。
He
died
from
the
wounds
he
had
received
to
his
chest.
他由于胸部受伤而死亡。
[经典例题]
1.Can
you
help
me
_________who
broke
the
window?
A.
find
out
B.look
for
C.find
D.look
2.At
times,
I
find
it
difficult_______
with
my
grandparents.
A
talk
B.
talked
C.
talking
D.
to
talk
3.Helen
was
sad
because
her
pet
cat
was
found_________this
morning.
A.die
B.death
C.to
die
D.dead
4.He
found
the
text_______to
understand.
A.difficulty
B.difficulties
C.difficult
D.difficultly
5.More
and
more
people________COVID-19.
A.are
dead
from
B.are
dying
of
C.are
dying
from
D.are
dead
of
6.Lost
in
the
desert,the
young
man________lack
of
water.
A.died
from
B.died
of
C.died
away
D.died
down
【知识梳理11】However,
if
you
get
scared
easily,
do
not
watch
it!
(P81)
然而，如果你很容易害怕，就不要看了!
scared
，形容词，意为“害怕的；恐惧的”，常用作表语，修饰人或有生命的动物，其同义词是afraid或
frightened.
Eg.
One
thing
I
am
sure
of
was
that
she
was
scared.
有一点我可以肯定的是她被吓坏了。
[经典例题]
1.I
don't
mind
____，
because
I
like
films
____
horror
and
mysteries.
A.
feeling
scared；full
of
B.
to
feel
scared；full
of
C.
feeling
scared；filled
of
D.
to
feel
scared；filled
with
2.---What
about
watching
a
horror
movie
after
finishing
the
work?
---Are
you
kidding
me?
I
don't
want
to
get
________
before
going
to
sleep.
A.nervous
B.bored
C.relaxed
D.scared
【知识梳理12】This
one-hour
documentary
takes
a
close
look
at
the
life
of
tigers
in
India.(P81)这部长达一小时的纪录片近距离观察了印度虎的生活。
1、one-hour，意为“一个小时的”。one-hour为“数词+名词”构成的复合词，其中hour必须用单数形式。
ten-minute
walk步行十分钟的路程
2、close，形容词，意为“近的，亲密的”。take
a
look
at
sth.
意为“看一看……”
Eg.
She
is
very
close
to
her
father.
她和父亲的关系很亲密。
[经典例题]
1.This
guidebook______at
the
beauty
of
this
park
in
Suzhou.
A.takes
a
close
look
B.
takes
a
closed
look
C.makes
close
look
D.
makes
a
close
look
【知识梳理13】I
don’t
mind
feeling
scared,
but
I
have
to
go
to
bed
at
10:30
p.m.(P83)
我不在意感到害怕，但我必须在晚上十点半上床睡觉。
mind，动词，意为“当心；注意；介意。”后跟名词、代词、动名词或从句
Eg.
I
hope
you
don't
mind
the
noise.
希望你不介意这声音。
[经典例题]
1.Many
teenagers
like
to
do
what
their
parents
mind
________
they
have
grown
up.
A.showing
B.to
show
C.showed
D.show
2.---Would
you
mind_______
the
window?
It’s
very
hot.
---Of
course
not.
A.open
B.
to
open
C.
opening
D.
to
opening
3.---Would
you
mind
not
________
so
much
noise?
The
baby
is
sleeping.
---Sorry,
I
didn't
know.
I
________
she
was
awake.
A.
make;
think
B.
making;
thought
C.
making;
think
D.
make;
thought
4.
In
character-training
of
children,
what
really________much
is
what
their
parents
say
and
do.
A.
considers
B.
values
C.
matters
D.
minds
能力实践
一、根据句意及汉语提示、英文释义或上下文语境写出单词
1.
Tom
gives
every
student
an
________
(最新的)
magazine
to
introduce
his
invention.
2.
The
________
(喜欢动物的人)
are
trying
their
best
to
help
the
endangered
wild
animals.
3.
If
we
don’t
protect
the
lovely
animals,
they
________
(可能)
disappear
in
the
future.
4.
Now
many
of
us
have
got
used
to
________
(记录)
our
life
on
the
friends
circle
of
WeChat.
5.
I
think
that
Jiang
Wen
is
one
of
the
most
talented
________
(导演)
in
China.
6.
India
is
a
wonderful
country
with
beautiful
________
(views
that
you
see)
and
interesting
people.
7.
It
is
his
first
time
to
speak
in
front
of
his
class
and
he
was
________
(feel
afraid
or
nervous)
to
death.
8.
The
school
newsletter
________
(shown
on
TV,
in
newspapers,
etc.
)
what
is
happening
in
our
school
every
week.
9.
—Next
week,
we
are
going
to
________
for
our
new
monitor.
—Then
who
will
you
support?
Lucy
or
Jack?
10.
—Excuse
me.
Can
I
buy
this
kind
of
medicine?
—Sorry,
I’m
afraid
I
can’t
sell
this
medicine
to
you
________
you
show
me
the
doctor’s
note.
二、用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空
1.
All
my
family
members
are
preparing
for
the
________
(come)
Christmas
party.
2.
Hangzhou
will
be
the
third
Chinese
city
to
host
the
________
(Asia)
Games
after
Beijing
and
Guangzhou.
3.
China
is
developing
rapidly
and
it’s
________
(wealth)
and
more
powerful
than
ever
before.
4.
The
film
Mona,
________
(direct)
by
John
Masker
and
Ron
Clement,
tells
a
story
about
a
girl’s
adventures
(冒险)
on
sea
to
save
her
people.
5.
You
need
to
think
them
twice.
The
________
(decide)
you
have
made
don’t
seem
so
good.
6.
Hurry
up!
We
must
get
the
work
________
(finish)
before
7
o’clock
in
the
afternoon.
7.
It’s
said
the
result
we
are
interested
in
________
(announce)
as
soon
as
possible.
8.
—What
do
you
think
of
our
hotel?
—Good!
I’m
________
(especial)
satisfied
with
the
high
level
of
your
service.
9.
The
police
caught
the
________
(murder),
though
they
hid
themselves
everywhere.
10.
Tell
me
about
yourself,
________
(include)
your
family
background
and
where
you
grew
up.
三、单项选择
1.
Let’s
vote
______
our
favourite
super
girl
______
the
Internet,
shall
we?
A.
for;
in
B.
to;
on
C.
on;
over
D.
for;
on
2.
—There
______
a
number
of
books
in
our
school
library.
—Yes,
and
the
number
of
books
______
getting
larger
than
last
year.
A.
is;
is
B.
is;
are
C.
are;
are
D.
are;
is
3.
It’s
said
the
documentary
will
be
covered
______
.
It
brings
dinosaurs
______
on
screen.
A.
alive;
live
B.
lively;
living
C.
lively;
alive
D.
live;
alive
4.
In
the
film,
a
doctor
is
found
______
in
his
house,
so
the
film
is
______
horror
and
mysteries.
A.
dying;
fill
of
B.
dead;
full
with
C.
dead;
full
of
D.
die;
filled
with
5.
The
man
______
be
a
doctor
in
this
hospital,
but
I’m
not
sure.
A.
must
B.
would
C.
can
D.
might
6.
The
days
______
get
longer
and
longer
when
spring
comes.
A.
may
B.
might
C.
can
D.
could
7.
Don’t
stop
your
kids
doing
something
again
and
again.
You
should
______
why
they
do
so.
A.
find
out
B.
work
out
C.
give
out
D.
turn
out
8.
—Is
your
WeChat
account
(账户)
safe?
—Yes,
even
my
father
can’t
use
it
______
I
tell
him
the
password.
A.
when
B.
unless
C.
while
D.
if
9.
—Tom,
have
you
ever
read
the
book
A
Tale
of
Two
Cities
______
by
Charles
Dickens?
—Yes,
I
finished
reading
it
last
winter
vacation.
A.
wrote
B.
to
write
C.
writing
D.
written
10.
—Who
will
win
the
first
prize
in
the
drawing
competition?
—Nobody
can
know
the
result
until
it
______
tomorrow
morning.
A.
will
announce
B.
will
be
announced
C.
is
announced
D.
announces
四、任务型阅读（培优）
Televisions
have
been
necessary
in
most
houses
for
a
long
time.
Children
are
very
fond
of
watching
TV.
Some
parents
are
happy
about
that
because
it
keeps
their
children
from
playing
with
and
breaking
things.
Watching
TV
can
help
your
children
learn
about
lots
of
things
such
as
music,
other
countries
and
many
other
things.
They
will
learn
about
what
is
good
and
what
is
bad.
TV
also
provides
children
with
up-to-date
information
about
the
outside
world.
However,
it’s
not
right
to
say
that
watching
TV
doesn’t
have
any
bad
effect
on
children.
You
can’t
let
them
watch
TV
as
much
as
they
want.
Watching
TV
takes
a
lot
of
time.
Children
need
to
discover
the
world
by
themselves
not
just
from
TV.
Besides,
children
are
growing
and
they
need
to
move
around
and
get
lots
of
exercise.
Sitting
still
and
watching
TV
too
much
will
make
children
become
weaker
physically.
Most
children
like
to
eat
snacks
while
watching
TV.
That
will
make
them
put
on
weight.
To
make
it
worse
there
may
be
too
many
ads
and
violent
(暴力的)
scenes
on
TV.
These
things
of
course
are
bad
for
children.
As
parents
you
should
control
the
amount
of
TV
that
your
children
watch.
You
have
to
choose
the
right
channels
for
them
and
shouldn’t
let
the
TV
be
on
all
day.
Turn
it
off
right
after
their
programmes
end.
Encourage
them
to
take
part
in
outdoor
activities
and
do
more
things.
Never
put
a
TV
in
the
bedroom
especially
in
your
children’s
room!
Children
and
TVAdvantagesChildren
play
with
or
___1___
things
less
often
because
of
TV.
TV
makes
it
possible
for
children
to
learn
about
the
world
and
it
___2___
the
latest
information
for
children.DisadvantagesChildren
often
___3___
a
lot
of
time
watching
TV.
It’s
not
good
for
children
to
discover
the
world
from
TV
___4___
of
by
themselves.
Watching
TV
too
much
does
___5___
to
children’s
health.
Some
programmes
are
___6___
for
children’s
mind.___7___
for
parents___8___
the
amount
of
TV
that
the
children
watch
and
choose
the
right
channels.
Turn
the
TV
off
after
their
programmers
are
___9___
.
Encourage
children
to
take
part
in
more
outdoor
___10___
.
五、首字母填空（培优）
Growing
pains
was
on
television
from
1985
to
1992.
This
was
a
total
of
seven
years,
and
it
told
over
one
hundred
and
sixty
d___1___
stories.
During
its
history,
the
show
had
over
forty
writers.
The
programme
was
about
a
family
of
s___2___
who
lived
on
Long
Island,
near
New
York
City.
The
parents
were
a
working
couple.
The
father
was
a
doctor
and
the
mother
was
a
writer
at
a
newspaper.
They
had
four
children.
The
oldest
child
was
Mike.
He
was
the
main
r___3___
for
the
programme’s
big
success.
From
the
start
of
Growing
pains,
Mike
was
always
getting
into
trouble.
He
was
caught
for
driving
a
car
too
fast.
He
p___4___
his
parents
that
he
would
never
ride
a
motorcycle,
but
then
he
hurt
himself
when
riding
one.
However,
in
the
last
year
of
the
programme,
he
helped
a
boy
who
had
n___5___
home,
and
asked
his
family
to
help
him
care
for
and
support
the
boy.
T___6___
his
parents
were
worried
because
he
often
broke
his
promises,
the
way
he
cared
for
this
boy
made
them
proud
to
have
him
as
their
son.
These
stories
are
good
e___7___
of
the
two
sides
of
Mike’s
nature
(本性).
He
sometimes
did
wrong
things,
but
he
also
cared
for
others.
Mike
became
very
p___8___
.
His
face
was
in
every
magazine
for
teenagers,
and
young
girls
put
up
photos
of
him
on
their
bedroom
w___9___
.
Why
did
people
like
the
programme?
Perhaps
most
of
its
stories
were
about
family
problems.
Like
Mike’s
parents,
many
parents
often
w___10___
about
their
children
and
have
difficult
decisions
to
make
about
the
family
problems.
Even
now
the
show
still
appears
on
American
TV.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
3
Teenage
problems（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.As
we
all
know,the
harder
you
work,the
more
(分数)
you
will
get.?
2.My
mother
got
(生气的)
after
she
heard
that
my
little
brother
broke
a
glass.?
3.If
you
are
always
absent
from
class,you
will
fail
the
(考试).?
4.—Tony,have
you
got
a
plan
for
the
summer
vacation?
—Not
yet.
(也许)
I’ll
go
to
my
hometown
with
my
family.?
5.Scientists
have
done
much
research
on
(青少年的)
problems.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给单词或短语的适当形式填空
enough,
sleep,
too
much,
feel
lonely,
do
morning
exercise
1.If
you
eat
chocolate,you’ll
put
on
weight.?
2.If
we
visit
or
make
telephones
to
our
parents
often,
they
won’t
.?
3.Would
you
be
kind
to
take
a
message
to
him??
4.Tom
is
always
in
class
because
he
often
plays
computer
games
until
midnight.?
5.In
our
school,students
have
to
every
day.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.请看第15页的第二段。
the
second
paragraph
on
Page
15,please.?
2.为什么不先在附近张贴一些标志呢?
some
signs
in
the
neighbourhood
first??
3.这些灯已经亮了好几个小时了。
The
lights
for
several
hours.?
4.我的父母整天都在工作,没有时间陪我。
My
parents
and
have
me.?
5.每天放学以后用英语跟我交谈怎么样?
talking
me
in
English
after
school
every
day?
兴趣起航
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】teenage
problems
(P34)青少年问题
1、teenage，形容词，意为“青少年的”
Eg.
She
looked
like
any
other
teenage
girl.
她看上去和别的少女一样。
[拓展]teenager，可数名词，意为“青少年”
Eg.
Teenagers'
magazine
is
inviting
teenagers
to
join
a
writing
competition.
《青少年》杂志正在邀请青少年们参加一个写作比赛。
2、problem，可数名词，意为“问题”
[常用搭配]
have
some
problems
with
sth/(in)
doing
sth意为“在某方面有些困难/问题”
Eg.
I
have
problems
with
family
and
friends.
我存在家庭问题和朋友问题。
He
will
have
problems
in
finding
a
job
even
if
he
can
pass
the
exam.
即便他能通过考试，以后找工作也成问题。
[辨析]problem,
question
problem常指客观上存在的等待解决的问题，首重指困难的问题或有关运算的问题。question通常指人们主观上产生的、需要得到解答或解释的问题。
【知识梳理2】I'm
getting
fat.(P34)我正在变胖。
get，系动词，意为“变得”。
Eg.
When
spring
comes,
it
gets
warmer
and
warmer.
春天来临时，天气变的越来越暖和。
[拓展]系动词除be以外，还有
变化系动词：get/become/turn/go
+形容词。
延续系动词：keep/stay/remain+形容词。
感官系动词：smell/look/sound/taste/touch/feel+形容词。
表象系动词：appear/seem+形容词。翻译为：看起来、好像，似乎…
Eg.
These
roses
smell
good.
这些玫瑰气味很香。
【知识梳理3】You
eat
too
much.(P34)你吃得太多。
too
much，意为“太多”，
（1）作形容词用修饰不可数名词
Eg.
Too
much
sun
isn't
good
for
you.
晒太阳太多对你并没有好处。
（2）作副词用，修饰不及物动词
Eg.
Don't
use
too
much
of
it—it
cost
a
lot
of
money.
这东西很贵，不要用得太多。
（3）作名词用。
Eg.
If
you
eat
too
much,
the
surplus
is
laid
down
as
fat.
要是吃得太多，过剩的营养就会堆积成为脂肪。
[拓展]much
too意为“太，非常”，作副词用，修饰形容词或副词。
Eg.
The
other
one
was
much
too
expensive.
另一个太贵了。
[经典例题]
1.It’s
unhealthy
for
you
to
drink
________wine.
A.many
too
B.much
too
C.too
many
D.too
much
2.He
has
________
things
to
do
every
day,
so
he
is
________
busy.
A.much
too;
too
much
B.much
too;
too
many
C.too
many;
much
too
D.too
much;
much
too
【知识梳理4】Why
not
eat
less
and
exercise
more?(P34)为什么不少吃多锻炼呢?
Why
not意为“为什么不”，相当于“Why
don't
you”，常用来提出建议，后接动词原形。
Eg.
Why
not
listen
to
your
feelings?
为何不倾听你自己的感受？
[拓展]表达建议的四种句型以go
shopping为例
Eg.
How/What
about
going
shopping?
Let’s
go
shopping.
Why
not/Why
don’t
you
go
shopping?
Shall
we
go
shopping?
[经典例题]
1.—Are
you
going
to
try
out
for
the
host
of
the
English
party?
—_________?
It
is
such
a
good
chance
to
improve
my
spoken
English.?
A.What’s
up
B.What’s
wrong
C.Why
me
D.Why
not
【知识梳理5】I
don’t
have
enough
time
to
do
my
homework.(P35)我没有足够的时间去做作业。
have
enough
time
to
do
sth./for
sth.有足够的时间去做某事。
Eg.
Because
of
the
pressure
of
schoolwork,
I
never
had
enough
time
to
develop
my
hobbies.
由于学业压力，我没有足够的时间来发展我的兴趣爱好。
[经典例题]
1.The
man
is
_____to
lift
the
box.
A.weak
enough
B.enough
strong
C.strong
enough
D.tall
enough
【知识梳理6】The
TV
is
always
on
at
my
home.
(P35)
我家电视总是开着。
be
on意为“开着的，准备好的”，on是副词，意为“在进行着，处于工作状态中”，常指电灯、电视等电器开着。其反义词组是be
off。
Eg.
The
meeting
has
been
on
for
a
long
while.
会议已经开始很久了。
[拓展]与副词on构成的短语
work
on
从事于，致力于
move
on向前（移动）
put
on
穿上
try
on
试穿
[经典例题]
1.The
light
is
too
bright.
Please
________
a
little.
A.turn
it
on
B.turn
it
off
C.turn
it
up
D.turn
it
down
2.Tom
went
out
to
play
basketball
with
the
TV______.
A.on
B.in
C.of
D.at
2.—Is
Jack
still
busy
preparing
for
the
coming
final
exam?
—Of
course.
Look!
The
light
in
his
room
is
still
________.
A.open
B.off
C.on
D.opened
【知识梳理7】The
noise
almost
drives
me
mad.(P35)
噪音几乎使我发疯。
1、noise，不可数名词，意为“噪音”
[辨析]noise，voice，sound
（1）noise意为“噪音”、“喧闹声”，常指不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声。
Eg.
There
was
too
much
noise
in
the
room
and
he
needed
peace.
房间里有太多噪音了，他需要安静。
（2）voice一般指人的声音，说话、唱歌。谈笑都可用voice。sound和noise不仅能指人的声音，还可以表示别的动物发出的声音;而voice除了有时可指鸟的声音外，很少表示其它动物的声音。
Eg.
Miriam's
voice
was
strangely
calm.
米里亚姆的声音出奇地平静。
（3）sound作“声音”，“响声”讲时，可以指人或动物发出的声音，或物体碰撞的声言。这个词的使用范围很大。可以说，大自然的任何“声音”都可以用sound。
Eg.
Peter
heard
the
sound
of
gunfire.
彼得听见了枪炮声。
[经典例题]
1.At
the
foot
of
the
hill
you
could
hear
nothing
but
the_________of
the
running
water.?
A.shout
B.sound
C.voice
D.noise
2.The
students
went
out
of
the
classroom
_____
.
A.
noise
B.
noisy
C.
noisily
D.
quiet
3.He
told
me
the
news
in
a
low_______.
A.sound
B.noise
C.voice
D.noises
2、drive
动词，意为“使……不利润，迫使”。drive
sb
mad/crazy，“使某人受不了”。
Eg.
My
wife
sure
knows
how
to
drive
me
mad.
我的妻子一定知道怎样可使我发疯。
3、mad，形容词，意为“发疯的”。常用搭配go
mad，意为“发疯”
Eg.
You
must
be
mad
to
risk
it.
你去冒这种风险，简直是疯了。
[拓展]mad，表语形容词，意为“生气的”。短语be
mad
at...，意为“生…的气”
Eg.
She's
mad
at
me
for
being
late.
我迟到了，她非常生气。
[拓展]madly，副词，意为“疯狂地”。
madness，名词，意为“疯狂”。
Eg.It
would
be
madness
to
trust
a
man
like
that.
信任这样的人将是愚蠢至极。
[典型例题]
1.这部无聊的电影使我受不了。
_________________________________
【知识梳理8】Sometimes
I
feel
lonely.
(P35)
有时我感觉孤独。
lonely，形容词，意为“孤单的；寂寞的；偏僻的”。
Eg.
I
felt
pretty
lonely
last
year
being
on
my
own.
我去年独自生活时感到特别孤独。
[辨析]lonely，alone
lonely是指心灵上的，译为孤独，寂寞，既可以作定语，也可以作表语，作表语是寂寞，孤立的意思，作定语指地方荒无人烟，
alone是指行为或动作上的，译为单独，独自，alone可以作形容词，也可以作副词，但是只作表语，lonely可用于地点，表示“偏僻，人迹罕至”，
[经典例题]
1.Old
Mr
Green
doesn’t
feel___________because
some
students
visit
him
regularly.?
A.sadly
B.gently
C.lonely
D.angrily
2.His
grandparents
live
_________
in
a
small
house,
but
they
don't
feel_________.
A.
lonely;
alone
B.
alone;
lonely
C.
lonely;
lonely
D.
alone;
alone
3.The
old
man
lived
________
on
a
________
island,
but
he
didn't
feel
________
because
of
a
lovely
dog.
A.alone;
lonely;
lonely
B.alone;
lonely;
alone
C.lonely;
alone;
alone
D.lonely;
alone;
lonely
【知识梳理9】Sometimes
I
get
low
marks
in
exams.(P35)
有时候我考试的分数很低。
mark，可数名词，意为“分数”。
Eg.
I
got
full
marks
in
the
spelling
test.
我在拼写测验中得了个满分。
[拓展]mark，动词，意为“做记号；做标记”。
Eg.
Prices
are
marked
on
the
goods.
价格标在商品上。
【知识梳理10】Perhaps
you
should
manage
your
time
better
and
go
to
bed
earlier.(P35)也许你应该设法更好地安排你的时间，并早点睡觉。
manage，及物动词，意为“管理”
Eg.
She
has
very
good
people
skills
and
is
able
to
manage
a
team.
她有很好的人际交往技巧并能管理一个团队。
[拓展]manage
to
do
sth.设法做好某事
Eg.
How
do
you
manage
to
stay
so
slim?
你是怎样把身材保持得这么苗条的？
[典型例题]
1.他设法找到了一个停车的地方。
_________________________________________
【知识梳理11】OK.
I’ll
try.(P35)好，我会尽力。
[辨析]try
doing
sth.和try
to
do
sth.
try
doing
sth.表示“试着做某事”，做着试试看，看看结果如何。；try
to
do
sth.表示“尽量做某事”，强调付出努力，但不一定成功。
（1）She
tried
washing
her
hair
with
a
new
shampoo.
她试着用一种新的香波洗头发。
Eg.
Why
didn’t
you
try
riding
a
bike
to
go
to
school?
为什么不试着骑车去学校呢？
（2）I
tried
to
escape,
but
I
failed.
我努力着想逃走，但是没有成功。
Eg.
She
was
trying
not
to
cry.
她强忍住不哭出来。
[经典例题]
1.—I
usually
go
there
by
train.
—Why
not
__________
by
boat
for
a
change?
A.try
to
go
B.trying
to
go
C.to
try
and
go
D.try
going
2.The
advertisements
are
trying
_______
people
to
buy
things
they
don't
really
need.
A.
persuade ???
B.
persuading??????????
C.
be
persuading
D.
to
persuade
3.There
is
nothing
more
I
can
try______
you
to
stay,
so
I
wish
you
good
luck.
A.
being
persuaded
B.
persuading
C.
to
be
persuaded
D.
to
persuade
4.I’ve
got
a
terrible
headache.
I
tried
____
some
medicine,
but
it
didn’t
help.
A.?to
take
B.
having
taken
C.
taking
D.
to
have
taken
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】I
have
a
problem,
and
I
do
not
know
how
I
should
deal
with
it.(P36)我有一个难题，而且我不知道应该怎样处理它。
deal，不及物动词，意为“处理”。deal
with意为“处理应付”。
Eg.
When
I
worked
in
Florida
I
dealt
with
tourists
all
the
time.
我在佛罗里达州工作时一直和游客打交道。
[辨析]deal
with，do
with
deal
with意为“处置，处理"，因为deal是不及物动词，所以常与疑问词how连用；do
with也意为“处置，处理”，因为do是及物动词，常与疑问词what连用，what作do的宾语。
[经典例题]
1.Mr
Jiang
didn't
know
________
to
do
with
his
robot
and
I
don't
know
________
to
deal
with
my
pet.
A.how;
how
B.what;
how
C.what;
what
D.how;
what
2.I
have
a
problem
but
I
don’t
know________to
solve
it.?
A.how
B.what
C.where
D.when
3.It
took
me
almost
a
whole
day
to________so
many
emails.?
A.run
out
B.cut
in
C.cheer
for
D.deal
with
4.—Jim
feels
stressed
from
time
to
time,
but
he
doesn’t
know
______
about
it.
—He
can
get
help
from
his
teachers.
A.
Who
to
talk
B.
which
to
talk
to
C.
when
to
talk
to
D.
who
to
talk
to
【知识梳理2】I
have
a
lot
of
homework
every
day,
and
I
have
no
choice
but
to
do
it.（P36）我每天有许多家庭作业，我除了做它之外别无选择。
1、choice，作“选择”解时，是不可数名词，作“供选择的人或事物”解时，是可数名词。
Eg.
There
wasn't
much
choice
of
colour.
可供选择的颜色不多。
It's
a
straight
choice
between
low-paid
jobs
and
no
jobs.
这是一个有关低收入工作和没有工作两者之间的选择。
2、but用作介词时的用法
（1）but与no,
nobody,
nothing,none,who等词连用,意为除……之外”,来排除同类,从整体中除去一部分。如：
Eg.
Nobody
knew
her
but
me.除我以外,没有人认识她。
Nothing
but
disaster
would
come
from
such
a
plan.这个计划只能带来灾难,别无益处。
（2）but前若有do的某种形式(do;done;did;does)时,but后的功词不定式就省略to；若无则带to。
Eg.
She
understood
he
had
no
choice
but
to
fight
cancer
the
same
way.
她知道他没有别的选择只有以同样的精神来与癌症抗争。
He
did
nothing
all
day
long
but
watch
TV.一整天他除了看电视无所事事。
[注意]区分but,
except,
与besides
but除……之外；只有but后的词时仅有或存在的内容，通常与no，nothing，nobody等表示否定的词（组）连用。但当but前有实意动词do时，but后的不定式需省去toexcept除……之外（不再有）指从整体排除except后的人或物，常与all,everybody,everything等词连用besides除了……之外（还有）是指在原来的基础上加上besides后的人或物
[经典例题]
1.That
was
so
serious
a
matter
that
I
had
no
choice
but
________
the
police.
A.
called
in
B.
calling
in
C.
call
in
D.
to
call
in
2.Nobody
but
Jane
________the
secret.
A.
know
B.
knows
C.
have
known
D.
is
known
3.---Nobody
but
you
_______
late
for
school
this
morning.
---Sorry
,
I
_______
to
school
when
it
began
to
rain
heavily.
A.
was;
went
B.
were;
was
going
C.
was;
was
about
to
go
D.
is;
am
going
4.---Oh,
my
God!
We
have
missed
the
last
bus.
What
shall
we
do?
---I'm
afraid
we
have
no
___________
but
to
take
a
taxi.
A.
choice
B.
decision
C.
reason
D.
information
5.Sandy
could
do
nothing
but
_______
to
his
teacher
that
he
was
wrong.
A
admit
B
admitted
C
admitting
D.
to
admit
6.Lots
of
empty
bottles
were
found
under
the
old
mans
bed.
He
must
have
done
nothing
but
______.
A.
drink
B.
to
drink
C.
drinking
D.
drunk
7._________
but
fools
will
believe
what
he
said.
A.
None
B.
Nothing
C
Anything
D.
Everything
8.The
man
looked
at
the
rooms
but
he
could
see
_________empty
rooms.
A.
anything
but
B.
everything
but
C.
something
but
D.
nothing
but
9.Of
the
seven
days
in
a
week,
Saturday
is
said
to
be
the
most
popular
______
for
a
wedding
in
some
countries.
A
way
B.
situation
C.
event
D.
choice
【知识梳理3】I
often
have
to
stay
up
late.(P36)我不得不经常熬夜到很晚。
stay
up意为“不睡觉，熬夜”。
Eg.
I
used
to
stay
up
late
with
my
mom
and
watch
movies.
我过去常和妈妈熬夜看电影。
[经典例题]
1.---Don't
________
too
late,
or
you
will
feel
tired
in
class.
---I
won't.
Dad.
A.stay
up
B.
get
up
C.
stand
up
D.
wake
up
2.We
should
have
enough
sleep
instead
of
staying
up
late
________
we
can
make
ourselves
energetic
in
class.
A.ever
since
B.although
C.as
soon
as
D.so
that
3.What's
wrong
with
you,
Eric?
You
look
tired.
I
__________
to
prepare
for
the
final
exam
last
night.
A.
picked
up
B.
woke
up
C.
stayed
up
D.
put
up
【知识梳理4】I
know
it
is
important
to
finish
all
my
homework
on
time.(P36)
我知道按时完成所有的作业很重要。
on
time，意为“按时，准时”，强调事情发生于指定时间。
Eg.
She
always
pays
her
bills
on
time.
她总是按时支付账单。
[辨析]on
time，in
time
on
time意为“按时准时”，强调准点，指事情发生于指定时间，不早不晚in
time意为“及时”，指动作在规定的时间内或提前发生。
【知识梳理5】Then
I
sometimes
find
it
hard
to
stay
awake
the
next
day.（P36）然后我有时发现第二天很难保持清醒。
awake，形容词，意为“醒着的”，在句中作表语。
Eg.
The
noise
kept
him
awake.
噪音使他一直醒着。
[经典例题]
1.—Speaking
English
well
takes
time.
—That's
true.
And
I
find
________
necessary
________
English
every
day.
A.it;
to
keep
reading
B.that;
keep
reading
C.it's;
keep
reading
D.that;
to
keep
reading
2.We
all
think
________
quite
necessary
to
learn
English
well.
A.it
B.her
C.that
D.this
3.When
you
find
it
difficult
_______
the
problem,
you
can
go
to
your
parents
and
teachers
_______
help.
A.
to
solve;
to
B.
solving;
to
C.
to
solve;
for
D.
solving;
for
【知识梳理6】However,
I
hardly
have
any
spare
time
for
my
hobbies
like
volleyball
and
music.（P36）然而，我几乎没有空闲的时间去从事我的爱好，像排球和音乐。
1、hardly，副词，意为“几乎不”。
Eg.
I
hardly
know
you.
我几乎不了解你。
[注意]hardly本身含有否定意味，用于反意疑问句中时，附加问句需用肯定式。
[经典例题]
1.—Many
products
made
in
China
are
very
popular
in
the
United
States.
—Yeah.Americans
can_________avoid
buying
Chinese
products.?
A.nearly
B.mostly
C.hardly
D.widely
2.Seeing
the
new
changes
in
her
hometown,
Nanjing,
Sandy
could
________
believe
her
eyes.
A.properly
B.highly
C.nearly
D.hardly
3.—There
was
hardly
anything
left
after
the
earthquake,
______?
—______.
People
had
to
rebuild
their
houses.
A.wasn’t
there;
Yes
B.
was
there;
No
C.
wasn’t
there;
No
D.
was
there;
Yes
4.—Can
you
catch
what
the
speaker
is
saying,
Tina?
—Sorry.
He
speaks
so
fast
that
I
can
_______
understand
him.
A.hardly
B.
nearly
C.
probably
D.
exactly
5.I
could
______
control
my
feeling.The
song
brought
back
so
many
memories.
A.really
B.hardly
C.clearly
D.nearly
2、spare，形容词，意为“空闲的，业余的”。
Eg.
How
do
you
spend
your
spare
time?
你在业余时间干什么？
[拓展]spare，动词，意为“留出，匀出”。
Eg.
She
said
that
she
could
only
spare
35
minutes
for
our
meeting.
她说她只能抽出35分钟给我们的会议。
3、与time有关的短语
①
at
times有时,间或;
②
at
the
same
time同时
③
all
the
time始终,一直:
④
have
no
time
for
sth
/to
do
sth没时间做(某事):
⑤
on
time准时,按时;
⑥
in
time及时。
【知识梳理7】I
cannot
imagine
my
life
without
hobbies.（P36）我不能想象没有业余爱好的生活。
imagine，意为“想象，设想"，既可做及物动词，又可做不及物动词。
（1）作不及物动词时，后可用代词so代替前面的名词、动名词或从句，而不用it。
Eg.
—Do
you
imagine
they
will
agree?你想他们会同意吗？
—I
imagine
so.我想会的。
（2）作及物动词时，后面可接名词、动名词、从句或复合宾语，不可直接跟动词不定式。后接否定意义的从句时，通常将否定转移到主句中。
Eg.
Close
your
eyes
and
imagine
(that)
you
are
in
a
forest.
闭上眼睛，设想自己在森林里。
[拓展]imaginative，形容词，意为“富于想象的；有创造力的”。
Eg.
They
are
too
serious,
too
academic
and
not
imaginative
enough.
他们太一本正经，太学究气，想象力也不够丰富。
【知识梳理8】I
often
doubt
whether
it
is
worth
spending
so
much
time
on
homework.（P36）我常常怀疑是否值得在家庭作业上花如此多的时间。
1、doubt，动词，意为“怀疑”。doubt还可用作名词，意为“怀疑”。
Eg.
There
is
good
reason
to
doubt
this.
有正当理由怀疑这件事。
There
was
little
doubt
in
my
mind.
我心里几乎没有疑问。
[经典例题]
1.I
don’t
doubt________Mr
Wang
is
an
energetic
man
and
always
active
in
everything.?
A.whether
B.so
C.if
D.that
2.Amy
is
very
clever.
In
fact,
I
doubt
________
anyone
in
the
class
has
a
higher
IQ.
A.whether
B.that
C.why
D.when
3.I
never
doubt
________________________.
A.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
B.
whether
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
C.
if
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
it
D.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
being
reading
2、worth，形容词，意为“值得的”。e
worth
sth./doing
sth.值得……
[经典例题]
1.Mr
Sigmund
is
known
______
a
great
youth
worker,
his
talk
about
teenage
problems
this
Friday
is
worth
______.
Don’t
miss
it!
A.
as,
to
listen
to
B.
as,
listening
to
C.
for,
to
listen
to
D.
for,
listening
to
2.I
never
doubt
_______.
A.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
B.
whether
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
C.
if
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
reading
it
D.
that
Gulliver
in
Lilliput
is
worth
being
reading
3.Ataxia
Mountain
with
red
maple
leaves
all
around
is
well
worth
_________
in
the
autumn.
A.
visited
B.
being
visited
C.
to
visit
D.
visiting
4.---Amazon
rainforest
fires
are
bad
news
for
all
the
people
around
the
world
---Exactly.
As
the
biggest
rainforest
on
the
earth,
Amazon
is
well
worth
__________.
A.
protect
B
protected
C.
protecting
D.
to
protect
5.Amazing
China(
《厉害了,我的国》
)
wins
high
praise
from
the
public.I
think
the
documentary
is
well
worth_________.?
A.watch
B.to
watch
C.watching
D.watched
【知识梳理9】I
dream
of
a
long
holiday
so
that
I
could
have
more
time
for
my
hobbies.(P36)
我梦想有一个长假，好让我有更多时间从事我的业余爱好。
1、dream
（1）名词，意为“睡梦；梦想，愿望；”
Eg.
The
dream
wakened
a
forgotten
memory.
那梦唤起了一段忘却的记忆。
（2）名词，意为“做梦，梦见；梦想；”
常用搭配dream
about/of
sth
/doing
sth，或者dream+(that)宾语从句。
Eg.
I
still
dream
of
home.
我仍然梦见家。
I
dream
that
my
son
will
attend
college.
我梦想着我的儿子将来能上大学。
2、so
that意为“以便,以至于；为的是”，引导目的状语从句，表示一种意图或可能性，相当于in
order
that，该从句常用can/
could,
may/
might,
should,
would等情态动词，而且主句和从句之间不使用逗号。
Eg.
Speak
louder,
so
that
we
can
hear
from
you.
大点声说，以便我们能听见。
[经典例题]
（1）You'd
better
take
the
map
with
you
________
you
won't
get
lost.
A.so
that
B.as
soon
as
C.now
that
D.as
long
as
（2）We
should
have
enough
sleep
instead
of
staying
up
late
________
we
can
make
ourselves
energetic
in
class.
A.ever
since
B.although
C.as
soon
as
D.so
that
（3）The
8?year?old
boy
had
to
look
after
himself
because
his
mother
was
________
busy
________
stay
with
him.
A.so;
that
B.such;
that
C.too;
to
D.enough;
to
（4）---Eric,you
look
tired.
---I
______
to
prepare
for
the
final
exam
last
night.
A.picked
up
B.woke
up
C.stayed
up
D.put
up
【知识梳理10】Can
you
offer
me
some
suggestions?(P36)
你能给我提些建议吗？
1、offer，动词，意为“提供；出价；试图”
（1）offer
sb.
sth=offer
sth
to
sb.
=provide
sth.
for
sb.=provide
sb.
with
sth.
给某人提供某物,把某物提供给某人
（2）offer
to
do
sth.愿意做某事;主动做某事;自愿做某事;(主动)提供,提出。
Eg.
We
offer
only
the
best
to
our
clients.
我们只提供最好的东西给顾客。
[拓展]offer，名词，意为“提议；出价；意图；录取通知书”
Eg.
She
was
minded
to
accept
their
offer.
她有意接受他们的提议。
[经典例题]
1.Beijing
2008
Olympic
Games
will
________
us
a
chance
to
enjoy
the
most
wonderful
sports
events
at
home.
A.
afford
B.
allow
C.
offer
D.
encourage
2.They've
_________
us
S150.000
for
the
house.
Shall
we
take
it?
A.
provided
B.
paid
C.
shown
D.
offered
3.—In
the
past
five
years,China
has
played
an
important
role
in
the
Belt
and
Road.
—It
has________many
nations
a
great
chance
to
communicate.?
A.offered
B.supported
C.included
D
.directed
4.—Let's
buy
Daniel
a
gift
for
his
birthday.
—OK.
Shall
we
________
a
book
online
for
him?
A.afford
B.order
C.offer
D.promise
2、suggestion，名词，意为“建议；意见”，是可数名词，常与介词for，about或on连用。
Eg.
Imagine
that
someone
offers
a
suggestion
on
how
to
change
a
process.
假设有人提出了更改进程的建议。
（1）—Could
you
give
me
a
few________on
how
to
spend
the
coming
summer
holiday??
—OK,let
me
see.
A.hobbies
B.suggestions
C.knowledge
D.information
（2）—Wow,so
many
beautiful
cars!
I
don’t
know
which
one
to
buy.
—Anyway,
you
have
to
make
a
_______.
A.
decision
B.
suggestion
C.
plan
D.
speech
（3）I
suggest
_______
a
party
to
celebrate
his
80th
birthday.
A.
to
have
B.
have
C.
having
D.
you
to
have
【知识梳理11】I
hope
to
hear
from
you
soon.
(P36)我希望快点收到您的来信。
hear
from
sb意为“收到某人的来信”，相当于receive/get
a
letter
from
sb。
Eg.
My
guess
is
that
we
won't
hear
from
him
again.
我想我们再不会收到他的消息了。
[注意]hear
from本身就意为“收到...的来信”，所以后面不可再接a
letter
等词，即不可说hear
a
letter
from。
[拓展]hear的用法
（1）hear意为“听见，听到”强调听的结果。hear
sb
do
sth意为“听到某人做某事”指听到动作的全过程。hear
sb
doing
sth意为“听到某人在做某事”，指听到动作正在进行。
Eg.
We
could
hear
them
shouting
for
help.
我们能听到他们在大声呼救。
I
hear
them
laughing.
我听到他们在大声地笑。
（2）hear
of意为“听到，听说”，通常可与hear
about互换。
Eg.
I
was
shocked
to
hear
of
his
poor
death.
听到他惨遭不幸的噩耗，我十分震惊。
[经典例题]
1.—How
is
George
now?
—I
hear
the
manager
________
him
a
good
job,
but
he
refused
it.
A．showed
B．offered
C．passed
D．paid
【知识梳理12】I
am
crazy
about
football.(P37)我酷爱足球。
be
crazy
about
sth/doing
sth:着迷于;狂热爱好……
Eg.
I'm
crazy
about
climbing.
我热衷于登山运动。
[经典例题]
1.Don’t
be
crazy_______computer
games,or
your
parents
will
be
worried.?
A.at
B.on
C.about
D.for
2.Mr
Liu
used
to
be
crazy
about
_________(play)
the
piano,
but
now
he
is
more
interested
in
playing
badminton.
【知识梳理13】However,my
love
of
football
has
become
the
course
of
my
problem.(P37)然而，我对足球的热爱却成了我问题的原因。
cause，名词，意为“原因；目标；事业”
Eg.
Unemployment
was
the
chief
cause
of
poverty.
失业是贫穷的主要原因。
[辨析]cause，reason与excuse
（1）cause，意为“起因”，指引起某种结果的“原因”，后接介词of。
Eg.
An
inquest
was
held
to
discover
the
cause
of
death.
对死亡原因进行了调查。
（2）reason，意为“理由，原因”，指决定做某事或采取某项行动的理由。
Eg.
Give
me
one
good
reason
why
I
should
help
you.
我为什么要帮你？给我一个充分的理由。
As
always,
Peter
had
a
reason
for
his
action.
如往常一样，彼得对他的行为总有理由。
（3）excuse，意为“辩解，借口”，指对某种行为所作的解释，可以是真的，也可以是托辞。
Eg.
He
used
his
wife's
birthday
as
a
convenient
excuse
for
not
going
to
the
meeting.
他说要给妻子过生日，利用这个借口，就不去参加会议了。
【知识梳理14】Then
I
get
into
trouble
because
my
parents
do
not
allow
me
to
play
outside
after
6
p.m.(P37)
然后我就陷入麻烦中，因为我父母不允许我在晚上六点以后在外面玩。
1、get
into
trouble，意为“遇到麻烦（陷入困境）”
Eg.
He
got
into
trouble
with
the
police
while
he
was
still
at
school.
他还在上学时就与警方发生过纠葛。
2、allow是动词，意为“允许”；sb
be
allowed
to
do
sth是被动结构，意为“某人被允许做某事”，其主动形式为allow
sb
to
do
sth；allow
doing
sth意为“允许做某事”。
Eg.
He
is
not
allowed
to
stay
out
late.
他不可以在外待到很晚。
We
do
not
allow
smoking
in
the
hall.
我们不准有人在大厅内吸烟。
[经典例题]
1.Girl
students
in
some
schools
are
not
allowed
________
long
hair.
A.
having
B.
have
C.
had
D.
to
have
2.Mary
wanted
to
travel
around
the
world
all
by
herself,
but
her
parents
did
not
_______her
to
do
so.
A.
make
B.
allow
C.
follow
D.
ask
3.You
are
not________to
take
the
newspapers
and
magazines
out
of
the
reading
room.?
A.hoped
B.imagined
C.allowed
D.expected
4.—Don't
forget
to
come
to
our
school
assembly
（集会)
tomorrow
morning.
—I
won't.
I
was___________
just
now.
A.
reminded
B.
promised
C.
allowed
D.
required
【知识梳理15】I
do
not
understand
why
they
are
so
strict
with
me.(P37)
我不理解为什么他们对我要求这么严格。
strict是形容词，意为“严格的，严厉的”。固定搭配：be
strict
in
sth对某事要求严格；be
strict
wih
sb对某人要求严格
Eg.
My
father
is
always
strict
in
his
work.
我父亲总是对工作严格要求。
They
were
always
very
strict
with
their
children.
他们对子女一向十分严格。
[经典例题]
1.________
your
parents
strict
________
you
________
your
study?
A.Is;
with;
in
B.Are;
in;
with
C.Is;
in;
with
D.Are;
with;
in
【知识梳理16】I
look
forward
to
your
valuable
advice.(P37)我渴望得到您的宝贵建议。
1、look
forward
to+n./doing
意为“期望…”
Eg.
I
now
look
forward
to
going
back
to
work
as
soon
as
possible.
我现在盼望尽快回到工作中。
[拓展]to作为介词的短语
get/be
used
to...
习惯于…
pay
attention
to...
把注意力集中到…
lead
to...
导致…
devote
...to...
致力于…
[经典例题]
1.We
are
looking
forward
to
_________
a
chance
to
watch
the
opening
ceremony
of
the
2016
Rio
Olympic
Games.
A.give
B.be
given
C.being
given
D.giving
2.You
won't
do
well
in
English
if
your
spelling
_________.
A.
won't
be
paid
attention
B.
isn't
paid
attention
to
C.
doesn't
pay
attention
to
D.
isn't
paid
attention
3.----Why
are
there
still
two
pieces
of
bread
on
the
plate?
---The
hard-working
boy
devoted
all
his
time
_______
out
the
problem
this
evening
and
forget
to
eat
_______.
A.
to
work;
it
up
B.
to
work;
up
it
C.
to
working;
them
up
D.
to
working;
up
them
4.Mr.
Wu
spent
as
much
time
as
he
could
_______
his
work
and
at
last,
the
project
he
devoted
himself
_______
a
big
award.
A.
to
do;
winning
B.
to
do;
win
C.
doing;
to
win
D.
doing;
to
won
5.He
devoted
his
lifetime
_____
it
possible
for
women
_____
better
education.
A.
to
make；to
receive
B.
to
make；to
receiving
C.
to
making;
to
receive
D.
to
making；
receive
2、valuable，形容词，意为“有价值的；宝贵的；重要的”。
Eg.
Luckily,
nothing
valuable
was
stolen.
幸运的是，没有贵重物品失窃。
【知识梳理17】Make
a
list
of
all
the
homework
you
have.(P39)列出你所有的家庭作业。
make
a
list
of..意为“列一个.....的清单”。
Eg.
Make
a
list
of
your
goals.
写出一个你的人生目标的清单。
【知识梳理18】Then
work
out
how
much
time
you
need
to
finish
it
all.(P39)
然后计算出你需要多长时间能全部完成。
work
out,“算出；制订出”，是“动词+副词”构成的动词短语，当接代词作宾语时，代词需要放于work
out的中间。
Eg.
However
difficult
it
might
be,
I
will
try
my
best
to
work
it
out.
不管有多困难，我都会尽力解决。
[经典例题]
1.—Miss
Li,could
you
please
help
me________this
Maths
problem??
—OK.Let
me
try.
A.look
up
B.work
out
C.set
up
D.hand
out
【知识梳理19】What
about
choosing
your
hobby
according
to
the
time
you
have?(P39)
根据你有的时间选择你的爱好怎么样？
according
to意为“根据”，是介词短语。
Eg.
You've
been
absent
six
times
according
to
our
records.
根据我们的记录，你已经缺席六次了。
【知识梳理20】It
seems
that
you
spend
a
lot
of
time
playing
football.(P39)
你好像花费很多时间踢足球。
seem是连系动词，意为“似乎,好像,看起来”。It
seems
that...
意为“好像/似乎...”，相当于seem
to
do
sth。
Eg.It
seems
that
they
know
what
they're
doing.
看来，他们知道自己在干什么。
[拓展]
（1）seem做系动词后面可接形容词做表语，意为“好像”。
Eg.The
future
did
not
seem
very
hopeful.
前景似乎不太乐观。
（2）seem也可用于There
be句型中。
Eg.
The
noise
seems
to
be
coming
from
within
the
building.
吵闹声像是从楼房里传出来的。
[经典例题]
1.Jack
seems
_______
than
you
______
ready
for
the
exam.
A.
busy;
to
get
B.
much
busier;
getting
C.
busier;
to
get
D.
more
busier;
getting
能力实践
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.I
thought
about
what
she
had
said
and
stayed
(醒着的)
all
night.?
2.To
solve
the
problem,the
first
step
is
to
find
out
what
the
(原因)
is.?
3.Trust
is
the
key
to
have
a
true
(友谊).?
4.I
think
nothing
is
more
(宝贵的)
than
time.?
5.Can
you
(想象)
that
AI(人工智能)
will
take
the
place
of
human
beings
in
many
fields??
Ⅱ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.(辽宁本溪中考)政府鼓励我们科学地处理垃圾。
The
government
encourages
us
rubbish
in
a
scientific
way.?
2.在工作日,我不被允许在外面待到很晚。
I
am
not
late
on
weekdays.?
3.我期待着你下周来访。
I
am
your
visit
next
week.?
4.(江苏常州中考)他当时别无选择只能放弃那份工作。
He
the
job
then.?
5.(四川达州中考)我将永远记得这三年来总是严格要求我的老师们。
I
will
remember
the
teachers
forever
who
have
always
been
me
for
three
years.?
6.这个公园很值得一游。
This
park
is
well
.?
7.别管他人的事,否则你会惹麻烦的。
Don’t
mind
others’
business,or
you’ll
.?
8.对大多数人来说,实现工作和休闲之间的平衡很困难。
For
most
people,it’s
hard
to
work
relaxation.?
III.单项填空
(
)1.(广西贵港中考)—Do
you
know
the
famous
artist
in
red?
—Sure.He
to
the
art
festival
in
our
city
every
year.?
A.invites
B.invited
C.is
invited
D.was
invited
(
)2.(湖北荆州中考)—Many
products
made
in
China
are
very
popular
in
the
United
States.
—Yeah.Americans
can avoid
buying
Chinese
products.?
A.nearly
B.mostly
C.hardly
D.widely
(
)3.The
endless
loud
music
from
upstairs
is me
mad.?
A.bringing
B.driving
C.taking
D.getting
(
)4.Don’t too
late
tonight,or
you
will
feel
sleepy
in
class
tomorrow.?
A.get
up
B.put
up
C.wake
up
D.stay
up
(
)5.(江苏泰州中考)Amazing
China(《厉害了,我的国》)
wins
high
praise
from
the
public.I
think
the
documentary
is
well
worth .?
A.watch
B.to
watch
C.watching
D.watched
(
)6.(辽宁本溪中考)The
article
gives
students
some
about
how
to
stay
safe
online.?
A.suggestions
B.activities
C.decisions
D.advantages
(
)7.I
never
doubt
this
English
dictionary
is
of
great
help
to
me.?
A.so
B.if
C.whether
D.that
(
)8.(青海西宁中考)—I
heard
Ted
got
hurt
badly
in
the
car
accident
yesterday.
—It
was
true.His
careless
driving
was
the
of
the
accident.?
A.mistake
B.excuse
C.cause
D.answer
(
)9.I
wish
I fly
to
the
moon
one
day.?
A.can
B.could
C.will
D.shall
(
)10.Don’t
be
crazy
the
computer
games,or
your
parents
will
be
worried.?
A.at
B.in
C.about
D.for
IV.完形填空（培优）
How
do
you
feel
when
you
have
to
make
a
report
in
front
of
your
classmates?When
you
go
to
a
birthday
paty,do
you
get
1
shy??
Shyness
means
feeling
nervous
or
2
when
you’re
round
other
people.Everyone
experiences
this
shyness
3
they
grow
up.Most
people
have
red
faces
and
talk
in
broken
sentences
when
they
are
in
the
centre
of
attention.It’s
OK
if
it
takes
you
time
to
feel
yourself
again
when
you
go
to
a
new
place
or
meet
strangers. 4 ,everybody
gets
a
little
shy
sometimes.It’s
just
a
case
of
how
much.But
many
teenagers
think
that
they
hate
themselves
and
that
they
won’t
fit
in
the
future
at
the
coming
point.?
Stop
the
negative(负面的)
thoughts
about
yourself.If
shyness
doesn’t
keep
you
5
doing
something
you
want
to
do,being
shy
isn’t
a
very
big
problem.Some
experts
say
shy
people
are
not
only
cleverer,but
also
better
at
working
with
others,because
they
think
more
and
talk
6 .Some
great
people
in
history
were
shy
too.?
You
see,being
shy
isn’t
all
7 .But
remember
not
to
let
good
chances
8
just
because
of
it!Your
shyness
will
9 .When
you
grow
up
year
after
year,you’ll
become
brave
enough
to
speak
to
anyone.But
now,you
need
practice!If
you
have
to
sing
a
song
at
a
party,just
do
it!There’s
10
to
be
afraid
of!?
Remember,though
you’re
shy,you
can
do
e
on,our
shy
friends.
(
)1.A.nearly
B.mostly
C.really
D.hardly
(
)2.A.comfortable
B.uncomfortable
C.proud
D.surprised
(
)3.A.while
B.since
C.by
D.after
(
)4.A.In
short
B.In
fact
C.For
example
D.By
accident
(
)5.A.in
B.at
C.for
D.from
(
)6.A.much
B.more
C.less
D.least
(
)7.A.good
B.bad
C.wonderful
D.correct
(
)8.A.go
down
B.go
over
C.go
by
D.go
up
(
)9.A.present
B.pass
C.solve
D.come
(
)10.A.everything
B.something
C.anything
D.nothing
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
7
Films（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.Some
teenagers
want
to
be
TV
(超级明星)
when
they
grow
up.?
2.Kung
Fu
is
a(n)
(动作)
film
which
is
very
exciting.?
3.Jackie
Chan
won
an
Oscar
after
his
56-year-long
career
in
the
film
(工业).?
4.A
lot
of
people
around
the
world
are
interested
in
(西部影片).?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.(江苏南通中考改编)
(luck),the
old
lady
was
saved
from
a
big
fire
by
her
neighbour
yesterday.?
2.(湖北鄂州中考)A
Chinese
father
made
some
nice
dresses
for
his
daughter
with
his
(wife)
old
skirts.?
3.This
book
is
(suit)
for
all
children.?
4.Each
of
them
(be)
looking
forward
to
a
holiday
without
work.?
5.Most
women
would
rather
(have)
drinks
than
wine.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.米莉非常喜欢表演。她想当一名演员。
Millie
very
much.She
wants
to
be
an
actress.?
2.西蒙给我们讲了一个如此有趣的故事,以至于我们都笑了。
Simon
told
us
story
we
all
laughed.?
3.我们打算去看一部科幻电影,而不是看恐怖片。
We’re
going
to
see
a
film
a
horror
film.?
4.他工作如此努力,以至于能在这部电影中演主角。
He
worked
he
could
play
the
lead
role
in
the
film.?
5.—总有一天我会中大奖。
—你做梦吧!
—One
day
I’ll
win
a
big
prize.
—
!?
兴趣起航
Do
you
know
what
types
of
films
they
are?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】In
your
dreams,
Eddie.
(P92)做梦吧，埃迪。
in
your
dreams，意为“你做梦，你妄想”，是一种拒绝别人的说法，强调“此事绝无可能”。
A:
Guess
what?
This
weekend,
I
caught
a
fish
this
big.
B:
No
way.
A:
Yeah,
It
was
huge!
B:
In
your
dreams!
There's
no
way
you
caught
a
fish
that
big.
A:你猜发生什么事了？上周末，我抓到了一个这么大的鱼。
B:这不可能。
A:真的，有这么大。
B:你做梦吧。你绝对不可能抓到那么大的鱼的。
[经典例题]
1.—
I
hope
that
I
will
have
millions
of
dollars
and
I
can
buy
my
private
(私人的)
plane.
—__________.
A.
You
are
welcome
B.
That?s
very
kind
of
you
C.
In
your
dreams
D.
Thank
you
all
the
same
2.—
I’ve
made
a
wish
on
my
birthday
that
I
can
afford
a
plane
one
day.
—
______.
A.
Take
it
easy
B.
In
your
dreams
C.
No
problem
D.
You’re
lucky
3.—Maybe
I
can
win
a
free
trip
around
Europe
in
the
game
show.
—________.
I
don't
think
you
will
have
the
chance.
A.
That's
possible
B.
Nothing
is
impossible
C.
In
your
dreams
D.
Cheer
up
【知识梳理2】Each
of
them
is
writing
an
article
about
their
favourite
film
star.(P92)
他们每一个人都正在写关于他们最喜欢的电影明星的文章。
each此处用作代词，意为“每个”，后可接of短语。作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
Eg.
Each
of
us
must
take
responsibility
for
our
own
actions.
我们每个人都必须对自己的行为负责。
[经典例题]
1._____
Jim______
his
cousin
has
been
to
America,
but
_____
of
them
know
the
country
well.
A.
Not
only,
but
also,
all
B.
Both
and,
each
C.
Neither,
nor,
both
D.
Either,
or,
none
2.[2019
?
湖北省鄂州市]—I
tried
several
ways
to
work
out
the
math
problem,
but
______
of
them
worked.
—Never
give
up.
I
believe
you’ll
make
it.
A.
all
B.
each
C.
none
D.
neither
3.There
are
many
tall
buildings
on
____sides
of
the
street.
A.each
B.every
C.both
D.either
【知识梳理3】Who
do
you
think
would
be
suitable
for
entering
the
film
industry?(P93)
你认为谁适合进入电影行业。
1、do
you
think在此作插入语。
插入语是对一句话作一些附加的解释，与句子的其他成分没有语法上的关系。在特殊疑问句中，do
you
think要置于疑问词之后。
若疑问词本身是主语，用“疑问词+do
you
think+谓语...？”结构；
若疑问词本身不是主语，则用“疑问词+do
you
think+主语+谓语...?”结构。
Eg.
What
do
you
think
they
are
going
to
do
after
school?
你认为放学后他们会做什么？
[拓展]类似的还有：
I?hope,?I?guess,?I?believe,?I?suppose,?I?wonder,?I?tell?you,?I?say,?I'm?afraid,?I'm?sure,?you?see,?you?know,?as?you?know,?that?is,?that?is?to?say,?what's?more
[经典例题]
1.How
long
do
you
think
_____Apple
Inc
brings
out
a
new
product?
A.
will
it
be
when
B.
will
it
be
until
C.
it
will
be
before
D.
it
will
be
that
2.What
do
you
think
________her
________that
night?
A.
to
make;
be
excited
B.
made
;excited
C.
makes
;
exciting
D.
made
;
get
exciting
3.What
do
you
think
________
protect
these
elephants
?
A.should
we
do
B.we
should
do
C.should
we
do
to
D.we
should
do
to
2、suitable，意为“适宜的;合适的”。常用搭配：be
suitable
for“适合……的”,be
suitable
to
do...“适合做…”
Eg.
The
course
is
suitable
for
both
beginners
and
advanced
students.
这门课程对初学者和高阶学生都适合。
I
don't
have
anything
suitable
to
wear
for
the
party.
我没有适合在聚会上穿的衣服。
[拓展]suit，名词,意为“西服;套装”。
Eg.
He
wore
an
overcoat
over
his
suit.
他在西服外面再加了一件大衣。
[拓展]suit，及物动词,意为“适合”。例如：
Eg.
That
colour
doesn't
really
suit
you,
if
you
don't
mind
my
saying
so.
这颜色并不十分适合你—我这么说，你不会介意吧。
[辨析]fit，suit
（1）fit往往强调尺寸、大小或形状上的吻合。
（2）侧重于符合某人的口味，或服装颜色、款式等的相配或适合。用来形容尺寸、大小、形状也可以。
[经典例题]
1.Teaching
English
is
not
suitable_______you,
perhaps
you
should
be
a
PE
teacher_________.
A.
for;
instead
of
B.
to;
instead
C.
for;
instead
D.
to;
instead
of
2.His
new
job________well
with
his
abilities.
A.fit
B.fits
C.suit
D.suits
3.This
movie
isn’t_________for
children
under
twelve.
A.suitable
B.possible
C.able
D.acceptable
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】Audrey
Hepburn
is
one
of
Hollywood’s
all-time
greatest
actresses.(P94)
奥黛丽·赫本是好莱坞空前的最伟大的女演员之一。
1、all-time，形容词，意为“空前的”。
Eg.
He
is
one
of
the
all-time
best
singes.
他是一位空前的歌手。
2、actress,n,
是由“act(表演)+后缀-tress”构成。后缀-tress表示女性。男演员为actor.
Eg.
As
a
schoolgirl,
she
had
dreamed
of
becoming
an
actress.
当她是一名女学生的时候，她曾梦想过成为一名女演员。
[拓展]与actress类似的词：
waiter(男服务员)--waitress(女服务员)
host(男主人)---hostess(女主人)
prince(王子)---princess(公主)
[典型例题]
1.All
the
dresses
are
one
of
the
greatest
____________(act).
2.Zhang
Ziyi
is
one
of
the
most
popular____________(女演员）in
China.
【知识梳理2】When
she
died
in
1993,the
world
felt
very
sad
about
the
loss
of
a
great
beauty,a
great
actress
and
a
great
humanitarian.(P94)
她1993年去世的时候,全世界都对失去这一位伟大的美人、女演员以及人道主义者感到悲伤。
1、die，不及物动词，意为“死，死亡”，它是非延续性动词，不能和表示一段时间的短语连用。
Eg.
A
year
later
my
dog
died.
1年后，我的狗死了。
[拓展]die的现在分词形式是dying，dying也可以作形容词，意为“垂死的”；另一个形容词形式是dead，意为“死了的”；名词形式是death.
Eg.
Shipbuilding
is
a
dying
business.
造船业是一个没落行业。
The
women
knew
nothing
of
the
dead
girl.
They
were
strangers.
这些妇女对那个死去的女孩一无所知。她们互不相识。
She
knew
she
was
close
to
death.
她知道自己已濒临死亡。
[辨析]die
of
vs.
die
from
（1）若死因存在于人体之上或之内（主要指疾病、衰老等自身的原因),一般用介词
of.
如：die
of
illness
(heart
trouble,cancer,a
fever,etc)
死于疾病
(心脏病，癌症，发烧等)
（2）若死因不是存在人体之上或之内,而是由环境造成的(主要指事故等方面的外部原因),一般用介词
from
.
如：die
from
an
earthquake
(a
traffic
accident,a
lightning,a
stroke,etc)
死于地震(交通事故，雷击等)
（3）若死因是环境影响到体内,即两方面共有的原因,则可用
of,from
均可.
如：die
of
[from]
a
drink
(
a
wound,overwork,starvation,hunger
and
cold,etc)
死于饮酒(受伤，劳累过度,饥饿，饥寒等)
但是在实际运用中,两者混用的情况较多.
[经典例题]
1.Lu
Xun_________for
more
than
80
years,but
his
works
still
have
great
influence
today.
A.died
B.was
dying
C.has
died
D.has
been
dead
2.How
many
people__________in
the
flood
this
summer?
A.are
dying
B.die
C.died
D.have
died
3.When
I
came
into
his
study.
I
found
________on
the
floor
________
.
A
him
lying
;
dying
B
him
lie
;
death
C
he
lying
;
dead
D
he
lie
;
died
4.The________man
recommended
his
soul
to
god.
A.died
B.dead
C.death
D.dying
5.The
poor
woman
was
found
________
in
the
forest.
However,
the
murderer
was
not
found.
A.
die
B.
died
C.
dead
D.
death
2、loss，名词，意为“丧失；损失；丢失”。常用搭配：the
loss
of...意为“……的丧失”，the
loss
of
sb.意为“某人的逝世”。
Eg.
He
was
not
brave
enough
to
report
the
loss
of
the
documents.
他当时不够勇敢去报失文件的丢失。
[拓展]at
a
loss
亏本地；困惑不解
Eg.
I
was
at
a
loss
for
what
to
do
next.
我不知道下一步该怎么办。
[拓展]lose，动词，意为“浪费；使沉溺于；使迷路；遗失；错过”，过去式和过去分词都是lost。
[经典例题]
1.—______great
loss
it
is
for
us
to
lose
Audrey
Hepburn!
—Yes.
As
a
great
actress,
she
won
_____
Oscar
for
Best
Actress.
A.
What;
an
B.
What
a;
the
C.
How;
/;
a
D.
How
a;
an
2.The______
of
the
compass（指南针）
made
me
get______in
the
desert.
A.
loss；lost
B.lose；lost
C.lost；lost
D.loss；loss
3.Kobe’s
death
was
a
great
________
to
his
fans.
A.
lost
B.
lose
C.
loss
D.
losing
4.Lily
____
her
lovely
pet
cat
last
week.
She
was
very
sad
about
the
_____
of
the
cat.
A.lose;
loss
B.lost;
losing
C.lost;
loss
D.lost;
lost
【知识梳理3】She
worked
as
a
model
before
becoming
an
actress.
(P94)
work
as
意为“担任；以…身份而工作”
Eg.
I
work
as
a
firefighter
and
my
wife
is
a
nurse.
我的工作是消防队员，而我太太是护士。
[典型例题]
1.她知道她当不了一个好模特。
________________________________________
【知识梳理4】Hepburn’s
beauty
and
charm
caught
the
writer’s
attention.(P94)
赫本的美貌和魅力引起了这位作家的注意。
catch/attract
one’s
attention
意为“吸引某人的注意”
Eg.
The
teacher
knocked
on
the
blackboard
to
catch
our
attention.
老师敲了敲黑板以引起我们的注意。
[经典例题]
1.The
girl’s
sweet
voice_________the
Li
Jian’s
attention.
A.
lost
B.
paid
C.
attracted
D.
gave
2.To
______
everyone’s
attention,
she
got
everything
ready
for
her
first
______
on
stage.
A.
draw;
appear
B.
caught;
appearing
C.
attract;
appear
D.
catch;
appearance
【知识梳理5】Colette
insisted
that
Hepburn
was
the
perfect
girl
for
the
lead
role
in
Gigi,
a
play
based
upon
her
novel,
although
Hepburn
had
never
played
any
major
roles
before.(94)
科莱特坚持认为赫本是出演一部以她的小说为基础的影片——《琪琪》这部戏主角的完美人选，尽管赫本以前从没有扮演过主角。
1、insist，动词,意为“坚持认为;坚持”
（1）常见短语为insist
on,后接名词或者动名词。
Eg.
They
insist
on
playing
their
music
late
at
night.
已是深夜，他们却依然在放音乐。
（2）insist后接宾语从句,若宾语从句部分指的是说话人的某个事实或某个观点正确，则宾语从句用把陈述语气。
Eg.
I
insist
that
he
is
innocent.
我坚持认为他是无罪的。
（3）若宾语从句不是指说话人强调的一个事实，而是表示“坚持要求”的意思时，宾语从句要用虚拟语气，即should+动词原形,should可省略。
Eg.
I
insist
that
you
（should）go
with
me.
我坚持要你跟我一起去。
[经典例题]
1.The
doctor
__________
that
she
was
ill.
A.insisted
B.suggest
C.insisted
on
D.suggest
on
2.I'm
afraid
we
will
have
to
call
110
if
you
____
breaking
into
the
my
house.
A.
give
up
B.
look
for
C.
base
on
D.
insist
on
3.My
mother
insists
on
________
up
early
every
morning.
A.
get
B.
to
get
C.
gets
D.
getting
4.My
father
didn’t
believe
what
I
said.
He_________
seeing
the
UFO
with
his
own
eyes.
A.
insist
on
B.
insisted
that
C.
insist
to
D.
insisted
on
2、lead，名词，意为“主角，扮演主角的演员”
Eg.
She
has
just
landed
the
lead
role
in
their
latest
production.
她刚在他们最新的作品中取得了主角。
3、base作动词,意为“以……为基础”。常见短语：
（1）base
on/upon
“以……为根据”。
Eg.
You
shouldn’t
base
your
opinion
on
what
you
see.
你的观点不能仅以你看到的作为依据。
（2）be
based
on/upon“以……为根据；根据……；基于……”。
Eg.
The
novel
is
based
on
a
true
story.
这部小说是根据真实的故事写成的。
[经典例题]
1._______
big
success
the
film
_____her
story
was
!
A.
What
a
,based
upon
B.
What
,
was
based
on
C.
What
a
,was
based
upon
D.
How
,
based
on
2.He
wrote
a
novel
__________
what
happened
in
his
childhood.
A.
to
base
B.
based
on
C.
was
based
on
D.
to
base
on
3.The
decision
that
we
have
made________the
data
you
offered.
A.base
on
B.based
on
C.is
base
on
D.is
based
on
4.Guo
Jingming
finally
directed
the
film_________his
own
novel.?
A.looked
on
B.worked
on
C.acted
on
D.based
on
5.I
have
never
watched
the
play
________
Yu
Hua’s
novel
________
.
A.
based
upon;
before
B.
be
based
on;
before
C.
based
on;
ago
D.
is
based
on;
ago
【知识梳理6】That
event
marked
the
beginning
of
her
successful
career.(P94)
mark，及物动词，意为“表明；标志”
Eg.
The
promotion
marked
a
turning
point
in
her
career.
这次提升标志着她事业上的转折点。
【知识梳理7】Two
years
later,
Hepburn
was
chosen
to
play
the
role
of
a
young
princess
in
the
Hollywood
film
Roman
Holiday.(P95)
两年后，赫本被选中出演好莱坞影片《罗马假日》中的女主角——一位年经的公主。
play，动词，意为“扮演”。常用搭配：play
the
role
of
意为“扮演......的角色”，play
the
role
in...
意为“在......中扮演角色”
[经典例题]
1.—Did
Jenny
play
the
role
____
Snow
White
in
the
play?
—Yes,
she
did.
The
prince
saved
her
and
fell
in
love
with
her.
A.
with
B.
to
C.
in
D.
of
2.—We
all
_______
Audrey
Hepburn
as
a
great________
as
well.
—Yes.
She
always
cares
a
lot
about
people
all
over
the
world
during
her
lifetime.
A.
look;
nomination
B.
think;
role
C.
consider;
humanitarian
D.
believe;
beauty
3.Huang
Bo
played
many
roles
_______
many
films.
A.
in
B.
of
C.
on
D.
with
4.Zhang
ziyi
won
the
hundred
flowers
award
_________
best
actress
_________
her
role
_________
the
film
.
A.
for;
from;in
B.
for;
for;
of
C.form;
for;in
D.for;
for;
in
【知识梳理8】She
won
the
Oscar
for
Best
Actress
for
her
role
in
this
film
that
year.(P95)
那年凭借这部电影中的角色她获得了奥斯卡最佳女演员奖。
win，动词，意为“赢得；获胜”，其后可接取得的荣誉，也可接表示某种比赛的名词。
Eg.
They
last
won
the
cup
in
2002.
他们上一次获得奖杯是在2002年。
[拓展]win后不接参加比赛的对手。如果接对手应该用beat。
Eg.
She
beat
the
other
runners
by
a
margin
of
ten
seconds.
她以领先十秒的优势战胜了其他赛跑者。
【知识梳理9】Hepburn’s
achievements
went
beyond
the
film
industry.(P95)
赫本的成就不仅限于电影业。
beyond作介词,意为“超过;在……之外;为……所不及”。go
beyond意为“超出;除……之外”。
Eg.
Our
success
was
far
beyond
what
we
thought
possible.
我们的成功远远超出了我们的估计范围。
[拓展]beyond
sb.超出某人的理解范围
[经典例题]
1.His
best-known
work
that
is_____
all
praise
can
be
seen
in
the
museum.
A.
with
B.beyond
C.without
D.within
2.It
had
been
a
success
far
_________
their
expectations.
A.
against
B.beyond
C.with
D.behind
3.Put
such
dangerous
stuff
(东西)as
medicine,
knives
and
lights_______
the
reach
of
children.
A.
in
B.
within
C.
beyond
D.
over
4.It
is
quite
_________
me
why
she
did
such
a
foolish
thing.
A.for
B.behind
C.against
D.beyond
5.Sandy
is
my
best
friend.
To
me,
our
friendship
is
_______________money.
A.
with
B.
off
C.
beyond
D.
under
【知识梳理10】She
began
to
work
for
UNICEF
in
the
1950s.(95)
在二十世纪五十年代，她开始为联合国儿童基金会工作。
in
the
1950s意为“在20世纪50年代”
Eg.
Gere
became
interested
in
painting
in
the
1970s.
盖尔在20世纪70年代对绘画产生了兴趣。
【知识梳理11】On
20
January
1993,
she
passed
away
peacefully
in
her
sleep.(P95)
1993年1月20日，她在睡梦中安详地去世了。
1、pass
away意为“去世”，是死亡die的委婉语。
[经典例题]
1.The
old
man
________
a
rainy
winter
evening
.
A.passed
away
in
B.past
away
in
C.passed
away
on
D.past
away
on
2.Argentinian
football
legend
Diego
Maradona
_______
on
Wednesday
at
the
age
of
60.
A.
past
away
B.
passed
away
C.
past
on
D.
passed
out
2、peacefully副词，意为“宁静地；和平地”，其形容词为peaceful，意为“宁静的；和平的”；名词为peace，意为“宁静；和平”。
[典型例题]
1.[2017无锡]Listen!
The
boss
is
shouting
again,
Has
he
ever
said
anything________(peaceful)?
能力实践
一、根据句意及汉语提示、首字母提示或上下文语境写出单词
1.
Yi
Jianlian
is
one
of
the
________
(空前的)
greatest
basketball
players
in
China.
2.
Mr
Xu
________
(坚持认为)
that
Shirley
was
the
perfect
girl
to
play
the
lead
role
in
the
play.
3.
Tom
is
studying
hard
this
term.
He
wants
to
get
an
A
in
the
________
(最后的)
maths
exam.
4.
Chinese
fever
has
swept
the
world
in
recent
years.
This,
________
(标志着)
the
rapid
increase
in
people’
s
interest
in
China
and
Chinese
history.
5.
As
one
of
the
best-known
Chinese
________
(女演员)
in
the
international
cinema,
Gong
Li
also
takes
part
in
the
charity
work.
6.
Lei
Feng
did
many
good
things
for
others
during
his
l________
.
7.
Nothing
is
impossible.
It
means
everything
can
happen
if
you
make
e________
.
8.
The
:
Hunchback
and
Notre
Dame
caught
fire
on
April
15th,
2019,
and
the
world
felt
very
sad
about
the
l________
of
art
treasures.
9.
—Do
you
have
any
plans
for
your
future?
—I
would
like
to
work
in
the
film
________
after
leaving
school.
10.
—I
can’t
think
of
any
other
actress
who
is
more
beautiful
than
Audrey
Hepburn.
—You’ve
got
the
point.
Her
beauty
is
________
words.
二、
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空
1.
The
ballet
dresses
made
of
silk
must
be
those
________
(dance)
.
2.
There
is
a
place
in
my
heart
where
all
nations
will
live
________
(peace)
some
day.
3.
This
network
program
________
(base)
on
cloud
provides
valuable
information.
4.
You
can’t
imagine
what
difficulty
I
had
________
(insist)
on
my
own
opinion.
5.
Yuan
Longping
is
one
of
the
________
(great)
people
that
have
ever
lived,
I
think,
6.
We
are
going
to
Paris
next
week,
It’s
a
good
chance
to
try
some
________
(France)
dishes.
7.
Hawking
made
a
great
difference
to
humans.
His
________
(achieve)
went
beyond
physics.
8.
The
modern
development
is
________
(attract)
but
what
I
like
in
Beijing
is
the
ancient
culture
characteristics.
9.
Since
he
________
(choose)
to
be
the
new
chairperson,
he
has
had
much
work
to
carry
on.
10.
—Can
you
tell
me
a
bout
your
new
English
teacher’s
________
(appear)
?
—No
problem.
He
is
tall,
strong
and
handsome.
三、单项选择
1.
It’s
been
100
years
since
the
May
Fourth
Movement
took
place
______
May
4,
1919.
A.
for
B.
in
C.
at
D.
on
2.
We
have
______
a
lot
of
wild
animals
because
of
the
of
their
living
areas.
A.
lose;
loss
B.
lost;
lose
C.
lost;
loss
D.
lose;
lost
3.
Mr
Green
walked
______
to
the
window
to
watch
______
the
short
man
shopping
on
the
street.
A.
close;
closely
B.
closely;
close
C.
close;
close
D.
closely;
closely
4.
Li
Ao,
one
of
my
favourite
Chinese
writer,
______
earlier
this
year.
He
was
a
man
who
was
never
afraid
of
any
power.
A.
passed
down
B.
passed
on
C.
passed
off
D.
passed
away
5.
—Would
you
like
to
visit
the
Slender
West
Lake
with
me
now?
—Sorry.
It’s
______
the
visiting
hours.
Let’s
go
there
tomorrow.
A.
on
B.
over
C.
during
D.
beyond
6.
—That
silly
man
must
have
something
to
do
with
the
cheat,
right?
—I
suppose
so,
______
he
said
that
he
didn’t
do
anything
wrong.
A.
if
B.
when
C.
although
D.
because
7.
—Zhang
Ziyi
won
a
______
in
the
Golden
Globe
Awards
many
years
ago.
—That
meant
she
was
already
accepted
by
the
world
at
that
time.
A.
nomination
B.
place
C.
surprise
D.
praise
8.
—My
hobby
is
collecting
stamps.
I
need
______
before
I
have
4,
000
stamps.
—Wow!
I
am
looking
forward
to
seeing
them.
A.
more
four
B.
any
more
four
C.
four
more
D.
four
another
9.
—Who
is
the
perfect
person
______
the
new
president?
—Mr
Black.
We
all
thought
he
should
be
the
most
suitable
choice
while
______
together.
A.
for;
discussed
B.
as;
to
discuss
C.
as;
discussing
D.
for;
discussing
四、根据汉语意思完成句子
1.
那个著名的科学家在睡梦中平静地离世了。
The
famous
scientist
__________________
in
his
dream.
2.
在那部著名的电影中,
艾米扮演了
—位可
爱的公主。
Amy
__________________
in
that
famous
movie.
3.
进人那家大公司标志着他成功职业生涯的开始。
Entering
that
big
company
__________________
.
4.
她的天赋并没有引起那位导演的注意。
Her
talent
failed
to
__________________
.
5.
对我们来说,
能和这些特殊运动员密切合作真的很棒。
It’s
great
for
us
__________________
these
special
athletes.
6.
他曾梦想成为
—名成功的商人。
____________________________________
7.
没有人知道他在绘画上付出了多少努力。
____________________________________
8.
那个小男孩坚持要买
—辆玩具火车。
____________________________________
五、阅读理解
In
a
new
move,
doctors
are
using
feature
films
in
order
to
encourage
their
patients
to
talk
more
freely
about
their
problems.
Supporters
of
film
therapy
(疗法)
say
that
discussing
characters
and
plot
lines
from
a
proper
film
can
help
people
to
understand
their
feelings
better.
One
of
those
using
the
method
is
Bernie
Wooder,
a
doctor
from
Elstree,
who
charges
?
45
for
a
one-hour
“film
therapy”
session.
He
said,
“I
was
treating
a
woman
who
had
been
badly
let
down
in
a
relationship,
and
who
was
experiencing
such
strong
feelings
that
it
was
difficult
for
her
to
speak
about
them.
I
told
her
that
her
situation
reminded
me
of
On
the
Waterfront,
when
Marlon
Brando’s
character
realizes
his
brother
is
dishonest
and
he
feels
a
great
sense
of
betrayal
(背叛).
My
patient
identified
so
easily
with
him
that
she
started
to
cry.
Watching
and
discussing
the
film
unlocked
all
the
feelings
she
had
buried.
Each
time
she
watched
and
cried,
she
felt
better.”
Mr
Wooder
admits
that
film
therapy
does
not
work
for
everyone,
but
says
he
has
used
it
successfully
with
about
a
third
of
his
clients.
“Through
the
films’
characters,
plots
and
even
music,
it
allows
people
to
face
their
problems.”
He
said
that
Falling
Down,
in
which
Michael
Douglas
plays
the
part
of
an
unemployed
man
who
is
so
frustrated
(沮丧的)
that
he
uses
violence,
was
an
example
of
the
I
dangerous
implications
(后果)
of
not
letting
anger
go.
“I
used
this
film
with
a
patient
who
was
very
upset
because
he
was
holding
on
to
a
lot
of
anger
he
felt
towards
people
who
had
frustrated
him,”
said
Mr
Wooder.
“We
talked
about
Michael
Douglas’s
character
and
the
disastrous
path
he
takes,
and
my
patient
then
realized
that
he
needed
to
let
go
of
his
feelings
more
regularly
so
as
not
to
erupt
(爆发)
like
a
time
bomb.”
1.
What
can
we
learn
about
Bernie
Wooder?
A.
He
used
to
be
an
actor.
B.
He
likes
to
review
different
films.
C.
He
is
good
at
sharing
his
feelings.
D.
He
is
in
support
of
“film
therapy”.
2.
Why
did
the
patient
cry
when
she
watched
On
the
Waterfront?
A.
Because
she
missed
her
brother.
B.
Because
she
was
moved
by
the
film.
C.
Because
she
realized
she
had
been
cheated.
D.
Because
she
thought
of
her
sufferings.
3.
After
discussing
Falling
Down
with
Mr
Wooder,
the
patient
decided
to
______
.
A.
let
go
of
his
anger
B.
stop
his
acts
of
violence
C.
forget
those
who
had
hurt
him
D.
learn
from
Michael
Douglas
4.
What
does
the
text
mainly
tell
us?
A.
Film
stars
have
problems
too.
B.
Films
can
help
unlock
feelings.
C.
Watching
films
can
help
you
relax.
D.
The
public
should
pay
more
attention
to
films.
六、首字母填空（培优）
As
we
know,
museums
are
buildings
where
many
valuable
and
important
exhibits
(展品)
are
kept
so
that
people
can
go
and
see
them.
For
example,
art
museums
are
places
where
people
can
learn
about
v___1___
cultures.
More
and
more
popular
“design
museums”
that
are
opening
today,
however,
perform
quite
a
different
role.
Unlike
most
art
museums,
the
design
museum
shows
exhibits
that
are
easily
found
in
our
daily
life,
such
as
fridges
and
washing
m___2___
.
The
advantage
of
design
museums
is
that
they
are
places
where
people
feel
familiar
with
the
exhibits.
Being
different
from
the
art
museum
visitors,
design
museum
visitors
seldom
feel
frightened
or
puzzled.
This
is
partly
b___3___
design
museums
clearly
show
how
and
why
mass
products
(批量产品)
work
and
look
a___4___
they
do,
and
how
design
has
improved
our
lives.
Art
museum
exhibits,
on
the
other
hand,
would
most
probably
f___5___
visitors
with
a
feeling
that
there
is
something
out
of
their
understanding.
Several
new
design
museums
have
opened
their
doors
in
recent
years.
Each
of
these
museums
has
tried
to
satisfy
the
public’s
g___6___
interest
in
the
field
with
new
ideas.
London’s
Design
Museum,
for
example,
shows
a
collection
of
mass-produced
exhibits
f___7___
electric
typewriters
to
a
group
of
Italian
fish-tins.
The
choices
open
to
design
museums
seem
far
less
strict
than
t___8___
to
art
museums,
and
visitors
may
also
s___9___
humorous
part
of
our
society
while
walking
around
such
exhibits
as
interesting
and
u___10___
attractive
(有吸引力的)
toys
collected
from
our
everyday
life.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：Unit
1
Know
yourself（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.Pay
much
attention (注意)
to
details
when
you’re
having
a
test.?
2.The
general (总的)
opinion
is
that
the
meeting
was
a
success.?
3.Life
is
like
a(n)
race (赛跑).You
shouldn’t
stop
running,or
you
will
fall
behind.?
4.In
my
opinion,neither
you
nor
he
has
met
the
standard (标准)
of
our
company.?
5.The
science
pioneers (先锋)
like
Qian
Xuesen
and
Mrs
Curie
opened
up
unknown
fields
for
us.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空
bear,
care,
it,
miss,
win
1.The
student’s
carelessness
made
him
lose
lots
of
marks
in
the
Maths
exam.?
2.Tu
Youyou
was
the
first
Chinese
who won the
Nobel
Prize
in
Medicine.?
3.In
Chinese
culture,children born in
the
Year
of
the
Monkey
are
said
to
be
smart.?
4.Hurry
up,or
you’ll
miss
the
last
train
to
Beijing
today.?
5.The
house itself is
very
beautiful,but
the
street
which
it’s
on
is
busy
and
noisy.?
兴趣起航
What
personality
does
he
have?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】并列连词and,
but,
or
和so的用法。
由并列连词(and,
so,
but,
or等)把两个或两个以上互不依从，但意思紧密联系的简单句连在一起而构成的句子叫做并列句。其结构一般是：简单句+并列连词+简单句。
其中，and表示并列关系（和）或者顺承关系（不翻译）,but表示转折关系（但是），or表示选择关系（或者，还是）或让步关系（否则，要不然），so表示因果关系（所以）。
1、and的用法
（1）and表示顺承或递进关系，意为“又，和”，用来连接两个或两个以上的单词，短语或者句子。
Eg.
They
have
two
boys
and
a
girl.
他们有两个儿子和一个女儿。
（2）and
连接的并列成分作主语时，谓语动词通常用复数。
Eg.
Amy
and
Daniel
are
good
students.
Amy和Daniel都是好学生。
（3）如果and连接的名词表达的是同一个人、同一事物或同一概念，则两个名词共用一个限定词。
Eg.
The
singer
and
dancer
was
present
at
the
party
today..（the
singer
and
dancer指的是一个人既是歌手又是舞者。）
A
knife
and
fork
is
on
the
table.(a
knife
and
fork意思是副刀叉)
2、or的用法
（1）or表示选择关系，意为“或者”，当连接两个主语时，谓语动词与or后面的主语在人称和数上面保持一致，也就是说or后面的谓语动词是就近原则。
Eg.
Would
you
like
tea
or
coffee?
你喝茶还是喝咖啡？
He
or
you
are
going
to
see
the
movie
with
us.他或者你可以和我们一起去看电影。
（2）or表示让步关系，意为“否则，要不然”，句型结构一般为：祈使句+or+陈述句。
Turn
the
heat
down
or
it'll
burn.
把炉火开小一些，不然就烧焦了。
[拓展]and与or在祈使句用法区别
Eg.
Work?hard,
and
you
will
succeed.
Work
hard,
or
you
won't
succeed.
有点类似于我们所讲的条件状语从句
第一句Work?hard,
and
you
will
succeed.=If
you
work
hard,
you
will
succeed.
[经典例题]
1.（2020年四川甘孜州）Get
up
early,
_____________
you
will
miss
your
train.
A.
or
B.
and
C.
but
D.so
解析：首先but表示转折，代入句子中翻译，早点起床，但是你会错过火车，这个不通，所以C项是错的。然后看是or还是and。可以将句子改写成条件状语从句。
If
you
get
up
early,
you
will
miss
your
train.如果你早起，你就会错过火车，意思不通，就用or，如果意思通了，就选and。这道题选A。
2.（2020年湖北咸宁改编）—My
aim
is
to
go
to
Wuhan
University
for
further
study.
—Work
hard,
___________
you
can
make
it.
A.
or
B.
so
C.
and
D.
but
解析：首先把B、D选项代入翻译
B：so
努力，所以你会做到。不通，排除。
D：but
努力，但是你会做到。不通，排除。
选or还是and
改写：If
you
work
hard,
you
can
make
it.如果你努力，你就会做到，通顺，所以选and.
3、but的用法
but表示转折关系，意为“但是”，所连接的成分意思往往相对或相反。
Eg.
We
didn't
win
but
we
came
close.
我们输了，但离赢只差了那么一小点儿。
[注意]凡是转折关系，都是后面的内容重要。
[拓展]but作介词，意为“除...之外”
Eg.
He
didn't
speak
anything
but
Greek.
他除了希腊语之外不会说其他任何语言。
[注意]but用作“除...之外”时是介词，既然是介词，就和其他介词是一样的，后面加名词短语/doing，如果加代词，要用宾格。修饰主语时，对谓语动词的人称和数不产生影响。
Eg.
All
of
them
but
me
are
students.除了我之外，他们都是学生。
4、so的用法
so连接两个句子，表示某事的结果，意为“结果，所以，因此”，不能与连词because连用。
因为，一个连词连接两个句子。because也是连词，当要连接的句子有两个时，只能用一个连词，要么用so，要么是because。
Eg.
It
was
still
painful
so
I
went
to
see
a
doctor.
那地方还疼，因此我去看了医生。
用作副词时，与动词，连词，形容词等连用，意为“这样，如此”。
[辨析]so和such
（1）后面接可数名词单数
so是副词，修饰形容词和副词；而such是形容词，修饰名词。
它们都可以接可数名词单数，但词序不同。
so的词序为：so+adj.+a（an）+n.
such的词序为：such+a（an）+adj.+n.
例如：so
excited
a
singer=such
a
excited
singer
这么令人兴奋的一个歌手
so
interesting
a
movie=such
an
interesting
movie
那么有趣的一部电影
（2）后面接可数名词复数或者不可数名词
只能用such，而不能用so。
例如：such
beautiful
flowers
这么美丽的花
such
useful
information
如此有用的信息
（3）特例复数名词或不可数名词前有many，few，much，little修饰时，只能用so而不能用such.
so
many
flowers
如此多的花
so
little
information如此少的信息
[注意]little除了表示少还有小的意思
例如：such
little
sheep
[经典例题]
1.（2020年贵州黔西南州）—Mary
doesn’t
like
fish
________
chicken
—Ben
doesn’t
like
fish,
________he
likes
chicken
very
much.
A.
and;
but
B.
or;
but
C.
or,
and
D.
and;or
2.（2020年贵州铜仁）—Work
hard,
________your
dream
will
come
true.
—Well.
I
will
do
my
best.
A.
so
B.
but
C.
and
D.
or
3.（2020年北京）Wash
your
hands
before
meals,
you
may
get
ill.
A.
and
B.
but
C.
or
D.
so
4.（2020年黑龙江绥化）
Mike
and
Jim's
room
is
tidy,
__________
their
sister's
not.
A.
but
B.
and
C.
or
D.
so
5.（2020年江苏盐城）Love
from
parents
is
like
the
wind.you
can’t
see
it
,
you
can
feel
it.
A.
and
B.
or
C.
but
D.
so
6.（2020年湖南湘西）—How
time
flies!
The
middle
school
life
is
coming
to
an
end.
—Yes.
We
have
to
say
goodbye,
___________
our
friendship
will
last
forever.
A.
and
B.
but
C.
or
D.
so
7.（2020年内蒙古包头）It's
not
easy
to
change
habits,
______
with
strong
will
and
self-control,
it
is
possible.
A.
for
B.
or
C.
but
D.
so
8.（2019
?
江苏省连云港市）StorySign
is
___________
a
useful
app
__________
it
can
make
it
easier
for
deaf
children
and
their
parents
to
read
bedtime
stories.
A.
so
...
that
B.
such
...
that
C.
too
...
to
D.
as
...
as
9.（2019
?
湖北省黄冈市）—What
do
you
think
of
the
new
movie
Wandering
Earth（《流浪地球》）?
—It’s
__________
wonderful
__________
I
really
like
it.
A.
so;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
too;
to
D.
enough;
to
答案：BCCAC
BCBA
【知识梳理2】并列连词both...and...，not
only...but
also...，either...or...和neither...nor...的用法
1、both...and...
意为“两者都”（谓语用复数）
Eg.
Both
Beijing
and
Shanghai
are
big
cities.
北京和上海都是大都会。
2、either...or...
意为“要么...要么；或者...或者”词（就近原则）
Eg.We
can
go
to
the
park
either
this
week
or
next
week.
我们可以要么在这星期去公园，要么下星期去。
Either
you
or
I
am
going
there
tomorrow.
明天要么你去那里，要么我去那里。
3、not
only...but
also...
意为“不仅...而且...”（就近原则）
Eg.He
can
not
only
play
basketball
but
also
play
chess.
他不仅会打篮球，还会下象棋。
Not
only
he
but
also
I
was
invited.不但他而且我也被邀请了。
4、neither...nor...
既不...也不（就近原则）
Eg.
He
likes
his
tea
neither
too
hot
nor
too
cold.
他喜欢茶不太烫也不太凉。
Neither
he
nor
she
is
at
home
today.
今天他和她都不在家。
[经典例题]
1.（2020年黑龙江牡丹江）—Who
went
to
the
graduation
party
last
night,
Mary?
—Almost
everyone
did.
______
lots
of
students
_____
Ms.
Wang
appeared
at
the
party.
A.
Not
only;
but
also
B.
Neither;
nor
C.
Either;
or
2.（2020年湖北黄冈）—Which
do
you
prefer,
tea
or
coffee??
—Either.?
?Tea?
???coffee
are
my
favorite.
A.
Not
only;
but
also
??
B.
Both;
and
??
C.
Neither;
nor
??
D.
Either;
or
3.（2019
?
山东省临沂市）A
break
between
classes
is
a
good
time
for
students
to
play
sports
and
talk
with
their
classmates.
So
it
__________
helps
with
students’
health,
__________
improves
their
social
skills.
A.
either;
or
B.
neither;
nor
C.
not
only;
but
also
4.（2019
?
湖北省宜昌市）—It’s
a
pity
that
__________
my
teachers
__________
parents
allow
me
to
swim
alone.
—After
all
you
are
too
young,
safety
first.
A.
either...or
B.
neither…
nor
C.
both...and
D.
not
only...but
also
5.（2019
?
江苏省南通市）—What’s
the
weather
like
in
Kunming,
Lucy?
—It’s
hot
cold.
So
Kunming
is
called
“the
Spring
City”.
A.
neither;
nor
B.
not
only;
but
also
C.
either;
or
D.
both;
and
答案：ABCBA
【知识梳理3】Sometimes
she
is
impatient.(P12)有时她没有耐心。
impatient形容词，意为“没有耐心的，急躁的”，是patient的反义词，在句中通常做表语或定语。
Eg.
The?hungry?children?were?impatient?for?their?meal.肚子饿的孩子们急于要吃饭。
I
think
I
am
quite
a
patient
person.
我认为我是一个相当有耐心的人。
[拓展]patient名词，意为“病人”。patience名词，意为“耐心，耐性”。
Eg.
Information
is
given
to
the
patient
verbally
and
in
writing.
病人以口头和书面方式被告知信息。
Our
patience
was
finally
rewarded.
我们的耐心最终得到了回报。
[经典例题]
1.The
pioneer
heart
surgeon
said“_______________(care)will
be
a
disaster
not
only
to
ourselves
but
also
to
_________________(patient)”
答案：Carelessness
patients
[拓展]be
patient
of
sth.意为“忍耐某事”/
be
patient
with
sb.意为“对某人有耐心，容忍某人”。
Eg.
I?can't?be?patient?of?your?childish?questions?any
more.?我再也不能忍受你那些幼稚的问题了。
She's
very
patient
with
young
children.
她对幼儿特别有耐心。
【知识梳理4】Billy
would
not
accept
others'
advice.
Billy
would
not
think
twice.(P12)比利不接受其他人的建议。比利不愿三思而后行。
1、accept是及物动词，意为“接受，领受”。
Eg.
---I
can
accept
failure
but
I
can't
accept
not
trying.
---Michael
Jordan.
---我可以接受失败，但绝对不能接受自己都未曾奋斗过。
---迈克尔。乔丹
"
辨析：accept，receive
accept主观上的“接受，领受”，也可表示主观上接受某人或承认、赞同某一看法或理论。receive客观上的“收到，接到”，也表示自然的“获得”，相当于get；
Eg.
She
received
his
present,
but
she
didn't
accept
it.她收到了他的礼物，但是没有接受。
[注意]接受教育用receive
Eg.
In
old
China,eighty
per
cent
of
the
children
received
no
formal
education.
在旧中国，百分之八十的儿童受不到正式教育。
2、think
twice三思而后行
Eg.
Think
twice
before
you
go
talk
to
the
boss.
你去跟老板谈话前要三思而行。
You
should
think
twice
before
having
kids.你要在生孩子前好好考虑考虑。
[经典例题]
选用方框内所给短语的正确形式填空
be
impatient
with;
think
twice;
do
the
dishes;
get
angry
with;
learn
about;
be
ready
to;
be
suitable
for
1.
Tom
didn’t
pass
the
exam
again,
so
his
mother______________him.
2.
I
don’t
think
she
is
a
good
teacher.
She______________the
slow
learners
often.
3.
The
robot
will______________after
dinner,
so
please
sit
down
and
watch
TV.
4.
Lucy
is
a
warm-hearted
girl.
She______________help
others
in
trouble.
5.
______________about
what
you
say
before
you
say
it.
6.It
______________
all
skin
types.
7.Whenever
I
want
to
______________
anything,
I
just
go
to
Google.
答案：1.
got
angry
with
2.
is
impatient
with
3.
do
the
dishes
4.
is
ready
to
5.
Think
twice
6.is
suitable
for
7.learn
about
【知识梳理5】Suzy
worries
too
much.
(P12)
苏西有太多烦恼。
1、worry在这里是不及物动词，意为烦恼，担心；
worry
about
sb/sth
=
be
worried
about意为“担心某人/某事(物)”。
Eg.
They
worry
about
how
they
will
support
themselves
in
their
old
age.
他们担心自己到了晚年该如何来维持生计。
He
worried
about
her
heavy
drinking.
他为她的酗酒感到担忧。
2、too
much意为“太多的；太，过度”，修饰动词，也可修饰不可数名词。
Eg.
She
laughs
too
much.
她笑得太多了。
Too
much
sun
isn't
good
for
you.
晒太阳太多对你并没有好处。
辨析：too
much，too
many，much
too
too
much意为“太多(的)”，常用来修饰不可数名词或动词；
too
many意为“太多的”，常用来修饰可数名词复数形式；
much
too意为“太，非常”，用作副词短语，修饰形容词或副词，表示程度。
Eg.
You
made
too
many
mistakes.
你犯的错误太多了。
The
clothes
she
wears
are
much
too
young
for
her.
她穿的衣服显得过于年轻了。
[经典例题]
1.The
sofa
takes
up
_____.
Can
you
move
it
away?
A.too
many
rooms
B.
too
much
rooms
C.
too
many
spaces
D.
too
much
space
答案：D
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】Discover
how
the
power
of
colours
can
change
your
moods
and
improve
your
life!
(P29)
发现颜色的力量能怎样改变你的情绪并改善你的生活！
1、discover，及物动词，意为“发现，发觉"。
Eg.
Scientists
around
the
world
are
working
to
discover
a
cure
for
AIDS.
全世界的科学家都在努力寻找治疗艾滋病的方法。
[辨析]discover，invent
discover
强调通过调查、勘察等手段发现原本客观存在的、尚未被人发现的事物。
Eg.
Columbus
discovered
America.
哥伦布发现了美洲。
invent
强调运用想象力，通过学习、思考、实验而发明、创造出原来不存在的、有用的新事物。
Eg.
The
first
video
game
was
invented
about
25
years
ago.
第一个游戏大约是在25年前发明的。
[经典例题]
1.It's
a
fact
that
those
islands
in
the
South
China
Sea
were
first
________
by
Chinese.
A.found
B.found
out
C.invented
D.discovered
2.In
the
19th
century,
gold
______
in
California,
America.
A.discovered
B.will
discover
C.is
discovered
D.was
discovered
3.Tea,
the
most
popular
drink
in
the
world,_________
by
accident
in
China.
A.discovered
B.is
discovered
C.will
be
discovered
D.was
discovered
4.However,
no
one
________
any
life
in
space
yet.
A.has
been
discovered
B.discovered
C.has
discovered
D.have
discovered
5.He
made
some
new
_________
in
science.
A.discovers
B.discovered
C.discovery
D.discoveries
答案：DDDCD
2、improve，及物动词，意为“改善，增进；提高…的价值"。
Eg.
I
need
to
improve
my
English.
我需要提高我的英语水平。
[拓展]
improvement
名词，意为“改善,改进；改进的事物”。
Eg.
Her
work
is
showing
some
signs
of
improvement.
她的工作出现了一些改进的迹象。
[经典例题]
1.Her
English
skill_________a
lot.How
does
she
make
it?
A.improves
B.improved
C.has
improved
D.will
improve
2.The
environment
in
our
city
_______
greatly
if
we
make
every
effort
in
the
near
future.
A.improved
B.was
improved
C.has
improved
D.will
be
improved
3.---Could
you
tell
me
__________
my
English?
---By
listening
and
speaking
more.
A.what
to
improve
B.where
to
improve
C.how
to
improve
D.which
to
improve
4.UNICEF
is__________that
works
to__________the
lives
of
children.
A.an
organization;
improve
B.a
organization;
improve
C.an
organize;
improvement
D.a
organize;
improvement
答案：CDCA
【知识梳理2】We
promise
that
this
therapy
can
help
you
change
your
moods,
or
you
will
get
your
money
back!(P29)
我们承诺这种疗法可以帮助你改变情绪，否则全额退款!
promise意为“承诺，允诺"，既可做及物动词，也可做不及物动词。
1、promise
sth./that从句，“答应某事”
Eg.
I'll
see
what
I
can
do
but
I
can't
promise
anything.
我会去看看能做什么，但不能给予任何承诺。
But
one
day,
she
promised
that
she
would
make
it
snow
on
my
next
birthday.可有一天，她许诺在我下一次生日的时候，她要让老天下雪。
2、promise
to
do
sth.“答应做某事”
Eg.
We
promise
to
deliver
within
48
hours.
我们承诺在48小时内送到。
3、promise
sb.(not)
to
do
sth.“答应某人（不）做某事”
Eg.
You
must
promise
me
not
to
worry
too
much.
你一定要答应我不要过分担忧。
[拓展]promise，名词，意为“承诺，允诺"，
break
a
promise
食言
keep
a
promise
遵守诺言
make
a
promise
答应，许下诺言
[经典例题]
1.西蒙保证不再迟到了。
Simon
________
________
________
________
________
again.
答案：promised
not
to
be
late
2.—Jack,
let's
have
a
picnic
after
school.
—Sorry.
I
have
________
Frank
to
work
on
the
biology
report
with
him.
A.advised
B.expected
C.suggested
D.promised
答案：D
【知识梳理3】If
it
does
not
work,
you
can
get
your
money
back.
(P29)如果疗法不起作用的话，可以退款。
work，动词，意为“奏效；产生预期的结果（或作用）”。
Eg.
The
phone
isn't
working.
这部电话坏了。
[拓展]
（1）work，不可数名词，意为“工作”。
Eg.
I'm
still
looking
for
work.
我仍在找工作。
（2）work，可数名词，意为“著作；作品”，常用复数works。
Eg.
All
works
of
love
are
works
of
peace.
所有爱的工作都是和平的工作。
[典型例题]
1.如果它不起作用，我能拿回我的钱。
If
it
________
________
，I
can
________
________
________
________.
答案：doesn’t
work;
get
my
money
back.
【知识梳理4】She
has
practised
colour
therapy
since
she
left
college.(P29)自从她大学毕业，她就从事颜色疗法。
practise，及物动词，意为“练习;操练;实践"，后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式做宾语。
Eg.
If
you
practise
speaking
English,
you'll
soon
improve.
只要你练习说英语，很快就会进步。
Don't
practise
drums
while
the
baby
is
sleeping.
孩子睡觉时，不要练习打鼓。她从事颜色疗法多长时间了？
[经典例题]
1.We
should
do
what
we
can_______
English?
A.to
practice
to
speak
B.to
practice
speaking
C.practice
speaking
D.practice
to
speak
答案：B
【知识梳理5】If
you
feel
stressed,
eat
more
green
vegetables.(P29)
如果你感觉有压力，多吃绿色蔬菜。
stressed，形容词，意为“紧张的,有压力的"。feel
stressed（out）意为“感到紧张，感到有压力”。
Eg.
When
you
feel
too
stressed
to
study,
you
can
come
to
teachers
for
help
.
当你感到压力太大，无法继续学习时，你可以向老师寻求帮助。
[拓展]stress
，名词，意为“压力；强调；紧张；重要性；重读"。
Eg.
We
all
have
to
learn
to
handle
stress.
我们都得学会调节压力。
[拓展]stress
，动词，意为“强调；使紧张；加压力于；用重音读"。
Eg.
He
stressed
the
importance
of
a
good
education.
他强调了接受良好教育的重要性。
[拓展]stressful
，形容词，意为“压力重的；紧张的"。
Eg.
It
was
a
stressful
time
for
all
of
us.
对我们所有人来说，那是一个艰难的时期。
[拓展]feel
stressed
(out)意为“感到紧张，感到有压力”
Eg.
So
if
you're
feeling
stressed
out,
try
to
remember
when
your
last
meal
was.
因此要是你感到有压力时，试着想想你上顿饭是多久前吃的。
[经典例题]
1.---Few
students
like
exams
because
they
bring
the
students
__________.
---I
agree.
I
think
fewer
exams
will
make
students
less
_________.
A.stress;
stressed
B.stressed;
stress
C.stress;
stress
D.stressed;
stressed
2.His
wife
just
had
another
kid,
so
he__________.
A.is
stress
out
B.stressed
out
C.feel
stressed
out
D.is
stressed
out
3.________you
face
a
stressful
situation,
take
a
few
moments
to
breathe
deeply
before
you
say
or
do
anything.
A.Whenever
B.However
C.Whatever
D.Anywhere
4.A
good
way
to
reduce
______
is
to
talk
about
your
feelings
with
someone
you
trust.
A.strength
B.
stress
C.
energy
D.
power
答案：ADAB
【知识梳理6】She
suggests
different
clothes
to
different
people.(P30)她建议不同的人穿不同的衣服。
suggest
动词，意为“建议，提议"。接名词/动名词/that从句作宾语，其中that的宾语从句用“should+动词原形”，should可以省略。
Eg.
May
I
suggest
a
white
wine
with
this
dish,
Sir?
先生，吃这道菜，我给您推荐一种白葡萄酒，好吗？
I
suggested
going
in
my
car.
我提议坐我的车去。
I
suggest
(that)
we
(should)
go
out
to
eat.
我提议我们出去吃吧。
[拓展]suggest
动词，意为“暗示；表明"。主语往往是事物，而不是人。接名词或动名词或宾语从句作宾语.
Eg.
The
symptoms
suggest
a
minor
heart
attack.
症状显示这是轻微心脏病发作。
★What
do
these
results
suggest
to
you?
照你看，这些结果说明什么呢？
[拓展]suggestion
可数名词，意为“建议”，同义词advice，不可数名词
Eg.
I'd
like
to
hear
your
suggestions
for
ways
of
raising
money.
关于筹集资金的办法，我想听听你的意见。
[经典例题]
1.Mary
suggests____
a
picnic
this
weekend.
A.
to
have
B.
having
C.
to
go
D.
going
2.---What
did
you
suggest
us
________?
---I
suggest
________
a
meeting
to
discuss
the
problem.
A.do;
hold
B.to
do;
holding
C.to
do;
to
hold
D.doing;
holding
3.---What
are
you
going
to
buy
for
your
son,
Mr
Lee?
---I
________
to
buy
him
a
new
iPad.
A.
promised
B.
replied
C.
suggested
D.
wished
4.We
talked
about
the
problem
and
Tim
________
doing
some
research
first.
A.finished
B.enjoyed
C.suggested
D.practised
5.---You're
clearly
tired,
so
I
suggest
you
__________
three
weeks
off.
---I
think
it’s
a
good
________.
A.should
take;
advice
B.will
take;
suggestion
C.take;
advise
D.take;
suggestion
答案：BBACD
【知识梳理7】You
should
think
of
the
sun.(P30)你应该想起太阳。
think
of意为“想起,记起”，同义短语：come
up
with
Eg.
I
think
of
Dragon
when
I
think
of
Chinese.
说到中国人我就想起龙。
[拓展]think
of/about
意为“考虑”
Eg.
I
need
time
to
think
about
it.
我需要时间考虑一下。
[拓展]think
over
表示“仔细考虑”，强调仔细，over是副词，代词应放在think与over之间。
[经典例题]
1.---What
do
you
____________the
show??
---I
____________
it
is
exciting.
A.think
of;
think
B.think;
think
of
C.thinks
of;
thinks
D.thinks;
thinks
of
2.Lily
will
give
a
talk
tomorrow.
She
is
thinking
about
__________
to
make
everyone
happy
with
her
speech.
A.how
to
say
B.what
to
say
C.what
can
I
say
D.how
can
I
say
3.__________
and
let
me
know
whether
you
agree
with
me.
A.Think
of
it
B.Think
it
of
C.Think
it
over
D.Think
over
it
答案：ABC
【知识梳理8】She
will
give
you
free
clothes.(P30)她会给你免费的衣服。
free是形容词，在这里意为“免费的，免税的”。be
free
from免受，摆脱了......的。
Eg.
Since
then,
I
have
been
free
from
the
fear
of
speaking
in
public.
自那之后，我不再害怕在公开场合讲话。
[拓展]freedom
不可数名词，意为“自由”
[经典例题]
1.Will
you
come
and
join
us
if
you
are
free
tomorrow?
A.will
have
free
B.will
be
free
C.have
free
D.are
free
2.---Are
you
_______
to
do
your
favorite
things?
---Yes.
I
have
enough
time
_______
them.
A.free
enough;
to
do
B.enough
free;
doing
C.free
enough;
doing
D.enough
free;
to
do
3.Mr.
Wang
is
strongly
___________
keeping
animals
in
the
zoo，because
he
thinks
animals
should
also
enjoy
freedom.
A.against
B.for
C.up
D.down
答案：DAA
【知识梳理9】I'd
rather
wear
orange.(P30)我宁愿穿橙色的。
would
rather
do
sth
意为“宁愿/更喜欢做某事”。
Eg.
They
would
rather
struggle
for
peace.
他们宁愿为和平而奋斗。
[拓展]would
rather...than...
宁愿...而不愿...
Eg.
Kids
would
rather
play
than
study.
孩子们宁愿玩而不愿学习。
I
would
rather
not
change
the
time.
我倒宁愿不要更改时间。
[经典例题]
1.---Which
do
you
prefer,
Chinese
food
or
Western
food?
---I
would
rather
________
Chinese
food.
Let's
have
noodles.
A.
to
have
B.
having
C.
had
D.
have
2.---What
do
you
think
of
the
white
dress?
---
I______
its
style,
but
I
________not
choose
it
because
of
its
price.
A.would
rather;
prefer
B.
prefer;
prefer
C.
would
rather;
would
rather
D.
prefer;
would
rather
3.More
and
more
couples
would
rather__________a
second
baby__________their
first
child
can
feel
less
lonely.
A.
have;
in
order
to
B.
to
have;
in
order
to
C.
have;
so
that
D.
to
have;
so
that
4.---Do
you
plan
to
have
a
driving
tour
on
the
coming
May
Day?
---I'm
afraid
there
is
a
lot
of
traffic,
so
I'd
rather
________
the
train
than
________
a
car.
A.take;
to
drive
.B.take;
drive
C.taking;
driving
.D.to
take;
to
drive
答案：DDCB
【知识梳理10】In
many
places,
baby
boys
are
dressed
in
blue
and
baby
girls
in
pink.(P31)在许多地方，小男孩穿蓝色，小女孩穿粉色。
1、baby
boys和baby
girls都是复合名词，名词baby做定语修饰后面的主体词。复合名词变成复数时，只将复合名词的主体词变为复数。
Eg.
I
planted
those
apple
trees.
我种了那些苹果树。
[注意]当man，woman做定语构成的复合名词变复数时，前后两部分都要变为复数。
Eg.
There
are
three
women
teachers
in
our
school.
我们校有三位女教师。
[经典例题]
1.There
are
over
two
hundred
teachers
in
our
school.
________
of
them
are
_______.
A.Three
fifth,
woman
teachers
B.Third
fifths,
women
teacher
C.Three
fifths,
women
teachers
2.---I
hear
the
four
young________in
our
school
still
have
no________.
---Really?
Maybe
they
are
too
shy.
A.man
teachers,
girl
friends
B.men
teachers,
girls
friends
C.men
teachers,
girl
friends
D.man
teachers,
girls
friends
3.---Do
_________
like
going
to
___________?
---I
don’t
know.
A.woman
teachers,
clothes
shops
B.women
teachers,
clothes
shops
C.woman
teachers,
sport
shops
D.women
teachers,
shoes
shops
答案：CCB
2、be
dressed
in+衣服/颜色
“穿着”
Eg.
We
must
be
dressed
in
uniform
at
school.
在学校我们必须穿制服。
She
likes
to
be
dressed
in
red.
她喜欢穿红色衣服。
[拓展]
（1）dress
sb
给某人穿衣服
Eg.
She
bathed
her
and
dressed
her
in
clean
clothes.
她给她洗了澡并穿上干净衣服。
（2）dress
up
装扮，打扮
Eg.
You
do
not
need
to
dress
up
for
dinner.
你不必为了晚宴盛装打扮。
（3）dress
up
as
装扮成
Eg.
They
all
dress
up
as
doctors.
他们都打扮成医生模样。
[经典例题]
1.Andy
gets
________
quickly,
and
then
________
his
little
sister.
A.dresses;
dressed
B.dressed;
dresses
C.dresses;
dresses
D.dressed;
dressed
2.I'd
like
___________
up
________
an
orange
dress.
A.to
dress;
in
B.dressing;
in
C.to
dress;
as
D.dressing;
as
3.Western
countries,
women
are
always
dressed
________white
______their
wedding
day,
because
white
is
the
colour
of
purity.
A.
on;
on
B.
in;
in
C.
on;
in
D.
in;
on
4.---I
saw
Ann
__________
a
green
dress
at
the
school
meeting.
---I
think
she
looks
better
________
red.
A.dressed;
in
B.put
on;
on
C.wearing;
in
D.wear;
on
5.Children
want
to_________
ghosts
and
witches.
A.dress
at
B.dress
in
as
C.dress
up
D.dress
up
as
6.The
girl
is
too
young
to
__________
herself.
A.wear
B.put
on
C.dress
D.dress
up
答案：BADCD
C
【知识梳理11】In
the
past,
women’s
main
job
was
to
look
for
food
for
their
family.(P31)在过去，妇女的主要工作就是为她们的家人寻找食物。
不定式作表语：主语是以aim,ambition,duty,hope,?idea,intention,plan,purpose,suggestion等为中心词的名词词组.或以what引导的名词性分句表示.后面的不定式说明其内容。
Eg.
My?idea?is?to?climb?the?mountain?from?the?north.?
Our?plan?is?to?make?better?use?of?these?materials.?
What?I?would?suggest?is?to?start?work?at?once.?
The?only?thing?I?can?do?now?is?go?on?studying?hard.
[典型例题]
1.My
dream
is
___________
to
the
moon
some
day.
A.go
B.to
go
C.goes
D.gone
答案：B
【知识梳理12】The
colour
blue
was
once
believed
to
have
the
power
to
drive
evil
spirits
away,
so
people
dressed
baby
boys
in
blue
in
the
hope
that
boys
would
be
protected.(P31)
蓝色曾被认为有驱赶恶灵的威力，所以人们给男婴穿蓝色以希望男孩会受到保护。
1、sb/sth
is
believed
to
...=
It
is
believed
that...据相信……，因此上句还可以转述为：It
was
once
believed
that
the
colour
blue
had
the
power
to
…
Eg.
It
is
believed
that
greenhouse
gases
are
the
main
causes
of
global
warming.
一般认为温室效应气体是导致全球变暖的主因。
2、power
名词，意为“力量，能力；"。
Eg.
He
had
lost
the
power
of
speech.
他丧失了语言能力。
[拓展]powerful
形容词，意为“强大的；强有力的"。
Eg.
The
media
has
a
powerful
influence
on
public
opinion.
传媒对于舆论有很大的影响。
[典型例题]
1.Both
red
and
black
represent
_____
.
But
I
prefer
to
wear
red
when
I
feel
tired.
A.powerful
B.power
C.peace
D.peaceful
2.---Why
didn't
you
ask
Tom
to
help
you
with
your
work?
---Because
he
was
only
a
student
and
had
no
_______experience.
A.
powerful
B.
practical
C.
loyal
D.
general
3.Knowledge
is
power,
but
sometimes
I
feel
thoughts
are
________
than
knowledge.
A.powerful
B.more
powerful
C.most
powerful
D.the
most
powerful
答案：BBB
3、in
the
hope
that/in
the
hope
of
sth抱着……的希望
Eg.
I
called
early
in
the
hope
of
catching
her
before
she
went
to
work.
我很早就打了个电话，希望在她上班之前找到她。
They
contacted
me
in
the
hope
that
I
could
show
them
a
better
way.
他们联系到我，希望我能给他们展示一种更好的方法。
[典型例题]怀着能找到一份好工作的希望，李明的叔叔于2000年去了深圳。
1.Li
Ming’s
uncle
went
to
Shenzhen
in
2000
________
________
________
________
he
could
find
a
good
job.
答案：in
the
hope
that
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】He
is
not
afraid
of
making
a
speech
in
front
of
many
people.(18)他不害怕在许多人面前演讲。
1、afraid
形容词，意为“害怕的；恐怕；担心的”。
（1）be
afraid
of
害怕；担忧
of是介词，后面加名词短语/doing/代词（宾格）
Eg.
He
was
afraid
of
hurting
my
feelings.
他害怕伤我的感情。
（2）be
afraid
to
do
sth.害怕做；不敢做
Eg.
She
was
afraid
to
open
the
door.
她不敢开门。
（3）be
afraid
(that)
担心；恐怕
Eg.
I'm
afraid
that
it's
not
finished
yet.
此事恐怕还没有完。
[经典例题]
1.He
always
studies
hard
and
is
afraid
of
_________.
A.
making
a
speech
B.
taking
the
lead
C.
falling
behind
D.
giving
up
2.The
boy
is
________
see
the
teacher
because
he
________
a
mistake
A.afraid
of;
has
B.afraid
to;
has
made
C.
afraid
to;
make
D.afraid
of;
made
3.The
children
were
afraid
of
___________
(dark).They
screamed
and
cried
in
the
dark
hole.
答案：CB
darkness
2、speech可数名词，意为“演说，讲话，发言”，其复数形式为speeches。
make
/give
a
speech发表演讲/演说
Eg.
I'm
always
nervous
when
I
make
a
speech.
在发言时我总是感到紧张。
[经典例题]
1.To
make
a
speech
tomorrow,
Tony
has
_____________
the
speech
word
by
word
many
times.
A.
gone
over
B.
looked
at
C.
thought
of
D.
gone
after
答案：A
2.Giving
good
___________
(speech)is
based
on
your
words
and
your
body
language.
答案：speeches
【知识梳理2】He
spends
a
lot
of
time
helping
with
our
class
projects.(18)
他花费大量的时间帮助我们的班级计划。
spend
及物动词，意为“花费(时间/金钱)"。
spend
some
time/
money
(in)
doing
sth
意为“花费时间/金钱做某事”。
[辨析]spend，take，cost，pay
（1）spend的主语通常是人，常用于
sb
spend
some
money/time
on
sth或sb
spend
some
money/time
(in)
doing
sth结构中。
Eg.
I
spend
too
much
time
watching
television.
我看电视花的时间太多。
（2）take主要用于指花费时间，常用于It
takes
sb
some
time
to
do
sth句型中,其中It是形式主语，真正的主语是后面的动词不定式短语。
Eg.
It
takes
me
an
hour
to
walk
there
and
back.
我步行往返要花一个小时。
（3）cost的主语只能是事物，不能是人，常用于sth
cost
(sb)
some
money结构中。
Eg.
Tickets
cost
ten
dollars
each.
每张票价为十元。
（4）pay主要指花费金钱，主语是人，通常用于sb
pay
some
money
for
sth结构中。
Eg.
He
paid
his
bill
for
the
newspapers.
他付了报纸的帐单。
[经典例题]
1.Mr.
Gu
is
a
good
teacher.
He
spends
as
much
time
as
he
can
___________________.
A.
explain
problems
to
us
B.
explaining
problems
for
us
C.
explain
problems
for
us
D.
explaining
problems
to
us
答案：D
2.Many
people
prefer
s___________
their
money
on
a
haircut
to
on
their
teeth.
答案：spending
【知识梳理3】David
is
confident.
He
thinks
he
can
do
anything
if
he
tries
his
best.(18)David很自信。他认为如果他尽力，他能做任何事。
1、confident
形容词，意为“自信的；确信的"。
Eg.
The
teacher
wants
the
children
to
feel
confident
about
asking
questions
when
they
don't
understand.
教师要孩子们遇到不懂的问题就大胆提问。
[拓展]confidence，名词，意为“信心；信任；秘密"。
Eg.
She
has
every
confidence
in
her
students'
abilities.
她完全相信她学生的能力。
[经典例题]
1.We
all
know
that
we’ll
meet
all
kinds
of
difficulties
in
our
lives
in
the
future.We
should
learn
to
be
________
any
challenge!
A.
confident
enough
to
take
on
B.
active
enough
to
take
up
C.
enough
careful
to
try
on
D.
enough
patient
to
try
out
2.---
Lucy,
thank
you
for
advising
me
to
wear
red
clothes
yesterday.
I
passed
the
interview!
---
_____
In
fact,
red
can
give
you
power
and
help
you
gain
confidence.
A.
That’s
right.
B.
With
pleasure.
C.
Don’t
mention
it.
D.
Red
is
my
favourite
colour.
答案：AC
2、try
one's
best意为“尽力，尽某人最大努力”，相当于do
one's
best；try/do
one's
best
to
do
sth意为“尽某人最大努力做某事”。
Eg.
However
difficult
it
might
be,
I
will
try
my
best
to
work
it
out.
不管有多困难，我都会尽力解决。
[拓展]含try的短语
try
on
试穿
[经典例题]
1.Scientists
are
trying
their
best
to
______
ways
to
treat
the
terrible
disease
A.come
up
with
B.
look
forward
to
C.
talk
about
D.
give
up
2.We
may
meet
all
kinds
of
difficulties
in
the
future,
but
we
should
be
confident
enough
to__________any
challenge.
A.
put
on
B.
get
on
C.
take
on
D.
try
on
3.---Why
didn't
you
try
your
best
to
get
on
the
underground?
----I
tried
to,
but
it
started
moving
__________I
could
get
on
it.
A.
before
B.
while
C.
as
soon
as
D.
after
4.---Mom,
I
will
try
my
best
to
study
in
an
ideal
senior
high
school.
Trust
me.
---If
you
make
a__________,
you
must
keep
it.
A.mistake
B.
joke
C.
plan
D.
promise
答案：ACAD
5.We
will
try
our
best
w__________
we
are
successful
or
not.
答案：whether
【知识梳理4】hard-working
(P18)
形容词，意为“勤勉的；勤奋的；勤劳的"。
Eg.
I
remember
her
as
a
quiet,
hard-working
and
well-spoken
girl.
我记得她是个安静、勤奋且谈吐优雅的女孩子。
[拓展]work
hard
努力工作
work是动词，hard是副词，副词修饰动词放动词后面
hard
work
繁重的工作
hard是形容词，work是名词，形容词修饰名词放名词前面
Eg.
Play
while
you
play,
and
work
hard
while
you
work.
玩的时候就尽情地玩，工作的时候就努力工作。
Hard
work
is
the
name
of
the
game
if
you
want
to
succeed
in
business.
要想生意兴旺，勤奋工作是关键。
[拓展]复合形容词
（1）形容词（副词）+现在分词
good-looking(长相好看的)
ugly-looking(长相丑陋的)
easy-looking
(长相随和的)
tired-looking(面容疲劳的)
ever-lasting(永恒的)
Eg.
Cassandra
noticed
him
because
he
was
good-looking.
卡桑德拉注意到他是因为他长得好看。
I'm
tired
of
your
everlasting
complaints.
我讨厌你没完没了的抱怨。
（2）形容词/副词+过去分词
new-born
(新生的)
so-called(所谓的)
hard-won
(来之不易的)
well-dressed(衣着好的)
ready-made(现存的)
newly-built
(新建的)
recently-built
(刚建的)
Eg.
She
was
not
going
to
give
up
her
hard-won
freedom
so
easily.
她不会这么轻易地放弃得来不易的自由。
It
took
him
two
hours
to
get
to
the
newly-built
museum
by
bike.
他骑车花了两个小时才到达那个新建的博物馆。
[经典例题]
1.All
the
students
hope
to
__________in
their
study,
but
it
needs
_________.
A.take
the
lead,
hard-working
B.fall
behind,
work
hard
C.fall
behind,
working
hard
D.take
the
lead,
hard
work
答案:D
【知识梳理5】He
never
forgets
the
things
he
needs
to
do.(18)
他从不忘记他需要做的事情。
1、forget
动词，意为“忘记”
（1）forget
sb./sth.忘记某人某物
Eg.
I
never
forget
a
face.
见过的面孔我从不忘记。
（2）forget
to
do
sth.忘记去做某事
Eg.
I
forgot
to
ask
him
for
his
address.
我忘记向他要地址。
（3）forget
doing
sth.忘记做过某事
Eg.
I'll
never
forget
hearing
this
piece
of
music
for
the
first
time.
我永远不会忘记第一次听到这首曲子的情景。
[拓展]forget
it
（1）不要在意
使用语境：
假如你中午要出去吃饭，你的同事要你帮他稍点东西。结果你吃完饭却偏偏忘了给他买东西。当你很不好意思的时候，你的朋友说不要在意这点小事，他就可以说：
Eg.
Forget
it!
It's
okay.不要在意，没关系啦。
（2）行了，别说了
使用语境：当你正在忙着刷题或是正在忙着项目，旁边的同学或同事总是喋喋不休。你不想受打扰，此时，就可以说：
Eg.
Just
forget
it,
will
you?闭上嘴行不行？
（3）算了吧！
使用语境：
大家做了一个重要决定，但是出了结果之后却发现，如果当时选择另外一个，说不定会有更好的效果。于是开始七嘴八舌地讨论，当时怎么做就更好了，但是事情已经发生了，说什么都于事无补，此时便可以用：
Eg.
Forget
it!
It
is
no
use
talking
about
that.算了，再讨论那个没什么用
[经典例题]
1.---I
am
really
grateful
for
your
help.
---__________.
I
am
so
glad
that
I
can
share
some
of
your
worries..
A.
Don’t
mention
it.
B.
Why
so
grateful?
C.
For
what
?
D.
Forget
it
2.---The
game
is
too
hard
for
me.
I
will
certainly
lose.
---__________.
You
should
never
say
no
before
you
try.
A.
Forget
it!
B.
Come
on!
C.
I’m
sorry.
D.
Pardon
me?
答案：AB
[辨析]forget
VS
leave
（1）forget：意为“忘记，遗忘”，主要强调遗忘了某件事或某件物品，其后不接表示地点的名词。
（2）leave：指“遗忘某物在某地”，其后接地点或场所，其常用结构是：leave
sth
+地点，意为“把某物忘在某地”。
[经典例题]
1.You
still
have
some
pocket
money__________.
Why
not
_____________?
A.
to
leave;
give
it
to
him
and
me
B.
left;
throw
it
away
C.
to
leave;
hand
them
out
D.
left;
send
it
to
them
2.---Sorry,?Mr.?Green.?I?_____?my?English?book?at?home.??
---That’s?OK,?but?don’t?forget?next?time.?
A.?forgot??????
??B.?forget??????
C.?left??????
?
D.?kept?
3.This?morning?I?went?to?work?in?such?a?hurry?that?_____?the?key?to?my?office?at?home.?(青岛市中考英语)?
A.?forgot???????
?B.?left???????
C.?missed??????
D.?lost
答案：DCB
2、need
（1）need用作情态动词表必要性，多用于疑问句、否定句或否定意味的疑问句中。用need提问时，肯定回答用must，否定回答用needn’t.
Eg.
You
needn’t
do
it.你不需要做那件事。
---Need
I
do
my
homework
now?我有必要现在就交作业吗？
---Yes,
you
must./No,
you
needn’t.是的，你必须交。/不，你不必。
（2）need用作实义动词时，它有动词的全部形式，即现在时单数第三人称needs，现在分词needing
以及过去式和过去分词needed，后跟带to
的不定式或
ing
形式，可用于任何句式。
Eg.
The
floor
needs
sweeping.＝The
floor
needs
to
be
swept.?这地需要打扫了。
（3）用must提问时，肯定回答用must，否定回答用needn’t/don’t
have
to
[经典例题]
1.---Must
I
finish
the
work
before
five
o'?clock?
---No,
you?__________.
A.
needn't?
B.
mustn't
?
C.
have
to
D.
May
2.As
you
worked
late
yesterday,
you__________?have
come
this
morning.
A.
mayn't
?
B.
can't
C.
mustn't?
D.
needn't
3.Your?room?is?full?of?dust.?It__________.?
A.?need?clean????????????????????????B.?need?cleaning????
C.?need?to?be?cleaned?????????????????D.?needs?to?be?cleaned?
答案：ADD
【知识梳理6】He
has
won
several
science
competitions.(18)
他赢得过几次科学竞赛。
win意为“获胜，赢”，既可做及物动词，也可做不及物动词。
Eg.
She
loves
to
win
an
argument.
她喜欢在辩论中获胜。
France
won
by
six
goals
to
two
against
Denmark.
法国队以六比二战胜丹麦队。
【知识梳理7】He
will
help
us
with
our
lessons
if
we
are
absent
from
school.(P18)
如果我们缺课，他将帮我们实习功课。
1、此句中if引导的是时间状语从句，意为“如果”，主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时。当主句的谓语动词是一般将来时，那么时间或条件状语从句的谓语动词只能用一般现在时来表示将来要发生的动作。
I'll
tell
him
the
news
when
he
comes
back.
他回来时，我将告诉他这个消息。
[经典例题]
1.---Daddy,
when
will
we
go
out
to
fly
a
kite?
---As
soon
as
the
rain
________.
A.
is
stopping
B.
stopped
C.
will
stop
D.
stops
2.（2020年贵州黔东南州）---Would
you
like
to
go
hiking
if
it
________
fine
this
Saturday?
---I'd
love
to.
But
nobody
knows
if
it________.
A.
is;
will
rain
B.
is;
rains
C.
will
be;
will
rain
D.
will
be;
rains
3.---Jenny,
do
you
know
if
your
mother
_______
back
tomorrow?
---Sorry,
I
don’t
know.
As
soon
as
she
_________
home,
I
will
tell
her
to
call
you.
A.
comes;
gets
B.
will
come;
gets
to
C.
will
come;
will
get
D.
will
come;
gets
4.（2020年四川遂宁）
---
I
wonder
if
Sally________
us
prepare
for
the
party.
---I’m
sure
she
will
if
she________
time.
A.
helps,
will
have
B.
will
help,
has
C.
will
help,
will
have
D.
helps,
has
答案：DADB
2、absent,形容词，意为“缺席的”。常用结构be
absent
from，意为“不在……（地方）”
Eg.
The
pictures,
too,
were
absent
from
the
walls.
那些照片也不在那些墙上了。
[拓展]absent,
形容词，意为“心不在焉的；出神的”。
an
absent
expression
心不在焉的神情
[拓展]absence,
名词，意为“没有；缺乏；缺席；不注意”。
Eg.
She
did
not
mention
her
mother's
absence.
她没有提到她母亲的缺席。
【知识梳理8】We
are
writing
to
recommend
David
as
our
new
monitor.(P19)我们写信推荐大卫作为我们的新班长。
recommend
sb.
as...
意为“推荐某人为……”
Eg.
I
can
recommend
him
as
an
extremely
good
accountant.
我推荐他一定能当个极好的会计。
[拓展]recommend
sth.
to
sb.
向某人推荐某物
recommend
doing
sth.建议做某事
recommend
+(that)...
建议……（从句谓语动词用should
do,should
可以省略）
Eg.
I
recommend
the
book
to
all
my
students.
我向我所有的学生都推荐这本书。
He
recommended
reading
the
book
before
seeing
the
movie.
他建议先看这本书，再去看这部电影。
It
is
strongly
recommended
that
the
machines
should
be
checked
every
year.
建议每年一定把机器检修一次。
[经典例题]
1.How
can
_____
man
like
him
be
recommended
as
_____
head
of
our
hospital?
A.
the,
/
B.
a,
a
C.
the,
the
D.
a,/
答案：D
2.我写这封信推荐Tom作为学生会的新主席。
______________________________________________________
答案：I’m
writing
to
recommend
Tom
as
the
new
chairperson
of
the
Students’
Union.
能力实践
一、单项选择
1.
---________
18-year-old
gunman
killed
17
people
at
a
high
school
in
Florida
on
February
14th,
2018
and
the
American
president
Donald
Trump
signals
support
for_______
age
for
gun
buying.
---
________
terrible
news!
A.An;
rising;
What
B.
A;
raising;
How
C.
A;
rising;
How
D.
An;
raising;
What
---Can
I
come
here
on
Saturday
or
Sunday?
---Sorry,you
can
come_______on
Saturday_______
Sunday.
We
only
work
on
weekdays.
A.either;
or
B.
neither;
nor
C.
both;
and
D.
not
only,
but
also
3.
For
doctors,
much
more
attention
should_______
when
they
are
taking
care
of
their
patients.
A.pay
to
B.be
paid
C.be
paid
to
D.pay
4.
When
we_______
the
top
of
the
hill,
the
town_______
below
us.
A.arrived
at;
shaped
B.arrived;
appeared
C.
reached;
shaped
D.
got
to;
appeared
5.
In
the
Spring
Festival
of
2020,
when
the
COVID-19
broke
out,
Zhong
Nanshan
_______led_______took
an
active
part
in
the
battle_______COVID-19.
A.
either;
or;
through
B.
not
only...
but
also;
through
C.
either;
or;
against
D.
not
only...but
also;
against
6.
Finding
information
isn't
a
big
deal
today.
But
the_______is
how
we
can
tell
whether
the
information
you
get
is
useful
or
not.
A.challenge
B.
ability
C.
message
D.
knowledge
---
What
do
you
think
of
the
railway
_______Qinghai
to
Tibet?
---
Oh,
I
have
never
seen
_______
plateau(高原)
railway.
A.connects;
a
longer
B.connecting;
a
longer
C.
connects;
the
longest
D.connecting;
the
longest
8.
Both
his
parents
and
he
have
_______to
Beijing.to
Beijing.
_______of
them
are
having
a
good
time
there
now.
A.been;
both
B.gone;
both
C.
been;
all
D.gone;
all
9.---
Look,
there
are
so
many
wild
birds
on
the
trees
now
after
the
long
winter
days.
---
Yes,many
endangered
birds
are
still_______
unexpectedly
and
now
the
forest
is_______.
A.lively;lively
B.alive;lively
C.lively;alive
D.alive;alive
10.
We'll
meet
_______
great
difficulties
in
our
lives,
therefore,we
should
be
brave
enough
to
_______
any
challenge.
A.so;
take
on
B.so
many;
face
C.such;
put
on
D.such
many;
win
11.
You_______
pay
too
much
attention
to
your
pronunciation(发音),
_______
it's
so
important
in
the
oral
test.
A.can't;
as
B.
needn't;
while
C.can't;
while
D.
needn't;
as
12.---
Have
you
asked
the
twins
to
answer
all
the
questions?
---
Yes,but_______
could
be
answered
correctly.
A.all
B.both
C.neither
D.none
13.---
Would
you
mind
taking
part
in
the
hiking
again
next
week?
---_______
although
I
felt
_______
dead
after
such
a
long
walk
last
time.
A.Certainly
not;
as
good
as
B.
Of
course;
as
good
as
C.Not
at
all;
as
well
as
D
.Yes;as
well
as
14.
Mr.
Jobs
together
with
other
started
the
company
Apple
Inc.
in
1976
and
made
it
a
technology_______.
A.
inventor
B.
engineer
C.
pioneer
D.
fighter
15.
---
On
which
day
shall
I
come
again,
Tuesday,
Wednesday
or
Thursday?
---
_______
day
is
OK.
Our
office
will
be
open
the
whole
week.
A.either
B.neither
C.any
D.every
完形填空
It
was
nighttime.
For
some
reasons,
in
this
terrible
war,
the
soldiers(士兵)always
came
at
night.
I
had
only
been
in
a
(1)
sleep,
so
I
woke
up
quickly.
I
heard
the
sound
of
shouting,
and
then
gunshots
and
screams.
My
mother
called
to
me
and
my
brother.
"Grace,
Moses,
go
now!”
But
I
didn’t
want
to
(2)_______without
her
and
the
baby.
I
tried
to
say
something,
but
she
shouted,
"We
ll
be
right
behind
you.
Just
go!”
Moses
and
I
ran
out
of
the
door,
and
went
into
the
(3)_
_
Behind
us,
the
whole
village
was
on
fire.
We
ran
and
ran
(4)______
we
were
tired
out.
Then
we
stopped
and
waited.
Even
in
the
morning.
the
day
was(5)____
and
the
air
became
sticky
as
soon
as
the
sun
rose.
Moses
and
I
(6)
for
a
long
time.
We
didn't
want
to
walk
in
the
heat
of
the
day,
but
we
had
no
(7)
.We
had
no
water
or
shelter.
Then,
late
in
the
afternoon,
we
came
to.a
village.
I
had
felt
afraid
before.
(8)
had
been
a
part
of
my
life
ever
since
the
soldiers
started
coming
to
my
village.But,now,I
felt
something
worse-a
deep
feeling
of
(9)
and
loss
to
be
leaving
my
homeland.
We
woke
up
at
sunrise
to
the
sound
of
truck
pulling
up
nearby.
My
heart
beat
like
a
drum.
Both
of
us
sat
still
(10)
breathing,The
soldiers
often
caught
children
for
their
army.
Then,
just
as
I'd
almost
(11)
hope...
I
could
tell
these
people
were
from
the
same
area.as
ts
because
they
spoke
the
(12)
language.
I
looked
around,
and
wanted
to
find
a
familiar
face,
Finally,
I
saw
a
girl
I
knew-Maria
She
was
walking
to
the
camp
with
her
father.
1.A.fast
B.light
C.sound
D.deep
2.A.run
B.walk
C.leave
D.relax
3.A.playground
B.direction
C.garden
D.darkness
4.A.until
B.since
C.because
D.when
5.A.cool
B.hot
C.cold
D.comfortable
6.A.
walked
B.hid
C.talked
D.cried
7.A.reason
B.chance
C.money
D.choice
8.A.Fear
B.Anger
C.Happiness
D.hopelessness
9.A.surprise
B.sadness
C.comfort
D.happiness
10.A.really
B.finally
C.hardly
D.truly
11.A.give
up
B.put
up
C.put
away
D.give
out
12.A.different
B.foreign
C.body
D.same
阅读理解
Bananas
are
one
of
the
most
important
fruits
on
the
earth.
However,
according
to
the
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
(FAO),
banana
plants
around
the
world
are
dying
because
of
a
form
of
Panama
disease
called
Tropical
Race
4
(TR4).
In
2019,
the
Colombian
government
said
that
six
banana
farms
in
the
country
were
attacked
by
TR4.
The
disease
lives
in
the
ground.
It
attacks
banana
plants
through
the
roots
and
moves
into
the
stems(茎)
There,
it
prevents
water
and
other
things
from
reaching
the
plants'
leaves.
The
plant
turns
yellow,and
then
it
dries
up
and
dies.
It
can-take
six
months
to
a
year
for
banana
farmers
to
notice
TR4.
But
by
then,
it's
hard
to
treat
or
control
the
disease,
because
it
spreads
quite
easily.
Part
of
the
problem
is
that
most
bananas
are
of
the
same
type:
Cavendish.
It
is
helpful
for
the
banana
industry.
Large
companies
can
grow
more
bananas
when
they
grow
only
one
kind.
But
it
is
not
good
for
future.
When
a
disease
such
as
TR4
attacks,
a
whole
type
may
die
out.
Scientist
Altus
Viljoen,
an
expert
of
plant
disease,
says
we
should
diversify(使多样化)
the
banana
types.
Some
people
are
trying
to
save
the
fruit.
Scientist
James
Dale,
for
example,
is
working
with
a
team
in
Australia
to
introduce
a
new
type
of
banana
that
can
fight
against
TR4.
But
some
people
are
against
new
types
of
plants
created
in
the
lab.
They
say
people
shouldn't
mess
with(破坏)
nature.
Not
everyone
is
worried
about
the
fruit."Bananas'
future
is
great,”
says
Andrew
Biles,
an
adviser
to
a
banana
company.
“They
just
might
cost
a
bit
more
then.".
1.How
does
TR4
attack
a
banana
plant
according
to
the
2nd
paragraph?
2.Why
is
difficult
to
treat
or
control
TR4?
A.
Because
TR4
is
too
tiny
to
be
noticed.
B.
Because
banana
plants
grow
quite
quickly.
C.Because
TR4
spreads
easily
after
it
is
noticed.
D.Because
banana
farmers
know
too
little
about
TR4.
3.What
does
the
underlined
word
"it"
refer
to?
A.
That
most
bananas
are
of
the
same
type.
B.
That
large
companies
grow
one
kind
only.
C.That
TR4
will
make
Cavendish
die
out
soon.
D.That
some
suggest
diversifying
the
banana
types.
4.What
can
we
learn
from
the
last
paragraph?
A.
Bananas
will
be
expensive
in
the
future.
B.Dale
introduced
a
new
type
successfully.
C.The
future
of
the
banana
is
still
not
certain.
D.No
banana
type
on
the
earth
can
fight
against
TR4.
四、任务型阅读（培优）
Hanfu(华服)
is
the
traditional
clothing
of
all
ethnic
groups(民族)in
China.
Last
year,
a
special
day
was
chosen
as
China
Huafu
Day.
It
is
on
the
third
day
of
the
third
lunar
month
(农历月).
The
day
was
chosen
to
encourage
young
Chinese
to
take
pride
in
traditional
clothing,
as
well
as
classic
Chinese
culture.
Last
year,
the
day
fell
on
April
18.
To
celebrate
the
new
national
holiday,people
in
Xi'an,
Shaanxi
province,
held
catwalk
shows(时装秀)and
traditional
music
concerts.
They
wore
traditional
Chinese
clothing
on
the
shows.
Among
all
the
traditional
Chinese
clothing,
hanfu,the
traditional
clothing
of
the
Han
ethnic
group,
has
the
most
fans
and
has
seen
its
popularity
grow
quickly
in
recent
years.
It
is
hard
to
count
the
number
of
people
who
wear
hanfu.today.
And
hanfu
clubs
can
be
seen
in
lots
of
universities
and
cities.
Wang
Tianjiao,
a
student
in
the
University
of
Jinan,
is
a
big
fan
of
hanfu.She
set
up
a
hanfu
club
after
entering
the
university.
She
said
most
club
members
wore
hanfu
during
holidays
or
at
their
graduation
ceremonies,
Others
wear
hanfu
in
daily
life,
too.
Hanfu
fans
believe
in
what
they
love.
“I
want
to
wear
it
in
public
so
that
those
who
are
interested
can
learn
about
it,
"Wang
said.
“The
return
of
hanfu
is
not
about
turning
back
the
clock,
It's
about
making
every
generation(代)
value
our
traditional
culture."
China
is
becoming
stronger
and
stronger,
and
we
Chinese
feel
more
confident
about
our
traditional
culture.
Wearing
traditional
clothing
is
an
interesting
way
of
showing
how
we
feel
about
this.
Title:Ancient
fashion
is
coming
backIntroductionHuafu
is
the
traditional
clothing
of
all
ethnic
groups(民族)
in
China.China
Huafu
DayTime:
the
third
day
of
the
third
lunar
month
__1__:
to
encourage
young
Chinese
to
be
proud
of
traditional
clothing
and
classic
Chinese
culture
The
celebration
in
Xi'an:
People
held
catwalk
shows
and
traditional
music
concerts.
People
wore
traditional
huafu
on
the
shows.A
traditional
kind
of
Chinese
clothing
-
hanfu
Hanfu
has
the
most
fans.Hanfu
popularity
keeps
__2__
Hanfu’s
clubs
are
seen
in
universities
and
cities.
People
wear
hanfu
during
holidays,
at
their
graduation
ceremonies
or
even
in
daily
life.__3__for
wearing
traditional
Chinese
clothingTo
catch
people’s
__4__to
traditional
Chinese
culture.
To
show
our
confidence
and
__5__
about
traditional
Chinese
culture.
五、动词填空
1.
---
Have
you
taken
your
medicine
today?
---
Yes.
I_______
(take)
it
after
breakfast.
2.I_______
(ride)
to
school
for
three
years
when
I
was
in
junior
high,
but
now
I
take
the
bus.
3.What
we
failed
to
pay
attention
to
_________
(explain)
to
us
again
by
the
teacher
in
the
first
class.
4.The
novel
the
writer
has
devoted
much
time_________(sell)
well
as
soon
as
it
comes
out.
5.
Sandy,
you_________(stand)
too
close
to
the
swimming
pool!
It's
dangerous.
6.
---
Who
can
help
us
when
we
have
difficulty
salving
the
tasks?
---
The
robot
invented
by
the
scientists_________(complete)all
the
tasks.
Look,
they’re
well
done!
7._________(connect)
the
two
cities,
I'm
afraid
a
new
high-speed
railway
line
must
be
set
up.
8.
---
Why
didn't
they
catch
my
words?
---
I
think
not
only
Mike
but
also
Tom
and
Sally_________
(think)
about
something
else.
一、选择
答案：DBBDD
ABDBB
ADACC
二、完型
答案：BCDAB
ADABC
AD
三、阅读
答案:CCAC
任务型阅读
答案：Purpose;
growing;
Reasons;
attention;feelings
动词填空
答案：took;
rode;
was
explained;
will
sell;
are
standing;
has
completed;
To
connect;
were
thinking
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
2
Colors（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.We
all
know
that
the
sun
gives
us
light
and
heat (热).?
2.A
good
mother
can
give
her
children
feeling (感觉)
of
happiness.?
3.(山东威海中考改编)All
the
members
are
required (要求)
to
attend
the
meeting.?
4.What
colour
do
some
people
choose
when
they
hope
for
success (成功)??
5.Chinese
people
can
create (创造)
great
wonders
one
after
another.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.People
are
cheerful (cheer)
when
they
heard
the
good
news.?
2.The
couple
got
married (marry)
three
years
ago.?
3.Have
you
fought (fight)
with
your
brother
again??
4.Don’t
give
up
easily
when
you
meet
with difficulties (difficult).?
5.Don’t
touch
personal (person)
items
without
others’
permission(允许).?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.你想穿哪一件,黑色的还是蓝色的?
Which
one do
you
want
to
wear,black or blue??
2.他的英文写得比说得好。
He
writes
English better
than he
speaks it .?
3.我可以试穿一下这件橙色的外套吗?
Can
I try
on this
orange
coat??
4.琳达不确定她穿蓝色衣服是否看起来精力充沛。
Linda
isn’t
sure
if
she
looks
energetic
in
blue.?
兴趣起航
What
does
green/yellow/blue/red
represent?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】宾语从句
一、宾语从句的定义
在复合句中充当宾语作用的从句叫做宾语从句。宾语从句可以用作谓语动词的宾语，也可以用作介词的宾语。
二、宾语从句的连接词
1、由陈述句转化而来的宾语从句：把“that+陈述句”这一结构放在宾语的位置即构成宾语从句。
Eg.
The
boy
believes
（that）
he
will
travel
through
space
to
other
planets.
2、由一般疑问句转化而来的宾语从句：把“whether/if+陈述句”这一结构放在宾语的位置即构成宾语从句。
Eg.
I
wonder
whether/if
they
will
come
to
our
party.
3、由特殊疑问句转化而来的宾语从句：把特殊疑问句变成陈述句语序后放在宾语的位置即构成宾语从句。
Eg.
None
of
us
knows
where
these
new
parts
can
be
bought.
三、宾语从句的语序
在宾语从句的复合句中，从句部分不管是陈述句还是疑问句都必须采用陈述语序
。
Eg.
I
hear
(that)
physics
isn’t
easy.
I
think
(that)
you
will
like
this
school
soon.
Can
you
tell
me
how
I
can
get
to
zoo?
Please
tell
me
when
we’ll
have
the
meeting.
[注意]which,
who,
what在句子中是可以做主语的：
Eg.
I
wonder
who
is
Tom’s
English
teacher.
I
don’t
know
what
can
be
avoided.
四、宾语从句的时态
1、如果主句的时态是一般现在时，宾语从句该用什么时态就用什么时态。
Eg.
I
don’t
think
(that)
you
are
right.
Please
tell
us
where
he
is.
Can
you
tell
me
how
I
can
get
to
the
railway
station?
2、如果主句的时态是一般过去时，宾语从句只能用相应的过去时态（一般过去时，
过去进行时，
过去将来时，过去完成时）。例如：
Eg.
He
asked
what
time
it
was.
He
told
me
that
he
was
preparing
for
the
sports
meet.
He
asked
if
you
had
written
to
Peter.
He
said
that
he
would
go
back
to
the
U.S.
soon.
3、如果宾语从句所陈述的是客观真理，其时态常用一般现在时。例如：
Eg.
Our
teacher
said
that
January
is
the
first
month
of
the
year.
Scientists
have
proved
that
the
earth
turns
around
the
sun.
五、if和whether的区别
if/whether都可作宾语从句的引导词，意为“是否”，在一般情况下可以互换。if多用于口语和非正式文体中，whether则多用于比较正式的文体中。
只用whether的情况：
（1）在带to的动词不定式前
Eg.
I
can't
make
up
my
mind
whether
to
accept
the
job
offer.
我还没下定决心是否要接受这份工作。
（2）在介词后
Eg.
He
was
faced
with
the
dilemma
of
whether
or
not
to
return
to
his
country.
他面临着是否回国的艰难选择。
（3）直接与or
not连用时
Eg.
We're
debating
whether
or
not
to
go
skiing
this
winter.
我们盘算着今年冬天是否去滑雪。
（4）在动词discuss后面的宾语从句中
Eg.
Let's
discuss
whether
we
shall
go
by
plane.
让我们讨论一下我们是否乘飞机去。
（5）宾语从句提前时只能用whether
Eg.
Whether
this
is
true
or
not,
I
can’t
say.
我不敢肯定这是不是真的。
（6）
引导位于句首的主语从句或表语从句用whether
Eg.
Whether
I
believe
you
or
not
is
irrelevant
now.
我是否相信你，现在已无关紧要了。
六、if还是连词，意为“如果”，引导条件状语从句。
注意：if引导的条件状语从句，如果主句是一般将来时，从句从一般现在时表示一般将来时。
[经典例题]
1.（2020年四川遂宁）
---
I
wonder
if
Sally___________
us
prepare
for
the
party.
---I’m
sure
she
will
if
she___________
time.
A.
helps,
will
have
B.
will
help,
has
C.
will
help,
will
have
D.
helps,
has
2.（2020年贵州黔西南州）Lisa
is
studying
abroad.
She
hasn’t
decided
________
back
to
China
because
of
the
COVID-19.
A.
if
she
flies
B.
whether
she
will
fly
C.
when
will
she
fly
D.
how
will
she
fly
3.（2020年贵州铜仁）---Could
you
tell
us________?
---About
400
kilometers.
A.
How
far
it
is
from
Tongren
to
Guiyang
B.
How
far
is
it
from
Tongren
to
Guiyang
C.
How
long
it
takes
to
get
to
Guiyang
D.
How
long
does
it
take
to
get
to
Guiyang
4.（2020年新疆建设兵团）---What
did
the
shopkeeper
say
to
you?
---
She
asked
me________.
A.
when
does
the
shop
close
B.
where
did
I
see
the
style
C.
if
I
preferred
that
orange
dress
D.
what
else
I
will
buy
5.（2020年重庆A卷）---Wow!
The
school
uniforms
can
tell
parents
______Cool!
---So
the
children
won't
get
lost
easily.
A.
where
are
their
children
B.
where
their
children
are
C.
what
do
their
children
study
D.
what
their
children
study
答案：BBACB
6.（2020年山东滨州）---What
will
you
remember
most
after
leaving
junior
high
school
?
---I
will
always
remember
_____.
A.how
my
friends
and
teachers
used
to
help
me
B.when
did
my
friends
and
teachers
arrive
C.where
could
my
friends
and
teachers
meet
D.what
did
the
teachers
say
to
me
7.（2020年江苏苏州）---Excuse
me,
could
you
tell
me
_____
?
---In
five
minutes.
A.how
soon
will
the
film
begin
B.how
soon
the
film
will
begin
C.how
long
the
film
has
been
on
D.how
long
has
the
film
been
on
8.（2020年四川达州）---
Did
you
notice
_________
in
his
office?
---
Yes,
he
was
going
over
our
homework.
A.
what
Mr.
Li
was
doing
B.
how
was
Mr.
Li
doing
C.
how
Mr.
Li
was
doing
D.
what
Mr.
Li
is
doing
9.（2020年安徽）---Could
you
tell
me__________we
can
start
a
conversation
with
a
foreigner?
---Talking
about
weather
is
a
good
choice.
A.
how
B.
why
C.
where
D.
when
答案：ABCA
【知识梳理2】She
hopes
that
yellow
can
bring
her
success.(P26)
她希望黄色能带给她成功。
success是可数名词，意为“成功的人或事”，a
great
success意为“非常成功”。
Eg.
The
party
was
a
big
success.
这次聚会非常成功。
[拓展]success是不可数名词，意为“成功，成就”
Eg.
What's
the
secret
of
your
success?
你成功的秘诀是什么？
[拓展]successful是形容词，意为“成功的”
Eg.
I
wasn't
very
successful
at
keeping
the
news
secret.
我没能把这条消息严格保密。
[拓展]succeed是动词，意为“达到目的；实现目标；办到；做成”
Eg.
He
succeeded
in
getting
a
place
at
art
school.
他被艺术学校录取了。
[典型例题]
1.All
the
students__________（成功）in
getting
to
the
top
of
the
mountain
at
last
.
2.Though
I
finished
2018
Nanjing
Marathon
__________(success),
I
still
felt
proud
of
myself.
3.Because
of
his
friends,
he
has
_____________
(success)
reached
his
goal.
答案：succeeded
successfully
successfully
【知识梳理3】She
is
sure
that
yellow
can
bring
her
good
luck.
(P26)
她相信黄色能带给她好运。
luck是不可数名问，意为“机会，运气，机遇”
[拓展]lucky是形容词，意为“幸运的”
Eg.
I'm
lucky
really
as
I
never
put
on
weight.
我真的很幸运，体重从未增加过。
[拓展]luckily是形容词，意为“幸运地”
Eg.
Luckily,
I'd
noticed
where
you
left
the
car.
幸好，我注意了你停车的地点。
[典型例题]
1.He
was
________
boy.
But
_______
he
had
a
kind
grandmother.
A.an
unlucky;
luckily
B.a
lucky;
luckily
C.an
unlucky;
unluckily
D.a
lucky,
unluckily
2.___________,
nothing
valuable
was
stolen.
A.Lucky
B.Luckily
C.Unlucky
D.Unluckily
3.___________,
dirty
water
and
rubbish
polluted
the
water
and
interrupted
the
birthday
party.
A.Lucky
B.Luckily
C.Unluckily
D.Unlucky
4.Not
everyone
is
as
__________
as
you
to
have
a
father
who
is
a
scientist.
A.luck
B.good
luck
C.lucky
D.much
lucky
5.---Andy
gets
100
points
again.
He
is
the__________us.
---I
don’t
agree.
The
key
to
his
good
grades
is
his
hard
work,
not
good
luck.
A.luckiest
in
B.luckier
than
C.luckiest
of
D.luckiest
than
6.---_________we?have!?There?is?dragon?dance?in?the?park.
---Sounds?great.?We?can’t?miss?it.
A.What?good?luck??
B.How?good?luck
C.What?a?good?luck?
D.How?a?good?luck
答案：ABCCC
A
【知识梳理4】I
think
colours
influence
our
everyday
lives
in
many
ways.(P26)
我认为颜色在许多方面影响我们的日常生活。
1、everyday，形容词，意为“每天的，日常的”，相当于daily.
Eg.
The
Internet
has
become
part
of
everyday
life.
互联网已成为日常生活的一部分。
[辨析]everyday，every
day
everyday
是形容词，意为“日常的，每天的”，在句中做定语。
every
day
是副词短语，意为“每天，天天”，在句中做状语。
[经典例题]
1.We
should
practice
our_______
English_______.
A.everyday;
every
day
B.every
day;
everyday
C.every
day;
every
day
D.everyday;
everyday
2.Computer
is
an
important
part
of
our_________
life
now.
Many
people
use
it_____.
A.everyday;
every
day
B.every
day;
everyday
C.everyday;
everyday
D.every
day;
every
day
答案：AA
2、in
many
ways在某些方面
[拓展]与way有关的短语
by
the
way顺便问，顺便说；
on
the/one's
way
to在（某人）去...的路上；
the
way
of
doing
sth/the
way
to
do
sth
做某事的方法；
in
one's
way挡道，碍事；
lose
one's
way迷路；
[典型例题]
1.She
looks
the
same___________
her
sister_________some
ways.
A.as;
as
B.in;
in
C.from;
at
D.as;
in
2.There
were
some
big
stones
_______
my
way
_________
my
way
home
yesterday.
A.
in;
on
B.
on;
in
C.
in;
by
D.
at;
by
3.If
you
are
______,
British
people
usually
say
“Excuse
me”
or
they
are
polite
to
wait
till
you
move.
A.
on
the
way
B.
in
the
way
C.
by
the
way
D.
in
this
way
4.---He
is
so
crazy
about
reading
books.As
a
result,we
all
call
him
a
bookworm!
---So
he
is!
If
he
is
not
reading,he
is
__________
to
the
school
library.
A.in
this
way
B.
by
the
way
C.
on
the
way
D.in
the
way
5.____________,
zero
waste
is
not
new.
A.in
some
ways
B.on
the
way
C.in
another
ways
D.by
the
way
6.---It’s
said
that
people
born
in
the
Year
of
the
Ox
are
hardworking.
---Mm,
you’re
hardworking
__________.
A.
by
the
way
B.
in
some
ways
C.
on
the
way
D.
anyway
答案：DABCA
B
【知识梳理5】My
mum
says
blue
is
suitable
for
bedrooms.(P26)
我妈妈说蓝色适合卧室。
suitable，形容词，意为“合适的；适宜的”。
固定搭配：be
suitable
for意为“适合...”，表示适合于某种要求、目的或工作，也可指“适合某人”。
Eg.
The
school
should
create
an
environment
that
is
suitable
for
the
students
to
study.
学校应创造一个适合学生学习的环境。
[拓展]suit，动词，意为“合适的；适宜的”。
Eg.
These
glasses
suit
people
with
round
faces.
这款眼镜适合圆脸的人。
【知识梳理6】True,
but
it
depends
on
personal
taste.(P26)是的，但这取决于个人品位。
depend
on，意为“依靠，依赖”
Eg.
Does
the
quality
of
teaching
depend
on
class
size?
教学质量取决于每个班的人数吗？
[经典例题]
1.It’s
important
for
us
to
protect
nature
because
we
___________
its
rich
resources
to
live.
A.depend
on
B.leave
for
C.give
up
D.lead
to
2.I'm
not
sure
whether
I
can
hold
a
party
in
the
open
air,
because
it________
the
weather.
A.
stands
for
B.
agrees
with
C.
lives
on
D.
depends
on
3.---I’d
like
to
choose
light
blue
as
the
colour
of
our
bedroom.
---______.
The
colour
brings
us
a
calm
and
peaceful
feeling.
A.
Sounds
great
B.
No
way
C.
It
depends
D.
I
can’t
decide
答案：ADA
【知识梳理7】Is
the
sports
bag
made
of
cotton?
(P27)运动包是棉质的吗?
be
made
of意为“由...制成”。
[辨析]be
made
of，be
made
from，be
made
in，be
made
up
of
（1）be
made
of
意为“由......制成”，介词of后所接的制成品能看出原材料；
Eg.
Everything
there
is
made
of
bamboo.
那里什么都是竹子做的。
（2）be
made
from意为“由......制成”，介词from后所接的制成品不能看出原材料；
Eg.
Wine
is
made
from
grapes.
葡萄酒是用葡萄做的。
（3）be
made
in意为“在某地制造”，介词in后接表示地点的名词。
Eg.
Our
food
was
made
in
the
fast
food
restaurant.
我们的食物是在快餐店做的
（4）be
made
up
of意为“由...组成，由...构成”
Eg.
Clouds
are
made
up
of
little
drops.
云是由小水珠组成的。
（5）be
made
into意为“把…制成；使…变为”。
Eg.
The
comic
book
Spider
man
was
made
into
a
movie
in
2002.
《蜘蛛侠》这部漫画在2002年被改编成电影。
[经典例题]
1.Most
ancient
books
were_______bamboo
before
paper
was
invented.
My
favourite
one
was_______six
parts.
A.made
up
of;
made
of
B.made
from;
made
up
of
C.made
of;
made
up
of
D.made
from;
made
of
2.---Do
you
know
when
________
Mo
Yan’s
Red
Sorghum
________?
---
In
1986.
And
it
________
a
movie
by
Zhang
Yimou
later.
A.
did;
come
out;
was
made
into
B.
was;
come
out;
was
made
into
C.
/;
came
out;
made
into
D.
/;
came
out;
was
made
into
答案：CD
【知识梳理8】Should
I
stay
at
home
instead
of
going
shopping
with
my
classmates.
(P27)
我应该呆在家里而不去和同学购物吗？
instead
of介词短语，意为“代替、而不是”。
Eg.
Now
I
can
walk
to
work
instead
of
going
by
car.
现在我可以步行去上班，而不必开车了。
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】Discover
how
the
power
of
colours
can
change
your
moods
and
improve
your
life!
(P29)
发现颜色的力量能怎样改变你的情绪并改善你的生活！
1、discover，及物动词，意为“发现，发觉"。
Eg.
Scientists
around
the
world
are
working
to
discover
a
cure
for
AIDS.
全世界的科学家都在努力寻找治疗艾滋病的方法。
[辨析]discover，invent
（1）discover
强调通过调查、勘察等手段发现原本客观存在的、尚未被人发现的事物。
Eg.
Columbus
discovered
America.
哥伦布发现了美洲。
（2）invent
强调运用想象力，通过学习、思考、实验而发明、创造出原来不存在的、有用的新事物。
Eg.
The
first
video
game
was
invented
about
25
years
ago.
第一个游戏大约是在25年前发明的。
[经典例题]
1.It's
a
fact
that
those
islands
in
the
South
China
Sea
were
first
________
by
Chinese.
A.found
B.found
out
C.invented
D.discovered
2.In
the
19th
century,
gold
______
in
California,
America.
A.discovered
B.will
discover
C.is
discovered
D.was
discovered
3.Tea,
the
most
popular
drink
in
the
world,_________
by
accident
in
China.
A.discovered
B.is
discovered
C.will
be
discovered
D.was
discovered
4.However,
no
one
________
any
life
in
space
yet.
A.has
been
discovered
B.discovered
C.has
discovered
D.have
discovered
5.He
made
some
new
_________
in
science.
A.discovers
B.discovered
C.discovery
D.discoveries
答案：DDDCD
2、improve，及物动词，意为“改善，增进；提高…的价值"。
Eg.
I
need
to
improve
my
English.
我需要提高我的英语水平。
[拓展]
improvement，名词，意为“改善,改进;改进的事物”。
Eg.
Her
work
is
showing
some
signs
of
improvement.
她的工作出现了一些改进的迹象。
[经典例题]
1.Her
English
skill_________a
lot.How
does
she
make
it?
A.improves
B.improved
C.has
improved
D.will
improve
2.The
environment
in
our
city
_______
greatly
if
we
make
every
effort
in
the
near
future.
A.improved
B.was
improved
C.has
improved
D.will
be
improved
3.---Could
you
tell
me
__________
my
English?
---By
listening
and
speaking
more.
A.what
to
improve
B.where
to
improve
C.how
to
improve
D.which
to
improve
4.UNICEF
is__________that
works
to__________the
lives
of
children.
A.an
organization;
improve
B.a
organization;
improve
C.an
organize;
improvement
D.a
organize;
improvement
答案：CDCA
【知识梳理2】We
promise
that
this
therapy
can
help
you
change
your
moods,
or
you
will
get
your
money
back!(P29)
我们承诺这种疗法可以帮助你改变情绪，否则全额退款!
promise意为“承诺，允诺"，既可做及物动词，也可做不及物动词。
（1）promise
sth./that从句，“答应某事”
Eg.
I'll
see
what
I
can
do
but
I
can't
promise
anything.
我会去看看能做什么，但不能给予任何承诺。
But
one
day,
she
promised
that
she
would
make
it
snow
on
my
next
birthday.
可有一天，她许诺在我下一次生日的时候，她要让老天下雪。
（2）promise
to
do
sth.“答应做某事”
Eg.
We
promise
to
deliver
within
48
hours.
我们承诺在48小时内送到。
（3）promise
sb.(not)
to
do
sth.“答应某人（不）做某事”
Eg.
You
must
promise
me
not
to
worry
too
much.
你一定要答应我不要过分担忧。
[拓展]promise，名词，意为“承诺，允诺"，
break
a
promise
食言
keep
a
promise
遵守诺言
make
a
promise
答应，许下诺言
[经典例题]
1.---Jack,
let's
have
a
picnic
after
school.
---Sorry.
I
have
________
Frank
to
work
on
the
biology
report
with
him.
A.advised
B.expected
C.suggested
D.promised
答案：D
【知识梳理3】If
it
does
not
work,
you
can
get
your
money
back.
(P29)
如果疗法不起作用的话，可以退款。
work，动词，意为“奏效；产生预期的结果（或作用）”。
Eg.
The
phone
isn't
working.
这部电话坏了。
[拓展]
（1）work，不可数名词，意为“工作”。
Eg.
I'm
still
looking
for
work.
我仍在找工作。
（2）work，可数名词，意为“著作；作品”，常用复数works。
Eg.
All
works
of
love
are
works
of
peace.
所有爱的工作都是和平的工作。
[典型例题]
1.如果它不起作用，我能拿回我的钱。
If
it
________
________
,
I
can
________
________
________
________.
答案：doesn’t
work;
get
my
money
back.
【知识梳理4】She
has
practised
colour
therapy
since
she
left
college.(P29)
自从她大学毕业，她就从事颜色疗法。
practise，及物动词，意为“练习;操练;实践"，后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式做宾语。
Eg.
If
you
practise
speaking
English,
you'll
soon
improve.
只要你练习说英语，很快就会进步。
Don't
practise
drums
while
the
baby
is
sleeping.
孩子睡觉时，不要练习打鼓。她从事颜色疗法多长时间了？
[经典例题]
1.We
should
do
what
we
can_______
English?
A.to
practice
to
speak
B.to
practice
speaking
C.practice
speaking
D.practice
to
speak
答案：B
【知识梳理5】If
you
feel
stressed,
eat
more
green
vegetables.(P29)
如果你感觉有压力，多吃绿色蔬菜。
stressed，形容词，意为“紧张的,有压力的"。feel
stressed（out）意为“感到紧张，感到有压力”。
Eg.
When
you
feel
too
stressed
to
study,
you
can
come
to
teachers
for
help
.
当你感到压力太大，无法继续学习时，你可以向老师寻求帮助。
[拓展]stress
，名词，意为“压力；强调；紧张；重要性；重读"。
Eg.
We
all
have
to
learn
to
handle
stress.
我们都得学会调节压力。
[拓展]stress
，动词，意为“强调；使紧张；加压力于；用重音读"。
Eg.
He
stressed
the
importance
of
a
good
education.
他强调了接受良好教育的重要性。
[拓展]stressful
，形容词，意为“压力重的；紧张的"。
Eg.
It
was
a
stressful
time
for
all
of
us.
对我们所有人来说，那是一个艰难的时期。
[拓展]feel
stressed
(out)意为“感到紧张，感到有压力”
Eg.
So
if
you're
feeling
stressed
out,
try
to
remember
when
your
last
meal
was.
因此要是你感到有压力时，试着想想你上顿饭是多久前吃的。
[经典例题]
1.---Few
students
like
exams
because
they
bring
the
students
__________.
---I
agree.
I
think
fewer
exams
will
make
students
less
______________.
A.stress;
stressed
B.stressed;
stress
C.stress;
stress
D.stressed;
stressed
2.His
wife
just
had
another
kid,
so
he__________.
A.is
stress
out
B.stressed
out
C.feel
stressed
out
D.is
stressed
out
3._____you
face
a
stressful
situation,
take
a
few
moments
to
breathe
deeply
before
you
say
or
do
anything.
A.Whenever
B.However
C.Whatever
D.Anywhere
4.A
good
way
to
reduce
______
is
to
talk
about
your
feelings
with
someone
you
trust.
A.strength
B.
stress
C.
energy
D.
power
答案：ADAB
【知识梳理6】She
suggests
different
clothes
to
different
people.(P30)
她建议不同的人穿不同的衣服。
suggest，动词，意为“建议，提议"。接名词/动名词/that从句作宾语，其中that的宾语从句用“should+动词原形”，should可以省略.
Eg.
May
I
suggest
a
white
wine
with
this
dish,
Sir?
先生，吃这道菜，我给您推荐一种白葡萄酒，好吗？
I
suggested
going
in
my
car.
我提议坐我的车去。
I
suggest
(that)
we
(should)
go
out
to
eat.
我提议我们出去吃吧。
[拓展]suggest，动词，意为“暗示；表明"。主语往往是事物，而不是人。接名词或动名词或宾语从句作宾语.
Eg.
The
symptoms
suggest
a
minor
heart
attack.
症状显示这是轻微心脏病发作。
★What
do
these
results
suggest
to
you?
照你看，这些结果说明什么呢？
[拓展]suggestion
，可数名词，意为“建议”，同义词advice，不可数名词
I'd
like
to
hear
your
suggestions
for
ways
of
raising
money.
关于筹集资金的办法，我想听听你的意见。
[经典例题]
1.Mary
suggests____
a
picnic
this
weekend.
A.
to
have
B.
having
C.
to
go
D.
going
2.---What
did
you
suggest
us
________?
---I
suggest
________
a
meeting
to
discuss
the
problem.
A.do;
hold
B.to
do;
holding
C.to
do;
to
hold
D.doing;
holding
3.---What
are
you
going
to
buy
for
your
son,
Mr
Lee?
---I
________
to
buy
him
a
new
iPad.
A.
promised
B.
replied
C.
suggested
D.
wished
4.We
talked
about
the
problem
and
Tim
________
doing
some
research
first.
A.finished
B.enjoyed
C.suggested
D.practised
5.---You're
clearly
tired,
so
I
suggest
you
__________
three
weeks
off.
---I
think
it’s
a
good
________.
A.should
take;
advice
B.will
take;
suggestion
C.take;
advise
D.take;
suggestion
6.---Thank
you
for
your___________.
They
help
me
a
lot.
---It’s
my
pleasure.
A.advise
B.advice
C.suggest
D.suggestions
7.My
teacher
advises
me
__________
hard
while
my
friends
suggest
__________.
A.to
study;
playing
B.studying;
play
C.study;
play
D.to
study;
to
play
8.I
received
a
number
of
________,
but
________
of
them
is
valuable
to
me.
A.advice;
both
B.advice;
all
C.suggestions;
both
D.suggestions;
none
9.I
suggest
_______
a
party
to
celebrate
his
80th
birthday.
A.
to
have
B.
have
C.
having
D.
you
to
have
10.Our
English
teacher
gave
us
________
on
improve
our
spoken
English.
A.some
advices
B.suggestion
C.a
piece
of
advice
D.a
piece
of
suggestion
答案：BBACD
DADCC
【知识梳理7】You
should
think
of
the
sun.(P30)
你应该想起太阳。
think
of意为“想起,记起”，同义短语：come
up
with
Eg.
I
think
of
Dragon
when
I
think
of
Chinese.
说到中国人我就想起龙。
[拓展]think
of/about
意为“考虑”
Eg.
I
need
time
to
think
about
it.
我需要时间考虑一下。
[拓展]think
over
表示“仔细考虑”，强调仔细，over是副词，代词应放在think与over之间。
[经典例题]
1.---What
do
you
____________the
show??
---I
____________
it
is
exciting.
A.think
of;
think
B.think;
think
of
C.thinks
of;
thinks
D.thinks;
thinks
of
2.Lily
will
give
a
talk
tomorrow.
She
is
thinking
about
__________
to
make
everyone
happy
with
her
speech.
A.how
to
say
B.what
to
say
C.what
can
I
say
D.how
can
I
say
3.__________
and
let
me
know
whether
you
agree
with
me.
A.Think
of
it
B.Think
it
of
C.Think
it
over
D.Think
over
it
答案：ABC
【知识梳理8】She
will
give
you
free
clothes.(P30)她会给你免费的衣服。
free是形容词，在这里意为“免费的，免税的”。be
free
from免受，摆脱了......的。
Eg.
Since
then,
I
have
been
free
from
the
fear
of
speaking
in
public.
自那之后，我不再害怕在公开场合讲话。
[拓展]freedom，不可数名词，意为“自由”
[经典例题]
1.Will
you
come
and
join
us
if
you
are
free
tomorrow?
A.will
have
free
B.will
be
free
C.have
free
D.are
free
2.---Are
you
_______
to
do
your
favorite
things?
---Yes.
I
have
enough
time
_______
them.
A.free
enough;
to
do
B.enough
free;
doing
C.free
enough;
doing
D.enough
free;
to
do
3.Mr.
Wang
is
strongly
______
keeping
animals
in
the
zoo，because
he
thinks
animals
should
also
enjoy
freedom.
A.against
B.for
C.up
D.down
答案：DAA
【知识梳理9】I'd
rather
wear
orange.(P30)我宁愿穿橙色的。
would
rather
do
sth
意为“宁愿/更喜欢做某事”。
Eg.
They
would
rather
struggle
for
peace.
他们宁愿为和平而奋斗。
[拓展]would
rather...than...
宁愿...而不愿...
Eg.
Kids
would
rather
play
than
study.
孩子们宁愿玩而不愿学习。
I
would
rather
not
change
the
time.
我倒宁愿不要更改时间。
[经典例题]
1.---Which
do
you
prefer,
Chinese
food
or
Western
food?
---I
would
rather
_______
Chinese
food.
Let's
have
noodles.
A.
to
have
B.
having
C.
had
D.
have
2.---What
do
you
think
of
the
white
dress?
---
I______
its
style,
but
I
_______not
choose
it
because
of
its
price.
A.would
rather;
prefer
B.
prefer;
prefer
C.
would
rather;
would
rather
D.
prefer;
would
rather
3.More
and
more
couples
would
rather_______a
second
baby________their
first
child
can
feel
less
lonely.
A.
have;
in
order
to
B.
to
have;
in
order
to
C.
have;
so
that
D.
to
have;
so
that
4.---Do
you
plan
to
have
a
driving
tour
on
the
coming
May
Day?
---I'm
afraid
there
is
a
lot
of
traffic,
so
I'd
rather
________
the
train
than
________
a
car.
A.take;
to
drive
B.take;
drive
C.taking;
driving
D.to
take;
to
drive
答案：DDCB
【知识梳理10】In
many
places,
baby
boys
are
dressed
in
blue
and
baby
girls
in
pink.(P31)在许多地方，小男孩穿蓝色，小女孩穿粉色。
1、baby
boys和baby
girls都是复合名词，名词baby做定语修饰后面的主体词。复合名词变成复数时，只将复合名词的主体词变为复数。
Eg.
I
planted
those
apple
trees.
我种了那些苹果树。
[注意]当man，woman做定语构成的复合名词变复数时，前后两部分都要变为复数。
Eg.
There
are
three
women
teachers
in
our
school.
我们校有三位女教师。
[经典例题]
1.There
are
over
two
hundred
teachers
in
our
school.
________
of
them
are
_______.
A.Three
fifth,
woman
teachers
B.Third
fifths,
women
teacher
C.Three
fifths,
women
teachers
2.---I
hear
the
four
young________in
our
school
still
have
no________.
---Really?
Maybe
they
are
too
shy.
A.man
teachers,
girl
friends
B.men
teachers,
girls
friends
C.men
teachers,
girl
friends
D.man
teachers,
girls
friends
3.---Do
______
like
going
to
_______?
---I
don’t
know.
A.woman
teachers,
clothes
shops
B.women
teachers,
clothes
shops
C.woman
teachers,
sport
shops
D.women
teachers,
shoes
shops
答案：CCB
2、be
dressed
in+衣服/颜色
“穿着”
Eg.
We
must
be
dressed
in
uniform
at
school.
在学校我们必须穿制服。
She
likes
to
be
dressed
in
red.
她喜欢穿红色衣服。
[拓展]
（1）dress
sb
给某人穿衣服
Eg.She
bathed
her
and
dressed
her
in
clean
clothes.
她给她洗了澡并穿上干净衣服。
（2）dress
up
装扮，打扮
Eg.
You
do
not
need
to
dress
up
for
dinner.
你不必为了晚宴盛装打扮。
（3）dress
up
as
装扮成
Eg.
They
all
dress
up
as
doctors.
他们都打扮成医生模样。
[经典例题]
1.Andy
gets
________
quickly,
and
then
________
his
little
sister.
A.dresses;
dressed
B.dressed;
dresses
C.dresses;
dresses
D.dressed;
dressed
2.I'd
like
________
up
________
an
orange
dress.
A.to
dress;
in
B.dressing;
in
C.to
dress;
as
D.dressing;
as
3.Western
countries,
women
are
always
dressed
_______white
______their
wedding
day,
because
white
is
the
colour
of
purity.
A.
on;
on
B.
in;
in
C.
on;
in
D.
in;
on
4.---I
saw
Ann
________
a
green
dress
at
the
school
meeting.
---I
think
she
looks
better
________
red.
A.dressed;
in
B.put
on;
on
C.wearing;
in
D.wear;
on
5.Children
want
to________
ghosts
and
witches.
A.dress
at
B.dress
in
as
C.dress
up
D.dress
up
as
6.The
girl
is
too
young
to
________
herself.
A.wear
B.put
on
C.dress
D.dress
up
答案：BADCD
C
【知识梳理11】In
the
past,
women’s
main
job
was
to
look
for
food
for
their
family.(P31)在过去，妇女的主要工作就是为她们的家人寻找食物。
不定式作表语：主语是以aim,ambition,duty,hope,?idea,intention,plan,purpose,suggestion等为中心词的名词词组，或以what引导的名词性分句表示，后面的不定式说明其内容。如：?
Eg.
My?idea?is?to?climb?the?mountain?from?the?north.?
Our?plan?is?to?make?better?use?of?these?materials.?
What?I?would?suggest?is?to?start?work?at?once.?
The?only?thing?I?can?do?now?is?go?on?studying?hard.
[典型例题]
1.My
dream
is
_________
to
the
moon
some
day.
A.go
B.to
go
C.goes
D.gone
答案：B
【知识梳理12】The
colour
blue
was
once
believed
to
have
the
power
to
drive
evil
spirits
away,
so
people
dressed
baby
boys
in
blue
in
the
hope
that
boys
would
be
protected.(P31)
蓝色曾被认为有驱赶恶灵的威力，所以人们给男婴穿蓝色以希望男孩会受到保护。
1、sb/sth
is
believed
to
...=
It
is
believed
that...据相信……，因此上句还可以转述为：It
was
once
believed
that
the
colour
blue
had
the
power
to
…
Eg.
It
is
believed
that
greenhouse
gases
are
the
main
causes
of
global
warming.
一般认为温室效应气体是导致全球变暖的主因。
2、power，名词，意为“力量，能力；"。
Eg.
He
had
lost
the
power
of
speech.
他丧失了语言能力。
[拓展]powerful，形容词，意为“强大的；强有力的"。
Eg.
The
media
has
a
powerful
influence
on
public
opinion.
传媒对于舆论有很大的影响。
[典型例题]
1.Both
red
and
black
represent
_____
.
But
I
prefer
to
wear
red
when
I
feel
tired.
A.powerful
B.power
C.peace
D.peaceful
2.---Why
didn't
you
ask
Tom
to
help
you
with
your
work?
---Because
he
was
only
a
student
and
had
no
_______experience.
A.
powerful
B.
practical
C.
loyal
D.
general
3.Knowledge
is
power,
but
sometimes
I
feel
thoughts
are
________
than
knowledge.
A.powerful
B.more
powerful
C.most
powerful
D.the
most
powerful
答案：BBB
3、in
the
hope
that/in
the
hope
of
sth抱着……的希望
Eg.
I
called
early
in
the
hope
of
catching
her
before
she
went
to
work.
我很早就打了个电话，希望在她上班之前找到她。
Eg.
They
contacted
me
in
the
hope
that
I
could
show
them
a
better
way.
他们联系到我，希望我能给他们展示一种更好的方法。
[典型例题]
1.怀着能找到一份好工作的希望，李明的叔叔于2000年去了深圳。
Li
Ming’s
uncle
went
to
Shenzhen
in
2000
________
________
________
________
he
could
find
a
good
job.
答案：in
the
hope
that
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】power
and
trust(P32)权力和信任
trust，不可数名词，意为“信任，信赖”。
Eg.
It
has
taken
years
to
earn
their
trust
.
花了好多年才赢得他们的信任。
[拓展]trust，及物动词，意为“信任”。
（1）trust
sb.信任某人，相信某人是诚实的，是真挚的，绝对不会带来伤害。
Eg.
"I
trust
you
completely,"
he
said.
“我完全信任你。”他说。
（2）trust
sb.
to
do
sth.相信某人会做某事
Eg.
That's
why
I
must
trust
you
to
keep
this
secret.
这就是我一定相信你会保守此秘密的原因。
[拓展]trust，不及物动词，意为“信任”。这里的信任某人，指对某人有信仰有信心的意思。
Eg.
Do
you
trust
in
God?你相信上帝吗？
【知识梳理2】orange:
joy
and
warmth
(P32)橘色：欢乐和温暖
warmth，不可数名词，意为“温暖，暖和，热情”。
Eg.
They
were
touched
by
the
warmth
of
the
welcome.
他们受到了热情欢迎，很感动。
[回忆]warm，形容词，意为“温暖的，暖和的，热情的”。
Eg.
Home
is
the
warmest
place
where
you
go.
[经典例题]
1.Due
to
global
warming,
we
experienced
________
year
on
record
last
year.
A.warm
B.the
warmer
C.a
warmest
D.the
warmest
2.What
should
we
pay
attention
to
_________.
A.keep
warm
B.to
keep
warm
C.keeping
warm
D.keeping
warmly
3.Spring
is
coming,
and
it
is
getting__________.
A.warm
and
warm
B.warmer
and
warmer
C.cold
and
cold
D.colder
and
colder
4.They
were
__________
dressed
in
coats
and
scarves.
A.heavily
B.sadly
C.warmly
D.freely
答案：DBBC
【知识梳理3】Red
represents
power
ant
strength
(P32)红色代表权力和力量
strength，不可数名词，意为“温暖，暖和，热情”。
Eg.
Political
power
depends
upon
economic
strength.
政治权力取决于经济实力。
[经典例题]
1.A
good
way
to
reduce
______
is
to
talk
about
your
feelings
with
someone
you
trust.
A.strength
B.
stress
C.
energy
D.
power
2.Plants
will
grow
and
wind
around
you
because
your
__________
offers
a
safe
hold.
A.strength
B.
wisdom
C.
power
D.
peace
答案：BA
【知识梳理4】Maybe
she
feels
weak,
and
that
is
why
she
is
wearing
red...(P32)
也许她感觉很虚弱，这就是她穿红色的原因…
句中的why作连接副词，用来引导表语从句，“that
is
why...”意为“这就是……的原因”。
Eg.
High-speed
rail
changes
life.
That
is
why
we
keep
building
it.
高铁改变生活。这就是我们一直在建设高铁的原因。
[注意]表语从句与宾语从句同为名词性从句，也要用陈述语序。
[典型例题]
1.那就是为什么我们要保护环境。
________________________________________
答案：That’s
why
we
should
protect
the
environment.
【知识梳理5】I
think
the
woman
must
feel
a
little
bit
stressed,
and
she
hopes
these
colours
will
change
that.(P32)
我认为这位女士一定感觉有点压力，她希望这些颜色能改变这点。
a
little
bit，意为“少许；有些；稍微”，相当于副词，常用于形容词、副词之前，动词这后，多用在口语中，相当于a
little或a
bit.
Eg.
He
was
a
little
bit
afraid
of
his
father's
reaction.
他有点害怕他父亲的反应。
[用法总结]
a
little
=
a
bit
of,
后接不可数名词；
a
little
=
a
bit
=
a
little
bit
=
kind
of,
后接形容词，意为“有点儿”
[注意]
not
a
little意为“非常”，
not
a
bit意为“一点也不”，
[经典例题]
1.I
feel
_______
tired
,so
I
want
to
drink
_______
tea.
A.
a
bit
of,
a
bit
B.
a
little
bit,
a
bit
of
C.
a
bit,
a
little
of
D.
a
bit
little,
a
bit
2.---Look,
he
is
wearing
white
today.
What
do
you
think
of
him?
---Maybe
he
is
feeling
________
nervous.
A.a
little
bit
B.a
bit
little
C.a
bit
of
D.a
little
of
3.I
am
_____hungry.
Give
me
_______of
milk.
A
a
bit;
a
little
B
not
a
little;
a
bit
C
little;
a
lit
D
not
a
little;
a
little
4.He
knows
___English
that
he
can't
even
teach_____.
A.
so
little,
so
little
a
child
B.
such
little,
such
little
C.
so
little,
so
little
children
D.
such
little,
such
a
little
child
答案：BABA
【知识梳理6】Red
and
white
are
a
good
match,
as
the
powerful
red
balances
the
calm
white.(P32)红和白是很好的搭配，因为强大的红色能与镇静的白色平衡。
1、match
名词，意为“相配；相配的人或物”。作为名词，还有“比赛”的意思。
Eg.
I
was
no
match
for
him
at
tennis.
打网球我根本不是他的对手。
It's
going
to
be
a
great
match.
这将是一场了不起的比赛
[拓展]match
及物动词，“
般配；相配”。
Eg.
The
doors
were
painted
blue
to
match
the
walls.
门漆成了蓝色，为的是与墙的颜色相配。
[经典例题]
1.---
Do
you
think
my
yellow
T-shirt
goes
well
with
the
blue
jeans?
---
Well,
they
are
not
bad.
But
I
think
that
white
T-shirt
and
the
jeans
are
_________
match.
A.
a
better
B.
best
C.
better
D.
a
best
2.---Bob,please
tell
me
_________.
---In
south
Hill
School.
A.where
will
the
match
be
held
B.where
the
match
will
be
held
C.when
will
the
match
be
held
D.when
the
match
will
be
held
答案：AB
2、balance
动词，意为“权衡；使平衡”
Eg.
Try
to
keep
a
balance
between
work
and
relaxation.
尽量保持工作与休闲均衡。
[拓展]balance
不可数名词，“
平衡能力”。
Eg.
The
government
has
to
find
some
way
to
balance
these
two
needs.
政府得找到某种方法来平衡这两种需求。
[拓展]常用搭配
keep
one’s
balance保持平衡
lose
one’s
balance失去平衡
create
a
balance
建立一种平衡
Eg.
I
struggled
to
keep
my
balance
on
my
new
skates.
我穿着新溜冰鞋，努力保持平衡
He
lost
his
balance
and
fell
to
the
ground.
他失去平衡摔倒在地上。
能力实践
一、根据句意及中文或首字母提示写出单词。
1.There's
（没什么）
wrong
with
my
computer.
【答案】nothing
【解析】没什么nothing，不定代词，there's
nothing
wrong
with
sth…没有问题，是固定句式；根据句意"我的电脑没什么问题"可知，要用固定句式there's
nothing
wrong
with
sth
2.There
are
seven
colours
in
a
r
,
aren't
there？
【答案】rainbow
【解析】结合语境"__有七种颜色，不是吗？"及首字母提示，可知，应该是"彩虹"填单数名词rainbow。
3.I
like
flowers
in
v
.The
colour
is
beautiful.
【答案】violet
【解析】violet蓝紫色；根据首字母v，结合句意"我喜欢蓝紫色的花朵。这个颜色是漂亮的"可知，要填颜色"蓝紫色"。
4.We
had
no
（困难）
finding
his
home.
【答案】difficulty
【解析】困难difficulty，可数名词；根据句意"我们没有困难找到他的家"可知，要用单数形式。
5.Mary
said
she
（更喜欢）
reading
a
book
to
watching
TV.
【答案】preferred
【解析】主句Mary
said
为一般过去时态，故从句的谓语动词同样使用一般过去时态，prefer的过去式为preferred，故答案为preferred。
6.Blue
can
bring
p
to
our
minds.
【答案】peace
【解析】结合语境"蓝色能给我们的心灵带来__．"及首字母提示，可知，应该是"和平"填不可数名词peace。
7.If
you
r
strength
in
your
body，wearing
a
red
coat
may
be
helpful
to
you.
【答案】require
【解析】结合语境"如果你__身体里的力量，穿一件红色外套可能对你有帮助．"及首字母提示，可知，应该是"需要"，主语you"你"第二人称，一般现在时态，谓语动词用原形require。
8.It's
hard
to
make
a
（决定）
without
any
help.
【答案】decision
【解析】决定decision，可数名词；根据句意"没有任何帮助很难做出决定"可知，要用单数形式
9.My
family
can't
decide
（是否）
to
go
on
a
picnic
in
the
park
this
Sunday.
【答案】whether
【解析】是否whether，连词；根据句意"我的家人不能决定这个星期天是否去公园野餐"可知，要用whether引导不定式作宾语。
10.Blue
can
represent
both
peace
and
s
.
【答案】sadness
【解析】结合语境"蓝色可以代表和平和__．"及首字母提示，可知，应该是"悲伤"填不可数名词sadness。
11.People
paint
their
homes
in
warm
colours
in
order
to
c
a
warm
and
comfortable
feeling.
【答案】create
【解析】结合语境"人们用暖色粉刷自己的家，以__一种温暖舒适的感觉．"及首字母提示，可知，应该是"创造"，to后跟动词原形create。
12.Your
bike
（需要）
to
be
repaired，right？
【答案】needs
【解析】根据句意"你的自行车需要修理，对吗"可知，要用一般现在时，主语是三单，谓语动词用三单形式。
13.Do
you
know
what
you
said
（影响）my
mood？
【答案】influenced
【解析】根据句意"你知道你说的话影响了我的心情吗"可知，宾语从句要用一般过去时。
14.Lu
Xun
c
many
different
characters
in
his
novels.
【答案】created
【解析】结合语境"鲁迅在他的小说中__了许多不同的人物．"及首字母提示，可知，应该是"创造"，事情发生在过去，一般过去时态，谓语动词用create的过去式created。
15.He
can
feel
the
h
of
the
sun
on
his
back
on
such
a
fine
spring
day.
【答案】heat
【解析】可知考查："在这样一个晴朗的春日里，他能感觉到背上太阳的__．"及首字母提示，可知，应该是"热度"填不可数名词heat。
二、用所给词的正确形式填空。
1.I
find
it
easy
（see）
a
rainbow
in
the
sky
after
the
heavy
rain
in
summer.
【答案】to
see
【解析】空格前面的词语是find
it
,
it是形式宾语,
真正的宾语要用动词不定式。结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"夏天大雨之后，我觉得很容易看到填空中有彩虹。"
2.I
bought
a
（colour）
dress
just
now.
【答案】colourful
【解析】结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"我刚才买一个五颜六色的裙子。"
3.Orange
can
give
you
a
happy
and
warm
（feel）.
【答案】feeling
【解析】根据空格前面的的词语是形容词warm，所以要用名词来填空。结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"橘色可以给你一个快乐温馨的感觉。"
4.He
looked
at
the
teacher
with
his
（sleep）
eyes.
【答案】sleepy
【解析】根据空格后面的词语是名词，所以要用形容词来填空．结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"他睡眼朦胧的看着老师。
5.Have
you
ever
walked
into
a
room
and
felt
（relax）？
【答案】relaxed
【解析】根据空格前面的词语是felt，所以要用系动词来填空，并且是人的感觉，所以要用relaxed来填空．结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"你曾经走进一个感到很令人放松的房间吗？"
6.The
walls
of
our
classrooms
（paint）
blue.Because
blue
is
a
calm
colour.
【答案】are
painted
【解析】墙是被漆成蓝色的，所以要用过去分词来表示被动。又因为这是对现在状况的描述，所以要用系动词+过去分词来填空。结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"我们教室的墙被漆成了蓝色。因为蓝色是一个安静的颜色。"
7.Sally
prefers
staying
at
home
to
（go）
out
on
Saturdays.
【答案】going
【解析】根据关键词prefer…to…，固定搭配，意为"与…相比，更喜欢…"to是介词，所以要用动名词来填空。结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"周末的时候，与出去相比，萨利更喜欢呆在家里。"
8.White
is
a
calm
colour.
It
can
make
us
feel
calm
and
（peace）.
【答案】peaceful
【解析】根据关键词feel，所以要用形容词来填空。结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"白色是一个安静的颜色。它可以让我们觉得安静、平和。"
9.Have
you
read
the
book
（write）
by
Lu
Xun？
【答案】written
【解析】通过分析句子结构可知，书是被鲁迅写的，所以要用过去分词written来表示被动．结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"你读过鲁迅写的那本书吗？"
10.To
my
surprise，
he
（not
realize）
his
mistakes
yet.
【答案】hasn't
realized
【解析】根据关键词yet，所以要用现在完成时来填空．结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"让我惊讶的是，他还没有意识到他的错误。"
11.The
police
had
not
difficulty
（find）out
where
they
lived.
【答案】finding
【解析】"有困难做某事"结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"警察毫不费力的就找到了他们住的地方。"
12.My
aunt
said
she
（prefer）reading
books
to
watching
TV
at
home.
【答案】preferred
【解析】根据空格前面的词语是My
aunt
said，所以要用一般过去时来填空．结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"我的姑姑说在家里与看电视相比她更喜欢读书。"
13.In
China
red
is
used
for
（celebrate）.
【答案】celebrations
【解析】根据空格前面的词语是介词for，所以要用名词来填空．结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"在中国红色是用来庆祝的。"
14.Daniel
often
plays
football
instead
of
（stay）
at
home
at
weekends.
【答案】staying
【解析】根据结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"周末，丹尼尔经常踢足球而不是待在家里。"
15.I
don't
know
whether
the
（rule）
in
ancient
Europe
liked
to
wear
purple.
【答案】rulers
【解析】根据空格前面的词语是定冠词the，所以要用名词来填空．结合给出的单词提示，因此可知这句话的意思是"我不知道古欧洲的统治者是否喜欢穿紫色的衣服。"统治者有很多，所以要用复数名词来填空。
三、单项填空
1.My
brother
was
a
bad
mood
and
didn't
want
to
talk
to
.
A.
with；anyone
B.
on；anyone
C.in；anyone
D.in；someone
【答案】C
【解析】on
"在…之上、在…时候"；in"在…之内"；with
"带有、和…一起"，三者都是介词．anyone
"任何人"一般用于否定句和疑问句中，someone
"某人"，一般于肯定句。in
a
bad
mood"心情不好"．由题干"我的弟弟心情不好，不跟任何人说话。"可知，第一个空格用in；第二个空格是"任何人"，用anyone。因此答案应是in；anyone。
2.
will
our
world
if
there
is
only
white
and
black？
A.
What；be
B.
What；be
like
C.
How；like
D.
How；be
like
【答案】B
【解析】疑问词及动词短语。What什么；How怎么；be是；be
like像…like喜欢；根据if
there
is
only
white
and
black"如果只有白色和黑色"可知，应该是"像什么样子"用What…be
like？
3.She
feels
uncomfortable，
?
A.
doesn't
she
B.
does
she
C.
isn't
she
D.
is
she
【答案】A
【解析】根据She
feels
uncomfortable可知原句是一般现在时，uncomfortable含有否定前缀，看作肯定，所以反意疑问句用否定，主语是三人称单数she，助动词用does。
4.---Is
there
__
interesting
in
today's
newspaper？
---______.
A.
something；Nothing
B.
anything；Nothing
C.
anything；None
D.
nothing；Nothing
【答案】B
【解析】something某事，一般用于肯定句中，anything，用于否定句疑问句，前半句是疑问句，故用anything。排除A，D。在结合意思：今天的报纸上有什么有趣的东西吗？没有。
5.Sam
is
good
at
sports，but
he
__
playing
football
____
running.
A.
prefers；to
B.
prefers；than
C.
likes；to
D.
likes；than
【答案】A
【解析】题干可知萨姆很擅长运动，但是相比跑步，他更喜欢踢足球，其中prefer表示更喜欢，prefer
doing
sth．to
doing
sth..表示相比做某事，更喜欢做某事。
6.---Do
you
know
how
many
students
______
in
the
classroom？
---______.
A.
are
there；nobody
B.
are
there；none
C.
there
are；nobody
D.
there
are；none
【答案】B
【解析】提问数量多少，回答一个人都没有。
7.______
green
or
______
in
a
light
blue
room
_______
good
for
us.
A.
Wear，sleep，is
B.
Wearing，sleeping，are
C.
Wear，sleep，are
D.
Wearing，sleeping，is
【答案】D
【解析】句意：穿绿色的衣服，或者在一个浅蓝色的房间里睡觉，对我们有好处．可知此处是动名词作主语，当动名词作主语时，谓语动词用动词第三人称形式。
8.Kate
the
hills
when
she
was
young.
A.
prefer
to
climb
B.
prefers
climbing
C.
preferred
to
climb
D.
preferred
climb
【答案】C
【解析】prefer
to
do更喜欢做某事，排除选项BD，根据句意"凯特年轻时更喜欢爬山"可知，要用一般过去时，排除选项AB。
9.The
boy
is
feeling
hungry
now，so
he
needs
food
to
eat
A.
a
bit；a
little
of
B.
a
little；a
bit
C.
a
bit；a
bit
D.
a
bit；a
bit
of
【答案】D
【解析】可知a
bit+形容词或副词；a
bit
of/a
little+名词，结合本题，第一个空后是形容词hungry，用a
bit；第二个空后是名词，用a
bit
of。
10.---He's
never
bought
anything
on
the
Internet，
he？
---
，although
he
dislikes
shopping
online.
A.is；Yes
B.is；No
C.
has；Yes
D.
has；No
【答案】C
【解析】根据He's
never
bought可知，原句是现在完成时，根据句中的never可知陈述句部分是否定，所以反意疑问句用肯定has
he；反意疑问句的回答根据事实回答，事实上是肯定用yes，
事实上是否定用no，根据although
he
dislikes
shopping
online可知用肯定回答
11.---Which
colour
do
you
，red
or
green？
---Red，I
think.
Red
looks
good
you.
A.
prefer；in
B.
prefer；on
C.
like
better；
with
D.
like
best；on
【答案】B
【解析】根据句意：﹣红色和绿色，你更喜欢哪种颜色？﹣我想是红色．红色穿在你身上很好看．两者作比较，故第一空用比较级，用prefer或like
better，排除D；第二空考查look
good
on
sb穿在某人身上很好看。介词的固定搭配。
12.I
don't
know
if
she
me
when
she
.
A.
calls；arrives
B.
calls；will
arrive
C.
will
call；will
arrive
D.
will
call；arrives
【答案】D
【解析】when引导时间状语从句，主句I
don't
know…是一般现在时，则从句也应用一般现在时，其结构是主语+动词原形，但此处主语是she，则谓语应用单三形式，则第二空应填写arrives．其次根据题干可知I
don't
know
if
she
…是一个宾语从句，if表示是否，主句是一般现在时，从句时态根据自身情况决定，此处从句表示将来的一个状态，则应用一般将来时，其结构是主语+will+动词原形
3.We
will
go
out
it
rains
shines.
A.
if；and
B.
both；and
C.
whether；or
D.
either；or
【答案】C
【解析】句意：无论晴天还是雨天我们都将出去。whether…or解释为
无论…是一个固定搭配。另外三个与题意不符。
14.---Do
you
like
coffee
or
milk?
---
.But
I
prefer
coffee
milk.
A.Neither；to
B.Neither；with
C.Both；to
D.Both；with
【答案】B
【解析】with"带用，和…一起"；to"朝、给、对于、为了给…"，二者都是介词，neither
"两者都不"；both
"
两者都"，二者都是并列连词．由题干"﹣﹣﹣你喜欢咖啡还是牛奶？﹣﹣﹣两者都不喜欢．但我更喜欢带有牛奶的咖啡．"可知，第一个空格是"两者都不"，用neither；第二个空格是"带有"，用with．因此答案应是Neither；with。
15.Tom
went
to
bed
very
late
yesterday
evening，
___
he
feels
sleepy
now.
A.that
is
why
B.that
is
because
C.that
is
how
D.it
is
why
【答案】A
【解析】汤姆昨天晚上睡得很晚，这就是他现在感到困的原因．结合选项：that
is
why后面跟的是结果，译为："那是（为什么）．的原因"．that
is
because后面跟的是原因，译为："那是因为"。
四、翻译句子
1.我很喜欢这幅画，因为它使我想到我的快乐童年
I
like
this
picture
because
it
my
happy
childhood.
【答案】reminds
me
of；
【解析】使某人想起remind
sb.of
,
根据句意要用一般现在时。希望做某事hope
to,
成功
succeed,
代替而不是instead
of；根据句意"如果你希望成功，你就要努力学习而不能懒惰"可知，要用一般现在时。
2.如果你希望成功，你就要努力学习而不能懒惰.
If
you
,
you
must
work
hard
laziness.
【答案】hope
to
succeed，instead
of
【解析】希望做某事hope
to，成功
succeed,
代替而不是instead
of；根据句意"如果你希望成功，你就要努力学习而不能懒惰"可知，要用一般现在时。
3.蓝色的大海使我身心平静.
The
blue
sea
.
【答案】made
me
calm
【解析】使某人做某事make
sb．do
sth．，是固定搭配，平静calm；根据句意"蓝色的大海使我身心平静"可知，要用一般过去时。
4.提前计划周全会使得行动更加容易.
Planning
carefully
ahead
will
.
【答案】make
it
easier
to
act
【解析】根据题干，可知考查：使行动更容易make
it
easier
to
act，it是形式宾语，不定式to
act是真正的宾语。
5.如果你很难做决定，你可以求助老师或家长.
If
you
，
you
can
your
teachers
or
parents
.
【答案】have
difficulty
making
a
decision；ask；for
help
【解析】做某事有困难have
difficulty（in）doing
sth，做决定make
a
decision，向某人求助ask
sb.
for
help；根据句意"如果你很难做决定，你可以求助老师或家长"可知，要用一般现在时。
6.你的建议对我们有一些帮助.
Your
advice
is
.
【答案】of
some
help
to
us
【解析】be
of
some
help
to
sb．对某人有一些帮助，help不可数名词
7.颜色和心情之间有关系吗？
Is
there
colours
？
【答案】a
relationship
between；
and
moods
【解析】根据所给的汉语，要用一般现在时．关系relationship，
可数名词，前面可以加不定冠词a
在…和…之间between…and…，
心情moods。
8.在许多方面，颜色影响我们的日常生活.
,
colours
.
【答案】In
many
ways，
affect
our
daily
life
【解析】in
many
ways在许多方面，
affect
our
daily
life影响我们的日常生活，根据句意用一般现在时，主语colours是复数，所以谓语动词affect用原形。
9.在中国，红色被用于庆祝活动.
In
China，
red
.
【答案】is
used
for
celebration
【解析】be
used
for被用于……，
celebrations庆祝活动，根据句意用一般现在时。故答案为
is
used
for
celebrations。
10.凯特想知道蓝色的衣服是否适合她.
Kate
is
blue
clothes
.
【答案】wondering
if，
are
suitable
for
her
【解析】wonder
想知道，后跟宾语从句，连接词用if，
be
suitable
for
sb
适合某人；根据Kate
is可知主句用现在进行时，从句用一般现在时。
反思好学
思维脑图：
2自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
5
Art
world（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.Michael
Jackson
was
a
famous
African (非洲的)
American.?
2.For
them,the
house’s
main
value (价值)
lies
in
its
quiet
country
location.?
3.There
will
be
two
concerts (音乐会)
given
by
Huo
Zun
in
Nanjing
next
month.?
4.The
guitar (吉他)
is
one
of
the
oldest
musical
instruments.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.The
famous
song
Somewhere
I
Belong, created (create)
by
the
band
Linkin
Park
is
touching
and
inspiring.?
2.A
country
music
concert
will
be
held (hold)
at
Sunshine
Theatre
in
two
days.?
3.Your
example
will
make
a
lasting (last)
influence
on
teenagers.?
4.You’d
better
not
listen
to
music
while
doing (do)
your
homework.?
5.The
teacher
got
angry
because
the
students
were
talking
noisily (noise)
in
the
classroom.?
6.After
a
while,the
kid
get
bored
(boring)
with
the
toy.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.爵士音乐家能边演奏边创作音乐。
Jazz
musicians
can
make
up
the
music
while
playing.?
2.在艺术节期间将有一场音乐表演。
There
will
be
a
music
show during
the
art
festival .?
3.除毛衣之外,我们还出售各式各样的女式衬衫。
We
sell different/all
kinds
of blouses
besides
sweaters.?
4.民间音乐具有浓郁的地方特色。它以传统的方式演奏。
Folk
music
has
strong
local
colour .It
is
played
in
the
traditional
style .?
5.当我爬到黄山山顶的时候,我已经上气不接下气了。
When
I
got
to
the
top
of
Mountain
Huang,I
was
quite
out
of
breath .?
兴趣起航
What
art
forms
do
you
like
best?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】原因状语从句
1、
because
意为“因为”，表直接而明确的原因或理由，即必然的因果关系。because,since,as三个中，它的语气最强，通常放在主句之后，若需强调也可以放在主句之前。回答why
引导的特殊疑问句时，只能用because。注意：because
不可以与so连用。（连词的个数比句子的个数多一个，两个句子一个连词，三个句子两个连词。）
Eg.
I
didn't
get
it
because
it
cost
too
much.
因为那东西太昂贵我没买。
[辨析]because与because
of
because是连词，其后接句子．because
of是复合介词，其后接名词、代词、动名词、what从句等。
Eg.
They
are
here
because
of
us.
=They
are
here
because
we
are
here.
（他们是因为我们来这里的。）
[典型例题]同义句转换
1.The
children
had
to
stay
at
home
because
there
was
a
storm.
The
children
had
to
stay
at
home
_______
_______
_______
_______.
2.Because
he
was
ill,
he
was
absent
from
the
meeting.
He
was
ill,
_______
he
was
absent
from
the
meeting.
3.The
poor
boy
couldn’t
walk
because
his
leg
was
broken.
The
poor
boy
couldn’t
walk
______
______
his
______
leg.
4.The
school
sports
meeting
was
put
off,
because
it
was
raining
heavily.
The
school
sports
meeting
was
put
off
______
______
the
______
rain.
答案：1.because
of
the
storm
2.so
3.because
of
broken
4.because
of
heavy
2、since表达“既然；由于；因为”，表示已知的、显然的理由，较为正式，常放句首。
Eg.
Since
we
were
in
the
area,
we'd
stop
by
and
see
them.
既然我们到了这个地方，就该顺便去看看他们。
[拓展]since，介词或者连词，意为“自从”，用于完成时。
Eg.
We've
lived
here
since
1994.
自1994年以来我们一直住在这里。
It's
twenty
years
since
I've
seen
her.
我已经二十年没见她了。
3、as
意为“因为，既然”，表示的原因或理由是明显的。语气不如because
强。没有since正式。
Eg.
As
you
were
out,
I
left
a
message.
你不在，所以我留了一张字条儿。
[拓展]as，连词，意为“当…时；随着”，引导时间状语从句
Eg.
As
she
grew
older
she
gained
in
confidence.
随着年龄的增长她的信心增强了。
[拓展]as，连词，意为“照…方式”，引导方式状语从句
Eg.
They
did
as
I
had
asked.
他们是按照我的要求做的。
[经典例题]
1.It
is
known
to
all
that
the
day
becomes
shorter
and
shorter_______winter
comes
.
A.before
B.
when
C.
until
D.
since
2.He
had
to
go
back
home
early
from
work_________
his
illness
this
afternoon.
.
A.
as
B.
because
C.
since
D.
because
of
3.Five
young
men
in
the
village_______the
army
since
five
years
ago.
A.
joined
B.have
joined
C.
have
been
in
D.have
taken
part
in
4.In
summer
,
food
goes
bad
easily________it
is
kept
in
the
fridge.
A.
till
B.
if
C.
since
D.
unless
5.---I
think
you
won’t
work
out
the
problem
_______
you
understand
it,
so
you
have
to
listen
to
me
explain
carefully
now.
---Yes,
I
_________.
A.
since;
do
B.
when;
am
C.
unless;
will
D.
though;
can
6.I
think
you
should
complain,________,
of
course,
you
are
happy
with
the
situation.
A.
unless
B.
because
C.
until
D.
though
7.---Will
your
school
hold
after-school
activities
every
Monday?
---
Yes,__________it
rains
heavily.
A.
if
B.
since
C.
because
D.
unless
8._____
these
old
people
live
alone
in
the
village,
they
never
feel
lonely
because
of
the
government’s
help.
A.
Though
B.
If
C.
Because
D.
When
9.________
you
know
little
about
the
COVID-19,
you'd
better
search
for
more
information
about
it
on
the
Internet.
A.?Unless???
B.?While???
C.?Though???
D.?Since
10.Take
a
map
of
Chong
Qing
with
you
while
traveling
___
you
have
a
guide
or
know
the
city
well.
A.
since
B.
if
C.
unless
D.
because
答案：BDCDC
ADADC
【知识梳理2】Why
do
people
think
highly
of
Tan’s
music.(P70)
为什么人们高度评价谭盾的音乐?
highly，副词，意为“高度地;高地”。固定搭配:think
highly
of，意为“高度地评价”。
Eg.
If
people
think
highly
of
me,
I
think
highly
of
myself.
如果别人赞许我，我就赞许我自己。
[辨析]highly与high
high与highly都可以作副词,意为“高地”。但是highly是抽象的高,比如高度地赞扬“praise
highly”;高度地评价“think
highly
of”,而high是具体的高,比如飞得高
“fly
high”。
Eg.
She
never
got
very
high
in
the
company.
她在公司里从未坐到很高的位置。
[经典例题]
1.—What
do
you
think
of
the
movie
My
People
My
Homeland?
—It
is_________.I’ve
never
seen
such
a
better
one
before.
A.thought
highly
of
B.highly
thought
of
C.thought
well
D.highly
thought
about
2.We
all
think_________of
Suzy’s
sports
talents,for
she
jumps__________.
A.high;high
B.highly;highly
C.highly;high
D.high;highly
3.When
having
dinner
,
she
sat_________
to
her
mother
.
They
chatted
with
each
other
happily.
A.
closely
B.
close
C.
highly
D.
high
4.Tom’s
classmates
thought
________
of
him
because
he
jumped
________
in
the
________
jump
in
the
school
sports
meeting.this
Saturday.
A.high;high;high
B.highly;highly;high
C.high;highest;high
D.highly;highest;high
5.---Did
you
watch
this
year’s
TV
programme
The
First
Lesson
on
CCTV
1?
---Yes.
It’s
excellent
and
many
people
think_________
of
it.
A.
simply
B.
clearly
C.
loudly
D.
highly
答案：ACBDD
【知识梳理3】“I’m
late
because
there
was
too
much
traffic,”she
said,
out
of
breath.(P72)
“我来晚了，因为路上交通太拥挤了。”她气喘吁吁地说道。
out
of
breath，意为“气喘吁吁”。
[经典例题]
1.When
we
ran
to
the
top
the
hill,
we
were
______.
A.
out
of
fashion
B.
out
of
work
C.
out
of
breath
D.
out
of
control
2.After
running
a
1000-metre
race,
all
the
boys
were________.
A.
out
of
breathe
B.
breathed
heavily
C.
took
a
deep
breath
D.
out
of
breath
3.When
the
Smiths
arrived
there
out
of
____,
the
plane
_____
for
about
five
minutes.
A.
breath;
has
left
B.
breathe;
has
been
C.
breath;
had
left
D.
breath;
had
been
away
答案：CDD
【知识梳理4】The
opera
lasted
for
one
and
a
half
hours.戏剧持续了一个半小时。
last，不及物动词,意为“持续”,常与介词for连用,“last
for
+时间”表示“持续多长时间”。
Eg.
The
effects
will
last
for
the
whole
of
his
life.
这些将会持续影响他的一生。
[经典例题]
1.Our
charity
show_________for
three
hours
this
afternoon
.
We
were
tired
but
happy.
A.
lasts
B.
lasted
C.
has
lasted
D.
will
last
2.The
pop
star’s
singing
career
_________
about
over
20
years.
It
was
his
________
appearance
at
singing
in
public.
A.
last
;
last
B.
lasted
for;
last
C.
lasted;
lasted
D.
lasted
for;
lasted
3.---_______does
the
film
last?
---One
and
a
half
hours.
A.How
soon
B.How
often
C.How
long
D.How
far
答案：BBC
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】have
a
lasting
value(P73)有着永恒的价值
value，名词,意为“价值”。
Eg.
The
house
now
has
a
market
value
of
one
million
pounds.
这栋房子目前的市场价值为100万英镑。
[拓展]valuable，形容词，意为“有价值的；贵重的；可估价的”
Eg.
Luckily,
nothing
valuable
was
stolen.
幸运的是，没有贵重物品失窃。
[经典例题]
1.I
think_______necessary
to
accept
his
advice
because
it’s
of
great_______to
you.?
A.it’s;valuable
B.that;value
C.this;valuable
D.it;value
2.My
grandpa
knows
the
history
and
medical________of
many
plants.?
A.wealth
B.price
C.value
D.cost
3.One
person's
________
doesn't
depend
on
how
much
money
he
has
made,
but
on
how
many
contributions
he
has
made
to
our
country.
A.experience
B.value
C.wealth
D.career
答案：DCB
【知识梳理2】Musicians
make
up
the
music
while
playing
.(P73)
音乐家们在演奏时编写音乐
make
up，意为“编写，编造；”还有“组成，构成；弥补”的意思
Eg.
I
think
it's
very
unkind
of
you
to
make
up
stories
about
him.
我认为你编造关于他的故事是很不友好的。
We
use
these
ten
numbers
to
make
up
another
numbers.
我们用这十个数字组成别的数字。
Nothing
can
make
up
for
the
loss
of
a
child.
失去一个孩子是任何东西都无法弥补的。
[拓展]make
up
one’s
mind下定决心
Eg.
She
couldn't
make
up
her
mind
whether
to
go
or
not.
她又想去，又不想去，拿不定主意。
[经典例题]
1.The
teacher
asked
the
students
to________a
story
about
a
trip
to
the
Moon.?
A.give
up
B.turn
up
C.cut
up
D.make
up
2.—Your
spoken
English
is
all
very
good.
How
do
you
improve
it?
—Thanks.
Mrs.
Wang
always
ask
us
to
____
dialogues
in
our
English
classes.
A.
take
up
B.
turn
up
C.
make
up
D.
end
up
3.Jay
Chou
can
________
music
in
a
short
time.
A
make
into
B
make
of
C
make
up
D
make
for
4.Every
time
Tom
is
late,
he'll
________
an
excuse.
So
I
wonder
what
his
excuse
is
this
time.
A.set
up
B.put
up
C.take
up
D.make
up
答案：DCCD
【知识梳理3】Classical
pieces,
such
as
“Swan
Lake”,
are
serious
and
have
a
lasting
value.
such
as，意为“例如”
[辨析]such
as与for
example
（1）such
as与for
example均可用于表示举例，有时可互换。但是such
as用于举例时，总是跟在被说明的内容之后，不能用于句首或句末，但是for
example可以
Eg.
Cities
such
as
Tokyo
are
spreading
out.
像东京这样的城市正在扩展。
For
example,
maybe
you
have
been
filming
something.
例如，也许你一直在拍摄一些东西。
（2）such
as除表示举例外，还可以表示“像……”（此时=like）
Eg.
It
protects
against
environmental
hazards
such
as
wind
and
sun.
它防范诸如狂风和烈日等环境危害。
such
as有时可分开用，但for
example不可以
Eg.
The
fruit
was
no
longer
fresh.(P75)水果不再新鲜。
[拓展]no
longer
，意为“不再”
=
not
any
longer
，表示时间上不再延续，多与表示状态或与延续性动词连用
Eg.
He
no
longer
lives
here.
他不再住这儿了。
[辨析]no
more=not
any
more
也为“不再”，表示动作不再重复，可以和非延续性动词连用
Eg.
At
that
second
beating,
Pinocchio
became
very
quiet
and
said
no
more.
皮诺乔在挨第二顿打的时候，变得很安静，不再说话了。
[经典例题]
1.You
can
benefit
from
different
forms
of
exercise_______swimming,
jogging
and
mountain
climbing.
A.instead
of
B.due
to
C.such
as
D.because
of
答案：C
【知识梳理4】It
was
starting
to
go
rotten,and
the
whole
house
smelt
bad.(P75)
它正在开始腐烂，整个房子里都很难闻。
1、过去进行时
（1）过去进行时的结构
主动语态：was/were
+doing
被动语态：was/were+being
done
（2）过去进行时的用法
过去进行时表示过去某一时刻或一段时间正在进行的动作。
用法1：表示在过去某一时刻正在发生的动作或该动作与过去的另一动作同时发生。
Eg.
He
was
reading
a
storybook
at
8:00
yesterday
evening.
?
I
was
watching
TV
while
my
mother
was
cooking.
?
用法2：表示过去一段时间内正在进行的动作。
Eg.
They
were
searching
for
the
missing
man
the
whole
morning.?
用法3：表示按计划、安排过去将要发生的事。用于come,
go,
leave,
start,
arrive等表示位置转移的动词时，也可以用过去进行时表示过去将要发生的动作。如：
Eg.
He
told
me
that
he
was
going
soon.???
?
She
said
she
was
leaving
for
New
York
the
next
month.??
[经典例题]
1.[2020
?北京市]I
___________
on
the
computer
when
Frank
called
me
last
night.
A.
work
B.
will
work
C.
was
working
D.
am
working
2.[2020
?贵州黔东南州]—________did
the
rainstorm
come,
Mr.
Liu?
—While
we
________
a
chemistry
lesson
yesterday
afternoon.
A.
When;
have
had
B.
When;
were
having
C.
While;
are
having
D.
While;
have
3.[2020
?黔西南州]While
Mike________computer
games
in
his
room,
his
dad
came
in.
A.
is
playing
B.
was
playing
C.
will
play
D.
plays
4.[2020
?黔西南州]—
Peter,
have
you
ever
been
to
the
English
Corner?
—
Oh,
yes.
I
________
there
to
practice
speaking
once
a
week
last
term.
A.
went
B.
go
C.
have
gone
D.
will
go
5.[2020
?四川省成都市]Bob,
you
________in
this
city
since
2018.
How
do
you
like
it?
A.
lived
B.
live
C.
have
lived
6.[2020
?甘孜州]I
_____________
a
math
problem
with
Joe
when
Mike
called
me
up.
A.
have
discussed
B.
discussed
C.
was
discussing
7.[2020
?凉山州]—Let's
go
camping
if
it____________
next
Saturday.
—But
nobody
knows
if
it
___________.
A.
is
fine;
rains
B.
will
be
fine:
rains
C.
is
fine:
will
rain
D.
will
be
fine:
will
rain
8.[2019
?山东省滨州市]—
I
called
you
last
night,
but
nobody
answered.
Where
were
you
then?
—
Oh,
I
____________
my
pet
dog
in
my
yard.
A.
walked
B.
was
walking
C.
am
walking
D.
will
walk
9.[2019
?甘肃省兰州市]Peter
with
his
classmates
____
for
the
bus
when
the
earthquake
happened.
A.
is
waiting
B.
was
waiting
C.
are
waiting
D.
were
waiting
10.[2019
?乐山]—I
went
to
see
you
yesterday
evening.
But
you
weren’t
in.
Where
were
you
then?
—I_________a
walk
by
the
lake
with
my
father.
A.
was
having
B.
am
having
C.
have
had
答案：CBBAC
CCBBA
2、go，系动词，意为“变得”。（尤指朝坏的方面）
Eg.
The
fish
smells
terrible.
It
must
go
bad.
这条鱼很难闻，一定是变质了。
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】All
the
teachers
and
classmates
praised
my
designs
for
the
art
festival.(P77)
我所有的老师和同学都表扬了我的艺术节设计。
praise，动词，意为“表扬”。praise
sb.
for
sth.“因某事而表扬某人”。
Eg.
He
praised
his
team
for
their
performance.
他称赞了各队员的表现。
[拓展]praise，名词，意为“表扬”。
Eg
I
have
nothing
but
praise
for
the
police.
我对警察只有赞扬。
[经典例题]
1.The
doctor
has
won
high
_________
from
everyone
because
of
his
hard
work.
A.wisdom
B.courage
C.progress
D.praise
2.The
artist
received
high
________
from
the
art
community
for
these
sculptures.
A.praise
B.prize
C.price
D.pride
3.All
my
teachers__________me
for
helping
the
lost
boy
to
find
his
mother.
A.
praised
B.
encouraged
C.
spoke
D.
created
答案：DAA
【知识梳理2】They
think
I
have
a
real
gift
for
painting.(P77)
他们认为我真的有绘画天赋。
have
a
gift
for意为“对....有天赋”
Eg.
Some
people
seem
to
have
a
gift
for
learning
languages.
有的人好像有学习语言的天赋。
[经典例题]
1.—Come
on!I
know
you
have_________gift
for
music.?
—Sorry.But
I’m
in_________bad
mood
today.?
A.a;a
B.the;the
C.a;/
D./;a
2.The
teacher
thinks
my
sister
has
a
gift
_________
swimming.
A.
of
B.
for
C.
in
D.
with
3.Did
you
notice
that
Alice______
learning
English?
A.has
a
real
gift
as
B.has
a
really
gift
for
C.has
a
real
gift
for
D.has
a
really
gift
as
4.Michael
Jackson
had________gift
for
singing
and
he
was
called________King
of
Pop.
A./,
the
B.
a,
the
C.
the,
the
D.
a,
a
答案：ABCB
【知识梳理3】She
encouraged
me
to
keep
trying
and
make
more
wonderful
pictures.
(P77)她鼓励我继续尝试,创作更加精彩的画。
encourage，及物动词，意为“鼓励;劝告”。
encourage
sb.
to
do
sth.
意为“鼓励某人做某事”
,
encourage
sb.
in
sth.意为“在某方面鼓励某人”。
Eg.
Parents
should
encourage
children
to
paint.
父母应该鼓励孩子们画画。
[拓展]encouragement
，名词，意为“鼓励;鼓舞”
Eg.
Friends
gave
me
a
great
deal
of
encouragement.
朋友们给了我极大的鼓励。
[经典例题]
1.The
villagers
encouraged
their
children
_______
hard．
A.to
study
B.of
studying
C.study
D.to
studying
2.Literature
helps
us
think
and
encourages
us
________
our
minds.
A.to
opening
B.open
C.to
open
D.opened
3.—My
teachers
often
encourage
me
________
more
friends
but
I
find
it
difficult.
—Your
teachers'
idea
is
right.
The
more
friends
you
make,
________
you
will
be.
A.to
make;
the
more
happy
B.to
make;
happier
C.making;
the
happier
D.to
make;
the
happier
答案：ACD
【知识梳理4】I
did
make
some
wonderful
pictures
later.
(P77)
后来,我确实创作了一些精彩的画。
这是一个含有助动词did的强调句,did用来强调后面的行为make
some
wonderful
pictures.在肯定句中,我们常用“助动词(
do/
does/did)
+动词原形”来构成强调句式，以加强语气。
Eg.
He
did
finish
his
homework
yesterday.
他昨天的确完成了作业。
[典型例题]
1.我的确喜欢跳舞。
___________________________________
答案：I
do
like
dancing.
能力实践
一、
单项选择
1.
—It
seems
that
Millie
shows
______
interest
in
playing
______
piano.
—Exactly.
Everyone
says
she
has
______
gift
for
music.
A.
a;
the;
a
B.
an;
the;
a
C.
a;
a;
a
D.
an;
the;
the
2.
—Why
do
you
have
to
walk
across
the
street
till
the
light
is
green?
—______
it
is
safer.
A.
As
B.
For
C.
Because
D.
Since
3.
—Hi,
Li
Mei.
How
is
your
new
school?
—Fantastic.
We
can
choose
the
courses
according
to
our
______
.
I
love
operas,
so
I
took
the
Beijing
Opera
class.
A.
grades
B.
talents
C.
interests
D.
experiences
4.
—I
really
can’t
believe
such
a
learned
man
has
made
so
silly
a
mistake.
—Don’t
you
know
______
sense
is
worth
more
than
knowledge?
A.
General
B.
unusual
C.
special
D.
common
5.
—Do
you
think
the
bad
weather
will
______
till
the
weekend?
—Yes.
During
the
season,
the
weather
is
always
like
this.
A.
last
B.
keep
C.
get
D.
become
6.
My
host
family
tried
to
cook
______
for,
me
when
I
studied
in
New
Zealand.
A.
different
something
B.
different
anything
C.
something
different
D.
anything
different
7.
After
working
hard
day
after
day
for
a
long
period,
the
government
______
found
a
way
to
deal
with
the
polluted
water.
A.
Willingly
B.
especially
C.
rapidly
D.
successfully
8.
Every
time
Tom
is
late,
he’ll
______
an
excuse.
So
I
wonder
what
his
excuse
is
this
time.
A.
set
up
B.
put
up
C.
take
up
D.
make
up
9.
Miss
Chen,
my
dear
English
a
teacher,
often
encourages
me
______
the
challenges
in
my
study.
A.
face
B.
faces
C.
facing
D.
to
face
10.
Life
is
like
climbing
a
mountain.
______
you
feel
tired,
you
will
enjoy
the
beautiful
view
at
the
top
of
the
mountain.
A.
Since
B.
Unless
C.
Though
D.
Because
11.
At
last,
the
girl
was
made
______
and
began
to
do
her
homework.
A.
stop
listening
to
music
B.
to
stop
to
listen
to
music
C.
to
stop
listening
to
music
D.
stop
to
listen
to
music
12.
—The
project
my
father
put
his
effort
into
______
highly
of.
—He
sets
a
good
example
for
you!
A.
are
thought
B.
thinking
C.
has
thought
D.
was
though
13.
—How
was
your
recent
trip
to
Sichuan?
—I’ve
never
had
______
one
before.
A.
a
pleasant
B.
a
more
pleasant
C.
a
most
pleasant
D.
the
most
pleasant
14.
Most
boys
______
guns
to
dolls
while
most
girls
______
have
dolls
than
guns.
A.
would
rather;
prefer
B.
prefer;
would
rather
C.
would
rather;
would
rather
D.
prefer;
prefer
15.
—Shall
we
go
sailing
in
the
sea
tomorrow?
—
______
.
It’s
reported
that
there
will
be
a
hurricane
tomorrow.
A.
Yes.
I’d
love
do
B.
We’d
better
not
C.
Good
idea
D.
All
right
二、
完形填空
The
Little
Prince,
a
classic
novel,
was
written
by
the
French
pilot
and
writer,
Antoine
de
Saint-Exupery.
It
___1___
a
story
that
happened
in
the
Desert
of
Sahara,
about
a
pilot
and
a
little
prince.
The
pilot
had
an
accident
with
his
plane.
___2___
was
wrong
with
his
engine.
And
he
made
friends
with
the
prince
who
___3___
from
another
planet.
The
main
___4___
in
this
book,
a
special
little
prince,
lived
on
a
___5___
planet
known
as
Asteroid
B-612.
It
___6___
only
three
volcanoes
(火山)
and
a
rose
with
surprising
beauty.
The
flower
was
rarely
found
and
charming
___7___
words,
but
she
was
also
proud
and
self-centred.
And
it
made
the
little
prince
leave
his
planet
because
he
was
___8___
to
face
her.
During
his
journey,
the
little
prince
visited
several
planets,
and
had
conversations
with
their
___9___
,
including
a
king,
a
conceited
(自负的)
man,
a
tippler
(酒鬼),
a
businessman,
a
lamplighter
and
a
geographer.
From
them,
he
found
how
meaningless
the
world
of
grown-ups
was.
___10___
,
he
arrived
on
the
Earth,
where
he
was
shocked
by
a
heart
breaking
fact
that
his
flower
was
not
the
only
one
in
the
world.
At
that
moment
a
___11___
appeared,
asking
the
little
prince
to
“tame”
(驯服)
him,
then
he
did
so.
___12___
the
little
prince
left,
the
fox
made
him
believe
that
the
rose
was
special
to
him
and
the
meaning
of
love
and
responsibility.
At
the
end
of
the
story,
the
little
prince
___13___
to
go
back
home.
The
pilot
walked
___14___
with
his
friend
to
the
place
where
he
landed.
He
saw
a
yellow
poisonous
snake
bite
the
little
prince.
The
next
morning,
the
pilot
was
unable
to
find
the
prince’s
body.
He
finally
___15___
to
repair
his
plane
and
leave
the
desert.
The
pilot
wrote
this
story
to
remember
everything
between
himself
and
the
prince.
1.
A.
repeats
B.
tells
C.
explains
D.
writes
2.
A.
Something
B.
Nothing
C.
Everything
D.
Anything
3.
A.
got
B.
rode
C.
felt
D.
fell
4.
A.
director
B.
character
C.
suspect
D.
actor
5.
A.
round
B.
big
C.
Small
D.
square
6.
A.
was
made
of
B.
was
made
from
C.
was
made
up
of
D.
was
made
in
7.
A.
before
B.
Beyond
C.
after
D.
behind
8.
A.
ready
B.
happy
C.
unusual
D.
unable
9.
A.
citizens
B.
workers
C.
friends
D.
relatives
10.
A.
Firstly
B.
Secondly
C.
Thirdly
D.
Finally
11.
A.
flower
B.
pilot
C.
fox
D.
rose
12.
A.
After
B.
Before
C.
Since
D.
Until
13.
A.
decided
B.
agreed
C.
refused
D.
seemed
14.
A.
sadly
B.
happily
C.
excitedly
D.
quickly
15.
A.
failed
B.
afforded
C.
managed
D.
promised
三、阅读理解
Some
people
might
think
that
online
privacy
(隐私)
is
a
well,
private
matter.
If
you
don’t
want
your
information
getting
out
online,
don’t
put
it
on
social
media.
Simple,
right?
But
keeping
your
information
private
isn’t
just
about
your
own
choices.
It’s
about
your
friends’
choices,
too.
Results
from
a
study
show
that,
with
the
development
of
all
kinds
of
social
media,
people
may
need
to
stop
and
think
about
just
how
much
they
control
their
personal
information,
and
where
the
boundaries
of
their
privacy
are.
When
someone
joins
a
social
network,
the
first
order
of
business
is,
of
course,
to
find
friends.
To
help
the
users
to
find
their
friends,
many
apps
offer
to
import
the
contact
list
(导入联系人清单)
from
someone’s
phone
or
e-mail
or
Facebook,
to
find
matches
with
people
already
in
the
network.
“Sharing
those
contact
lists
m
seems
harmless,”
says
David
Garcia,
a
computational
social
scientist
at
the
Complexity
Science
Hub
Vienna
in
Austria.
“People
giving
contact
lists
aren’t
doing
anything
wrong,”
he
says,
“You
are
their
friend.
You
give
them
the
e-mail
address
and
phone
number,”
Most
of
the
time,
you
probably
want
to
stay
in
touch
with
the
person,
possibly
even
via
the
social
media
site.
But
the
social
network
then
has
that
information—whether
or
not
the
owner
of
it
wants
it
to
be
shared.
Social
platforms’
ability
to
collect
information
into
what
are
called
shadow
profiles
first
came
to
light
with
a
Facebook
bug
in
2013.
The
bug
accidentally
shared
the
e
mail
addresses
and
phone
numbers
of
some
6
billion
users
with
all
of
their
friends,
even
when
the
information
was
public.
Facebook
immediately
corrected
the
mistakes.
But
later,
some
users
noticed
that
the
phone
numbers
on
their
Facebook
profiles
had
still
been
filled
in—even
though
they
had
not
given
Facebook
their
digits.
Instead,
Facebook
had
collected
the
numbers
from
the
contact
lists
innocently
provided
by
their
friends,
and
filled
in
the
missing
information
for
them.
A
shadow
profile
had
become
reality.
It’s
no
surprise
that
a
social
platform
could
take
names,
e
mail
addresses
and
phone
numbers
and
match
them
up
with
other
people
on
the
same
platform.
But
Garcia
wondered
if
these
shadow
profiles
could
be
extended
to
people
not
on
the
social
platform
at
all.
He
turned
to
a
social
network
called
Friendster
which
was
closed
up
in
2015.
Friendster
was
launched
in
2002.
In
2008,
the
social
site
attracted
more
than
115
million
users.
But
by
2009
people
began
to
jump
ship
for
other
sites,
and
finally
Friendster
closed
for
good.
However,
by
using
the,
Internet
Archive—a
nonprofit
library,
Garcia
still
found
lots
of
users’
information
about
Friendster.
“You
are
not
in
full
control
of
your
privacy,”
he
concludes.
If
your
friend
is
on
a
social
platform,
so
are
you.
And
you
don’t
have
a
choice
in
the
matter.
Garcia
published
his
findings
on
August
4
in
Science
Advance.
1.
The
apps
help;
us
to
find
friends
in
the
following
ways
EXCEPT
______
.
A.
through
phone
numbers
B.
through
e
mail
C.
through
Facebook
D.
through
ID
number
2.
What
can
you
know
about
the
Facebook
bug
in
2013?
A.
The
bug
shared
all
the
personal
information
of
Facebook
users
to
their
friends.
B.
All
the
Facebook
users
find
their
phone
numbers
on
their
Facebook
profiles.
C.
Few
people
1
knew
Facebook
would
collect
information
into
shadow
profiles.
D.
Facebook
refused
to
correct
the
bug.
3.
Why
did
Garcia
turn
to
study
Friendster?
A.
Because
he
showed
a
great
interest
in
Friendster.
B.
Because
Friendster
is
very
popular
among
young
people.
C.
Because
he
wanted
to
find
whether
shadow
profiles
affected
people
not
on
the
social
platform.
D.
Because
his
science
center
asked
him
to
do
study
about
that.
4.
What
can
we
infer
from
the
passage?
A.
With
some
media,
we
don’t
need
to
make
friends
in
the
real
world.
B.
You
can
keep
your
personal
information
as
long
as
you
don’t
use
social
media.
C.
Facebook
is
widely
used
around
the
whole
world.
D.
Even
if
you
are
not
on
a
social
platform,
your
information
may
still
be
shared.
5.
Which
can
be
the
best
title
of
the
passage?
A.
How
to
protect
your
personal
information.
B.
Respect
online
privacy.
C.
Social
media
is
not
safe.
D.
Online
privacy
stays
just
in
your
imagination.
四、任务型阅读
（培优）
Fifteen
years
ago,
United
Nations
Educational
Scientific
and
Cultural
Organization
(UNESCO)
passed
a
convention
(公约)
for
protecting
intangible
cultural
heritage
(ICH,
非物质文化遗产).
Since
then,
508
items
from
122
countries
have
been
added
to
UNESCO’S
ICH
list,
including
39
items
that
were
added
last
month.
After
an
item
is
added,
its
home
country
is
required
to
take
action
to
protect
it.
UNESCO
will
offer
money
to
those
countries
too.
ICH,
as
the
name
suggests,
isn’t
always
something
we
can
touch
or
see.
But
what
kinds
of
things
can
be
described
as
ICH?
Here
are
some
examples.
Social
practices
Social
practices
are
activities
that
are
shared
by
a
group
of
people.
They
can
include
festivals
and
sports.
But
they
don’t
have
to
be
ancient.
They
can
be
modern
activities
that
people
still
practice
these
days
as
well.
Hurling
(曲棍球)
is
an
example
of
this
and
Irish
people
play
it
in
schools
and
clubs.
They
even
have
national
hurling
championships.
Acting
arts
Acting
arts
might
have
been
one
of
the
first
ways
for
people
to
express
their
moods
creatively.
This
is
because
people
don’t
have
to
use
tools
to
act,
They
can
only
use
their
bodies,
They
can
sing,
dance
and
wear
costumes.
Reggae
music
was
created
in
the
1960s
in
Jamaica.
The
words
of
the
music
are
often
deep.
Reggae
artists
hold
up
a
mirror
to
society
and
make
its
problems
known
to
the
public.
Knowledge
and
practices
about
nature
ICH
includes
not
only
literature
(文学)
and
arts
but
also
science.
Many
cultures
have
developed
their
own
knowledge
of
the
universe
and
medical
practices.
Such
knowledge
and
practices
have
helped
people
for
hundreds
of
years.
In
Tibet,
people
put
herbs
(草药)
in
hot
water
and
take
baths
in
it.
They
use
this
“medicinal
bathing”
to
treat
illnesses.
Even
now,
many
modern
medical
colleges
in
China
teach
this
practice
to
their
students.
Spoken
traditions
Spoken
traditions
include
tales,
riddles
and
poems.
Over
hundreds
of
years,
they
n
prevent
knowledge,
social
values
and
memories
from
dying.
The
tales
of
Dede
Qorqud
is
an
example
of
a
spoken
tradition.
In
these
tales,
Dede
Qorqud
is
a
wise
man,
He
teaches
people
how
to
face
life
and
death
and
solve
problems
in
their
lives.
Passing
down
our
cultureBefore
last
month,
there
were
only
___1___
items
on
UNESCO’S
ICH
list.
UNESCO
will
___2___
some
money
for
the
countries
with
the
items.Social
practicesThey
can
be
either
___3___
or
modern.
Hurling
is
very
___4___
in
Ireland.Acting
artsPeople
would
rather
show
moods
by
___5___
their
bodies.
Reggae
artists
make
the
public
___6___
social
problems
through
music.Knowledge
and
practices
about
natureThey
have
been
of
some
___7___
to
people
for
hundreds
of
years.
Illnesses
can
be
___8___
by
using
this
“medicinal
bathing”.
Spoken
traditionsThey
help
keep
knowledge,
social
values
and
memories
___9___
.
Dede
Qorqud
is
a
man
___10___
with
wisdom.
He
helps
people
with
their
lives.
五、词汇检测
A)
根据句意及汉语提示写出单词
1.
The
leader
of
the
company
felt
like
________
(颁发)
a
car
to
him
as
an
award.
2.
The
old
painting
is
of
great
________
(价值)
and
I
hope
you
can
take
good
care
of
it.
3.
The
Spring
Festival
is
one
of
the
________
(传统的)
festivals
in
China
and
everyone
loves
to
celebrate
it.
4.
Her
English
teacher’s
words
have
________
(激励)
her
a
whole
life.
5.
—Tan
Dun
does
not
use
any
musical
________
(乐器)
in
his
music
Water.
—That’s
really
amazing!
He
is
so
creative.
B)
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空
6.
We
are
looking
forward
to
seeing
the
________
(win)
names
of
the
sports
meeting.
7.
After
writing
his
report,
Mike
went
on
________
(write)
an
email
to
his
friend.
8.
Actually,
there
is
no
________
(divide)
line
among
rock
music,
folk
music
and
pop
music.
9.
Last
year,
Tom
had
a
good
time
travelling
across
________
(center)
Europe.
10.
—Do
you
think
that
robots
will
take
the
place
of
humans
in
the
future?
—I
don’t
think
so.
After
all,
the
smartest
robots
are
________
(control)
and
made
by
people.
六、
首字母填空
（培优）
Leonardo
da
Vinci
was
born
on
April
15,
1452
in
Italy,
He
is
best
known
as
an
a___1___
today.
One
of
his
famous
paintings
is
called
Mona
Lisa.
However,
Leonardo
had
many
other
natural
a___2___
.
He
was
also
a
great
inventor.
Many
of
his
inventions
have
become
important
in
modern
daily
life.
A___3___
Leonardo
hated
war,
he
invented
many
different
machines
used
for
war.
His
most
special
invention
was
the
machine
gun,
which
was
produced
in
war
many
years
later.
Leonardo
tried
to
find
out
the
secret
of
flying,
so
he
watched
the
w___4___
birds
fly.
Among
his
sketches
(素描)
we
can
see
many
objects.
We
consider
them
as
modern
f___5___
machines.
Leonardo
spent
many
hours
thinking
about
how
to
make
good
u___6___
of
time.
He
developed
ideas
for
labor
saving
machines
like
cutting
machines.
Leonardo
was
a
s___7___
man.
He
didn’t
eat
any
meat,
which
was
very,
unusual
in
those
times.
He
never
published
his
ideas
and
discoveries.
He
usually
used
mirror
writing,
which
look
like
writing
in
the
mirror
starting
from
the
r___8___
side
of
the
page
and
moving
to
the
left.
We
have
very
few
of
his
works
today.
Leonardo
f___9___
only
a
few
of
his.
paintings.
He
left
many
unfinished
because
he
thought
they
were
not
p___10___
.
No
one
in
his
lifetime
knew
how
great
Leonardo
was.
We
now
believe,
however,
that
he
was
one
of
the
cleverest
men
that
the
world
has
ever
known.
参考答案：
一、1~5
BCCDA
6~10
CDDDC
11~15
CDBBB
二、1~5
BADBC
6~10
CBDAD
11~15
CBAAC
三、
DACDD
四、1.
469
2.
provide
3.
ancient
4.
popular
5.
using
6.
know
7.
help
8.
treated
9.
alive
10.
filled
五、1.
presenting
2.
value
3.
traditional
4.
encouraged
5.
instruments
6.
winners’
7.
to
write
8.
dividing
9.
central
10.
controlled
六、1.
artist
2.
abilities
3.
Although
4.
way
5.
flying
6.
use
7.
strange
8.
right
9.
finished
10.
perfect
反思好学
思维脑图：
2自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
1-2期中复习
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.Though
the
problem
was
difficult,the
boy
didn’t
give
up
and
succeeded (成功)
at
last.?
2.Hey!
Relax!
No
one
will
force (强迫)
you
to
do
that
if
you’re
not
willing
to.?
3.The
travelling
experience
in
Europe
will
remain (留在)
in
my
memories
forever.?
4.It’s
polite
and
civilized
for
many
young
boys
and
girls
to
watch
the
games
in
the
stands (看台).?
5.Though
money
isn’t
everything,it
still
matters (要紧)
a
lot
to
the
poor.?
Ⅱ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.这位歌唱家拒绝在街上演唱。
The
singer refused
to sing
on
the
street.?
2.从那时起,他每天都踢足球。
From
then
on ,he
played
football
every
day.?
3.现如今,多亏了机器鱼,研究人员也许能够密切关注鱼类,发现海底秘密。
Now, thanks/because
to/of the
robotic
fish,researchers
may
be
able
to
keep
a
close
eye
on
fish
and
discover
undersea
secrets.?
4.汤姆学习不用功。结果,他考试不及格。
Tom
didn’t
work
hard. As
a
result ,he
failed
his
exam.?
5.苏两年前高中毕业。
Sue
graduated
from
high
school
two
years
ago.?
兴趣起航
How
much
do
you
know
about
him?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】时间状语从句
1、when意为“当……时”,引导的从句表示主句的动作和从句的动作同时发生或从句的动作发生在主句动作之前。
The
older
we
get,
the
harder
it
is
to
keep
up
with
life's
changes.
But
there
are
huge
rewards
when
we
take
risks,
embrace
new
experiences.随着年龄的增长，我们越来越不愿改变，但冒险改变总能带来回报
2、while意为“当……时,在……过程中”,引导时间状语从句时,从句通常用进行时。如果主句和从句中的动作是两个同时进行的长时间的动作或事件,那么主句也要用进行时。
I'll
make
breakfast
while
you're
having
a
shower.
你淋浴时我就做早餐。
[辨析]when
vs
while
whenwhile时间特征点时间/段时间段时间动词选择从句中谓语动词延续/不延续从句中谓语动词延续动作特征主从句动作可同时发生，也可以先后发生
主句的动作在从句动作发生
的过程中或主从句两个动作同时发生
3、before意为“在……以前”,引导时间状语从句时,一般表示主句的动作发生在从句动作之前。
He
kept
his
head
down
for
weeks
before
the
final
exams.
他考试前认真努力学习了好几周。
4、after意为“在……以后”,引导的从句一般表示主句的动作发生在从句动作之后。
I'll
call
you
after
I've
spoken
to
them.
我和他们谈了以后就给你打电话。
[拓展]当主从复合句中主语一致且从句谓语含有be动词时，before，after，while，when的后面可接doing。
You
shouldn't
cast
aside
old
friends
while
seeking
new
ones.
你交朋友，可不能喜新厌旧啊！
I
lost
my
way
while
hiking.我徒步旅行时迷路了。
I
often
watch
TV
before
going
to
bed.我经常睡前看电视。
I'm
finally
starting
to
feel
like
myself
again,
after
battling
that
cold
for
weeks.几周的感冒过后，我终于恢复正常了。
5、as意为“当……时,一边……一边……”,引导时间状语从句时,常常表示主句和从句的动作是短时间的动作,并且是同时发生。
Eg.
The
girl
sings
as
she
goes
to
school.
6、as
soon
as意为“一……就……”。
Eg.
I'll
send
you
a
check
as
soon
as
I
sell
the
piano.钢琴一卖掉，我就把支票寄给你。
[经典例题]
1.—We
need
to
learn
and
work
______
we
live.
—I
think
so.
A.as
long
as
B.as
much
as
C.as
soon
as
D.as
possible
as
答案：A
7、since意为“自……以来”,引导时间状语从句时,从句的谓语动词表示动作的起点,用一般过去时;主句的谓语动词表示动作开始以后延续至今,一般用现在完成时。如果主句表示目前的情况,可以用一般现在时。
You've
grown
since
the
last
time
I
saw
you!
自从我上次见到你后，你又见长了！
[拓展]since的特殊句型
（1）It
is/has
been+时间+since...，表示“自从……以来到现在已有多久了”。
Eg.
It
is/has
been
two
years
since
I
left
Shanghai.自从我离开上海已经有两年了。
（2）时间+has
passed
+since...，表示“自从……，多长时间过去了”。注意，这里时间作主语，看成一个整体，谓语动词用单数。
Eight
months
has
passed
since
I
started
this
diet..自从我这次节食，八个月过去了。
8、until/till意为“直到……”,如果主句的谓语动词是延续性动词,主句和从句都用肯定式;如果主句的谓语是短暂性动词,主句用肯定式,从句用否定式,即用not...until形式,表示“直到……才”,这时until和till可用before替换。
Eg.
The
money
will
be
held
in
trust
until
she
is
18.
这笔钱将由人代管到她18岁为止
【注意1】时间状语从句和条件状语从句，若主句的谓语动词是一般将来时，那么从句的谓语动词用一般现在时表示将来。
[经典例题]
1.—
When
shall
I
hand
in
my
report?
—
As
soon
as
it
_____________
tomorrow.
A.
completes
B.
is
completed
C.
will
complete
D.
will
be
completed
2.—Look!
My
mother
___________
a
new
dress
for
me.
—Wow,
it
looks
very
nice
on
you.
A.
is
making
B.
has
made
C.
will
make
3.—Sam,
do
you
know
if
Alice
_________
to
my
party
next
week?
—I
think
she
will
come
if
she
_________.
A.
comes;
is
invited
B.
comes;
will
be
invited
C.
will
come;
is
invited
D.
will
come;
will
be
invited
4.---Let’s
go
to
the
museum
if
it
__________
tomorrow.
---But
nobody
knows
if
it
__________tomorrow..
A.
won’t
rain,
rains
B.
doesn’t
rain,
rains
C.
won’t
rain,
will
rain
D.
doesn’t
rain,
will
rain
5.---Nancy
________
us
a
report
as
soon
as
she
________
tomorrow.
---How
great!
I
will
be
there.
A.gives;
is
arriving
B.gives;
will
arrive
C.will
give;
arrives
D.gives;
arrives
6.They
can
go
home
as
soon
as
the
homework
_______________.
A
.finished
B.
finishes
C
.was
finished
D
.is
finished
7.---I
called
you
last
night,
but
nobody
answered.
Where
were
you
then?
---
Oh,
I
____________
my
pet
dog
in
my
yard.
A.
walked
B.
was
walking
C.
am
walking
D.
will
walk
8.---I’ve
never
seen
Mr.
Taylor
before.
---Don’t
worry.
I
______
him
to
you
before
the
meeting.
A.
will
introduce
B.
introduced
C.
have
introduced
D.
had
introduced
9.Wars
are
disasters.
A
large
number
of
people
will
lose
their
homes
if
a
war
______.
A.
breaks
down
B.
is
broken
down
C.
breaks
out
D.
is
broken
out
10.---Hi,
do
you
know
if
Tom_________to
my
party
next
week?
---I
think
he
will
come
if
he________free.
A.
will
come,
will
be
B.
will
come,
is
C.
come,
is
D.
comes,
will
be
答案：BBCDC
DBACB
【知识梳理2】He
got
his
first
basketball
when
he
was
only
four
years
old,
but
he
did
not
become
serious
about
basketball
until/till
he
was
12.(P56)
在他年仅四岁的时候，他得到了第一个篮球，但直到十二岁，他才对篮球认真。
Eg.
become/be
serious
about
sth.，意为“认真对待某事”；be
serious
with
sb.意为“对某人要求严格”。
Is
she
serious
about
wanting
to
sell
the
house?
她真想把房子卖掉吗？
[典型例题]
1.你必须认真对待我对你说的话。
You
must________________________
what
I
have
said
to
you.
答案：be
serious
about
【知识梳理3】The
best
moment
in
his
career
was
in
2004
---
he
scored
41
points
in
a
game
against
the
Atlanta
Hawks.(P56)
他职业生涯中最好的时刻是在2004年---在和亚特兰大鹰队的一场比赛中他得了
41分。
against，介词，意为“对抗，与...相反，违反”。
Eg.I
am
against
hunting
in
any
form.
我反对任何形式的狩猎。
[经典例题]
1.Our
class
are
much
sure
to
win
the
basketball
game
________
Class
Three.
A.of
B.in
C.against
D.from
2.I’m_________building
a
new
zoo
as
I
think
zoos
are
terrible
places
for
animals
to
live．
A.against
B.on
C.in
D.for
3.Linda
was
strongly
______
choosing
John
as
the
Best
Student
of
the
Term,
as
he
took
no
notice
of
her
when
she
was
once
in
trouble.
A.
against
B.
for
C.
down
D.
up
答案：CAA
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】World
War
II
broke
out
in
Europe
in
1939
and
ended
in
1945.(P57)
第二次世界大战1939
年在欧洲爆发，在1945年结束。
break
out，意为”爆发“，常指战争、打斗、灾害等的突然发生。
Eg.
The
fighting
broke
out
about
two
hours
after
sundown.
战斗在日落后大约两小时打响了。
[拓展]break的相关短语
break
down出故障；失败；打破；分解
break
into破门而入
break
up破裂；驱散；解散
[经典例题]
1.On
April
15,
a
fire
________
in
Notre
Dame,
an
850?year?old
cathedral
in
the
heart
of
Paris.
A.ran
out
B.broke
out
C.turned
out
D.carried
out
2.Wars
are
disasters.
A
large
number
of
people
will
lose
their
homes
if
a
war
_______.
A.
breaks
out
B.
is
broken
out
C.
breaks
up
D.
is
broken
up
3.Tick
bites（蜱虫叮咬）are
reported
_______
in
12
provinces
and
claimed
31
lives
since
2007.
A.
to
break
out???????????
??
B.
to
have
broken
out?
C.
to
be
broken
out??????????????D.
to
have
been
broken
out
4.---
Why
does
Yun
Tian
look
so
tired
out
these
days?
---He
pracitses
basketball
every
day
so
that
he
could
_______
for
the
Slam
Dunk
Contest.
A.
stay
out
B.work
out
C.
break
out
D.
try
out
答案：BABD
【知识梳理2】It
was
a
record
of
that
time,
and
it
has
also
become
a
symbol
of
the
victory
of
the
human
spirit.(P57)
它是那个时代的记录，它也成为人类精神胜利的象征。
1、symbol，名词，意为“象征；符号；标志”；symbol
of
sth“……的象征；符号”
Eg.
The
dove
is
a
universal
symbol
of
peace.
鸽子是和平的共同象征。
2、spirit，名词
（1）spirit的基本意思是“精神,心灵”,引申可作“灵魂”“勇气”“骨气”“活力”“纯酒精”解,是不可数名词。
（2）spirit：示“某种精神”或“精神实质”时，与“文字(letter)”相对，是可数名词，用单数形式。
（3）spirit还可作“人，人物，鬼魂，精怪，圣灵”解,是可数名词。
（4）spirit作“情绪,心情”时,多用于复数形式。
[拓展]spirit常见搭配
（1）be
in
(good
/
high)
spirits喜气洋洋,快活,兴高采烈，用法4
（2）lose
one's
spirits垂头丧气，用法4
（3）in
spirit
精神上,心灵上，用法1
[经典例题]
1.---The
deadly
disease
destroyed
her
body
but
not
her_______.
---
She
was
really
strong-minded.
A.
spirit???
B.
system???
C.
symbol???
D.
stress
2.The
students
were
_________
all
through
the
sports
meet.
A.
in
high
spirit
B.
in
low
spirit
C.
in
low
spirits
D.
in
high
spirits
答案：AD
【知识梳理3】Life
changed
for
everybody,
including
women
and
children
because
of
the
war.(P57)
因为这场战争，每个人的生活都改变了，包括妇女和儿童。
including，介词，意为“包括，包含”。在句中引导介词短语，其后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式做宾语。一般情况下,其前都有一个逗号将其与前面的主要成分隔开。
Eg.
Thousands
were
killed,
including
many
women
and
children.
数千人被杀，包括许多妇女和儿童。
【知识梳理4】Anne
and
her
elder
sister
died
of
illness.(P57)
安妮和她的姐姐死于疾病
die，不及物动词，意为“死，死亡”，它是非延续性动词，不能和表示一段时间的短语连用。
Eg.
A
year
later
my
dog
died.
1年后，我的狗死了。
[拓展]die的现在分词形式是dying，dying也可以作形容词，意为“垂死的”；另一个形容词形式是dead，意为“死了的”；名词形式是death.
Eg.
Shipbuilding
is
a
dying
business.
造船业是一个没落行业。
The
women
knew
nothing
of
the
dead
girl.
They
were
strangers.
这些妇女对那个死去的女孩一无所知。她们互不相识。
She
knew
she
was
close
to
death.
她知道自己已濒临死亡。
[辨析]die
of
vs.
die
from
（1）若死因存在于人体之上或之内（主要指疾病、衰老等自身的原因),一般用介词
of.
如：die
of
illness
(heart
trouble,cancer,a
fever,etc)
死于疾病
(心脏病，癌症，发烧等)
（2）若死因不是存在人体之上或之内,而是由环境造成的(主要指事故等方面的外部原因)，一般用介词
from
.
如：die
from
an
earthquake
(a
traffic
accident,a
lightning,a
stroke,etc)
死于地震(交通事故，雷击等)
（3）若死因是环境影响到体内,即两方面共有的原因,则可用
of,
from
均可.
如：die
of
[from]
a
drink
(
a
wound,overwork,starvation,hunger
and
cold,etc)
死于饮酒(受伤，劳累过度,饥饿，饥寒等)
但是在实际运用中,两者混用的情况较多.
[经典例题]
1.---Do
you
know
Lucy’s
grandma?
---Of
course.
She
is
a
kind
woman,
but
she
has
_______
for
about
a
month
since
she
______
in
the
accident.
A.
been
dead
;
killed
B.
died
;
killed
C.died
;
was
killed
D.
been
dead;
was
killed
2.The
murder
happened
in
a
house
,and
a
doctor
was
found________three
days
later.
A.dead
B.death
C.die
D.dying
3.Many
old
people
_________
his
age
die
_________
cancer.
A.
at,
in???????
?
B.
of,
of
C.
at,
from???????
D.
of,
in
答案：DAB
【知识梳理5】During
that
difficult
time,
Anne
kept
writing
in
her
diary
until
they
were
discovered
by
the
Nazis
in
August
1944.(P58)
在那段艰苦的岁月里，安妮坚持写日记直到1944年8月他们被纳粹分子发现。
keep
doing
sth意为“不停地做某事”。
Eg.
Be
a
good
writer
by
keep
writing.
坚持写作以成为好的写手。
[辨析]keep
doing
sth，keep
on
doing
sth
（1）keep
doing
sth多表示某个动作连续不断地进行，中间无停顿，后接表示静态含义的动词。
Eg.
So
keep
standing,
keep
learning,
and
keep
living.
所以挺直腰板，继续学习，继续生活。
（2）keep
on
doing
sth
表示不顾困难反对、警告而坚持做某事，或表示经过一段时间的间隙后继续做同一件事，后接表示动态含义的动词。
Eg.
Please
keep
on
dreaming.
请继续做梦。
[拓展]keep的固定短语
keep
sth.
in
mind记住
keep
a
diary写日记
keep
sth.
to
oneself保守秘密
[经典例题]
1.Many
great
people
ever
failed,
but
they
never
________
and
managed
to
succeed
at
last.
A.
set
out
B.
stayed
up
C.
kept
on
D.
gave
up
答案：D
2.Whenever
I
want
to
give
up,
my
mother
always
encourages
me
to
keep
________
(try)．
答案：trying
【知识梳理6】After
the
war,
her
father
collected
her
diary
and
had
it
published
in
1947.(P58)
战争后，她的父亲收集了她的日记，并在1947年请人把它出版了。
have
sth
done意为“让某事被.....；某物遭受......”，其结构为：“have+宾语+动词的过去分词”。
Eg.
He
bought
a
hot
dog
and
had
it
covered
with
all
the
fixings.
他买了一个热狗，在上面撒满了各种配菜。
[拓展]当遭受不幸的情况时，也可用这个结构。
Eg.
Insisting
that
Tom
had
stolen
his
car,
Smith
insisted
that
he
be
put
into
prison.
坚持认为汤姆偷了他的小汽车，史密斯坚持把他关进监狱。
[拓展]have
sb.
do
sth.，“让某人做某事”=get
sb.
to
do
sth.
[经典例题]
1.We
visited
Huaxi
Village
last
Sunday
and
had
some
photos
_______there.
A.
took
B.
taking
C.
taken
D.
to
take
2.Something
is
wrong
with
my
computer.
I'll
have
it
_______.
A.repair
B.
to
repair
C.
repairing
D.
repaired
3.His
aunt
wants
to
have
him
_______
the
radio
.
But
he
had
it
_______
already
.
A
repair
,repair
B
to
repair
,
repair
C
repaired,
to
repair
D
repair,
repaired.
4.Excuse
me,
but
it
is
time
to
have
your
temperature
_______.
A.
Taking
B.
take
C.
to
take
D.
taken
5.He
didn't
keep
on
asking
me
the
time
any
longer
as
he
had
had
his
watch
______.
A.
to
repair
B.
repaired
C.
repairing
D.
repair
6.The
teacher
_______
his
students
to
read
the
passage
again
and
again
yesterday.
A.made
B.
got
C.
let
D.
had
答案：CDDDBB
【知识梳理7】I
admire
these
children
for
their
courage.
(P58)我钦佩这些孩子的勇气。
（1）courage，不可数名词，意为“勇气，胆量”。
（2）
admire，动词，意为“钦佩”。
Eg.
The
judge
was
praised
for
his
courage
and
humanity.
法官的勇气和人道受到称赞。
[拓展]encourage，动词，意为“鼓励”。
Eg.
We
should
encourage
him
to
have
confidence
in
himself.
我们应当鼓励他对自己要有信心。
[经典例题]
1.Kate
is
so
shy
that
she
doesn't
have
________
to
sing
in
public.
A.power
B.courage
C.energy
D.time
2.---Do
you
know
the
man
who
is
speaking
in
front
of
the
crowds?
---He
is
a
successful
businessman.
I
__________
him
very
much
for
his
success
in
business.
A.
discover
B.
disagree
C.
admire
D.
encourage
3.My
grandfather
used
to
build
railways
for
the
Japanese
army
when
he
was
young.He
was_________to
work
hard
from
morning
till
night.?
A.invited
B.encouraged
C.allowed
D.forced
答案：BCD
【知识梳理8】Although
we
live
in
peace,
some
children
in
other
parts
of
the
world
still
live
in
fear
of
their
lives.(P58)
尽管我们生活在和平时期，但世界其他地区的一些孩子仍然生活在为他们的生命安全担忧中。
1、in
peace和平地；安静，宁静：安祥地
Eg.
My
middle
school
life
is
not
in
peace.
我的初中生活并不是那么的平静。
[典型例题]
1.You'll
be
able
to
read
in
peace.
你将可以安静地看书。
=You'll
be
able
to
read
_________.
答案：peacefully
2、in
fear
of
one’s
life为某人的生命安全担忧；in
fear
of...为…提心吊胆
Eg.
We
lived
in
continual
fear
of
being
discovered.
我们长期生活在害怕被发现的恐惧中。
[经典例题]
1.When
the
flood
was
washing
the
village,
people
screamed_________and
ran
_________all
directions.
A.
in
fear:
with
B.
with
fear;
in
C.
in
fear;
in
D.
with
fear;
with
答案：C
【知识梳理9】It
is
not
an
imaginary
story
but
a
true
experience
of
a
teenager
in
wartime.(P59)
这不是个虚构的故事，而是在战争时期一个青少年的真实经历。
experience，可数名词，意为“经历”。也可以作动词，意为“经历”。
Eg.
It
was
the
worst
experience
of
her
life.
那是她一生中最糟糕的经历。
[拓展]experience，不可数名词，意为“经验,体验”。
Eg.
Experience
is
essential
for
this
job.
对于这个工作，经验是非常重要的。
[经典例题]
1.It
is
better
to
travel
10,000
miles
than
to
read
10,000
books,so
it’s
important
to
have
real________with
languages,cultures
and
societies.?
A.communication
B.experience
C.knowledge
D.influence
答案：B
【知识梳理10】In
this
book,
Anne,a
Jewish
girl,
describes
her
boredom
with
being
away
from
the
outside
world,
her
unhappiness
with
living
in
a
small
place
all
year,
and
her
fear
of
discovery
and
death.(P59)
在这本书里，安妮，一个犹太女孩，描述了她对远离外面世界的厌倦，终年生活在一个狭小地方的难过以及对被发现和死亡的恐惧。
describe，及物动词，意为“描述，形容”。describe
sth.
to
sb.意为“向某人描述某物”；describe...as...意为“把....说成...”
Eg.
Can
you
describe
him
to
me?
你能向我描述一下他的样子吗？
[拓展]description，名词，意为“描述，描写；类型；说明书”。
Eg.
They
gave
a
general
description
of
the
man.
他们对这个男人作了大致的描述。
【知识梳理11】related
to
the
Jews
(P59)和犹太人相关的
related，形容词，意为“相关的”。
[拓展]relate，动词，意为“与....有某种关系；涉及”
relative，可数名词，意为“亲戚”
relation
，可数名词，意为“关系，亲属关系”。
【知识梳理12】a
book
which
sells
well
一本畅销书
sell是动词，意为“卖，销售”；sell
well意为“畅销，卖得好”，不可用于被动语态中；sell
out意为“卖光，售完”，be
sold
out是被动结构，意为“被卖光，被售完”。
Eg.
The
type
of
recorder
sells
well.
这种型号的录音机卖得很好。
[经典例题]
1.After
the
earthquake,
the
volunteers
____
food
and
medicine
to
the
survivors.
A.
handed
out
B.
came
out
C.
worked
out
D.
sold
out
2.A
lot
of
things
_______
in
this
shop,
and
the
fresh
vegetables
in
it
_______
very
well.
A.
are
sold;
sell
B.
are
sold;
sells
C.
sell;
sells
D.
sell;
sell
3.The
new
CD_______so
well
that
it______out
in
all
the
shops．
A.is
sold；sells
B.
sells；sells
C.
is
sold
;
is
sold
D.sells;
is
sold
4.This
kind
of
iPad
_______
in
our
computer
shop.
It
_______
very
well.
A.
is
sold;
sells
B.
sells;
is
sold
C.
sells;
sells
D.
is
sold;
is
sold
答案：AADA
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】My
father
is
in
his
fifties.
(P60)
我爸爸五十多岁。
“in
one's
+数词复数”意为“某人处于某个年龄段”，如in
one's
twenties，意为“某人二十多岁”。
Eg.
My
daughter
preferred
to
have
eggs
and
milk
for
breakfast
when
she
was
in
her
twenties.
我女儿二十几岁时早饭喜欢吃鸡蛋和牛奶。
[经典例题]
1.—
Is
your
uncle
in
his
_______?
—
Yes.
His
_______
birthday
is
coming
next
month.
A.
forty;
forty-first
B.
forties;
forty-first
C.
forties;
forty-one
D.
forty;
forty-first
2.The
singer
became
famous
_______.
A.
in
his
twenty
B.in
his
twentieth
C.
in
his
twenties
D.at
his
twentieth
3.His
father
looks
young,
but
______
fact
he
is________.
A.
in；
in
the
forties
B.in；
in
his
forties
C.
in
the；
in
his
fortieth
D.in
the；
in
the
forties
4.Our
English
teacher
looks
young.
It’s
hard
to
imagine
she
is
already
in
her
________.
A.
forty
B.
fortieth
C.
fourteen
D.
forties
答案：BCBD
【知识梳理2】You
will
not
find
anything
unusual
about
him
until
you
learn
more.(P60)
直到你了解更多，你才会发现他的不同寻常之处。
unusual，形容词，意为“不寻常的，异常的”。注意：unusual是元音开头，如果前面用不定冠词，要用an.
Eg.
He
was
an
unusual
man
with
great
business
talents.
他是一个与众不同的人，极具高超的商业才能。
[拓展]usual
adj.
通常的，平常的；注意：usual是辅音开头，如果前面用不定冠词，要用n。
usually
adv.
通常。
Eg.
This
was
an
unusual
step,
and
yet
a
usual
one.
这是一个不平常的步骤，但也不十分异常。
[拓展]固定搭配：as
usual像往常一样，照例。
Eg.
Steve,
as
usual,
was
the
last
to
arrive.
史蒂夫照例来得最晚。
[经典例题]
1.He
was
_____usual
farmer
several
years
ago.
But
now
he
is
_____famous
singer
and
he
can
play_____
piano
well.
A.
an;
a;
the
B.
a;
a;
the
C.
an;
a;
/
D.
a;
a;
/
2.The
old
man
who
is
playing
the
guitar
is________university
teacher.
A.
the
B.
an
C.
a
D.
/
答案：BC
【知识梳理3】To
my
surprise,
he
has
decided
to
donate
his
body
for
medical
research
after
his
death.(P60)
让我惊讶的是，他已决定死后捐献遗体供医学研究。
1、surprise
，不可数名词，意为“惊奇，诧异”。
Eg.
To
his
surprise,
the
bedroom
door
was
locked.
使他吃惊的是，卧室的门是锁着的。
[拓展]
surprise
，动词，意为“使感到惊讶,使惊奇”。
surprised，形容词，意为“感到惊讶的，出人意料的”。
surprising，形容词，意为“令人惊讶的，使人惊讶的”。
[拓展]含surprise的短语
in
surprise惊奇地
be
surprised
at
....感到惊讶
to
one'
s
surprise使某人惊讶的是
be
surprised
to
do
sth对做某事感到惊讶
be
surprised
to
do
sth对做某事感到惊讶
[经典例题]
1.What
______
news
it
is!
Nobody
_______
it.
A.
a
surprising；
believes
B.surprising；
believes
C.
a
surprised；
believe
D.surprised；
believe
2.______,
great
changes
have
taken
place
in
China.
A.
To
our
shame
B.
To
our
surprise
C.
At
last
D.
In
the
beginning
3._____,
my
brother
passed
the
exam.
A
To
my
great
joy
B
To
my
great
surprised
C
With
my
joy
D
With
my
surprise
答案：BBA
2、medical，形容词，意为“医疗的，医药的，药的”，常做定语，修饰名词；medical
research
意为“医学研究”；medical
treatment意为“医疗”。
Eg.
According
to
medical
research,
doing
exercise
on
a
regular
basis
can
release
pressure.
根据医学研究，定期进行锻炼可以减轻压力。
[拓展]medicine，不可数名词，意为“药；医学；内科；巫术”。
[拓展]含medical的短语
medical
care医疗护理
medical
college医学院
medical
examination体检
medical
team医疗队
medical
workers医疗队员
[典型例题]用medical的各种形式填空
1.I
think
__________
level
in
the
city
is
better
than
that
in
the
countryside.
2.Laughter
is
the
best
_________.
答案：1.medical
2.medicine
能力实践
【20-21星海中学10月月考真题】
二、单项填空
请认真阅读下面各题，从题中所给的A，B，C，D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上该项涂黑。
1.
—You’ve
dropped
________
“s”
in
the
word
“missing”.
—Oh,
________
letter
“s”
should
be
doubled
like
this
“missing”.
A.
a;
an
B.
an;
a
C.
a;
the
D.
an;
the
【答案】D
【解析】句意：——你在“丢失的”一词中掉了个“s”。——哦，字母“s”应该像“missing”这样双写。
考查冠词用法。a不定冠词，表泛指，用于辅音音素开头的单词前；an不定冠词，表泛指，用于元音音素开头的单词前；the定冠词，表特指。“一个字母‘s’”表泛指，且字母“s”以元音音素开头发音，其前应加不定冠词an；单词“missing
”中的字母“s”表特指，其前应加定冠词the。故选D。
2.
More
attention
should
be
paid
________
the
industry
in
the
city.
A.
to
developing
B.
to
develop
C.
for
developing
D.
for
develop
【答案】A
【解析】句意：应该更加注意发展这个城市的工业。
考查固定短语及非谓语动词。pay
attention
to
doing
sth.“注意做某事”，其后应接动名词作宾语；故空格处应为to
developing。故选A。
3.
The
woman
hardly
has
any
time
for
the
daily
exercises,
________?
A.
doesn’t
she
B.
does
she
C.
will
she
D.
has
she
【答案】B
【解析】句意：这个女人几乎没有时间做日常锻炼，是吗？
考查反意疑问句。反意疑问句的结构为：前肯定后否定，前否定后肯定。陈述部分hardly是否定词，故疑问部分要用肯定，排除A选项。has在句中是第三人称单数形式的实义动词，反意疑问句要用助动词does+代词she，故选B。
4.
Have
a
try,
________
you
will
never
know
what
you
can
achieve.
A.
and
B.
while
C.
till
D.
or
【答案】D
【解析】句意：试一试，否则你永远不会知道你能得到什么。
考查连词辨析。and而且；while当……时候；till直到；or否则。根据“Have
a
try”和“you
will
never
know
what
you
can
achieve”可知，前半句为肯定句，后半句为否定句，前后意思转折，所以此处使用连词or，构成“祈使句+or+陈述句”结构。故选D。
5.
I
really
dislike
the
book.
It
is
________
interesting
________
useful.
A.
not;
but
B.
neither;
nor
C.
not
only;
but
also
D.
either;
or
【答案】B
【解析】句意：我真的不喜欢这本书。它既没意思也没用。
考查并列连词用法。not…but…不是……而是……；neither…nor…既不……也不……；not
only…but
also…不仅……而且……；either…or…或者……或者……。根据“I
really
dislike
the
book.”可知，这本书既没意思也没用，故选B。
6.
This
photo
reminds
me
________
the
days
when
I
worked
________
the
farm.
A.
of;
on
B.
about;
on
C.
about;
in
D.
of;
in
【答案】A
【解析】句意：这张照片使我想起在农场工作的日子。
考查介词辨析。of……的；on在……上；about关于；in在……里。
remind
sb.
of
sth.“使某人想起某事”，固定短语，故第一空为of；on
the
farm“在农场”，固定搭配，故第二空为on。故选A。
7.
She
didn’t
know
________
soon.
A.
if
her
son
will
be
back
B.
that
her
son
will
be
back
C.
whether
her
son
would
be
back
D.
if
would
her
son
be
back
【答案】C
【解析】句意：她不知道她儿子是否会很快回来。
考查宾语从句。此句是宾语从句，主句一般过去时，遵循“主过从必过”原则，从句也是过去的时态，排除A和B，宾语从句中从句语序是陈述句语序。故选C。
8.
I
don’t
doubt
________
he
will
come
in
the
coming
year.
A.
Whether
B.
that
C.
if
D.
so
【答案】B
【解析】句意：我毫不怀疑他明年会来。
考查宾语从句引导词。whether是否；that无词义，起引导作用；if是否；so因此，表示因果的并列连词。根据“don’t
doubt”可知毫不怀疑，非常肯定，对某事没有疑问，所以不用表示疑问意义的连词“whether”和“if”，故排除A和C；此外“he
will
come
in
the
coming
year.”是一个宾语从句，所以用that来引导。故选B。
9.
—Would
you
please
give
me
________
to
read?
—Let
me
see.
A.
anything
interesting
enough
B.
anything
enough
interesting
C.
something
interesting
enough
D.
something
enough
interesting
【答案】C
【解析】句意：——你能给我一些足够有趣的东西读吗？——让我看看。
考查复合不定代词及定语后置。something常用于肯定句或以Could/Would等开头的一般疑问句中，表示希望对方给与肯定答复；anything常用于否定句或疑问句。本句“Would
you…”可知，本句为以would开头的疑问句，表示希望对方给出肯定答复，故用something。形容词interesting修饰复合不定代词时应后置；副词enough修饰形容词时应后置，故空格处应为something
interesting
enough。故选C。
10.
—I’d
like
to
go
on
an
outing
this
Sunday
Would
you
like
to
join
me?
—Why
not?
________
A.
It’s
going
to
rain.
B.
Really?
C.
Are
you
sure?
D.
I
couldn’t
agree
more.
【答案】D
【解析】句意：——这个星期天我想出去游玩。你愿意和我一起去吗？——什么不呢？我完全同意。
考查情景交际。It’s
going
to
rain要下雨了；Really真的吗；Are
you
sure你确定吗；I
couldn’t
agree
more我完全同意。上文邀请“我”星期天一同出去游玩；结合“Why
not?”可知，
“我”接受了邀请，故“我完全同意”符合语境。故选D。
三、完形填空
No
matter
who
you
are
and
where
you
live,
the
most
important
thing
is
what
kind
of
person
you
are.
There
are
many
good
qualities
that
can
benefit
you
a
lot
in
your
life.
Among
them,
the
following
four
qualities
are
the
most
____11____
ones.
Have
a(n)
____12____
attitude
(态度).
Life
is
not
always
a
bed
of
roses.
When
facing
difficulties,
don’t
lose
heart.
Do
you
know
what
can
help
you
overcome
difficulties?
It’s
your
attitude.
Cheer
up!
Life
is
like
a
____13____.
When
you
smile
in
front
of
it,
it
will
also
smile
at
you.
Keep
learning.
Maybe
you
are
used
to
your
present
life.
Every
day
you
have
so
much
work
to
do
that
you
____14____
find
any
time
to
learn.
However,
the
world
around
you
is
____15____
all
the
time.
Never
be
satisfied
with
yourself,
____16____
you
will
fall
behind
others.
Keep
learning
can
help
you
get
____17____
in
the
future.
Be
creative.
In
modern
society,
the
students
who
have
____18____
thinking
are
needed
most.
Being
creative
means
coming
up
with
new
ideas
and
having
creative
imagination.
Those
who
are
creative
have
more
choices
in
their
life.
Be
honest
and
keep
your
promise.
Honesty
is
the
best
policy
(原则).
____19____
likes
a
person
who
tells
lies.
The
one
who
keeps
his
word
is
popular
everywhere.
_____20_____
you
have
these
qualities
mentioned
above,
you
will
be
excellent
and
make
a
difference
to
the
world.
Albert
Einstein
once
said,
“Try
not
to
become
a
man
of
success
but
rather
try
to
become
a
man
of
value.”
11.
A.
helpful
B.
wonderful
C.
thankful
D.
beautiful
12.
A.
angry
B.
active
C.
sad
D.
friendly
13.
A.
board
B.
stone
C.
mirror
D.
door
14.
A.
can’t
B.
needn’t
C.
mustn’t
D.
shouldn’t
15.
A.
practicing
B.
sleeping
C.
beginning
D.
changing
16.
A.
and
B.
but
C.
or
D.
so
17.
A.
money
B.
success
C.
health
D.
wealth
18.
A.
common
B.
clear
C.
clever
D.
creative
19.
A.
Anybody
B.
Nobody
C.
Somebody
D.
Everybody
20.
A.
As
soon
as
B.
So
far
C.
As
for
D.
As
long
as
【答案】11.
A
12.
B
13.
C
14.
A
15.
D
16.
C
17.
B
18.
D
19.
B
20.
D
【解析】
【分析】文章介绍了四种对人们有帮助的、能够让人受益匪浅的美好品质。
【11题详解】
句意：其中，以下四个品质是最有帮助的。
helpful有帮助的；wonderful精彩的；thankful感谢的；beautiful美丽的。根据上文“There
are
many
good
qualities
that
can
benefit
you
a
lot
in
your
life.”及下文“Keep
learning…Be
creative…”可知，文章主要介绍了四种有帮助的、让人受益匪浅的美好品质。故选A。
【12题详解】
句意：有积极的态度。
angry生气的；active积极的；sad伤心的；friendly友好的。根据下文“When
facing
difficulties,
don’t
lose
heart.”可知，遇到困难时，不要灰心；故我们应有一个积极的态度。故选B。
【13题详解】
句意：生活就像一面镜子。
board木板；stone石头；mirror镜子；door门。根据下文“When
you
smile
in
front
of
it,
it
will
also
smile
at
you.”可知，你对生活微笑，生活也对你微笑；故生活像一面镜子。故选C。
【14题详解】
句意：每天你都有这么多的工作要做，以至于你找不到时间学习。
can’t不能；needn’t不需要；mustn’t表禁止；shouldn’t不应该。根据上文“you
have
so
much
work
to
do”可知，因为有很多工作，所以不能找到时间学习。故选A。
【15题详解】
句意：然而，你周围的世界一直在改变。
practicing练习；sleeping睡觉；beginning开始；changing改变。根据“Keep
learning…Never
be
satisfied
with
yourself,
…you
will
fall
behind
others.”可知，因为世界是不断变化的，所以才要不断的学习，不要满足于自己。故选D。
【16题详解】
句意：永远不要满足于自己，否则你会落后于别人。
and和；but但是；or否则；so因此。根据“Never
be
satisfied
with
yourself,…you
will
fall
behind
others.”可知，此处指不要满足于自己，否则就会落后于别人，故用or连接。故选C。
【17题详解】
句意：不断学习可以帮助你在未来取得成功。
money钱；success成功；health健康；wealth财富。根据“Keep
learning
can
help
you
get…in
the
future.”可知，不断的学习可以帮助取得成功。故选B。
【18题详解】
句意：在现代社会，有创造性思维的学生是最需要的。
common普通的；clear清楚的；clever聪明的；creative有创造力的。根据上下文“Be
creative…Being
creative
means…”可知，本段介绍了富有创造力的重要性，故有创造性思维的学生最被需要。故选D。
【19题详解】
句意：没有人喜欢说谎的人。
Anybody任何人；Nobody没有人；Somebody一些人；Everybody每个人。根据“…likes
a
person
who
tells
lies”可知，没有人会喜欢说谎的人。故选B。
【20题详解】
句意：只要你具备了上面提到的这些品质，你就会变得优秀，并对世界产生影响。
As
soon
as一……就；So
far目前为止；As
for至于；As
long
as只要。根据“…you
have
these
qualities
mentioned
above,
you
will
be
excellent…”可知，只要你具备以上品质，你就会……，故此处表条件，应用as
long
as引导条件状语从句。故选D。
四、阅读理解
A
CAFA
Art
Museum
CAFA
Art
Museum
was
built
in
1953
Now
the
new
museum
is
in
China
Central
Academy
(学院)
of
Fine
Arts.
The
second
floor
is
designed
to
display
works
by
some
great
artists.
The
third
and
fourth
floors
are
the
gallery
for
modern
art
exhibitions.Poly
Art
Museum
Poly
Art
Museum
is
designed
to
develop
national
art
and
culture.
It
tries
to
rescue
and
protect
Chinese
cultural
relics
(遗产)
lost
abroad.
More
than
100
pieces
of
Chinese
bronze
ware
(青铜器)
are
on
display.
Now
Poly
Art
Museum
is
considered
as
one
of
the
best-known
art
museums
in
China.Art
Museum
of
Beijing
Fine
Art
Academy
Art
Museum
of
Beijing
Fine
Art
Academy
is
a
neighbor
of
the
beautiful
Chaoyang
Park.
It
has
all
kinds
of
meeting
halls.
There
are
workrooms
that
are
large
enough
for
artists
to
create
huge
paintings.
There
is
also
a
bookstore,
a
coffeehouse
and
other
culture
and
leisure
places.Beijing
Han
Meilin
Art
Museum
Beijing
Han
Meilin
Art
Museum
is
the
largest
personal
art
museum
in
China.
Han
Meilin
is
a
well-known
Chinese
artist.
He
is
famous
for
designing
Fuwa
dolls
for
the
2008
Beijing
Olympics.
Han
Meilin
also
offers
help
to
gifted
students.
21.
More
than
100
pieces
of
Chinese
bronze
ware
are
on
display
in
________.
A.
Poly
Art
Museum
B.
CAFA
Art
Museum
C.
Beijing
Han
Meilin
Aft
Museum
D.
Art
Museum
of
Beijing
Fine
Art
Academy
22.
Han
Meilin
is
famous
for
________.
A.
operating
bookstores
and
coffeehouses
B.
holding
modern
exhibitions
in
his
art
museum
C.
offering
help
to
students
who
create
huge
paintings
D.
designing
Fuwa
dolls
for
the
2008
Beijing
Olympics
【答案】21.
A
22.
D
【解析】
【分析】本篇介绍中央美术学院美术馆、保利博物馆等4个博物馆，介绍了它们的主要藏品和特色。
【21题详解】
细节理解题。根据第二个表格中对Poly
Art
Museum的描述“More
than
100
pieces
of
Chinese
bronze
ware
(青铜器)
are
on
display.”可知保利博物馆展出100多件青铜器，故选A。
【22题详解】
细节理解题。根据第四个表格中对Beijing
Han
Meilin
Art
Museum的介绍“He
is
famous
for
designing
Fuwa
dolls
for
the
2008
Beijing
Olympics.”可知韩美林以设计2008北京奥运会福娃而出名，故选D。
D
ASTRONAUTS
on
board
the
International
Space
Station
(ISS)
recently
made
history
by
taking
bites
of
some
red
romaine
lettuce.
They
became
the
first
humans
to
eat
food
that
was
grown
entirely
in
space.
The
lettuce
was
planted
on
the
ISS
in
a
small
greenhouse
called
“Veggie”,
which
uses
LED
lights
to
help
plants
grow
in
space.
First,
the
astronauts
cleaned
the
lettuce
with
special
sanitizing
wipes
(消毒纸巾)
and
then
ate
it
with
some
salad
dressing.
“It
was
one
small
bite
for
man,
one
giant
leap
for…our
journey
to
Mars,”
one
astronaut
Scott
Kelly
later
posted
on
social
media.
Space
vegetables
are
a
part
of
the
NASA
experiment
called
“Veg-01”,
a
study
on
how
plants
grow
away
from
the
effects
of
Earth’s
gravity.
It
will
allow
astronauts
to
grow
and
eat
their
own
food
during
long
space
explorations.
“If
we’re
ever
going
to
go
to
Mars
someday,
we’re
going
to
need
a
spacecraft
that
is
much
more
self-sustainable
(自给自足的)
in
its
food
supply,”
said
Kelly.
Growing
fresh
plants
on
a
spacecraft
may
also
provide
oxygen
and
help
keep
astronauts
alive,
NASA
said.
“Veg-01”
started
in
May
2014.
The
first
batch
(一批)
of
vegetables
took
33
days
to
grow
in
space
before
they
were
taken
back
to
Earth
for
a
safety
check.
After
making
sure
it
was
safe
to
eat,
astronauts
planted
a
second
batch
on
July
8.
They
let
the
plant
grow
for
another
33
days
and
were
then
able
to
eat
it.
Astronauts
usually
only
get
some
fruit
and
vegetables
when
a
supply
ship
comes
to
the
ISS.
Now
with
the
vegetables
grown
in
space,
they
can
eat
whenever
they
want.
30.
How
did
the
astronauts
make
history?
A.
They
were
the
first
to
cook
food
on
the
ISS.
B.
They
were
the
first
to
eat
lettuce
grown
in
space.
C.
They
were
the
first
to
grow
fruit
in
space.
D.
They
created
a
greenhouse
on
the
ISS.
31.
According
to
the
article,
“Veg-01”
________.
A.
is
a
NASA
experiment
on
plants
grown
in
space
B.
studies
how
plants
grow
on
Mars
C.
provides
oxygen
for
astronauts
D.
failed
in
its
first
attempt
32.
What
does
the
article
mainly
talk
about?
A.
The
success
of
growing
vegetables
in
space.
B.
What
plants
in
space
look
like.
C.
How
astronauts
get
food
in
space.
D.
How
astronauts
work
on
the
ISS.
【答案】30.
B
31.
A
32.
A
【解析】
【分析】本文介绍了在国际空间站种植新鲜的蔬菜，不仅可以供宇航员使用，还可以制造氧气，帮助宇航员维持生命。
【30题详解】
细节理解题。根据第一段“ASTRONAUTS
onboard
the
International
Space
Station
(ISS)
recently
made
history
by
taking
bites
of
some
red
romaine
lettuce.
They
became
the
first
humans
to
eat
food
that
was
grown
entirely
in
space.”可知，宇航员吃到在太空种植的生菜创造了历史，故选B。
【31题详解】
细节理解题。根据文中“Space
vegetables
are
a
part
of
the
NASA
experiment
called
‘Veg-01’,
a
study
on
how
plants
grow
away
from
the
effects
of
Earth’s
gravity.”可知，“Veg-01”
是美国宇航局在太空种植植物的实验，故选A。
【32题详解】
主旨大意题。本文介绍了在国际空间站种植新鲜的蔬菜，不仅可以供宇航员使用，还可以制造氧气，可知太空蔬菜种植成功了，故选A。
六、单词拼写
38.
We
interviewed
a
number
of
people
but
none
of
them
________
(给……留下印象)
us.
【答案】impressed
【解析】句意：我们采访了一些人，但没有一个人给我们留下深刻印象。“给……留下印象”为impress；根据句中“We
interviewed
a
number
of
people”可知，此句为一般过去时，impress的过去式为impressed，故填impressed。
39.
“We
must
learn
from
Uncle
Lei
Feng,”
said
the
Young
________
(先锋).
【答案】Pioneer
【解析】句意：“我们必须向雷锋叔叔学习，”少先队员说。pioneer“先锋”；Young
Pioneer“少先队员”，固定短语，首字母需大写。故填Pioneer。
40.
Women
are
already
well
________
(代表)
in
the
area
of
TV
dramas.
【答案】represented
【解析】句意：女性在电视剧领域已经有了很好的代表。represent“代表”，动词；根据“Women
are…”可知，此处指在电视剧领域，女性被很好地代表，故为被动语态；represent用其过去分词形式。故填represented。
41.
This
isn’t
the
kind
of
crisis
that
________
(要求)
us
to
drop
everything
else.
【答案】requires
【解析】句意：这不是那种需要我们放弃其他一切的危机。此空为从句的谓语动词，先行词是单数，从句的谓语动词也用单数。require表示“要求”，此处用第三人称单数形式requires。故填requires。
42.
June
had
brought
with
it
the
first
of
the
summer
________
(温暖).
【答案】warmth
【解析】句意：六月带来了夏天的第一缕暖意。根据句中summer可知，后面修饰的应该是名词；warm暖和的，是形容词，其名词形式为warmth，故填warmth.
43.
Once
the
________
(决定)
is
reached,
he
can
date
and
sign
the
sheet.
【答案】decision
【解析】句意：一旦做出决定，他就可以在表格上注明日期并签字。decision“决定”，可数名词；由“is”可知，此处用其单数形式，在句中作主语。故填decision。
44.
There’s
a
feeling
of
warmth
and
________
(信任)
here.
【答案】trust
【解析】句意：这里有一种温暖和信任感觉。trust“信任”，既是动词也是名词，而由空格前的名词“warmth”和连词“and”可知，此处用其名词的用法，trust
意为名词“信任”时为不可数名词，故填trust。
反思好学
思维脑图：
2自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
8
Detective
stories（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.The
actress
found
her
missing (丢失的)
wallet
at
the
backstage.?
2.The
old
woman
didn’t
tell
the
police
the
truth (真相).?
3.Looking
at
the
only
egg,his
grandfather
lied (说谎)
to
the
boy
that
he
had
eaten
one.?
4.I
guess (猜)
there
is
something
wrong
with
the
watch.It
doesn’t
work.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.(江苏连云港中考)—Timmy,your
bedroom
is
dirty
and
untidy (tidy).?
—Sorry,Mum.I’ll
clean
it
right
away.
2.Bob
found
his
wallet
lost (lose)
when
he
got
off
the
bus.?
3.I
think
the
telephone
is
one
of
the
most
helpful
(help)
inventions
in
our
daily
life.?
4.The
schoolboy
is
interested
in
reading detective (detect)
stories.?
5.That
person
you
saw
yesterday
is
of medium (middle)
height.?
6.The
suspect
who
was
caught
by
the
police
was
guilty (guilt)
of
the
robbery.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.你为什么打扮成美猴王?
Why
did
you dress
up
as
the
Monkey
King??
2.你认为谁是无罪的?
Who do
you
think is
not
guilty??
3.这件事情比我们想的要严重得多。
This
thing
is
much more
serious
than we
thought.?
4.当这件事情发生的时候,我在另外一个地方。
I
was in
another
place when
it
happened.?
5.他的书包不见了。他看起来很着急。
His
bag
has gone
missing .He
looks
very
worried.?
兴趣起航
What
is
your
favourite
cartoon?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Why
are
you
dressed
like
that,Eddie?(P106)埃迪,你为什么打扮成那样呢?
dress，及物动词,意为“给……穿衣服,打扮”,其后常接人作宾语。
She
was
dressed
in
navy
blue.
她穿着深蓝色的衣服。
[拓展]常用搭配
dress
oneself
打扮；给自己穿衣服
dress
up
v.
打扮，装饰；穿上盛装
dress
in
（使）穿…的服装；乔装打扮
wedding
dress
结婚礼服
dress
for
为…而打扮
[辨析]
（1）put
on
“穿上、戴上”，强调“穿”“戴”的动作，后接衣服、鞋帽等。
He
put
on
his
second
best
suit.
他穿上了他第二好的西服。
（2）wear
“穿着;戴着”，表示状态，宾语可以是衣帽，也可以是饰物、奖章等。相当于be
dressed
in或be
in,表示状态。
The
police
wear
dark
blue
uniforms.
警察穿深蓝色制服。
（3）dress的宾语通常是人，意思是“给……穿衣服”。
She
dressed
herself
up
and
found
nowhere
to
show
up.
她装扮得整整齐齐，却无处可去炫耀。
[经典例题]
1.Do
you
know
the
girl
who________thick
glasses?
A
tries
on
B
puts
on
C
wears
D
dresses
2.My
sister
took
off
the
old
coat
and
_________
a
new
one.
A.
wore
B.
put
on
C.
dressed
D.
dressed
up
3.She
hurriedly_________her
son
and
drove
him
to
school.
A.put
on
B.wore
C.dressed
D.dressed
up
4.The
players
all_______
numbered
shirts.
A.wear
B.dress
C.put
D.dress
up
5.---Who’s
the
lady
________in
red?
---I
guess
she
is
Miss
Li
by
what
she________.
A.
worn;
wears
B.
putting
on;
dresses
C.
dressed;
wears
D.
is;
dressed
答案：CBCAC
【知识梳理2】A
detective
is
someone
who
looks
for
cues
to
s0mething
important.(P106)
侦探是为某件重要的事情寻找线索的人。
clue
，可数名词，意为“线索”，既可指帮助警方破案的线索，又可指问题答案的线索。
clue
to...意为“……的线索”。
Diet
may
hold
a
clue
to
the
causes
of
headache.
饮食是可能引起头痛的原因之一。
[经典例题]
1.They
held
the
charity
show
to
raise
some
money
for
the_________of
the
flood
.
A.
witnesses
B.
victims
C.
criminals
D.
clues
答案：B
2.他们正在检查现场，查找更多有助于侦破此案的线索。
__________________________________________________
答案：They
are
now
checking
the
scene
for
more
clues
which
will
help
solve
the
case.
【知识梳理3】My
food
has
gone
missing.(P106)我的食物不见了。
1、go，连系动词，表示“变成，处于……的状态
”，后接形容词，且多指不好的变化。
Meat
and
milk
products
may
easily
go
bad.
肉类和奶制品很容易变质。
2、missing
此处用作形容词，意为“丢失的，缺少的”。go
missing
意为“失踪，丢失”。
They
have
been
missing
for
a
long
time
now.
到现在他们已经失踪很长时间了。
[辨析]missing
lost
gone
（1）missing：“不见了”，强调不在原处了，是由现在分词转换来的形容词。
Members
of
the
public
joined
the
search
for
the
missing
boy.
许多民众加入了搜寻失踪男孩的行动。
（2）lost：“丢失”，难以找回，是lose的过去分词形式。
I
have
found
the
lost
book.
我已经找到那丢失的书。
（3）gone：“丢了,
没了”,
一去不复返，可以委婉表达“死了”；不能作定语。
The
trains
are
gone
now.
火车已经开走了。
[经典例题]
1.Please
find
out
the
_________
words
and
then
put
them
in
the
blanks.
A.lost
B.missing
C.gone
D.losing
2.---When
________
your
cat
_______?
---It
________
for
about
two
weeks.
A.
was
missing;
had
been
missing
B.
has
gone
missing;
has
gone
missing
C.
did
go
missing;
has
been
missing
D.
has
been
missing;
went
missing
答案：BC
【知识梳理4】Last
Saturday
nightat8
p.m.,a
young
man
was
murdered.(P107)
上周六晚上8点，一个年轻人被谋杀。
murder
此处用作及物动词，意为“谋杀”。
People
are
being
murdered
every
day
and
I
am
powerless
to
stop
it.
每天都有人被杀害，而我却无力制止。
[拓展]
（1）murder
，名词，意为“谋杀，杀害”。
He
was
charged
with
murder.
他被指控犯有谋杀罪。
（2）murderer
意为“杀人犯，凶手”。
The
murderer
was
never
caught.
这个杀人犯一直未抓到。
[经典例题]
1.People
didn’t
know
_________
during
the
night.
A.
what
was
happened
B.
what
the
murder
happened
C.
what
happened
D.
how
the
murder
has
happened
答案：C
【知识梳理5】We
have
made
notes
on
all
of
the
suspects.
(P107)我们已经对所有的嫌疑犯都做了笔录。
make
notes
意为“做笔录、做笔记”；
make
notes
on
sb给某人做笔录
When
you
are
having
lessons,
don't
forget
to
make
notes.
当你得到教训时，不要忘记做笔记。
【知识梳理6】Appearance：
of
medium
height
and
untidy
(P107)
外貌：中等身高、不整洁
1、medium
，形容词，意为“中等的”，可作表语或定语。
be
of
medium
height
意为“中等身高”
be
of
medium
build
意为“中等身材”
The
young
man
was
of
medium
height
for
his
age.
这个年轻人在同龄人中属中等身高。
2、height
不可数名词，意为“身高，高度”。
the
height
of...意为“……的高度”；
in
height意为“高度上”。
You
can
adjust
the
height
of
the
chair.
你可以调节椅子的高度。
[经典例题]
1.The
man
____
medium
height
was
charged
____breaking
______several
computer
systems.
A.
of;
with;
into
B.
of;
of;
into
C.
with;
for;
into
D.
for;
with;
to
2.A
reporter
________
medium
height
on
TV
reported
that
an
explosion
________
in
Xiangshui,
Yancheng
on
March
21,
2019.
A.with;
happened
B.of;
was
happened
C.with;
was
happened
D.of;
happened
答案：AD
3、untidy
形容词，意为“不整洁的”。
My
room
looks
very
untidy.
我的房间看起来很不整洁。
助记：un-（否定前缀）+
tidy（adj.整洁的）→
untidy（adj.
不整洁的）
类似：un-（否定前缀）+
happy（adj.高兴的）→
untidy（adj.
不高兴的）
【知识梳理7】They
all
say
that
they're
not
guilty.(P107)他们都说他们无罪。
guilty
，形容词，此处意为“有罪的”。be
guilty
of...意为“有……罪”。同义短语：be
charged
with，注意相匹配的介词
She
was
found
guilty
of
murder.
经判决，她犯有谋杀罪。
[经典例题]
1.The
man
was
guilty
________
his
wife.
A.
of
murder
B.
in
murder
C.
of
murdering
D.
in
murdering
2.Simon
was
charged
_______
murder.
Also
he
was
guilty
______theft.
A.
on,
of
B.
with,
about
C
.with,
of
D.
about,
of
3.Not
only
the
engineer
but
also
his
enemies
______breaking
into
several
computer
systems
last
year.
A.
was
guilty
of???????
B.
were
charged
with
C.
were
guilty
with??????
??D.
was
charged
of
答案：CCB
【知识梳理8】Who
do
you
think
is
not
telling
the
truth?(P107)
你认为谁没说实话呢?
truth
名，词，常用作单数形式，意为“事实，真相”；
He's
not
a
real
searcher
after
truth.
他不是一个真正探求真理的人。
[拓展]
（1）true，形容词
，意为“真实的，正确的”。
（2）tell
the
truth
意为“说实话”，
to
tell（you）the
truth
意为“老实说，实话对你说”。
[经典例题]
1.We
shall
find
out
the________early
or
late.
A.truth
B.mistake
C.mystery
D.death
2.He_________loved
painting.
A.hardly
B.correctly
C.truly
D.simply
答案：AC
【知识梳理9】I
guess
Jimmy
White
is
lying.(P107)
我猜吉米·怀特在说谎。
lie
，不及物动词，意为“说谎”，句中lying为
lie
的现在分词形式。lie
to
sb.意为“对某人说谎”。
I
find
it
impossible
to
lie
to
her.
我觉得无法对她撒谎。
[辨析]
lie
与
lay
lie
lied
lied
说谎
规则的“说谎”
lie
lay
lain
平躺,位于
不规则的“躺”
lay
laid
laid
放置,下蛋
躺完就“下蛋”
[经典例题]
1.John
said
he
had
never
been
there,but
he
was__________.?
A.lay
B.lied
C.lying
D.lie
2.I
found
my
grandfather
________
on
the
floor
when
I
came
into
the
classroom.
A.
lying
B.
lay
C.
lie
D.
lies
答案：CA
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】The
police
have
confirmed
that
the
victim
was
a
computer
engineer.
(P108)
警察已经证实受害人是一名电脑程序员。
confirm，及物动词，意为“证实；证明
”。
（1）confirm
sth.
证实某事
be
confirmed
被证实
Can
you
confirm
what
happened?
你能证实一下发生了什么事吗？
（2）confirm
that+从句
察已经证实受害人是一名电脑程序员。
The
Post
Office
has
confirmed
that
up
to
fifteen
thousand
jobs
could
be
lost.
美国邮政局已证实可能会丧失多达15000个就业岗位。
[经典例题]
1.If
something
is
confirmed,
it
is
_____.
A.
not
sure
B.
not
true
C.
proved
to
be
true
D.
very
hard
to
solve
2.
I
was
asked
to_________my
telephone
booking
and
my
address,
then
the
hospital
would
send
someone
to
help.
A.
prove
B.
wonder
C.
suspect
D.
confirm
答案：CD
【知识梳理2】He
was
last
seen
leaving
his
office
in
East
Town
at
about
7
p.m.
yesterday.
(P108)
他最后被看见是昨天晚上七点离开东镇的办公室。
see
，及物动词，意为“看”。
（1）
see
sb
doing
sth看见某人正在做某事
被动结构：sb
be
seen
doing
sth某人被看见正在做某事
She
is
seen
moving
away
to
the
East
Elm
Street.
有人看见她朝东边的榆树街走去。
（2）see
sb
do
sth看见某人做了某事或经常做某事
被动结构：sb
be
seen
to
do
sth某人被看见做了某事或经常做某事
Yesterday,
he
was
seen
to
steal
some
money
from
his
father's
pocket.
昨天有人看见他从他父亲的口袋里偷了些钱。
[注意]类似see的动词还有
notice,
hear,
watch等感官动词和使役动词make,
have。后接不带to的不定式动词短语，但变为被动语态时，要加上动词不定式。
[经典例题]
1.The
children________last_________basketball
here
at
5
p.
m.
yesterday.
A.
were;
seen
playing
B.
did;
see
playing
C.
were;
seen
play
D.
did;
see
play
2.—Was
the
suspect
seen
________
that
poor
girl
in
the
park
at
that
time?
—Yes.
The
victim
_________
a
lot.
A.
hit,
bled
B.
to
hit,
blood
C.
hitting,
bled
D.
hitting,
bleed
3.Our
daughter
doesn't
have
to
be
made________.
She
always
works
hard.
A
learn
B
learning
C
learned
D
to
learn
4.Simon
loves
playing
the
guitar.
He_________the
guitar
after
school
very
often.
A.
is
heard
play
B.
is
heard
to
play
C.
hears
playing
D.
hears
play
5.The
haze(雾霾）weather
is
often
seen
_________
in
the
northern
part
of
China.
A.
happen
B.
to
happen
C.
happening
D.
happened
6.The
couple______
at
home
at
this
time
yesterday.
A.
heard
quarreling
B.
heard
to
quarrel
C.
were
heard
quarreling
D.
was
heard
to
quarrel
答案：ACDBB
C
【知识梳理3】He
said
he
was
going
to
visit
his
parents.(P109)
他说他打算去看望他的父母。
过去将来时
was
going
to
visit
是过去将来时的结构。过去将来时表示从过去的某个时间来看将要生的动作或呈现的状态，其结构是
was/were
going
to
do
sth.
或
would
do
sth.，时间状语通常是
the
next
day，the
next
month，the
following
weekend等。
I
didn't
realize
how
heavy
that
bag
was
going
to
be.
我没有想到那个包会有多重。
【知识梳理4】They
are
still
working
at
the
scene
of
the
crime
to
find
out
whether
the
victim
was
killed
somewhere
else
and
then
brought
to
West
Town,
or
killed
at
the
place
where
he
was
found.(P108)
为了查明受害人是在其他某个地方被杀，然后被带到西城，还是在发现他的地方被杀，他们仍在犯罪现场工作。
somewhere
副词，意为“在某处”，常用于肯定句中。
I
know
it's
here
somewhere!
我肯定它在这儿某个地方！
[拓展]anywhere
，副词，可用于否定句和疑问句，意为“某处”，用于肯定句，则意为“任何地方”。
Did
you
go
anywhere
interesting?
你去过任何有趣的地方吗？
She'd
gladly
have
gone
anywhere
to
get
away
from
the
city.
去任何地方她都乐意，只要能离开这座城市。
[注意]同anything,
something,everyone等一样，当形容词修饰
somewhere
或
anywhere
时，形容词应后置。
I
never
wanted
to
live
anywhere
else.
我从未想要到其他任何地方去住。
[经典例题]
1.The
police
can’t
confirm
if
the
suspect
is
guilty
because
he
could
prove
he
was
_________at
the
time
of
the
crime.
A.
else
somewhere
B.
somewhere
else
C.
everywhere
else
D.
else
anywhere
2.—Do
you
have
your
winter
plan,
Sam?
—Well.
I
want
to
go
_______
to
relax
with
my
family.
A.
interesting
somewhere
B.
nowhere
interesting
C.
somewhere
interesting
D.
anywhere
interesting
3.I
left
watch_______
in
the
restaurant
but
I
can't
find
it_______.
A.
somewhere;
anywhere
B.
somewhere;
everywhere
C.
anywhere;
everywhere
D.
everywhere;
somewhere
4.The
detective
has
found
out
the
old
man
was
killed
_________.
A.
somewhere
else
B.
anywhere
else
C.
at
somewhere
else
D.
at
anywhere
else
5.—Where
is
my
watch,
Dad?
—It
must
be
________
in
your
bedroom.
Look
for
it
carefully．
A.everywhere
B.nowhere
C.somewhere
D.anywhere
6.We
arrived
at
the
airport
too
early
and
had___________to
go,
so
we
sat
there
and
played
phone
games.
A.
somewhere
B.
anywhere
C.
everywhere
D.
nowhere
答案：BCAAC
D
【知识梳理5】We’re
asking
anyone
who
saw
anything
unusual
near
Corn
Street
last
night
to
contact
us.（P108）我们正在请昨晚在谷街附近看到任何可疑情况的人与我们联系。
contact，及物动词，意为“使接触，联系”
You
can
contact
us
by
e-mail.
你可以通过电子邮件跟我们联系。
[拓展]contact
sb.
on
+号码
打...号码联系某人
[拓展]contact
，名词，意为“联系”。
（1）make
contact
with
意为“与……联系”
（2）lose
contact意为“与……失去联系”
（3）be
in
contact
with
意为“与……有联系”
[经典例题]
1.If
you
see
anything
unusual,
please
contact
________
the
police
______3330-9843.
A.
on;
on
B.
with;
on
C.
/;
on
D.
with;
with
答案：C
【知识梳理6】The
victim
was
wounded
with
a
knife
and
bled
to
death
as
a
result.(P108)
受害人结果证实是被一把刀所伤并流血致死。
1、wound
，及物动词，意为“使……受伤”。句中用了被动语态，be
wounded
with
sth.意为“被……所伤”。
There
were
79
killed
and
230
wounded.
有79人死亡，230人受伤。
[拓展]the
wounded
伤员
[经典例题]
1.It’s
believed
that
the
dog
was
wounded
________
a
knife
_______
a
little
boy.
A.
by;
with
B.
with;
by
C.
for;
to
D.
to;
for
2.The
officers
are
doing
what
they
can
_____
wild
animals
from
_____.
A.to
prevent;
being
wounded
B.to
prevent;
wounding
C.prevent;
being
wounded
D.prevent;
wounded
答案：BA
2、bleed
，不及物动词，意为“流血，出血”，过去式和过去分词都为
bled。
bleed
to
death意为“流血致死”。
One
morning,
the
old
man
started
to
bleed.
有天早上，老人开始出血。
[拓展]blood，不可数名词，意为“血，血液”。
His
face
was
covered
in
blood.
他满脸是血。
3、as
a
result是固定短语,意为“因此;结果”,它可放在句首、句尾,也可放在句子中间。另一个相似的结构是as
a
result
of,意为“由于;作为……的结果”,相当于because
of。
He
made
one
big
mistake,
and,
as
a
result,
lost
his
job.
他犯了个大错，结果丢了工作。
[经典例题]
1._________his
hard
work,
Bobby
passed
the
exam
easily.
A.
As
a
result
B.
As
a
result
of
C.
In
result
of
D.
Because
2.People
have
better
access
to
health
care
than
they
used
to,
and
they're
living
longer_________.
A.as
a
result
B.as
a
result
of
C.
because
of
D.in
result
3.A
terrible
flood
hit
this
area.
_______,
many
people
had
to
leave
their
homes.
A.
As
result
of
B.In
a
result
C.
As
a
result
D.To
a
result
答案：BAC
【知识梳理7】He
was
charged
with
breaking
into
several
computer
systems
over
the
last
year.(P108)他被指控在去年一年中强行入侵几台电脑系统
1、charge，及物动词，意为“控告；起诉”。be
charged
with，意为“被指控”。
sb.
be
charged
with
sth./doing
sth.
某人被指控某事/做某事
He
was
charged
with
murder.
他被指控犯有谋杀罪。
[拓展]charge，及物动词，意为“收（费）；（向…）要价”。
What
did
they
charge
for
the
repairs?
他们收了多少修理费？
[拓展]charge，名词，意为“责任”
in
charge
of
主管，负责
[经典例题]
1.Andy
was
charged
_________killing
his
wife.
In
fact,
he
wasn't
guilty
_________
it.
A.
with;
of
B.
of;
of
C.
of;
with
D.
with;
with
2.—Do
you
know
the
young
man
was
charged__________shoplifting?
—But
I
don't
think
he
is
guilty________that
crime.
A.
for;
of
B.
with;
of
C.
of;
with
D.
with;
for
.
3.The
young
man
_______
kidnapping
the
son
of
his
boss.
A.
charged
with
B.
was
charged
with
C.
charged
to
D.
was
charged
to
答案：ABB
2、break
into
意为“强行闯入”。
They
break
into
an
office
so
that
Jack
can
use
the
phone.
他们闯入了一间办公室，因为杰克需要使用电话。
【知识梳理8】We're
not
sure
whether
this
made
him
any
enemies.
(P109)
我们不确定这件事是否让他树敌。
enemy，名词，意为“敌人；仇人”，复数形式是：enemies
[拓展]常用搭配
make
an
enemy
of
sb
表示“与某人为敌”
[经典例题]
1.A(n)__________is
a
person
who
sees
something
happen
and
can
describe
it
to
other
people.?
A.suspect
B.witness
C.victim
D.enemy
答案：B
【知识梳理9】We
suppose
that
the
victim
knew
his
murderer.
(P109)
我们推断受害人认识凶手。
suppose
，及物动词，意为“猜想，假定，料想”，后跟名词、代词或宾语从句。
I
suppose
you
had
no
opportunity.
我猜想你没有机会了。
[注意]若对
I/we
suppose
后跟的宾语从句进行否定，需要将否定转移到主句中去，即：I/We
don't
suppose+肯定形式的宾语从句.
I
don't
suppose
he
will
come
here.
我认为他不会来这里。
[拓展]be
supposed
to
do
sth.意为“应该做某事”相当于
should
do
sth.。类似还有be
expected
to
do
sth.
You
are
supposed
to
know
it
all!
您应该知道所有这些所有这些所有这些！
[拓展]I
suppose
so!
我想是这样；我看是
[经典例题]
1.—John,
you
_______
finish
your
homework
first
if
you
want
to
watch
TV.
—Sorry,
sir.
A.
are
supposed
to
B.
supposed
to
C.
are
surprised
to
D.
are
afraid
to
2.一That
young
man
must
have
something
to
do
with
the
crime,
right?
一__________,though
he
insisted
he
hadn't
done
anything
against
the
law.
A.
I
don't
agree
B.
I
suppose
so
C.
I
don't
think
so
D.
He
supposes
so
3.You_________remember
the
new
grammar
point.
A.suppose
B.suppose
to
C.are
supposed
D.are
supposed
to
4.In
France
you
are
supposed
to_________bread
on
the
table
instead
of
on
the
plate.
A.putting
B.put
C.having
D.have
5.---
What
a
pleasant
surprise
to
see
you
here!
I
_____
you
______
Beijing.
---
Me
too.
But
I
_____
there
next
month.
A.suppose;
have
gone
to;
am
going
B.
supposed;
had
gone
to;
will
go
C.supposed;
had
gone
to;
would
go
D.supposed;
have
been
to;
am
going
答案：ABDBB
【知识梳理10】A
witness
reported
that
he
was
breathing
heavily
and
had
blood
on
his
shirt.(P109)
一个目击者报告说，他喘着粗气，他的衬衫上有血。
1、witness
，可数名词，意为“目击者，证人”。
Only
one
witness
could
make
a
positive
identification.
只有一位目击者能够明确指认。
[拓展]witness
，及物动词，意为“目击，亲眼看见”。
We
are
now
witnessing
an
unprecedented
increase
in
violent
crime.
我们现在看到暴力犯罪空前增多。
2、breathe
，不及物动词，意为“呼吸”。
breathe
deeply
深呼吸。
He
couldn't
breathe.
His
chest
was
on
fire.
他无法呼吸。他的胸部火辣辣地疼痛。
[拓展]
（1）breathe，及物动词，意为“呼吸”。
Most
people
don't
realize
that
they
are
breathing
polluted
air.
大多数人没有意识到自己正呼吸着污染了的空气。
（2）breath
，不可数名词，意为“呼吸的空气”。
We
were
out
of
breath
after
only
five
minutes.
我们五分钟后便气喘吁吁了。
[经典例题]
1.Before
the
doctor
looked
him
over,
he
was
told
________
in
________
and
then
________
out.
A.
to
breathe;
deep;
breathe
B.
to
breathe;
deeply;
breathe
C.
breathe;
deeply;
breathe
D.
breath;
deep;
breath
答案：B
3、heavily
副词，意为“沉重地，猛烈地，大量地”。其形容词为
heavy（重的，大量的）。
She
fell
heavily
to
the
ground.
她重重地摔倒在地。
【知识梳理11】The
victim's
parents
have
offered
a
reward
of￥50,000
for
any
information
that
leads
to
the
arrest
of
the
murderer.
(P109)
受害人的父母愿意出五万元人民币对（提供）任何抓获凶手信息（的人）给予奖励。
1、reward
，名词，意为“报酬，奖金，奖励”。
reward
for（doing）sth.意为“为（做）某事的奖励
/报酬
/
奖金”。
And
until
now,
there
has
been
no
financial
reward
for
keeping
forest
standing.
迄今为止，没有针对保持森林的财政奖励。
[经典例题]
1.The
police
need
any
information
that
is
of
some
help.
They
have
offered
a(n)
________
of
200,000
yuan
for
it.
A.reward
B.award
C.praise
D.price
2.He
got
an
_________
for
bravery.
A.
prize
B.
award
C.
reward
D.
praise
答案：AB
2、arrest
，名词，意为“逮捕”，be
under
arrest
for..意为“因……而被捕”。
The
police
made
several
arrests.
警方逮捕了好几个人。
She
was
kept
under
close
arrest.
她被严密监禁。
[拓展]arrest
，动词，意为“逮捕”。
arrest
sb.
for（doing）sth.意为“因（做）某事而逮捕某人”。
The
police
arrived
to
arrest
him.
警察赶来逮捕了他。
[经典例题]
1.The
young
man
was
under
arrest_________some
things_________the
museum.
A.
to
steal;
in
B.
for
stealing;
with
C.
with
stealing;
in
D.
for
stealing;
from
2.Our
boss
is
_____arrest
because
he
is
charged_____committing
several
economic
crimes.
A.under,with
B.under,into
C.for,with
D.against,by
3.People
were
surprised
that
the
famous
singer
was
______
arrest
______
murder.
A.
on;
for
B.under;
for
C.under;
with
D.in;
for
4.一What
happened
to
Andy?
一He
was__________theft
last
week.
A.
charged
of
B.
guilty
with
C.
arrested
with
D.
guilty
of
答案：DABD
能力实践
【20-21苏州立达中学12月月考真题】
第二部分
单项填空(共
10小题;每小题1分，满分10
分)
请认真阅读下面各题，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21.
---The
China
International
Import
Expo
is
_____
first
import
expo
in
Shanghai
facing
to
all
the
Chinese
markets.
---That’s
true!
It
is
_____
great
start
of
the
first
CIIE.
A.
a;
the
B.
a;
a
C.
the;
a
D.
the;
/
【答案与解析】C.
考察冠词的用法，第一空是序数词前面用the，第二空辅音前用a表示一个很好的开始
22.
---I’m
new
here
in
Suzhou.
---Take
a
map
of
Suzhou
with
you.
You’ll
find
it
of
great
_____
in
helping
you.
A.
price
B.
cost
C.
interest
D.
value
【答案与解析】D.
考查名词的辨析A表示价格B是花费C是兴趣D是价值。这里是说你会发现地图在帮助你这方面具有很大的价值
23.
I
find
this
computer
game
_____
to
play.
A.
enough
easy
B.
easy
enough
C.
enough
easily
D.
easily
enough
【答案与解析】B.
这里考察enough的用法，enough修饰形容词或副词放在形容词或副词的后面，这里用形容词是find
+
sth.＋adj.做宾补的结构。
24.
---It
is
said
that
your
animal
sign
decides
your
personality.
---_____
My
animal
sign
is
the
OX,
but
in
fact
I
am
lazy
sometimes.
A.
I
can’t
agree
more.
B.
I
think
so.
C.
That’s
not
the
case.
D.
Why
not?
【答案与解析】C.
情景交际题，在这里是说据说生肖决定一个人的性格，下文到我的生肖是牛，但是事实上有的时候我很懒，所以是跟上面是不同的态度，选的是C，并不是这种情况。
25.
----Uncle
Wang
hardly
smokes,
_____?
----
_____
.
He
often
tells
us
smoking
does
harm
to
our
health.
A.
does
he;
Yes
B.
does
he;
No
C.
doesn't
he;
Yes
D.
doesn't
he;
No
【答案与解析】B.
考察反义疑问句，因为前面句子当中还有否定意义的词hardly。所以后面简短的问句用的是肯定的,又通过下文说，他经常告诉我们吸烟对我们健康有害，所以说他是不抽烟的回答是no。
26.
Which
of
the
following
sentences
is
RIGHT?
A.
I’m
not
sure
that
he
will
give
back
the
money.
B.
Could
you
tell
me
how
long
you
will
leave?.
C.
He
asked
me
if
I
wanted
to
play
football
or
not.
D.
I’m
not
sure
if
I’m
reading
the
word
correctly.
【答案与解析】D.
考察宾语从句，AB的疑问词都错了C选项if要改成whether
27.
May
you
give
_____
you
like,
and
all
that
you
get
is
what
you
want.
A.
as
long
as
B.
as
well
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
as
much
as
【答案与解析】D.
A只要
B也
C
和…一样好
D和…一样多
愿你随心所欲的付出而你得到的就是你所拥有的
28.
You’d
better
_____
hard
from
now
on,
_____
you
will
fail
the
exam.
A.
work;
and
B.
working;
or
C.
working;
and
D.
work;
or
【答案与解析】D.
第一空考察had
better加动词原形,第二空考查连词，在这里意思是说你最好从现在开始努力学习，否则你考试将会失利。
29.
---_____
the
classmates_____
the
teacher
was
waiting
for
me
when
I
arrived
at
the
airport.
---
What
a
pity!
A.
Neither;
nor
B.
Either;
or
C.
Both;
and
D.
Not
only;
but
also
【答案与解析】A.
这题考查连词,
A表示两者都不,B是两者当中的任意一个,C表示两者都
,D选项表示不仅而且,根据谓语动词填的是单数was,再通过句意what
a
pity多么遗憾，可以判断出选A,意思是当我到达机场的时候，我的老师和同班同学都没有等我。
30.
---What
a
heavy
rain!
---
So
it
is.
I
prefer
_____
rather
than
_____
on
such
a
rainy
day.
A.
to
go
out;
staying
at
home
B.
staying
at
home;
go
out
C.
going
out;
stay
at
home
D.
to
stay
at
home;
go
out
【答案与解析】D.
这里考察prefer
to
do
rather
than
do
的搭配,此处的意思是说多么大的雨啊，确实是.在这样的雨天我宁愿呆在家里也不愿出去。
第三部分 完形填空(共
10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Around
twenty
years
ago
I
was
living
in
York.
__31___
I
had
a
lot
of
experience
and
a
Master’s
degree（硕士学位）,
I
could
not
find
satisfying
work.
I
was
driving
a
school
bus
to
make
money
and
__32___
with
a
friend
of
mine,
for
I
had
lost
my
flat.
I
had
attended
five
interviews
with
a
company
and
one
day
__33___
bus
runs
they
called
to
say
I
did
not
get
the
job.
“Why
has
my
life
become
so
__34___?”
I
thought
painfully.
As
I
pulled
the
bus
over
to
drop
off
a
little
girl,
she
handed
me
an
earring
saying
I
should
___35__
it
until
somebody
claimed（认领）it.
The
earring
was
painted
black
and
said
“BE
HAPPY”.
At
first
I
got
angry.
Then
it
__36___
me----I
had
been
giving
all
of
my
__37___
to
what
was
going
wrong
with
my
life
rather
than
what
was
right!
I
decided
then
and
there
to
make
a
list
of
fifty
things
I
was
happy
with.
Later,
I
decided
to
__38___
more
things
to
the
list.
That
night
there
was
a
phone
call
for
me
from
a
lady
who
was
a
director
at
a
large
__39___.
She
asked
me
if
I
would
give
a
one-day
speech
on
stress
management
to
200
medical
workers.
I
said
yes.
My
day
there
went
very
well,
and
before
long
I
got
a
well-paid
job.
To
this
day
I
realize
that
it
was
because
I
changed
my
way
of
thinking
that
I
__40___
changed
my
life.
31.
A.
As
B.
Though
C.
If
D.
When
32.
A.
working
B.
travelling
C.
discussing
D.
living
33.
A.
between
B.
through
C.
during
D.
beyond
34.
A.
hard
B.
busy
C.
serious
D.
short
35.
A.
hide
B.
hold
C.
keep
D.
save
36.
A.
hurt
B.
hit
C.
caught
D.
moved
37.
A.
feelings
B.
attention
C.
strength
D.
interests
38.
A.
connect
B.
turn
C.
increase
D.
add
39.
A.
hospital
B.
factory
C.
restaurant
D.
university
40.
A.
smoothly
B.
closely
C.
completely
D.
hardly
答案：31-35
BDCAC
36-40
DBDAC
本文是一篇夹叙夹议文章。文章讲述了我
20
年前在纽约经历的一段艰难生活。起初，我虽然有经验和硕士学位，但还是找不到满意的工作。一个小女孩给我的一个耳环改变了我的生活。从此以后，我列了一个感到满意的
50
件事情清单，并决定不断添加。后来我终于找到了一份高薪的工作。我知道正是因为我改变了我的思维方式才改变了我的生活。
A.
As
B.Though
C.If
D.
When
【答案】B
【解析】尽管我有许多经验和硕士学位，但还是不能找到满意的工作。
【考点定位】考查连词的含义及用法。
32.
A.
working
B.
travelling
C.
discussing
D.
living
【答案】D
【解析】我开校车来维持生活并且和我的一个朋友住在一起，因为我没了套房。
【考点定位】考查动词词义及语境理解。
33.
A.
between
B.
through
C.
during
D.
beyond
【答案】C
【解析】在我开校车接送学生两趟车期间人事给我打电话，不能是duing，during后面跟时间段。
【考点定位】考查介词及语境理解。
34.
A.
hard
B.
busy
C.
serious
D.
short
【答案】A
【解析】此处hard艰难的;
busy
忙的;serious认真的，严重的;
short
短的。
为什么我的生活如此艰难呢?
【考点定位】考查形容词词义及语境理解。
35.
A.
hide
B.
hold
C.
keep
D.
save
【答案】C
【解析】小女孩递给我一个耳环，后文说等到有人来认领，因此是暂时保留。
【考点定位】考查动词词义及语境理解
36.
A.
hurt
B.
hit
C.
caught
D.
moved
【答案】B
【解析】此处hurt伤害;hit撞击，伤害;catch抓住;move
感动。生活使我受到了打击。
【考点定位】考查动词词义及语境理解。
37.
A.
feelings
B.
attention
C.
strength
D.
interests
【答案】B
【解析】此处feelings
感觉;attention注意力;strength
力量，力气;
interests
兴趣。
我把一切注意力都集中在了生活的不顺上而没有关注好的方面.
【考点定位】考查名词词义及语境理解。
38.
A.
connect
B.
turn
C.
increase
D.
add
【答案】D
【解析】此处
connect联系;turn转向;变为;
keep保持;
add添加。后来我决定向清单中添加更多的事情。
【考点定位】考查动词词义及语境理解。
39.
A.
hospital
B.
factory
C.
restaurant
D.
university
【答案】A
【解析】根据后文∶
给
200
医疗工作者（200
medical
workers）做报告，可知地点在医院。
【考点定位】考查名词词义及逻辑推理。
40.
A.
smoothly
B.
closely
C.
completely
D.
hardly
【答案】C
【解析】我意识到这是因为我改变了我的思维方式，我彻底地改变了我的生活。
【考点定位】考查副词词义及逻辑推理。
第四部分
阅读理解(共
12小题;每小题2分,满分24分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
41.
The
material
above
contains
the
following
information
EXCEPT
_________.
A.how
to
kill
time
B.how
to
lose
weight
C.what
to
say
during
job
interviews
D.how
to
deal
with
health
problems
in
winter
42.
The
book
may
not
be
suitable
for
________
to
read.
A.a
five-year-old
kid
B.a
housewife
C.a
college
student
who
wants
to
look
for
a
job
D.an
officer
worker
43.
“Reader’s
Digest”
is
probably
________.
A.a
type
of
newspaper
B.a
science
book
C.a
poster
about
food
D.a
bestselling
magazine
【答案】A
事实细节题。图片中有lose
weight;Top
10
job
search
gaffes
“You
said
what”;winter
health
woes(困境)
fast
fixes;
time-savers
是节省时间，不是消磨时间。故A排除。
【答案】A
事实细节题。Kitchen
time-savers
适合housewife;
Top
10
job
search
gaffes
“You
said
what”适合寻找工作的人；how
to
succeed
in
life、business
review
适合工作者；
【答案】D
推理判断题。推断文章出处。这幅图是一本《读者文摘》。上面有日期，有里面文章的标题，文章涉及各个领域，因此可推断出是一本杂志。
D
Few
of
us
have
heard
of
Nils
Bohlin,
but
whenever
we
take
a
car
journey
his
invention
makes
us
safer.
Found
in
almost
every
modern
car,
the
three-point
seat
belt
reduces
our
chances
of
death
or
injury
by
at
least
50%.
While
feeling
thankful
to
his
engineer
from
Volvo,
you
may
also
wonder
how
he
came
up
with
such
a
great
idea.
Having
worked
as
a
plane
designer
before,
Nils
knew
clearly
that
the
pilots
were
willing
to
put
on
anything
to
keep
them
safe
in
an
accident,
but
to
his
surprise,
most
people
in
the
cars
just
didn’t
want
to
be
uncomfortable
for
even
a
minute.
To
improve
the
safety
for
people
in
the
cars,
he
decided
to
find
a
perfect
system
which
should
be
simple,
effective
and
convenient.
In
the
end,
he
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt,
which
has
been
considered
as
one
of
the
greatest
inventions
in
history.
Seat
belts
prevent
people
in
the
cars
from
serious
injury
in
five
ways.
Keep
people
inside.
People
who
are
thrown
out
from
a
car
are
four
times
more
likely
to
be
killed
than
those
who
stay
inside.
Protect
the
strongest
parts
of
the
body.
Seat
belts
are
designed
to
fix
your
body
at
its
strongest
parts.
For
an
older
child
and
adult,
these
parts
are
the
hips
(臀部)
and
shoulders.
Spread
out
the
force
in
an
accident.
Seat
belts
spread
the
force
of
the
accident
over
a
wide
area
of
the
body.
By
putting
less
stress
on
one
area,
they
can
help
you
avoid
serious
injury.
Help
the
body
to
slow
down.
A
quick
speed
causes
injury.
With
the
help
of
the
seat
belts,
your
body
can
have
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident.
Protect
your
brain
and
spinal
cord
(脊柱).
These
two
key
parts
injuries
may
be
hard
to
see
immediately,
but
they
can
cause
death.
Therefore,
it’s
of
great
importance
to
protect
these
parts.
It
takes
only
a
few
seconds
to
buckle
up
once
you
get
in
the
car,
but
this
simple
action
could
save
your
life.
50.
Nils
Bohlin
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt
in
order
to
________.
A.take
a
car
journey
quickly
B.show
thanks
to
the
engineer
C.keep
the
pilots
safe
in
an
accident
D.make
people
in
the
cars
safer
51.
The
underlined
phrases
here
“buckle
up”
probably
means
“________”.
A.get
over
pressure
B.fasten
seat
belts
C.calm
down
D.take
off
coats
52.
From
the
passage
we
can
learn
________.
A.hips
and
shoulders
aren’t
the
older
children
and
adults’
strongest
parts
B.seat
belts
can
keep
your
knees
and
feet
away
from
the
hard
parts
of
the
car
C.the
body
has
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident
thanks
to
seat
belts
D.head
and
spinal
cord
injuries
might
be
easy
to
see
immediately
in
an
accident
【答案】D
细节理解题。根据第二段的To
improve
the
safety
for
people
in
the
cars，he
decided
to
find
a
perfect
system
which
should
be
simple,
effective
and
convenient.In
the
end,he
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt,
which
has
been
considered
as
one
of
the
greatest
inventions
in
history
.可知博林发明安全带是为了确保汽车里的人在事故中的安全，故选D。
【答案】B
词义猜测题。本篇文章讲的是关于三点式安全带的由来、作用和重要性。根据最后一句“but
this
simple
action
could
save
your
life.”、“takes
only
a
few
seconds”和“get
in
the
car”可知应该是系好安全带这个动作，故选B。
【答案】C
细节理解题。根据第七段“With
the
help
of
the
seat
belts
your
body
can
have
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident.”可知安全带能使你的身体在事故中有更多的时间慢下来，故选C。
第六部分
词汇检测(共
10
小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或通过上下文,在答题卡标有题号的横线上,写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。每空只写一词。
58.
She
gave
the
word
its
French
_____（发音）
【答案】pronunciation；
【解析】French法国的，法语的；可推出此空填名词。
Reading
English
_____
(大声地)
every
morning
is
very
good
for
English
beginners.
【答案】aloud；
【解析】根据前后词性搭配，可知该空填副词，修饰前面reading
English.
出声地、大声地朗读英语，不能填loudly。
The
guests
came
in,
but
she
_____（保持不变）sitting
at
the
desk
reading.
【答案】remained；
【解析】根据前文came
in
可知该句是一般过去时，故该空也填一般过去时。
_____（凭借）his
efforts,
he
succeeded
in
making
so
many
useful
inventions.
【答案】through
We
are
strongly
______（反对）smoking
because
it’s
bad
for
our
health.
【答案】against；
Can
you
have
a
look
at
my
new
home
page
and
give
me
a
few______
(建议).
【答案】suggestions;
【解析】根据前文a
few可知，该空填可数名词复数，故只能填suggestions，不能填advice.
His
mother
got
even
__________（发疯的）after
his
father’s
death.
【答案】madder；
【解析】根据前文got变得可知该空填形容词，并且还有even更加，是比较级的标志。因此填madder.
65.
Poor
health
_______
her
to
give
up
her
studies
last
year.
【答案】drove；forced;
led
【解析】根据句子结构可知，该空应填谓语动词，且是一般过去时，根据句意，应填“驱使”“导致”意思的词。
66.
----Are
these
books
______
for
children?
----I
think
they
are
difficult
for
your
8-year-old
son
to
read.
【答案】suitable；
【解析】根据后文“这些书对你8岁的儿子来说很难阅读”，可知前面填“合适”,
be
suitable
for
67.
To
_____
are
you
writing
this
e-mail
now?
【答案】whom
【解析】该句是个疑问句，并且还原成陈述句可知针对“write
to
sb”的sb，宾语进行提问，因此疑问词选择whom.
第七部分
句子翻译(共5小题;每小题3分,满分15分)
将下列句子译成英语,并将所译句子写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
68.
由这位年轻作家写的小说非常值得一读。
[答案与解析]The
novel
by
the
young
writer
is
well
worth
reading.
69.
我不可能在如此短的时间内在化学上取得这么大的进步。
[答案与解析]It
is
impossible
for
me
to
make
so
much
progress
in
Chemistry
in
such
a
short
time.
70.
你认为这篇文章应该分成几个部分？
[答案与解析]Do
you
think
how
many
parts
this
article
should
be
divided
into?
71.
如果你学习英语有困难，最好向老师寻求建议。
[答案与解析]If
you
have
difficulty
learning
English,
you’d
better
ask
the
teacher
for
advice.
72.
直到读完这本书，Zoe才意识到语法的重要性。
[答案与解析]Zoe
didn’t
realize
the
importance
of
grammar
until
she
finished
reading
the
book
第八部分
阅读表达(共
3小题;73题1分,74题2分,75题3分,满分6分)
请认真阅读下面短文,用英语回答短文后的问题,并将答案写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
Where
does
your
food
come
from?
How
is
it
made?
These
days,
many
people
worry
about
food
safety.
But
food
safety
is
not
a
new
worry.
In1906,
Upton
Sinclair
wrote
The
Jungle.
The
book
is
the
story
of
a
poor
family
in
Chicago.
It
is
also
about
the
dangerous
ways
that
food
was
prepared.
People
were
so
worried
that
the
U.S.
started
testing
food.
These
days,
most
food
in
the
world
is
safe.
Laws
control
where
food
comes
from.
They
also
control
how
food
is
managed
and
prepared.
Laws
are
important.
But
it's
more
important
to
make
sure
the
rules
are
followed.
A
good
food
safety
system
keeps
people
safe.
It
also
helps
them
eat
healthy
food.
Labels(标签)on
food
give
people
important
information.
Then
they
can
make
good
choices
about
their
food.
Although
food
safety
systems
usually
work,
there
can
be
problems.
Sometimes
mistakes
are
made.
For
example,
a
truck
might
carry
eggs
and
then
ice
cream.
The
ice
cream
could
make
people
sick
when
the
truck
isn't
cleaned
before
carrying
it.
Other
problems
are
not
mistakes.
Sometimes
companies
break
rules
to
make
more
money.
When
this
happens,
people
don't
know
if
their
food
is
safe.
As
we
all
know,
food
is
closely
related
to
our
daily
life.
We
should
take
actions
to
make
food
safer!
73.Who
wrote
The
Jungle?
(1分)
[答案与解析]Upton
Sinclair
wrote
The
Jungle.
由第二行的‘In1906,
Upton
Sinclair
wrote
The
Jungle.’可知答案
74.What
are
the
food
labels
used
to
do?
(2分)
[答案与解析]The
food
labels
are
used
to
give
people
important
information
so
that
people
ca
make
good
choices
about
their
food.
由第二段的最后两句话‘Labels(标签)on
food
give
people
important
information.
Then
they
can
make
good
choices
about
their
food.’可知答案
75.Is
it
necessary
to
pay
attention
to
food
safety?
Why
or
why
not?
(3分)
[答案与解析]Yes,
because
food
safety
is
closely
related
to
our
daily
life.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
6
TV
programmes（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.My
friend
Jane
won
a
camera
on
the
game (游戏)
show.?
2.The
Chinese
people
have
lots
of
wisdom
and
create (创造)
many
wonders.?
3.Can
you
make
up
a
dialog(ue) (对话)
with
this
new
word??
4.You
can’t
go
home
until
the
work
is
done (结束).?
5.The
headmaster
will
present
the
prize (奖品)
to
the
winners
after
the
match.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.Mrs
Chen
hopes
to
get (get)
along
well
with
her
workmates.?
2.Lots
of
people
lost
their
lives (life)
because
of
COVID-19.?
3.Jim
prefers watching (watch)
cartoons
to
playing
computer
games.?
4.Mary
doesn’t
have
much
time to
paint (paint)
every
night
because
of
too
much
homework.?
5.Air
pollution
will
be
probably
the
most
serious
problem
if
it
isn’t controlled (control)
properly.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.整天待在家里,我觉得很无聊。
I got
bored
with
staying at
home
all
day.?
2.你似乎无事可做。
It
seems
that
you have
nothing
to
do .?
3.看完这个节目后,我学到了许多关于野外生存的知识。
I
learnt
a
lot
about
surviving
in
the
wilds
after
watching
the
programme.?
4.稍等片刻。我还有一点儿工作要做。
Wait
a
moment.I
still
have a
little work to
do .?
5.你喜欢什么类型的电视节目?
What
kind/type
of TV
programmes
do
you
like??
6.电影和书一样有趣。
Films
are
as
interesting
as
books.?
兴趣起航
How
do
you
spend
your
weekend?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Eddie,aren’t
you
getting
bored
with
saying
at
home
all
day?(P78)
埃迪，整天待在家里你不无聊吗？
否定疑问句结构：助动词/情态动词/b动词e与not的缩写形式+主语+谓语+其他？
翻译为“难道....不/没有...吗？”
[注意]否定疑问句的考点在于回答，做题技巧为把否定词去掉后看句子句意，然后根据实际情况进行回答，如果与事实相符，就有yes回答；与事实不符，用no回答。yes译为“不”，而no译为“是的”，这一点与反意疑问句是一样的。
Eg.
Isn't
he
ninety
years
old?
他不是九十岁了吗？
[经典例题]
1.---Don't
you
like
swimming?
---______,_______.Swimming
keeps
me
fit.
A.Yes,
I
do.
B.Yes,
I
don’t.
C.No,I
don’t
D.
No,I
do.
2,---Can’t
she
speak
English?
---________.She
is
from
Korea.
A.Yes,
she
can.
B.Yes,
she
can’t
C.No,she
can’t
D.
No,she
can
答案：AC
【知识梳理2】If
you’re
busy
as
I
am,
you
won’t
get
bored.(P78)
如果你像我一样忙，你就不无聊了。
as+形容词/副词比较级+as,意为“和……一样……”
Eg.
Can
you
run
as
fast
as
Mike?
你能和迈克跑得一样快吗？
【知识梳理3】But
you
have
nothing
to
do!(P78)但你没事做啊！
have
nothing
to
do，意为“无事可做”。其中to
do是不定式作后置定语。nothing可换成anything，something，anywhere，somebody等等。
Eg.
Don't
you
got
somewhere
to
go?
难道你有地方去吗？
[拓展]have
nothing
to
do后面可接介词with构成固定短语，意为“与……无关”。
Eg.
I
have
nothing
to
do
with
the
case.此案与我无关。
[典型例题]
1.犯罪嫌疑人坚持说他和盗窃案无关。
________________________________________
答案：The
suspect
insisted
that
he
had
nothing
to
do
with
the
theft.
【知识梳理4】I
prefer
game
shows.(P79)我更喜欢竞赛节目。
prefer，动词，意为“更喜欢”。这个单词在Unit2中我们已经学过了，再复习一下。
（1）prefer+名词/动名词+to+名词/动名词，意为“与…相比更喜欢…”
Eg.
I
much
prefer
jazz
to
rock
music.
我喜欢爵士乐远胜过摇滚乐。
I
prefer
walking
to
climbing.
我喜欢散步多于喜欢爬山。
（2）prefer
to
do
sth./prefer
doing
sth.，意为“更喜欢…”
Eg.
I
prefer
reading
non-fiction.
我喜欢看纪实作品。
I
prefer
to
think
of
peace
not
war.
我更喜欢思考和平而不是战争。
（3）prefer
to
do
...rather
than
do...，意为“宁愿做…而不是做……”
I
prefer
to
do
English
homework
first
rather
than
do
maths
homework.
我宁愿先做英语作业，然后再做数学作业。
[拓展]would
rather
do
sth.
than
do
sth.宁愿...而不愿；与其…不如
Eg.
I
would
rather
sleep
than
watch
this
movie.
我情愿睡觉也不看这部电影。
[经典例题]
1.At
weekends,
Tom
prefers
______
TV
at
home
while
his
twin
brother
would
rather
______
out
to
do
some
sports.
A.
to
watch;
going
B.
watching;
going
C.
to
watch;
go
D.
watch;
go
2.---Do
you
prefer________
the
new
film
Good-bye,
Mr.
Loser
with
me?
---No.
I’d
rather________at
home
and
listen
to
music.
A.
seeing;
stay
B.
to
see;
to
stay
C.
seeing;
to
stay
D.
to
see;
stay
3.I
______
dumplings
_______hamburger
while
my
sister
would
rather
____
some
snacks
for
lunch.
A.
Would
rather;
than;
having
B.
prefer;
to;
have
C.
would
rather;
than
have
D.
prefer;
to;
to
have.
4.My
father
prefers
running
along
the
river
________himself
healthy.
A.
keeping
B.
keeps
C.
to
keeping
D.
to
keep
5.---I
would
rather_________
than
dance.
What
about
you?
---I
prefer________.
A.
sing;
to
dance
B.
sing;
dance
C.
singing;
to
dancing
D.
singing;
to
dance
6.---My
plan
is
__________
videos
at
home.
What
are
you
going
to
do,
Sandy?
---Well,
I
prefer
__________
movies
at
the
cinema.
A.
to
watch;
see
B.
watching;
see
C.
watching;
to
see
D.
to
watch;
to
see
7.Most
boys__________toy
guns
while
girls_________have
dolls.
A.
would
rather;
prefer
B.
prefer;
would
rather
C.
would
rather;
would
rather
D.
prefer;
prefer
8.East
or
west,
home
is
best.
That’s
why
more
and
more
people
prefer
_____
their
parents
_______
travelling
during
holidays.
A.
visiting;
to
going
B.
visiting;
to
go
C.
to
visit;
going
D.
to
visit;
to
go
9.Lazy
people
preferred
_______
in
bed
to
_______
horses．
A.to
lie;riding
B.lying;riding
C.to
lie;ride
D.lying;ride
10.Rather
than______to
school
by
bus,
he
preferred
______a
bike.
A.to
go;to
ride
B.go;riding
C.going;to
ride
D.go;to
ride
答案：CDBDA
DBABD
【知识梳理5】I
hope
one
day
I
can
take
part
in
one
of
them,
answer
all
the
questions
and
win
a
big
prize!(P79)
我希望有一天能参加一个这种节目，答出所有的题目并且赢得一个大奖！
1、hope，动词，意为“希望”，hope
to
do
sth.，“希望做某事”。注意，没有hope
sb.
to
do
sth.这种结构，如果想要表达希望某人做某事，可以用hope+that从句来做。
Eg.
We
hope
to
slow
the
spread
of
the
disease.
我们希望能够减缓疾病的传播速度。
I
hope
our
tree
is
ok.希望我们的树还是完好的。
2、take
part
in意为“参加”，尤其指参加某项活动。
Eg.
Did
you
take
part
in
the
sports
meet?
你参加运动会了吗？
[辨析]join，attend，take
part
in，join
in
（1）join指加入某个团体、党派或组织，比如：join
the
club加入俱乐部
（2）attend指出席或参加会议、课程等，比如：attend
the
wedding参加婚礼
（3）take
part
in指参加活动，并在其中起了作用。take
part
in
the
contest参加比赛
（4）join
in和take
part
in?可换用，但前者侧重娱乐、欣赏，而后者更侧重身体力行，参加在其中。
[经典例题]
1.---Shall
we
_______
the
dancing?
---Good
idea.
Let’s
________
them.
A.
join;
take
part
in
B.
join
in;
join
in
C.
join
in;
join
D.
join;
join
in
2.Anyone
who
is
good
at
singing
can
________
the
activity
in
our
school.
A.take
part
in
B.take
off
C.take
out
D.take
care
of
答案：CA
【知识梳理6】There
are
always
famous
people
on
these
shows
talking
about
their
lives.(P79)
总会有一些名人出现在这些节目中谈论他们的生活。
该句的句型为“There
be+名词+介词短语+现在分词短语”。主语为“famous
people”,“talking
about
their
lives”是现在分词短语作补语，补充说明主语的情况。
Eg.
There
are
many
children
playing
in
the
playground.有很多孩子在操场上玩。
[典型例题]
1.There
are
always
famous
people________these
shows_______about
their
lives.
A.
in
;
talk
B.
on
;are
talking
C.
in;
is
taking
D.
on:
talking
答案：D
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】A
weekly
round-up
of
what
is
happening
in
sports,
with
lots
of
up-to-date
information.
(P80)
1、weekly
，形容词，意为“每一周的”，类似的还有daily,monthly,yearly
Eg.
The
weekly
meeting
enables
employees
to
air
their
grievances.
周会可以让雇员诉说他们的委屈。
[经典例题]
1.Voice
of
China
is
a
______
music
programme
covered
______every
Friday.
A.
week’s
;
live
B.
week’s;
lively
C.
weekly;
lively
D.
weekly;
live
答案：D
2、round-up，名词，意为“综述，（尤指新闻）摘要，概要”。a
round-up
of意为“……的摘要”。
Eg.
If
you
don't
know
the
whole
story,
here's
a
round-up
of
what's
been
going
on.
如果你不知道整个故事，这里有一个关于已发生的事情的摘要。
3、happen，动词，意为“发生”，没有被动语态，主语一般是事情。
（1）sth.
happen
to
sb.
/sth.，意为“某人某物发生某事”。
Eg.
The
lucky
moment
could
happen
to
anyone.
幸运的时刻可能发生在任何人身上。
（2）happen
to
do
sth.
意为“某人碰巧做某事”。
Eg.
Did
you
happen
to
see
her
leave
last
Wednesday?
上星期三你正好碰巧看见她离开？
（3）It
happens
+
that从句,意为“碰巧……”当that从句中的主语是人时,可转化为sb.
happen
to
do
sth.结构。
Eg.
It
happened
that
he
was
not
there
that
day.
偏巧那天他不在。
[辨析]happen与take
place
两者都表示“发生”，二者都没有被动语态。happen指未经筹划偶然发生；take
place指的是有计划、有安排地发生，意为“举行，发生”。
Eg.
Falls
happen
to
everyone
sometimes.
人人偶尔都会摔跤。
The
meeting
should
take
place
on
the
fifth
of
May.
会议应于5月5日举行。
[经典例题]
1.The
presentation_______
in
Beijing
this
coming
Saturday.
A.
will
be
taken
place
B.
will
be
happened
C.
will
hold
D.
will
be
held
2.Great
changes_________in
Zhenjiang
in
the
past
five
years.
A.have
happened
B.have
taken
place
C.have
been
happened
D.have
been
taken
place
3.When
I
was
about
to
telephone
my
father,
he
happened_________.
A.to
come
in
B.to
coming
in
C.on
coming
in
D.coming
in
4.---Do
you
know_________Sandy
last
night??
---She
forgot
where
she
left
the
car
and
it
took
her
two
hours
to
find
it.
A.what
happens
to
B.what
happened
to
C.what
has
happened
to
D.what
happened
with
5.---
What
_______?
---
Oh,
nothing
serious.
I
____
my
homework
at
home.
A.has
happened;
have
left
B.
has
happened;
have
forgotten
C.is
happening;
have
lost
D.
will
happen;
have
left
6.Do
you
know________during
the
night?
There
is
too
much
noise
and
so
many
people
shouted
loudly.
A
what
was
happened
B.what
the
matter
was
C
what
happened
D.how
the
matter
has
happened
答案：DBABA
C
4、up-to-date，形容词，意为“最新的，现代的”。
Eg.
You
need
an
up-to-date
Web
browser.
你需要一个最新的网络浏览器。
【知识梳理2】The
programme
covers
different
sports,
such
as
swimming,
basketball
and
football.
(P80)该节目涵盖不同的体育运动，如：游泳、篮球和足球。
1、cover，及物动词，意为“报道；电视报道”。
Eg.
He
managed
to
cover
a
lot
of
ground
in
a
short
talk.
他在简短的谈话中涵盖了许多领域。
[拓展]
（1）cover，及物动词，还意为“覆盖；掩盖”。常用短语：cover...with...意为“用……覆盖……”；be
covered
with意为“被……覆盖”。
Eg.
The
lake
was
covered
with
a
sheet
of
ice.
湖面上覆盖着一层冰。
（2）cover，可数名词，意为“封面，盖子，罩”。
Eg.
Her
face
was
on
the
cover
of
every
magazine.
各种杂志的封面都有她的头像。
（3）cover，动词，意为“报道，采访”。
Eg.
My
sister
covered
the
traffic
accident.我姐姐报道了那起交通事故。
[经典例题]
1.TV
is
popular
because
it
____
all
kinds
of
art,
such
as
music
and
photography.
A.
makes
B.
covers
C.
takes
D.
brings
2.A
Bite
of
China
2
includes
eight
episodes.
It
________
the
stories
of
more
than
150
people,
and
over
300
types
of
food.
A.finds
B.proves
C.covers
D.imagines
3.The
program
_______
different
sports,
_______
basketball,
swimming,
and
football.
A.
discovers;
for
example
B.
includes;
as
C.
covers;
such
as
D.
covering;
like
4.This
year’s
Beijing
Music
Awards________live
on
CCTV-1
last
night.
A.covered
B.was
covered
C.will
cover
D.will
be
covered
5.The
traveller
was
covered________snow.
A.on
B.for
C.at
D.with
6.---Why
does
the
earth
look
blue
in
space?
---Because
most
of
the
earth's
surface________
by
water.
A.
covers
B.
is
covered
C.
cover
D.
are
covered
答案：BCCBD
B
2、such
as，意为“例如”，后常常列举同类事物中的同类事物中的部分人或物，但又不将列举的内容全部说出来，用逗号与前面的句子隔开，相当于介词like。
Eg.
Cities
such
as
Tokyo
are
spreading
out.
像东京这样的城市正在扩展。
[辨析]such
as与for
example
都是列举同类事物中的部分人或物
（1）such
as，罗列几个例子，位于句中，用逗号与前句隔开
（2）for
example，只举一个例子，位置比较灵活，可在句中，也可以在句末，如在句中不但前面有逗号，后面也用逗号与后句隔开，相当于一个插入语。
Eg.
Take,
for
example,
the
simple
sentence:
"The
man
climbed
up
the
hill."
以这个简单句为例：“那个人爬上了山坡。”
[经典例题]
1.The
boy
has
many
hobbies，________swimming,dancing
and
reading.?
A.the
same
as
B.for
example
C.as
D.such
as
2.I
like
to
eat
fruit,
_______
bananas,
apples,
pineapples
and
strawberries.
A.the
same
as
B.
for
example
C.
such
as
D.
as
an
example
答案：DC
【知识梳理3】If
you
are
a
football
fan,
you
will
not
want
to
miss
this
week’s
programme.
(P80)如果你是一个足球迷，你将不想错过这周的节日。
fan，名词，意为“迷;狂热爱好者；狂热仰慕者”。
Eg.
He
must
be
a
ping-pong
fan.
他一定是个乒乓球迷。
[拓展]fan，名词，意为“风扇”。
Eg.
He
cools
himself
in
front
of
an
electric
fan.
他在一个电扇前面吹凉。
[经典例题]
1.---Shall
we
watch
Korean
TV
dramas
together?
---
________.
They
will
kill
me.
A.They
are
worth
watching
B.It’s
a
waste
of
time
B.I’d
rather
watch
some
D.
I
am
a
fan
of
TV
dramas
答案：B
【知识梳理4】There
are
a
number
of
interviews
with
famous
players.(P80)
（本节目中）有很多对著名运动员的访谈内容。
1、[辨析]a
number
of与the
number
of
a
number
of意为“一些；许多的；若干的”，相当于many，后接可数名词复数。做主语时，谓语动词用复数形式，number前面可以用large或small等词修饰，表示程度。
the
number
of意为“……的数量”，后面接可数名词复数。作主语时，谓语动词用第三人称单数。
Eg.
A
number
of
parents
have
voiced
concern
about
their
children's
safety.
一些家长对他们子女的安全表示了担心。
The
number
of
companies
offering
them
work
increased.
给他们提供工作的公司的数量增多了。
[经典例题]
1.In
our
school
library
there
____
a
number
of
books
on
science,
and
in
these
years
the
number
of
them
____
growing
larger
and
larger.
A.
are;
is
B.
is;
are
C.
have;
are
D.
has;
is
2.The
number
of
the
volunteers
in
our
city
________
2,000.
And
sixty
percent
of
them
________
teachers
and
students.
A.is;
is
B.is;
are
C.are;
is
D.are;
are
3.We
can
guess
___________people
are
eating
in
the
restaurant
from
_________
cars
in
front
of
it.
A.
the
number
of,
a
number
of
B.
a
number
of,
a
number
of
C.
a
number
of,
the
number
of
D.
the
number
of,
the
number
of
4.---______
is
the
number
of
the
students
in
our
school?—More
than
_________.
A.
How
much,
three
thousand
B.
What,
three
thousands
of
C.
What,
three
thousand
D.
How
much,
three
thousands
5.---What’s
the
number
of
computers
in
your
classroom?
---I
am
not
sure,
but
I
am
very
pleased
to
know
it
is
getting_________
A.more
and
more
B.
fewer
and
fewer
C.
larger
and
larger
D.
smaller
and
smaller
6.The
number
of
the
volunteers________100
now.And
a
small
number
of
them_______already
gone
to
the
workplace.?
A.is;have
B.are;have
C.is;are
D.is;has
7.A
large
number
of
Hollywood
movies________in
China
every
year.
The
number
of
imported
(进口)
Hollywood
movies
in
2014________34.
A.
are
shown;
is
B.
are
shown;
are
C.
is
shown;
is
D.
is
shown;
are
8.________people
are
waiting
in
line
to
pay.
A.A
number
of
B.The
number
of
C.A
deal
of
D.The
numbers
of
9.It’s
reported
that
a
large
number
of
people________given
up
smoking
after
attending
the
lecture
and
the
number________added
up
to
nearly
300.
A.has;has
B.have;have
C.has;have
D.have;has
10.________
number
of
people
think
the
movie
is
well
worth
________．
A.
The;
being
seen
B.
A;
being
seen
C.
A;
seeing
D.
The;
seeing
答案：ABCCC
AAADC
2、interview，可数名词，意为“采访，面试”。可构成短语have
an
interview
with
sb.，意为“采访某人”。
Eg.
He
came
over
well
in
the
interview.
他在面试中给人留下了很好的印象。
[经典例题]
1.---There
was
a
report
________
the?housing?situation
in
yesterday’s
newspaper.
---Yes.
And
it
included
an
interview
________
an
government
officer.
A.for;
with
B.about;
by
C.on;
with
D.by;
on
2.The
host
had
________
interview__________
Lucy's
uncle
at
the
meeting.
A.
a;
with
B.
an;
on
C.
an;
with
D.
a;
on
答案：CC
【知识梳理5】This
year’s
Beijing
Music
Awards
will
be
covered
live
this
Saturday.(P80)
本年度“北京音乐奖颁奖大会”将于本周六现场直播。
live，副词，意为“在现场直播，实况直播”。
Eg.
It
was
broadcast
live
in
50
countries.
它在50个国家进行了现场直播。
[经典例题]
1.Spring
Festival
Gala
Evening
will
be
covered
________
tomorrow
evening.
A.
life
B.
alive
C.
live
D.
lively
答案：C
【知识梳理6】Many
Asian
pop
stars
will
attend.(P80)许多亚洲流行明星将会出席。
Asian，形容词，意为“亚洲的，亚洲人的”。
Eg.
In
some
Asian
countries,
such
as
Thailand,
poker
is
illegal.
在某些亚洲国家如泰国，玩扑克是非法的。
[拓展]Asian，名词，意为“亚洲人”。
Eg.
Many
of
the
shops
were
run
by
Asians.
这些商店中有许多是由亚洲人经营的。
[拓展]Asia，名词，意为“亚洲”。
Eg.
He
has
travelled
widely
in
Asia.
他在亚洲许多地方旅行过。
【知识梳理7】About
300,000
fans
have
voted
online
for
their
favourite
songs,
singers
and
music
videos,
and
the
results
will
be
announced
during
the
show.（P80）大约三十万歌迷已经在线给他们最喜爱的歌曲、歌手及音乐视频投票，结果将在节目进行期间宣布。
1、vote
，不及物动词，意为“投票，选举”，vote
for意为“投票赞成”;vote
against意为“投票反对”。
Eg.
Did
you
vote
for
or
against
her?
你投了她的赞成票还是反对票？
[经典例题]
1.You
can
send
text
messages
________
10099
to
vote
________
your
favourite
TV
programme.
A.
to;
to
B.
on;
to
C.
on;
for
D.
to;
for
2.The
audience
can
vote
________
their
favourite
singers
________
the
Internet.
A.
to;
for
B.
for;
for
C.
for;
on
D.
for;
to
答案：DC
2、announce，动词，意为“宣布，宣告”，后接名词、代词或that从句作宾语。表示“向某人宣布某事”用announce
sth.
to
sb.
Eg.
They
will
announce
the
result
of
the
vote
tonight.
今晚他们将宣布投票结果。
[经典例题]
1.---Do
you
know
the
result
of
the
competition?
---No.
It
___________.
A.
Hasn’t
announced
B.wasn’t
announced
C.
Didn’t
announced
D.
hasn’t
been
announced
答案：D
【知识梳理8】Write
down
your
answers
and
send
text
messages
to
1396
while
watching
the
show.(P80)
你在观看节目的时候，写下你的答案并发送短信至1936。
message，名词，意为“消息，意念”。send
messages
to
sb.
意为“（给某人）发短信”。
[拓展]message相关短语
give/pass
sb.
a
message
捎口信给某人
leave
a
message
留个口信
take
a
message
for
sb.
为某人捎个口信
[经典例题]
1.When
Peter
comes,please
ask
him
to
leave
a_________.?
A.notice
B.message
C.sentence
D.information
2.What
useful______
they
are!—Yes.
There
is
so
much
important
______
in
today’s
newspaper.
A.
news;
information
B.messages;
message
C.
messages;
information
D.
information;
message
答案：BC
【知识梳理9】Murder
in
a
Country
House
is
a
horror
film
directed
by
Cindy
Clark，a
new
director.(P80)《乡宅凶杀案》是一部由新晋导演辛迪·克拉克执导的恐怖片。
1、direct，及物动词，意为“导演”。
directed
by
Cindy
Clark为过去分词短语作后置定语，表示被动。
Eg.
The
movie
was
directed
by
Steven
Spielberg.
这部电影是由史蒂文?斯皮尔伯格导演的。
[经典例题]
1.I
think
the
new
film
_______
by
Mr.
Zhang
_______
seeing.
A.
is
directed;
worth
B.
directed;
worth
C.
is
directed;
is
worth
D.
directed;is
worth
2.---What’s
the
director
of
OLD
WELL?
---It
_____________by
Zhang
Yimou.
A.
is
directing
B.
directed
C.
was
directed
D.
directs
答案：DC
【知识梳理10】In
the
film,
a
wealthy
doctor
is
found
dead
in
his
house.(P80)
在这部电影中，一名富有的医生被发现死在他的房子里。
1、wealthy，形容词，意为“富有的；富裕的”，反义词为
poor。
Eg.
She
had
managed
to
hook
a
wealthy
husband.
她成功地钓到了一位有钱的丈夫。
[典型例题]
1.Ma
Yun
is
one
of
__________________(富有的)
businessman
in
China
now.
答案：the
wealthiest
2、dead，形容词，作主语的补足语，意为“死的”。
be
found
dead
，意为“被发现死了”是被动语态结构。其主动结构是“find+sb./
sth.+adj.”，意为“发现某人/某物……”，其中的形容词作宾语补足语。
Eg.
I
find
cooking
very
relaxing.
我发现烹饪非常令人放松。
[拓展]die,为短暂性动词,意为“死”。若表示延续性的状态则用be
dead;名词为death。常用短语有die
of和die
from:die
of
强调死亡的原因为内因,如身体或情绪方面;die
from强调外因,如车祸或灾害等。例如：
Eg.
He
died
of
old
age.
他终其天年。
He
died
from
the
wounds
he
had
received
to
his
chest.
他由于胸部受伤而死亡。
[经典例题]
1.Can
you
help
me
_________who
broke
the
window?
A.
find
out
B.look
for
C.find
D.look
2.At
times,
I
find
it
difficult_______
with
my
grandparents.
A
talk
B.
talked
C.
talking
D.
to
talk
3.Helen
was
sad
because
her
pet
cat
was
found_________this
morning.
A.die
B.death
C.to
die
D.dead
4.He
found
the
text_______to
understand.
A.difficulty
B.difficulties
C.difficult
D.difficultly
5.More
and
more
people________COVID-19.
A.are
dead
from
B.are
dying
of
C.are
dying
from
D.are
dead
of
6.Lost
in
the
desert,the
young
man________lack
of
water.
A.died
from
B.died
of
C.died
away
D.died
down
答案：ADDCB
A
【知识梳理11】However,
if
you
get
scared
easily,
do
not
watch
it!
(P81)
然而，如果你很容易害怕，就不要看了!
scared
，形容词，意为“害怕的；恐惧的”，常用作表语，修饰人或有生命的动物，其同义词是afraid或
frightened.
Eg.
One
thing
I
am
sure
of
was
that
she
was
scared.
有一点我可以肯定的是她被吓坏了。
[经典例题]
1.I
don't
mind
____，
because
I
like
films
____
horror
and
mysteries.
A.
feeling
scared；full
of
B.
to
feel
scared；full
of
C.
feeling
scared；filled
of
D.
to
feel
scared；filled
with
2.---What
about
watching
a
horror
movie
after
finishing
the
work?
---Are
you
kidding
me?
I
don't
want
to
get
________
before
going
to
sleep.
A.nervous
B.bored
C.relaxed
D.scared
答案：AD
【知识梳理12】This
one-hour
documentary
takes
a
close
look
at
the
life
of
tigers
in
India.(P81)这部长达一小时的纪录片近距离观察了印度虎的生活。
1、one-hour，意为“一个小时的”。one-hour为“数词+名词”构成的复合词，其中hour必须用单数形式。
ten-minute
walk步行十分钟的路程
2、close，形容词，意为“近的，亲密的”。take
a
look
at
sth.
意为“看一看……”
Eg.
She
is
very
close
to
her
father.
她和父亲的关系很亲密。
[经典例题]
1.This
guidebook______at
the
beauty
of
this
park
in
Suzhou.
A.takes
a
close
look
B.
takes
a
closed
look
C.makes
close
look
D.
makes
a
close
look
答案：A
【知识梳理13】I
don’t
mind
feeling
scared,
but
I
have
to
go
to
bed
at
10:30
p.m.(P83)
我不在意感到害怕，但我必须在晚上十点半上床睡觉。
mind，动词，意为“当心；注意；介意。”后跟名词、代词、动名词或从句
Eg.
I
hope
you
don't
mind
the
noise.
希望你不介意这声音。
[经典例题]
1.Many
teenagers
like
to
do
what
their
parents
mind
________
they
have
grown
up.
A.showing
B.to
show
C.showed
D.show
2.---Would
you
mind_______
the
window?
It’s
very
hot.
---Of
course
not.
A.open
B.
to
open
C.
opening
D.
to
opening
3.---Would
you
mind
not
________
so
much
noise?
The
baby
is
sleeping.
---Sorry,
I
didn't
know.
I
________
she
was
awake.
A.
make;
think
B.
making;
thought
C.
making;
think
D.
make;
thought
4.
In
character-training
of
children,
what
really________much
is
what
their
parents
say
and
do.
A.
considers
B.
values
C.
matters
D.
minds
答案：BCBC
能力实践
一、根据句意及汉语提示、英文释义或上下文语境写出单词
1.
Tom
gives
every
student
an
________
(最新的)
magazine
to
introduce
his
invention.
2.
The
________
(喜欢动物的人)
are
trying
their
best
to
help
the
endangered
wild
animals.
3.
If
we
don’t
protect
the
lovely
animals,
they
________
(可能)
disappear
in
the
future.
4.
Now
many
of
us
have
got
used
to
________
(记录)
our
life
on
the
friends
circle
of
WeChat.
5.
I
think
that
Jiang
Wen
is
one
of
the
most
talented
________
(导演)
in
China.
6.
India
is
a
wonderful
country
with
beautiful
________
(views
that
you
see)
and
interesting
people.
7.
It
is
his
first
time
to
speak
in
front
of
his
class
and
he
was
________
(feel
afraid
or
nervous)
to
death.
8.
The
school
newsletter
________
(shown
on
TV,
in
newspapers,
etc.
)
what
is
happening
in
our
school
every
week.
9.
—Next
week,
we
are
going
to
________
for
our
new
monitor.
—Then
who
will
you
support?
Lucy
or
Jack?
10.
—Excuse
me.
Can
I
buy
this
kind
of
medicine?
—Sorry,
I’m
afraid
I
can’t
sell
this
medicine
to
you
________
you
show
me
the
doctor’s
note.
二、用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空
1.
All
my
family
members
are
preparing
for
the
________
(come)
Christmas
party.
2.
Hangzhou
will
be
the
third
Chinese
city
to
host
the
________
(Asia)
Games
after
Beijing
and
Guangzhou.
3.
China
is
developing
rapidly
and
it’s
________
(wealth)
and
more
powerful
than
ever
before.
4.
The
film
Mona,
________
(direct)
by
John
Masker
and
Ron
Clement,
tells
a
story
about
a
girl’s
adventures
(冒险)
on
sea
to
save
her
people.
5.
You
need
to
think
them
twice.
The
________
(decide)
you
have
made
don’t
seem
so
good.
6.
Hurry
up!
We
must
get
the
work
________
(finish)
before
7
o’clock
in
the
afternoon.
7.
It’s
said
the
result
we
are
interested
in
________
(announce)
as
soon
as
possible.
8.
—What
do
you
think
of
our
hotel?
—Good!
I’m
________
(especial)
satisfied
with
the
high
level
of
your
service.
9.
The
police
caught
the
________
(murder),
though
they
hid
themselves
everywhere.
10.
Tell
me
about
yourself,
________
(include)
your
family
background
and
where
you
grew
up.
三、单项选择
1.
Let’s
vote
______
our
favourite
super
girl
______
the
Internet,
shall
we?
A.
for;
in
B.
to;
on
C.
on;
over
D.
for;
on
2.
—There
______
a
number
of
books
in
our
school
library.
—Yes,
and
the
number
of
books
______
getting
larger
than
last
year.
A.
is;
is
B.
is;
are
C.
are;
are
D.
are;
is
3.
It’s
said
the
documentary
will
be
covered
______
.
It
brings
dinosaurs
______
on
screen.
A.
alive;
live
B.
lively;
living
C.
lively;
alive
D.
live;
alive
4.
In
the
film,
a
doctor
is
found
______
in
his
house,
so
the
film
is
______
horror
and
mysteries.
A.
dying;
fill
of
B.
dead;
full
with
C.
dead;
full
of
D.
die;
filled
with
5.
The
man
______
be
a
doctor
in
this
hospital,
but
I’m
not
sure.
A.
must
B.
would
C.
can
D.
might
6.
The
days
______
get
longer
and
longer
when
spring
comes.
A.
may
B.
might
C.
can
D.
could
7.
Don’t
stop
your
kids
doing
something
again
and
again.
You
should
______
why
they
do
so.
A.
find
out
B.
work
out
C.
give
out
D.
turn
out
8.
—Is
your
WeChat
account
(账户)
safe?
—Yes,
even
my
father
can’t
use
it
______
I
tell
him
the
password.
A.
when
B.
unless
C.
while
D.
if
9.
—Tom,
have
you
ever
read
the
book
A
Tale
of
Two
Cities
______
by
Charles
Dickens?
—Yes,
I
finished
reading
it
last
winter
vacation.
A.
wrote
B.
to
write
C.
writing
D.
written
10.
—Who
will
win
the
first
prize
in
the
drawing
competition?
—Nobody
can
know
the
result
until
it
______
tomorrow
morning.
A.
will
announce
B.
will
be
announced
C.
is
announced
D.
announces
四、任务型阅读（培优）
Televisions
have
been
necessary
in
most
houses
for
a
long
time.
Children
are
very
fond
of
watching
TV.
Some
parents
are
happy
about
that
because
it
keeps
their
children
from
playing
with
and
breaking
things.
Watching
TV
can
help
your
children
learn
about
lots
of
things
such
as
music,
other
countries
and
many
other
things.
They
will
learn
about
what
is
good
and
what
is
bad.
TV
also
provides
children
with
up-to-date
information
about
the
outside
world.
However,
it’s
not
right
to
say
that
watching
TV
doesn’t
have
any
bad
effect
on
children.
You
can’t
let
them
watch
TV
as
much
as
they
want.
Watching
TV
takes
a
lot
of
time.
Children
need
to
discover
the
world
by
themselves
not
just
from
TV.
Besides,
children
are
growing
and
they
need
to
move
around
and
get
lots
of
exercise.
Sitting
still
and
watching
TV
too
much
will
make
children
become
weaker
physically.
Most
children
like
to
eat
snacks
while
watching
TV.
That
will
make
them
put
on
weight.
To
make
it
worse
there
may
be
too
many
ads
and
violent
(暴力的)
scenes
on
TV.
These
things
of
course
are
bad
for
children.
As
parents
you
should
control
the
amount
of
TV
that
your
children
watch.
You
have
to
choose
the
right
channels
for
them
and
shouldn’t
let
the
TV
be
on
all
day.
Turn
it
off
right
after
their
programmes
end.
Encourage
them
to
take
part
in
outdoor
activities
and
do
more
things.
Never
put
a
TV
in
the
bedroom
especially
in
your
children’s
room!
Children
and
TVAdvantagesChildren
play
with
or
___1___
things
less
often
because
of
TV.
TV
makes
it
possible
for
children
to
learn
about
the
world
and
it
___2___
the
latest
information
for
children.DisadvantagesChildren
often
___3___
a
lot
of
time
watching
TV.
It’s
not
good
for
children
to
discover
the
world
from
TV
___4___
of
by
themselves.
Watching
TV
too
much
does
___5___
to
children’s
health.
Some
programmes
are
___6___
for
children’s
mind.___7___
for
parents___8___
the
amount
of
TV
that
the
children
watch
and
choose
the
right
channels.
Turn
the
TV
off
after
their
programmers
are
___9___
.
Encourage
children
to
take
part
in
more
outdoor
___10___
.
五、首字母填空（培优）
Growing
pains
was
on
television
from
1985
to
1992.
This
was
a
total
of
seven
years,
and
it
told
over
one
hundred
and
sixty
d___1___
stories.
During
its
history,
the
show
had
over
forty
writers.
The
programme
was
about
a
family
of
s___2___
who
lived
on
Long
Island,
near
New
York
City.
The
parents
were
a
working
couple.
The
father
was
a
doctor
and
the
mother
was
a
writer
at
a
newspaper.
They
had
four
children.
The
oldest
child
was
Mike.
He
was
the
main
r___3___
for
the
programme’s
big
success.
From
the
start
of
Growing
pains,
Mike
was
always
getting
into
trouble.
He
was
caught
for
driving
a
car
too
fast.
He
p___4___
his
parents
that
he
would
never
ride
a
motorcycle,
but
then
he
hurt
himself
when
riding
one.
However,
in
the
last
year
of
the
programme,
he
helped
a
boy
who
had
n___5___
home,
and
asked
his
family
to
help
him
care
for
and
support
the
boy.
T___6___
his
parents
were
worried
because
he
often
broke
his
promises,
the
way
he
cared
for
this
boy
made
them
proud
to
have
him
as
their
son.
These
stories
are
good
e___7___
of
the
two
sides
of
Mike’s
nature
(本性).
He
sometimes
did
wrong
things,
but
he
also
cared
for
others.
Mike
became
very
p___8___
.
His
face
was
in
every
magazine
for
teenagers,
and
young
girls
put
up
photos
of
him
on
their
bedroom
w___9___
.
Why
did
people
like
the
programme?
Perhaps
most
of
its
stories
were
about
family
problems.
Like
Mike’s
parents,
many
parents
often
w___10___
about
their
children
and
have
difficult
decisions
to
make
about
the
family
problems.
Even
now
the
show
still
appears
on
American
TV.
答案：
一、1.
up-to-date
2.
animal-lovers
3.
might
4.
recording
5.
directors
6.
scenes
7.
scared
8.
covers
9.
vote
10.
unless
二、1.
coming
2.
Asian
3.
wealthier
4.
directed
5.
decisions
6.
finished
7.
will
be
announced
8.
especially
9.
murderers
10.
including
三、1~5
DDDCD
6~10
CABDC
四、1.
break
2.
provides
3.
spend
4.
instead
5.
harm
6.
bad
7.
Advice/Suggestions
8.
Control
9.
over
10.
activities
五、1.
different
2.
six
3.
reason
4.
promised
5.
no
6.
Though
7.
examples
8.
popular
9.
walls
10.
worry
反思好学
思维脑图：
2自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：Unit
1
Know
yourself（上）
易错回顾
单项选择
1.Li
Hua
will
have
one-to-one
interview
with
Jackie
Chen,
so
he
is
a
little
nervous
about
interview.
A.
a;
the
B.
an;
the
C.
the;
an
D.
the;
a
2.It
is
brave
thousands
of
doctors
to
save
people
from
COVID-19.
Sometimes
they
risk
losing
their
lives.
A.
of
B.
to
C.
for
D.
from
3.The
problems
of
living
in
the
city
are
sometimes
similar
to
of
living
in
the
countryside.
A.
this
B.
that
C.
these
D.
those
4.National
people’s
Congress(大会)
in
Beijing
to
discuss
about
important
issues
in
May,2020.
A.
takes
place
B.
was
held
C.
held
D.
happened
5.—Excuse
me,
sir.
You
turn
off
your
mobile
phone.
Our
plane
will
take
off
soon.
—OK,
I
will
do
it
right
away.
A.
will
B.
may
C.
can
D.
must
6.Don’t
say
you
haven’t
got
enough
time.
You
have
the
same
time
every
day
as
other
students.
A.
exactly
B.
correctly
C.
recently
D.
especially
7.—What
is
your
key
to
success?
—I
believe
that
nothing
difficult
will
be
if
I
put
my
heart
into
it.
A.
by
the
way
B.
in
my
way
C.
on
the
way
D.
with
my
way
8.—
task
it
is
to
be
a
volunteer
here!
—Yes.
But
it
is
meaningful
to
work
with
so
many
other
volunteers.
A.
What
hard
B.
How
hard
C.
What
a
hard
D.
How
a
hard
9.Ten
years
ago
she
was
a
little
girl.
Now
she
has
a
famous
film
star.
A.
turned
down
B.
turned
off
C.
turned
on
D.
turned
into
10.
—Sir,
I’m
afraid
you
cannot
take
photos
here.
—Sorry.
I
didn’t
know
taking
photos
isn’t
here.
A.
achieved
B.
avoided
C.
allowed
D.
accepted
11.
—Hi,
Ling!
I
hear
you
will
go
to
Italy.
Have
you
read
the
to
the
country?
—Yes.
Now
I
know
Italy
has
a
long
history
and
many
heritages(遗产).
A.
introduction
B.
instruction
C.
interview
D.
information
12.
The
boy
streets
without
pay
in
the
old
days.
A.
was
made
clean
B.
was
made
to
clean
C.
made
to
clean
D.
made
clean
13.
Jack
wrote
the
answers
to
pass
the
exam.
Poor
thing!
A.
too
carelessly
B.
too
careless
C.
carelessly
enough
D.
careless
enough
14.
—I
want
to
lose
weight,
I
have
to
go
on
a
diet.
—Eat
less
meat
and
do
more
exercises
from
now
on.
.
A.
The
early
bird
catches
the
worm.
B.
Many
hands
make
light
work.
C.
Actions
speak
louder
than
words.
D.
Every
dog
has
its
day.
15.
—Would
you
help
me
clean
up
the
classroom,
Jack?
—
.
A.
Yes,
quite
right.
B.
That's
all
right.
C.
My
pleasure.
D.
With
pleasure.
兴趣起航
Look
at
these
pictures
and
discuss
what
you
think
their
personalities
are
like?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Eddie,here's
an
interesting
article
about
personality.(P6)埃迪，这是一篇关于性格的有趣的文章。
interesting是形容词，意为“有趣的”，既可以做定语，也可以做表语。常用来修饰事或物。
interested
也是形容词，意为“(某人)感兴趣的”，常用于修饰人。
[注意]修饰人还是修饰物并不是绝对的。
Eg.
He
is
an
interesting
boy.
他是一个有趣的男孩。
It
is
an
interesting
book.它是一本有趣的书。
形容某种事物或是人很有趣，就用interesting。如果要表达某个人对另一项事物感兴趣，就用interested。
Eg.
He
is
an
interesting
boy.
I
am
interested
in
him.他是一个有趣的男孩。我对他很感兴趣。
[拓展]surprising令人惊讶的，surprised感到惊讶的；
frightening
令人恐惧的，frightened
受恐吓的；
amazing
令人吃惊的,
amazed
吃惊的;
exciting令人激动的，excited感到激动的。
[经典例题]
1.Are
you
________
in
these
_________story
books.
A.
interested,
interesting
B.
interested,
interested.
C.
interesting,
interested
D.
interesting,
interesting
2.The
__
singer
made
me
_____
with
his
__
___
song.
(excite)
[拓展]interest
兴趣;关注
have/
show
interest
in
sb./sth.(表达此种含义时,常当作不可数名词使用或者只用作单数形式)
Eg.
When
he
was
very
young,
Tan
showed
an
interest
in
music.
当谭盾小的时候就对音乐产生了兴趣。
【知识梳理2】It
says
some
people
are
generous.(P6)它（文章）说一些人很慷慨。
句型“It
says/reads...”表示“它上面说（写着／显示）。····”，后常接宾语从句或直接引语，表示说的内容。
Eg.
The
report
says
there
will
be
a
heavy
rain
tonight.
报道说今晚有大雨。
[经典例题]
1.The
board
near
the
river
“No
fishing.”
A.Writes
B.
reads
C.says
D.B&C
2.It_______
(say)
he
has
been
there
three
times.
【知识梳理3】It
makes
them
feel
good
to
share
things
with
others.(P6)与他人分享东西使他们感觉很好。
1、本句中的it是形式主语，真正的主语是后面的动词不定式短语“to
share
things
with
others”。在英语中，不定式或不定式短语作主语时，可以直接位于句首。这句话本来应该是“To
share
things
with
others
makes
them
feel
good.”但是英语中动词不定式短语“to
share
things
with
others”做主语放在句首，给你一种头重脚轻的感觉，外国人很忌讳头重脚轻的，所以为了解决这个问题，外国人选择了形式主语“it”代替这个动词不定式放在句首，（为什么用It而不用别的单词呢，我猜呢，人都是很懒的，外国人也不例外，所以外国人选了一个最短的代词）动词不定式放在最后面，这样整个句子就变成了：“It
makes
them
feel
good
to
share
things
with
others.”
类似的句式有：
（1）It
+
is/was
+
adj./n.
(形容词或名词）
+to
do
sth.
Eg.
It
is
a
good
idea
to
think
this
way.
这样考虑问题是个好办法。
It
was
foolish
of
you
to
leave
school.=You
were
foolish
to
leave
school.你中途退学，真是傻瓜。
It’s
common
for
leaves
to
fall
from
the
trees
in
the
fall.
秋天树叶从树上落下是件常事。
（2）It
+
v.
+
to
do
sth.
Eg.
It
took
us
three
years
to
complete
the
project.
我们花费三年时间才完成了这项工程。
It
sounds
reasonable
to
do
it
this
way.听起来这样做有道理。
温馨提示
（1）单个动词不定式作主语时，谓语动词用单数
Eg.
To
learn
a
foreign
language
well
is
difficult.要学好一门外语是有难度的。
（2）如果and连接两个或更多并列的不定式作主语，且并列的不定式语义一致或基本一致时，谓语动词用单数；如果不一致，谓语动词用复数
Eg.
To
love
and
to
be
loved
is
sweet
to
us.爱与被爱对我们来说都是甜蜜的。
[经典例题]
1.In
fact________is
a
hard
job
for
the
police
to
keep
order
in
an
important
football
match.
A.
this
B.
that
C.
there
D.
it
2、make
sb
do
sth
使某人做某事。此处do为省略to的不定式，在被动语态中to要还原出来，表示为be
made
to
do.
Eg.
Nothing
will
make
me
change
my
mind.
什么也改变不了我的主意。
[拓展]
make的其它用法
（1）make
sb./sth.+adj.
Eg.
We
can
make
this
country
great
again.
我们可以使这个国家再次强大起来。
（2）
make
sb./sth.+done
Eg.
Can
you
make
yourself
understood
in
Russian?
你能用俄语表达你的意思吗？
（3）
make
sb./sth.+n.
Eg.
We
make
him
monitor
of
our
class.
我们选他做班长。
（4）
make
sb./sth.+prep.
Eg.
They
made
the
story
into
a
play.
[经典例题]
1.In
the
past,these
workers
for
more
than
12
hours
a
day
by
the
boss.
A.are
made
work
B.were
made
work
C.are
made
to
work
D.were
made
to
work
2.My
parents
have
always
made
me
_____________
about
myself,
even
when
I
was
twelve.
A.
feeling
well
B.
feeling
good
C.
feel
well
D.
feel
good
3.She
is
good
at
teaching
and
tries
her
best
to
make
every
lesson
_________(生动的）and
interesting.
4.The
sad
news
made
all
of
us_______
(happy).
3、share...
with
与某人分享
Eg.
I
have
some
very
sad
news
to
share
with
all
of
you.
我有一些十分令人悲痛的消息和你们分享。
【知识梳理4】Yeah,
I
agree.是的，我同意。
1、agree
(with
sb)
(about/on
sth)
agree
(with
sth)
同意；赞成
2、agree
vt.
（1）=decide:
to
decide
with
sb
else
to
do
sth
or
to
have
sth
商定；约定
Eg.
They
met
at
the
agreed
time.
他们在约定的时间见面了。
Can
we
agree
a
price?
我们可不可以商定一个价格？
（2）=accept
:to
officially
accept
a
plan,
request,
etc.
批准，认可（计划、要求等）
Eg.
Next
year's
budget
has
been
agreed.
明年的预算已获批准。
[拓展]agreement
n.
同意，一致，协议。
Eg.
The
teacher
kept
nodding
in
agreement.
老师不断点头表示同意。
【知识梳理5】Hobo,you've
eaten
up
my
breakfast!(P6)霍波，你吃光了我的早饭！
eat
up
意为“吃光，吃完”，它是“动词＋副词”构成的动词短语，当接名词作宾语时，名词可位于副词up的后面，也可位于up之前；但当接代词作宾语时，代词只能位于动词eat
与副词up之间。
Eg.
We
were
always
asked
to
eat
our
vegetables
up.=We
were
always
asked
to
eat
up
our
vegetables.我们总是被要求吃光我们的蔬菜。
She's
made
a
big
cake
and
wants
us
to
help
eat
it
up.她做了一个大蛋糕，想要我们帮忙吃完它。
[经典例题]
1.President
Xi
Jinping
calls
on
Chinese
people
to
all
the
food
each
meal.
A.
eat
up
B.
use
up
C.
pick
up
D.
cut
up
?
Part
Two
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Suzy
is
well
organized.She
keeps
all
her
things
in
good
order.(P7)苏西很有条理。她将自己所有的东西都整理得有条不紊。
1、organized
形容词，意为“有条理的，有效率的”。
Eg.
These
people
are
very
efficient,
very
organized,
and
excellent
time
managers.
这些人效率很高、很有条理，时间安排得非常好。
[拓展]
（1）organize
用作动词，意为“组织；安排”。
Eg.
In
the
end,
we
all
decided
to
organize
a
concert
for
Easter.
最后，我们一致决定为复活节组织一场音乐会。
（2）organization
名词，意为“组织，机构”。
Eg.
Most
of
the
food
for
the
homeless
is
provided
by
voluntary
organizations.
给无家可归者的大部分食物是由志愿组织提供的。
[经典例题]翻译句子
1.Mike做事很有条理，从来不会忘记要做的事。
v___________________________________________________
2、keep的用法
（1）keep
sb./sth.+形容词
Eg.
You
should
keep
your
bedroom
clean
and
tidy.
（2）keep
sb./sth.+副词
Eg.
What
has
kept
you
away
for
a
long
time.
（3）keep
sb./sth.+doing
Eg.
I
am
sorry
to
keep
you
waiting
for
a
long
time.
[经典例题]
1.Mum
told
me
to
keep
my
own
room
in
__________(顺序).
2.Mr.
Smith
always
makes
his
class
__________
and
keeps
his
students
____________
in
class.
A
alive;
interesting
B
lively;
interesting
C
alive;
interested
D
lively;
interested
3.I’m
sorry
to
keep
you
___________(wait)for
me
for
so
long.
4.Don’t’
worry.
Your
bag__________(keep)
here
until
you
come
back,
so
enjoy
yourself.
3、order名词，意为“顺序；秩序”。
Eg.
As
darkness
fell,
Clinton
gave
orders
for
his
men
to
rest.
夜幕降临时，克林顿下命令让自己的人休息。
[拓展]反义短语：out
of
order
次序颠倒，不按顺序
[拓展]
order
用作动词，意为“命令；订购”。
Eg.
Williams
ordered
him
to
leave.
威廉斯命令他离开。
The
waitress
appeared.
"Are
you
ready
to
order?"
女服务员走了过来，“你们准备好点菜了吗？
[经典例题]
1.—Mrs
Black
is
an
organized
housewife.
—That’s
right.
Everything
in
her
house
is
always__________.
A.
in
order
B.
out
of
order
C.
in
trouble
D.
in
the
way
2.To
make
the
room
tidy,
my
mother
asks
me
to
keep
everything
in
________.
【知识梳理2】Daniel
is
very
clever,but
he
is
modest
and
never
shows
off.(p7)丹尼尔很聪明，但他很很谦虚并且不炫耀。
1、modest
形容词，意为“谦虚的，谦逊的；适度的；端庄的；羞怯的”。
Eg.
He's
modest,
as
well
as
being
a
great
player.
他是一个谦虚而且出色的运动员。
[拓展]modesty
名词，意为“谦逊；质朴；稳重”。
Eg.
He
accepted
the
award
with
modesty.
他以谦逊的态度接受了奖励。
2、show
off
后面接名词、代词或从句，在接代词时，代词放在
show和off之间。
Eg.
He
drove
his
new
car
to
school
to
show
it
off
to
his
workmates.
他开着新车去学校向他的同事们炫耀。
[拓展]show的其它常用短语
show
sb.
sth.=show
sth.
to
sb.
给某人看某物，向某人展示
show
sb.
around/round
sp.
带领某人参观某地
show
up
出现、露面
[经典例题]
1.
Daniel
is
very
modest.
He
never_________before
his
friends.
A.
shows
off
B.
shows
up
C.
turns
off
D.
turns
on
2.The
boy
is
clever,
but
he
never_______.
A.
tells
a
lie
B.
shows
off
C.
gives
up
D.
puts
off
3.We
all
know
how
wonderful
you
are.
There
is
no
need
to__________.
A.
show
off
B.
give
up
C.
take
care
D.
carry
on
【知识梳理3】Mr
Wu
is
patient
enough
to
repeat
grammar
rules
for
us.(P7)吴老师有足够的耐心给我们重复语法规则。
1、我们用“形容词＋enough+to
do
sth”这一句型来描述一个人的个性或能力以及事物的特点。
Eg.
It's
warm
enough
to
swim.
天气暖和得可以游泳了。
这个句型可以用“so/such...that...如此·····以至于······”句型来改写。
Eg.
It
is
so
warm
that
we
can
swim.
He
is
strong
enough
to
carry
the
box.
=He
is
so
strong
that
he
can
carry
the
box.
=He
is
such
a
strong
man
that
he
can
carry
the
box.
他很强壮能搬这个盒子。
[注意]两个句型之间的区别在于，“形容词＋enough+to
do
sth”这一句型中的to是不定式符号，后面加动词原形构成不定式，而“so/such...that...如此·····以至于······”句型后面的that是连词，后面是一个句子，that后面是句子的主语，一般是名词短语或者代词。
[经典例题]
他不够细心，不能做这项工作。
(1)He
is
do
the
work.
(2)He
is
__________do
the
work.
(3)He
is
he
can't
do
the
work.
(4)He
is
he
can't
do
the
work.
2、enough既可以作副词也可以作形容词，位置：名前形后。
[经典例题]
1.---
Mary,
I
got
the
offer
from
the
Tsinghua
University.
---
Really?
It
just
sounds
__________
to
be
true.
A.
so
well
B.
too
good
C.
good
enough
D.
too
well
2.He
is
_______
to
explain
it
to
me
three
times.
A.
patient
enough
B.
impatient
enough
C.
enough
patient
D.
enough
impatient
【知识梳理4】He
often
comes
up
with
new
ideas.(P7)他经常想出新主意。
come
up
with
意为“想出；提出（方案、方法等）”，后接名词、代词作宾语。
Eg.
Michael
came
up
with
a
new
plan
in
just
a
few
minutes.
Michael很快想出了一个好计划
[拓展]同义短语think
of
想出，想起。
[经典例题]
1.你要想出点其他点子。
You'll
__________
__________
__________something
else.
You'll
__________
__________
something
else.
2.Scientists
from
different
countries
are
trying
to
__________
a
good
way
to
solve
the
energy
problem.
A.
keep
up
with
B.
come
up
with
C.
catch
up
with
D.
meet
up
with
3.It’s
creative
_______
you
_______
this
good
idea.
A.
of;
to
come
up
with
B.
for;
to
come
up
with
C.
of;
think
of
D.
for;
to
think
of
4.Use
your
head
and
you__________(come)up
with
more
new
ideas.
【知识梳理5】Billy
is
curious
about
everything.(P7)比利对一切都好奇。
curious
形容词，意为“好奇的；稀奇古怪的”。
Eg.
It
was
curious
that
she
didn't
tell
anyone.
她没有告诉任何人，这很反常。
[拓展]常用短语
be
curious
about
sth;be
curious
to
do
sth
Eg.
Steve
was
intensely
curious
about
the
world
I
came
from.
史蒂夫对我是从哪里来的有强烈的好奇心。
I
was
curious
to
find
out
what
she
had
said.
我真想弄清楚她说了些什么。
[拓展]curiously
副词，意为“好奇地；稀奇古怪地”。
Eg.
His
clothes
were
curiously
old-fashioned.
他的衣服式样陈旧古怪。
【知识梳理6】Neither
my
parents
nor
I
think
I
can
make
a
good
accountant.(p7)我的父母和我都认为我不能成为一名好会计。
1、neither
（1）用作副词，意为“也不”。常用结构为：neither+助动词/系动词/情态动词十主语，意为“·····也不”。
Eg.
I
hadn't
been
to
New
York
before
and
neither
had
Jane
.
我以前没有去过纽约，简也没去过。
If
you
can't
afford
a
computer
or
cell
phone,
then
neither
can
your
child.
如果你买不起一个计算机或者手机，那么你的孩子也买不起。
[经典例题]
1.---What
language
is
that
guy
speaking?I
can
hardly
catch
a
single
word!
---
.He's
from
India,so
I
guess
it
is
Hindi.
A.
Neither
I
can
B.
Neither
can
I
C.
So
I
can
D.
So
can
I
（2）neither用作代词，意为“两者都不”，常用结构为：neither
of+代词或名词复数。此结构作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。either也有相似用法，表示“（两者中）任何一个”。
Eg.
Neither
of
them
has
a
car.
他们两个都没有汽车。
[经典例题]
1.---Mike
and
Tony,
please
tell
me
something
about
the
Great
Wall.
---Sorry,
________of
us
has
ever
been
there.
A.
Both
B.Neither
C.
Either
D.All
（3）用作形容词，意为“两者没有一个，两者都不的”，表示全部否定，与单数名词连用。
Eg.
Neither
answer
is
correct.
两个答案都不对。
（4）用作连词，常和nor连用，构成“neither...nor...”结构，意为“既不······也不······”，连接两个并列主语时，谓语词与靠近它的主语一致。
Eg.
Neither
you
nor
I
am
right.你和我都不对。
[经典例题]完成句子
1.自从上个月以来，我和他都没有看到电影了。
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
seen
a
movie
since
last
month.
2、nor
（1）用作副词，意为“也不”。
Eg.
She
doesn't
like
them
and
nor
does
Jeff.
她不喜欢他们，杰夫也不喜欢。
（2）nor
常和
neither
连用，连接有对等关系的名词、形容词、动词短语等
Eg.
She
seemed
neither
surprised
nor
worried.
她似乎既不惊讶也不担心。
[经典例题]
1.---How
does
your
mother
like
your
presents
for
Mother's
Day?
---Well,
_________
this
sweater________that
one
is
fit
for
her.
They're
too
big.
A.
both；and
B.
either;
or
C.
neither;
nor
D.
not
only;
but
also
2.Football
is
a
popular
sport.________my
father_________my
mother
is
interested
in
watching
football
matches.
A.
Not
only;
but
also
B.
Neither;
nor
C.
Both;
and
D.
Either;
or
3.---
Would
you
like
a
cup
of
coffee
or
a
bottle
of
juice?
---________.
I’d
like
some
milk.
A.
Either
B.
Both
C.
None
D.
Neither
4.Neither
the
students
nor
the
teacher
___________
the
way
to
Nanjing
Library.
A.
know
B.
knows
C.
don't
know
D.
doesn't
know
5.---
Have
you
asked
the
twins
to
answer
all
the
questions?
---
Yes,
but
______
could
be
answered
correctly.
A.
none
B.
neither
C.
both
D.
all
6.---Which
of
the
two
T-shirts
will
you
take?
---I’ll
take________.One
is
for
my
brother
and
the
other
is
for
myself.
A.
either
B.
both
C.
all
D.
neither
7.His
parents
are
both
teachers,
but_______（两者都不）of
them
teaches
in
our
school.
8.Neither
Kate
nor
her
cousin
_____
to
Russia,
but
_____
of
them
have
known
the
country
very
well.
A.
have
been;
neither
B.
have
gone;
either
C.
has
been;
both
D.
has
gone;
both
【知识梳理7】It's
terrible
for
me
to
work
without
speaking
all
day
long.(P7)
对我来说整天工作而不讲话是可怕的
1、It
is
adi.for
sb
to
do
sth
意为“对某人来说做采事是”····的”，其中it为形式主语，真正的主语是后面的动词不定式短语。
[经典例题]
1.It's
not
polite
________
Simon
to
shout
at
others.
It's
very
necessary
________
him
to
learn
to
be
polite.
A.
of
;of
B.
for;
for
C.
of;
for
D.
for;
of
2.It’s
very
kind________you
to
help
me________
my
English.
A.
of;
on
B.
of;
with
C.
for;
with
D.
of;
of
3.---
It's
nice
of
you
to
tell
me
the
way
to
the
museum.
---________________.
A
It
doesn't
matter
B
Never
mind
C
Thank
you
D
It's
my
pleasure
4.It’s
terrible
for
me
_________
(walk)
alone
in
the
dark.
2、without
介词，意为“没有，无；如果没有”，后接名词、代词、名词性短语或动词－ing形式。
[经典例题]
1.The
mother
waited
for
a
very
long
time
without_________
(get)angry.
2.He
can
do
it
without
________(difficult).
3.You
will
make
yourself
get
into
trouble
without
_____________
(control)
your
feelings
well.
?
Part
Three
Reading
【知识梳理1】“Wu
Wei
is
a
born
artist,”said
his
best
friend.(P8)“吴伟是天生的艺术家，”他最好的朋友说。
born形容词，意为“天生的”。
Jack
was
a
born
teacher.?杰克是个天生的教师。
[拓展]be
born，“出生”。
Eg.
She
was
born
with
a
weak
heart.
她生来就有一个衰弱的心脏。
[拓展]be
born
to
do
sth，“注定会成为；注定要做”。
Eg.
He
was
born
to
be
a
great
composer.
他是个天生的伟大作曲家。
[经典例题]
1.李小龙就是一个天生的武术家。
Bruce
Lee
was
__________
__________
__________.
【知识梳理2】Wu
Wei,
the
young
artist,
has
impressed
the
whole
country
with
his
creative
work.(P8)
吴伟，这位年轻的艺术家用充满创意的作品给全国人民留下深刻的印象。
impress及物动词，意为“给人印象”。
Eg.
What
impressed
him
most
was
their
speed.
最令他钦佩的是他们的速度。
[拓展]
（1）press
及物动词，意为“压；按；”。
Eg.
She
pressed
her
face
against
the
window.
她把脸贴在窗子上。
（2）express
及物动词，意为“表示；表达；表露”。
Eg.
Teachers
have
expressed
concern
about
the
changes.
教师对这些变化表示忧虑。
（3）expression
名词，意为“表示；表达；表露”。
Eg.
Her
expression
showed
her
disappointment.
从她的表情可以看出她很失望。
（4）depressed
形容词，意为“抑郁的；沮丧的；意志消沉的”。
Eg.
She
felt
very
depressed
about
the
future.
她感到前途无望。
（5）pressure
名词，意为“压力；压迫；压强”。
air/water
pressure
空气╱水的压力
Eg.
He
didn't
put
any
pressure
on
her.
他并没有给她施加任何压力。
[经典例题]用impress,
press,
express,
depress的适当形式填空。
1.Words
cannot
__________
how
pleased
I
am.
2.Her
health
broke
down
under
the
__________
of
work.
3.She's
not
very
__________
with
them.
她对他们没有什么印象。
4.I
could
tell
he
was
angry
from
his
__________.
5.Some
patients
may
become
very
__________.
6.Mike
__________
a
button
and
the
door
closed.
[经典例题]翻译句子
1.他的谦虚给我们留下了深刻的印象。
___________________________________________
【知识梳理3】His
sculptures
for
Sunshine
Town
Square
have
won
high
praise
from
the
art
community.
(P8)
他为阳光镇广场而刻的雕塑赢得了艺术界的高度赞扬。
praise在这里是名词，意为“赞扬、表扬”，是不可数名词。
Eg.
His
teachers
are
full
of
praise
for
the
progress
he's
making.
老师们对他的进步赞不绝口。
[拓展]praise还可以做动词，意为“赞扬、表扬”。
Eg.
He
praised
his
team
for
their
performance.
他称赞了各队员的表现。
[拓展]entertainment
community娱乐界
[经典例题]
1.该队还因其良好的体育精神及公平竞争精神而受到了表扬。
The
team
also
__________
__________
__________
sportsmanship
and
fair
play.
【知识梳理4】Su
Ning
gave
up
her
job
as
an
accountant
five
years
ago.(P8)苏宁在五年前放弃了她的会计工作.
give
up意为“放弃”，后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式。
[注意]如果接代词，代词要放中间。
Eg.
I
gave
up
smoking
for
my
health.我为了健康把烟戒掉了。
Give
it
up!I
won’t
help
you
cheat
in
the
exam.
你死了这条心吧！我不会在考试时帮你作弊的。
[经典例题]
1.[2019
?贵州省安顺市]---I
don't
think
teachers
should
give
too
much
homework
to_______
the
free
time
of
students.
---Exactly!
A.
give
up
B.
take
up
C.
look
up
D.
put
up
2.[2019
?甘肃省天水市]Don't
today's
work
for
tomorrow．Today's
work
must
be
done
today．
A.put
up
B.put
out
C.put
off
D.give
up
3.[2019
?海南省]Families
usually
______
new
pictures
of
flowers
or
fish
before
Spring
Festival．
A.give
up
B.put
up
C.set
up
D.
look
up
【知识梳理5】Life
is
like
a
race.
You
either
take
the
lead
or
fall
behind.(P8)她说：人生就像一场赛跑，你要么领先，要么落后。
1、race名词，意为“赛跑；竞赛”，是可数名词。
Eg.
Their
horse
came
third
in
the
race
last
year.
他们的马在去年的比赛中获得了第三名。
[辨析]
（1）race主要指赛跑、竞走一类的（比速度的体育竞赛）
a
five-kilometre
race
五公里赛
（2）match常指足球、篮球、棒球等的比赛
a
football
match?足球比赛
（3）competition表示“竞赛”,侧重有“竞争”的意思,既可以是体育的,也可以是其他方面的
a
music/photo
competition
音乐、摄影比赛
（4）game意思是“运动、比赛”,不管户内户外还是脑力体力,指以胜负为主的运动；主要指决定胜负的游戏，通常有一套规则，凡参加者均须遵守。
card
games
纸牌游戏
2、either
（1）用作副词，意为“也（不）”，通常用在否定句末尾。
Eg.
I
didn't
get
the
job.
She
didn't
get
the
job,
either.
我没有得到那份工作，她也没有得到那份工作。
（2）用作代词，意为“（两者之中）任何一方”，后常与of连用。
Eg.
There
are
no
simple
answers
to
either
of
those
questions.
对那两个问题哪一个都没有简单的答案。
（3）用作形容词，意为“（两者中）任一的；（两者中）每一方的”，后接可数名词单数。
Eg.
You
can
park
on
either
side
of
the
street.
这条街两边都可停车。
（4）either...or...是并列连词，意为“不是……就是……；或者……或者……”，在句中要连接同等的句子成分。注意：连接两个并列的主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致。
Eg.
Either
mom
or
dad
will
pick
you
up.不是妈妈就是爸爸来接你。
Either
you
or
she
is
a
teacher.要么你要么她是一位老师。
[经典例题]
1.---Which
would
you
like,
a
cup
of
coffee
or
a
bottle
of
orange,
Jane?
---_________.
I’d
just
like
a
cup
of
tea.
A.
Either
B.
Both
C.
None
D.
Neither
2.You
can’t
have
both
of
them.
You
can
choose______the
kite________
the
toy
car.
A
either;
or
B.
neither
;nor
C.
both;and
D.
not
;only
3、take
the
lead
处于领先地位
Eg.
Now
everybody
sing!
I'll
take
the
lead.
现在大家唱歌，
我起头。
4、fall
behind
落后
Eg.
Modesty
helps
one
go
forward
while
pride
makes
one
fall
behind.
谦虚使人前进，骄傲让人落后。
[经典例题]
1.I
felt
__________
yesterday
evening,
and
then
I
fell
__________
quickly.
A.
sleeping,
asleep
B.
asleep,
sleepy
C.
sleepy,
asleep
D.
sleep,
sleepy
2.All
the
students
hope
to
_________
in
their
study,
but
it
needs
__________.
A.take
the
lead,
hard-working
B.fall
behind,
work
hard
C.fall
behind,
working
hard
D.take
the
lead,
hard
work
【知识梳理6】Liu
Hao
is
the
chief
engineer
of
the
high-speed
railway
connecting
Sunshine
Town
to
Tianjin.(P9)
刘浩是一名高铁总工程师。他参与建设的高铁项目是连接阳光小镇与天津。
connect
v.
用作及物动词，常用于“connect
A
with/to
B”结构。
Eg.
You
can
connect
the
speakers
to
your
CD
player.
你可以将这些扬声器与你的激光唱机连接起来。
A
pedestrian
bridge
now
connects
the
parking
garage
with
the
mall.
=The
parking
garage
is
now
connected
with
the
mall
by
a
pedestrian
bridge.现在一座人行桥连通车库和购物中心。
[经典例题]
1.---If
you
always
______yourself
with
others,
you
may
have
tons
of
pressure.
---I
agree.
We
should
believe
in
ourselves.
A.
connect
B.
complain
C.
compare
D.
consider
2.The
railway
Qinghai
to
Tibet
is
the
longest
plateau
(高原)
railway
in
the
world.
A.
connected
B.
connects
C.
connecting
D.
is
connected
【知识梳理7】To
us,
a
miss
is
as
good
as
a
mile.(P9)对我们来说，失之毫厘，谬以千里。
1、miss可数名词，意为“错误，过失”
Eg.
Snow
made
his
first
basket
of
the
game
after
eight
misses.
斯诺在8次投球不中后，投进了他本场比赛的第一个球。
2、as
good
as
意为“和……几乎一样，简直是”。
Eg.
I've
had
your
coat
cleaned—it's
as
good
as
new
now.
你的外套洗好了—像新的一样。
[拓展]as
well
as
意为“也；和…一样；不但…而且”。
Eg.
He
makes
shoes
as
well
as
clothes.
他既做鞋，也做衣服。
[拓展]as
long
as
意为“只要；和…一样长”。
Eg.
You
can
phone
me
at
work
as
long
as
you
don't
make
a
habit
of
it.
你可以在上班时给我打电话，只要你别让这成为习惯就行。
[拓展]as
soon
as
意为“一…就…”。
Eg.
I
felt
free
from
the
cares
of
the
day
as
soon
as
I
left
the
building.
我一离开那栋大楼便觉得轻松自在，不再为那天的事烦心了。
[经典例题]
1.My
cousin
wears
his
glasses
every
day.
Without
his
glasses,
he
is________the
blind.
A.as
long
as
B.
as
well
as
C.as
bad
as
D.
as
good
as
2.[2019
?四川省眉山市]---Mum,
could
you
buy
me
a
dress
like
this,
please?
---Of
course.
We
can
buy
one
than
this,
but
it.
A.
a
better;
better
than
B.
a
worse;
as
good
as
C.
a
cheaper;
as
good
as
D.
a
more
important;
not
as
good
as
3.[2019
?甘肃省天水市]---What
do
you
think
of
the
environment
in
your
hometown？
---It's
Both
the
air
and
the
water
are
badly
polluted．
A.not
bad
B.as
good
as
before
C.much
better
than
before
D.not
as
good
as
before
4.[2019
?
山东省青岛市]Friends
are
like
books.
You
don’t
need
a
lot
of
them
_________
they
are
good.
A.
or
B.
and
C.
as
long
as
D.
as
soon
as
5.[2019
?
甘肃省兰州市]Tom
watched
the
World
Cup
__________
11:30
last
night.
A.
when
B.
unless
C.
until
D.
as
soon
as
【知识梳理8】We
can't
afford
to
make
any
mistakes.(P9)我们承担不起任何错误.
1、afford意为“买得起”
（1）后面加名词或代词
Eg.
Can
we
afford
a
new
car?
我们买得起一辆新车吗？
（2）后面加不定式。
Eg.
Soon
the
villagers
couldn't
afford
to
buy
food
for
themselves.
很快村民们就买不起吃的东西了。
[经典例题]
1.As
a
student,
I
can’t
afford
a
new
mobile
phone.
A.
buy
B.
buying
C.
to
buy
D.
bought
2.Most
children
in
poor
area
can’t
______their
education.
we
should
think
about
_________
to
help
them.
A.
afford;
how
we
can
do
B.
pay;
how
can
we
do
C.
pay
for;
what
can
we
do
D.
afford;
what
we
can
do
2、mistake是可数名词，意为“错误；误会；过失”。
make
a
mistake
in
sth./doing，意为“在某方面犯了一个错误”。
Eg.
I
made
a
similar
mistake
in
education.
在教育方面我也犯了类似的错误。
In
my
view,
they
made
a
huge
mistake
in
not
selling
the
company
when
they
had
the
chance.
从我看来，当有机会卖掉公司的时候他们没有卖，这是个巨大的错误。
[拓展]by
mistake
错误地
Eg.
Did
you
know
that
potato
chips
were
invented
by
mistake?
你知道薯条是因为错误而发明出来的吗？
【知识梳理9】All
of
us
know
that
it's
necessary
to
pay
attention
to
every
detail.(P9)我们所有人都知道注意每个细节很有必要。
attention是不可数名词，意为“注意；专心”，其前可用little，a
little，more，much等形容词修饰。
pay
attention
to,“注意”，这里的to是介词，后接名词/动名词/代词(宾格)。
Eg.
Everyone
should
pay
attention
to
exercise.
每个人都要注意锻炼身体。
If
you
want
to
draw
attention,
turn
on
the
lights.
如果你想引起注意，就开灯。
[拓展]
（1）tent
n.
帐篷；住处；帷幕
Eg.
We
put
up
a
tent
near
a
lake.
我在湖旁搭起了帐蓬。
（2）attend
vt.
出席；上（大学等）；照料；招待；陪伴
Eg.
We
were
made
to
attend
meetings
every
day.
我们每天都被迫参加会议。
（3）extend
vt.
延伸；扩大；
Eg.
There
are
plans
to
extend
the
no-smoking
area.
现已有扩大无烟区的计划。
（4）intend
vt.
打算；想要；意指
Eg.
I
intend
to
rewrite
the
story
for
younger
children.
我想为年纪更小的孩子改写这篇故事。
（5）pretend
vi.
假装，伪装，佯装
Eg.
You
cannot
pretend
there's
no
evil
in
the
world.
你不能睁着眼睛瞎说世界上没有罪恶。
[经典例题]
1.Traffic
rules
should
be
______
traffic
accidents.
A.
paid
attention
to
avoid
B.
paid
attention
to
to
avoid
C.
paid
attention
to
avoiding
D.
paid
attention
to
to
avoiding
2.You
won't
do
well
in
English
if
your
spelling
_______________.
A.
won't
be
paid
attention
B.
isn't
paid
attention
to
C.
doesn't
pay
attention
to
D.
isn't
paid
attention
3.His
excellent
performance
brought
him
to
the
of
the
great
director.
A.
information
B.
operation
C.
attention
D.
invention
4.You
will
have
no
difficulty_______
the
problem
if
you_______
it.
A.
solving;
pay
much
attention
to
B.
with;
pay
much
attention
for
C.
to
solve:
pay
much
attention
to
D.
solving;
pay
much
attention
for
5.---I’m
afraid
of
speaking
in
front
of
the
whole
class
because
of
my
poor
_________.
---You’d
better
practice
speaking
more.
A.
pronunciation
B.
attention
C.
celebration
D.
position
【知识梳理10】He
always
works
to
high
standards,
but
he's
modest
and
easy
to
work
with.(P9)他总是高标准要求工作，但是他也很谦虚，容易共事。
这里的不定式to
work
with，用来修饰形容词modest
and
easy，作状语。形容词反映人们对主语的“评论”。
Eg.
This?water?is?good?to?drink.
This?book?is?interesting?to?read.
The
book
is
difficult
to
understand.
[注意]不定式和主语有动宾关系:drink
water;
如果不定式中的动词是不及物动词，后面一定要带介词，如课文中的work
with
him
[经典例题]
1.Millie
is
quiet
and
modest
and
easy________.
A.
to
work
B.
work
with
C.
to
work
with
D.
to
work
with
her
2.---In
my
opinion,
animals
shouldn’t
be
kept
for
fun.
---I
think
so.
Forests
are
the
best
places
for
animals
_________.
A.
live
B.
living
C.
to
live
D.
to
live
in
【知识梳理11】As
a
doctor,
you
can't
be
too
careful.(P9)
作为医生，她再仔细也不过分。
句中can’t
...too...是常用表达
，意思是“无论怎样……也不为过……”
Eg.
Chun,
you
are
the
gift
from
God,
it
can't
be
too
much
to
love
you.
春春，你是上帝给我们的礼物，再怎么爱你都不过分。
[经典例题]
1.Jack
is
good,
kind,
hard-working
and
intelligent;
________;
I
can’t
speak
too
highly
of
him.
A.as
a
result
B.
in
a
word
C.
by
the
way
D.
on
the
contrary
2.We
_______________be
too
careful
when
driving
a
car.
A.
shouldn't
B.
mustn't
C.
can't
D.
needn't
【知识梳理12】Carelessness
will
be
a
disaster
not
only
to
ourselves
but
also
to
patients.(P9)因为粗心大意不仅对我们自己，而且对病人也是一场灾难。
1、carelessness名词，意为“粗心”
Eg.
The
accident
was
caused
by
carelessness.
事故是由于粗心大意而引起的。
[拓展]名词后缀-ness
illness,
sickness,
happiness,business,cheerfulness,blindness
2、not
only...but
also...是并列连词，意为“不但……而且
……”，在句中要连接同等的句子成分。注意：连接两个并列的主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致。
Eg.
He
is
good
at
planning
his
time,
so
he
has
enough
time
not
only
for
his
work,
but
also
for
play.他很善于安排自己的时间，所以他既有足够的时间工作，也有足够的时间玩。
Not
only
the
students
but
also
the
teacher
was
against
the
plan.
/
Not
only
the
teacher
but
also
the
students
were
against
the
plan.
不但老师而且学生也反对这项计划。
[经典例题]
1.---What
do
you
think
I
should
practice
in
the
future?.
---You
are
active
and
good
at
football.
I
think
you
can
be
________
a
PE
teacher_______
a
football
coach.
A.Neither;
nor
B.
both;
and
C.
either;
or
D.
not
only;
but
also
2.---To
achieve
a
bright
future,
we
should______
study
hard____
keep
in
good
health.科网
---I
agree
with
you.
A.
not;
but
B.
not
only;
but
also
C.
neither;
nor
D.
either;
or
3.Not
only
Mr.
and
Mrs.
Green
but
also
their
daughter
________
abroad
twice.
A.
have
gone
B.
have
been
C.
has
gone
D.
has
been
【知识梳理13】She
has
devoted
most
of
her
time
to
her
work.（P9）她已经把大部分时间都贡献给了工作。
devote是及物动词，意为“献身于,致力于”，devote...to...，这里的to是介词，后接名词/动名词/代词(宾格)。常见的词组有devote
oneself
to，意思是“献身于,致力于”。
Eg.
He
devoted
a
great
sum
of
money
to
books.他们花了一大笔钱买书。
They
devote
their
lives
to
caring
for
the
sick.他们投身于对病人的护理中。
Do
not
devote
too
much
time
to
games.不要浪费太多的时间玩游戏。
[经典例题]
1.The
doctor
has
devoted
most
of
his
time
to
the
patients.
A.
looking
after
B.
look
after
C.
looks
after
D.
looked
after
2.The
kind
teacher
devoted
all
her
time
she
had
___________
her
students.
A.
help
B.
to
help
C.
helping
D.
to
helping
能力实践
Ⅰ.
根据句意及汉语提示或首字母提示写出单词
1.
Please
put
all
the
books
back
in
the
right
________
(顺序)
before
you
leave.
2.
How
well
________
(有效率的)
she
is!
She
has
finished
that
hard
task
already.
3.
Helen
treats
her
students
________
(耐心)
and
in
an
understanding
way
and
her
________
(耐心)
has
won
her
students’
love.
4.
—I
think
Millie
is
careful
enough
to
be
an
a________
in
the
future.
—I
can’t
agree
with
you.
She
makes
mistakes
at
times
and
she
doesn’t
like
working
with
numbers.
5.
—I
can’t
understand
some
tenses
or
something
like
subjects,
objects
and
so
on.
—Oh,
I
know
you
are
not
good
at
some
English
g________
.
6.
—Let’s
go
to
see
a
film
this
weekend.
Shall
we
go
on
Saturday
or
Sunday?
—N________
is
OK.
I’m
not
free
at
weekends.
Ⅱ.
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空
1.
—Keep
your
hair
away
from
fire,
Lucy.
—I
see,
Mum.
Hair
catches
fire
________
(easy).
2.
It
is
unhealthy
for
us
to
go
to
school
without
________
(eat)
breakfast
in
the
morning.
3.
It
is
________
(create)
of
the
boy
________
(create)
so
many
strange
and
great
ideas
all
the
time.
4.
—Daniel
has
so
much
________
(energy)
to
devote
most
of
his
time
to
doing
DIY
jobs.
—True.
He
even
decorated
his
new
house.
He
is
so
________
(energy).
5.
What
should
I
pay
attention
to
________
(make)
excellent
speeches
in
front
of
the
whole
school?
Ⅲ.
单项选择
1.
The
sign
on
the
wall
______
that.
the
shop
closes
at
nine
in
the
evening.
A.
tells
B.
speaks
C.
talks
D.
says
2.
The
child
is
crying.
Please
do
something
to
make
him
______
.
A.
stop
to
cry
B.
stop
crying
C.
to
stop
crying
D.
to
stop
to
cry
3.
—Where
are
you
going
to
stay
when
you
go
on
business
to
Shanghai
tomorrow?
—I
may
live
______
in
a
hotel
______
in
a
friend’s
house.
I
may
drive
back.
A.
both;
and
B.
neither;
nor
C.
either;
or
D.
not
only;
but
also
4.
—Do
you
know
______
right?
—What?
You
mean
______
right?
A.
neither
answers
are;
neither
of
answers
are
B.
neither
answer
is;
neither
of
the
answer
is
C.
neither
answer
is;
neither
of
the
answers
is
D.
neither
answers
are;
neither
of
the
answers
are
5.
______
neither
you
nor
your
sister
been
abroad
for
further
study?
A.
Is
B.
Are
C.
Have
D.
Has
6.
It’s
kind
______
you
to
help
me
with
my
English.
You
know,
it’s
impossible
______
me
to
pass
this
exam
without
your
help.
A.
of;
for
B.
of;
of
C.
for;
of
D.
for;
for
7.
—He
is
______
and
open
to
advice.
—But
his
brother
likes
to
______
his
own
abilities.
A.
thoughtful;
get
off
B.
energetic;
take
off
C.
modest;
show
off
D.
curious;
put
off
8.
—It’s
necessary
and
important
for
students
at
school
to
join
the
Clean
Plate
Campaign(光盘行动).
It’s
good
for
them
to
form
good
habits.
—Sure.
We
should
try
to
______
all
the
food
that
we’ve
ordered.
A.
give
up
B.
eat
up
C.
turn
up
D.
show
up80
9.
It’s
reported
that
scientists
from
different
countries
are
trying
to
______
a
good
way
to
solve
the
energy
problems.
A.
keep
up
with
B.
catch
up
with
C.
come
up
with
D.
meet
up
with
Ⅳ.
根据汉语意思完成句子【培优】
1.
那时Lily发现很难在这么短的时间内想出很多新方法。
At
that
time
Lily
found
__________________
in
such
a
short
time.
2.
Suzy是如此有条理,
她能够把切弄得井井有条。
Suzy
is
__________________
that
__________________
.
3.
有人喜欢在公共场合出风头。
Somebody
likes
to
__________________
.
4.
Jerry太有耐心了,
等了我很长时间而没有生气。
__________________
5.
玛丽很大方,
和她的朋友分享她的玩具。
__________________
Ⅴ.
信息还原
Lisa:
Hey,
Jane.
___1___
Jane:
Really?
Lisa:
Yeah,
it’s
a
dancing
party.
Jane:
___2___
Lisa:
Do
you
want
to
go
with
me?
Jane:
Can
I?
I
don’t
really
know
Susan.
Lisa:
___3___
She
said
I
could
invite
a
friend.
Jane:
OK,
then,
I’d
love
to
go.
___4___
Lisa:
On
Saturday
night.
Jane:
Wow,
that’s
the
day
after
tomorrow!
I
need
to
get
a
new
dress.
Lisa:
___5___
There’s
a
clothes
shop
near
here.
Let’s
go
there
after
work.
Jane:
Sounds
good!
A.
Me,
too.
B.
I
hope
not.
C.
No
problem.
D.
What
a
shame!
E.
Sounds
like
fun.
F.
When
exactly
is
it?
G.
My
friend
Susan
is
having
a
party
this
weekend.
Ⅵ.
完形填空
One
man
was
to
meet
his
wife
downtown.
He
waited
patiently
for
15
minutes.
Then
he
waited
impatiently
for
another
15
minutes.
After
that,
he
became
___1___
.
When
he
saw
a
photograph
booth
(小间)
nearby,
he
had
a(n)
___2___
.
He
wore,
the
most
unhappy
expression(表情)
he
could
manage,
which
was
not
3
in
the
situation.
In
a
few
moments,
he
was
holding
four
small
prints
that
shocked
even
him.
He
wrote
his
wife’s
name
on
the
back
of
the
and
handed
them
to
a
clerk
(职员)
in
the
booth.
“
___4___
you
see
a
small
lady
with
brown
eyes
and
an
apologetic
(歉意的)
expression,
looking
for
someone,
would
you
please
give
her
this?”
he
said.
He
then
___5___
to
his
office,
thinking
that
if
a
picture
is
worth
(值得)
a
thousand
words,
then
the
four
photos
must
be
a
good
lesson!
He
sat
down
with
a
smile.
His
wife
___6___
those
pictures.
She
carries
them
in
her
purse
now
and
shows
them
to
anyone
who
asks
whether(是否)
she’s
married.
How
are
you
with
___7___
?
One
person
calls
it
“waiting
training”.
It
seems
that
there
is
always
something
we
are
waiting
for.
Patience
is
an
important
___8___
of
a
happy
life.
After
all,
some
things
are
worth
waiting
for.
Every
day
presents
many
chances
for
waiting
training.
We
can
hate
waiting,
___9___
it
or
even
get
good
at
it!
But
one
thing
is
___10___—we
cannot
avoid
it.
How
is
your
waiting
training
coming
along?
1.
A.
angry
B.
hungry
C.
thirsty
D.
worried
2.
A.
question
B.
idea
C.
reason
D.
look
3.
A.
letters
B.
cards
C.
photos
D.
paper
4.
A.
Since
B.
Before
C.
Until
D.
If
5.
A.
returned
B.
flew
C.
moved
D.
wrote
6.
A.
made
B.
kept
C.
threw
D.
drew
7.
A.
patience
B.
surprise
C.
anger
D.
interest
8.
A.
programme
B.
quality
C.
practice
D.
purpose
9.
A.
refuse
B.
receive
C.
touch
D.
accept
10.
A.
necessary
B.
equal
C.
certain
D.
serious
Ⅶ.
任务型阅读
Many
parents
like
setting
family
rules
for
their
kids.
When
kids
break
rules,
parents
will
give
them
some
punishments,
which
aren’t
included
in
rules.
In
fact,
when
you
tell
your
kids
about
a
new
rule,
you
should
talk
with
them
about
the
price
they
should
pay
for
breaking
the
rule—what
the
punishment
will
be.
Punishments
you
set
should
be
reasonable,
without
violence
or
threat(暴力或威胁).
For
example,
if
you
find
your
son
smoking,
you
may
limit
his
social
activities
for
two
weeks.
You
should
punish
your
kids
only
in
ways
you
have
discussed
before.
A
study
shows
that
the
most
popular
punishment
is
to
limit
kids’
TV
time.
It’s
understandable
that
you’ll
be
angry
when
rules
are
broken.
Punishment
is
a
way
to
express
your
anger,
but
it’s
not
a
very
good
one.
Sharing
your
feelings
of
anger,
disappointment
or
sadness
with
your
kids
can
have
a
better;
result.
Try
to
do
that.
When
your
kids
know
what
they
have
done
has
made
you
sad,
they
will,
feel
sorry.
When
they
know
their
actions
influence
you
greatly,
they
will
obey
rules
better.
Rules
are
made
to
help
your
kids
behave
better.
If
your
rules
or
ways
of
punishment
make
them
unhappy
or
under
a
lot
of
pressure,
are
they
helpful?
根据短文内容回答下列问题。
1.
Whom
is
the
article
written
for?
_________________________________________________________________
2.
How
does
the
writer
like
family
rules
and
punishments?
_________________________________________________________________
3.
Do
you
think
it’s
a
good
way
to
set
family
rules
for
kids?
Why
or
why
not?
_________________________________________________________________
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
6
TV
programmes（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.Both
of
the
twins
are
fans (迷)
of
the
football
player
Messi.?
2.Tomorrow’s
football
match
will
be
covered
live (现场).I
must
watch
it.?
3.Many
people
like
the
films
that
are
directed (导演)
by
Zhang
Yimou
in
China.?
4.(山东济宁中考改编)China
is
the
biggest
country
in
Asia (亚洲).?
5.If
you
know
the
answer,please
send
text
messages (信息)
to
me.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给单词或短语的适当形式填空
get
scared,
wealth,
horror
film,
come,
late,
cover
1.Here
is
a
round-up
of
the
latest
news.?
2.I
have
to
get
ready
for
the
coming
exams.?
3.It
is
not
good
to
watch
horror
films .So
I
never
watch
them.?
4.A
wealthy
businessman
was
killed
last
night.?
5.They
got
scared
when
they
heard
strange
sounds
last
night
in
the
neighbourhood.?
6.CCTV
News
covers
all
the
major
news
around
the
world
every
day.?
兴趣起航
What
type
of
TV
programmes
do
you
like
?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】条件状语从句
1、if引导的条件状语从句
（1）意思：“如果;假如”,表示在某种条件下某事很可能发生。
（2）位置：if引导的条件状语从句可放在主句之前,这时要用逗号把从句和主句隔开；但当主句在前,从句在后时,则不需用逗号隔开。
（3）时态：
①主将从现
（主句为一般将来时,从句为一般现在时）；
Eg.
If
it
doesn’t
rain
tomorrow,
we’ll
go
to
the
Great
Wall.
明天如果不下雨，我们就去长城。
②主句含有情态动词
（must、may、can
etc.）从句为一般现在时；
Eg.
You
must
see
the
doctor
if
you
are
ill.如果你生病了，你必须去看医生。
注：其实这也是主将从现，仔细思考一下，如果你生病了，你必须去看医生。你看医生是什么时候的事，如果有一天生病了才去看，实际上是不是将来时？
③主句为祈使句,从句要用一般现在时态；
Eg.
If
you
want
to
go
skating,
wear
warm
clothes.
如果你想去溜冰，穿上暖和的衣服。
注：其实这也是主将从现。祈使句的时态实际上是一般将来时，祈使句的主语实际上是you。举个最简单的例子。学生进老师办公室之前，敲门。老师说come
in。翻译成汉语是：你可以进来了。祈使句实际意义上的主语是你。学生在老师说了这句话之后才发生了come
in这个动作。所以祈使句是一般将来时。
④主句是一般现在时，从句要用一般现在时。
A.在表示一个客观事实或经常性有规律性的事实的条件度状语从句中问，主句与从句都用一般现在时。
Eg.
If
you
step
on
a
snake,
it
attacks
you.如果你踩蛇身上了，它就会攻击你。
If
tigers
live
in
the
wild
,they
hunt
for
their
own
food.如果老虎在野外生活，他们会自己打猎。
B.在表示预测条件状语从句中，主句与从句都用一般现在时。
Eg.
If
I
don’t
have
food,
I
die.如果我不吃东西，我会死。
[注意]
（1）在if引导的条件状语从句中，当主句是一般将来时时，不能使用be
going
to结构，而要用will。
Eg.
If
you
fail
in
the
exam,you
will
let
him
down.如果你考试不及格，你会让他失望的。
（2）在if引导的条件状语从句中不能使用some，而要用any。
Eg.
If
you
have
any
questions
to
ask,
please
come
to
my
office.
如果你有问题要问的话，请到我办公室来。
（3）同义句转换
if引导的条件状语从句可转换成简单句，其方法如下：
①借助“祈使句+and/
or+简单句”结构。其中and表示句意顺承，or表示句意转折。
Eg.
Study
hard
and
you
will
pass
the
exam.
=If
you
study
hard,
you
will
pass
the
exam. （如果你努力学习，你就会通过考试。）
If
you
don’t
hurry
up,
you’ll
be
late.
=
Hurry
up,
or
you’ll
be
late.
（如果你不快点，你将会迟到。）
②借助介词with
或without来转换。
Eg.
If
you
help
me,
I’ll
finish
my
job
soon.
=With
your
help,
I’ll
finish
my
job
soon.（如果你帮我，我将很快完成我的工作。）
If
there
is
no
water,
fish
may
die.
=
Fish
may
die
without
water.（如果没有水，鱼可能会死。）
[拓展]if引导宾语从句，译为“是否”。
[辨析]如何区分if引导的是什么从句？
我们先看两个例句：
①If
you
drive
too
fast
,you
may
have
an
accident.如果你车开的太快，你可能会出车祸。
②Lucy
asked
if
they
had
a
cotton
sweater.露西问他们是否有棉制的毛衣。
我们把这两个句子中的if从句去掉。
第一句变成：You
may
have
an
accident.你可能会出车祸，这是一个完整的句子。
第二句变成：Lucy
asked...露西问，露西问啥啦？很明显，这个句子不完整，它缺少问的内容。
所以区分if引导的两种从句的关键就是将if引导的从句去掉后，看主句完不完整，也就是说这个句子满不满足简单句的五种句型中的一种。
因为状语从句是修饰成分，去掉后不影响主句的完整，而宾语从句是主句中谓语动词或者介词的宾语，去掉后主句就没了宾语。
我们再看两个例子：
①I
wonder
if
they
will
come
to
our
party.我想知道他们是否会来我们的聚会。
把后面的if从句去掉，很显然wonder后面缺少宾语，所以if引导的是一个宾语从句。
②If
you
ask
him,
he
will
help
you.
假如你向他请求，他会帮助你。
把if引导的从句去掉：He
will
help
you.这是一个主谓宾结构的简单句，句子的主要成分都有，所以if引导的是一个条件状语从句。
[典型例题]
1.—
Can
I
stay
at
home
tomorrow?
—Yes,
you
can
if
it_____.
A.
will
snow
B.
is
going
to
snow
C.
snows
D.
snowed
2.I
don’t
know
if
he
_____
this
afternoon.
But
if
he
_____,
I
will
tell
you.
A.
will
come;
will
do;
B.
comes;
will
do
C.
will
come;
does
D.
comes;
does
【解析】
1.C。把回答补充完整是You
can
stay
at
home
tomorrow.是一个完整的句子。后面if引导的是条件状语从句。主句是一般将来时，从句要用一般现在时表示一般将来时，从句主语是it，snow要加s，snows.
2.C。第一个空know后面的if引导的是宾语从句，时间是this
afternoon.所以用will
come；第二个空I
will
tell
you.是一个完整的句子。前面if引导的是条件状语从句。主句是一般将来时，从句要用一般现在时表示一般将来时，从句主语是he，come要加s，comes.这道题和例题是一样的。
2、unless引导的条件状语从句
unless，意为，“除非;如果不”,相当于if...not，位置与用法基本与if一致
Eg.
I?won't?go?to?the?party?unless?I?am?invited.?
=I?won't?go?to?the?party?if?I?am?not?invited.?（如果没有人邀请我，我是不会去参加聚会的。）
[注意]如果表示“A事物发生是因为B事物没有发生”，我们一般只能用if
not。例如:
I'll
be
glad
if
she
doesn't
come
to
my
birthday
party
this
evening.(
√
)
I'll
be
glad
unless
she
comes
to
my
birthday
party
this
evening..(
×
)
3、补充：as
long
as引导的条件状语从句
as
long
as，意为，“只要”，位置与用法基本与if一致
Eg.
As
long
as
you
have
your
health,
nothing
else
matters.
只要身体健康，其他任何事都无关紧要。
We'll
go
as
long
as
the
weather
is
good.
只要天气好我们就去。
[经典例题]
1.Do
you
know
_______
there
are
a
few
boys
_______
the
flowers
in
the
garden?
A.
if;
to
water
B.
if;
water
C.
that;
are
watering
D.
that;
watering
2.____
the
weather
report
says
it's
going
to
rain,
you
will
not
have
to
take
an
umbrella
with
you.
A.
When
B.
If
C.
Unless
D.
As
3.—Let's
go
to
visit
grandparents
if
it
____
this
weekend.
—But
nobody
knows
if
it
____.
A.
is
fine;
will
rain
B.
will
be
rain;
rains
C.
will
be
fine;
will
rain
D.
is
fine;
rains
4._______
you
chat
with
native
speakers
often,
your
spoken
English
will
improve.
A.Whether
B.If
C.Though
D.While
5.He
is
sure
to
come
to
the
party
________
something
unexpected
happens.
A.
if
B.
unless
C.
since
D.
that
6.If
you
___________
careful
enough,
you
may
finish
up
seriously
ill.
A.
don’t
B.
don’t
be
C.
aren’t
D.
won’t
be
7.—Shall
we
go
to
Hong
Kong
Disneyland
this
afternoon?
—We’ll
go
there
if
it
____________.
I
hate
the
rain.
A.
stops
raining
B.
stops
to
rain
C.
will
stop
raining
D.
will
stop
to
rain
8.In
the
bookshop,
a
reader
asked
the
shopper
___________
Le
Petit
Prince
was
worth
reading.
A.
that
B.
if
C.
what
D.
how
9.I
really
don’t
know
if
my
mother
___________
it
when
she
___________.
A.
finds;
arrives
B.
finds;
will
arrive
C.
will
find;
will
arrive
D.
will
find;
arrives
10.—May
I
go
climbing
with
my
friends
tomorrow,
mom?
—Of
course,
if
your
homework
_______
by
then.
A.
will
be
finished
B.
finish
C.
will
finish
D.
is
finished
答案：DCABB
CABDD
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
&Task
【知识梳理1】I
found
that
they
are
different
from
each
other.(P88)
我发现他们各不相同。
each
other，意为“互相；彼此”。同义短语one
another
Eg.
We
must
all
try
and
help
each
other.
我们都必须努力互相帮助。
【知识梳理2】She
does
not
like
programmes
about
cooking.
She
thinks
they
are
rather
boring.
(P88)
她不喜欢烹饪节目，她认为它们相当无聊。
rather，副词，意为“相当”（可以修饰形容词、副词的原级、比较级等）
Eg.
It
was
a
rather
difficult
question.
这是个相当难的问题。
【知识梳理3】Watching?TV?ads?is?just?a?waste?of?time.(P88)看电视广告只是浪费时间。
waste，名词，意为“浪费”。常用搭配：a
waste
of
time，浪费时间；a
waste
of
money，浪费金钱。
Eg.
His
death
was
a
senseless
waste
of
life.
他白浪费了性命，死得毫无意义。
[拓展]
（1）waste
，动词，意为“浪费”。
Eg.
Promise
me
you
will
not
waste
your
time.
向我承诺你不会浪费你的时间。
（2）waste
，形容词，意为“无用的；废弃的”。
Eg.
What
shall
we
do
with
the
waste
paper?
我们应该怎么处理这些废纸？
[经典例题]
1.—
Shall
we
watch
the
movie
Tiny
Times
together?
—_________.
They
will
kill
me.
A.They
are
worth
watching
B.It’s
a
waste
of
time
B.I’d
rather
watch
some
D.
I
am
a
fan
of
TV
dramas
2.Every
year
a
lot
of
food
______
around
the
world
while
many
people
don't
have
enough
food
to
eat
every
day.
A.
was
wasted
B.
is
wasted
C.
wasted
D.
will
be
wasted
3.What
a_________to
order
so
much
food
for
us
two!?
A.dream
B.trouble
C.problem
D.waste
答案：BBD
【知识梳理4】Popular
poet
passes
away.(P89)深欢迎的诗人去世了。
pass
away，意为“去世，亡故”，是死亡的婉转说法。
Eg.
His
mother
passed
away
last
year.
他母亲去年去世了。
[拓展]与pass有关的短语
pass
by
经过
pass
on
传递
[经典例题]
1.Jin
Yong,
one
of
the
most
best
Chinese
novelists,
_______on
30th
October,
setting
off
a
great
wave
of
reviewing
of
his
classics.
A.passed
away
in
B.past
away
in
C.passed
away
on
D.past
away
on
答案：C
【知识梳理5】The?twins?saw?three?men
in?police?uniforms?coming?out?of?the
building?with?guns?in?their?hands.??（P90）
双胞胎压看到三个穿着警察制服的人出了大楼，手里拿着枪。
with?guns?in?their?hands是“with+宾语+宾语补足语”的复合结构，表示一种伴随的状态。
介词with或without+复合结构构成：
复合结构作介词with或without的复合宾语
复合宾语中第一部分宾语由名词或代词充当
第二部分补足语由形容词、副词、介词短语或非谓语动词充当
常见的with或without+复合结构：
（1）with或without+名词/代词+形容词
Eg.
I
like
to
sleep
with
the
windows
open.
我喜欢把窗户开着睡觉。
（2）with或without+名词/代词+副词
Eg.
The
girl
fell
asleep
with
the
light
on.
女孩睡着了，灯还亮着。
（3）with或without+名词/代词+介词短语
Eg.
The
teacher
walked
into
the
classroom
with
a
book
in
his
hand.
老师走进教室，手里拿了本书。
（4）with或without+名词/代词+非谓语动词
Eg.
With
a
lot
of
homework
to
do,
he
didn’t
go
swimming.
因为有很多作业要做，他没有去游泳。
【知识梳理6】They
ran
towards
the
three
men
and
tried
to
stop
them
from
leaving,but
they
were
pushed
into
a
minibus.（P90）他们跑向那三个人并尽力阻止他们离开,却被推进了一辆中巴车里。
stop
sb
(from)
doing
sth意为“阻止某人做某事”,相似的短语还有prevent
sb
(from)doing
sth与keep
sb
from
doing
sth。(注意keep后面的from不能省略)
在主动语态中stop与prevent后可省去from,但是被动语态中都不可省略from。
Eg.
We
must
stop
him
from
smoking.
我们必须阻止他吸烟。
[经典例题]
1.
I
hope
everyone
can
care
about
________
the
environment
and
stop
________
things.
A.
protecting;
wasting
B.
protecting;
to
waste
C.
protect;
wasting
D.
protect;
to
waste
2.The
students
were_________attending
Professor
Li's
lecture
by
the
heavy
rain.
A.stopped
from
B.stopped
C.prevented
D.kept
3.Our
parents_________us
swimming
in
the
river.
A.stop
to
B.keep
C.prevent
from
D.stop
4.At
last,
the
boy
was
made
________
computer
games
and
began
to
do
his
homework.
A.
to
stop
playing
B.
to
stop
to
play
C.
stop
to
play
D.
stop
playing
答案：AADA
能力实践
一、单项选择
1.
There
will
be
______
one-hour
documentary
tonight
on
TV.
It
tells
a
story
of
______
honest
boy
in
the
mountain
village
far
away.
A.
a;
a
B.
an;
a
C.
an;
an
D.
a;
an
2.
There
______
a
number
of
students
in
our
school.
The
number
of
the
students
______
getting
bigger
and
bigger.
A.
are;
is
B.
are;
are
C.
is;
are
D.
is;
is
3.
—Jim
often
says
bad
words
______
someone
else.
—Though
he
is
active,
we
won’t
vote
______
him
if
we
choose
a
new
monitor.
A.
about;
on
B.
of;
for
C.
about;
for
D.
of;
with
4.
—Did
you
watch
the
basketball
match
last
weekend?
—Yes,
I
did.
It
was
covered
______
,
and
I
think
it
was
wonderful.
A.
lively
B.
alive
C.
living
D.
live
5.
—Jack
didn’t
reply
to
my
greeting
this
morning.
—Forget
it.
He
______
be
in
a
hurry
then.
A.
would
B.
can
C.
might
D.
should
6.
—Have
you
heard
about
Zhangjiajie
Glass
Footbridge?
—Of
course,
it’s
built
over
a
______
canyon
in
the
Zhangjiajie
National
Forest
Park.
A.
300-meter-deep
B.
300-meters-deep
C.
300
meter
deep
D.
300-meters
deep
7.
His
speech
is
welcomed
by
our
middle
school
students
because
it
______
many
problems
that
the
teenagers
care
about.
A.
covers
B.
has
C.
fills
D.
makes
8.
Many
teenagers
like
to
do
what
their
parents
mind
______
they
have
grown
up.
A.
showing
B.
to
shows
C.
showed
D.
show
9.
—Winter
swimming
is
exciting,
but
one
can’t
do
it
______
he
or
she
has
got
some
training.
—Exactly!
It
can
be
dangerous.
A.
after
B.
unless
C.
if
D.
while
10.
—When
shall
we
go
to
watch
the
basketball
match
in
the
sports
centre?
—Not
until
the
work
______
tomorrow.
A.
will
be
finished
B.
is
finished
C.
will
finish
D.
has
finished
11.
The
young
man
came
driving
at
full
speed
down
the
road
in
his
car.
______
it
was
!
A.
How
dangerous
the
scene
B.
What
dangerous
a
scene
C.
How
a
dangerous
scene
D.
What
a
dangerous
scene
12.
An
old
man
______
in
a
wooden
house.
Nobody
knew
when
he
______
.
A.
was
found
dead;
died
B.
has
been
died;
died
C.
was
found
dead;
death
D.
has
been
dead;
die
13.
Today
the
forests
are
getting
fewer
and
fewer.
We
must
______
down
too
many
trees.
A.
keep
people
from
cutting
B.
prevent
people
from
cutting
C.
stop
people
from
cutting
D.
all
of
the
above
14.
—How
about
going
boating
if
it
______
tomorrow?
—But
nobody
knows
if
it
______
tomorrow.
A.
won’t
rain;
rains
B.
doesn’t
rain;
rains
C.
doesn’t
rain;
will
rain
D.
won’t
rain;
will
rain
15.
—Shall
we
watch
the
TV
programme
Back
to
Field
now?
—
______
.
The
news
report
is
on.
A.
Better
not
B.
Sounds
great
C.
I
think
so
D.
Good
idea
二、
完形填空
“Olyvia,
you
don’t
have
to
do
much
to
make
someone
happy.
Please
keep
in
mind
that
to
love
is
very
___1___
.”
That
was
what
my
mother
said
to
me
when
I
was
a
child.
Over
a
year
ago,
I
had
a
___2___
.
When
my
good
friend
Kaylee
told
me
about
her
trip
to
a
small
town
called
Gary,
and
how
it
was
a
life-changing
___3___
,
I
made
up
my
mind
to
go
there
myself,
too.
When
I
told
my
parents
about
the
decision,
they
didn’t
___4___
at
first.
They
said
I
didn’t
know
much
about
the
place.
They
were
worried
that
it
was
not
___5___
to
go
there
for
the
rising
of
the
criminal
cases.
Thankfully,
they
said
yes
after
I
___6___
my
plan
to
them
in
detail.
As
soon
as
our
group
arrived
in
Gary,
I
___7___
how
different
the
town
was
from
where
I
lived.
There
were
only
a
few
stores
or
restaurants
in
the
town,
but
___8___
had
closed.
So
you
would
be
very
___9___
if
you
could
find
a
place
to
buy
food
or
drinks.
Houses
were
built
on
small
hills.
Many
of
them
had
broken
doors
or
windows.
My
job
was
to
help
the
local
people
to
___10___
old
houses.
The
work
days
were
long
and
hot,
but
it
was
really
good
to
see
the
houses
taking
on
a
new
look
day
by
day.
The
children
there
were
also
___11___
.
They
seemed
to
enjoy
every
moment
in
life
___12___
they
were
poor.
The
smallest
things
would
make
these
kids
happy.
I
couldn’t
find
words
to
describe
their
___13___
when
they
received
an
ice
cream,
a
ball
or
even
a
kiss.
The
community
was
like
a
big
___14___
.
Everyone
knew
each
other
and
was
there
when
someone
needed
help.
I
am
so
glad
that
I
had
this
unforgettable
experience.
I
___15___
learned
the
meaning
of
what
my
mother
said.
You
don’t
need
to
do
much
to
make
a
difference
to
others’
lives.
1.
A.
interesting
B.
difficult
C.
simple
D.
practical
2.
A.
discussion
B.
chance
C.
course
D.
success
3.
A.
habit
B.
feeling
C.
experience
D.
thought
4.
A.
agree
B.
matter
C.
care
D.
quarrel
5.
A.
colourful
B.
safe
C.
valuable
D.
challenging
6.
A.
offered
B.
presented
C.
reported
D.
described
7.
A.
recorded
B.
noticed
C.
heard
D.
suspected
8.
A.
one
B.
more
C.
few
D.
most
9.
A.
lucky
B.
proud
C.
curious
D.
nervous
10.
A.
repair
B.
buy
C.
build
D.
move
11.
A.
clever
B.
different
C.
hard-working
D.
generous
12.
A.
though
B.
until
C.
unless
D.
because
13.
A.
surprise
B.
joy
C.
fear
D.
courage
14.
A.
school
B.
factory
C.
family
D.
country
15.
A.
hardly
B.
truly
C.
simply
D.
carefully
三、阅读理解
Chinese
buyers
used
to
prize
foreign
brands,
thinking
that
products
made
by
American
or
European
companies
are
of
higher
quality
(质量)
than
Chinese
ones.
Increasingly,
that’s
no
longer
the
case.
Chinese
people
born
before
1985
generally
think
that
foreign
brands
are
better
than
Chinese
ones,
billionaire
William
Li
told
Business
Insider
during
a
recent
interview
on
CCTV
9.
But
for
those
who
were
born
after
1985,
it
is
a
different
picture.
“When
I
first
went
to
the
United
Kingdom
in
1997,
I
thought
that
the
difference
between
China
and
Europe
was
quite
big,”
Li
said.
“But
for
those
born
in
the
1990s,
when
they
visit
Europe
or
the
US,
they
do
not
think
there
is
a
big
difference.”
The
change
in
thinking
among
Chinese
buyers
is
showing
up
in
many
markets
in
China
where
Western
companies
used
to
control.
A
study
by
Credit
Suisse
published
in
March
found
that
young
Chinese
buyers
are
increasingly
showing
a
“home
brand
bias”.
More
than
90%
of
young
Chinese
buyers
would
prefer
to
buy
home
appliance
brands,
according
to
the
study.
Meanwhile,
home
companies
producing
food,
drinks,
or
personal
care
products
increased
their
share
of
the
market
by
3.3%
over
the
last
ten
years
to
nearly
70%.
“Chinese
buyers,
especially
the
younger
ones,
don’t
just
believe
that
foreign
brands
are
better.
Right
now,
Chinese
buyers
think
China
is
good
and
‘Made
in
China’
is
not
bad
at
all,”
Charlie
Chen,
head
of
China
buyer
research
at
Credit
Suisse,
told
South
China
Morning
Post
in
March.
The
Chinese
smartphone
market
is
controlled
by
home
companies—Huawei,
Oppo,
Vivo,
and
Xiaomi.
Apple
is
the
only
foreign
brand
in
the
top
five,
but
it
has
lost
large
ground
to
the
home
brands
in
recent
years.
Its
market
share
is
believed
to
be
down
to
37%
from
a
2015
high
of
54%.
1.
What
is
this
passage
mainly
about?
A.
The
quality
of“Made
in
China”.
B.
The
change
in
Chinese
buyers’
thinking.
C.
Chinese
products
in
the
eye
of
foreigners.
D.
Difference
between
older
and
younger
Chinese
buyers.
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
text?
A.
More
and
more
foreigners
go
to
buy
Chinese
products.
B.
Foreign
products
are
more
expensive
than
Chinese
ones.
C.
More
and
more
Chinese
buyers
prefer
Chinese
products.
D.
Older
Chinese
people
don’t
like
foreign
products
any
more.
3.
Which
fact
best
explains
“home
brand
bias”?
A.
Apple
had
a
market
share
of
54%
in
2015.
B.
More
than
90%
of
young
Chinese
buyers
prefer
home
brands.
C.
Chinese
people
born
before
1985
think
that
foreign
brands
are
better.
D.
William
Li
found
a
big
difference
between
China
and
Europe
in
1997.
4.
Who
did
most
of
the
research
for
this
report?
A.
Credit
Suisse.
B.
CCTV
9.
C.
South
China
Morning
Post.
D.
Business
Insider.
5.
What’s
the
best
title
for
this
passage?
A.
Chinese
products
get
more
popular
at
home
B.
Young
Chinese
are
crazy
for
foreign
brand
C.
“Made
in
China”
is
welcomed
all
over
the
world
D.
Apple
has
lost
large
ground
to
Huawei
in
China
四、首字母填空（培优）
Small
talk
and
chitchat
(闲谈)
are
the
short
conversations
we
have
at
parties,
while
we
wait
in
line
at
the
store,
at
family
events
or
work.
Sometimes
we
make
small
talk
with
people
we
already
know
but
not
w___1___
.
Often
we
have
to
make
small
talk
with
complete
strangers.
Many
people
find
these
small
conversations
about
unplanned
subjects
difficult.
Some
people
say
they
hate
it.
Others
say
small
talk
is
a
w___2___
of
time.
They
may
even
call
it
useless
chitchat
or
useless
chatter,
meaning
it
doesn’t
do
anything.
They
c___3___
small
talk
not
important.
However,
small
talk
is
important.
These
exchanges
can
open
doors
that
may
lead
to
l___4___
more
meaningful
conversations.
“When
you
first
meet
someone
or
talk
to
someone
you
don’t
know
well,
it
would
be
awkward
(尴尬的)
to
b___5___
a
conversation
about
a
really
deep
subject
such
as
war,
politics
or
the
meaning
of
life.
Small
talk
also
gives
you
the
c___6___
to
decide
if
you
want
to
get
to
know
that
person
better
or
not.
Let’s
say
you
make
small
talk
with
someone
at
a
party.
But
they
only
want
to
talk
about
cats.
You
may
not
want
to
build
a
friendship
with
them
u___7___
you
really,
really
love
cats.
Chitchat
can
also
increase
your
feeling
of
understanding
toward
people
you
know
but
not
well.
Chatting
with
a
workmate
about
their
child
may
help
you
to
understand
more
of
their
life
outside
the
o___8___
.
This
could
help
build
healthy
work
relationships.
Researchers
at
the
University
of
Chicago
find
that
those
who
make
small
talk
with
strangers
are
happier
than
those
who
sit
a___9___
.
Also,
another
similar
study
showed
that
people
who
talked
with
a
cashier
(收银员)
in
a
coffee
shop
felt
happier
t___10___
those
who
simply
went
in,
ordered
and
left.
Small
talk
may
make
us
happier.
五、任务型阅读（培优）
There
are
many
libraries
in
Britain.
Let’s
learn
something
about
them.
Public
Libraries
Most
towns
in
Britain
have
a
public
library.
A
library
usually
has
a
large
selection
of
books
and
other
resources,
which
library
members
can
use
and
borrow
for
free.
Britain’s
First
Public
Library
The
first
Britain’s
public
library
opened
in
Manchester
in
1852.
Its
first
librarian
was
a
man
called
Edward
Edwards.
Edward
attended
the
library’s
opening
ceremony
and
two
famous
writers
called
Charles
Dickens
and
William
Thackeray
were
there,
too.
Services
of
Library
Modern
public
libraries
have
something
for
everyone.
Most
of
them
have
audio
books,
CDs,
newspapers
and
DVDs
as
well
as
books
to
borrow.
How
to
Join
a
Library
To
join
a
library,
go
to
your
local
library
and
fill
in
a
form.
You’ll
receive
a
library
card
which
is
needed
when
using
library
services.
Mobile
Libraries
Not
everyone
can
get
to
a
library.
Some
people
live
far
away
from
towns
and
cities.
Other
people
find
it
difficult
to
go
out
because
they
have
an
illness
or
a
disability.
Thanks
to
mobile
libraries,
these
people
can
still
borrow
books.
The
libraries
are
special.
Unlike
most
libraries,
which
store
books
in
buildings,
mobile
libraries
usually
keep
their
books
in
a
mini-bus.
The
back
of
the
mini-bus
has
shelves
for
the
books,
and
it
is
big
enough
for
borrowers
to
step
inside
and
look
around.
A
driver
takes
the
mini-bus
to
a
certain
place
at
a
certain
time,
so
people
know
when
to
expect
it.
They
can
return
their
books
and
borrow
some
more.
All
Aboard
the
Library!
A
school
in
London
didn’t
have
space
for
library
inside
the
building.
However,
everybody
agreed
that
it
was
still
important
to
have
a
school
library.
So,
the
head
of
the
school,
Graham
Blake,
decided
to
park
an
old
bus
on
the
school
car
park
and
change
it
into
a
library.
Pupils
had
to
paint
the
bus,
and
after
eight
months,
the
new
library
was
ready.
Libraries
in
___1______2___
LibrariesA
large
selection
of
books
and
other
resources
can
be
used
and
borrowed
by
library
members
for
___3___
.Edward
Edwards
was
the
first
___4___
of
the
first
British
public
library.Library
___5___Most
of
the
___6___
public
libraries
have
audio
books,
CDs,
newspapers
and
DVDs
as
well
as
books
for
everyone.If
you
want
to
join
the
library,
you
must
get
a
library
___7___
.Special
LibrariesThanks
to
___8___
libraries,
those
people
who
can’t
get
to
a
library
can
still
borrow
books.
___9___
most
libraries,
a
mini-bus
with
library
books
goes
to
a
certain
place
at
a
certain
time.The
school
in
London
had
to
___10___
its
library
on
an
old
bus
because
the
school
didn’t
have
enough
space
inside
the
building.
六、书面表达
随着手机及各类数码产品的普及,
有不少中学生花大量的时间观看各类电视节目。你所在班级进行了以“中学生是否应该看电视”为主题的讨论,
对此,
学生们产生了两种不同的观点。假设你是Amy,
请你根据下列表格提示,
向校报的编辑写
—封英文信。
观点比例理由赞成75
%1.
学习之余放松心情
2.
丰富学生课余生活反对25%1.
浪费时间,
伤害眼睛
2.
对学习产生不良影响你的观点......
注意:
1.
文章须包括表格中的所有提示要点,
可以合理增加细节,
以使短文更加连贯、通顺;
2.
“你的观点”一栏请发挥2-3句;
3.
词数90左右,
信的开头和格式已经给出,
不计入总词数。
Dear
Editor,
I’m
a
middle
school
student
named
Amy.
Recently,
the
students
in
my
class
have
discussed
a
hot
topic—Whether
middle
school
students
should
watch
TV
programmes.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours
sincerely,
Amy
答案：
一、1~5
DACDC
6~10
AABBB
11~15
DADCA
二、1~5
CBCAB
6~10
DBDAA
11~15
BABCB
三、1~5
BCBAA
Ⅳ.
四、1.
well
2.
waste
3.
consider
4.
larger
5.
begin
6.
chance(s)
7.
unless
8.
office
9.
alone
10.
than
五、1.
Britain
2.
Public
3.
free
4.
librarian
5.
Services
6.
modern
7.
card
8.
mobile
9.
Unlike
10.
build
六、One
possible
version:
Dear
Editor.
I’m
a
middle
school
student
named
Amy.
Recently,
the
students
in
my
class
have
discussed
a
hot
topic—Whether
middle
school
students
should
watch
TV
programmes.
About
this
there
are
two
different
opinions.
Most
students
think
we
can
relax
ourselves
after
hard
work
at
school
and
can
make
our
after-school
life
more
colourful.
However,
some
other
students
are
against
watching
TV.
They
think
it
is
a
waste
of
time
and
is
harmful
to
students’
eyes.
Also,
it
may
have
a
bad
influence
on
our
studies.
I
think
watching
TV
too
much
is
bad
for
our
health
and
study.
But
sometimes
we
do
need
to
relax
and
some
good
TV
programmes
can
open
up
our
eyes
and
increase
our
knowledge.
Yours
sincerely,
Amy
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
8
Detective
stories（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.The
actress
found
her
(丢失的)
wallet
at
the
backstage.?
2.The
old
woman
didn’t
tell
the
police
the
(真相).?
3.Looking
at
the
only
egg,his
grandfather
(说谎)
to
the
boy
that
he
had
eaten
one.?
4.I
(猜)
there
is
something
wrong
with
the
watch.It
doesn’t
work.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.(江苏连云港中考)—Timmy,your
bedroom
is
dirty
and
(tidy).?
—Sorry,Mum.I’ll
clean
it
right
away.
2.Bob
found
his
wallet
(lose)
when
he
got
off
the
bus.?
3.I
think
the
telephone
is
one
of
the
most
(help)
inventions
in
our
daily
life.?
4.The
schoolboy
is
interested
in
reading
(detect)
stories.?
5.That
person
you
saw
yesterday
is
of
(middle)
height.?
6.The
suspect
who
was
caught
by
the
police
was
(guilt)
of
the
robbery.?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.你为什么打扮成美猴王?
Why
did
you
the
Monkey
King??
2.你认为谁是无罪的?
Who
is
not
guilty??
3.这件事情比我们想的要严重得多。
This
thing
is
much
we
thought.?
4.当这件事情发生的时候,我在另外一个地方。
I
was
when
it
happened.?
5.他的书包不见了。他看起来很着急。
His
bag
has
.He
looks
very
worried.?
兴趣起航
What
is
your
favourite
cartoon?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Why
are
you
dressed
like
that,Eddie?(P106)埃迪,你为什么打扮成那样呢?
dress，及物动词,意为“给……穿衣服,打扮”,其后常接人作宾语。
Eg.
She
was
dressed
in
navy
blue.
她穿着深蓝色的衣服。
[拓展]常用搭配
dress
oneself
打扮；给自己穿衣服
dress
up
v.
打扮，装饰；穿上盛装
dress
in
（使）穿…的服装；乔装打扮
wedding
dress
结婚礼服
dress
for
为…而打扮
[辨析]
（1）put
on
“穿上、戴上”，强调“穿”“戴”的动作，后接衣服、鞋帽等。
Eg.
He
put
on
his
second
best
suit.
他穿上了他第二好的西服。
（2）wear
“穿着;戴着”，表示状态，宾语可以是衣帽，也可以是饰物、奖章等。相当于be
dressed
in或be
in,表示状态。
Eg.
The
police
wear
dark
blue
uniforms.
警察穿深蓝色制服。
（3）dress的宾语通常是人，意思是“给……穿衣服”。
Eg.
She
dressed
herself
up
and
found
nowhere
to
show
up.
她装扮得整整齐齐，却无处可去炫耀。
[经典例题]
1.Do
you
know
the
girl
who________thick
glasses?
A
tries
on
B
puts
on
C
wears
D
dresses
2.My
sister
took
off
the
old
coat
and
_________
a
new
one.
A.
wore
B.
put
on
C.
dressed
D.
dressed
up
3.She
hurriedly_________her
son
and
drove
him
to
school.
A.put
on
B.wore
C.dressed
D.dressed
up
4.The
players
all_______
numbered
shirts.
A.wear
B.dress
C.put
D.dress
up
5.---Who’s
the
lady
________in
red?
---I
guess
she
is
Miss
Li
by
what
she________.
A.
worn;
wears
B.
putting
on;
dresses
C.
dressed;
wears
D.
is;
dressed
【知识梳理2】A
detective
is
someone
who
looks
for
cues
to
s0mething
important.(P106)
侦探是为某件重要的事情寻找线索的人。
clue
，可数名词，意为“线索”，既可指帮助警方破案的线索，又可指问题答案的线索。
clue
to...意为“……的线索”。
Eg.
Diet
may
hold
a
clue
to
the
causes
of
headache.
饮食是可能引起头痛的原因之一。
[经典例题]
1.They
held
the
charity
show
to
raise
some
money
for
the_________of
the
flood
.
A.
witnesses
B.
victims
C.
criminals
D.
clues
2.他们正在检查现场，查找更多有助于侦破此案的线索。
__________________________________________________
【知识梳理3】My
food
has
gone
missing.(P106)我的食物不见了。
1、go，连系动词，表示“变成，处于……的状态
”，后接形容词，且多指不好的变化。
Eg.
Meat
and
milk
products
may
easily
go
bad.
肉类和奶制品很容易变质。
2、missing
此处用作形容词，意为“丢失的，缺少的”。go
missing
意为“失踪，丢失”。
Eg.
They
have
been
missing
for
a
long
time
now.
到现在他们已经失踪很长时间了。
[辨析]missing
lost
gone
（1）missing：“不见了”，强调不在原处了，是由现在分词转换来的形容词。
Eg.
Members
of
the
public
joined
the
search
for
the
missing
boy.
许多民众加入了搜寻失踪男孩的行动。
（2）lost：“丢失”，难以找回，是lose的过去分词形式。
Eg.
I
have
found
the
lost
book.
我已经找到那丢失的书。
（3）gone：“丢了,
没了”,
一去不复返，可以委婉表达“死了”；不能作定语。
Eg.
The
trains
are
gone
now.
火车已经开走了。
[经典例题]
1.Please
find
out
the
_________
words
and
then
put
them
in
the
blanks.
A.lost
B.missing
C.gone
D.losing
2.---When
________
your
cat
_______?
---It
________
for
about
two
weeks.
A.
was
missing;
had
been
missing
B.
has
gone
missing;
has
gone
missing
C.
did
go
missing;
has
been
missing
D.
has
been
missing;
went
missing
【知识梳理4】Last
Saturday
nightat8
p.m.,a
young
man
was
murdered.(P107)
上周六晚上8点，一个年轻人被谋杀。
murder
此处用作及物动词，意为“谋杀”。
Eg.
People
are
being
murdered
every
day
and
I
am
powerless
to
stop
it.
每天都有人被杀害，而我却无力制止。
[拓展]
（1）murder
，名词，意为“谋杀，杀害”。
Eg.
He
was
charged
with
murder.
他被指控犯有谋杀罪。
（2）murderer
意为“杀人犯，凶手”。
Eg.
The
murderer
was
never
caught.
这个杀人犯一直未抓到。
[经典例题]
1.People
didn’t
know
_________
during
the
night.
A.
what
was
happened
B.
what
the
murder
happened
C.
what
happened
D.
how
the
murder
has
happened
【知识梳理5】We
have
made
notes
on
all
of
the
suspects.
(P107)我们已经对所有的嫌疑犯都做了笔录。
make
notes
意为“做笔录、做笔记”；
make
notes
on
sb给某人做笔录
Eg.
When
you
are
having
lessons,
don't
forget
to
make
notes.
当你得到教训时，不要忘记做笔记。
【知识梳理6】Appearance：
of
medium
height
and
untidy
(P107)
外貌：中等身高、不整洁
1、medium
，形容词，意为“中等的”，可作表语或定语。
be
of
medium
height
意为“中等身高”
be
of
medium
build
意为“中等身材”
Eg.
The
young
man
was
of
medium
height
for
his
age.
这个年轻人在同龄人中属中等身高。
2、height
不可数名词，意为“身高，高度”。
the
height
of...意为“……的高度”；
in
height意为“高度上”。
Eg.
You
can
adjust
the
height
of
the
chair.
你可以调节椅子的高度。
[经典例题]
1.The
man
____
medium
height
was
charged
____breaking
______several
computer
systems.
A.
of;
with;
into
B.
of;
of;
into
C.
with;
for;
into
D.
for;
with;
to
2.A
reporter
________
medium
height
on
TV
reported
that
an
explosion
________
in
Xiangshui,
Yancheng
on
March
21,
2019.
A.with;
happened
B.of;
was
happened
C.with;
was
happened
D.of;
happened
3、untidy
形容词，意为“不整洁的”。
Eg.
My
room
looks
very
untidy.
我的房间看起来很不整洁。
助记：un-（否定前缀）+
tidy（adj.整洁的）→
untidy（adj.
不整洁的）
类似：un-（否定前缀）+
happy（adj.高兴的）→
untidy（adj.
不高兴的）
【知识梳理7】They
all
say
that
they're
not
guilty.(P107)他们都说他们无罪。
guilty
，形容词，此处意为“有罪的”。be
guilty
of...意为“有……罪”。同义短语：be
charged
with，注意相匹配的介词
Eg.
She
was
found
guilty
of
murder.
经判决，她犯有谋杀罪。
[经典例题]
1.The
man
was
guilty
________
his
wife.
A.
of
murder
B.
in
murder
C.
of
murdering
D.
in
murdering
2.Simon
was
charged
_______
murder.
Also
he
was
guilty
______theft.
A.
on,
of
B.
with,
about
C
.with,
of
D.
about,
of
3.Not
only
the
engineer
but
also
his
enemies
______breaking
into
several
computer
systems
last
year.
A.
was
guilty
of???????
B.
were
charged
with
C.
were
guilty
with??????
??D.
was
charged
of
【知识梳理8】Who
do
you
think
is
not
telling
the
truth?(P107)
你认为谁没说实话呢?
truth
名，词，常用作单数形式，意为“事实，真相”；
Eg.
He's
not
a
real
searcher
after
truth.
他不是一个真正探求真理的人。
[拓展]
（1）true，形容词
，意为“真实的，正确的”。
（2）tell
the
truth
意为“说实话”，
to
tell（you）the
truth
意为“老实说，实话对你说”。
[经典例题]
1.We
shall
find
out
the________early
or
late.
A.truth
B.mistake
C.mystery
D.death
2.He_________loved
painting.
A.hardly
B.correctly
C.truly
D.simply
【知识梳理9】I
guess
Jimmy
White
is
lying.(P107)
我猜吉米·怀特在说谎。
lie
，不及物动词，意为“说谎”，句中lying为
lie
的现在分词形式。lie
to
sb.意为“对某人说谎”。
Eg.
I
find
it
impossible
to
lie
to
her.
我觉得无法对她撒谎。
[辨析]
lie
与
lay
lie
lied
lied
说谎
规则的“说谎”
lie
lay
lain
平躺,位于
不规则的“躺”
lay
laid
laid
放置,下蛋
躺完就“下蛋”
[经典例题]
1.John
said
he
had
never
been
there,but
he
was__________.?
A.lay
B.lied
C.lying
D.lie
2.I
found
my
grandfather
________
on
the
floor
when
I
came
into
the
classroom.
A.
lying
B.
lay
C.
lie
D.
lies
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】The
police
have
confirmed
that
the
victim
was
a
computer
engineer.
(P108)
警察已经证实受害人是一名电脑程序员。
confirm，及物动词，意为“证实；证明
”。
（1）confirm
sth.
证实某事
be
confirmed
被证实
Eg.
Can
you
confirm
what
happened?
你能证实一下发生了什么事吗？
（2）confirm
that+从句
察已经证实受害人是一名电脑程序员。
Eg.
The
Post
Office
has
confirmed
that
up
to
fifteen
thousand
jobs
could
be
lost.
美国邮政局已证实可能会丧失多达15000个就业岗位。
[经典例题]
1.If
something
is
confirmed,
it
is
_____.
A.
not
sure
B.
not
true
C.
proved
to
be
true
D.
very
hard
to
solve
2.
I
was
asked
to_________my
telephone
booking
and
my
address,
then
the
hospital
would
send
someone
to
help.
A.
prove
B.
wonder
C.
suspect
D.
confirm
【知识梳理2】He
was
last
seen
leaving
his
office
in
East
Town
at
about
7
p.m.
yesterday.
(P108)
他最后被看见是昨天晚上七点离开东镇的办公室。
see
，及物动词，意为“看”。
（1）
see
sb
doing
sth看见某人正在做某事
被动结构：sb
be
seen
doing
sth某人被看见正在做某事
Eg.
She
is
seen
moving
away
to
the
East
Elm
Street.
有人看见她朝东边的榆树街走去。
（2）see
sb
do
sth看见某人做了某事或经常做某事
被动结构：sb
be
seen
to
do
sth某人被看见做了某事或经常做某事
Eg.
Yesterday,
he
was
seen
to
steal
some
money
from
his
father's
pocket.
昨天有人看见他从他父亲的口袋里偷了些钱。
[注意]类似see的动词还有
notice,
hear,
watch等感官动词和使役动词make,
have。后接不带to的不定式动词短语，但变为被动语态时，要加上动词不定式。
[经典例题]
1.The
children________last_________basketball
here
at
5
p.
m.
yesterday.
A.
were;
seen
playing
B.
did;
see
playing
C.
were;
seen
play
D.
did;
see
play
2.—Was
the
suspect
seen
________
that
poor
girl
in
the
park
at
that
time?
—Yes.
The
victim
_________
a
lot.
A.
hit,
bled
B.
to
hit,
blood
C.
hitting,
bled
D.
hitting,
bleed
3.Our
daughter
doesn't
have
to
be
made________.
She
always
works
hard.
A
learn
B
learning
C
learned
D
to
learn
4.Simon
loves
playing
the
guitar.
He_________the
guitar
after
school
very
often.
A.
is
heard
play
B.
is
heard
to
play
C.
hears
playing
D.
hears
play
5.The
haze(雾霾）weather
is
often
seen
_________
in
the
northern
part
of
China.
A.
happen
B.
to
happen
C.
happening
D.
happened
6.The
couple______
at
home
at
this
time
yesterday.
A.
heard
quarreling
B.
heard
to
quarrel
C.
were
heard
quarreling
D.
was
heard
to
quarrel
【知识梳理3】He
said
he
was
going
to
visit
his
parents.(P109)
他说他打算去看望他的父母。
过去将来时
was
going
to
visit
是过去将来时的结构。过去将来时表示从过去的某个时间来看将要生的动作或呈现的状态，其结构是
was/were
going
to
do
sth.
或
would
do
sth.，时间状语通常是
the
next
day，the
next
month，the
following
weekend等。
Eg.
I
didn't
realize
how
heavy
that
bag
was
going
to
be.
我没有想到那个包会有多重。
【知识梳理4】They
are
still
working
at
the
scene
of
the
crime
to
find
out
whether
the
victim
was
killed
somewhere
else
and
then
brought
to
West
Town,
or
killed
at
the
place
where
he
was
found.(P108)
为了查明受害人是在其他某个地方被杀，然后被带到西城，还是在发现他的地方被杀，他们仍在犯罪现场工作。
somewhere
副词，意为“在某处”，常用于肯定句中。
Eg.
I
know
it's
here
somewhere!
我肯定它在这儿某个地方！
[拓展]anywhere
，副词，可用于否定句和疑问句，意为“某处”，用于肯定句，则意为“任何地方”。
Eg.
Did
you
go
anywhere
interesting?
你去过任何有趣的地方吗？
She'd
gladly
have
gone
anywhere
to
get
away
from
the
city.
去任何地方她都乐意，只要能离开这座城市。
[注意]同anything,
something,everyone等一样，当形容词修饰
somewhere
或
anywhere
时，形容词应后置。
Eg.
I
never
wanted
to
live
anywhere
else.
我从未想要到其他任何地方去住。
[经典例题]
1.The
police
can’t
confirm
if
the
suspect
is
guilty
because
he
could
prove
he
was
_________at
the
time
of
the
crime.
A.
else
somewhere
B.
somewhere
else
C.
everywhere
else
D.
else
anywhere
2.—Do
you
have
your
winter
plan,
Sam?
—Well.
I
want
to
go
_______
to
relax
with
my
family.
A.
interesting
somewhere
B.
nowhere
interesting
C.
somewhere
interesting
D.
anywhere
interesting
3.I
left
watch_______
in
the
restaurant
but
I
can't
find
it_______.
A.
somewhere;
anywhere
B.
somewhere;
everywhere
C.
anywhere;
everywhere
D.
everywhere;
somewhere
4.The
detective
has
found
out
the
old
man
was
killed
_________.
A.
somewhere
else
B.
anywhere
else
C.
at
somewhere
else
D.
at
anywhere
else
5.—Where
is
my
watch,
Dad?
—It
must
be
________
in
your
bedroom.
Look
for
it
carefully．
A.everywhere
B.nowhere
C.somewhere
D.anywhere
6.We
arrived
at
the
airport
too
early
and
had___________to
go,
so
we
sat
there
and
played
phone
games.
A.
somewhere
B.
anywhere
C.
everywhere
D.
nowhere
【知识梳理5】We’re
asking
anyone
who
saw
anything
unusual
near
Corn
Street
last
night
to
contact
us.（P108）我们正在请昨晚在谷街附近看到任何可疑情况的人与我们联系。
contact，及物动词，意为“使接触，联系”
Eg.
You
can
contact
us
by
e-mail.
你可以通过电子邮件跟我们联系。
[拓展]contact
sb.
on
+号码
打...号码联系某人
[拓展]contact
，名词，意为“联系”。
（1）make
contact
with
意为“与……联系”
（2）lose
contact意为“与……失去联系”
（3）be
in
contact
with
意为“与……有联系”
[经典例题]
1.If
you
see
anything
unusual,
please
contact
________
the
police
______3330-9843.
A.
on;
on
B.
with;
on
C.
/;
on
D.
with;
with
【知识梳理6】The
victim
was
wounded
with
a
knife
and
bled
to
death
as
a
result.(P108)
受害人结果证实是被一把刀所伤并流血致死。
1、wound
，及物动词，意为“使……受伤”。句中用了被动语态，be
wounded
with
sth.意为“被……所伤”。
Eg.
There
were
79
killed
and
230
wounded.
有79人死亡，230人受伤。
[拓展]the
wounded
伤员
[经典例题]
1.It’s
believed
that
the
dog
was
wounded
________
a
knife
_______
a
little
boy.
A.
by;
with
B.
with;
by
C.
for;
to
D.
to;
for
2.The
officers
are
doing
what
they
can
_____
wild
animals
from
_____.
A.to
prevent;
being
wounded
B.to
prevent;
wounding
C.prevent;
being
wounded
D.prevent;
wounded
2、bleed
，不及物动词，意为“流血，出血”，过去式和过去分词都为
bled。
bleed
to
death意为“流血致死”。
Eg.
One
morning,
the
old
man
started
to
bleed.
有天早上，老人开始出血。
[拓展]blood，不可数名词，意为“血，血液”。
Eg.
His
face
was
covered
in
blood.
他满脸是血。
3、as
a
result是固定短语,意为“因此;结果”,它可放在句首、句尾,也可放在句子中间。另一个相似的结构是as
a
result
of,意为“由于;作为……的结果”,相当于because
of。
Eg.
He
made
one
big
mistake,
and,
as
a
result,
lost
his
job.
他犯了个大错，结果丢了工作。
[经典例题]
1._________his
hard
work,
Bobby
passed
the
exam
easily.
A.
As
a
result
B.
As
a
result
of
C.
In
result
of
D.
Because
2.People
have
better
access
to
health
care
than
they
used
to,
and
they're
living
longer_________.
A.as
a
result
B.as
a
result
of
C.
because
of
D.in
result
3.A
terrible
flood
hit
this
area.
_______,
many
people
had
to
leave
their
homes.
A.
As
result
of
B.In
a
result
C.
As
a
result
D.To
a
result
【知识梳理7】He
was
charged
with
breaking
into
several
computer
systems
over
the
last
year.(P108)他被指控在去年一年中强行入侵几台电脑系统
1、charge，及物动词，意为“控告；起诉”。be
charged
with，意为“被指控”。
sb.
be
charged
with
sth./doing
sth.
某人被指控某事/做某事
Eg.
He
was
charged
with
murder.
他被指控犯有谋杀罪。
[拓展]charge，及物动词，意为“收（费）；（向…）要价”。
What
did
they
charge
for
the
repairs?
他们收了多少修理费？
[拓展]charge，名词，意为“责任”
in
charge
of
主管，负责
[经典例题]
1.Andy
was
charged
_________killing
his
wife.
In
fact,
he
wasn't
guilty
_________
it.
A.
with;
of
B.
of;
of
C.
of;
with
D.
with;
with
2.—Do
you
know
the
young
man
was
charged__________shoplifting?
—But
I
don't
think
he
is
guilty________that
crime.
A.
for;
of
B.
with;
of
C.
of;
with
D.
with;
for
.
3.The
young
man
_______
kidnapping
the
son
of
his
boss.
A.
charged
with
B.
was
charged
with
C.
charged
to
D.
was
charged
to
2、break
into
意为“强行闯入”。
Eg.
They
break
into
an
office
so
that
Jack
can
use
the
phone.
他们闯入了一间办公室，因为杰克需要使用电话。
【知识梳理8】We're
not
sure
whether
this
made
him
any
enemies.
(P109)
我们不确定这件事是否让他树敌。
enemy，名词，意为“敌人；仇人”，复数形式是：enemies
[拓展]常用搭配
make
an
enemy
of
sb
表示“与某人为敌”
[经典例题]
1.A(n)__________is
a
person
who
sees
something
happen
and
can
describe
it
to
other
people.?
A.suspect
B.witness
C.victim
D.enemy
【知识梳理9】We
suppose
that
the
victim
knew
his
murderer.
(P109)
我们推断受害人认识凶手。
suppose
，及物动词，意为“猜想，假定，料想”，后跟名词、代词或宾语从句。
Eg.
I
suppose
you
had
no
opportunity.
我猜想你没有机会了。
[注意]若对
I/we
suppose
后跟的宾语从句进行否定，需要将否定转移到主句中去，即：I/We
don't
suppose+肯定形式的宾语从句.
Eg.
I
don't
suppose
he
will
come
here.
我认为他不会来这里。
[拓展]be
supposed
to
do
sth.意为“应该做某事”相当于
should
do
sth.。类似还有be
expected
to
do
sth.
Eg.
You
are
supposed
to
know
it
all!
您应该知道所有这些所有这些所有这些！
[拓展]I
suppose
so!
我想是这样；我看是
[经典例题]
1.—John,
you
_______
finish
your
homework
first
if
you
want
to
watch
TV.
—Sorry,
sir.
A.
are
supposed
to
B.
supposed
to
C.
are
surprised
to
D.
are
afraid
to
2.一That
young
man
must
have
something
to
do
with
the
crime,
right?
一__________,though
he
insisted
he
hadn't
done
anything
against
the
law.
A.
I
don't
agree
B.
I
suppose
so
C.
I
don't
think
so
D.
He
supposes
so
3.You_________remember
the
new
grammar
point.
A.suppose
B.suppose
to
C.are
supposed
D.are
supposed
to
4.In
France
you
are
supposed
to_________bread
on
the
table
instead
of
on
the
plate.
A.putting
B.put
C.having
D.have
5.---
What
a
pleasant
surprise
to
see
you
here!
I
_____
you
______
Beijing.
---
Me
too.
But
I
_____
there
next
month.
A.suppose;
have
gone
to;
am
going
B.
supposed;
had
gone
to;
will
go
C.supposed;
had
gone
to;
would
go
D.supposed;
have
been
to;
am
going
【知识梳理10】A
witness
reported
that
he
was
breathing
heavily
and
had
blood
on
his
shirt.(P109)
一个目击者报告说，他喘着粗气，他的衬衫上有血。
1、witness
，可数名词，意为“目击者，证人”。
Eg.
Only
one
witness
could
make
a
positive
identification.
只有一位目击者能够明确指认。
[拓展]witness
，及物动词，意为“目击，亲眼看见”。
Eg.
We
are
now
witnessing
an
unprecedented
increase
in
violent
crime.
我们现在看到暴力犯罪空前增多。
2、breathe
，不及物动词，意为“呼吸”。
breathe
deeply
深呼吸。
Eg.
He
couldn't
breathe.
His
chest
was
on
fire.
他无法呼吸。他的胸部火辣辣地疼痛。
[拓展]
（1）breathe，及物动词，意为“呼吸”。
Eg.
Most
people
don't
realize
that
they
are
breathing
polluted
air.
大多数人没有意识到自己正呼吸着污染了的空气。
（2）breath
，不可数名词，意为“呼吸的空气”。
Eg.
We
were
out
of
breath
after
only
five
minutes.
我们五分钟后便气喘吁吁了。
[经典例题]
1.Before
the
doctor
looked
him
over,
he
was
told
________
in
________
and
then
________
out.
A.
to
breathe;
deep;
breathe
B.
to
breathe;
deeply;
breathe
C.
breathe;
deeply;
breathe
D.
breath;
deep;
breath
3、heavily
副词，意为“沉重地，猛烈地，大量地”。其形容词为
heavy（重的，大量的）。
Eg.
She
fell
heavily
to
the
ground.
她重重地摔倒在地。
【知识梳理11】The
victim's
parents
have
offered
a
reward
of￥50,000
for
any
information
that
leads
to
the
arrest
of
the
murderer.
(P109)
受害人的父母愿意出五万元人民币对（提供）任何抓获凶手信息（的人）给予奖励。
1、reward
，名词，意为“报酬，奖金，奖励”。
reward
for（doing）sth.意为“为（做）某事的奖励
/报酬
/
奖金”。
Eg.
And
until
now,
there
has
been
no
financial
reward
for
keeping
forest
standing.
迄今为止，没有针对保持森林的财政奖励。
[经典例题]
1.The
police
need
any
information
that
is
of
some
help.
They
have
offered
a(n)
________
of
200,000
yuan
for
it.
A.reward
B.award
C.praise
D.price
2.He
got
an
_________
for
bravery.
A.
prize
B.
award
C.
reward
D.
praise
2、arrest
，名词，意为“逮捕”，be
under
arrest
for..意为“因……而被捕”。
Eg.
The
police
made
several
arrests.
警方逮捕了好几个人。
She
was
kept
under
close
arrest.
她被严密监禁。
[拓展]arrest
，动词，意为“逮捕”。
arrest
sb.
for（doing）sth.意为“因（做）某事而逮捕某人”。
Eg.
The
police
arrived
to
arrest
him.
警察赶来逮捕了他。
[经典例题]
1.The
young
man
was
under
arrest_________some
things_________the
museum.
A.
to
steal;
in
B.
for
stealing;
with
C.
with
stealing;
in
D.
for
stealing;
from
2.Our
boss
is
_____arrest
because
he
is
charged_____committing
several
economic
crimes.
A.under,with
B.under,into
C.for,with
D.against,by
3.People
were
surprised
that
the
famous
singer
was
______
arrest
______
murder.
A.
on;
for
B.under;
for
C.under;
with
D.in;
for
4.一What
happened
to
Andy?
一He
was__________theft
last
week.
A.
charged
of
B.
guilty
with
C.
arrested
with
D.
guilty
of
能力实践
【20-21苏州立达中学12月月考真题】
第二部分
单项填空(共
10小题;每小题1分，满分10
分)
请认真阅读下面各题，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21.
---The
China
International
Import
Expo
is
_____
first
import
expo
in
Shanghai
facing
to
all
the
Chinese
markets.
---That’s
true!
It
is
_____
great
start
of
the
first
CIIE.
A.
a;
the
B.
a;
a
C.
the;
a
D.
the;
/
22.
---I’m
new
here
in
Suzhou.
---Take
a
map
of
Suzhou
with
you.
You’ll
find
it
of
great
_____
in
helping
you.
A.
price
B.
cost
C.
interest
D.
value
23.
I
find
this
computer
game
_____
to
play.
A.
enough
easy
B.
easy
enough
C.
enough
easily
D.
easily
enough
24.
---It
is
said
that
your
animal
sign
decides
your
personality.
---_____
My
animal
sign
is
the
OX,
but
in
fact
I
am
lazy
sometimes.
A.
I
can’t
agree
more.
B.
I
think
so.
C.
That’s
not
the
case.
D.
Why
not?
25.
----Uncle
Wang
hardly
smokes,
_____?
----
_____
.
He
often
tells
us
smoking
does
harm
to
our
health.
A.
does
he;
Yes
B.
does
he;
No
C.
doesn't
he;
Yes
D.
doesn't
he;
No
26.
Which
of
the
following
sentences
is
RIGHT?
A.
I’m
not
sure
that
he
will
give
back
the
money.
B.
Could
you
tell
me
how
long
you
will
leave?.
C.
He
asked
me
if
I
wanted
to
play
football
or
not.
D.
I’m
not
sure
if
I’m
reading
the
word
correctly.
27.
May
you
give
_____
you
like,
and
all
that
you
get
is
what
you
want.
A.
as
long
as
B.
as
well
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
as
much
as
28.
You’d
better
_____
hard
from
now
on,
_____
you
will
fail
the
exam.
A.
work;
and
B.
working;
or
C.
working;
and
D.
work;
or
29.
---_____
the
classmates_____
the
teacher
was
waiting
for
me
when
I
arrived
at
the
airport.
---
What
a
pity!
A.
Neither;
nor
B.
Either;
or
C.
Both;
and
D.
Not
only;
but
also
30.
---What
a
heavy
rain!
---
So
it
is.
I
prefer
_____
rather
than
_____
on
such
a
rainy
day.
A.
to
go
out;
staying
at
home
B.
staying
at
home;
go
out
C.
going
out;
stay
at
home
D.
to
stay
at
home;
go
out
第三部分 完形填空(共
10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Around
twenty
years
ago
I
was
living
in
York.
__31___
I
had
a
lot
of
experience
and
a
Master’s
degree（硕士学位）,
I
could
not
find
satisfying
work.
I
was
driving
a
school
bus
to
make
money
and
__32___
with
a
friend
of
mine,
for
I
had
lost
my
flat.
I
had
attended
five
interviews
with
a
company
and
one
day
__33___
bus
runs
they
called
to
say
I
did
not
get
the
job.
“Why
has
my
life
become
so
__34___?”
I
thought
painfully.
As
I
pulled
the
bus
over
to
drop
off
a
little
girl,
she
handed
me
an
earring
saying
I
should
___35__
it
until
somebody
claimed（认领）it.
The
earring
was
painted
black
and
said
“BE
HAPPY”.
At
first
I
got
angry.
Then
it
__36___
me----I
had
been
giving
all
of
my
__37___
to
what
was
going
wrong
with
my
life
rather
than
what
was
right!
I
decided
then
and
there
to
make
a
list
of
fifty
things
I
was
happy
with.
Later,
I
decided
to
__38___
more
things
to
the
list.
That
night
there
was
a
phone
call
for
me
from
a
lady
who
was
a
director
at
a
large
__39___.
She
asked
me
if
I
would
give
a
one-day
speech
on
stress
management
to
200
medical
workers.
I
said
yes.
My
day
there
went
very
well,
and
before
long
I
got
a
well-paid
job.
To
this
day
I
realize
that
it
was
because
I
changed
my
way
of
thinking
that
I
__40___
changed
my
life.
31.
A.
As
B.
Though
C.
If
D.
When
32.
A.
working
B.
travelling
C.
discussing
D.
living
33.
A.
between
B.
through
C.
during
D.
beyond
34.
A.
hard
B.
busy
C.
serious
D.
short
35.
A.
hide
B.
hold
C.
keep
D.
save
36.
A.
hurt
B.
hit
C.
caught
D.
moved
37.
A.
feelings
B.
attention
C.
strength
D.
interests
38.
A.
connect
B.
turn
C.
increase
D.
add
39.
A.
hospital
B.
factory
C.
restaurant
D.
university
40.
A.
smoothly
B.
closely
C.
completely
D.
hardly
第四部分
阅读理解(共
12小题;每小题2分,满分24分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
41.
The
material
above
contains
the
following
information
EXCEPT
_________.
A.how
to
kill
time
B.how
to
lose
weight
C.what
to
say
during
job
interviews
D.how
to
deal
with
health
problems
in
winter
42.
The
book
may
not
be
suitable
for
________
to
read.
A.a
five-year-old
kid
B.a
housewife
C.a
college
student
who
wants
to
look
for
a
job
D.an
officer
worker
43.
“Reader’s
Digest”
is
probably
________.
A.a
type
of
newspaper
B.a
science
book
C.a
poster
about
food
D.a
bestselling
magazine
D
Few
of
us
have
heard
of
Nils
Bohlin,
but
whenever
we
take
a
car
journey
his
invention
makes
us
safer.
Found
in
almost
every
modern
car,
the
three-point
seat
belt
reduces
our
chances
of
death
or
injury
by
at
least
50%.
While
feeling
thankful
to
his
engineer
from
Volvo,
you
may
also
wonder
how
he
came
up
with
such
a
great
idea.
Having
worked
as
a
plane
designer
before,
Nils
knew
clearly
that
the
pilots
were
willing
to
put
on
anything
to
keep
them
safe
in
an
accident,
but
to
his
surprise,
most
people
in
the
cars
just
didn’t
want
to
be
uncomfortable
for
even
a
minute.
To
improve
the
safety
for
people
in
the
cars,
he
decided
to
find
a
perfect
system
which
should
be
simple,
effective
and
convenient.
In
the
end,
he
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt,
which
has
been
considered
as
one
of
the
greatest
inventions
in
history.
Seat
belts
prevent
people
in
the
cars
from
serious
injury
in
five
ways.
Keep
people
inside.
People
who
are
thrown
out
from
a
car
are
four
times
more
likely
to
be
killed
than
those
who
stay
inside.
Protect
the
strongest
parts
of
the
body.
Seat
belts
are
designed
to
fix
your
body
at
its
strongest
parts.
For
an
older
child
and
adult,
these
parts
are
the
hips
(臀部)
and
shoulders.
Spread
out
the
force
in
an
accident.
Seat
belts
spread
the
force
of
the
accident
over
a
wide
area
of
the
body.
By
putting
less
stress
on
one
area,
they
can
help
you
avoid
serious
injury.
Help
the
body
to
slow
down.
A
quick
speed
causes
injury.
With
the
help
of
the
seat
belts,
your
body
can
have
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident.
Protect
your
brain
and
spinal
cord
(脊柱).
These
two
key
parts
injuries
may
be
hard
to
see
immediately,
but
they
can
cause
death.
Therefore,
it’s
of
great
importance
to
protect
these
parts.
It
takes
only
a
few
seconds
to
buckle
up
once
you
get
in
the
car,
but
this
simple
action
could
save
your
life.
50.
Nils
Bohlin
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt
in
order
to
________.
A.take
a
car
journey
quickly
B.show
thanks
to
the
engineer
C.keep
the
pilots
safe
in
an
accident
D.make
people
in
the
cars
safer
51.
The
underlined
phrases
here
“buckle
up”
probably
means
“________”.
A.get
over
pressure
B.fasten
seat
belts
C.calm
down
D.take
off
coats
52.
From
the
passage
we
can
learn
________.
A.hips
and
shoulders
aren’t
the
older
children
and
adults’
strongest
parts
B.seat
belts
can
keep
your
knees
and
feet
away
from
the
hard
parts
of
the
car
C.the
body
has
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident
thanks
to
seat
belts
D.head
and
spinal
cord
injuries
might
be
easy
to
see
immediately
in
an
accident
第六部分
词汇检测(共
10
小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释或通过上下文,在答题卡标有题号的横线上,写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。每空只写一词。
58.
She
gave
the
word
its
French
_____（发音）
Reading
English
_____
(大声地)
every
morning
is
very
good
for
English
beginners.
The
guests
came
in,
but
she
_____（保持不变）sitting
at
the
desk
reading.
_____（凭借）his
efforts,
he
succeeded
in
making
so
many
useful
inventions.
We
are
strongly
______（反对）smoking
because
it’s
bad
for
our
health.
Can
you
have
a
look
at
my
new
home
page
and
give
me
a
few______
(建议).
His
mother
got
even
__________（发疯的）after
his
father’s
death.
65.
Poor
health
_______
her
to
give
up
her
studies
last
year.
66.
----Are
these
books
______
for
children?
----I
think
they
are
difficult
for
your
8-year-old
son
to
read.
67.
To
_____
are
you
writing
this
e-mail
now?
第七部分
句子翻译(共5小题;每小题3分,满分15分)
将下列句子译成英语,并将所译句子写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
68.
由这位年轻作家写的小说非常值得一读。
_____________________________________________________
69.
我不可能在如此短的时间内在化学上取得这么大的进步。
_____________________________________________________
70.
你认为这篇文章应该分成几个部分？
_____________________________________________________
71.
如果你学习英语有困难，最好向老师寻求建议。
_____________________________________________________
72.
直到读完这本书，Zoe才意识到语法的重要性。
_____________________________________________________
第八部分
阅读表达(共
3小题;73题1分,74题2分,75题3分,满分6分)
请认真阅读下面短文,用英语回答短文后的问题,并将答案写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
Where
does
your
food
come
from?
How
is
it
made?
These
days,
many
people
worry
about
food
safety.
But
food
safety
is
not
a
new
worry.
In1906,
Upton
Sinclair
wrote
The
Jungle.
The
book
is
the
story
of
a
poor
family
in
Chicago.
It
is
also
about
the
dangerous
ways
that
food
was
prepared.
People
were
so
worried
that
the
U.S.
started
testing
food.
These
days,
most
food
in
the
world
is
safe.
Laws
control
where
food
comes
from.
They
also
control
how
food
is
managed
and
prepared.
Laws
are
important.
But
it's
more
important
to
make
sure
the
rules
are
followed.
A
good
food
safety
system
keeps
people
safe.
It
also
helps
them
eat
healthy
food.
Labels(标签)on
food
give
people
important
information.
Then
they
can
make
good
choices
about
their
food.
Although
food
safety
systems
usually
work,
there
can
be
problems.
Sometimes
mistakes
are
made.
For
example,
a
truck
might
carry
eggs
and
then
ice
cream.
The
ice
cream
could
make
people
sick
when
the
truck
isn't
cleaned
before
carrying
it.
Other
problems
are
not
mistakes.
Sometimes
companies
break
rules
to
make
more
money.
When
this
happens,
people
don't
know
if
their
food
is
safe.
As
we
all
know,
food
is
closely
related
to
our
daily
life.
We
should
take
actions
to
make
food
safer!
73.Who
wrote
The
Jungle?
(1分)
_____________________________________________________
74.What
are
the
food
labels
used
to
do?
(2分)
_____________________________________________________
75.Is
it
necessary
to
pay
attention
to
food
safety?
Why
or
why
not?
(3分)
_____________________________________________________
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
5
Art
world（上）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.That
was
a(n)
unusual (不寻常的)
day.I
will
never
forget
it.?
2.To
our
surprise (惊讶),the
young
man
managed
to
complete
the
hard
work.?
3.They
need
to
do
some
surveys
for
further
research (研究).?
4.His
mother
died
of
cancer (癌症)
several
years
ago.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给短语的适当形式填空
be
ready
to,
in
one’s
twenties,
care
for,
in
need,
look
like
1.He
went
to
America
for
further
education in
his
twenties .?
2.He
has
cared
for
his
mother
after
she
was
sick.?
3.The
old
man
liked
helping
those
who
were in
need .?
4.You
must
be
Mr
Smith’s
son,because
you look
like him.?
5.However
busy
he
may
be,he is
ready
to help
others.?
兴趣起航
What
art
forms
do
you
know?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Comic
strip
&
Welcome
to
the
unit
【知识梳理1】Art
is
something
pleasant
and..(P64)艺术是令人愉快的事物，而且....
pleasant，形容词，意为“令人愉快的”,一是用来说明事物，表示“令人愉快的”或“舒适的”等；二是用来说明人，表示“友好的”、“讨人喜欢的”等。其反义词为unpleasant。
We
spent
a
pleasant
day
in
the
country.
我们在乡下度过了愉快的一天。
[拓展]pleased,形容词,意为“高兴的;满意的”,只用作表语，通常用来修饰人。常用短语：be
pleased
with，意为“对....满意”及be
pleased
to
do
sth.，意为“高兴/乐于做某事”
Eg.The
boss
should
be
pleased
with
you.
上司应该对你满意了。
We
will
be
pleased
to
answer
any
questions
you
may
have.
我们将愿意回答你可能有的任何问题。
[拓展]pleasing，形容词，意为“令人高兴的，令人满意的”,
的用法与
pleasant
比较接近，有时可换用。两者的细微区别是：在说明事物时，pleasant
多指令人愉快的内在的、本质的东西，而
pleasing
多指外在的、表面的东西；说明人时，两者都可表示“讨人喜欢的”，但
pleasant
多指某人因有使人愉快的外表或热情的气质等而具有自然吸引力，相比之下
pleasing
则暗示有意识地去讨好别人或取悦别人。
Eg.It
was
a
simple
but
pleasing
design.
这是一项简单但令人满意的设计。
[拓展]pleasure，名词，意为“令人高兴的事，令人愉快的事，乐趣”。常用于口语中。
my
pleasure表示“不用谢”,用来回应别人的感谢；
with
pleasure
表示“当然了，很愿意”，用来回应别人的请求或邀请。
Eg.—Thank
you
for
your
help.谢谢你帮我。
—My
pleasure.
不用谢。
—
May
I
open
the
window?我可以打开窗户吗?
—Yes,
with
pleasure.当然可以。
[经典例题]
1.This
kind
of
rose
in
the
shop
smells
very________.You
can
send
it
to
your
mother.?
A.natural
B.bad
C.terrible
D.pleasant
2.—Guess
what!
Shanghai
Disneyland
will
be
open
in
2015.
—______
A.It’s
my
pleasure.
B.Take
it
easy.
C.What
fun!
D.What’s
up?
3.—Did?you?have?a?_______?trip?to?Hangzhou??????
—Yes,?I?was?very?_______?with?it.
A.
pleased;
pleased
B.
pleasant;
pleasant
C.
pleased;
pleasant
D.
pleasant;
pleased
4.We’ve
been
busy
with
our
lessons
these
days.How
about
finding________to
do?
A.anything
pleased
B.something
pleased
C.anything
pleasant
D.something
pleasant
5.—There
must
be
something
wrong
with
my
computer.Could
you
please
help
me
fix
it?
—________!
A.With
pleasure
B.You’re
kidding
C.Good
idea
D.Well
done
6.The
coach
was________the
students’
performance.
A.pleasant
with
B.pleased
with
C.pleasant
for
D.pleased
for
7.—I
won
first
prize
in
the
writing
competition!
—__________.
I
told
you
you
could
make
it.
A.
With
pleasure
B.
Guess
what
C.
There
you
are
D.
It’s
doesn’t
matter
答案：DCDDA
BC
【知识梳理2】Why
do
you
stop
there?(P64)你为什么停在那儿了？
stop
doing
sth.表示“停止正在做的事情”；stop
to
do
sth.表示“停下来去做另一件事”。
Eg.Stop
talking!
It’s
time
for
class.不要讲话了！到上课的时间了。
The
woman
stopped
to
have
a
rest.那个女人停下来休息一下。
[经典例题]
1.She?reached?the?top?of?the?hill?and?stopped?___?on?a?big?rock?by?the?side?of?the?path.?
A.to?have?rested?
B.resting??
C.to?rest?
D.rest
2.—
You
were
lost
on
your
way
to
the
lake,
weren't
you?
—Yes,
we
were
and
had
to
stop
_______
the
way.
A.
asking ?????
???B.
to
ask ????
C.
asked ?????
D.
to
be
asked
3.On
our
way
back
home,
we
_______
lunch
because
we
felt
hungry.
A.
stopped
to
have???
B.
stop
to
have ???
C.
stopped
having
D.
stoped
to
have
4.—
Why
don'
the
doctors
stop
________
lunch?
—
Because
they
are
busy
________
a
patient.
A.
to
have;
to
save
B.
having:
saving
C.
to
have;
saving
D.
having;
to
save
5.I
was
tired
out,
so
I
stopped
the
car
_____
a
short
rest.
A.have
B.having
C.to
have
D.had
答案：CBACC
【知识梳理3】What
art
form
do
you
like?(P65)你喜欢什么艺术形式？
form，名词，意为“形式，形状”。
Eg.
Help
in
the
form
of
money
will
be
very
welcome.
以钱的形式资助将十分受欢迎。
[拓展]常用短语和搭配
in
form
在形式上
written
form
书面形式
in
the
form
of
以……的形式
[拓展]form，动词，意为“形成，产生”
Eg.
We
young
people
must
form
good
habits.
我们年轻人必须养成好习惯。
[典型例题]
1.音乐与其他艺术形式迥然不同。
Music
is
quite
unlike
any
other
________
________.
答案：art
form
【知识梳理4】His
musical
talent
was
amazing.(P65)他的音乐才能令人惊叹。
1、musical，形容词，意为“音乐的”
I
came
from
a
musical
family.
我来自一个音乐家庭。
[拓展]musician，名词，意为“音乐家”
Eg.
This
young
musician
has
a
bright
future.
这位年轻的音乐家前途无量。
[经典例题]
1.Have
you
ever
thought
about
becoming
a
________.（用music的各种形式填空）
答案：musician
2.My
father
loves________very
much.He
often
goes
out
to
take
photos
with
his
friends.?
A.films
B.music
C.dramas
D.photography
答案：D
2、talent，名词，意为“才能；天才；天资”，同义词gift
Eg.
She
has
an
undoubted
talent
as
an
organizer.
她的确有组织才能。
[拓展]常用搭配
have
a
talent
for
sth.对（做）某事有天赋
Eg.
He
had
an
inborn
talent
for
languages.
他有天生的语言才能。
[经典例题]
1._______musical?talent?Jay
Chou?had!
A.?How?amazing??
B.?What?amazed??
C.?How?amazed?
D.?What?amazing
2.She
is
proud
that
her
children_______playing
football.
A.have
a
talent
for
B.have
talent
for
C.have
gift
for
D.have
gifts
for
2.All
children
have
a
natural
gift_______swimming.
A.with
B.by
C.for
D.on
答案：DAC
?
Part
Two
Reading
【知识梳理1】Each
time
a
medal
was
presented
to
a
winner
at
the
Beijing
2008
0lympics,the
award
music
was
played.(P66)
在2008年北京奥运会上，每当给获胜者颁发奖牌时，颁奖音乐就会响起。
1、each
time这里是连词，引导时间状语从句，意为“每当”。
Eg.
Each
time
I
tried
to
help
I
was
refused.
每次我想要帮忙都遭到了拒绝。
[经典例题]
1.—________
the
exam
is
over,
I
will
be
worried
about
the
results.
—Take
it
easy!
Grads
are
not
our
whole
life.
A.Since
B.Though
C.Even
though
D.Each
time
答案：D
2、present，动词，意为“颁发；提交；赠予”。
The
sword
was
presented
by
the
family
to
the
museum.
这家人把宝剑捐赠给了博物馆。
[拓展]present，名词，意为“礼物”
Eg.
Did
you
get
your
mother
a
present?
给你母亲买礼物了吗？
[拓展]present，形容词，意为“现在的，目前的”
Eg.
How
do
you
read
the
present
situation?
你对目前的形势有何看法？
[拓展]常用短语
at
the
present
time=
at
present=now目前，现在
for
the
present暂时
be
present
at出席
[经典例题]
1.He
has
been
_______the
Award
for
Best
Actor
several
times.
A.
presented
to
B.
presented
with
C.
taken
part
in
D.
played
the
role
2.I
have
noticed
all
the
pop
stars_________.
A.public
B.private
C.present
D.polite
3.The
headmaster
presented
a
gold
medal________the
winner
after
the
match.
A.with
B.to
C.as
D.for
4.The
president
________
a
medal
to
him
_________his
special
contribution(贡献)
A.
offered,
to
B.
presented,
with
C.
presented,
for
D.
offered,/
(5).Attention,
please!
The
last
award
will
be
________
to
the
best
singer
of
the
year—Jay
Chou.
A.lent
B.introduced
C.donated
D.presented
答案：BCBCD
【知识梳理2】Born
in
1958
in
central
Hunan,
China,
Tan
Dun
grew
up
near
the
Liuyang
River．(P66)谭盾1957年出生于中国湖南省的中部地区，他是在浏阳河边长大的。
本句为过去分词短语作伴随状语，表示状态
Eg.
Caught
in
a
heavy
rain,
he
was
all
wet.
因为淋了一场大雨，所以他全身湿透了。
Praised
by
the
teacher,
he
studied
even
harder.因为受到老师的表扬，他学习更加努力了
The
mother
came
in,
followed
by
her
son.
母亲回来了，儿子紧随其后。
[拓展]现在分词短语做状语与过去分词短语做状语比较
Eg.
Seen
from
a
distance,
the
mountain
looked
like
an
elephant.
从远处看，这座山看起来想一头大象。
Seeing
the
mountain,
he
always
thinks
of
his
childhood.
每当看到这座山，他总会想起他的童年。
【知识梳理3】When
he
was
very
young,
Tan
showed
an
interest
in
music．(P66)
当谭很小的时候，他对于音乐表现了兴趣。
interest，名词，意为“兴趣”。常用搭配show/have/take
an
interest
in，“对……表现出兴趣”
Eg.
The
subject
is
of
no
interest
to
me
at
all.
我对此课题一点也不感兴趣。
[拓展]
interesting，形容词，意为“有趣的”。
Eg.
Did
you
go
anywhere
interesting?
你去过任何有趣的地方吗？
interested，形容词，意为“感兴趣的”。常用搭配be
interested
in，“对……表现出兴趣”
Eg.
I'm
not
interested
in
sport.
我对体育运动不感兴趣。
[经典例题]
1.When
did
you
first
start
to
_____
tennis?
A.
show
interesting
in
B.
show
interest
in
C.
show
an
interest
D.
show
an
interest
in
2.If
you_______English,
you
will
be
able
to
study
English
well.
A
have
interested
in
B
are
interest
in
C
have
an
interest
in
D
are
interesting
in
3.Everyone
was_______when
they
heard
the_________news.?
A.exciting;exciting
B.excited;exciting
C.exciting;excited
D.excited;excited
4.Man-made
wonders
are
____
than
natural
ones.
A.more
excited
B.more
exciting
C.much
excited
D.much
exciting
5.--Compare
the
speeches
made
by
the
students
from
different
classes,
and
you’ll
find
John’s
is
________.
---Sure.
That’s
why
we
vote
for
him.
A.
more
boring
B.
the
most
boring
C.
more
interesting
D.
the
most
interesting
答案：DCBBD
【知识梳理4】He
loves
the
sounds
of
the
rushing
water
and
the
blowing
wind
because,
to
him,
the
best
music
comes
from
nature。(P66)
他喜欢淙淙的水声和风吹过的声音，因为对他来说，最美妙的音乐来自于自然。
1、sound，名词，意为“声音”
[辨析]noise，voice，sound
（1）noise意为“噪音”、“喧闹声”，常指不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声。
Eg.
There
was
too
much
noise
in
the
room
and
he
needed
peace.
房间里有太多噪音了，他需要安静。
（2）voice一般指人的声音，说话、唱歌。谈笑都可用voice。sound和noise不仅能指人的声音，还可以表示别的动物发出的声音;而voice除了有时可指鸟的声音外，很少表示其它动物的声音。
Eg.
Miriam's
voice
was
strangely
calm.
米里亚姆的声音出奇地平静。
（3）sound作“声音”，“响声”讲时，可以指人或动物发出的声音，或物体碰撞的声言。这个词的使用范围很大。可以说，大自然的任何“声音”都可以用sound。
Eg.
Peter
heard
the
sound
of
gunfire.
彼得听见了枪炮声。
2、nature为不可数名词,意为“自然,自然界”。
Eg.
He
was
beginning
to
enjoy
the
beauties
of
nature.
他渐渐喜欢上了大自然的迷人之处。
[拓展]
natural，形容词，意为“自然的;天然的”,
naturally，副词，意为“自然地;天然地”。
[经典例题]
1.Children
are
curious
about________and
adults
should
encourage
their curiosities.
A.nature;naturally
B.nature;natural
C.natural;nature
D.naturally;nature
2.When
we
heard
that
a
fire
broke
out
and
five
people
were
killed,all
of
us_______felt
upset.
A.naturally
B.natively
C.successfully
D.valuably
答案：BA
【知识梳理5】As
a
composer,
perhaps
he
is
best
known
for
winning
an
Oscar
for
his
music
in
the
film
Crouching
Tiger,
Hidden
Dragon.(P66)作为一位作曲家，也许他最为人知的是为电影《卧虎藏龙》作曲而赢得奥斯卡大奖。
1、这里as用作介词，意思是“作为”
Eg.
I
really
value
him
as
a
friend.
我真的把他视为好朋友。
2、be
known
for
sth/doing
sth意为“因为……而出名”=
be
famous
for
[辨析]be
famous
for与be
famous
as的辨析：
be
famous
for意为“以……而著名”，for后接著名的原因。
be
famous
as意为“作为……而著名”，as后接身份、职业的名词。
Eg.
Beijing
is
famous
for
the
Great
Wall.
北京因长城而闻名。
Beijing
is
famous
as
the
capital
of
China.
北京作为中国首都而著名。
[拓展]固定句型
It
is
known/well-known
that...众所周知
Eg.
It
is
known
that
he
is
an
expert.
众所周知他是一位专家
[经典例题]
1.Suzhou_______its
beautiful
gardens,
which
attracts
a
large
number
of
tourists.
A.was
famous
as
B.is
known
as
C.was
famous
for
D.is
known
for
2.As
an
actor,Huang
bo_______her
fine
acting.
A.is
known
for
B.is
known
to
C.is
known
as
D.is
known
by
3.---What
do
you
know
about
Xiangyang?
---It’s________its
state
level
scenic
spot(景点)—Gulongzhong.?
A.famous
as
B.different
from
C.similar
to
D.known
for
4.---Jay
Chou
is
well-known
_____________
a
singer,
isn’t
he?
---Yes,
and
he
is
also
known
_____________
his
film.
A.for;for
B.as;as
C.for;as
D.as;for
5.Hangzhou
is
well-known
_________the
West
lake_________the
capital
of
Zhejiang
A.
for,
as
B.
as,
as
C.
for,
for
D.
as,
for
6.Hepburn
is
known
_______winning
an
Oscar
_____
Best
Actress
______
her
role
in
the
film
Roman
Holiday.
A.
as,
for,
of
B.
for,
of
,as
C.
for,
for
,for
D.
as,
of
,for
7.It
is
well
known
____
all
people
that
Beijing
is
known
___
the
capital
of
China.
A.
for;
as
B.
to;
for
C.
to;
as
D.
for;
for
8.The
lady
in
white
dress
was
known______
a
great
humanitarian_____
her
efforts
in
charity.
A.
as;
in
B.
for;
for
C.
as;
for
D.
for;
of
答案：DADDA
CCC
【知识梳理6】Instead,
Tan
makes
over
50
sounds
from
water
by
controlling
the
speed
of
water
flow.(P67)相反，谭盾通过控制水流的速度让水发出50多种声音。
1、instead，副词，意为“代替”。常用搭配instead
of，意为“代替”
Eg.
Now
I
can
walk
to
work
instead
of
going
by
car.
现在我可以步行去上班，而不必开车了。
[经典例题]
1._____
learning
more
and
more
about
music,
Tan
Dun
decided
to
use
the
sounds
of
nature
in
his
works
_____
musical
instruments.
A.
Because;
instead
B.
Since;
instead
C.
As;
instead
of
D.
Because
of;
instead
of
2.It’s
sunny.Let’s
go
sighting_________watching
TV
in
our
hotel
room.?
A.thanks
to
B.instead
of
C.as
well
as
D.as
for
3.Linda
didn’t
do
her
homework.
She
played
the
guitar
all
day
________.
A.either
B.even
C.yet
D.instead
4.I
have
to
work
hard
_________the
coming
exam
A.
as
B.
instead
of
C.
because
D.
because
of
5.Some
of
old
workers
have
to
retire
(退休)
early
_________
too
much
work
and
poor
health.
A.
as
a
result
B.
as
C.
instead
of
D.
because
of
答案：DBDDD
2、control，动词，意为“控制”
Jo
was
advised
to
learn
to
control
herself.
人们建议乔要学会控制自己的情绪。
[拓展]control，名词，意为“控制”
under
control在控制之中
out
of
control失控
[经典例题]
1.I
could
hardly_________my
feelings
at
the
moment.The
song
brought
back
so
many
childhood
memories.?
A.control
B.survive
C.imagine
D.change
2.The
flight
to
Rome
has
been
canceled,
and
the
situation
is
_______
control.
A.
over
B.
without
C.
beyond
D.
against
3.By
_________the
speed
of
water
flow,
Tan
made
over
50
sounds
from
water.
A.
controlled
B.control
C.controlling
D.controls
答案：ACC
【知识梳理7】My
music
is
to
dream
without
boundaries.（P67）
我的音乐就是梦想无界。
to
dream
without
boundaries
不定式短语做表语
Eg.
The
main
thing
is
to
remain
calm.
最重要的是要保持冷静。
[经典例题]
1.Humans
can
not
make
progress
________
dreams.
A.with
B.without
C.through
D.about
2.My
little
brother
is
lazy
enough
_____
all
day
without_____
anything.
A
.
to
asleep;
doing
B.
to
sleep;
do
C.
to
sleep;
doing
D.
sleeping;
to
do
3.Many
cities
in
China,
__________Beijing,
have
been
deeply
affected
by
dirty
air.
A.
including
B.
included
C.
without
D.
covered
4.John
came
first
in
the
English
competition.
He
couldn’t
describe
how
excited
he
was
feeling.
It
was________
his
ability
of
expressing
himself.
A.
beyond
B.
over
C.
above
D.
without
答案：BCA
【知识梳理8】In
his
works,
the
past
and
the
present,
common
objects
and
musical
instruments,
traditional
Chinese
music
and
modern
Western
music
all
mix
together
to
make
a
new
type—music
without
boundaries.
在他的作品中，过去的和现在的，普通的事物和乐器，传统的中国音乐和现代的西方音乐都交融在一起，形成了一种新的形式—没有界限的音乐。
1、common，形容词，意为“共同的；普通的；一般的；通常的”
Eg.
Jackson
is
a
common
English
name.
杰克逊是常见的英语人名。
[拓展]common
sense
常识
in
common
共同的；共有的
[经典例题]
1.—I
really
can’t
believe
such
a
learned
man
has
made
such
a
silly
mistake.
—Don’t
you
know
________
sense
is
worth
more
than
knowledge?
A.general
B.usual
C.special
D.common
2.It
is
easy
to
________the
differences
between
them
because
they
have
little
____.
A.
say,
in
style
B.
say,
in
general
C.
tell,
in
common
D.
tell,
in
size
答案：DC
2、instrument，可数名词，意为“仪器；工具；乐器；手段；器械”
Eg.
Most
pupils
learn
a
musical
instrument.
多数小学生都学习演奏乐器。
[经典例题]
1.—Do
you
know
that
erhu
is
one
of
the
most
traditional
________
in
China?
—Of
course.
Liu
Tianhua,
the
inventor
of
erhu,
was
born
and
grew
up
in
our
hometown
Jiangyin.
A.industries
B.interviews
C.introductions
D.instruments
2.---
Have
you
ever
heard
of
a
kind
of
an
old
musical
_______
called
clavichord(古钢琴)?
---
Sorry,
I
don’t
know.
Maybe
you
can
ask
our
English
teacher.
A.
instruction
B.
instrument
C.
introduction
D.
information
答案：DB
3、work，可数名词，意为“作品”
Eg.
Back
then,
cartoonists
sent
in
their
works
by
fax.
那时候，漫画家们用传真传送作品。
能力实践
Ⅰ.单项填空
( D )1.(辽宁营口中考)Some
children
prefer
to
eat
sweet
chocolate
it’s
not
good
for
their
health.?
A.because
B.if
C.when
D.though
( C )2.—What
do
you
want
to
be
when
you ??
—I
want
to
be
an
engineer.
A.give
up
B.pick
up
C.grow
up
D.put
up
( D )3.(广西玉林中考)—Chinese
government
sent
two
pandas,Ruyi
and
Dingding,to
Russia
several
days
ago.
—The
relationship
China
Russia
will
be
closer
than
before,I
think.?
A.both;and
B.not
only;but
also
C.either;or
D.between;and
( A )4.—What
do
you
know
about
Xiangyang?
—It’s its
state-level
scenic
spot(景点)—Gulongzhong.?
A.known
for
B.different
from
C.similar
to
D.famous
as
( D )5.(山东东营中考)—The
Wandering
Earth(《流浪地球》)
tells
us
a
story
about
how
people
tried
to
save
the
earth.
—Yes.In
the
film
humans
chose
to
stay
with
the
earth
running
away
from
it.?
A.because
of
B.together
with
C.such
as
D.instead
of
( B )6.(湖南怀化中考改编) your
help,I
can’t
get
good
grades.?
A.With
B.Without
C.For
D.About
( C )7.(湖南岳阳中考改编)The
toys
are
really
old,
I
still
want
to
keep
them.?
A.or
B.and
C.but
D.so
( A )8.
it
is
going
to
rain,the
sport
meeting
will
be
put
off
until
next
week.?
A.As
B.Although
C.So
D.While
( A )10.The
Oriental
Pearl
Tower
lots
of
visitors
since
1995.?
A.has
attracted
B.attracts
C.attracted
D.will
attract
( D )10.(安徽中考改编)A
better
future
is
the
goal
of
the
Chinese
people,and
it’s
also
the
interest
of
the
world.?
A.special
B.normal
C.traditional
D.common
II.完形填空
“If
you
agree
with
me,please
‘Dian
Zan’.”
is
one
of
the
most
popular
sentences
on
the
Internet.When
you
think
someone’s
ideas
are
right,when
you
think
someone’s
articles
are 1 ,or
when
you
are
moved
by
what
someone
writes,you
can
click
the
praise
sign.Anyhow,clicking
the
praise
sign 2 that
you
agree
with
someone
or
praise
someone.?
“Dian
Zan”
is
a
kind
of
Chinese
Internet
language.People 3 use
it
when
they
surf
the
Internet.There
is
a
function(功能)
of
“Dian
Zan”
in
the
Qzone.The
Qzone
has
had
the
function 4 2010.It
didn’t
become
very
popular
until
Weibo 5 the
function
of
“Dian
Zan”.In
the
recent
years,it
has
become
more
and
more
popular.When
the
2015
Spring
Festival
came,Chinese
leader
Xi
Jinping
used
the
words
“Dian
Zan”
to
praise
and 6 his
thanks
to
the
great
Chinese
people.?
Websites
can
know
how
many
people
support
some
ideas 7 counting
how
many
people
click
the
praise
sign.?
Experts
can
know 8 teenagers
are
caring
about
through
what
they
click
the
sign
for.That
can
help
them
solve
teenagers’ 9 .?
Clicking
the
praise
sign
is
really
a(n) 10 thing.Have
you
ever
clicked
the
sign
for
anybody
on
the
Internet??
( A )1.A.wonderful
B.terrible
C.hard
D.awful
( C )2.A.offers
B.takes
C.means
D.avoids
( D )3.A.hardly
B.only
C.simply
D.usually
( B )4.A.until
B.since
C.when
D.after
( D )5.A.broke
B.checked
C.refused
D.started
( B )6.A.prevent
B.express
C.create
D.receive
( A )7.A.by
B.on
C.at
D.under
( C )8.A.that
B.where
C.what
D.when
( C )9.A.plans
B.examples
C.problems
D.choices
( B )10.A.difficult
B.easy
C.boring
D.exciting
III.阅读理解
For
many
years,artists
have
been
in
Paris,France,to
paint
or
to
learn
to
paint.Perhaps
artists
first
went
there
because
of
the
city’s
beauty.They
went
to
paint
pictures
of
the
broad
tree-lined
streets,the
great
churches,and
the
beautiful
river
bridges.The
artists
felt
comfortable
in
Paris
because
the
people
in
the
city
always
enjoyed
art.Paris
had
great
art
museums,full
of
famous
paintings
and
statues
from
many
countries.And
the
people
in
Paris
always
welcomed
new
ideas.In
this
city,artists
felt
free
to
experiment
with
new
ways
of
painting.As
soon
as
famous
artists
painted
in
Paris,students
came
to
learn
them.People
came
to
buy
paintings.Men
who
were
called
art
businessmen
set
up
galleries(陈列馆)
and
paintings
could
be
bought
and
sold
at
the
galleries.Others
kept
shops
that
sold
artists’
paintings.Students
and
the
artists
who
were
not
yet
famous
could
live
in
Paris
for
very
little
money.They
learnt
by
studying
great
art
in
the
museums,and
they
learnt
from
each
other.They
hung
their
paintings
outdoors
along
the
streets.
Today,New
York
City
and
Florence
are
also
famous
art
centres.But
the
world’s
main
art
shows
are
still
held
in
Paris.Most
of
the
new
ways
of
painting
have
started
in
the
last
hundred
years
in
Paris.So
artists
and
art
businessmen
still
go
to
Paris
because
it
is
the
world’s
main
and
important
art
centre.
( A )1.According
to
the
passage
artists
first
went
to
Paris
probably
because
.?
A.it
was
a
very
beautiful
city
B.it
was
cheap
to
live
there
C.there
were
a
lot
of
streets,bridges
and
churches
D.there
were
a
lot
of
art
museums
( A )2.The
passage
is
mainly
about
.?
A.the
world’s
most
famous
art
centre
B.how
to
buy
a
painting
in
Paris
C.the
famous
artists
of
New
York
and
Florence
D.art
museums
and
art
businessmen
( C )3.We
can
learn
from
the
passage
that
.?
A.all
artists
who
go
to
Paris
will
become
famous
B.the
people
of
Paris
have
never
liked
new
ideas
C.people
can
buy
fine
paintings
in
Paris
D.Paris
is
the
most
beautiful
city
in
the
world
( B )4.We
can
probably
read
the
passage
from
the
column.?
A.science
B.culture
C.sport
D.history
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
2
Colors（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.We
all
know
that
the
sun
gives
us
light
and
(热).?
2.A
good
mother
can
give
her
children
(感觉)
of
happiness.?
3.(山东威海中考改编)All
the
members
are
(要求)
to
attend
the
meeting.?
4.What
colour
do
some
people
choose
when
they
hope
for
(成功)??
5.Chinese
people
can
(创造)
great
wonders
one
after
another.?
Ⅱ.根据句意用所给词的适当形式填空
1.People
are
(cheer)
when
they
heard
the
good
news.?
2.The
couple
got
(marry)
three
years
ago.?
3.Have
you
(fight)
with
your
brother
again??
4.Don’t
give
up
easily
when
you
meet
with
(difficult).?
5.Don’t
touch
(person)
items
without
others’
permission(允许).?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.你想穿哪一件,黑色的还是蓝色的?
do
you
want
to
wear,black
blue??
2.他的英文写得比说得好。
He
writes
English
he
speaks
.?
3.我可以试穿一下这件橙色的外套吗?
Can
I
this
orange
coat??
4.琳达不确定她穿蓝色衣服是否看起来精力充沛。
Linda
isn’t
sure
if
she
blue.?
兴趣起航
What
does
green/yellow/blue/red
represent?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】宾语从句
一、宾语从句的定义
在复合句中充当宾语作用的从句叫做宾语从句。宾语从句可以用作谓语动词的宾语，也可以用作介词的宾语。
二、宾语从句的连接词
1、由陈述句转化而来的宾语从句：把“that+陈述句”这一结构放在宾语的位置即构成宾语从句。
Eg.
The
boy
believes
（that）
he
will
travel
through
space
to
other
planets.
2、由一般疑问句转化而来的宾语从句：把“whether/if+陈述句”这一结构放在宾语的位置即构成宾语从句。
Eg.
I
wonder
whether/if
they
will
come
to
our
party.
3、由特殊疑问句转化而来的宾语从句：把特殊疑问句变成陈述句语序后放在宾语的位置即构成宾语从句。
Eg.
None
of
us
knows
where
these
new
parts
can
be
bought.
三、宾语从句的语序
在宾语从句的复合句中，从句部分不管是陈述句还是疑问句都必须采用陈述语序
。
Eg.
I
hear
(that)
physics
isn’t
easy.
I
think
(that)
you
will
like
this
school
soon.
Can
you
tell
me
how
I
can
get
to
zoo?
Please
tell
me
when
we’ll
have
the
meeting.
[注意]which,
who,
what在句子中是可以做主语的：
Eg.I
wonder
who
is
Tom’s
English
teacher.
I
don’t
know
what
can
be
avoided.
四、宾语从句的时态
1、如果主句的时态是一般现在时，宾语从句该用什么时态就用什么时态。
Eg.
I
don’t
think
(that)
you
are
right.
Please
tell
us
where
he
is.
Can
you
tell
me
how
I
can
get
to
the
railway
station?
2、如果主句的时态是一般过去时，宾语从句只能用相应的过去时态（一般过去时，
过去进行时，
过去将来时，过去完成时）。例如：
Eg.
He
asked
what
time
it
was.
He
told
me
that
he
was
preparing
for
the
sports
meet.
He
asked
if
you
had
written
to
Peter.
He
said
that
he
would
go
back
to
the
U.S.
soon.
3、如果宾语从句所陈述的是客观真理，其时态常用一般现在时。例如：
Eg.
Our
teacher
said
that
January
is
the
first
month
of
the
year.
Scientists
have
proved
that
the
earth
turns
around
the
sun.
五、if和whether的区别
if/whether都可作宾语从句的引导词，意为“是否”，在一般情况下可以互换。if多用于口语和非正式文体中，whether则多用于比较正式的文体中。
只用whether的情况：
（1）在带to的动词不定式前
Eg.
I
can't
make
up
my
mind
whether
to
accept
the
job
offer.
我还没下定决心是否要接受这份工作。
（2）在介词后
Eg.
He
was
faced
with
the
dilemma
of
whether
or
not
to
return
to
his
country.
他面临着是否回国的艰难选择。
（3）直接与or
not连用时
Eg.
We're
debating
whether
or
not
to
go
skiing
this
winter.
我们盘算着今年冬天是否去滑雪。
（4）在动词discuss后面的宾语从句中
Eg.
Let's
discuss
whether
we
shall
go
by
plane.
让我们讨论一下我们是否乘飞机去。
（5）宾语从句提前时只能用whether
Eg.
Whether
this
is
true
or
not,
I
can’t
say.
我不敢肯定这是不是真的。
（6）
引导位于句首的主语从句或表语从句用whether
Eg.
Whether
I
believe
you
or
not
is
irrelevant
now.
我是否相信你，现在已无关紧要了。
六、if还是连词，意为“如果”，引导条件状语从句。
注意：if引导的条件状语从句，如果主句是一般将来时，从句从一般现在时表示一般将来时。
[经典例题]
1.（2020年四川遂宁）
---
I
wonder
if
Sally___________
us
prepare
for
the
party.
---I’m
sure
she
will
if
she___________
time.
A.
helps,
will
have
B.
will
help,
has
C.
will
help,
will
have
D.
helps,
has
2.（2020年贵州黔西南州）Lisa
is
studying
abroad.
She
hasn’t
decided
________
back
to
China
because
of
the
COVID-19.
A.
if
she
flies
B.
whether
she
will
fly
C.
when
will
she
fly
D.
how
will
she
fly
3.（2020年贵州铜仁）---Could
you
tell
us________?
---About
400
kilometers.
A.
How
far
it
is
from
Tongren
to
Guiyang
B.
How
far
is
it
from
Tongren
to
Guiyang
C.
How
long
it
takes
to
get
to
Guiyang
D.
How
long
does
it
take
to
get
to
Guiyang
4.（2020年新疆建设兵团）---What
did
the
shopkeeper
say
to
you?
---
She
asked
me________.
A.
when
does
the
shop
close
B.
where
did
I
see
the
style
C.
if
I
preferred
that
orange
dress
D.
what
else
I
will
buy
5.（2020年重庆A卷）---Wow!
The
school
uniforms
can
tell
parents
______Cool!
---So
the
children
won't
get
lost
easily.
A.
where
are
their
children
B.
where
their
children
are
C.
what
do
their
children
study
D.
what
their
children
study
6.（2020年山东滨州）---What
will
you
remember
most
after
leaving
junior
high
school
?
---I
will
always
remember
_____.
A.how
my
friends
and
teachers
used
to
help
me
B.when
did
my
friends
and
teachers
arrive
C.where
could
my
friends
and
teachers
meet
D.what
did
the
teachers
say
to
me
7.（2020年江苏苏州）---Excuse
me,
could
you
tell
me
_____
?
---In
five
minutes.
A.how
soon
will
the
film
begin
B.how
soon
the
film
will
begin
C.how
long
the
film
has
been
on
D.how
long
has
the
film
been
on
8.（2020年四川达州）---
Did
you
notice
_________
in
his
office?
---
Yes,
he
was
going
over
our
homework.
A.
what
Mr.
Li
was
doing
B.
how
was
Mr.
Li
doing
C.
how
Mr.
Li
was
doing
D.
what
Mr.
Li
is
doing
9.（2020年安徽）---Could
you
tell
me__________we
can
start
a
conversation
with
a
foreigner?
---Talking
about
weather
is
a
good
choice.
A.
how
B.
why
C.
where
D.
when
【知识梳理2】She
hopes
that
yellow
can
bring
her
success.(P26)
她希望黄色能带给她成功。
success是可数名词，意为“成功的人或事”，a
great
success意为“非常成功”。
Eg.
The
party
was
a
big
success.
这次聚会非常成功。
[拓展]success是不可数名词，意为“成功，成就”
Eg.
What's
the
secret
of
your
success?
你成功的秘诀是什么？
[拓展]successful是形容词，意为“成功的”
Eg.
I
wasn't
very
successful
at
keeping
the
news
secret.
我没能把这条消息严格保密。
[拓展]succeed是动词，意为“达到目的；实现目标；办到；做成”
Eg.
He
succeeded
in
getting
a
place
at
art
school.
他被艺术学校录取了。
[典型例题]
1.All
the
students__________（成功）in
getting
to
the
top
of
the
mountain
at
last
.
2.Though
I
finished
2018
Nanjing
Marathon
__________(success),
I
still
felt
proud
of
myself.
3.Because
of
his
friends,
he
has
_____________
(success)
reached
his
goal.
【知识梳理3】She
is
sure
that
yellow
can
bring
her
good
luck.
(P26)
她相信黄色能带给她好运。
luck是不可数名问，意为“机会，运气，机遇”
[拓展]lucky是形容词，意为“幸运的”
Eg.
I'm
lucky
really
as
I
never
put
on
weight.
我真的很幸运，体重从未增加过。
[拓展]luckily是形容词，意为“幸运地”
Luckily,
I'd
noticed
where
you
left
the
car.
幸好，我注意了你停车的地点。
[典型例题]
1.He
was
________
boy.
But
_______
he
had
a
kind
grandmother.
A.an
unlucky;
luckily
B.a
lucky;
luckily
C.an
unlucky;
unluckily
D.a
lucky,
unluckily
2.________,
nothing
valuable
was
stolen.
A.Lucky
B.Luckily
C.Unlucky
D.Unluckily
3.________,
dirty
water
and
rubbish
polluted
the
water
and
interrupted
the
birthday
party.
A.Lucky
B.Luckily
C.Unluckily
D.Unlucky
4.Not
everyone
is
as
________
as
you
to
have
a
father
who
is
a
scientist.
A.luck
B.good
luck
C.lucky
D.much
lucky
5.---Andy
gets
100
points
again.
He
is
the________us.
---I
don’t
agree.
The
key
to
his
good
grades
is
his
hard
work,
not
good
luck.
A.luckiest
in
B.luckier
than
C.luckiest
of
D.luckiest
than
6.---________we?have!?There?is?dragon?dance?in?the?park.
---Sounds?great.?We?can’t?miss?it.
A.What?good?luck??
B.How?good?luck
C.What?a?good?luck?
D.How?a?good?luck
【知识梳理4】I
think
colours
influence
our
everyday
lives
in
many
ways.(P26)
我认为颜色在许多方面影响我们的日常生活。
1、everyday，形容词，意为“每天的，日常的”，相当于daily.
Eg.
The
Internet
has
become
part
of
everyday
life.
互联网已成为日常生活的一部分。
[辨析]everyday，every
day
everyday
是形容词，意为“日常的，每天的”，在句中做定语。
every
day
是副词短语，意为“每天，天天”，在句中做状语。
[经典例题]
1.We
should
practice
our_______
English_______.
A.everyday;
every
day
B.every
day;
everyday
C.every
day;
every
day
D.everyday;
everyday
2.Computer
is
an
important
part
of
our_________
life
now.
Many
people
use
it_____.
A.everyday;
every
day
B.every
day;
everyday
C.everyday;
everyday
D.every
day;
every
day
2、in
many
ways在某些方面
[拓展]与way有关的短语
by
the
way顺便问，顺便说；
on
the/one's
way
to在（某人）去...的路上；
the
way
of
doing
sth/the
way
to
do
sth
做某事的方法；
in
one's
way挡道，碍事；
lose
one's
way迷路；
[典型例题]
1.She
looks
the
same___________
her
sister_________some
ways.
A.as;
as
B.in;
in
C.from;
at
D.as;
in
2.There
were
some
big
stones
_______
my
way
_________
my
way
home
yesterday.
A.
in;
on
B.
on;
in
C.
in;
by
D.
at;
by
3.If
you
are
______,
British
people
usually
say
“Excuse
me”
or
they
are
polite
to
wait
till
you
move.
A.
on
the
way
B.
in
the
way
C.
by
the
way
D.
in
this
way
4.---He
is
so
crazy
about
reading
books.As
a
result,we
all
call
him
a
bookworm!
---So
he
is!
If
he
is
not
reading,he
is
__________
to
the
school
library.
A.in
this
way
B.
by
the
way
C.
on
the
way
D.in
the
way
5.____________,
zero
waste
is
not
new.
A.in
some
ways
B.on
the
way
C.in
another
ways
D.by
the
way
6.---It’s
said
that
people
born
in
the
Year
of
the
Ox
are
hardworking.
---Mm,
you’re
hardworking
__________.
A.
by
the
way
B.
in
some
ways
C.
on
the
way
D.
anyway
【知识梳理5】My
mum
says
blue
is
suitable
for
bedrooms.(P26)
我妈妈说蓝色适合卧室。
suitable，形容词，意为“合适的；适宜的”。
固定搭配：be
suitable
for意为“适合...”，表示适合于某种要求、目的或工作，也可指“适合某人”。
Eg.
The
school
should
create
an
environment
that
is
suitable
for
the
students
to
study.
学校应创造一个适合学生学习的环境。
[拓展]suit，动词，意为“合适的；适宜的”。
Eg.
These
glasses
suit
people
with
round
faces.
这款眼镜适合圆脸的人。
【知识梳理6】True,
but
it
depends
on
personal
taste.(P26)是的，但这取决于个人品位。
depend
on，意为“依靠，依赖”
Eg.
Does
the
quality
of
teaching
depend
on
class
size?
教学质量取决于每个班的人数吗？
[经典例题]
1.It’s
important
for
us
to
protect
nature
because
we
___________
its
rich
resources
to
live.
A.depend
on
B.leave
for
C.give
up
D.lead
to
2.I'm
not
sure
whether
I
can
hold
a
party
in
the
open
air,
because
it________
the
weather.
A.
stands
for
B.
agrees
with
C.
lives
on
D.
depends
on
3.---I’d
like
to
choose
light
blue
as
the
colour
of
our
bedroom.
---______.
The
colour
brings
us
a
calm
and
peaceful
feeling.
A.
Sounds
great
B.
No
way
C.
It
depends
D.
I
can’t
decide
【知识梳理7】Is
the
sports
bag
made
of
cotton?
(P27)运动包是棉质的吗?
be
made
of意为“由...制成”。
[辨析]be
made
of，be
made
from，be
made
in，be
made
up
of
（1）be
made
of
意为“由......制成”，介词of后所接的制成品能看出原材料；
Eg.
Everything
there
is
made
of
bamboo.
那里什么都是竹子做的。
（2）be
made
from意为“由......制成”，介词from后所接的制成品不能看出原材料；
Eg.Wine
is
made
from
grapes.
葡萄酒是用葡萄做的。
（3）be
made
in意为“在某地制造”，介词in后接表示地点的名词。
Eg.
Our
food
was
made
in
the
fast
food
restaurant.
我们的食物是在快餐店做的
（4）be
made
up
of意为“由...组成，由...构成”
Eg.
Clouds
are
made
up
of
little
drops.
云是由小水珠组成的。
（5）be
made
into意为“把…制成；使…变为”。
Eg.
The
comic
book
Spider
man
was
made
into
a
movie
in
2002.
《蜘蛛侠》这部漫画在2002年被改编成电影。
[经典例题]
1.Most
ancient
books
were_______bamboo
before
paper
was
invented.
My
favourite
one
was_______six
parts.
A.made
up
of;
made
of
B.made
from;
made
up
of
C.made
of;
made
up
of
D.made
from;
made
of
2.---Do
you
know
when
________
Mo
Yan’s
Red
Sorghum
________?
---
In
1986.
And
it
________
a
movie
by
Zhang
Yimou
later.
A.
did;
come
out;
was
made
into
B.
was;
come
out;
was
made
into
C.
/;
came
out;
made
into
D.
/;
came
out;
was
made
into
【知识梳理8】Should
I
stay
at
home
instead
of
going
shopping
with
my
classmates.
(P27)
我应该呆在家里而不去和同学购物吗？
instead
of介词短语，意为“代替、而不是”。
Eg.
Now
I
can
walk
to
work
instead
of
going
by
car.
现在我可以步行去上班，而不必开车了。
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】Discover
how
the
power
of
colours
can
change
your
moods
and
improve
your
life!
(P29)
发现颜色的力量能怎样改变你的情绪并改善你的生活！
1、discover，及物动词，意为“发现，发觉"。
Eg.
Scientists
around
the
world
are
working
to
discover
a
cure
for
AIDS.
全世界的科学家都在努力寻找治疗艾滋病的方法。
[辨析]discover，invent
（1）discover
强调通过调查、勘察等手段发现原本客观存在的、尚未被人发现的事物。
Eg.
Columbus
discovered
America.
哥伦布发现了美洲。
（2）invent
强调运用想象力，通过学习、思考、实验而发明、创造出原来不存在的、有用的新事物。
Eg.
The
first
video
game
was
invented
about
25
years
ago.
第一个游戏大约是在25年前发明的。
[经典例题]
1.It's
a
fact
that
those
islands
in
the
South
China
Sea
were
first
________
by
Chinese.
A.found
B.found
out
C.invented
D.discovered
2.In
the
19th
century,
gold
______
in
California,
America.
A.discovered
B.will
discover
C.is
discovered
D.was
discovered
3.Tea,
the
most
popular
drink
in
the
world,_________
by
accident
in
China.
A.discovered
B.is
discovered
C.will
be
discovered
D.was
discovered
4.However,
no
one
________
any
life
in
space
yet.
A.has
been
discovered
B.discovered
C.has
discovered
D.have
discovered
5.He
made
some
new
_________
in
science.
A.discovers
B.discovered
C.discovery
D.discoveries
2、improve，及物动词，意为“改善，增进；提高…的价值"。
Eg.
I
need
to
improve
my
English.
我需要提高我的英语水平。
[拓展]
improvement，名词，意为“改善,改进;改进的事物”。
Eg.
Her
work
is
showing
some
signs
of
improvement.
她的工作出现了一些改进的迹象。
[经典例题]
1.Her
English
skill_________a
lot.How
does
she
make
it?
A.improves
B.improved
C.has
improved
D.will
improve
2.The
environment
in
our
city
_______
greatly
if
we
make
every
effort
in
the
near
future.
A.improved
B.was
improved
C.has
improved
D.will
be
improved
3.---Could
you
tell
me
__________
my
English?
---By
listening
and
speaking
more.
A.what
to
improve
B.where
to
improve
C.how
to
improve
D.which
to
improve
4.UNICEF
is__________that
works
to__________the
lives
of
children.
A.an
organization;
improve
B.a
organization;
improve
C.an
organize;
improvement
D.a
organize;
improvement
【知识梳理2】We
promise
that
this
therapy
can
help
you
change
your
moods,
or
you
will
get
your
money
back!(P29)
我们承诺这种疗法可以帮助你改变情绪，否则全额退款!
promise意为“承诺，允诺"，既可做及物动词，也可做不及物动词。
（1）promise
sth./that从句，“答应某事”
Eg.
I'll
see
what
I
can
do
but
I
can't
promise
anything.
我会去看看能做什么，但不能给予任何承诺。
But
one
day,
she
promised
that
she
would
make
it
snow
on
my
next
birthday.
可有一天，她许诺在我下一次生日的时候，她要让老天下雪。
（2）promise
to
do
sth.“答应做某事”
Eg.
We
promise
to
deliver
within
48
hours.
我们承诺在48小时内送到。
（3）promise
sb.(not)
to
do
sth.“答应某人（不）做某事”
Eg.
You
must
promise
me
not
to
worry
too
much.
你一定要答应我不要过分担忧。
[拓展]promise，名词，意为“承诺，允诺"，
break
a
promise
食言
keep
a
promise
遵守诺言
make
a
promise
答应，许下诺言
[经典例题]
1.---Jack,
let's
have
a
picnic
after
school.
---Sorry.
I
have
________
Frank
to
work
on
the
biology
report
with
him.
A.advised
B.expected
C.suggested
D.promised
【知识梳理3】If
it
does
not
work,
you
can
get
your
money
back.
(P29)
如果疗法不起作用的话，可以退款。
work，动词，意为“奏效；产生预期的结果（或作用）”。
Eg.
The
phone
isn't
working.
这部电话坏了。
[拓展]
（1）work，不可数名词，意为“工作”。
Eg.
I'm
still
looking
for
work.
我仍在找工作。
（2）work，可数名词，意为“著作；作品”，常用复数works。
Eg.
All
works
of
love
are
works
of
peace.
所有爱的工作都是和平的工作。
[典型例题]
1.如果它不起作用，我能拿回我的钱。
If
it
________
________
,
I
can
________
________
________
________.
【知识梳理4】She
has
practised
colour
therapy
since
she
left
college.(P29)
自从她大学毕业，她就从事颜色疗法。
practise，及物动词，意为“练习;操练;实践"，后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式做宾语。
Eg.
If
you
practise
speaking
English,
you'll
soon
improve.
只要你练习说英语，很快就会进步。
Don't
practise
drums
while
the
baby
is
sleeping.
孩子睡觉时，不要练习打鼓。她从事颜色疗法多长时间了？
[经典例题]
1.We
should
do
what
we
can_______
English?
A.to
practice
to
speak
B.to
practice
speaking
C.practice
speaking
D.practice
to
speak
【知识梳理5】If
you
feel
stressed,
eat
more
green
vegetables.(P29)
如果你感觉有压力，多吃绿色蔬菜。
stressed，形容词，意为“紧张的,有压力的"。feel
stressed（out）意为“感到紧张，感到有压力”。
Eg.
When
you
feel
too
stressed
to
study,
you
can
come
to
teachers
for
help
.
当你感到压力太大，无法继续学习时，你可以向老师寻求帮助。
[拓展]stress
，名词，意为“压力；强调；紧张；重要性；重读"。
Eg.
We
all
have
to
learn
to
handle
stress.
我们都得学会调节压力。
[拓展]stress
，动词，意为“强调；使紧张；加压力于；用重音读"。
Eg.
He
stressed
the
importance
of
a
good
education.
他强调了接受良好教育的重要性。
[拓展]stressful
，形容词，意为“压力重的；紧张的"。
Eg.
It
was
a
stressful
time
for
all
of
us.
对我们所有人来说，那是一个艰难的时期。
[拓展]feel
stressed
(out)意为“感到紧张，感到有压力”
Eg.
So
if
you're
feeling
stressed
out,
try
to
remember
when
your
last
meal
was.
因此要是你感到有压力时，试着想想你上顿饭是多久前吃的。
[经典例题]
1.---Few
students
like
exams
because
they
bring
the
students
__________.
---I
agree.
I
think
fewer
exams
will
make
students
less
______________.
A.stress;
stressed
B.stressed;
stress
C.stress;
stress
D.stressed;
stressed
2.His
wife
just
had
another
kid,
so
he__________.
A.is
stress
out
B.stressed
out
C.feel
stressed
out
D.is
stressed
out
3._____you
face
a
stressful
situation,
take
a
few
moments
to
breathe
deeply
before
you
say
or
do
anything.
A.Whenever
B.However
C.Whatever
D.Anywhere
4.A
good
way
to
reduce
______
is
to
talk
about
your
feelings
with
someone
you
trust.
A.strength
B.
stress
C.
energy
D.
power
【知识梳理6】She
suggests
different
clothes
to
different
people.(P30)
她建议不同的人穿不同的衣服。
suggest，动词，意为“建议，提议"。接名词/动名词/that从句作宾语，其中that的宾语从句用“should+动词原形”，should可以省略.
Eg.
May
I
suggest
a
white
wine
with
this
dish,
Sir?
先生，吃这道菜，我给您推荐一种白葡萄酒，好吗？
I
suggested
going
in
my
car.
我提议坐我的车去。
I
suggest
(that)
we
(should)
go
out
to
eat.
我提议我们出去吃吧。
[拓展]suggest，动词，意为“暗示；表明"。主语往往是事物，而不是人。接名词或动名词或宾语从句作宾语.
Eg.
The
symptoms
suggest
a
minor
heart
attack.
症状显示这是轻微心脏病发作。
★What
do
these
results
suggest
to
you?
照你看，这些结果说明什么呢？
[拓展]suggestion
，可数名词，意为“建议”，同义词advice，不可数名词
Eg.
I'd
like
to
hear
your
suggestions
for
ways
of
raising
money.
关于筹集资金的办法，我想听听你的意见。
[经典例题]
1.Mary
suggests____
a
picnic
this
weekend.
A.
to
have
B.
having
C.
to
go
D.
going
2.---What
did
you
suggest
us
________?
---I
suggest
________
a
meeting
to
discuss
the
problem.
A.do;
hold
B.to
do;
holding
C.to
do;
to
hold
D.doing;
holding
3.---What
are
you
going
to
buy
for
your
son,
Mr
Lee?
---I
________
to
buy
him
a
new
iPad.
A.
promised
B.
replied
C.
suggested
D.
wished
4.We
talked
about
the
problem
and
Tim
________
doing
some
research
first.
A.finished
B.enjoyed
C.suggested
D.practised
5.---You're
clearly
tired,
so
I
suggest
you
__________
three
weeks
off.
---I
think
it’s
a
good
________.
A.should
take;
advice
B.will
take;
suggestion
C.take;
advise
D.take;
suggestion
6.---Thank
you
for
your___________.
They
help
me
a
lot.
---It’s
my
pleasure.
A.advise
B.advice
C.suggest
D.suggestions
7.My
teacher
advises
me
__________
hard
while
my
friends
suggest
__________.
A.to
study;
playing
B.studying;
play
C.study;
play
D.to
study;
to
play
8.I
received
a
number
of
________,
but
________
of
them
is
valuable
to
me.
A.advice;
both
B.advice;
all
C.suggestions;
both
D.suggestions;
none
9.I
suggest
_______
a
party
to
celebrate
his
80th
birthday.
A.
to
have
B.
have
C.
having
D.
you
to
have
10.Our
English
teacher
gave
us
________
on
improve
our
spoken
English.
A.some
advices
B.suggestion
C.a
piece
of
advice
D.a
piece
of
suggestion
【知识梳理7】You
should
think
of
the
sun.(P30)
你应该想起太阳。
think
of意为“想起,记起”，同义短语：come
up
with
Eg.
I
think
of
Dragon
when
I
think
of
Chinese.
说到中国人我就想起龙。
[拓展]think
of/about
意为“考虑”
Eg.
I
need
time
to
think
about
it.
我需要时间考虑一下。
[拓展]think
over
表示“仔细考虑”，强调仔细，over是副词，代词应放在think与over之间。
[经典例题]
1.---What
do
you
____________the
show??
---I
____________
it
is
exciting.
A.think
of;
think
B.think;
think
of
C.thinks
of;
thinks
D.thinks;
thinks
of
2.Lily
will
give
a
talk
tomorrow.
She
is
thinking
about
__________
to
make
everyone
happy
with
her
speech.
A.how
to
say
B.what
to
say
C.what
can
I
say
D.how
can
I
say
3.__________
and
let
me
know
whether
you
agree
with
me.
A.Think
of
it
B.Think
it
of
C.Think
it
over
D.Think
over
it
【知识梳理8】She
will
give
you
free
clothes.(P30)她会给你免费的衣服。
free是形容词，在这里意为“免费的，免税的”。be
free
from免受，摆脱了......的。
Eg.
Since
then,
I
have
been
free
from
the
fear
of
speaking
in
public.
自那之后，我不再害怕在公开场合讲话。
[拓展]freedom，不可数名词，意为“自由”
[经典例题]
1.Will
you
come
and
join
us
if
you
are
free
tomorrow?
A.will
have
free
B.will
be
free
C.have
free
D.are
free
2.---Are
you
______
to
do
your
favorite
things?
---Yes.
I
have
enough
time
______
them.
A.free
enough;
to
do
B.enough
free;
doing
C.free
enough;
doing
D.enough
free;
to
do
3.Mr.
Wang
is
strongly
______
keeping
animals
in
the
zoo，because
he
thinks
animals
should
also
enjoy
freedom.
A.against
B.for
C.up
D.down
【知识梳理9】I'd
rather
wear
orange.(P30)我宁愿穿橙色的。
would
rather
do
sth
意为“宁愿/更喜欢做某事”。
Eg.
They
would
rather
struggle
for
peace.
他们宁愿为和平而奋斗。
[拓展]would
rather...than...
宁愿...而不愿...
Eg.
Kids
would
rather
play
than
study.
孩子们宁愿玩而不愿学习。
I
would
rather
not
change
the
time.
我倒宁愿不要更改时间。
[经典例题]
1.---Which
do
you
prefer,
Chinese
food
or
Western
food?
---I
would
rather
_______
Chinese
food.
Let's
have
noodles.
A.
to
have
B.
having
C.
had
D.
have
2.---What
do
you
think
of
the
white
dress?
---
I______
its
style,
but
I
_______not
choose
it
because
of
its
price.
A.would
rather;
prefer
B.
prefer;
prefer
C.
would
rather;
would
rather
D.
prefer;
would
rather
3.More
and
more
couples
would
rather_______a
second
baby________their
first
child
can
feel
less
lonely.
A.
have;
in
order
to
B.
to
have;
in
order
to
C.
have;
so
that
D.
to
have;
so
that
4.---Do
you
plan
to
have
a
driving
tour
on
the
coming
May
Day?
---I'm
afraid
there
is
a
lot
of
traffic,
so
I'd
rather
________
the
train
than
________
a
car.
A.take;
to
drive
B.take;
drive
C.taking;
driving
D.to
take;
to
drive
【知识梳理10】In
many
places,
baby
boys
are
dressed
in
blue
and
baby
girls
in
pink.(P31)在许多地方，小男孩穿蓝色，小女孩穿粉色。
1、baby
boys和baby
girls都是复合名词，名词baby做定语修饰后面的主体词。复合名词变成复数时，只将复合名词的主体词变为复数。
Eg.
I
planted
those
apple
trees.
我种了那些苹果树。
[注意]当man，woman做定语构成的复合名词变复数时，前后两部分都要变为复数。
Eg.
There
are
three
women
teachers
in
our
school.
我们校有三位女教师。
[经典例题]
1.There
are
over
two
hundred
teachers
in
our
school.
________
of
them
are
_______.
A.Three
fifth,
woman
teachers
B.Third
fifths,
women
teacher
C.Three
fifths,
women
teachers
2.---I
hear
the
four
young________in
our
school
still
have
no________.
---Really?
Maybe
they
are
too
shy.
A.man
teachers,
girl
friends
B.men
teachers,
girls
friends
C.men
teachers,
girl
friends
D.man
teachers,
girls
friends
3.---Do
______
like
going
to
_______?
---I
don’t
know.
A.woman
teachers,
clothes
shops
B.women
teachers,
clothes
shops
C.woman
teachers,
sport
shops
D.women
teachers,
shoes
shops
2、be
dressed
in+衣服/颜色
“穿着”
Eg.
We
must
be
dressed
in
uniform
at
school.
在学校我们必须穿制服。
She
likes
to
be
dressed
in
red.
她喜欢穿红色衣服。
[拓展]
（1）dress
sb
给某人穿衣服
Eg.
She
bathed
her
and
dressed
her
in
clean
clothes.
她给她洗了澡并穿上干净衣服。
（2）dress
up
装扮，打扮
Eg.
You
do
not
need
to
dress
up
for
dinner.
你不必为了晚宴盛装打扮。
（3）dress
up
as
装扮成
Eg.
They
all
dress
up
as
doctors.
他们都打扮成医生模样。
[经典例题]
1.Andy
gets
________
quickly,
and
then
________
his
little
sister.
A.dresses;
dressed
B.dressed;
dresses
C.dresses;
dresses
D.dressed;
dressed
2.I'd
like
________
up
________
an
orange
dress.
A.to
dress;
in
B.dressing;
in
C.to
dress;
as
D.dressing;
as
3.Western
countries,
women
are
always
dressed
_______white
______their
wedding
day,
because
white
is
the
colour
of
purity.
A.
on;
on
B.
in;
in
C.
on;
in
D.
in;
on
4.---I
saw
Ann
________
a
green
dress
at
the
school
meeting.
---I
think
she
looks
better
________
red.
A.dressed;
in
B.put
on;
on
C.wearing;
in
D.wear;
on
5.Children
want
to________
ghosts
and
witches.
A.dress
at
B.dress
in
as
C.dress
up
D.dress
up
as
6.The
girl
is
too
young
to
________
herself.
A.wear
B.put
on
C.dress
D.dress
up
【知识梳理11】In
the
past,
women’s
main
job
was
to
look
for
food
for
their
family.(P31)在过去，妇女的主要工作就是为她们的家人寻找食物。
不定式作表语：主语是以aim,ambition,duty,hope,?idea,intention,plan,purpose,suggestion等为中心词的名词词组，或以what引导的名词性分句表示，后面的不定式说明其内容。
Eg.
My?idea?is?to?climb?the?mountain?from?the?north.?
Our?plan?is?to?make?better?use?of?these?materials.?
What?I?would?suggest?is?to?start?work?at?once.?
The?only?thing?I?can?do?now?is?go?on?studying?hard.
[典型例题]
1.My
dream
is
_________
to
the
moon
some
day.
A.go
B.to
go
C.goes
D.gone
【知识梳理12】The
colour
blue
was
once
believed
to
have
the
power
to
drive
evil
spirits
away,
so
people
dressed
baby
boys
in
blue
in
the
hope
that
boys
would
be
protected.(P31)
蓝色曾被认为有驱赶恶灵的威力，所以人们给男婴穿蓝色以希望男孩会受到保护。
1、sb/sth
is
believed
to
...=
It
is
believed
that...据相信……，因此上句还可以转述为：It
was
once
believed
that
the
colour
blue
had
the
power
to
…
Eg.
It
is
believed
that
greenhouse
gases
are
the
main
causes
of
global
warming.
一般认为温室效应气体是导致全球变暖的主因。
2、power，名词，意为“力量，能力；"。
Eg.
He
had
lost
the
power
of
speech.
他丧失了语言能力。
[拓展]powerful，形容词，意为“强大的；强有力的"。
Eg.
The
media
has
a
powerful
influence
on
public
opinion.
传媒对于舆论有很大的影响。
[典型例题]
1.Both
red
and
black
represent
_____
.
But
I
prefer
to
wear
red
when
I
feel
tired.
A.powerful
B.power
C.peace
D.peaceful
2.---Why
didn't
you
ask
Tom
to
help
you
with
your
work?
---Because
he
was
only
a
student
and
had
no
_______experience.
A.
powerful
B.
practical
C.
loyal
D.
general
3.Knowledge
is
power,
but
sometimes
I
feel
thoughts
are
________
than
knowledge.
A.powerful
B.more
powerful
C.most
powerful
D.the
most
powerful
3、in
the
hope
that/in
the
hope
of
sth抱着……的希望
Eg.
I
called
early
in
the
hope
of
catching
her
before
she
went
to
work.
我很早就打了个电话，希望在她上班之前找到她。
Eg.
They
contacted
me
in
the
hope
that
I
could
show
them
a
better
way.
他们联系到我，希望我能给他们展示一种更好的方法。
[典型例题]
1.怀着能找到一份好工作的希望，李明的叔叔于2000年去了深圳。
Eg.
Li
Ming’s
uncle
went
to
Shenzhen
in
2000
________
________
________
________
he
could
find
a
good
job.
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】power
and
trust(P32)权力和信任
trust，不可数名词，意为“信任，信赖”。
Eg.
It
has
taken
years
to
earn
their
trust
.
花了好多年才赢得他们的信任。
[拓展]trust，及物动词，意为“信任”。
（1）trust
sb.信任某人，相信某人是诚实的，是真挚的，绝对不会带来伤害。
Eg.
"I
trust
you
completely,"
he
said.
“我完全信任你。”他说。
（2）trust
sb.
to
do
sth.相信某人会做某事
Eg.
That's
why
I
must
trust
you
to
keep
this
secret.
这就是我一定相信你会保守此秘密的原因。
[拓展]trust，不及物动词，意为“信任”。这里的信任某人，指对某人有信仰有信心的意思。
Eg.
Do
you
trust
in
God?你相信上帝吗？
【知识梳理2】orange:
joy
and
warmth
(P32)橘色：欢乐和温暖
warmth，不可数名词，意为“温暖，暖和，热情”。
Eg.
They
were
touched
by
the
warmth
of
the
welcome.
他们受到了热情欢迎，很感动。
[回忆]warm，形容词，意为“温暖的，暖和的，热情的”。
Eg.
Home
is
the
warmest
place
where
you
go.
[经典例题]
1.Due
to
global
warming,
we
experienced
________
year
on
record
last
year.
A.warm
B.the
warmer
C.a
warmest
D.the
warmest
2.What
should
we
pay
attention
to
_________.
A.keep
warm
B.to
keep
warm
C.keeping
warm
D.keeping
warmly
3.Spring
is
coming,
and
it
is
getting__________.
A.warm
and
warm
B.warmer
and
warmer
C.cold
and
cold
D.colder
and
colder
4.They
were
__________
dressed
in
coats
and
scarves.
A.heavily
B.sadly
C.warmly
D.freely
【知识梳理3】Red
represents
power
ant
strength
(P32)红色代表权力和力量
strength，不可数名词，意为“温暖，暖和，热情”。
Eg.
Political
power
depends
upon
economic
strength.
政治权力取决于经济实力。
[经典例题]
1.A
good
way
to
reduce
______
is
to
talk
about
your
feelings
with
someone
you
trust.
A.strength
B.
stress
C.
energy
D.
power
2.Plants
will
grow
and
wind
around
you
because
your
__________
offers
a
safe
hold.
A.strength
B.
wisdom
C.
power
D.
peace
【知识梳理4】Maybe
she
feels
weak,
and
that
is
why
she
is
wearing
red...(P32)
也许她感觉很虚弱，这就是她穿红色的原因…
句中的why作连接副词，用来引导表语从句，“that
is
why...”意为“这就是……的原因”。
Eg.
High-speed
rail
changes
life.
That
is
why
we
keep
building
it.
高铁改变生活。这就是我们一直在建设高铁的原因。
[注意]表语从句与宾语从句同为名词性从句，也要用陈述语序。
[典型例题]
1.那就是为什么我们要保护环境。
________________________________________
【知识梳理5】I
think
the
woman
must
feel
a
little
bit
stressed,
and
she
hopes
these
colours
will
change
that.(P32)
我认为这位女士一定感觉有点压力，她希望这些颜色能改变这点。
a
little
bit，意为“少许；有些；稍微”，相当于副词，常用于形容词、副词之前，动词这后，多用在口语中，相当于a
little或a
bit.
Eg.
He
was
a
little
bit
afraid
of
his
father's
reaction.
他有点害怕他父亲的反应。
[用法总结]
a
little
=
a
bit
of,
后接不可数名词；
a
little
=
a
bit
=
a
little
bit
=
kind
of,
后接形容词，意为“有点儿”
[注意]
not
a
little意为“非常”，
not
a
bit意为“一点也不”，
[经典例题]
1.I
feel
_______
tired
,so
I
want
to
drink
_______
tea.
A.
a
bit
of,
a
bit
B.
a
little
bit,
a
bit
of
C.
a
bit,
a
little
of
D.
a
bit
little,
a
bit
2.---Look,
he
is
wearing
white
today.
What
do
you
think
of
him?
---Maybe
he
is
feeling
________
nervous.
A.a
little
bit
B.a
bit
little
C.a
bit
of
D.a
little
of
3.I
am
_____hungry.
Give
me
_______of
milk.
A
a
bit;
a
little
B
not
a
little;
a
bit
C
little;
a
lit
D
not
a
little;
a
little
4.He
knows
___English
that
he
can't
even
teach_____.
A.
so
little,
so
little
a
child
B.
such
little,
such
little
C.
so
little,
so
little
children
D.
such
little,
such
a
little
child
【知识梳理6】Red
and
white
are
a
good
match,
as
the
powerful
red
balances
the
calm
white.(P32)红和白是很好的搭配，因为强大的红色能与镇静的白色平衡。
1、match
名词，意为“相配；相配的人或物”。作为名词，还有“比赛”的意思。
Eg.
I
was
no
match
for
him
at
tennis.
打网球我根本不是他的对手。
It's
going
to
be
a
great
match.
这将是一场了不起的比赛
[拓展]match
及物动词，“
般配；相配”。
Eg.
The
doors
were
painted
blue
to
match
the
walls.
门漆成了蓝色，为的是与墙的颜色相配。
[经典例题]
1.---
Do
you
think
my
yellow
T-shirt
goes
well
with
the
blue
jeans?
---
Well,
they
are
not
bad.
But
I
think
that
white
T-shirt
and
the
jeans
are
_________
match.
A.
a
better
B.
best
C.
better
D.
a
best
2.---Bob,please
tell
me
_________.
---In
south
Hill
School.
A.where
will
the
match
be
held
B.where
the
match
will
be
held
C.when
will
the
match
be
held
D.when
the
match
will
be
held
2、balance
动词，意为“权衡；使平衡”
Eg.
Try
to
keep
a
balance
between
work
and
relaxation.
尽量保持工作与休闲均衡。
[拓展]balance
不可数名词，“
平衡能力”。
Eg.
The
government
has
to
find
some
way
to
balance
these
two
needs.
政府得找到某种方法来平衡这两种需求。
[拓展]常用搭配
keep
one’s
balance保持平衡
lose
one’s
balance失去平衡
create
a
balance
建立一种平衡
Eg.
I
struggled
to
keep
my
balance
on
my
new
skates.
我穿着新溜冰鞋，努力保持平衡
He
lost
his
balance
and
fell
to
the
ground.
他失去平衡摔倒在地上。
能力实践
一、根据句意及中文或首字母提示写出单词。
1.There's
（没什么）
wrong
with
my
computer.
2.There
are
seven
colours
in
a
r
,
aren't
there?
3.I
like
flowers
in
v
.The
colour
is
beautiful.
4.We
had
no
（困难）
finding
his
home.
5.Mary
said
she
（更喜欢）
reading
a
book
to
watching
TV.
6.Blue
can
bring
p
to
our
minds.
7.If
you
r
strength
in
your
body,
wearing
a
red
coat
may
be
helpful
to
you.
8.It's
hard
to
make
a
（决定）
without
any
help.
9.My
family
can't
decide
（是否）
to
go
on
a
picnic
in
the
park
this
Sunday.
10.Blue
can
represent
both
peace
and
s
.
11.People
paint
their
homes
in
warm
colours
in
order
to
c
a
warm
and
comfortable
feeling.
12.Your
bike
（需要）
to
be
repaired，right?
13.Do
you
know
what
you
said
（影响）my
mood?
14.Lu
Xun
c
many
different
characters
in
his
novels.
15.He
can
feel
the
h
of
the
sun
on
his
back
on
such
a
fine
spring
day.
二、用所给词的正确形式填空。
1.I
find
it
easy
（see）
a
rainbow
in
the
sky
after
the
heavy
rain
in
summer.
2.I
bought
a
（colour）
dress
just
now.
3.Orange
can
give
you
a
happy
and
warm
（feel）.
4.He
looked
at
the
teacher
with
his
（sleep）
eyes.
5.Have
you
ever
walked
into
a
room
and
felt
（relax）?
6.The
walls
of
our
classrooms
（paint）
blue.Because
blue
is
a
calm
colour.
7.Sally
prefers
staying
at
home
to
（go）
out
on
Saturdays.
8.White
is
a
calm
colour.
It
can
make
us
feel
calm
and
（peace）.
9.Have
you
read
the
book
（write）
by
Lu
Xun?
10.To
my
surprise，
he
（not
realize）
his
mistakes
yet.
11.The
police
had
not
difficulty
（find）out
where
they
lived.
12.My
aunt
said
she
（prefer）reading
books
to
watching
TV
at
home.
13.In
China
red
is
used
for
（celebrate）.
14.Daniel
often
plays
football
instead
of
（stay）
at
home
at
weekends.
15.I
don't
know
whether
the
（rule）
in
ancient
Europe
liked
to
wear
purple.
三、单项填空
1.My
brother
was
a
bad
mood
and
didn't
want
to
talk
to
.
A.
with;anyone
B.
on;anyone
C.in;anyone
D.in;someone
2.
will
our
world
if
there
is
only
white
and
black？
A.
What;be
B.
What;be
like
C.
How;ike
D.
How;be
like
3.She
feels
uncomfortable,
?
A.
doesn't
she
B.
does
she
C.
isn't
she
D.
is
she
4.---Is
there
interesting
in
today's
newspaper?
---______.
A.
something;Nothing
B.
anything;Nothing
C.
anything;None
D.
nothing;Nothing
5.Sam
is
good
at
sports，but
he
playing
football
running.
A.
prefers;to
B.
prefers;than
C.
likes;to
D.
likes;than
6.---Do
you
know
how
many
students
______
in
the
classroom?
---______.
A.
are
there;nobody
B.
are
there;none
C.
there
are;nobody
D.
there
are;none
7.______
green
or
______
in
a
light
blue
room
_______
good
for
us.
A.
Wear,sleep,is
B.
Wearing,sleeping,are
C.
Wear,sleep,are
D.
Wearing,sleeping,is
8.Kate
the
hills
when
she
was
young.
A.
prefer
to
climb
B.
prefers
climbing
C.
preferred
to
climb
D.
preferred
climb
9.The
boy
is
feeling
hungry
now，so
he
needs
food
to
eat
A.
a
bit;a
little
of
B.
a
little;a
bit
C.
a
bit;a
bit
D.
a
bit;a
bit
of
10.---He's
never
bought
anything
on
the
Internet，
he?
---
,although
he
dislikes
shopping
online.
A.is;Yes
B.is;No
C.
has;Yes
D.
has;No
11.---Which
colour
do
you
,red
or
green?
---Red,I
think.
Red
looks
good
you.
A.
prefer;in
B.
prefer;on
C.
like
better;with
D.
like
best;on
12.I
don't
know
if
she
me
when
she
.
A.
calls;arrives
B.
calls;will
arrive
C.
will
call;will
arrive
D.
will
call;arrives
3.We
will
go
out
it
rains
shines.
A.
If;and
B.
both;and
C.
whether;or
D.
either;or
14.---Do
you
like
coffee
or
milk?
---
.But
I
prefer
coffee
milk.
A.Neither;to
B.Neither;with
C.Both;to
D.Both;with
15.Tom
went
to
bed
very
late
yesterday
evening，
___
he
feels
sleepy
now.
A.that
is
why
B.that
is
because
C.that
is
how
D.it
is
why
四、翻译句子
1.我很喜欢这幅画，因为它使我想到我的快乐童年
I
like
this
picture
because
it
my
happy
childhood.
2.如果你希望成功，你就要努力学习而不能懒惰.
If
you
,
you
must
work
hard
laziness.
3.蓝色的大海使我身心平静.
The
blue
sea
.
4.提前计划周全会使得行动更加容易.
Planning
carefully
ahead
will
.
5.如果你很难做决定，你可以求助老师或家长.
If
you
，
you
can
your
teachers
or
parents
.
6.你的建议对我们有一些帮助.
Your
advice
is
.
7.颜色和心情之间有关系吗？
Is
there
colours
?
8.在许多方面，颜色影响我们的日常生活.
,
colours
.
9.在中国，红色被用于庆祝活动.
In
China，
red
.
10.凯特想知道蓝色的衣服是否适合她.
Kate
is
blue
clothes
.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
1-2期中复习
易错回顾
一、选择题
1.
________
you
have
problems，you
can
call
me.
A.
Whatever
B.
Until
C.
Whenever
D.
While
【答案】C
【解析】Whatever意思是"无论什么"引导让步状语从句；Until意思是"直到…才"引导时间状语从句；Whenever意思是"无论什么时候"引导让步状语从句；While意思是"当…的时候"引导时间状语从句。根据"you
have
problems，you
can
call
me．"因此可知这句话的意思是无论什么时候你有问题的话，你都可以给我打电话。
2.
---When
shall
I
hand
in
my
report？
---As
soon
as
it
________
tomorrow.
A.
completes
B.
is
completed
C.
will
complete
D.
will
be
completed
【答案】B
【解析】根据As
soon
as
it
____
tomorrow，可知本题考查as
soon
as引导的时间状语从句，主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时，根据主语是it指报道，故用一般现在时的被动语态，其结构是be
done的结构。
3.
Wars
are
disasters.
A
large
number
of
people
will
lose
their
homes
if
a
war
________.
A.
breaks
out
B.
is
broken
out
C.
breaks
up
D.
is
broken
up
【答案】A
【解析】breaks
out"突然爆发"；B．被动语态，突然爆发；C．breaks
up"解散，分手"；D．被解散，被动语态"；根据句意战争就是灾难，如果战争爆发，大量的人们将会失去家园，不用被动语态。
4.
My
grandfather
used
to
build
railways
for
the
Japanese
army
when
he
was
young.
He
was
________
to
work
hard
from
morning
till
night.
A.
invited
B.
encouraged
C.
allowed
D.
forced
【答案】D
【解析】根据题意：我的祖父年轻时曾为日本军队修建铁路。他被迫从早到晚都在努力工作。考查可知句型be
forced
to
do
sth被破做某事，结合选项，A．邀请B．鼓励
C．允许
D．强迫。
5.
I
don't
think
a
14﹣year﹣old
boy
________
go
to
the
Internet
bar.
A.
allows
to
B.
is
allowing
C.
is
allowed
D.
is
allowed
to
【答案】D
【解析】考查被动语态。句意"我认为一个14岁的男孩是不允许去网吧的。"注意boy男孩，是动作allow允许，的承受者，表示被允许，被动语态。一般现在时态，结构是is/am/are+动词的过去分词。因此A，B不正确。
6.
---My
dream
is
to
build
________
university
on
the
moon
some
day.
---It
sounds
like
________unusual
dream.
I
wish
you
could
realize
it.
A.
a；
a
B.
an；
a
C.
a；
an
D.
an；
an
【答案】C
【解析】考查冠词。第一个空，泛指一所大学，university是以辅音音素/ju/开头的，用a修饰．第二个空，泛指一个不寻常的梦想，unusual是以元音音素/?/开头的，用an修饰。
7.
Shanghai
is
developing
very
fast.
And
it
is
more
modern
than
________
in
China.
A.
any
other
city
B.
any
other
cities
C.
any
city
D.
the
other
cities
【答案】A
【解析】any
other
city意思是"任何别的城市"any
other是指在同一范围内除了某人或某物以外的其他人或事物，any
other后跟单数名词，any
city意思是"任何城市"没有说明这个城市的范围，应是指不同范围的比较；the
other
cities是特指其他的城市。根据"Shanghai"以及"in
China"因此可知上海是中国这个范围内的一个城市，上海与同一个范围内的城市相比较，因此可知这句话的意思是"上海正发展的很快，它比中国的其他城市更现代一些。"
8.
Kobe
Bryant
is
a
basketball
hero.
He
is
admired
________
millions
of
people
not
only
________
his
achievements
but
also
his
spirit
A.
for；by
B.
by；for
C.
by；as
D.
as；for
【答案】B
【解析】考查介词。句意"科比?布莱恩特是一位篮球英雄，他被成千上万的人所羡慕不仅是他的成就，而且还有他的精神。"第一个空，根据is
admired被称赞，可知，是被动语态，因此用by，引出动作的执行者。第二个空，by通过，表示方式。as用来表示显而易见的原因，而for却有一种解释说明的语气。结合语境为了他的成就和精神而被称赞，表示解释说明，用for。
9.
________
valuable
information
you've
offered
us!
Thanks
so
much!
A.
How
B.
How
a
C.
What
a
D.
What
【答案】D
【解析】根据valuable
information
you've
offered
us!可知这里考查了感叹句，本句的中心词是information，它是一个不可数名词，valuable是一个形容词，在这里修饰information，根据What+形容词+可数名词复数/不可数名词+主语+谓语!
10.
I
need
________
money.
Would
you
please
lend
me
________？
A.
a
great
deal；
some
B.
a
great
deal
of；
some
C.
a
great
deal；
any
D.
a
great
deal
of；
any
【答案】B
【解析】考查形容词短语。句意：我需要大量的钱，请借给我一些好吗？a
number
of
大量的，修饰可数名词复数；a
great
deal
of，大量的，修饰不可数名词；a
lot
of，许多，既可以修饰可数名词，又可以修饰不可数名词。some用于委婉语气的疑问句中。根据题干money为不可数名词，Would
you
please
lend
me…？表示委婉的语气。
二、填空题
11.
I
felt
a
great
sense
of
（achieve）
when
I
reached
the
top
of
the
mountain.
【答案】achievement
【解析】根据I
felt
a
great
sense
of（achieve）
when
I
reached
the
top
of
the
mountain，可知当我到达山顶时，我感到一种巨大的成就感。of后面跟名词形式。
12.
They
always
lose
because
they
have
no
team
（精神）.
【答案】spirit
【解析】句意：他们总是输，因为他们没有团队精神。根据汉语提示及其英语句子，可知要翻译的部分为：精神。英语表达是spirit，表示精神时是不可数。
13.
It
seems
that
he
has
（success）solved
the
problem.
【答案】successfully
【解析】根据该空处在句中作状语修饰动词solved，故填入副词，所给词success为名词意为"成功"其对应的形容词为successful"成功的"；其副词为successfully"成功地"，故选用副词successfully。
14.
The
whole
world
was
surprised
at
many
（成就）
of
China
these
years.
【答案】achievements
【解析】根据提示汉语结合语境推测句意是"整个世界为中国近些年取得的成就而吃惊，"，根据设空处前面的many判断填名词复数形式，"成就"的英文是achievement。
15.
We
must
try
our
best
（无论什么）
we
do.
【答案】whatever
【解析】根据We
must
try
our
best___（无论什么）
we
do．可知无论做什么，我们必须尽最大努力，无论什么，whatever，连词。引导状语从句。
16.
You
can
play
computer
games
only
when
your
homework
（finish）.
【答案】is
finished
【解析】根据You
can
play
computer
games
only
when
your
homework（finish）．可知只有当你的作业完成时，你才能玩电脑游戏。when引导的句子中，主句用can引导，从句用一般现在时，your
homework是动作的承受者，用被动语态，所以句子是一般现在时的被动语态，构成am/is/are+动词的过去分词。
17.
The
Blacks
decided
to
buy
a
（德国的）
car
at
last.
【答案】German
【解析】根据提示，推测意思是布莱克夫妇最后决定买一辆德国汽车。故这里需要一个形容词作定语修饰后面的名词car。
18.
He
breathed
deeply
before
（speak）
again.
【答案】speaking
【解析】根据He
breathed
deeply
before（speak）
again，可知他深深地吸了一口气，然后再说话．before是一个介词，后面跟动名词形式。
19.
She
realized
that
her
acting
（生涯）
was
over.
【答案】career
【解析】句意：她意识到她的演艺生涯已经结束了。根据汉语提示以及英语句子，可知要翻译的部分为：生涯，英语表达是career，后有was，所以这里名词用单数。
20.
Now
many
people
like
to
learn
about
the
world
（凭借）the
Internet.
【答案】through
【解析】根据Now
many
people
like
to
learn
about
the
world（凭借）the
Internet．可知现在许多人喜欢通过互联网了解世界。这里through，动词，凭借，通过。
兴趣起航
How
much
do
you
know
about
rainbow?
乐学善思
【Part
One】
Unit1
Knowing
yourself
知识点1：It
says
some
people
are
generous.?（P6）它（文章）说一些人是很慷慨的。
say
vt.
________________________
eg:
The
notice
says
“Keep
Quiet”.
The
book
doesn't
say
where
he
was
born.
批注：指书面材料或可见的东西提供的信息.
知识点2：It
makes
them
feel
good
to
share
things
with
others.??（P6）与他人分享东西使他们感觉良好.
(1)make的用法：
________________________
________________________
________________________
eg:
Who?made?the?little?girl?cry?
???????????
The?news?made?me?very?happy.
We?made?him?our?monitor.?
(2)feel
(felt，felt)系动词
意思是____________，后接___________，类似用法的系动词还有______________
eg:
I
feel
sorry
for
him.
_____________________与……分享……
批注：1)make
sb.
do
sth.
make
sb.
adj.
make
sb.+
名词短语
2)感觉，摸起来
形容词
sound,
taste,
smell等
3)share
sth.
with
sb.
知识点3：Hobo,?you’
ve?eaten?up?my?breakfast!（P6）?霍波，你把我的早饭吃光了。
eat?up?意为_______________，可单独使用，也可接某物做宾语。名词做宾语时放在up?__________________均可，但代词做宾语时，必须放在eat?和up________________________。
eg:
Eat?up,
We?will?go?out?soon.
Eat?up?all?your?food.?=Eat?all?your?food?up.
The?noodles?are?delicious.?Eat?them?up.
批注：“吃光，吃完”
前后
之间
知识点4：Suzy?is?well?organized.?She?keeps?all?her?things?in?good?order.（P7）?苏西很有条理。?他将所有的东西都整理得有条不紊。
organized?adj.?________________
________________动词，意为“组织，安排”________________
名词，意为“组织，机构”
eg:
I?agreed?to?help?organize?the?company?picnic.?
They?have?established?a?student?organization.?
批注：有条理的，有效率的
organize
organization
(2)order?名词，意为________________
?
①相关短语：??
________________
?有条不紊?
________________
次序颠倒，不按顺序
________________
?次序乱了
________________
?保持良好的次序
________________
?+?句子?目的在于……，为了……
________________
为了做某事
批注：顺序
in?good?order??
out?of?order?
in?the?wrong?order?
keep?good?order?
in?order?that
in?order?to?do?sth
②order?做动词，意为________________
?“命令；订购”
eg:?He?ordered?a?new?suit?for?himself.?
He?ordered?us?to?leave?the?room?quietly.?
批注：?“命令；订购”
例题:?In?order
the?world?a?friendly?place,?one?must?show?a?friendly?face.
A.?makes.?
B.?making?
C.?to?make?
D.make
解析：in?order?to?表目的，“为了”
答案：C
知识点5：Daniel
is
very
clever,but
he
is
modest
and
never
shows
off.（P7）丹尼尔很聪明，但他很诚实并且从不炫耀。
(1)show
off
________________，后面接名词、代词和从句，代词放中间。
eg:
Don't
show
it
off
here.
(2)show
的用法
________________
=
________________
把某物给某人看
________________带领某人参观某地
________________/
________________/
________________告诉某人去……的路
________________
从句……表明……
________________出现；到来
eg:
Your
work
shows
that
you
are
careful.
He
showed
up
at
last.
批注：
炫耀；卖弄
show
sb.
sth
=
show
sth
to
sb
show
sb
around
some
place
show
sb
the
way
to…/where
…is/
how
sb
can
get
to…
show
+that
show
up
例题:---Who’s
the
most
modest
boy
in
your
class?
---Daniel.
He
never__________
in
public.
A.
gets
off
B.
takes
off
C
.
Shows
off
D
turns
off
解析：考查固定动词短语。gets
off.“下车”；
“takes
off”脱下，起飞”；
Shows
off“炫耀”；
turns
off
“关掉”。根据句意选择C
答案：C
知识点6：Mr
Wu
is
patient
enough
to
repeat
grammar
rules
for
us.（P7）吴老师有足够的耐心给我们重复语法规则。
句型：______________________________________
eg:
He
is
strong
enough
to
carry
the
bag.
注意：enough
修饰形容词和副词时必须后置。
批注：be
+形容词+
enough
+
to
do
sth
例题：---Helen
is
a
thoughtful
girl.
---Yes.
I
think
she
is_________
plan
everything
well.
A.too
talented
to
B.
talented
enough
to
C.so
talented
that
D.such
a
talented
girl
that
解析：因为so...that
和such
....that
后面的that句型都跟句子，而too...to表示太……而不能……，此句意是“我认为她有足够的能力把一切计划的很好”，所以选B项。
答案：B
知识点7：He
often
comes
up
with
new
ideas.（P7）他经常想出新主意。
come
up
with意为______________________________________
eg:
She
came
up
with
a
good
idea
for
working
out
the
maths
problem.
We
were
too
weak
to
come
up
with
the
climbers.
批注：“想出（主意）；追上，赶上”
知识点8：
Billy
is
curious
about
everything.
（P7）比利对一切都好奇。
句型：___________________________
对……好奇
批注：be
curious
about
sth
知识点9：Neither
my
parents
nor
I
think
I
can
make
a
good
accountant.（P7）
我父母和我都认为我不能成为一名好的会计。
neither
neither
用作代词，意为___________________________。常用结构：neither
of
+
代词或名词复数，此结构做主语时，谓语动词__________________。Either
也有相似的用法，表示___________________
eg:
Neither
of
the
stories
was
true.
批注：“两者都不”
用单数形式
“任何一个”
用作形容词，意为（两者中）没有一个，表示全部否定，后接__________________
eg:
Neither
story
is
interesting.
批注：可数名词单数
(3)并列连词，neither…nor…
意思是__________________，在句子中连接同等的句子成分，连接主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致，即
__________________
eg:
Neither
you
nor
I
am
right.
批注：既不……也不……
就近原则
例题：I
can’t
play
the
piano,and
A.neither
can
my
sister.
B.my
sister
can’t,
too.
C.
so
can’t
my
sister.
D.can
my
sister,either
解析：结构:neither
+
助动词/情态动词/be动词
+
主语意为“……也不……”
答案：A
知识点10：It's
terrible
for
me
to
work
without
speaking
all
day
long.（P7）整天默默地工作对我来说太糟糕了。
(1)__________________
做某事对某人来说是……的
eg:
It
is
important
for
you
to
study
hard.
(2)without
介词，意思是______________________，后接______________________________。
eg:
Fish
can't
live
without
water.
He
went
to
school
without
eating
any
breakfast.
批注：“It
is+形容词+
for
sb.
+
to
do
sth.
“没有”
名词、代词或动名词做宾语
知识点11：Wu
is
a
born
artist.（P8）
吴伟是一位天生的艺术家。
(1)born
adj.
_____________________
既可作_____________________，又可作_____________________。
born
rich
天生富有
born
leader
天生的领袖
eg:
I
think
he
was
born
stupid.
(2)born
作动词，意为_____________________，用于被动语态，_____________________意为“出生”
eg:
I
was
born
in
2001.
批注：天生的；问世的；诞生的
既可作定语修饰名词，又可作状语修饰形容词。
“出生”
“be
born
”
知识点12：Wu
Wei,
the
young
artist,
has
impressed
the
whole
country
with
his
creative
work.（P8）
吴为，一位年轻的艺术家，通过他的富有创造性的作品给全国留下深刻印象
(1)impress
动词，_____________________三种句型
①_____________________
eg:
He
impressed
me
with
his
excellent
drawing
skills.
②_____________________
eg:
I
am
impressed
by/with
your
speech.
③_____________________
eg:
Your
school
left/made/had
a
beautiful
impression
on
me.
(2)whole
形容词，意为“_____________________”，用在名词前作定语
eg:
She
spent
the
whole
day
writing.
辨析：whole
与all
whole
all
eg:
The
whole
week
has
passed
quickly.
He
ate
up
all
his
vegetables.
批注：“给……留下深刻的印象”
①impress
sb
with
sth
②be
impressed
by/with
③leave/make/have
an
impression
on
sb.
“全部的，整体的，所有的”
whole通常修饰可数名词单数，一般不修饰不可数名词位于定冠词、指示代词、物主代词及名词所有格之后all修饰可数名词复数或不可数名词位于定冠词、指示代词、物主代词及名词所有格之前
例题：完成句子
1.他想通过他的努力学习给老师留下好的印象。
He
want
to
his
teachers
his
hard
work.
答案：
impress
;
with
知识点13：His
sculpture
for
Sunshine
Town
Square
has
won
high
praise
from
the
art
community.
(P8)
他的创作的阳光城广场雕塑已赢得了艺术协会的高度赞扬
praise
n._____________________
接受赞美_____________________
表扬
_____________________
高度赞扬
_____________________
eg:
He
praised
her
for
her
courage.
The
praises
of
his
friends
made
the
body
feel
very
proud
是win
的过去分词，此处作及物动词，意为“
”，也可作不及物动词，意为“
”
eg:Who
won
the
race
today?
We
must
win
today.
辨析：win
与beat
winbeat
eg:
Li
Lei
beat
Jim
and
won
the
first
prize.
批注：赞扬，赞美，表扬
receive
praise
give
praise
high
praise
won
赢得
获胜，赢
win赢得，获胜所接宾语一般是比赛、辩论、战斗、奖金等名词或赢得的荣誉beat打败，战胜所接宾语是参加比赛的人、团体等
例题：--
Our
team
____
the
match.
We’ve
got
the
first
place!
--
Well
done!
Congratulations!
A.
hit.
B.
beat.
C.won.
D.
watched
解析：由第二句“我们得了第一名”可知，我们对赢得了比赛，故排除A、D;beat
后接人，win
后接match等词。本句宾语是match，因此动词用win
答案：
C
知识点14：…so
I’m
always
searching
for
something
better
and
different.（P8）……所以我总是搜寻更好的或与众不同的东西.
_____________________意为“总是做某事”，always与_____________________连用时，常表达说话人的某种情绪，如_____________________等。
eg:
He
was
always
asking
his
parents
for
money.
批注：be
always
doing
sth
进行时
赞扬、责备、不满等
知识点15：You
either
take
the
lead
or
fall
behind.
(P8)
你要么领先，要么落后。
(1)either
①用作_________，意为_________，通常用在否定句末。
eg:
I
don’t
want
the
blue
one,
and
I
don’t
want
the
red
one,either.
②用作_________,
意为_________，后常与of连用
eg:
There
are
two
bikes
in
the
room.
You
can
ride
either
of
them.
③用作_________，意为_________；后接可数名词单数
eg:
There
are
shops
on
either
side
of
the
stree.
④either
…
or…_________，意思是_________，在句子中连接同等的句子成分，连接主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致，即_________
eg:
Either
you
or
he
is
wrong.
(2)take
the
lead意为_________
eg:
She
took
the
lead
in
the
second
lap.
fall
behind意为_________
Come
on!We
are
falling
behind.
批注：
①用作副词，意为“也不”，通常用在否定句末。
②用作代词,
意为“
(两者中的）任何一个，后常与of
连用
③用作形容词，意为”（两者中）任一的；后接可数名词单数
④either
…
or…并列连词，要么……要么，或者……或者，不是……就是，在句子中连接同等的句子成分，连接主语时，谓语动词要与靠近它的主语保持一致，即就近原则
(2)take
the
lead意为“处于领先地位”
(3)fall
behind意为“落后”
例题：They
are
able
to
talk
openly
to
one
another
whenever
of
them
feels
hurt.
A.either
B
.both
C
.some
D.
All
解析：
(两者中的）任何一个
答案：A
知识点16：To
us,
a
miss
is
as
good
as
a
mile.
(P9)
失之毫厘，差之千里.
as
good
as
意为
_____________________
eg:It
looks
as
good
as
new.
批注：“和……几乎一样，简直是”
知识点17：Liu
Hao
is
the
chief
engineer
of
the
high–speed
railway
connecting
Sunshine
Town
to
Tianji.(P9)
刘皓是连接阳光城到天津这段高速铁路的首席工程师
connect
此处做_____________，意为____________
_____________________
意为“与……相连，连接”。
eg:First
of
all,
connect
the
protest
to
the
computer.
connecting
Sunshine
Town
to
Tianji作_____________________
，修饰railway.
动词的现在分词（短语）作定语时，表示_____________________
的含义，通常指动作_____________________
eg:The
man
standing
at
the
window
is
our
teacher.
批注：connect
此处做及物动词，意为“连接”，connect
…to
/with
意为“与……相连，连接”。
connecting
Sunshine
Town
to
Tianji作后置定语，修饰railway.动词的现在分词（短语）作定语时，表示主动的含义，通常指动作正在进行之中。
知识点17：We
can’t
afford
to
make
any
mistakes.
（P9）我们承担不起任何错误（所造成的后果）
(1)afford
_____________________，意为_____________________
(2)afford
sth_____________________，通常与_____________________，一般用于否定句、疑问句中。
eg:
Can
we
afford
a
new
car?
(3)_____________________事
eg:
We
can’t
afford
to
buy
a
new
house.
Can
they
afford
to
go
abroad
this
summer?
批注：(1)afford
及物动词，意为“承担得起（后果）”
(2)afford
sth买得起…；有时间做…，通常与can,
could,
be
able
to连用
afford
to
do
sth有足够的钱做某事
知识点18:All
of
us
know
that
it’s
necessary
to
pay
attention
to
every
detail.
（P9）我们都知道，注意每一个细节。
pay
attention
to
后面可以直接加名词、代词或者动名词，这里的to是一个___词，并不是能构成动词不定式的，类似的词组还有___________________。所以呢，这个词组后面要接动词的话，那麽就要在动词后加____________
eg:We
had
paid
attention
to
him.
（接代词）
They
paid
attention
to
watching
the
scene.
（接动词+ing）
批注：pay
attention
to
后面可以直接加名词、代词或者动名词，这里的to是一个介词，并不是能构成动词不定式的，这和look
forward
to是一样的。所以呢，这个词组后面要接动词的话，那麽就要在动词后加ing了。
Pay
attention
to
doing
sth
知识点19:As
a
doctor,
you
can’t
be
too
careful.（P9）作为医生，再怎么仔细也不为过。
can’t…too…固定句型，意为_______________________________
eg:You
can’t
praise
the
book
too
much.
拓展：有时也用________________________等与too
连用来表示类似的意思。
eg:It
is
impossible
to
get
to
school
too
soon.
批注：“无论怎么样都不过分，越……越好”can
never,
impossible
例题：完成句子
1.你越勤奋越好。
You
________________________
hard-working.
答案：can’t
be
too
知识点20：She
has
devoted
most
of
her
time
to
her
work.（P9）
她把她的大部分时间用于了工作。
devote
devote用作及物动词，意为________________________，常与介词________________________搭配，构成
devote
...
to
...结构，介词to之后跟名词或动词-ing形式。
eg:I
don’t
think
we
should
devote
any
more
time
to
this
question.
He
devoted
his
whole
life
to
teaching.
(2)________________________致力于，献身于
eg:For
four
years
he
devoted
himself
to
music.
批注：意为“把……献给；把……用在”
devote
oneself/one’s
time
to
致力于，献身于
知识点21：Liuhao’s
team
members
find
it
difficult
to
work
with
him.（P10）刘皓的团队成员发现很难与他共事。
_________________________
意为“发现做某事很……”其中it
是形式_______，真正的宾语是形容词后面的_________。
eg:I
found
it
boring
ro
play
computer
games.
批注：find
it
+
形容词
+
to
do
sth
宾语
动词不定式
【Part
Two
Colors】
知识点1.
Which
one
do
you
want
to
wear,
Eddie?
(Page
24,
Picture
1
)
（1）wear意为“穿着，戴着”，强调“穿戴”的状态
Eg.
She
always
wears
colourful
clothes.
Nick
is
wearing
a
blue
hat
today.
（2）wear
还可解释为“留着（毛发），（脸上）流露（某种表情或神态）”等。
Eg.
I
wore
my
hair
in
a
1990s
style.
He
always
wears
a
big
smile.
（3）区别wear与put
on，
dress，be
in
的用法
①put
on
意为“穿，戴”，强调“穿戴”的动作。
②dress
表示“穿衣”，常用的结构有get
dressed;
③dress
sb.
(in)
;
be
dressed
in以及dress
up
(as)
表示“打扮”；
④be
dressed
like
“打扮得像…”
Eg.
The
young
lady
is
dressed
in
white
today.
Mrs
King
dressed
her
daughter
in
a
green
skirt.
The
boy
would
like
to
dress
up
as
a
lion
king
at
Halloween.
Why
are
you
dressed
like
that,
Eddie?
⑤（be）in
也可以解释为“穿”，强调“穿着”的状态，和wear
用法接近。
Eg.
He
is
in
a
red
coat
today.
(=
He
is
wearing
a
red
coat
today.)
另：in
+
表示衣服或颜色的名词常在句中作后置定语。
Eg.
The
girl
in
red
is
a
new
student.
典型例题：
1.
The
woman
__B___
the
child
quickly
and
took
him
to
hospital.
A.
put
on
B.
dressed
C.
was
on
D.
was
wearing
知识点2.
How
do
colours
affect
us?
(Page
24)
affect是动词，它的名词是effect;
同义词influence,
该词既可以作动词，也可以作名词。
a.
affect
是一个及物动词，意思是“影响，(疾病)侵袭”。
Eg.
Smoking
affects
health.
His
disease
affected
her
mind
very
much.
b.
affect
还可表示“使……感动”的意思。
Eg.
The
film
affected
her
so
deeply
that
she
cried.
典型例题：
1.
He
____B___when
he
heard
the
______
news.
A.
affected;
sadness
B.
was
affected;
sad
C.
affected
to;
sad
D.
affected;
sad
知识点3.But
blue
looks
good
on
you!
(Page
24,
Picture
4)
sth.
look
good
on
sb.
sb.
look
good
in
sth
Eg.
I
think
this
jacket
looks
nice
on
you.
You
look
better
in
red.
典型例题：
1.He
looked
________
(happy)
when
he
heard
the
bad
news.
答案：unhappy
知识点4.Do
you
know
how
many
colours
there
are
in
a
rainbow?
(Page
25,
Part
B)
句中how
many
colours
there
are
in
a
rainbow
是know的宾语从句，宾语从句用陈述句语序。
典型例题：
1.Can
you
tell
me___C____?
A.
when
we
start
B.
when
did
we
start
C.
when
we
will
start
D.
when
will
we
start
2.
---The
light
in
his
room
is
still
on.
Do
you
know___B___?
---In
order
to
prepare
for
the
coming
exam.
A.
if
he
works
hard
B.
why
he
stays
up
so
late
C.
why
is
he
so
busy
D.
when
he
will
stop
working
知识点5.
Colors
can
change
our
moods
and
make
us
feel
happy
or
sad,
energetic
or
sleepy.
(Page
26,
Lines
3-4
)
make
为使役动词，后接不带”to”
的动词不定式（make
sb.
do
sth.
“使得某人做某事”，注意：在被动结构中动词前需加上“to”,即：sb.
be
made
to
sth.）或形容词（make
sb.
/
sth.
+
adj
“使……如何”）或名词短语作宾语补足语。
He
made
me
repeat
it.
(被动结构：I
was
made
to
repeat
it.)
Eg.
I’ll
try
to
make
our
school
more
beautiful.
We
make
him
monitor
of
our
class.
make
sb.
done
“使……被做”
Eg.
He
couldn’t
make
himself
understood.
练一练
1.
Air
conditioning
made
his
room
more
2.
His
words
made
us
___________
(laugh).
3.
She
was
made
_____________
(dance)
at
the
party.
sleepy
的用法：意为“欲睡的，困倦的”，在句中只做表语，其动词形式为sleep,
形容词形式为asleep
Eg.
Did
you
sleep
well
last
night?
典型例题：
The
baby
is
__________
(sleep)
now.
2.
She
was
so
__________
(sleep)
that
she
could
hardly
keep
his
eyes
open.
答案：
sleeping,
sleepy
知识点：6.
Wearing
blue
clothes
or
sleeping
in
a
blue
room
is
good
for
the
mind
and
body
because
this
colour
creates
the
feeling
of
harmony.
(Page
26,
Lines
11-13
)
wearing是wear的动名词形式，因为它在句中做主语，所以要加ing构成动名词。动名词做主语时谓语动词常用单数。
Eg.
Reading
is
very
important.
Walking
on
the
moon
is
easy.
下列句中要注意主语与谓语动词形式的一致。
①由or
连接的并列成分，句子的谓语要和其最近的一个主语保持一致。
Eg.
One
or
two
friends
are
coming
this
evening.
②either…
or谓语动词要同最近的主语保持一致。
Eg.
Either
Tom
or
Mike
is
right.
③neither…nor谓语动词要同最近的主语保持一致
。
Eg.
Neither
he
nor
I
am
going
to
Beijing.
Not
only
Tom
but
also
I
have
never
been
there
before.
be
good
for
…
“对…有好处”;
for
后面跟名词或代词。它的反义词是
be
bad
for
，同义词组为
do
good
to
sb.
=
do
sb.
good
“对某人有好处”
Eg.
Taking
a
walk
after
supper
is
good
for
our
health.
Reading
in
bed
is
bad
for
your
eyes.
典型例题：
1.
________
(walk)
is
a
good
form
of
exercise
for
both
young
and
old.
（Walking）
2.
Either
Nick
or
I
___B___
going
to
plant
trees
there
this
week.
A.
is
B.
am
C.
are
D.
will
知识点7.Yellow
is
the
color
of
sun,
so
it
can
remind
you
of
a
warm,
sunny
day.
(Page
27,
Lines24-25
)
①remind
sb.
of
sth/
sb.
“使某人想起某事/某人”；
Eg.
The
song
reminds
me
of
an
old
friend
of
mine.
②remind
sb.
to
do
sth
“提醒某人做某事”
Eg.
Don’t
forget
to
remind
me
to
mail
the
letter.
③remind
sb.
that
“提醒某人……”
Eg.
He
reminds
me
that
I
should
mail
the
letter
in
time.
练一练
知识点8.Wearing
red
makes
it
easier
for
you
to
take
actions.
(Page
27,
Lines
35-36
)
Eg.
Many
students
think
it
hard
to
learn
English.
典型例题：
1.
I
found
_____B___more
difficult
to
meet
my
old
friends.
A.
it’s
B.
it
C.
that
D.
that
is
2.
___D__
is
easy
_______
you
to
fly
the
kite
like
that.
A.
It;
to
B.
That;
of
C.
That;
for
D.
It;
for
知识点9.This
can
help
when
you
are
having
difficulty
making
a
decision.
(Page
27,
Lines
36-37
)
①可数名词，作“难事、难做的事”。
Eg.
With
the
help
of
my
friends,
I’ve
overcome
difficulties
in
my
study.
②不可数名词，作“困难、艰难、费力”
,
without
difficulty
没有困难
Eg.
The
students
have
difficulty
in
understanding
the
sentence.
Simon
finished
the
work
without
any
difficulty.
典型例题：
1.
If
you
study
hard
at
school,
you
will
have
no
_______
(difficult)
finding
a
job
in
the
future.（difficulty）
2.I
am
sure
you
can
make
a
good
________
(decide).
（decision）
3.
Her
______________
(happy)
made
me
feel
unhappy
too.（happiness）
能力实践
【20-21立达期中真题】
第二部分
单项填空(共
10小题;每小题1分，满分10
分)
请认真阅读下面各题，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21.
---The
China
International
Import
Expo
is
_____
first
import
expo
in
Shanghai
facing
to
all
the
Chinese
markets.
---That’s
true!
It
is
_____
great
start
of
the
first
CIIE.
A.
a;
the
B.
a;
a
C.
the;
a
D.
the;
/
【答案与解析】C.
考察冠词的用法，第一空是序数词前面用the，第二空辅音前用a表示一个很好的开始
22.
----I’m
new
here
in
Suzhou.
----Take
a
map
of
Suzhou
with
you.
You’ll
find
it
of
great
_____
in
helping
you.
A.
price
B.
cost
C.
interest
D.
value
【答案与解析】D.
考查名词的辨析A表示价格B是花费C是兴趣D是价值。这里是说你会发现地图在帮助你这方面具有很大的价值
23.
I
find
this
computer
game
_____
to
play.
A.
enough
easy
B.
easy
enough
C.
enough
easily
D.
easily
enough
【答案与解析】B.
这里考察enough的用法，enough修饰形容词或副词放在形容词或副词的后面，这里用形容词是find
+
sth.＋adj.做宾补的结构。
24.
---It
is
said
that
your
animal
sign
decides
your
personality.
---_____
My
animal
sign
is
the
OX,
but
in
fact
I
am
lazy
sometimes.
A.
I
can’t
agree
more.
B.
I
think
so.
C.
That’s
not
the
case.
D.
Why
not?
【答案与解析】C.
情景交际题，在这里是说据说生肖决定一个人的性格，下文到我的生肖是牛，但是事实上有的时候我很懒，所以是跟上面是不同的态度，选的是C，并不是这种情况。
25.
----Uncle
Wang
hardly
smokes,
_____?
----
_____
.
He
often
tells
us
smoking
does
harm
to
our
health.
A.
does
he;
Yes
B.
does
he;
No
C.
doesn't
he;
Yes
D.
doesn't
he;
No
【答案与解析】B.
考察反义疑问句，因为前面句子当中还有否定意义的词hardly。所以后面简短的问句用的是肯定的,又通过下文说，他经常告诉我们吸烟对我们健康有害，所以说他是不抽烟的回答是no。
26.
Which
of
the
following
sentences
is
RIGHT?
A.
I’m
not
sure
that
he
will
give
back
the
money.
B.
Could
you
tell
me
how
long
you
will
leave?.
C.
He
asked
me
if
I
wanted
to
play
football
or
not.
D.
I’m
not
sure
if
I’m
reading
the
word
correctly.
【答案与解析】D.
考察宾语从句，AB的疑问词都错了C选项if要改成whether
27.
May
you
give
_____
you
like,
and
all
that
you
get
is
what
you
want.
A.
as
long
as
B.
as
well
as
C.
as
good
as
D.
as
much
as
【答案与解析】D.
A只要
B也
C
和…一样好
D和…一样多
愿你随心所欲的付出而你得到的就是你所拥有的
28.
You’d
better
_____
hard
from
now
on,
_____
you
will
fail
the
exam.
A.
work;
and
B.
working;
or
C.
working;
and
D.
work;
or
【答案与解析】D.
第一空考察had
better加动词原形,第二空考查连词，在这里意思是说你最好从现在开始努力学习，否则你考试将会失利。
29.
----_____
the
classmates_____
the
teacher
was
waiting
for
me
when
I
arrived
at
the
airport.
----
What
a
pity!
A.
Neither;
nor
B.
Either;
or
C.
Both;
and
D.
Not
only;
but
also
【答案与解析】A.
这题考查连词,
A表示两者都不,B是两者当中的任意一个,C表示两者都
,D选项表示不仅而且,根据谓语动词填的是单数was,再通过句意what
a
pity多么遗憾，可以判断出选A,意思是当我到达机场的时候，我的老师和同班同学都没有等我。
30.
----What
a
heavy
rain!
----
So
it
is.
I
prefer
_____
rather
than
_____
on
such
a
rainy
day.
A.
to
go
out;
staying
at
home
B.
staying
at
home;
go
out
C.
going
out;
stay
at
home
D.
to
stay
at
home;
go
out
【答案与解析】D.
这里考察prefer
to
do
rather
than
do
的搭配,此处的意思是说多么大的雨啊，确实是.在这样的雨天我宁愿呆在家里也不愿出去。
第三部分 完形填空(共
10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Around
twenty
years
ago
I
was
living
in
York.
__31___
I
had
a
lot
of
experience
and
a
Master’s
degree（硕士学位）,
I
could
not
find
satisfying
work.
I
was
driving
a
school
bus
to
make
money
and
__32___
with
a
friend
of
mine,
for
I
had
lost
my
flat.
I
had
attended
five
interviews
with
a
company
and
one
day
__33___
bus
runs
they
called
to
say
I
did
not
get
the
job.
“Why
has
my
life
become
so
__34___?”
I
thought
painfully.
As
I
pulled
the
bus
over
to
drop
off
a
little
girl,
she
handed
me
an
earring
saying
I
should
___35__
it
until
somebody
claimed（认领）it.
The
earring
was
painted
black
and
said
“BE
HAPPY”.
At
first
I
got
angry.
Then
it
__36___
me----I
had
been
giving
all
of
my
__37___
to
what
was
going
wrong
with
my
life
rather
than
what
was
right!
I
decided
then
and
there
to
make
a
list
of
fifty
things
I
was
happy
with.
Later,
I
decided
to
__38___
more
things
to
the
list.
That
night
there
was
a
phone
call
for
me
from
a
lady
who
was
a
director
at
a
large
__39___.
She
asked
me
if
I
would
give
a
one-day
speech
on
stress
management
to
200
medical
workers.
I
said
yes.
My
day
there
went
very
well,
and
before
long
I
got
a
well-paid
job.
To
this
day
I
realize
that
it
was
because
I
changed
my
way
of
thinking
that
I
__40___
changed
my
life.
31.
A.
As
B.
Though
C.
If
D.
When
32.
A.
working
B.
travelling
C.
discussing
D.
living
33.
A.
between
B.
through
C.
during
D.
beyond
34.
A.
hard
B.
busy
C.
serious
D.
short
35.
A.
hide
B.
hold
C.
keep
D.
save
36.
A.
hurt
B.
hit
C.
caught
D.
moved
37.
A.
feelings
B.
attention
C.
strength
D.
interests
38.
A.
connect
B.
turn
C.
increase
D.
add
39.
A.
hospital
B.
factory
C.
restaurant
D.
university
40.
A.
smoothly
B.
closely
C.
completely
D.
hardly
答案：31-35
BDCAC
36-40
DBDAC
本文是一篇夹叙夹议文章。文章讲述了我
20
年前在纽约经历的一段艰难生活。起初，我虽然有经验和硕士学位，但还是找不到满意的工作。一个小女孩给我的一个耳环改变了我的生活。从此以后，我列了一个感到满意的
50
件事情清单，并决定不断添加。后来我终于找到了一份高薪的工作。我知道正是因为我改变了我的思维方式才改变了我的生活。
A.
As
B.Though
C.If
D.
When
【答案】B
【解析】尽管我有许多经验和硕士学位，但还是不能找到满意的工作。
【考点定位】考查连词的含义及用法。
32.
A.
working
B.
travelling
C.
discussing
D.
living
【答案】D
【解析】我开校车来维持生活并且和我的一个朋友住在一起，因为我没了套房。
【考点定位】考查动词词义及语境理解。
33.
A.
between
B.
through
C.
during
D.
beyond
【答案】C
【解析】在我开校车接送学生两趟车期间人事给我打电话，不能是duing，during后面跟时间段。
【考点定位】考查介词及语境理解。
34.
A.
hard
B.
busy
C.
serious
D.
short
【答案】A
【解析】此处hard艰难的;
busy
忙的;serious认真的，严重的;
short
短的。
为什么我的生活如此艰难呢?
【考点定位】考查形容词词义及语境理解。
35.
A.
hide
B.
hold
C.
keep
D.
save
【答案】C
【解析】小女孩递给我一个耳环，后文说等到有人来认领，因此是暂时保留。
【考点定位】考查动词词义及语境理解
36.
A.
hurt
B.
hit
C.
caught
D.
moved
【答案】B
【解析】此处hurt伤害;hit撞击，伤害;catch抓住;move
感动。生活使我受到了打击。
【考点定位】考查动词词义及语境理解。
37.
A.
feelings
B.
attention
C.
strength
D.
interests
【答案】B
【解析】此处feelings
感觉;attention注意力;strength
力量，力气;
interests
兴趣。
我把一切注意力都集中在了生活的不顺上而没有关注好的方面.
【考点定位】考查名词词义及语境理解。
38.
A.
connect
B.
turn
C.
increase
D.
add
【答案】D
【解析】此处
connect联系;turn转向;变为;
keep保持;
add添加。后来我决定向清单中添加更多的事情。
【考点定位】考查动词词义及语境理解。
39.
A.
hospital
B.
factory
C.
restaurant
D.
university
【答案】A
【解析】根据后文∶
给
200
医疗工作者（200
medical
workers）做报告，可知地点在医院。
【考点定位】考查名词词义及逻辑推理。
40.
A.
smoothly
B.
closely
C.
completely
D.
hardly
【答案】C
【解析】我意识到这是因为我改变了我的思维方式，我彻底地改变了我的生活。
【考点定位】考查副词词义及逻辑推理。
第四部分
阅读理解(共
12小题;每小题2分,满分24分)
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
41.
The
material
above
contains
the
following
information
EXCEPT
_________.
how
to
kill
time
how
to
lose
weight
what
to
say
during
job
interviews
how
to
deal
with
health
problems
in
winter
42.
The
book
may
not
be
suitable
for
________
to
read.
a
five-year-old
kid
a
housewife
a
college
student
who
wants
to
look
for
a
job
an
officer
worker
43.
“Reader’s
Digest”
is
probably
________.
A.a
type
of
newspaper
B.a
science
book
C.a
poster
about
food
D.a
bestselling
magazine
【答案】A
事实细节题。图片中有lose
weight;Top
10
job
search
gaffes
“You
said
what”;winter
health
woes(困境)
fast
fixes;
time-savers
是节省时间，不是消磨时间。故A排除。
【答案】A
事实细节题。Kitchen
time-savers
适合housewife;
Top
10
job
search
gaffes
“You
said
what”适合寻找工作的人；how
to
succeed
in
life、business
review
适合工作者；
【答案】D
推理判断题。推断文章出处。这幅图是一本《读者文摘》。上面有日期，有里面文章的标题，文章涉及各个领域，因此可推断出是一本杂志。
D
Few
of
us
have
heard
of
Nils
Bohlin,
but
whenever
we
take
a
car
journey
his
invention
makes
us
safer.
Found
in
almost
every
modern
car,
the
three-point
seat
belt
reduces
our
chances
of
death
or
injury
by
at
least
50%.
While
feeling
thankful
to
his
engineer
from
Volvo,
you
may
also
wonder
how
he
came
up
with
such
a
great
idea.
Having
worked
as
a
plane
designer
before,
Nils
knew
clearly
that
the
pilots
were
willing
to
put
on
anything
to
keep
them
safe
in
an
accident,
but
to
his
surprise,
most
people
in
the
cars
just
didn’t
want
to
be
uncomfortable
for
even
a
minute.
To
improve
the
safety
for
people
in
the
cars,
he
decided
to
find
a
perfect
system
which
should
be
simple,
effective
and
convenient.
In
the
end,
he
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt,
which
has
been
considered
as
one
of
the
greatest
inventions
in
history.
Seat
belts
prevent
people
in
the
cars
from
serious
injury
in
five
ways.
Keep
people
inside.
People
who
are
thrown
out
from
a
car
are
four
times
more
likely
to
be
killed
than
those
who
stay
inside.
Protect
the
strongest
parts
of
the
body.
Seat
belts
are
designed
to
fix
your
body
at
its
strongest
parts.
For
an
older
child
and
adult,
these
parts
are
the
hips
(臀部)
and
shoulders.
Spread
out
the
force
in
an
accident.
Seat
belts
spread
the
force
of
the
accident
over
a
wide
area
of
the
body.
By
putting
less
stress
on
one
area,
they
can
help
you
avoid
serious
injury.
Help
the
body
to
slow
down.
A
quick
speed
causes
injury.
With
the
help
of
the
seat
belts,
your
body
can
have
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident.
Protect
your
brain
and
spinal
cord
(脊柱).
These
two
key
parts
injuries
may
be
hard
to
see
immediately,
but
they
can
cause
death.
Therefore,
it’s
of
great
importance
to
protect
these
parts.
It
takes
only
a
few
seconds
to
buckle
up
once
you
get
in
the
car,
but
this
simple
action
could
save
your
life.
50.
Nils
Bohlin
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt
in
order
to
________.
take
a
car
journey
quickly
show
thanks
to
the
engineer
keep
the
pilots
safe
in
an
accident
make
people
in
the
cars
safer
51.
The
underlined
phrases
here
“buckle
up”
probably
means
“________”.
A.get
over
pressure
B.fasten
seat
belts
C.calm
down
D.take
off
coats
52.
From
the
passage
we
can
learn
________.
A.hips
and
shoulders
aren’t
the
older
children
and
adults’
strongest
parts
B.seat
belts
can
keep
your
knees
and
feet
away
from
the
hard
parts
of
the
car
C.the
body
has
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident
thanks
to
seat
belts
D.head
and
spinal
cord
injuries
might
be
easy
to
see
immediately
in
an
accident
【答案】D
细节理解题。根据第二段的To
improve
the
safety
for
people
in
the
cars，he
decided
to
find
a
perfect
system
which
should
be
simple,
effective
and
convenient.In
the
end,he
invented
the
three-point
seat
belt,
which
has
been
considered
as
one
of
the
greatest
inventions
in
history
.可知博林发明安全带是为了确保汽车里的人在事故中的安全，故选D。
【答案】B
词义猜测题。本篇文章讲的是关于三点式安全带的由来、作用和重要性。根据最后一句“but
this
simple
action
could
save
your
life.”、“takes
only
a
few
seconds”和“get
in
the
car”可知应该是系好安全带这个动作，故选B。
【答案】C
细节理解题。根据第七段“With
the
help
of
the
seat
belts
your
body
can
have
more
time
to
slow
down
in
an
accident.”可知安全带能使你的身体在事故中有更多的时间慢下来，故选C。
第五部分
信息还原(共5
小题;每小题1分,满分5分)
根据对话内容,从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Most
people
can
hardly
imagine
what
kind
of
pain
orphans
(孤儿)
feel
while
growing
up,
disliked,
and
laughed
at.
Will
Hunting,
the
main
character
in
the
US
film
Good
will
Hunting,
is
a
good
example.
The
story
is
simple.
__53___
Professor
Gerald
Lambeau,
a
math
professor,
discovers
that
Hunting
has
a
talent
for
math.
___54__
However,
Hunting
gets
into
a
fight
and
is
arrested
(逮捕)
after
he
attacks
a
police
officer.
But
Lambeau
doesn't
give
up.
He
sends
Hunting
to
see
a
wise
doctor,
Dr
Sean
Maguire,
to
see
if
he
can
help
the
troubled
young
man.
__55___
“It
is
not
your
fault,”
he
repeats
the
words
while
staring
at
Hunting.
He
says
Hunting
no
longer
has
any
place
to
hide.
__56___
Orphans
often
feel
that
no
one
loves
them,
and
in
order
to
avoid
harm,
they
refuse
people’s
kindness.
__57___We
should
pay
more
attention
to
orphans,
not
out
of
sympathy,
but
out
of
love.
[答案与解析]
53.E空格处前一句说这个故事很简单,下一
句提到一个数学教授发现Hunting
有数学方面的。那么空格处应该开始介绍故事的主角Hunting
.
E
.
数学天赋,后一句说:但是他因为袭击警察
54.F空格处前一句提到数学教授发现了他的被抓捕了。选项F说教授希望他能够好好利用他的天赋,符合前后句的衔接逻辑。
55.A空格处前一句说教授带Hunting
去看了一个医生。紧接着应该说看医生的结果。选项A的意思是:经过一段时间的治疗,Hunting
题。符合题意。
56.C
Hunting
生告诉他这不是他的错,他不需要躲起来。这些话对于一个孤儿来说,是很温暖的。他们应该多听到这样的话。所以选择C选项。
57.D前一句说到孤儿的心理,他们因为怕受伤害,所以经常拒绝别人的善意。后一句说我们应该多关注孤儿,不是出于同情,而是出于爱的角度,让孤儿感受到爱。空格处需要衔接孤儿的心理状况以及人们的态度。D选项说人们会觉得爱自己的孩子很正常,但是要爱别人的孩子就会难得多。符合前后逻辑。
反思好学
思维脑图：
2自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
3-4期中复习
易错回顾
一、单项填空
(
)1.—Do
you
know
about
the
scientist
Tu
Youyou?
—Yes,she
won
the
2015
Nobel
Prize
in
Medicine
because
of
her
great .?
A.surprise
B.achievement
C.education
D.satisfaction
(
)2.—Why
is
Jim
so
upset?
—Because
he
the
school
basketball
team
yesterday
and
was
refused.?
A.tried
on
B.tried
out
of
C.tried
out
for
D.tried
up
(
)3.Welcome
all
of
you
to
our
town
and
enjoy here
in
the
next
few
days.?
A.yourself
B.yourselves
C.themselves
D.himself
(
)4.—It
seems
that
you
are
happy.Why?
—I
came
across
an
old
friend
of
mine
while
I
on
the
street.?
A.was
walking
B.walk
C.walked
D.am
walking
(
)5.—I
joined
in
the
2019
Nanjing
Marathon
race,
I
couldn’t
run
as
fast
as
a
real
runner.?
—That’s
really
great!
You
are
my
hero!
A.although
B.until
C.so
D.if
(
)6.—When
must
I
hand
in
my
book
report?
—As
soon
as
you it
tomorrow.?
A.completed
B.will
complete
C.complete
D.is
completed
(
)7.As
middle
school
students,we
should
think
about for
our
country
in
the
future.?
A.what
we
did
B.what
did
we
do
C.what
we
can
do
D.what
can
we
do
(
)8.The
forest
fires
that
in
Australia
seem
to
be
both
a
natural
and
man-made
disaster
according
to
some
experts.?
A.broke
out
B.broke
down
C.broke
up
D.broke
into
(
)9.Jane
Austen,the
writer
of
Pride
and
Prejudice single(
单身的
)
all
her
life
although
she
wrote
many
stories
of
love.?
A.realized
B.required
C.reminded
D.remained
(
)10.—I’m
afraid
I
have
to
give
up
my
dream
of
being
a
singer.
— .No
dream
is
too
big,and
no
dreamer
is
too
small.?
A.Don’t
lose
heart
B.No
problem
C.That’s
unusual
D.You
must
be
joking
兴趣起航
How
much
do
you
know
about
Helen
Keller?
乐学善思
【Part
One】
Unit
Three
1、aloud
aloud是副词，重点在
“出声”,
通常放在动词之后,没有比较级形式。
Eg.
He
read
the
story
aloud
to
his
son.
朗读那篇故事给他儿子听。
Did
I
say
it
out
aloud?
我刚才出声了么？
【拓展】
（1）loud可作形容词或副词。用作副词时,常与speak,
talk,
laugh等动词连用，常用于比较级。
Eg.
Could
you
please
speak
a
little
louder?
你能说大声一点吗？
Am
I
loud
enough?
我声音够大么？
（2）loudly是副词,
有时可与loud替换,但常含有“打扰别人”之意。
He
does
not
talk
loudly
or
laugh
loudly
in
public.
他不会当众大声谈笑。
2、reply
&
answer
两个词都有“回答”之意，都可用作名词和动词，常可互换使用。两词的区别是：
（1）reply为正式用语，多指经过考虑的、有针对性的、详细的回答，常和介词to
连用，也可接直接引语或that引导的宾语从句。
Eg.
The
old
man
smiled
before
he
replied
to
my
question.
老人在回答我的问题前笑了笑。
（2）answer是一般用语，用法比reply广泛，回答问题、写回信、接电话、听见门铃去开门都可用answer。另外，你可以用言语问题，也可以摇头或耸肩作答。
Eg.
Answer
my
question
in
English.
用英语回答我的问题。
3、choice
作名词，意为“选择，选择权”，一般做可数名词。否定形式一般常用词组“have
no/little
choice
but
to
do
sth.”。
Eg.
It's
available
in
a
choice
of
colours.有多种颜色可供选择。
They
had
little
choice
but
to
agree
to
what
he
suggested.他们别无选择，只好接受他的提议。
4、suggestion
名词，意为“意见，建议”，一般可数，常用其复数形式。
Eg.
The
dietitian
was
helpful,
making
suggestions
as
to
how
I
could
improve
my
diet. 这位营养学家就如何改善饮食给我提出了些建议，对我很有帮助。
I
have
lots
of
suggestions
for
the
park's
future.
对于公园未来的规划我有很多提议。
【拓展】
suggest作动词，意为“建议，提议，启示”。
Eg.
I
suggest
you
ask
him
some
specific
questions
about
his
past.
我建议你问他一些有关他的过去的具体问题。
I
suggested
to
Mike
that
we
go
out
for
a
meal
with
his
colleagues.
我向迈克提议，我们和他的同事们一起出去吃饭。
5、offer
offer用作及物动词，意为“提供，给予”，后接名词或代词作宾语，常用于offer
to
do
sth.和offer
sb.
sth./offer
sth.
to
sb.结构中。
Eg.
She
offered
to
help
me
with
my
French.
她主动帮我学法语。
Can
I
offer
you
a
drink?
你要饮料吗？
6、strict
strict
形容词，意为“严厉的，严格的”，在句子中可以做表语、定语。常用短语be
strict
with
sb.
意为“对某人要求严格”；be
strict
in
sth.
意为“对某事要求严格”。
Eg.
She
is
a
strict
teacher.
她是一个严格的老师。
She
is
strict
with
her
students
and
strict
in
her
work.
她对她的学生和工作要求严格。
7、worth
（1）worth
作形容词，意为“值…钱”。
??
Eg.
The
piano
is
worth
3,000
yuan.
这架钢琴值3000元。
（2）worth
作形容词，意为“值得”，常用语be
worth
doing…结构。
???
Eg.
This
story
is
worth
reading.
这个故事值得阅读。
8、imagine
imagine是动词，意为“想象，推测”，后面可接名词、代词、宾语从句、复合宾语，常用于结构：imagine
doing
sth.
想象做某事。
Eg.
We
can’t
imagine
what
China
will
be
like
in
the
future.我们无法想象将来中国是什么样子。
I
can’t
imagine
leaving
all
my
friends.
我无法想象离开我所有的朋友。
No
one
can
imagine
what
will
happen
next.
没有人能想象出下一步会发生什么。
9、I
have
a
problem,
and
I
do
not
know
how
to
deal
with
it.
deal是不及物动词，意为“处理，对付”，常和介词with连用，构成短语deal
with，
意为“处理”。
Eg.
They
will
deal
with
these
problems
at
the
meeting.?
他们将在会议上处理这些问题。
【拓展】
deal
with和do
with都有“处理”的意思，
但是deal
with常与how连用，而do
with常
what连用。
Eg.
How
shall
we
deal
with
the
children?
=
What
shall
we
do
with
the
children?
我们怎么处置这个孩子呢？
10、I
often
doubt
whether
it
is
worth
spending
so
much
time
on
homework.
doubt用作动词，意为“怀疑”。常有以下两种用法：
（1）后接名词或者代词。
???
??
Eg.
I
doubt
his
words.
我怀疑他说的话。
（2）后面接宾语从句。
①在否定句和疑问句中，doubt后面接that引导的宾语从句。
Eg.
I
don’t
doubt
that
he
can
finish
the
task
on
time.
我相信他能按时完成任务。
Do
you
doubt
that
she
will
succeed?
你怀疑他会成功吗？
②在肯定句中，doubt后面一般接whether或if引导的宾语从句。
Eg.
I
doubt
whether
they
can
swim
across
the
river.
我怀疑他们能否游过河去。
He
doubts
if
she
will
keep
her
word.
他怀疑她是否会遵守诺言。
【拓展】
doubt还可用作名词，常与about/of
/as
to/on等介词连用。
Eg.
There
is
no
doubt
about
it.
此事不可怀疑。
I
have
no
doubt
of
his
ability.
我毫不怀疑他的能力。
11、I
know
it
is
important
to
finish
all
my
homework
on
time.
句子中I
know
后面的宾语是It
is/was
+
adj.
+
to
do
sth.
结构，意为“做某事是…的”，to
do
sth.为句子的真正的主语，而it为形式主语，形式主语不能用别的词来代替，句中可在形容词后加for
sb.，意为“对于某人来说，做某事是…的”。
Eg.
It’s
important
for
us
to
learn
a
foreign
language.
对我们来说，学习一门外语是相当重要的。
It’s
necessary
for
us
to
eat
more
fruit
and
vegetables.
对我们来说，多吃蔬菜和水果是必要的。
【拓展】
这个句型中的for
sb.有时也可以用of
sb.
二者意义有区别：
（1）在It’s
+
adj.
+
for
sb.
to
do
sth.
中，for
sb.意为“对某人来说”，句中的形容词是用来说明to
do
sth.的，形式主语只能用it。
Eg.
It’s
necessary
for
the
students
to
do
some
housework.
对于学生们来说，做些家务是十分必要的。
（2）在It’s
+
adj.
+
of
sb.
to
do
sth.
中of
sb.
意为“某人…”，句中形容词可与逻辑主语sb.
构成系表结构，
形容词是用来说明或形容sb.（某人）的。
Eg.
It’s
very
kind
of
you
to
help
us.
你能帮助我们真是太好了。
12、I
am
crazy
about
football.
be
crazy
about意为“对…而疯狂，热爱，痴迷于”，about为介词，后跟名词或动名词。
Eg.
I
used
to
be
crazy
about
the
hunting
season.
过去，打猎的季节使我疯狂。
I
am
crazy
about
playing
basketball.
我热衷于篮球。
【拓展】
表达“喜欢”的其他相关短语：be
interested
in
;
be
fond
of等。
Eg.
He
is
interested
in
the
French
culture.
他对法国文化感兴趣。
My
brother
is
fond
of
classical
music.
我弟弟喜欢古典音乐。
13、It
seems
that
you
spend
a
lot
of
time…
此句型实质上是“主＋系＋表”结构。其中it是人称代词，并无实意，指的是某种情况，seems为连系动词，that
/
as
if
引导表语从句。It
seems
that
…表示“看起来……”。强调根据一定的事实所得出的一种接近于实际情况的判断。
Eg.
It
seems
that
it
is
more
difficult
for
women
to
get
to
the
top
of
the
company.
妇女似乎更难提升到公司的最高职位。
It
seems
that
she
is
happy.
她似乎很高兴。
此句型可以转换成“名词或代词
＋
seem
＋动词不定式”句型，其意不变。
It
seems
that
no
one
knows
what
has
happened
in
the
park.
=No
one
seems
to
know
what
has
happened
in
the
park.似乎没有人知道在公园里发生了什么事。
[巩固练习]
用所给动词的正确形式填空。
1.
We
don’t
know
how
________
(solve)
the
problem.
2.
I
think
he
spends
too
much
time
______
(practice)
the
piano.
3.
My
pen
friend
_______
(not
reply)
to
my
last
three
letters
yet.
4.
He
always
does
_______
(good)
in
Maths
than
I.
5.
The
boy
is
suffering
from
______
(get)
so
low
marks.
6.
Sue
seems
much
________
(happy).
7.
I
think
the
most
important
thing
is
that
we
should
listen
________
(care)
in
class.
8.
I
am
still
feeling
_________
(worry)
about
the
coming
exam.
9.
The
beat
has
no
choice
but
_________(lie)
down
in
the
cave
in
winter.
10.
He
offered
________
(lend)
me
some
money
to
get
that
watch.
【Part
Two
Unit
Four】
1、Growing
is
hard!
长大真艰难啊!
1）动名词短语作主语，谓语动词用单数。
growing
up是动名词短语,在句中作主语。动名词或动名词短语在句中作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
Eg.
Walking
after
supper
is
good
for
your
health.晚饭后散步对你的健康有益。
2）hard
adj/adv
adj.困难的，坚硬的，辛苦的，猛烈的
adv.努力地，用功地，猛烈地，坚硬地。
hardly
adv.
几乎不，几乎没有
2、
since从.....以......以后
since作连词，意为“
自...以来，从...以后”，从句用一般过去时，主句常用现在完成时或现在完成进行时。
Eg.Where
have
you
been
since
last
saw
you?
自从上次见到你以后，你到哪里去了?
[易混辨析]since与for
Since
后接点时间，表示“自从以--以后
For
后接时间段
表示“已经多长时间了”
Eg.Mr
Smith
has
been
in
China
since
five
years
ago.
史密斯先生自从五年前就已经在中国了。
She
has
been
waiting
for
the
manager
for
about
two
hours.
她已经等了这个经理大约两个小时了。
【拓展】Since还可以引导原因状语从句，意为“既然，由于，因为”。
Eg.Since
he
was
lazy,
he
didn’t
finish
his
homework.
3、not..until...直到....才....
1）not..until..意为“直到...”表示主句的动作直到until所表示的时间才开始。
Eg.
They
didn't
go
to
bed
until
they
finished
their
homework.
直到完成家庭作业，他们才上床睡觉。
I
won't
leave
until
you
come
back.
直到你回来，我才会离开。
2）until作连词，意为“直到...为止”。until
用于肯定句时,表示主句的动作一直持续到until所表示的时间为止，主句中的动词必须是持续性动词。
Eg.
He
kept
on
asking
questions
until
the
bell
rang.
他一直问问题，直到铃响。
【归纳】Until与not
until
的用法区别
Until
主句动词用延续性动词，提问用how
long.
Not…until
主句动词用非延续性动词。提问用when.
4、
a
great
deal
of大量，许多
1）a
great
deal
of意为“大量，许多”，后跟不可数名词。
Eg.
It
could
save
a
great
deal
of
time
to
travel
by
air.
乘飞机旅行可以
节省许多时间。
[易混辨析]a
great
deal
of.
plenty
of,
a
lot
of，a
number
of与a
great
many
a
great
deal
of后接不可数名词plenty
of后接可数名词的复数形式或不可数名词a
lot
of相当于lots
of,后接可数名词的复数形式或不可数名词a
number
of后接可数名词的复数形式a
great
many后接可数名词的复数形式,many后不用介词of
Eg
.We
have
plenty
of
time
to
finish
the
work.
我们有许多时间完成这项工作。
I
can't
hang
out
because
I
have
a
lot
of
housework.
闲逛因为我有许多家务要做。
A
number
of
students
in
our
class
are
from
Shanghai.
我们班有很多学生来自上海。
He
had
a
great
many
fiends
here.
他在这里有很多朋友。
deal
vi．处理，对付(deal—dealt—dealt)
5、He
was
very
small-
-much
smaller
than
the
other
kids
at
school.
1）much修饰比较级,much作程度副词，用在形容词或副词的比较级前，意为...得多”，用来加强语气。
Eg.
The
actress
is
already
50,
but
she
looks
much
younger.那位女演员已经50岁了，但她看上去年轻多了。
After
practising
for
several
months,I
can
swim
much
faster
now.儿个月的练习之后，我现在游得快多了。
2）能修饰形容词或副词的比较级的词(词组)还有:even,
far,
a
lot,
a
little
等。
Eg.
She
drives
far
more
carefully
than
her
husband.
她开车比她丈夫小心得多。
6、While
attending
junior
high,
Spud
tried
out
for
the
school
team,
but
he
was
refused
at
first
because
he
was
too
small.
1）while
连词，引导时间状语从句“当…时”。
当主从句主语相同，且谓语动词含有be动词的某种形式时，主语+be动词可以省略（主动语态就是ing形式，被动语态就是done形式）
Eg.
While
she
was
listening
to
the
radio,she
fell
asleep.
=While
listening
to
the
radio,she
fell
asleep.
2）while
还意为“然而，而”，表对比。
Eg.
I
like
swimming
while
my
brother
likes
dancing.
我喜欢游泳，而我弟弟喜欢跳舞。
7、get
the
coach
change
his
mind
get
sb.
To
do
sth.
=make/have/let
sb.
do
sth.
使某人做某事
8、go
on
to
do
sth.(完成某事后）接着做另一件事
go
on
doing
sth.不停的做某事
go
on
with
sth.
（尤指停顿或中断后）继续做同一件事
9、as
a
result
因此;结果
1）As
a
result意为“因此，结果”，常放在句首,而且用逗号与后面的句子隔开，后面接事情的结果。
Eg.
He
worked
hard
at
his
study.As
a
result,
he
passed
the
exam
easily.
as
a
result
of
意为“由于”，后跟名词或代词，相当于because
of，后接事情的原因。
Eg.
He
was
late
as
a
result
of
the
heavy
snow.
10、succeed
in
doing
sth成功地做某事=do
sth.
successfully
[易混辨析]success,
succeed,
successful
与successfully
success
名词
成功succeed动词
成功
successful形容词
成功的
successfully
副词
成功地
Eg.
The
play
was
a
great
success
in
this
city.
那场戏剧在这座城市获得了巨大的成功。
We
succeeded
in
solving
the
problem.
我们成功地解决了这个问题。
The
actors'
performance
was
very
successful.
演员们的演出非常成功。
He
finished
the
task
successfully.
他成功地完成了这项任务。
11、Although
he
was
a
great
player
at
university,
the
NBA
was
not
interested
in
him
because
all
its
players
were
more
than
20
cm
taller
than
he
was．尽管他是在大学里是很棒的球员，但是NBA对他没有兴趣，因为NBA的球员都比他高20厘米。
1）although做连词，意为“虽然；尽管”，同义词为though。
2）although(
though)和but，就如同because和so
一样，不可同时用来连接两个句子。
★though可放句首和句尾；但although不能放句尾。
12、force
vt.
强迫,迫使
force的用法:
Eg.
You
shouldn’t
force
your
son
to
do
so
much
housework.
你不应该强迫你儿子做那么多的家务。
13、remain
vi.
逗留;保持不变
1）remain表示“逗留”时,用作不及物动词,相当于stay。
Eg.
The
children
remained
out
because
of
the
nice
weather.
由于天气晴朗,孩子们待在室外。
2）remain表示“保持不变”时,用作连系动词，后面接名词、代词、形容词、介词短语等作表语。
Eg.
Peter
became
a
manager,
but
Jack
remained
a
worker.
彼得成了一名经理,而杰克仍然是一名工人。
Whatever
achievements
you’ve
made,
you
should
remain
modest.
无论你取得了什么成就，你都应该保持谦虚。
14、Through
hard
work,
Spud
Webb
proved
that
size
and
body
type
does
not
matter—you
can
do
almost
anything
if
you
never
give
up.
通过努力,斯巴德·韦伯证明高矮胖瘦不重要——只要永不放弃，几乎没有什么你做不到的。
prove的用法如下：
1）prove+名词/代词
Can
you
prove
that?
你能证实那一点吗?
2）prove+直接宾语（sth）+to+间接宾语（sb）
Eg.
Can
you
prove
your
theory
to
us?
你能向我们证实你的理论吗?
3）prove+宾语（sb/sth）（+to
be）+宾语补足语
（n./adj.）
Eg.
They
proved
themselves
wise
and
brave.
他们证明了自己的机智与勇敢。
All
this
proved
him
to
be
an
honest
man.
这一切都证明了他是一个诚实的人。
4）prove+that
从句
Eg.
Galileo
proved
that
the
Earth
and
all
other
planets
move
around
the
Sun.
伽利略证实了地球和所有其他的行星都是围绕太阳运转的。
15、After
the
war,
her
father
collected
her
diary
and
had
it
published.
战争过后,她的父亲收集了她的日记并使之出版。
1）
have
it
published意为“使之出版”,have意为“致使”,其后接过去分词表被动。
过去分词所表示的动作由他人完成。
Eg.
He
had
his
money
stolen.
他的钱被偷了。（被别人偷去了）
【拓展】
表示“致使”意义的动词还有make,
get,
keep,
leave等。
16、“in
one's+数词的复数形式”的用法
1）“in
one's+数词的复数形式”表示“某人几十多岁”,这里的数词是整十的数词。
Eg.
The
artist
is
in
his
thirties.
这位艺术家三十多岁。
2）整十的数词的复数形式也可以用在“in
the
+数词的复数形式”结构中，表示“在某个年代”。
★in
the
eighties在八十年代
17、【辨析】die
of和die
from
die
of
指死于疾病衰老情感等内在原因。
die
from
死于外部原因
(主要指事故,
地震等外部原因)
★die
of
hunger死于饥饿
★die
from
an
earthquake/a
traffic
accident死于地震/交通事故
18、be
used
as意为“被用作”
[拓展]常见的used短语
be
used
to
do
sth.
被用来做某事
be
used
for
doing
sth.
被用来做某事
be/get
used
to
doing
sth.
习惯做某事
used
to
do
sth
过去常常做某事
能力实践
【19-20星海期中真题】
二、单选（10分，每题1分）
21.—
Roy,
_______
Mr.
Carter
is
waiting
for
you
outside.
—
Just
a
second.
I'm
on
_______
phone.
A:
a;
the
B:
/;
the
C:
a;
/
D:
/;
/
This
kind
of
suit
will
be
sold
for
$600,
which
is
far
more
than
its
real
_______
.
A.fee
B.price
C.value
D.money
As
a
basketball
hero,
Kobe
Bryant
is
admired
_______
millions
of
people
_______
his
achievements
,
as
well
as
his
spirit.
A.for;
by
B.by;
for
C.by;
as
D.as;
for
24..Excuse
me.
When
can
we
have
the
steak
we
ordered?
—Not
until
it_____
in
ten
minutes.
A.will
be
prepared
B.is
prepared
C.has
prepared
D.was
prepared
25.A
forest
fire
_____
at
the
end
of
March
in
Liangshan,
Sichuan
Province.
Firemen
rushed
into
the
mountains
but
27
of
them
never
came
back.
A.turned
out
B.carried
out
C.put
out
D.broke
out
26.He
devoted
his
lifetime
______
it
possible
for
women
_______
better
education.
A.to
make;
to
receive
B.to
make;
to
receiving
C.to
making;
to
receive
D.to
making;
receive
27.---How
do
you
like
the
two
pairs
of
shoes?
---They
don't
________
me
well.
They
are
________
too
big
________
too
small.
A.fit;
not
only,
but
also
B.match;.either,
or
C.fit;
either,
or
D.suit;both,
and
28..The
weather
forecast
says
it
will
be
cloudy
with
a
slight
_____
of
rain
later
afternoon．
A.
sense
B.
change
C.scene
D.
chance
29.The
_______
documentary
describes
_______
in
the
future.
A.two
hours’;
how
Suzhou
will
be
like
B.two-hours;
what
Suzhou
will
be
like
C.two-hour;
how
Suzhou
will
be
D.two
hour's;
what
Suzhou
will
be
like
30.---I’m
really
sorry,
I
lost
your
shopping
list.
---
.
I
can
make
another
one
now.
A.Don’t
mention
it
B.
It
doesn’t
matter
C.
I’m
OK.
D.
That’s
right
三、完型填空（10分，每题1分）
Friendships
fade
(逐渐变淡)
and
people
change.
But
what
if
we
could
travel
back
to
the?31???
US
author
Lexa
Hillyer’s
first
novel?Proof
of
Forever?tells
a
similar
story.
It
explores
topics
of?32?and
self-discovery.??
In
the
book,
the
four
main
characters
Joy,
Tali,
Luce
and
Zoe?33?to
be
best
friends
forever.
But
like
many
friends,
they
grow
apart
as
their
interests?34?.
Before
they
leave
for
college,
Joy
asks
them
to
have
a
reunion.
Surprisingly,
when
they
used
a
photo
booth
(照相亭)
to
take
a?35?,
the
girls
were
sent
two
years
back
in
time.??
Most
of
the
story
is
set
in
the
past,
and
they
must
learn
to
work
with
each
other.
Otherwise,
bad
things
might?36?.
Along
the
way,
the
girls
learn
that
the
past
doesn’t
have
to?37?itself.
It’s
filled
with
new
memories
and
discoveries.??
The
characters
are
relatable
(引起共鸣的)
and
very?38?from
one
another.
It
creates
many
interesting
and
humorous
moments.??
Proof
of
Forever
tells
a
different
story
about
friendship.
It
has
various
subplots
(次要情节)
such
as
losing
trust
in
a
parent,
which
adds
more
drama
(戏剧性).
While
the
storyline
might
attract?39?readers,
it
has
some
deep
themes.
It
is
best
suited
for
readers?15
and
older.??
It
also
gives
the
reader
an
unexpected
ending.
You
might
be
surprised
to
find
yourself
crying.
Proof
of
Forever?is
worth
a?40?.
It
shows
us
the
ups
and
downs
of
a
coming
of
age
story
and
the
power
of
friendship.
31.
A.
future
B.
past
C.
time
D.
present
32.
A.
readership
B.
citizenship?
C.
friendship
D.
leadership
33.
A.
refuse
B.
suggest
C.
promise
D.
allow
34.
A.
change
B.
grow?
C.
improve
D.
decrease
35.
A.
look
B.
bath
C.
bus
D.
picture
36.
A.
grow
B.
suggest
C.
happen
D.
leave
37.
A.
introduce
B.
repeat?
C.
enjoy
D.
review
38.
A.
famous
B.
joyful?
C.
different
D.
obvious
39.
A.
younger
B.
stricter?
C.
healthier
D.
cleverer
40.A.look
B.
visit?
C.
trip
D.
read
四、阅读理解（24分，每题2分）
A
41.What
is
the
writer
trying
to
say
in
the
poem?
A.It
is
not
proper
to
show
how
we
feel.
B.It
is
hard
to
tell
what
a
person
is
really
like.
C.
Everyone
should
have
different
faces.
D.
It
is
impossible
to
stay
in
one
kind
of
mood.
42.What
can
we
know
about
the
writer
from
the
poem?
A.
She
doesn’t
like
winter.
B.
She
likes
plants
and
animals.
C.
She
doesn’t
know
who
she
is.
D.
She
is
not
afraid
to
talk
about
her
ideas.
D
Trees
in
cities
"live
fast
but
die
young"
compared
to
forests
in
the
countryside,
warns
a
new
study.
Researchers
found
that
trees
in
cities
die
younger
than
ones
in
the
countryside
because
of
the
higher
levels
of
CO2.
City-living
trees
suffer
(遭受)
a
loss
of
carbon
storage
(碳储量).
That
means
trees
produce
less
energy
from
the
air.
Now
researchers
say
more
must
be
done
to
deal
with
the
situation.
Ian
Smith,
a
PhD
student
of
Boston
University
in
the
United
States,
said,
"Cities
are
in
the
important
position
in
fighting
against
rising
temperatures
and
increasing
CO2."
"We
find
that
tree
planting
alone
may
not
be
enough
to
keep
and
increase
city
canopy
cover
(树冠覆盖率).
Because
of
the
age
and
size
of
the
present
canopy,
efforts
to
improve
and
protect
tree
health
are
badly
needed
for
increasing
city
tree
cover
and
canopy
cover."
The
research
team
used
a
model
to
watch
changes
among
street
trees
for
several
planting
and
management
methods.
Researchers
also
used
the
model
to
watch
tree
growth,
death
and
planting
rates
(率)
both
among
trees
in
Boston
city
and
forests
in
the
countryside
in
Massachusetts.
It
was
discovered
that
rates
of
carbon
cycling
and
growth
rates
among
city
trees
were
nearly
four
times
faster
than
those
in
the
countryside.
However,
loss
of
carbon
storage
and
death
rates
are
also
higher,
especially
death
rates
are
more
than
double
higher
than
those
in
countryside
forests.
The
study,
published
in
PLOS
ONE,
has
reminded
scientists
to
encourage
communities
to
do
more
to
plant
and
protect
trees.
It
is
important
to
increase
city
canopy
cover
and
carbon
storage.
Researchers
say
planting
and
protecting
will
be
needed
to
make
sure
cities
can
develop
healthily,
but
more
needs
to
be
done
to
have
a
better
understanding
of
city
trees
—
which
may
be
different
from
countryside
forests.
49.
According
to
the
passage,
which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.The
more
carbon
storage
loses,
the
more
energy
the
trees
produce
from
the
air.
B.The
higher
the
levels
of
CO2
are,
the
harder
it
will
be
for
the
plants
to
survive.
C.If
we
plant
enough
trees,
we
are
sure
to
increase
city
canopy
cover.
D.Cities
do
better
in
fighting
against
rising
temperatures
and
increasing
CO2.
50.
Paragraph
4
mainly
tells
us
_______.
A.
the
results
of
the
study
B.the
discoveries
from
the
researchers
C.
the
methods
of
the
study
D.the
suggestions
from
the
researchers
51.
What
does
"those"
in
Paragraph
5
refer
to?
A.
Death
rates.
B.
Rates
of
carbon
cycling.
C.Growth
rates.
D.
Loss
of
carbon
storage.
52.
The
writer's
main
purpose
of
writing
the
passage
is
_______.
A.
to
teach
us
how
to
improve
and
protect
tree
health
B.
to
warn
us
that
trees
in
cities
live
fast
but
die
young
C.
to
let
us
have
a
better
understanding
of
city
trees
D.
to
tell
us
to
take
action
to
increase
city
canopy
cover
五、信息还原（5分，每题1分）
Wonder
why
you
can
get
angry
so
easily
while
your
friend
smiles
all
the
time?
53_____
Personality(性格)
is
also
about
how
people
think,
behave,
and
react(反应)
to
everything
around
them
from
day
to
day.
So
what
makes
people
think
and
behave
in
certain
ways?
54_________A
baby
gets
its
blood
type,
genes
(基因)
and
other
physical
things
when
it’s
still
inside
its
mother.
These
things
may
help
decide
what
the
baby
will
be
like.
55________
Family
life,
school
learning
and
life
experiences
can
also
make
you
the
person
you
are.
This
doesn’t
mean
it’s
impossible
to
change
your
personality.
You
can
always
try
to
make
yourself
better.
Don’t
get
too
worried
about
your
shortcomings
(缺点).
Just
accept
them.
This
is
a
good
way
to
start
making
changes.
If
you
don’t
know
how
to
make
friends,
find
out
why.
56
_______
Tell
yourself
to
smile
at
people.
Start
talking
to
people
using
warm
greetings.
Don’t
give
yourself
a
hard
time
about
it
all.
57___________
Keep
working
at
it.
One
day
you’ll
see
that
you
can
turn
over
a
new
leaf
and
be
a
new
you.
Maybe
it
is
because
you’re
too
shy.
Don’t
give
up
when
you
are
in
trouble.
A
shy
person
can
make
many
friends.
D.
But
one’s
personality
doesn’t
stop
here.
E.
Part
of
the
reason
is
that
people
are
born
like
this.
F.
It’s
not
easy
to
change
lifelong
habits
in
one
night.
G.
It’s
probably
because
you
both
have
different
personalities.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：Unit
1
Know
yourself（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1.Pay
much
(注意)
to
details
when
you’re
having
a
test.?
2.The
(总的)
opinion
is
that
the
meeting
was
a
success.?
3.Life
is
like
a(n)
(赛跑).You
shouldn’t
stop
running,or
you
will
fall
behind.?
4.In
my
opinion,neither
you
nor
he
has
met
the
(标准)
of
our
company.?
5.The
science
(先锋)
like
Qian
Xuesen
and
Mrs
Curie
opened
up
unknown
fields
for
us.?
Ⅱ.用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空
bear,
care,
it,
miss,
win
1.The
student’s
made
him
lose
lots
of
marks
in
the
Maths
exam.?
2.Tu
Youyou
was
the
first
Chinese
who
the
Nobel
Prize
in
Medicine.?
3.In
Chinese
culture,children
in
the
Year
of
the
Monkey
are
said
to
be
smart.?
4.Hurry
up,or
you’ll
the
last
train
to
Beijing
today.?
5.The
house
is
very
beautiful,but
the
street
which
it’s
on
is
busy
and
noisy.?
兴趣起航
What
personality
does
he
have?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】并列连词and,
but,
or
和so的用法。
由并列连词(and,
so,
but,
or等)把两个或两个以上互不依从，但意思紧密联系的简单句连在一起而构成的句子叫做并列句。其结构一般是：简单句+并列连词+简单句。
其中，and表示并列关系（和）或者顺承关系（不翻译）,but表示转折关系（但是），or表示选择关系（或者，还是）或让步关系（否则，要不然），so表示因果关系（所以）。
1、and的用法
（1）and表示顺承或递进关系，意为“又，和”，用来连接两个或两个以上的单词，短语或者句子。
Eg.
They
have
two
boys
and
a
girl.
他们有两个儿子和一个女儿。
（2）and
连接的并列成分作主语时，谓语动词通常用复数。
Eg.
Amy
and
Daniel
are
good
students.
Amy和Daniel都是好学生。
（3）如果and连接的名词表达的是同一个人、同一事物或同一概念，则两个名词共用一个限定词。
Eg.
The
singer
and
dancer
was
present
at
the
party
today..（the
singer
and
dancer指的是一个人既是歌手又是舞者。）
A
knife
and
fork
is
on
the
table.(a
knife
and
fork意思是副刀叉)
2、or的用法
（1）or表示选择关系，意为“或者”，当连接两个主语时，谓语动词与or后面的主语在人称和数上面保持一致，也就是说or后面的谓语动词是就近原则。
Eg.
Would
you
like
tea
or
coffee?
你喝茶还是喝咖啡？
He
or
you
are
going
to
see
the
movie
with
us.他或者你可以和我们一起去看电影。
（2）or表示让步关系，意为“否则，要不然”，句型结构一般为：祈使句+or+陈述句。
Eg.
Turn
the
heat
down
or
it'll
burn.
把炉火开小一些，不然就烧焦了。
[拓展]and与or在祈使句用法区别
Eg.
Work?hard,
and
you
will
succeed.
Work
hard,
or
you
won't
succeed.
有点类似于我们所讲的条件状语从句
第一句Work?hard,
and
you
will
succeed.=If
you
work
hard,
you
will
succeed.
[经典例题]
1.（2020年四川甘孜州）Get
up
early,
_____________
you
will
miss
your
train.
A.
or
B.
and
C.
but
D.so
2.（2020年湖北咸宁改编）—My
aim
is
to
go
to
Wuhan
University
for
further
study.
—Work
hard,
___________
you
can
make
it.
A.
or
B.
so
C.
and
D.
but
3、but的用法
but表示转折关系，意为“但是”，所连接的成分意思往往相对或相反。
Eg.
We
didn't
win
but
we
came
close.
我们输了，但离赢只差了那么一小点儿。
[注意]凡是转折关系，都是后面的内容重要。
[拓展]but作介词，意为“除...之外”
Eg.
He
didn't
speak
anything
but
Greek.
他除了希腊语之外不会说其他任何语言。
[注意]but用作“除...之外”时是介词，既然是介词，就和其他介词是一样的，后面加名词短语/doing，如果加代词，要用宾格。修饰主语时，对谓语动词的人称和数不产生影响。
Eg.
All
of
them
but
me
are
students.除了我之外，他们都是学生。
4、so的用法
so连接两个句子，表示某事的结果，意为“结果，所以，因此”，不能与连词because连用。
因为，一个连词连接两个句子。because也是连词，当要连接的句子有两个时，只能用一个连词，要么用so，要么是because。
Eg.
It
was
still
painful
so
I
went
to
see
a
doctor.
那地方还疼，因此我去看了医生。
用作副词时，与动词，连词，形容词等连用，意为“这样，如此”。
[辨析]so和such
（1）后面接可数名词单数
so是副词，修饰形容词和副词；而such是形容词，修饰名词。
它们都可以接可数名词单数，但词序不同。
so的词序为：so+adj.+a（an）+n.
such的词序为：such+a（an）+adj.+n.
例如：so
excited
a
singer=such
a
excited
singer
这么令人兴奋的一个歌手
so
interesting
a
movie=such
an
interesting
movie
那么有趣的一部电影
（2）后面接可数名词复数或者不可数名词
只能用such，而不能用so。
例如：such
beautiful
flowers
这么美丽的花
such
useful
information
如此有用的信息
（3）特例复数名词或不可数名词前有many，few，much，little修饰时，只能用so而不能用such.
so
many
flowers
如此多的花
so
little
information如此少的信息
[注意]little除了表示少还有小的意思
例如：such
little
sheep
[经典例题]
1.（2020年贵州黔西南州）—Mary
doesn’t
like
fish
________
chicken
—Ben
doesn’t
like
fish,
________he
likes
chicken
very
much.
A.
and;
but
B.
or;
but
C.
or,
and
D.
and;or
2.（2020年贵州铜仁）—Work
hard,
________your
dream
will
come
true.
—Well.
I
will
do
my
best.
A.
so
B.
but
C.
and
D.
or
3.（2020年北京）Wash
your
hands
before
meals,
you
may
get
ill.
A.
and
B.
but
C.
or
D.
so
4.（2020年黑龙江绥化）
Mike
and
Jim's
room
is
tidy,
__________
their
sister's
not.
A.
but
B.
and
C.
or
D.
so
5.（2020年江苏盐城）Love
from
parents
is
like
the
wind.you
can’t
see
it
,
you
can
feel
it.
A.
and
B.
or
C.
but
D.
so
6.（2020年湖南湘西）—How
time
flies!
The
middle
school
life
is
coming
to
an
end.
—Yes.
We
have
to
say
goodbye,
___________
our
friendship
will
last
forever.
A.
and
B.
but
C.
or
D.
so
7.（2020年内蒙古包头）It's
not
easy
to
change
habits,
______
with
strong
will
and
self-control,
it
is
possible.
A.
for
B.
or
C.
but
D.
so
8.（2019
?
江苏省连云港市）StorySign
is
___________
a
useful
app
__________
it
can
make
it
easier
for
deaf
children
and
their
parents
to
read
bedtime
stories.
A.
so
...
that
B.
such
...
that
C.
too
...
to
D.
as
...
as
9.（2019
?
湖北省黄冈市）—What
do
you
think
of
the
new
movie
Wandering
Earth（《流浪地球》）?
—It’s
__________
wonderful
__________
I
really
like
it.
A.
so;
that
B.
such;
that
C.
too;
to
D.
enough;
to
【知识梳理2】并列连词both...and...，not
only...but
also...，either...or...和neither...nor...的用法
1、both...and...
意为“两者都”（谓语用复数）
Eg.
Both
Beijing
and
Shanghai
are
big
cities.
北京和上海都是大都会。
2、either...or...
意为“要么...要么；或者...或者”词（就近原则）
Eg.
We
can
go
to
the
park
either
this
week
or
next
week.
我们可以要么在这星期去公园，要么下星期去。
Either
you
or
I
am
going
there
tomorrow.
明天要么你去那里，要么我去那里。
3、not
only...but
also...
意为“不仅...而且...”（就近原则）
Eg.
He
can
not
only
play
basketball
but
also
play
chess.
他不仅会打篮球，还会下象棋。
Not
only
he
but
also
I
was
invited.不但他而且我也被邀请了。
4、neither...nor...
既不...也不（就近原则）
Eg.
He
likes
his
tea
neither
too
hot
nor
too
cold.
他喜欢茶不太烫也不太凉。
Neither
he
nor
she
is
at
home
today.
今天他和她都不在家。
[经典例题]
1.（2020年黑龙江牡丹江）—Who
went
to
the
graduation
party
last
night,
Mary?
—Almost
everyone
did.
______
lots
of
students
_____
Ms.
Wang
appeared
at
the
party.
A.
Not
only;
but
also
B.
Neither;
nor
C.
Either;
or
2.（2020年湖北黄冈）—Which
do
you
prefer,
tea
or
coffee??
—Either.?
?Tea?
???coffee
are
my
favorite.
A.
Not
only;
but
also
??
B.
Both;
and
??
C.
Neither;
nor
??
D.
Either;
or
3.（2019
?
山东省临沂市）A
break
between
classes
is
a
good
time
for
students
to
play
sports
and
talk
with
their
classmates.
So
it
__________
helps
with
students’
health,
__________
improves
their
social
skills.
A.
either;
or
B.
neither;
nor
C.
not
only;
but
also
4.（2019
?
湖北省宜昌市）—It’s
a
pity
that
__________
my
teachers
__________
parents
allow
me
to
swim
alone.
—After
all
you
are
too
young,
safety
first.
A.
either...or
B.
neither…
nor
C.
both...and
D.
not
only...but
also
5.（2019
?
江苏省南通市）—What’s
the
weather
like
in
Kunming,
Lucy?
—It’s
hot
cold.
So
Kunming
is
called
“the
Spring
City”.
A.
neither;
nor
B.
not
only;
but
also
C.
either;
or
D.
both;
and
【知识梳理3】Sometimes
she
is
impatient.(P12)有时她没有耐心。
impatient形容词，意为“没有耐心的，急躁的”，是patient的反义词，在句中通常做表语或定语。
Eg.
The?hungry?children?were?impatient?for?their?meal.肚子饿的孩子们急于要吃饭。
I
think
I
am
quite
a
patient
person.
我认为我是一个相当有耐心的人。
[拓展]patient名词，意为“病人”。patience名词，意为“耐心，耐性”。
Eg.
Information
is
given
to
the
patient
verbally
and
in
writing.
病人以口头和书面方式被告知信息。
Our
patience
was
finally
rewarded.
我们的耐心最终得到了回报。
[经典例题]
1.The
pioneer
heart
surgeon
said“_______________(care)will
be
a
disaster
not
only
to
ourselves
but
also
to
_________________(patient)”
[拓展]be
patient
of
sth.意为“忍耐某事”/
be
patient
with
sb.意为“对某人有耐心，容忍某人”。
Eg.
I?can't?be?patient?of?your?childish?questions?any
more.?我再也不能忍受你那些幼稚的问题了。
She's
very
patient
with
young
children.
她对幼儿特别有耐心。
【知识梳理4】Billy
would
not
accept
others'
advice.
Billy
would
not
think
twice.(P12)比利不接受其他人的建议。比利不愿三思而后行。
1、accept是及物动词，意为“接受，领受”。
Eg.
---I
can
accept
failure
but
I
can't
accept
not
trying.
---Michael
Jordan.
---我可以接受失败，但绝对不能接受自己都未曾奋斗过。
---迈克尔。乔丹
"
辨析：accept，receive
accept主观上的“接受，领受”，也可表示主观上接受某人或承认、赞同某一看法或理论。receive客观上的“收到，接到”，也表示自然的“获得”，相当于get；
Eg.
She
received
his
present,
but
she
didn't
accept
it.她收到了他的礼物，但是没有接受。
[注意]接受教育用receive
Eg.
In
old
China,eighty
per
cent
of
the
children
received
no
formal
education.
在旧中国，百分之八十的儿童受不到正式教育。
2、think
twice三思而后行
Eg.
Think
twice
before
you
go
talk
to
the
boss.
你去跟老板谈话前要三思而行。
You
should
think
twice
before
having
kids.你要在生孩子前好好考虑考虑。
[经典例题]
选用方框内所给短语的正确形式填空
be
impatient
with;
think
twice;
do
the
dishes;
get
angry
with;
learn
about;
be
ready
to;
be
suitable
for
1.
Tom
didn’t
pass
the
exam
again,
so
his
mother______________him.
2.
I
don’t
think
she
is
a
good
teacher.
She______________the
slow
learners
often.
3.
The
robot
will______________after
dinner,
so
please
sit
down
and
watch
TV.
4.
Lucy
is
a
warm-hearted
girl.
She______________help
others
in
trouble.
5.
______________about
what
you
say
before
you
say
it.
6.It
______________
all
skin
types.
7.Whenever
I
want
to
______________
anything,
I
just
go
to
Google.
【知识梳理5】Suzy
worries
too
much.
(P12)
苏西有太多烦恼。
1、worry在这里是不及物动词，意为烦恼，担心；
worry
about
sb/sth
=
be
worried
about意为“担心某人/某事(物)”。
Eg.
They
worry
about
how
they
will
support
themselves
in
their
old
age.
他们担心自己到了晚年该如何来维持生计。
He
worried
about
her
heavy
drinking.
他为她的酗酒感到担忧。
2、too
much意为“太多的；太，过度”，修饰动词，也可修饰不可数名词。
Eg.
She
laughs
too
much.
她笑得太多了。
Too
much
sun
isn't
good
for
you.
晒太阳太多对你并没有好处。
辨析：too
much，too
many，much
too
too
much意为“太多(的)”，常用来修饰不可数名词或动词；
too
many意为“太多的”，常用来修饰可数名词复数形式；
much
too意为“太，非常”，用作副词短语，修饰形容词或副词，表示程度。
Eg.
You
made
too
many
mistakes.
你犯的错误太多了。
The
clothes
she
wears
are
much
too
young
for
her.
她穿的衣服显得过于年轻了。
[经典例题]
1.The
sofa
takes
up
_____.
Can
you
move
it
away?
A.too
many
rooms
B.
too
much
rooms
C.
too
many
spaces
D.
too
much
space
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】Discover
how
the
power
of
colours
can
change
your
moods
and
improve
your
life!
(P29)
发现颜色的力量能怎样改变你的情绪并改善你的生活！
1、discover，及物动词，意为“发现，发觉"。
Eg.
Scientists
around
the
world
are
working
to
discover
a
cure
for
AIDS.
全世界的科学家都在努力寻找治疗艾滋病的方法。
[辨析]discover，invent
discover
强调通过调查、勘察等手段发现原本客观存在的、尚未被人发现的事物。
Eg.
Columbus
discovered
America.
哥伦布发现了美洲。
invent
强调运用想象力，通过学习、思考、实验而发明、创造出原来不存在的、有用的新事物。
Eg.
The
first
video
game
was
invented
about
25
years
ago.
第一个游戏大约是在25年前发明的。
[经典例题]
1.It's
a
fact
that
those
islands
in
the
South
China
Sea
were
first
________
by
Chinese.
A.found
B.found
out
C.invented
D.discovered
2.In
the
19th
century,
gold
______
in
California,
America.
A.discovered
B.will
discover
C.is
discovered
D.was
discovered
3.Tea,
the
most
popular
drink
in
the
world,_________
by
accident
in
China.
A.discovered
B.is
discovered
C.will
be
discovered
D.was
discovered
4.However,
no
one
________
any
life
in
space
yet.
A.has
been
discovered
B.discovered
C.has
discovered
D.have
discovered
5.He
made
some
new
_________
in
science.
A.discovers
B.discovered
C.discovery
D.discoveries
2、improve，及物动词，意为“改善，增进；提高…的价值"。
Eg.
I
need
to
improve
my
English.
我需要提高我的英语水平。
[拓展]
improvement
名词，意为“改善,改进；改进的事物”。
Eg.
Her
work
is
showing
some
signs
of
improvement.
她的工作出现了一些改进的迹象。
[经典例题]
1.Her
English
skill_________a
lot.How
does
she
make
it?
A.improves
B.improved
C.has
improved
D.will
improve
2.The
environment
in
our
city
_______
greatly
if
we
make
every
effort
in
the
near
future.
A.improved
B.was
improved
C.has
improved
D.will
be
improved
3.---Could
you
tell
me
__________
my
English?
---By
listening
and
speaking
more.
A.what
to
improve
B.where
to
improve
C.how
to
improve
D.which
to
improve
4.UNICEF
is__________that
works
to__________the
lives
of
children.
A.an
organization;
improve
B.a
organization;
improve
C.an
organize;
improvement
D.a
organize;
improvement
【知识梳理2】We
promise
that
this
therapy
can
help
you
change
your
moods,
or
you
will
get
your
money
back!(P29)
我们承诺这种疗法可以帮助你改变情绪，否则全额退款!
promise意为“承诺，允诺"，既可做及物动词，也可做不及物动词。
1、promise
sth./that从句，“答应某事”
Eg.
I'll
see
what
I
can
do
but
I
can't
promise
anything.
我会去看看能做什么，但不能给予任何承诺。
But
one
day,
she
promised
that
she
would
make
it
snow
on
my
next
birthday.可有一天，她许诺在我下一次生日的时候，她要让老天下雪。
2、promise
to
do
sth.“答应做某事”
Eg.
We
promise
to
deliver
within
48
hours.
我们承诺在48小时内送到。
3、promise
sb.(not)
to
do
sth.“答应某人（不）做某事”
Eg.
You
must
promise
me
not
to
worry
too
much.
你一定要答应我不要过分担忧。
[拓展]promise，名词，意为“承诺，允诺"，
break
a
promise
食言
keep
a
promise
遵守诺言
make
a
promise
答应，许下诺言
[经典例题]
1.西蒙保证不再迟到了。
Simon
________
________
________
________
________
again.
2.—Jack,
let's
have
a
picnic
after
school.
—Sorry.
I
have
________
Frank
to
work
on
the
biology
report
with
him.
A.advised
B.expected
C.suggested
D.promised
【知识梳理3】If
it
does
not
work,
you
can
get
your
money
back.
(P29)如果疗法不起作用的话，可以退款。
work，动词，意为“奏效；产生预期的结果（或作用）”。
Eg.
The
phone
isn't
working.
这部电话坏了。
[拓展]
（1）work，不可数名词，意为“工作”。
Eg.
I'm
still
looking
for
work.
我仍在找工作。
（2）work，可数名词，意为“著作；作品”，常用复数works。
Eg.
All
works
of
love
are
works
of
peace.
所有爱的工作都是和平的工作。
[典型例题]
1.如果它不起作用，我能拿回我的钱。
If
it
________
________
，I
can
________
________
________
________.
【知识梳理4】She
has
practised
colour
therapy
since
she
left
college.(P29)自从她大学毕业，她就从事颜色疗法。
practise，及物动词，意为“练习;操练;实践"，后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式做宾语。
Eg.
If
you
practise
speaking
English,
you'll
soon
improve.
只要你练习说英语，很快就会进步。
Don't
practise
drums
while
the
baby
is
sleeping.
孩子睡觉时，不要练习打鼓。她从事颜色疗法多长时间了？
[经典例题]
1.We
should
do
what
we
can_______
English?
A.to
practice
to
speak
B.to
practice
speaking
C.practice
speaking
D.practice
to
speak
【知识梳理5】If
you
feel
stressed,
eat
more
green
vegetables.(P29)
如果你感觉有压力，多吃绿色蔬菜。
stressed，形容词，意为“紧张的,有压力的"。feel
stressed（out）意为“感到紧张，感到有压力”。
Eg.
When
you
feel
too
stressed
to
study,
you
can
come
to
teachers
for
help
.
当你感到压力太大，无法继续学习时，你可以向老师寻求帮助。
[拓展]stress
，名词，意为“压力；强调；紧张；重要性；重读"。
Eg.
We
all
have
to
learn
to
handle
stress.
我们都得学会调节压力。
[拓展]stress
，动词，意为“强调；使紧张；加压力于；用重音读"。
Eg.
He
stressed
the
importance
of
a
good
education.
他强调了接受良好教育的重要性。
[拓展]stressful
，形容词，意为“压力重的；紧张的"。
Eg.
It
was
a
stressful
time
for
all
of
us.
对我们所有人来说，那是一个艰难的时期。
[拓展]feel
stressed
(out)意为“感到紧张，感到有压力”
Eg.
So
if
you're
feeling
stressed
out,
try
to
remember
when
your
last
meal
was.
因此要是你感到有压力时，试着想想你上顿饭是多久前吃的。
[经典例题]
1.---Few
students
like
exams
because
they
bring
the
students
__________.
---I
agree.
I
think
fewer
exams
will
make
students
less
_________.
A.stress;
stressed
B.stressed;
stress
C.stress;
stress
D.stressed;
stressed
2.His
wife
just
had
another
kid,
so
he__________.
A.is
stress
out
B.stressed
out
C.feel
stressed
out
D.is
stressed
out
3.________you
face
a
stressful
situation,
take
a
few
moments
to
breathe
deeply
before
you
say
or
do
anything.
A.Whenever
B.However
C.Whatever
D.Anywhere
4.A
good
way
to
reduce
______
is
to
talk
about
your
feelings
with
someone
you
trust.
A.strength
B.
stress
C.
energy
D.
power
【知识梳理6】She
suggests
different
clothes
to
different
people.(P30)她建议不同的人穿不同的衣服。
suggest
动词，意为“建议，提议"。接名词/动名词/that从句作宾语，其中that的宾语从句用“should+动词原形”，should可以省略。
Eg.
May
I
suggest
a
white
wine
with
this
dish,
Sir?
先生，吃这道菜，我给您推荐一种白葡萄酒，好吗？
I
suggested
going
in
my
car.
我提议坐我的车去。
I
suggest
(that)
we
(should)
go
out
to
eat.
我提议我们出去吃吧。
[拓展]suggest
动词，意为“暗示；表明"。主语往往是事物，而不是人。接名词或动名词或宾语从句作宾语.
Eg.
The
symptoms
suggest
a
minor
heart
attack.
症状显示这是轻微心脏病发作。
★What
do
these
results
suggest
to
you?
照你看，这些结果说明什么呢？
[拓展]suggestion
可数名词，意为“建议”，同义词advice，不可数名词
Eg.
I'd
like
to
hear
your
suggestions
for
ways
of
raising
money.
关于筹集资金的办法，我想听听你的意见。
[经典例题]
1.Mary
suggests____
a
picnic
this
weekend.
A.
to
have
B.
having
C.
to
go
D.
going
2.---What
did
you
suggest
us
________?
---I
suggest
________
a
meeting
to
discuss
the
problem.
A.do;
hold
B.to
do;
holding
C.to
do;
to
hold
D.doing;
holding
3.---What
are
you
going
to
buy
for
your
son,
Mr
Lee?
---I
________
to
buy
him
a
new
iPad.
A.
promised
B.
replied
C.
suggested
D.
wished
4.We
talked
about
the
problem
and
Tim
________
doing
some
research
first.
A.finished
B.enjoyed
C.suggested
D.practised
5.---You're
clearly
tired,
so
I
suggest
you
__________
three
weeks
off.
---I
think
it’s
a
good
________.
A.should
take;
advice
B.will
take;
suggestion
C.take;
advise
D.take;
suggestion
【知识梳理7】You
should
think
of
the
sun.(P30)你应该想起太阳。
think
of意为“想起,记起”，同义短语：come
up
with
Eg.
I
think
of
Dragon
when
I
think
of
Chinese.
说到中国人我就想起龙。
[拓展]think
of/about
意为“考虑”
Eg.
I
need
time
to
think
about
it.
我需要时间考虑一下。
[拓展]think
over
表示“仔细考虑”，强调仔细，over是副词，代词应放在think与over之间。
[经典例题]
1.---What
do
you
____________the
show??
---I
____________
it
is
exciting.
A.think
of;
think
B.think;
think
of
C.thinks
of;
thinks
D.thinks;
thinks
of
2.Lily
will
give
a
talk
tomorrow.
She
is
thinking
about
__________
to
make
everyone
happy
with
her
speech.
A.how
to
say
B.what
to
say
C.what
can
I
say
D.how
can
I
say
3.__________
and
let
me
know
whether
you
agree
with
me.
A.Think
of
it
B.Think
it
of
C.Think
it
over
D.Think
over
it
【知识梳理8】She
will
give
you
free
clothes.(P30)她会给你免费的衣服。
free是形容词，在这里意为“免费的，免税的”。be
free
from免受，摆脱了......的。
Eg.
Since
then,
I
have
been
free
from
the
fear
of
speaking
in
public.
自那之后，我不再害怕在公开场合讲话。
[拓展]freedom
不可数名词，意为“自由”
[经典例题]
1.Will
you
come
and
join
us
if
you
are
free
tomorrow?
A.will
have
free
B.will
be
free
C.have
free
D.are
free
2.---Are
you
_______
to
do
your
favorite
things?
---Yes.
I
have
enough
time
_______
them.
A.free
enough;
to
do
B.enough
free;
doing
C.free
enough;
doing
D.enough
free;
to
do
3.Mr.
Wang
is
strongly
___________
keeping
animals
in
the
zoo，because
he
thinks
animals
should
also
enjoy
freedom.
A.against
B.for
C.up
D.down
【知识梳理9】I'd
rather
wear
orange.(P30)我宁愿穿橙色的。
would
rather
do
sth
意为“宁愿/更喜欢做某事”。
Eg.
They
would
rather
struggle
for
peace.
他们宁愿为和平而奋斗。
[拓展]would
rather...than...
宁愿...而不愿...
Eg.
Kids
would
rather
play
than
study.
孩子们宁愿玩而不愿学习。
I
would
rather
not
change
the
time.
我倒宁愿不要更改时间。
[经典例题]
1.---Which
do
you
prefer,
Chinese
food
or
Western
food?
---I
would
rather
________
Chinese
food.
Let's
have
noodles.
A.
to
have
B.
having
C.
had
D.
have
2.---What
do
you
think
of
the
white
dress?
---
I______
its
style,
but
I
________not
choose
it
because
of
its
price.
A.would
rather;
prefer
B.
prefer;
prefer
C.
would
rather;
would
rather
D.
prefer;
would
rather
3.More
and
more
couples
would
rather__________a
second
baby__________their
first
child
can
feel
less
lonely.
A.
have;
in
order
to
B.
to
have;
in
order
to
C.
have;
so
that
D.
to
have;
so
that
4.---Do
you
plan
to
have
a
driving
tour
on
the
coming
May
Day?
---I'm
afraid
there
is
a
lot
of
traffic,
so
I'd
rather
________
the
train
than
________
a
car.
A.take;
to
drive
.B.take;
drive
C.taking;
driving
.D.to
take;
to
drive
【知识梳理10】In
many
places,
baby
boys
are
dressed
in
blue
and
baby
girls
in
pink.(P31)在许多地方，小男孩穿蓝色，小女孩穿粉色。
1、baby
boys和baby
girls都是复合名词，名词baby做定语修饰后面的主体词。复合名词变成复数时，只将复合名词的主体词变为复数。
Eg.
I
planted
those
apple
trees.
我种了那些苹果树。
[注意]当man，woman做定语构成的复合名词变复数时，前后两部分都要变为复数。
Eg.
There
are
three
women
teachers
in
our
school.
我们校有三位女教师。
[经典例题]
1.There
are
over
two
hundred
teachers
in
our
school.
________
of
them
are
_______.
A.Three
fifth,
woman
teachers
B.Third
fifths,
women
teacher
C.Three
fifths,
women
teachers
2.---I
hear
the
four
young________in
our
school
still
have
no________.
---Really?
Maybe
they
are
too
shy.
A.man
teachers,
girl
friends
B.men
teachers,
girls
friends
C.men
teachers,
girl
friends
D.man
teachers,
girls
friends
3.---Do
_________
like
going
to
___________?
---I
don’t
know.
A.woman
teachers,
clothes
shops
B.women
teachers,
clothes
shops
C.woman
teachers,
sport
shops
D.women
teachers,
shoes
shops
2、be
dressed
in+衣服/颜色
“穿着”
Eg.
We
must
be
dressed
in
uniform
at
school.
在学校我们必须穿制服。
She
likes
to
be
dressed
in
red.
她喜欢穿红色衣服。
[拓展]
（1）dress
sb
给某人穿衣服
Eg.
She
bathed
her
and
dressed
her
in
clean
clothes.
她给她洗了澡并穿上干净衣服。
（2）dress
up
装扮，打扮
Eg.
You
do
not
need
to
dress
up
for
dinner.
你不必为了晚宴盛装打扮。
（3）dress
up
as
装扮成
Eg.
They
all
dress
up
as
doctors.
他们都打扮成医生模样。
[经典例题]
1.Andy
gets
________
quickly,
and
then
________
his
little
sister.
A.dresses;
dressed
B.dressed;
dresses
C.dresses;
dresses
D.dressed;
dressed
2.I'd
like
___________
up
________
an
orange
dress.
A.to
dress;
in
B.dressing;
in
C.to
dress;
as
D.dressing;
as
3.Western
countries,
women
are
always
dressed
________white
______their
wedding
day,
because
white
is
the
colour
of
purity.
A.
on;
on
B.
in;
in
C.
on;
in
D.
in;
on
4.---I
saw
Ann
__________
a
green
dress
at
the
school
meeting.
---I
think
she
looks
better
________
red.
A.dressed;
in
B.put
on;
on
C.wearing;
in
D.wear;
on
5.Children
want
to_________
ghosts
and
witches.
A.dress
at
B.dress
in
as
C.dress
up
D.dress
up
as
6.The
girl
is
too
young
to
__________
herself.
A.wear
B.put
on
C.dress
D.dress
up
【知识梳理11】In
the
past,
women’s
main
job
was
to
look
for
food
for
their
family.(P31)在过去，妇女的主要工作就是为她们的家人寻找食物。
不定式作表语：主语是以aim,ambition,duty,hope,?idea,intention,plan,purpose,suggestion等为中心词的名词词组.或以what引导的名词性分句表示.后面的不定式说明其内容。
Eg.
My?idea?is?to?climb?the?mountain?from?the?north.?
Our?plan?is?to?make?better?use?of?these?materials.?
What?I?would?suggest?is?to?start?work?at?once.?
The?only?thing?I?can?do?now?is?go?on?studying?hard.
[典型例题]
1.My
dream
is
___________
to
the
moon
some
day.
A.go
B.to
go
C.goes
D.gone
【知识梳理12】The
colour
blue
was
once
believed
to
have
the
power
to
drive
evil
spirits
away,
so
people
dressed
baby
boys
in
blue
in
the
hope
that
boys
would
be
protected.(P31)
蓝色曾被认为有驱赶恶灵的威力，所以人们给男婴穿蓝色以希望男孩会受到保护。
1、sb/sth
is
believed
to
...=
It
is
believed
that...据相信……，因此上句还可以转述为：It
was
once
believed
that
the
colour
blue
had
the
power
to
…
Eg.
It
is
believed
that
greenhouse
gases
are
the
main
causes
of
global
warming.
一般认为温室效应气体是导致全球变暖的主因。
2、power
名词，意为“力量，能力；"。
He
had
lost
the
power
of
speech.
他丧失了语言能力。
[拓展]powerful
形容词，意为“强大的；强有力的"。
Eg.
The
media
has
a
powerful
influence
on
public
opinion.
传媒对于舆论有很大的影响。
[典型例题]
1.Both
red
and
black
represent
_____
.
But
I
prefer
to
wear
red
when
I
feel
tired.
A.powerful
B.power
C.peace
D.peaceful
2.---Why
didn't
you
ask
Tom
to
help
you
with
your
work?
---Because
he
was
only
a
student
and
had
no
_______experience.
A.
powerful
B.
practical
C.
loyal
D.
general
3.Knowledge
is
power,
but
sometimes
I
feel
thoughts
are
________
than
knowledge.
A.powerful
B.more
powerful
C.most
powerful
D.the
most
powerful
3、in
the
hope
that/in
the
hope
of
sth抱着……的希望
Eg.
I
called
early
in
the
hope
of
catching
her
before
she
went
to
work.
我很早就打了个电话，希望在她上班之前找到她。
They
contacted
me
in
the
hope
that
I
could
show
them
a
better
way.
他们联系到我，希望我能给他们展示一种更好的方法。
[典型例题]怀着能找到一份好工作的希望，李明的叔叔于2000年去了深圳。
Li
Ming’s
uncle
went
to
Shenzhen
in
2000
________
________
________
________
he
could
find
a
good
job.
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】He
is
not
afraid
of
making
a
speech
in
front
of
many
people.(18)他不害怕在许多人面前演讲。
1、afraid
形容词，意为“害怕的；恐怕；担心的”。
（1）be
afraid
of
害怕；担忧
of是介词，后面加名词短语/doing/代词（宾格）
Eg.
He
was
afraid
of
hurting
my
feelings.
他害怕伤我的感情。
（2）be
afraid
to
do
sth.害怕做；不敢做
Eg.
She
was
afraid
to
open
the
door.
她不敢开门。
（3）be
afraid
(that)
担心；恐怕
Eg.
I'm
afraid
that
it's
not
finished
yet.
此事恐怕还没有完。
[经典例题]
1.He
always
studies
hard
and
is
afraid
of
_________.
A.
making
a
speech
B.
taking
the
lead
C.
falling
behind
D.
giving
up
2.The
boy
is
________
see
the
teacher
because
he
________
a
mistake
A.afraid
of;
has
B.afraid
to;
has
made
C.
afraid
to;
make
D.afraid
of;
made
3.The
children
were
afraid
of
___________
(dark).They
screamed
and
cried
in
the
dark
hole.
2、speech可数名词，意为“演说，讲话，发言”，其复数形式为speeches。
make
/give
a
speech发表演讲/演说
Eg.
I'm
always
nervous
when
I
make
a
speech.
在发言时我总是感到紧张。
[经典例题]
1.To
make
a
speech
tomorrow,
Tony
has
_____________
the
speech
word
by
word
many
times.
A.
gone
over
B.
looked
at
C.
thought
of
D.
gone
after
2.Giving
good
___________
(speech)is
based
on
your
words
and
your
body
language.
【知识梳理2】He
spends
a
lot
of
time
helping
with
our
class
projects.(18)
他花费大量的时间帮助我们的班级计划。
spend
及物动词，意为“花费(时间/金钱)"。
spend
some
time/
money
(in)
doing
sth
意为“花费时间/金钱做某事”。
[辨析]spend，take，cost，pay
（1）spend的主语通常是人，常用于
sb
spend
some
money/time
on
sth或sb
spend
some
money/time
(in)
doing
sth结构中。
Eg.
I
spend
too
much
time
watching
television.
我看电视花的时间太多。
（2）take主要用于指花费时间，常用于It
takes
sb
some
time
to
do
sth句型中,其中It是形式主语，真正的主语是后面的动词不定式短语。
Eg.
It
takes
me
an
hour
to
walk
there
and
back.
我步行往返要花一个小时。
（3）cost的主语只能是事物，不能是人，常用于sth
cost
(sb)
some
money结构中。
Eg.
Tickets
cost
ten
dollars
each.
每张票价为十元。
（4）pay主要指花费金钱，主语是人，通常用于sb
pay
some
money
for
sth结构中。
Eg.
He
paid
his
bill
for
the
newspapers.
他付了报纸的帐单。
[经典例题]
1.Mr.
Gu
is
a
good
teacher.
He
spends
as
much
time
as
he
can
___________________.
A.
explain
problems
to
us
B.
explaining
problems
for
us
C.
explain
problems
for
us
D.
explaining
problems
to
us
2.Many
people
prefer
s___________
their
money
on
a
haircut
to
on
their
teeth.
【知识梳理3】David
is
confident.
He
thinks
he
can
do
anything
if
he
tries
his
best.(18)David很自信。他认为如果他尽力，他能做任何事。
1、confident
形容词，意为“自信的；确信的"。
Eg.
The
teacher
wants
the
children
to
feel
confident
about
asking
questions
when
they
don't
understand.
教师要孩子们遇到不懂的问题就大胆提问。
[拓展]confidence，名词，意为“信心；信任；秘密"。
Eg.
She
has
every
confidence
in
her
students'
abilities.
她完全相信她学生的能力。
[经典例题]
1.We
all
know
that
we’ll
meet
all
kinds
of
difficulties
in
our
lives
in
the
future.We
should
learn
to
be
________
any
challenge!
A.
confident
enough
to
take
on
B.
active
enough
to
take
up
C.
enough
careful
to
try
on
D.
enough
patient
to
try
out
2.---
Lucy,
thank
you
for
advising
me
to
wear
red
clothes
yesterday.
I
passed
the
interview!
---
_____
In
fact,
red
can
give
you
power
and
help
you
gain
confidence.
A.
That’s
right.
B.
With
pleasure.
C.
Don’t
mention
it.
D.
Red
is
my
favourite
colour.
2、try
one's
best意为“尽力，尽某人最大努力”，相当于do
one's
best；try/do
one's
best
to
do
sth意为“尽某人最大努力做某事”。
Eg.
However
difficult
it
might
be,
I
will
try
my
best
to
work
it
out.
不管有多困难，我都会尽力解决。
[拓展]含try的短语
try
on
试穿
[经典例题]
1.Scientists
are
trying
their
best
to
______
ways
to
treat
the
terrible
disease
A.come
up
with
B.
look
forward
to
C.
talk
about
D.
give
up
2.We
may
meet
all
kinds
of
difficulties
in
the
future,
but
we
should
be
confident
enough
to__________any
challenge.
A.
put
on
B.
get
on
C.
take
on
D.
try
on
3.---Why
didn't
you
try
your
best
to
get
on
the
underground?
----I
tried
to,
but
it
started
moving
__________I
could
get
on
it.
A.
before
B.
while
C.
as
soon
as
D.
after
4.---Mom,
I
will
try
my
best
to
study
in
an
ideal
senior
high
school.
Trust
me.
---If
you
make
a__________,
you
must
keep
it.
A.mistake
B.
joke
C.
plan
D.
promise
5.We
will
try
our
best
w__________
we
are
successful
or
not.
【知识梳理4】hard-working
(P18)
形容词，意为“勤勉的；勤奋的；勤劳的"。
Eg.
I
remember
her
as
a
quiet,
hard-working
and
well-spoken
girl.
我记得她是个安静、勤奋且谈吐优雅的女孩子。
[拓展]work
hard
努力工作
work是动词，hard是副词，副词修饰动词放动词后面
hard
work
繁重的工作
hard是形容词，work是名词，形容词修饰名词放名词前面
Eg.
Play
while
you
play,
and
work
hard
while
you
work.
玩的时候就尽情地玩，工作的时候就努力工作。
Hard
work
is
the
name
of
the
game
if
you
want
to
succeed
in
business.
要想生意兴旺，勤奋工作是关键。
[拓展]复合形容词
（1）形容词（副词）+现在分词
good-looking(长相好看的)
ugly-looking(长相丑陋的)
easy-looking
(长相随和的)
tired-looking(面容疲劳的)
ever-lasting(永恒的)
Eg.
Cassandra
noticed
him
because
he
was
good-looking.
卡桑德拉注意到他是因为他长得好看。
I'm
tired
of
your
everlasting
complaints.
我讨厌你没完没了的抱怨。
（2）形容词/副词+过去分词
new-born
(新生的)
so-called(所谓的)
hard-won
(来之不易的)
well-dressed(衣着好的)
ready-made(现存的)
newly-built
(新建的)
recently-built
(刚建的)
Eg.
She
was
not
going
to
give
up
her
hard-won
freedom
so
easily.
她不会这么轻易地放弃得来不易的自由。
It
took
him
two
hours
to
get
to
the
newly-built
museum
by
bike.
他骑车花了两个小时才到达那个新建的博物馆。
[经典例题]
1.All
the
students
hope
to
__________in
their
study,
but
it
needs
_________.
A.take
the
lead,
hard-working
B.fall
behind,
work
hard
C.fall
behind,
working
hard
D.take
the
lead,
hard
work
【知识梳理5】He
never
forgets
the
things
he
needs
to
do.(18)
他从不忘记他需要做的事情。
1、forget
动词，意为“忘记”
（1）forget
sb./sth.忘记某人某物
Eg.
I
never
forget
a
face.
见过的面孔我从不忘记。
（2）forget
to
do
sth.忘记去做某事
Eg.
I
forgot
to
ask
him
for
his
address.
我忘记向他要地址。
（3）forget
doing
sth.忘记做过某事
Eg.
I'll
never
forget
hearing
this
piece
of
music
for
the
first
time.
我永远不会忘记第一次听到这首曲子的情景。
[拓展]forget
it
（1）不要在意
使用语境：
假如你中午要出去吃饭，你的同事要你帮他稍点东西。结果你吃完饭却偏偏忘了给他买东西。当你很不好意思的时候，你的朋友说不要在意这点小事，他就可以说：
Eg.
Forget
it!
It's
okay.不要在意，没关系啦。
（2）行了，别说了
使用语境：当你正在忙着刷题或是正在忙着项目，旁边的同学或同事总是喋喋不休。你不想受打扰，此时，就可以说：
Eg.
Just
forget
it,
will
you?闭上嘴行不行？
（3）算了吧！
使用语境：
大家做了一个重要决定，但是出了结果之后却发现，如果当时选择另外一个，说不定会有更好的效果。于是开始七嘴八舌地讨论，当时怎么做就更好了，但是事情已经发生了，说什么都于事无补，此时便可以用：
Eg.
Forget
it!
It
is
no
use
talking
about
that.算了，再讨论那个没什么用
[经典例题]
1.---I
am
really
grateful
for
your
help.
---__________.
I
am
so
glad
that
I
can
share
some
of
your
worries..
A.
Don’t
mention
it.
B.
Why
so
grateful?
C.
For
what
?
D.
Forget
it
2.---The
game
is
too
hard
for
me.
I
will
certainly
lose.
---__________.
You
should
never
say
no
before
you
try.
A.
Forget
it!
B.
Come
on!
C.
I’m
sorry.
D.
Pardon
me?
[辨析]forget
VS
leave
（1）forget：意为“忘记，遗忘”，主要强调遗忘了某件事或某件物品，其后不接表示地点的名词。
（2）leave：指“遗忘某物在某地”，其后接地点或场所，其常用结构是：leave
sth
+地点，意为“把某物忘在某地”。
[经典例题]
1.You
still
have
some
pocket
money__________.
Why
not
_____________?
A.
to
leave;
give
it
to
him
and
me
B.
left;
throw
it
away
C.
to
leave;
hand
them
out
D.
left;
send
it
to
them
2.---Sorry,?Mr.?Green.?I?_____?my?English?book?at?home.??
---That’s?OK,?but?don’t?forget?next?time.?
A.?forgot??????
??B.?forget??????
C.?left??????
?
D.?kept?
3.This?morning?I?went?to?work?in?such?a?hurry?that?_____?the?key?to?my?office?at?home.?(青岛市中考英语)?
A.?forgot???????
?B.?left???????
C.?missed??????
D.?lost
2、need
（1）need用作情态动词表必要性，多用于疑问句、否定句或否定意味的疑问句中。用need提问时，肯定回答用must，否定回答用needn’t.
Eg.
You
needn’t
do
it.你不需要做那件事。
---Need
I
do
my
homework
now?我有必要现在就交作业吗？
---Yes,
you
must./No,
you
needn’t.是的，你必须交。/不，你不必。
（2）need用作实义动词时，它有动词的全部形式，即现在时单数第三人称needs，现在分词needing
以及过去式和过去分词needed，后跟带to
的不定式或
ing
形式，可用于任何句式。
Eg.
The
floor
needs
sweeping.＝The
floor
needs
to
be
swept.?这地需要打扫了。
（3）用must提问时，肯定回答用must，否定回答用needn’t/don’t
have
to
[经典例题]
1.---Must
I
finish
the
work
before
five
o'?clock?
---No,
you?__________.
A.
needn't?
B.
mustn't
?
C.
have
to
D.
May
2.As
you
worked
late
yesterday,
you__________?have
come
this
morning.
A.
mayn't
?
B.
can't
C.
mustn't?
D.
needn't
3.Your?room?is?full?of?dust.?It__________.?
A.?need?clean????????????????????????B.?need?cleaning????
C.?need?to?be?cleaned?????????????????D.?needs?to?be?cleaned?
【知识梳理6】He
has
won
several
science
competitions.(18)
他赢得过几次科学竞赛。
win意为“获胜，赢”，既可做及物动词，也可做不及物动词。
Eg.
She
loves
to
win
an
argument.
她喜欢在辩论中获胜。
France
won
by
six
goals
to
two
against
Denmark.
法国队以六比二战胜丹麦队。
【知识梳理7】He
will
help
us
with
our
lessons
if
we
are
absent
from
school.(P18)
如果我们缺课，他将帮我们实习功课。
1、此句中if引导的是时间状语从句，意为“如果”，主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时。当主句的谓语动词是一般将来时，那么时间或条件状语从句的谓语动词只能用一般现在时来表示将来要发生的动作。
Eg.
I'll
tell
him
the
news
when
he
comes
back.
他回来时，我将告诉他这个消息。
[经典例题]
1.---Daddy,
when
will
we
go
out
to
fly
a
kite?
---As
soon
as
the
rain
________.
A.
is
stopping
B.
stopped
C.
will
stop
D.
stops
2.（2020年贵州黔东南州）---Would
you
like
to
go
hiking
if
it
________
fine
this
Saturday?
---I'd
love
to.
But
nobody
knows
if
it________.
A.
is;
will
rain
B.
is;
rains
C.
will
be;
will
rain
D.
will
be;
rains
3.---Jenny,
do
you
know
if
your
mother
_______
back
tomorrow?
---Sorry,
I
don’t
know.
As
soon
as
she
_________
home,
I
will
tell
her
to
call
you.
A.
comes;
gets
B.
will
come;
gets
to
C.
will
come;
will
get
D.
will
come;
gets
4.（2020年四川遂宁）
---
I
wonder
if
Sally________
us
prepare
for
the
party.
---I’m
sure
she
will
if
she________
time.
A.
helps,
will
have
B.
will
help,
has
C.
will
help,
will
have
D.
helps,
has
2、absent,形容词，意为“缺席的”。常用结构be
absent
from，意为“不在……（地方）”
Eg.
The
pictures,
too,
were
absent
from
the
walls.
那些照片也不在那些墙上了。
[拓展]absent,
形容词，意为“心不在焉的；出神的”。
an
absent
expression
心不在焉的神情
[拓展]absence,
名词，意为“没有；缺乏；缺席；不注意”。
Eg.She
did
not
mention
her
mother's
absence.
她没有提到她母亲的缺席。
【知识梳理8】We
are
writing
to
recommend
David
as
our
new
monitor.(P19)我们写信推荐大卫作为我们的新班长。
recommend
sb.
as...
意为“推荐某人为……”
Eg.I
can
recommend
him
as
an
extremely
good
accountant.
我推荐他一定能当个极好的会计。
[拓展]recommend
sth.
to
sb.
向某人推荐某物
recommend
doing
sth.建议做某事
recommend
+(that)...
建议……（从句谓语动词用should
do,should
可以省略）
Eg.I
recommend
the
book
to
all
my
students.
我向我所有的学生都推荐这本书。
He
recommended
reading
the
book
before
seeing
the
movie.
他建议先看这本书，再去看这部电影。
It
is
strongly
recommended
that
the
machines
should
be
checked
every
year.
建议每年一定把机器检修一次。
[经典例题]
1.How
can
_____
man
like
him
be
recommended
as
_____
head
of
our
hospital?
A.
the,
/
B.
a,
a
C.
the,
the
D.
a,/
2.我写这封信推荐Tom作为学生会的新主席。
______________________________________________________
能力实践
一、单项选择
1.
---________
18-year-old
gunman
killed
17
people
at
a
high
school
in
Florida
on
February
14th,
2018
and
the
American
president
Donald
Trump
signals
support
for_______
age
for
gun
buying.
---
________
terrible
news!
A.An;
rising;
What
B.
A;
raising;
How
C.
A;
rising;
How
D.
An;
raising;
What
---Can
I
come
here
on
Saturday
or
Sunday?
---Sorry,you
can
come_______on
Saturday_______
Sunday.
We
only
work
on
weekdays.
A.either;
or
B.
neither;
nor
C.
both;
and
D.
not
only,
but
also
3.
For
doctors,
much
more
attention
should_______
when
they
are
taking
care
of
their
patients.
A.pay
to
B.be
paid
C.be
paid
to
D.pay
4.
When
we_______
the
top
of
the
hill,
the
town_______
below
us.
A.arrived
at;
shaped
B.arrived;
appeared
C.
reached;
shaped
D.
got
to;
appeared
5.
In
the
Spring
Festival
of
2020,
when
the
COVID-19
broke
out,
Zhong
Nanshan
_______led_______took
an
active
part
in
the
battle_______COVID-19.
A.
either;
or;
through
B.
not
only...
but
also;
through
C.
either;
or;
against
D.
not
only...but
also;
against
6.
Finding
information
isn't
a
big
deal
today.
But
the_______is
how
we
can
tell
whether
the
information
you
get
is
useful
or
not.
A.challenge
B.
ability
C.
message
D.
knowledge
---
What
do
you
think
of
the
railway
_______Qinghai
to
Tibet?
---
Oh,
I
have
never
seen
_______
plateau(高原)
railway.
A.connects;
a
longer
B.connecting;
a
longer
C.
connects;
the
longest
D.connecting;
the
longest
8.
Both
his
parents
and
he
have
_______to
Beijing.to
Beijing.
_______of
them
are
having
a
good
time
there
now.
A.been;
both
B.gone;
both
C.
been;
all
D.gone;
all
9.---
Look,
there
are
so
many
wild
birds
on
the
trees
now
after
the
long
winter
days.
---
Yes,many
endangered
birds
are
still_______
unexpectedly
and
now
the
forest
is_______.
A.lively;lively
B.alive;lively
C.lively;alive
D.alive;alive
10.
We'll
meet
_______
great
difficulties
in
our
lives,
therefore,we
should
be
brave
enough
to
_______
any
challenge.
A.so;
take
on
B.so
many;
face
C.such;
put
on
D.such
many;
win
11.
You_______
pay
too
much
attention
to
your
pronunciation(发音),
_______
it's
so
important
in
the
oral
test.
A.can't;
as
B.
needn't;
while
C.can't;
while
D.
needn't;
as
12.---
Have
you
asked
the
twins
to
answer
all
the
questions?
---
Yes,but_______
could
be
answered
correctly.
A.all
B.both
C.neither
D.none
13.---
Would
you
mind
taking
part
in
the
hiking
again
next
week?
---_______
although
I
felt
_______
dead
after
such
a
long
walk
last
time.
A.Certainly
not;
as
good
as
B.
Of
course;
as
good
as
C.Not
at
all;
as
well
as
D
.Yes;as
well
as
14.
Mr.
Jobs
together
with
other
started
the
company
Apple
Inc.
in
1976
and
made
it
a
technology_______.
A.
inventor
B.
engineer
C.
pioneer
D.
fighter
15.
---
On
which
day
shall
I
come
again,
Tuesday,
Wednesday
or
Thursday?
---
_______
day
is
OK.
Our
office
will
be
open
the
whole
week.
A.either
B.neither
C.any
D.every
完形填空
It
was
nighttime.
For
some
reasons,
in
this
terrible
war,
the
soldiers(士兵)always
came
at
night.
I
had
only
been
in
a
(1)
sleep,
so
I
woke
up
quickly.
I
heard
the
sound
of
shouting,
and
then
gunshots
and
screams.
My
mother
called
to
me
and
my
brother.
"Grace,
Moses,
go
now!”
But
I
didn’t
want
to
(2)_______without
her
and
the
baby.
I
tried
to
say
something,
but
she
shouted,
"We
ll
be
right
behind
you.
Just
go!”
Moses
and
I
ran
out
of
the
door,
and
went
into
the
(3)_
_
Behind
us,
the
whole
village
was
on
fire.
We
ran
and
ran
(4)______
we
were
tired
out.
Then
we
stopped
and
waited.
Even
in
the
morning.
the
day
was(5)____
and
the
air
became
sticky
as
soon
as
the
sun
rose.
Moses
and
I
(6)
for
a
long
time.
We
didn't
want
to
walk
in
the
heat
of
the
day,
but
we
had
no
(7)
.We
had
no
water
or
shelter.
Then,
late
in
the
afternoon,
we
came
to.a
village.
I
had
felt
afraid
before.
(8)
had
been
a
part
of
my
life
ever
since
the
soldiers
started
coming
to
my
village.But,now,I
felt
something
worse-a
deep
feeling
of
(9)
and
loss
to
be
leaving
my
homeland.
We
woke
up
at
sunrise
to
the
sound
of
truck
pulling
up
nearby.
My
heart
beat
like
a
drum.
Both
of
us
sat
still
(10)
breathing,The
soldiers
often
caught
children
for
their
army.
Then,
just
as
I'd
almost
(11)
hope...
I
could
tell
these
people
were
from
the
same
area.as
ts
because
they
spoke
the
(12)
language.
I
looked
around,
and
wanted
to
find
a
familiar
face,
Finally,
I
saw
a
girl
I
knew-Maria
She
was
walking
to
the
camp
with
her
father.
1.A.fast
B.light
C.sound
D.deep
2.A.run
B.walk
C.leave
D.relax
3.A.playground
B.direction
C.garden
D.darkness
4.A.until
B.since
C.because
D.when
5.A.cool
B.hot
C.cold
D.comfortable
6.A.
walked
B.hid
C.talked
D.cried
7.A.reason
B.chance
C.money
D.choice
8.A.Fear
B.Anger
C.Happiness
D.hopelessness
9.A.surprise
B.sadness
C.comfort
D.happiness
10.A.really
B.finally
C.hardly
D.truly
11.A.give
up
B.put
up
C.put
away
D.give
out
12.A.different
B.foreign
C.body
D.same
阅读理解
Bananas
are
one
of
the
most
important
fruits
on
the
earth.
However,
according
to
the
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
(FAO),
banana
plants
around
the
world
are
dying
because
of
a
form
of
Panama
disease
called
Tropical
Race
4
(TR4).
In
2019,
the
Colombian
government
said
that
six
banana
farms
in
the
country
were
attacked
by
TR4.
The
disease
lives
in
the
ground.
It
attacks
banana
plants
through
the
roots
and
moves
into
the
stems(茎)
There,
it
prevents
water
and
other
things
from
reaching
the
plants'
leaves.
The
plant
turns
yellow,and
then
it
dries
up
and
dies.
It
can-take
six
months
to
a
year
for
banana
farmers
to
notice
TR4.
But
by
then,
it's
hard
to
treat
or
control
the
disease,
because
it
spreads
quite
easily.
Part
of
the
problem
is
that
most
bananas
are
of
the
same
type:
Cavendish.
It
is
helpful
for
the
banana
industry.
Large
companies
can
grow
more
bananas
when
they
grow
only
one
kind.
But
it
is
not
good
for
future.
When
a
disease
such
as
TR4
attacks,
a
whole
type
may
die
out.
Scientist
Altus
Viljoen,
an
expert
of
plant
disease,
says
we
should
diversify(使多样化)
the
banana
types.
Some
people
are
trying
to
save
the
fruit.
Scientist
James
Dale,
for
example,
is
working
with
a
team
in
Australia
to
introduce
a
new
type
of
banana
that
can
fight
against
TR4.
But
some
people
are
against
new
types
of
plants
created
in
the
lab.
They
say
people
shouldn't
mess
with(破坏)
nature.
Not
everyone
is
worried
about
the
fruit."Bananas'
future
is
great,”
says
Andrew
Biles,
an
adviser
to
a
banana
company.
“They
just
might
cost
a
bit
more
then.".
1.How
does
TR4
attack
a
banana
plant
according
to
the
2nd
paragraph?
2.Why
is
difficult
to
treat
or
control
TR4?
A.
Because
TR4
is
too
tiny
to
be
noticed.
B.
Because
banana
plants
grow
quite
quickly.
C.Because
TR4
spreads
easily
after
it
is
noticed.
D.Because
banana
farmers
know
too
little
about
TR4.
3.What
does
the
underlined
word
"it"
refer
to?
A.
That
most
bananas
are
of
the
same
type.
B.
That
large
companies
grow
one
kind
only.
C.That
TR4
will
make
Cavendish
die
out
soon.
D.That
some
suggest
diversifying
the
banana
types.
4.What
can
we
learn
from
the
last
paragraph?
A.
Bananas
will
be
expensive
in
the
future.
B.Dale
introduced
a
new
type
successfully.
C.The
future
of
the
banana
is
still
not
certain.
D.No
banana
type
on
the
earth
can
fight
against
TR4.
四、任务型阅读（培优）
Hanfu(华服)
is
the
traditional
clothing
of
all
ethnic
groups(民族)in
China.
Last
year,
a
special
day
was
chosen
as
China
Huafu
Day.
It
is
on
the
third
day
of
the
third
lunar
month
(农历月).
The
day
was
chosen
to
encourage
young
Chinese
to
take
pride
in
traditional
clothing,
as
well
as
classic
Chinese
culture.
Last
year,
the
day
fell
on
April
18.
To
celebrate
the
new
national
holiday,people
in
Xi'an,
Shaanxi
province,
held
catwalk
shows(时装秀)and
traditional
music
concerts.
They
wore
traditional
Chinese
clothing
on
the
shows.
Among
all
the
traditional
Chinese
clothing,
hanfu,the
traditional
clothing
of
the
Han
ethnic
group,
has
the
most
fans
and
has
seen
its
popularity
grow
quickly
in
recent
years.
It
is
hard
to
count
the
number
of
people
who
wear
hanfu.today.
And
hanfu
clubs
can
be
seen
in
lots
of
universities
and
cities.
Wang
Tianjiao,
a
student
in
the
University
of
Jinan,
is
a
big
fan
of
hanfu.She
set
up
a
hanfu
club
after
entering
the
university.
She
said
most
club
members
wore
hanfu
during
holidays
or
at
their
graduation
ceremonies,
Others
wear
hanfu
in
daily
life,
too.
Hanfu
fans
believe
in
what
they
love.
“I
want
to
wear
it
in
public
so
that
those
who
are
interested
can
learn
about
it,
"Wang
said.
“The
return
of
hanfu
is
not
about
turning
back
the
clock,
It's
about
making
every
generation(代)
value
our
traditional
culture."
China
is
becoming
stronger
and
stronger,
and
we
Chinese
feel
more
confident
about
our
traditional
culture.
Wearing
traditional
clothing
is
an
interesting
way
of
showing
how
we
feel
about
this.
Title:Ancient
fashion
is
coming
backIntroductionHuafu
is
the
traditional
clothing
of
all
ethnic
groups(民族)
in
China.China
Huafu
DayTime:
the
third
day
of
the
third
lunar
month
__1__:
to
encourage
young
Chinese
to
be
proud
of
traditional
clothing
and
classic
Chinese
culture
The
celebration
in
Xi'an:
People
held
catwalk
shows
and
traditional
music
concerts.
People
wore
traditional
huafu
on
the
shows.A
traditional
kind
of
Chinese
clothing
-
hanfu
Hanfu
has
the
most
fans.Hanfu
popularity
keeps
__2__
Hanfu’s
clubs
are
seen
in
universities
and
cities.
People
wear
hanfu
during
holidays,
at
their
graduation
ceremonies
or
even
in
daily
life.__3__for
wearing
traditional
Chinese
clothingTo
catch
people’s
__4__to
traditional
Chinese
culture.
To
show
our
confidence
and
__5__
about
traditional
Chinese
culture.
五、动词填空
1.
---
Have
you
taken
your
medicine
today?
---
Yes.
I_______
(take)
it
after
breakfast.
2.I_______
(ride)
to
school
for
three
years
when
I
was
in
junior
high,
but
now
I
take
the
bus.
3.What
we
failed
to
pay
attention
to
_________
(explain)
to
us
again
by
the
teacher
in
the
first
class.
4.The
novel
the
writer
has
devoted
much
time_________(sell)
well
as
soon
as
it
comes
out.
5.
Sandy,
you_________(stand)
too
close
to
the
swimming
pool!
It's
dangerous.
6.
---
Who
can
help
us
when
we
have
difficulty
salving
the
tasks?
---
The
robot
invented
by
the
scientists_________(complete)all
the
tasks.
Look,
they’re
well
done!
7._________(connect)
the
two
cities,
I'm
afraid
a
new
high-speed
railway
line
must
be
set
up.
8.
---
Why
didn't
they
catch
my
words?
---
I
think
not
only
Mike
but
also
Tom
and
Sally_________
(think)
about
something
else.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1自学资料
2021年
月
日
主题：
Unit
4
Growing
up（下）
易错回顾
Ⅰ.根据首字母及汉语提示补全单词
1.Though
the
problem
was
difficult,the
boy
didn’t
give
up
and
(成功)
at
last.?
2.Hey!
Relax!
No
one
will
(强迫)
you
to
do
that
if
you’re
not
willing
to.?
3.The
travelling
experience
in
Europe
will
(留在)
in
my
memories
forever.?
4.It’s
polite
and
civilized
for
many
young
boys
and
girls
to
watch
the
games
in
the
(看台).?
5.Though
money
isn’t
everything,it
still
(要紧)
a
lot
to
the
poor.?
Ⅱ.根据汉语意思完成句子,每空一词
1.这位歌唱家拒绝在街上演唱。
The
singer
sing
on
the
street.?
2.从那时起,他每天都踢足球。
,he
played
football
every
day.?
3.现如今,多亏了机器鱼,研究人员也许能够密切关注鱼类,发现海底秘密。
Now,
the
robotic
fish,researchers
may
be
able
to
keep
a
close
eye
on
fish
and
discover
undersea
secrets.?
4.汤姆学习不用功。结果,他考试不及格。
Tom
didn’t
work
hard.
,he
failed
his
exam.?
5.苏两年前高中毕业。
Sue
high
school
two
years
ago.?
兴趣起航
How
much
do
you
know
about
him?
乐学善思
?
Part
One
Grammar
【知识梳理1】时间状语从句
1、when意为“当……时”,引导的从句表示主句的动作和从句的动作同时发生或从句的动作发生在主句动作之前。
Eg.
The
older
we
get,
the
harder
it
is
to
keep
up
with
life's
changes.
But
there
are
huge
rewards
when
we
take
risks,
embrace
new
experiences.随着年龄的增长，我们越来越不愿改变，但冒险改变总能带来回报
2、while意为“当……时,在……过程中”,引导时间状语从句时,从句通常用进行时。如果主句和从句中的动作是两个同时进行的长时间的动作或事件,那么主句也要用进行时。
Eg.
I'll
make
breakfast
while
you're
having
a
shower.
你淋浴时我就做早餐。
[辨析]when
vs
while
whenwhile时间特征点时间/段时间段时间动词选择从句中谓语动词延续/不延续从句中谓语动词延续动作特征主从句动作可同时发生，也可以先后发生
主句的动作在从句动作发生
的过程中或主从句两个动作同时发生
3、before意为“在……以前”,引导时间状语从句时,一般表示主句的动作发生在从句动作之前。
Eg.
He
kept
his
head
down
for
weeks
before
the
final
exams.
他考试前认真努力学习了好几周。
4、after意为“在……以后”,引导的从句一般表示主句的动作发生在从句动作之后。
Eg.
I'll
call
you
after
I've
spoken
to
them.
我和他们谈了以后就给你打电话。
[拓展]当主从复合句中主语一致且从句谓语含有be动词时，before，after，while，when的后面可接doing。
Eg.
You
shouldn't
cast
aside
old
friends
while
seeking
new
ones.
你交朋友，可不能喜新厌旧啊！
I
lost
my
way
while
hiking.我徒步旅行时迷路了。
I
often
watch
TV
before
going
to
bed.我经常睡前看电视。
I'm
finally
starting
to
feel
like
myself
again,
after
battling
that
cold
for
weeks.几周的感冒过后，我终于恢复正常了。
5、as意为“当……时,一边……一边……”,引导时间状语从句时,常常表示主句和从句的动作是短时间的动作,并且是同时发生。
Eg.
The
girl
sings
as
she
goes
to
school.
6、as
soon
as意为“一……就……”。
Eg.
I'll
send
you
a
check
as
soon
as
I
sell
the
piano.
钢琴一卖掉，我就把支票寄给你。
[经典例题]
1.—We
need
to
learn
and
work
______
we
live.
—I
think
so.
A.as
long
as
B.as
much
as
C.as
soon
as
D.as
possible
as
7、since意为“自……以来”,引导时间状语从句时,从句的谓语动词表示动作的起点,用一般过去时;主句的谓语动词表示动作开始以后延续至今,一般用现在完成时。如果主句表示目前的情况,可以用一般现在时。
Eg.
You've
grown
since
the
last
time
I
saw
you!
自从我上次见到你后，你又见长了！
[拓展]since的特殊句型
（1）It
is/has
been+时间+since...，表示“自从……以来到现在已有多久了”。
Eg.
It
is/has
been
two
years
since
I
left
Shanghai.自从我离开上海已经有两年了。
（2）时间+has
passed
+since...，表示“自从……，多长时间过去了”。注意，这里时间作主语，看成一个整体，谓语动词用单数。
Eg.
Eight
months
has
passed
since
I
started
this
diet..自从我这次节食，八个月过去了。
8、until/till意为“直到……”,如果主句的谓语动词是延续性动词,主句和从句都用肯定式;如果主句的谓语是短暂性动词,主句用肯定式,从句用否定式,即用not...until形式,表示“直到……才”,这时until和till可用before替换。
Eg.
The
money
will
be
held
in
trust
until
she
is
18.
这笔钱将由人代管到她18岁为止
【注意1】时间状语从句和条件状语从句，若主句的谓语动词是一般将来时，那么从句的谓语动词用一般现在时表示将来。
[经典例题]
1.—
When
shall
I
hand
in
my
report?
—
As
soon
as
it
_____________
tomorrow.
A.
completes
B.
is
completed
C.
will
complete
D.
will
be
completed
2.—Look!
My
mother
___________
a
new
dress
for
me.
—Wow,
it
looks
very
nice
on
you.
A.
is
making
B.
has
made
C.
will
make
3.—Sam,
do
you
know
if
Alice
_________
to
my
party
next
week?
—I
think
she
will
come
if
she
_________.
A.
comes;
is
invited
B.
comes;
will
be
invited
C.
will
come;
is
invited
D.
will
come;
will
be
invited
4.---Let’s
go
to
the
museum
if
it
__________
tomorrow.
---But
nobody
knows
if
it
__________tomorrow..
A.
won’t
rain,
rains
B.
doesn’t
rain,
rains
C.
won’t
rain,
will
rain
D.
doesn’t
rain,
will
rain
5.---Nancy
________
us
a
report
as
soon
as
she
________
tomorrow.
---How
great!
I
will
be
there.
A.gives;
is
arriving
B.gives;
will
arrive
C.will
give;
arrives
D.gives;
arrives
6.They
can
go
home
as
soon
as
the
homework
_______________.
A
.finished
B.
finishes
C
.was
finished
D
.is
finished
7.---I
called
you
last
night,
but
nobody
answered.
Where
were
you
then?
---
Oh,
I
____________
my
pet
dog
in
my
yard.
A.
walked
B.
was
walking
C.
am
walking
D.
will
walk
8.---I’ve
never
seen
Mr.
Taylor
before.
---Don’t
worry.
I
______
him
to
you
before
the
meeting.
A.
will
introduce
B.
introduced
C.
have
introduced
D.
had
introduced
9.Wars
are
disasters.
A
large
number
of
people
will
lose
their
homes
if
a
war
______.
A.
breaks
down
B.
is
broken
down
C.
breaks
out
D.
is
broken
out
10.---Hi,
do
you
know
if
Tom_________to
my
party
next
week?
---I
think
he
will
come
if
he________free.
A.
will
come,
will
be
B.
will
come,
is
C.
come,
is
D.
comes,
will
be
【知识梳理2】He
got
his
first
basketball
when
he
was
only
four
years
old,
but
he
did
not
become
serious
about
basketball
until/till
he
was
12.(P56)
在他年仅四岁的时候，他得到了第一个篮球，但直到十二岁，他才对篮球认真。
become/be
serious
about
sth.，意为“认真对待某事”；be
serious
with
sb.意为“对某人要求严格”。
Eg.
Is
she
serious
about
wanting
to
sell
the
house?
她真想把房子卖掉吗？
[典型例题]
1.你必须认真对待我对你说的话。
You
must________________________
what
I
have
said
to
you.
【知识梳理3】The
best
moment
in
his
career
was
in
2004
---
he
scored
41
points
in
a
game
against
the
Atlanta
Hawks.(P56)
他职业生涯中最好的时刻是在2004年---在和亚特兰大鹰队的一场比赛中他得了
41分。
against，介词，意为“对抗，与...相反，违反”。
I
am
against
hunting
in
any
form.
我反对任何形式的狩猎。
[经典例题]
1.Our
class
are
much
sure
to
win
the
basketball
game
________
Class
Three.
A.of
B.in
C.against
D.from
2.I’m_________building
a
new
zoo
as
I
think
zoos
are
terrible
places
for
animals
to
live．
A.against
B.on
C.in
D.for
3.Linda
was
strongly
______
choosing
John
as
the
Best
Student
of
the
Term,
as
he
took
no
notice
of
her
when
she
was
once
in
trouble.
A.
against
B.
for
C.
down
D.
up
?
Part
Two
Integrated
skills
&study
skills
【知识梳理1】World
War
II
broke
out
in
Europe
in
1939
and
ended
in
1945.(P57)
第二次世界大战1939
年在欧洲爆发，在1945年结束。
break
out，意为”爆发“，常指战争、打斗、灾害等的突然发生。
Eg.
The
fighting
broke
out
about
two
hours
after
sundown.
战斗在日落后大约两小时打响了。
[拓展]break的相关短语
break
down出故障；失败；打破；分解
break
into破门而入
break
up破裂；驱散；解散
[经典例题]
1.On
April
15,
a
fire
________
in
Notre
Dame,
an
850?year?old
cathedral
in
the
heart
of
Paris.
A.ran
out
B.broke
out
C.turned
out
D.carried
out
2.Wars
are
disasters.
A
large
number
of
people
will
lose
their
homes
if
a
war
_______.
A.
breaks
out
B.
is
broken
out
C.
breaks
up
D.
is
broken
up
3.Tick
bites（蜱虫叮咬）are
reported
_______
in
12
provinces
and
claimed
31
lives
since
2007.
A.
to
break
out???????????
??
B.
to
have
broken
out?
C.
to
be
broken
out??????????????D.
to
have
been
broken
out
4.---
Why
does
Yun
Tian
look
so
tired
out
these
days?
---He
pracitses
basketball
every
day
so
that
he
could
_______
for
the
Slam
Dunk
Contest.
A.
stay
out
B.work
out
C.
break
out
D.
try
out
【知识梳理2】It
was
a
record
of
that
time,
and
it
has
also
become
a
symbol
of
the
victory
of
the
human
spirit.(P57)
它是那个时代的记录，它也成为人类精神胜利的象征。
1、symbol，名词，意为“象征；符号；标志”；symbol
of
sth“……的象征；符号”
Eg.
The
dove
is
a
universal
symbol
of
peace.
鸽子是和平的共同象征。
2、spirit，名词
（1）spirit的基本意思是“精神,心灵”,引申可作“灵魂”“勇气”“骨气”“活力”“纯酒精”解,是不可数名词。
（2）spirit：示“某种精神”或“精神实质”时，与“文字(letter)”相对，是可数名词，用单数形式。
（3）spirit还可作“人，人物，鬼魂，精怪，圣灵”解,是可数名词。
（4）spirit作“情绪,心情”时,多用于复数形式。
[拓展]spirit常见搭配
（1）be
in
(good
/
high)
spirits喜气洋洋,快活,兴高采烈，用法4
（2）lose
one's
spirits垂头丧气，用法4
（3）in
spirit
精神上,心灵上，用法1
[经典例题]
1.---The
deadly
disease
destroyed
her
body
but
not
her_______.
---
She
was
really
strong-minded.
A.
spirit???
B.
system???
C.
symbol???
D.
stress
2.The
students
were
_________
all
through
the
sports
meet.
A.
in
high
spirit
B.
in
low
spirit
C.
in
low
spirits
D.
in
high
spirits
【知识梳理3】Life
changed
for
everybody,
including
women
and
children
because
of
the
war.(P57)
因为这场战争，每个人的生活都改变了，包括妇女和儿童。
including，介词，意为“包括，包含”。在句中引导介词短语，其后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式做宾语。一般情况下,其前都有一个逗号将其与前面的主要成分隔开。
Eg.
Thousands
were
killed,
including
many
women
and
children.
数千人被杀，包括许多妇女和儿童。
【知识梳理4】Anne
and
her
elder
sister
died
of
illness.(P57)
安妮和她的姐姐死于疾病
die，不及物动词，意为“死，死亡”，它是非延续性动词，不能和表示一段时间的短语连用。
Eg.
A
year
later
my
dog
died.
1年后，我的狗死了。
[拓展]die的现在分词形式是dying，dying也可以作形容词，意为“垂死的”；另一个形容词形式是dead，意为“死了的”；名词形式是death.
Eg.
Shipbuilding
is
a
dying
business.
造船业是一个没落行业。
The
women
knew
nothing
of
the
dead
girl.
They
were
strangers.
这些妇女对那个死去的女孩一无所知。她们互不相识。
She
knew
she
was
close
to
death.
她知道自己已濒临死亡。
[辨析]die
of
vs.
die
from
（1）若死因存在于人体之上或之内（主要指疾病、衰老等自身的原因),一般用介词
of.
Eg.
die
of
illness
(heart
trouble,cancer,a
fever,etc)
死于疾病
(心脏病，癌症，发烧等)
（2）若死因不是存在人体之上或之内,而是由环境造成的(主要指事故等方面的外部原因),一般用介词
from
.
Eg.
die
from
an
earthquake
(a
traffic
accident,a
lightning,a
stroke,etc)
死于地震(交通事故，雷击等)
（3）若死因是环境影响到体内,即两方面共有的原因,则可用
of,
from
均可.
Eg.
die
of
[from]
a
drink
(
a
wound,overwork,starvation,hunger
and
cold,etc)
死于饮酒(受伤，劳累过度,饥饿，饥寒等)
但是在实际运用中,两者混用的情况较多。
[经典例题]
1.---Do
you
know
Lucy’s
grandma?
---Of
course.
She
is
a
kind
woman,
but
she
has
_______
for
about
a
month
since
she
______
in
the
accident.
A.
been
dead
;
killed
B.
died
;
killed
C.died
;
was
killed
D.
been
dead;
was
killed
2.The
murder
happened
in
a
house
,and
a
doctor
was
found________three
days
later.
A.dead
B.death
C.die
D.dying
3.Many
old
people
_________
his
age
die
_________
cancer.
A.
at,
in???????
?
B.
of,
of
C.
at,
from???????
D.
of,
in
【知识梳理5】During
that
difficult
time,
Anne
kept
writing
in
her
diary
until
they
were
discovered
by
the
Nazis
in
August
1944.(P58)
在那段艰苦的岁月里，安妮坚持写日记直到1944年8月他们被纳粹分子发现。
keep
doing
sth意为“不停地做某事”。
Eg.
Be
a
good
writer
by
keep
writing.
坚持写作以成为好的写手。
[辨析]keep
doing
sth，keep
on
doing
sth
（1）keep
doing
sth多表示某个动作连续不断地进行，中间无停顿，后接表示静态含义的动词。
Eg.
So
keep
standing,
keep
learning,
and
keep
living.
所以挺直腰板，继续学习，继续生活。
（2）keep
on
doing
sth
表示不顾困难反对、警告而坚持做某事，或表示经过一段时间的间隙后继续做同一件事，后接表示动态含义的动词。
Eg.
Please
keep
on
dreaming.
请继续做梦。
[拓展]keep的固定短语
keep
sth.
in
mind记住
keep
a
diary写日记
keep
sth.
to
oneself保守秘密
[经典例题]
1.Many
great
people
ever
failed,
but
they
never
________
and
managed
to
succeed
at
last.
A.
set
out
B.
stayed
up
C.
kept
on
D.
gave
up
2.Whenever
I
want
to
give
up,
my
mother
always
encourages
me
to
keep
________
(try)．
【知识梳理6】After
the
war,
her
father
collected
her
diary
and
had
it
published
in
1947.(P58)
战争后，她的父亲收集了她的日记，并在1947年请人把它出版了。
have
sth
done意为“让某事被.....；某物遭受......”，其结构为：“have+宾语+动词的过去分词”。
Eg.
He
bought
a
hot
dog
and
had
it
covered
with
all
the
fixings.
他买了一个热狗，在上面撒满了各种配菜。
[拓展]当遭受不幸的情况时，也可用这个结构。
Eg.
Insisting
that
Tom
had
stolen
his
car,
Smith
insisted
that
he
be
put
into
prison.
坚持认为汤姆偷了他的小汽车，史密斯坚持把他关进监狱。
[拓展]have
sb.
do
sth.，“让某人做某事”=get
sb.
to
do
sth.
[经典例题]
1.We
visited
Huaxi
Village
last
Sunday
and
had
some
photos
_______there.
A.
took
B.
taking
C.
taken
D.
to
take
2.Something
is
wrong
with
my
computer.
I'll
have
it
_______.
A.repair
B.
to
repair
C.
repairing
D.
repaired
3.His
aunt
wants
to
have
him
_______
the
radio
.
But
he
had
it
_______
already
.
A
repair
,repair
B
to
repair
,
repair
C
repaired,
to
repair
D
repair,
repaired.
4.Excuse
me,
but
it
is
time
to
have
your
temperature
_______.
A.
Taking
B.
take
C.
to
take
D.
taken
5.He
didn't
keep
on
asking
me
the
time
any
longer
as
he
had
had
his
watch
______.
A.
to
repair
B.
repaired
C.
repairing
D.
repair
6.The
teacher
_______
his
students
to
read
the
passage
again
and
again
yesterday.
A.made
B.
got
C.
let
D.
had
【知识梳理7】I
admire
these
children
for
their
courage.
(P58)我钦佩这些孩子的勇气。
（1）courage，不可数名词，意为“勇气，胆量”。
（2）
admire，动词，意为“钦佩”。
Eg.
The
judge
was
praised
for
his
courage
and
humanity.
法官的勇气和人道受到称赞。
[拓展]encourage，动词，意为“鼓励”。
Eg.
We
should
encourage
him
to
have
confidence
in
himself.
我们应当鼓励他对自己要有信心。
[经典例题]
1.Kate
is
so
shy
that
she
doesn't
have
________
to
sing
in
public.
A.power
B.courage
C.energy
D.time
2.---Do
you
know
the
man
who
is
speaking
in
front
of
the
crowds?
---He
is
a
successful
businessman.
I
__________
him
very
much
for
his
success
in
business.
A.
discover
B.
disagree
C.
admire
D.
encourage
3.My
grandfather
used
to
build
railways
for
the
Japanese
army
when
he
was
young.He
was_________to
work
hard
from
morning
till
night.?
A.invited
B.encouraged
C.allowed
D.forced
【知识梳理8】Although
we
live
in
peace,
some
children
in
other
parts
of
the
world
still
live
in
fear
of
their
lives.(P58)
尽管我们生活在和平时期，但世界其他地区的一些孩子仍然生活在为他们的生命安全担忧中。
1、in
peace和平地；安静，宁静：安祥地
Eg.
My
middle
school
life
is
not
in
peace.
我的初中生活并不是那么的平静。
[典型例题]
1.You'll
be
able
to
read
in
peace.
你将可以安静地看书。
=You'll
be
able
to
read
_________.
2、in
fear
of
one’s
life为某人的生命安全担忧；in
fear
of...为……提心吊胆
Eg.
We
lived
in
continual
fear
of
being
discovered.
我们长期生活在害怕被发现的恐惧中。
[经典例题]
1.When
the
flood
was
washing
the
village,
people
screamed_________and
ran
_________all
directions.
A.
in
fear:
with
B.
with
fear;
in
C.
in
fear;
in
D.
with
fear;
with
【知识梳理9】It
is
not
an
imaginary
story
but
a
true
experience
of
a
teenager
in
wartime.(P59)
这不是个虚构的故事，而是在战争时期一个青少年的真实经历。
experience，可数名词，意为“经历”。也可以作动词，意为“经历”。
Eg.
It
was
the
worst
experience
of
her
life.
那是她一生中最糟糕的经历。
[拓展]experience，不可数名词，意为“经验,体验”。
Eg.
Experience
is
essential
for
this
job.
对于这个工作，经验是非常重要的。
[经典例题]
1.It
is
better
to
travel
10,000
miles
than
to
read
10,000
books,so
it’s
important
to
have
real________with
languages,
cultures
and
societies.?
A.communication
B.experience
C.knowledge
D.influence
【知识梳理10】In
this
book,
Anne,a
Jewish
girl,
describes
her
boredom
with
being
away
from
the
outside
world,
her
unhappiness
with
living
in
a
small
place
all
year,
and
her
fear
of
discovery
and
death.(P59)
在这本书里，安妮，一个犹太女孩，描述了她对远离外面世界的厌倦，终年生活在一个狭小地方的难过以及对被发现和死亡的恐惧。
describe，及物动词，意为“描述，形容”。describe
sth.
to
sb.意为“向某人描述某物”；describe...as...意为“把....说成...”
Eg.
Can
you
describe
him
to
me?
你能向我描述一下他的样子吗？
[拓展]description，名词，意为“描述，描写；类型；说明书”。
Eg.
They
gave
a
general
description
of
the
man.
他们对这个男人作了大致的描述。
【知识梳理11】related
to
the
Jews
(P59)和犹太人相关的
related，形容词，意为“相关的”。
[拓展]relate，动词，意为“与....有某种关系；涉及”
relative，可数名词，意为“亲戚”
relation
，可数名词，意为“关系，亲属关系”。
【知识梳理12】a
book
which
sells
well
一本畅销书
sell是动词，意为“卖，销售”；sell
well意为“畅销，卖得好”，不可用于被动语态中；sell
out意为“卖光，售完”，be
sold
out是被动结构，意为“被卖光，被售完”。
Eg.
The
type
of
recorder
sells
well.
这种型号的录音机卖得很好。
[经典例题]
1.After
the
earthquake,
the
volunteers
____
food
and
medicine
to
the
survivors.
A.
handed
out
B.
came
out
C.
worked
out
D.
sold
out
2.A
lot
of
things
_______
in
this
shop,
and
the
fresh
vegetables
in
it
_______
very
well.
A.
are
sold;
sell
B.
are
sold;
sells
C.
sell;
sells
D.
sell;
sell
3.The
new
CD_______so
well
that
it______out
in
all
the
shops．
A.is
sold；sells
B.
sells；sells
C.
is
sold
;
is
sold
D.sells;
is
sold
4.This
kind
of
iPad
_______
in
our
computer
shop.
It
_______
very
well.
A.
is
sold;
sells
B.
sells;
is
sold
C.
sells;
sells
D.
is
sold;
is
sold
?
Part
Three
Task
【知识梳理1】My
father
is
in
his
fifties.
(P60)
我爸爸五十多岁。
“in
one's
+数词复数”意为“某人处于某个年龄段”，如in
one's
twenties，意为“某人二十多岁”。
Eg.
My
daughter
preferred
to
have
eggs
and
milk
for
breakfast
when
she
was
in
her
twenties.
我女儿二十几岁时早饭喜欢吃鸡蛋和牛奶。
[经典例题]
1.—
Is
your
uncle
in
his
_______?
—
Yes.
His
_______
birthday
is
coming
next
month.
A.
forty;
forty-first
B.
forties;
forty-first
C.
forties;
forty-one
D.
forty;
forty-first
2.The
singer
became
famous
_______.
A.
in
his
twenty
B.in
his
twentieth
C.
in
his
twenties
D.at
his
twentieth
3.His
father
looks
young,
but
______
fact
he
is________.
A.
in;
in
the
forties
B.in;
in
his
forties
C.
in
the;
in
his
fortieth
D.in
the;
in
the
forties
4.Our
English
teacher
looks
young.
It’s
hard
to
imagine
she
is
already
in
her
________.
A.
forty
B.
fortieth
C.
fourteen
D.
forties
【知识梳理2】You
will
not
find
anything
unusual
about
him
until
you
learn
more.(P60)
直到你了解更多，你才会发现他的不同寻常之处。
unusual，形容词，意为“不寻常的，异常的”。注意：unusual是元音开头，如果前面用不定冠词，要用an.
Eg.
He
was
an
unusual
man
with
great
business
talents.
他是一个与众不同的人，极具高超的商业才能。
[拓展]usual
adj.
通常的，平常的；注意：usual是辅音开头，如果前面用不定冠词，要用n。
usually
adv.
通常。
Eg.
This
was
an
unusual
step,
and
yet
a
usual
one.
这是一个不平常的步骤，但也不十分异常。
[拓展]固定搭配：as
usual像往常一样，照例。
Eg.Steve,
as
usual,
was
the
last
to
arrive.
史蒂夫照例来得最晚。
[经典例题]
1.He
was
_____usual
farmer
several
years
ago.
But
now
he
is
_____famous
singer
and
he
can
play_____
piano
well.
A.
an;
a;
the
B.
a;
a;
the
C.
an;
a;
/
D.
a;
a;
/
2.The
old
man
who
is
playing
the
guitar
is________university
teacher.
A.
the
B.
an
C.
a
D.
/
【知识梳理3】To
my
surprise,
he
has
decided
to
donate
his
body
for
medical
research
after
his
death.(P60)
让我惊讶的是，他已决定死后捐献遗体供医学研究。
1、surprise
，不可数名词，意为“惊奇，诧异”。
Eg.
To
his
surprise,
the
bedroom
door
was
locked.
使他吃惊的是，卧室的门是锁着的。
[拓展]
surprise
，动词，意为“使感到惊讶,使惊奇”。
surprised，形容词，意为“感到惊讶的，出人意料的”。
surprising，形容词，意为“令人惊讶的，使人惊讶的”。
[拓展]含surprise的短语
in
surprise惊奇地
be
surprised
at
....感到惊讶
to
one'
s
surprise使某人惊讶的是
be
surprised
to
do
sth对做某事感到惊讶
be
surprised
to
do
sth对做某事感到惊讶
[经典例题]
1.What
______
news
it
is!
Nobody
_______
it.
A.
a
surprising；
believes
B.surprising；
believes
C.
a
surprised；
believe
D.surprised；
believe
2.______,
great
changes
have
taken
place
in
China.
A.
To
our
shame
B.
To
our
surprise
C.
At
last
D.
In
the
beginning
3._____,
my
brother
passed
the
exam.
A
To
my
great
joy
B
To
my
great
surprised
C
With
my
joy
D
With
my
surprise
2、medical，形容词，意为“医疗的，医药的，药的”，常做定语，修饰名词；medical
research
意为“医学研究”；medical
treatment意为“医疗”。
Eg.
According
to
medical
research,
doing
exercise
on
a
regular
basis
can
release
pressure.
根据医学研究，定期进行锻炼可以减轻压力。
[拓展]medicine，不可数名词，意为“药；医学；内科；巫术”。
[拓展]含medical的短语
medical
care医疗护理
medical
college医学院
medical
examination体检
medical
team医疗队
medical
workers医疗队员
[典型例题]用medical的各种形式填空
1.I
think
__________
level
in
the
city
is
better
than
that
in
the
countryside.
2.Laughter
is
the
best
_________.
能力实践
【20-21星海中学10月月考真题】
二、单项填空
请认真阅读下面各题，从题中所给的A，B，C，D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上该项涂黑。
1.
—You’ve
dropped
________
“s”
in
the
word
“missing”.
—Oh,
________
letter
“s”
should
be
doubled
like
this
“missing”.
A.
a;
an
B.
an;
a
C.
a;
the
D.
an;
the
2.
More
attention
should
be
paid
________
the
industry
in
the
city.
A.
to
developing
B.
to
develop
C.
for
developing
D.
for
develop
3.
The
woman
hardly
has
any
time
for
the
daily
exercises,
________?
A.
doesn’t
she
B.
does
she
C.
will
she
D.
has
she
4.
Have
a
try,
________
you
will
never
know
what
you
can
achieve.
A.
and
B.
while
C.
till
D.
or
5.
I
really
dislike
the
book.
It
is
________
interesting
________
useful.
A.
not;
but
B.
neither;
nor
C.
not
only;
but
also
D.
either;
or
6.
This
photo
reminds
me
________
the
days
when
I
worked
________
the
farm.
A.
of;
on
B.
about;
on
C.
about;
in
D.
of;
in
7.
She
didn’t
know
________
soon.
A.
if
her
son
will
be
back
B.
that
her
son
will
be
back
C.
whether
her
son
would
be
back
D.
if
would
her
son
be
back
8.
I
don’t
doubt
________
he
will
come
in
the
coming
year.
A.
Whether
B.
that
C.
if
D.
so
9.
—Would
you
please
give
me
________
to
read?
—Let
me
see.
A.
anything
interesting
enough
B.
anything
enough
interesting
C.
something
interesting
enough
D.
something
enough
interesting
10.
—I’d
like
to
go
on
an
outing
this
Sunday
Would
you
like
to
join
me?
—Why
not?
________
A.
It’s
going
to
rain.
B.
Really?
C.
Are
you
sure?
D.
I
couldn’t
agree
more.
三、完形填空
No
matter
who
you
are
and
where
you
live,
the
most
important
thing
is
what
kind
of
person
you
are.
There
are
many
good
qualities
that
can
benefit
you
a
lot
in
your
life.
Among
them,
the
following
four
qualities
are
the
most
____11____
ones.
Have
a(n)
____12____
attitude
(态度).
Life
is
not
always
a
bed
of
roses.
When
facing
difficulties,
don’t
lose
heart.
Do
you
know
what
can
help
you
overcome
difficulties?
It’s
your
attitude.
Cheer
up!
Life
is
like
a
____13____.
When
you
smile
in
front
of
it,
it
will
also
smile
at
you.
Keep
learning.
Maybe
you
are
used
to
your
present
life.
Every
day
you
have
so
much
work
to
do
that
you
____14____
find
any
time
to
learn.
However,
the
world
around
you
is
____15____
all
the
time.
Never
be
satisfied
with
yourself,
____16____
you
will
fall
behind
others.
Keep
learning
can
help
you
get
____17____
in
the
future.
Be
creative.
In
modern
society,
the
students
who
have
____18____
thinking
are
needed
most.
Being
creative
means
coming
up
with
new
ideas
and
having
creative
imagination.
Those
who
are
creative
have
more
choices
in
their
life.
Be
honest
and
keep
your
promise.
Honesty
is
the
best
policy
(原则).
____19____
likes
a
person
who
tells
lies.
The
one
who
keeps
his
word
is
popular
everywhere.
_____20_____
you
have
these
qualities
mentioned
above,
you
will
be
excellent
and
make
a
difference
to
the
world.
Albert
Einstein
once
said,
“Try
not
to
become
a
man
of
success
but
rather
try
to
become
a
man
of
value.”
11.
A.
helpful
B.
wonderful
C.
thankful
D.
beautiful
12.
A.
angry
B.
active
C.
sad
D.
friendly
13.
A.
board
B.
stone
C.
mirror
D.
door
14.
A.
can’t
B.
needn’t
C.
mustn’t
D.
shouldn’t
15.
A.
practicing
B.
sleeping
C.
beginning
D.
changing
16.
A.
and
B.
but
C.
or
D.
so
17.
A.
money
B.
success
C.
health
D.
wealth
18.
A.
common
B.
clear
C.
clever
D.
creative
19.
A.
Anybody
B.
Nobody
C.
Somebody
D.
Everybody
20.
A.
As
soon
as
B.
So
far
C.
As
for
D.
As
long
as
四、阅读理解
A
CAFA
Art
Museum
CAFA
Art
Museum
was
built
in
1953
Now
the
new
museum
is
in
China
Central
Academy
(学院)
of
Fine
Arts.
The
second
floor
is
designed
to
display
works
by
some
great
artists.
The
third
and
fourth
floors
are
the
gallery
for
modern
art
exhibitions.Poly
Art
Museum
Poly
Art
Museum
is
designed
to
develop
national
art
and
culture.
It
tries
to
rescue
and
protect
Chinese
cultural
relics
(遗产)
lost
abroad.
More
than
100
pieces
of
Chinese
bronze
ware
(青铜器)
are
on
display.
Now
Poly
Art
Museum
is
considered
as
one
of
the
best-known
art
museums
in
China.Art
Museum
of
Beijing
Fine
Art
Academy
Art
Museum
of
Beijing
Fine
Art
Academy
is
a
neighbor
of
the
beautiful
Chaoyang
Park.
It
has
all
kinds
of
meeting
halls.
There
are
workrooms
that
are
large
enough
for
artists
to
create
huge
paintings.
There
is
also
a
bookstore,
a
coffeehouse
and
other
culture
and
leisure
places.Beijing
Han
Meilin
Art
Museum
Beijing
Han
Meilin
Art
Museum
is
the
largest
personal
art
museum
in
China.
Han
Meilin
is
a
well-known
Chinese
artist.
He
is
famous
for
designing
Fuwa
dolls
for
the
2008
Beijing
Olympics.
Han
Meilin
also
offers
help
to
gifted
students.
21.
More
than
100
pieces
of
Chinese
bronze
ware
are
on
display
in
________.
A.
Poly
Art
Museum
B.
CAFA
Art
Museum
C.
Beijing
Han
Meilin
Aft
Museum
D.
Art
Museum
of
Beijing
Fine
Art
Academy
22.
Han
Meilin
is
famous
for
________.
A.
operating
bookstores
and
coffeehouses
B.
holding
modern
exhibitions
in
his
art
museum
C.
offering
help
to
students
who
create
huge
paintings
D.
designing
Fuwa
dolls
for
the
2008
Beijing
Olympics
D
ASTRONAUTS
on
board
the
International
Space
Station
(ISS)
recently
made
history
by
taking
bites
of
some
red
romaine
lettuce.
They
became
the
first
humans
to
eat
food
that
was
grown
entirely
in
space.
The
lettuce
was
planted
on
the
ISS
in
a
small
greenhouse
called
“Veggie”,
which
uses
LED
lights
to
help
plants
grow
in
space.
First,
the
astronauts
cleaned
the
lettuce
with
special
sanitizing
wipes
(消毒纸巾)
and
then
ate
it
with
some
salad
dressing.
“It
was
one
small
bite
for
man,
one
giant
leap
for…our
journey
to
Mars,”
one
astronaut
Scott
Kelly
later
posted
on
social
media.
Space
vegetables
are
a
part
of
the
NASA
experiment
called
“Veg-01”,
a
study
on
how
plants
grow
away
from
the
effects
of
Earth’s
gravity.
It
will
allow
astronauts
to
grow
and
eat
their
own
food
during
long
space
explorations.
“If
we’re
ever
going
to
go
to
Mars
someday,
we’re
going
to
need
a
spacecraft
that
is
much
more
self-sustainable
(自给自足的)
in
its
food
supply,”
said
Kelly.
Growing
fresh
plants
on
a
spacecraft
may
also
provide
oxygen
and
help
keep
astronauts
alive,
NASA
said.
“Veg-01”
started
in
May
2014.
The
first
batch
(一批)
of
vegetables
took
33
days
to
grow
in
space
before
they
were
taken
back
to
Earth
for
a
safety
check.
After
making
sure
it
was
safe
to
eat,
astronauts
planted
a
second
batch
on
July
8.
They
let
the
plant
grow
for
another
33
days
and
were
then
able
to
eat
it.
Astronauts
usually
only
get
some
fruit
and
vegetables
when
a
supply
ship
comes
to
the
ISS.
Now
with
the
vegetables
grown
in
space,
they
can
eat
whenever
they
want.
30.
How
did
the
astronauts
make
history?
A.
They
were
the
first
to
cook
food
on
the
ISS.
B.
They
were
the
first
to
eat
lettuce
grown
in
space.
C.
They
were
the
first
to
grow
fruit
in
space.
D.
They
created
a
greenhouse
on
the
ISS.
31.
According
to
the
article,
“Veg-01”
________.
A.
is
a
NASA
experiment
on
plants
grown
in
space
B.
studies
how
plants
grow
on
Mars
C.
provides
oxygen
for
astronauts
D.
failed
in
its
first
attempt
32.
What
does
the
article
mainly
talk
about?
A.
The
success
of
growing
vegetables
in
space.
B.
What
plants
in
space
look
like.
C.
How
astronauts
get
food
in
space.
D.
How
astronauts
work
on
the
ISS.
六、单词拼写
38.
We
interviewed
a
number
of
people
but
none
of
them
________
(给……留下印象)
us.
39.
“We
must
learn
from
Uncle
Lei
Feng,”
said
the
Young
________
(先锋).
40.
Women
are
already
well
________
(代表)
in
the
area
of
TV
dramas.
41.
This
isn’t
the
kind
of
crisis
that
________
(要求)
us
to
drop
everything
else.
42.
June
had
brought
with
it
the
first
of
the
summer
________
(温暖).
43.
Once
the
________
(决定)
is
reached,
he
can
date
and
sign
the
sheet.
44.
There’s
a
feeling
of
warmth
and
________
(信任)
here.
反思好学
思维脑图：
1
